Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 13, 2017

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

 

 

 

Delaware   5030   81-4259606

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

2741 Walnut Avenue, Suite 200

Tustin, CA 92780

(714) 380-3127

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Ruben Mendoza

President and Chief Executive Officer

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

2741 Walnut Avenue, Suite 200

Tustin, CA 92780

(714) 380-3127

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jeffrey A. Chapman

Peter W. Wardle

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

2100 McKinney Ave., Suite 1100

Dallas, TX 75201

tel: (214) 698-3100

fax: (214) 571-2900

 

Douglass M. Rayburn

Samantha H. Crispin

Baker Botts L.L.P.

2001 Ross Ave

Dallas, TX 75201

tel: (214) 953-6500

fax: (214) 953-6503

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,590

 

 

(1) Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 13, 2017

             Shares

LOGO

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

Common Stock

$            per share

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering              shares of our common stock and the selling stockholder identified in this prospectus is offering              shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $        and $        .

             has granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock.

After the completion of this offering, Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. and certain of its affiliates will continue to own a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.”

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FBM.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this filing and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary – Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 21 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $         $     

Proceeds to selling stockholder (before expenses)

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of all underwriting compensation payable in connection with this offering.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment to purchasers on or about                     , 2017 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

Joint Book-Running Managers
Deutsche Bank Securities   Barclays   RBC Capital Markets
  Citigroup  
Lead Manager

Baird

 

Co-Managers
Raymond James   Stephens Inc.   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey   William Blair

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page  

General Information

     ii   

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     21   

Forward-Looking Statements

     50   

Use of Proceeds

     52   

Dividend Policy

     53   

Capitalization

     54   

Dilution

     56   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information

     58   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

     60   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     72   

Business

     113   

Management

     131   

Executive Compensation

     140   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     147   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     149   

Description of Capital Stock

     154   

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     160   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     163   

U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     165   

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     170   

Legal Matters

     178   

Experts

     178   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     180   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-i   

 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus, in any amendment or supplement to this prospectus and in any free-writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for and cannot provide any assurance as to the reliability of any other information others may give you. We are not, the selling stockholder is not and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell shares of our common stock in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

 

i


Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION

Certain Definitions

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires:

 

   

“we,” “our,” “us” and “the Company” refer to (i) for the Predecessor periods prior to the completion of the Lone Star Acquisition (as defined below), the business of FBM Intermediate Holdings, LLC, (ii) for the Successor periods after completion of the Lone Star Acquisition, but prior to the internal reorganization transaction described in the section entitled “Prospectus Summary – Reorganization,” the business of FBM and (iii) for the Successor periods after completion of the internal reorganization transaction, the business of Foundation Building Materials, Inc., in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries;

 

   

“Cypress” refers only to LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC, the direct parent of Cypress Holdings and the indirect parent of FBM;

 

   

“Cypress Holdings” refers to LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC;

 

   

“Cypress Parent” refers to LSF9 Cypress Parent 2 LLC, the direct parent of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. and the indirect parent of Cypress, Cypress Holdings and FBM;

 

   

“FBM” refers to FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Cypress Holdings, and its subsidiaries, including Foundation Building Materials, LLC;

 

   

“Great Western” refers collectively to the business operations and assets acquired from Great Western Building Materials, Inc., Oxnard Building Materials, Inc. and ProWall Building Products, Inc.;

 

   

“GSCIL” refers to the business operations and assets acquired from Gypsum Supply Company;

 

   

“Ken API“ refers to the business operations and assets acquired from Ken Builders Supply, Inc.;

 

   

“Lone Star” or the “Sponsor” refers to Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. together with certain of its affiliates and associates, but excluding us and other companies it owns as a result of its investment activities;

 

   

“Lone Star Acquisition” refers to the acquisition of the Company and its assets and operations by Cypress through a newly formed company, Cypress Holdings, on October 9, 2015; and

 

   

“Winroc-SPI” refers to the Construction Products Distribution business division of, and acquired from, Superior Plus Corp.

We also use certain industry terms throughout this prospectus. Such terms include “mechanical insulation” to refer to the commercial and industrial insulation end market, each with respect to insulation. In addition, wallboard and drywall are used interchangeably in our industry.

When we refer to U.S. publicly traded building products distributors, we are referring to Beacon Roofing Supply (BECN), Boise Cascade Company (BCC), Builders First Source (BLDR), BMC Stock Holdings (BMCH), GMS (GMS), HD Supply (HDS), Pool Corp (POOL), SiteOne (SITE), TopBuild (BLD), Universal Forest Products (UFPI) and Watsco (WSO).

 

ii


Table of Contents

Basis of Presentation

The historical financial information presented and discussed in this prospectus is derived from the audited and unaudited financial statements of Cypress Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods presented. Financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the period from October 9, 2015 through December 31, 2015 relates to the period succeeding the completion of the Lone Star Acquisition. Financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 relate to the period preceding the completion of the Lone Star Acquisition. The terms “Predecessor” and “Successor” refer to the pre-and post-Lone Star Acquisition financial position and results of the Company, respectively.

Pro Forma Financial Information

In addition to our results and those of certain of the companies we have acquired presented under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, or International Financing Reporting Standards, or IFRS, in this prospectus we also present certain pro forma financial information that gives effect to the following transactions, collectively referred to as the Pro Forma Transactions:

 

   

the Lone Star Acquisition;

 

   

the acquisitions of each of Ken API, Great Western, GSCIL and Winroc-SPI;

 

   

the impacts of the Tax Receivable Agreement described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement;”

 

   

the issuance of $575.0 million of senior secured notes due 2021, the entry into a new asset backed revolving credit facility in August 2016, as amended in September 2016, and borrowings thereunder of $190.0 million and the repayment in full of our then-outstanding indebtedness; and

 

   

the completion of this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds.

The Pro Forma Transactions are discussed in greater detail in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.” Our historical financial results do not reflect any impact or the full impact, as applicable, of the Pro Forma Transactions, and our management believes it is important to discuss our pro forma financial information in addition to our historical results because it provides investors with additional context regarding our business. However, our pro forma financial information contains limitations. For example, the Pro Forma Transactions do not include, and our pro forma financial information does not reflect adjustments relating to, the acquisitions of United Drywall Supply, Inc., Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc., Mid America Drywall Supply, and Commercial Building Materials, or collectively, the Other Acquisitions, that we have completed since January 1, 2015 that are not considered significant under Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Our pro forma financial information should not be considered independent of our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and unaudited condensed combined financial statements and the related notes thereto, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

Industry and Market Data

The data included in this prospectus and, in particular, in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary” and “Business,” regarding markets and the industry in which we operate, including

 

iii


Table of Contents

the size of certain markets and our position and the position of our competitors within these markets, are based on publicly available information, reports of government agencies and published industry sources.

In this prospectus, when we refer to:

 

   

“Dodge Data & Analytics” we are referring to Dodge Data & Analytics a provider of data, analytics, news and intelligence serving the North American construction industry;

 

   

“Longbow Research” we are referring to Longbow Securities, LLC;

 

   

“Ducker” we are referring to a due diligence report prepared by Ducker Worldwide Advisors, LLC for Lone Star in connection with the Lone Star Acquisition; and

 

   

“Gypsum Association” we are referring to statistical information obtained from the Gypsum Association, a non-profit trade association.

Data regarding the industries in which we compete and our market position and market share within these industries are inherently imprecise and are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties beyond our control, but we believe that they generally indicate size and position and market share within these industries. We have not independently verified market data and industry forecasts provided by any of these or any other third-party sources referred to in this prospectus, although we believe such market data and industry forecasts included in this prospectus are reliable. This information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in surveys of market size.

Management estimates are derived from the information referred to above, as well as our internal research, calculations and assumptions made by us based on our analysis of such information and data and our knowledge of our industries and markets. We believe these estimates to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable, and we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus. Assumptions, expectations and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries and markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Trademarks

We own or have the rights to use various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not, imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by, us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names presented in this prospectus may appear without the ® , TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following is a summary of material information discussed in this prospectus. The summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the risks discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and our audited and unaudited Predecessor and Successor financial statements and the related notes thereto, and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and the related notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision to purchase shares of our common stock. Some of the statements in this summary constitute forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Company

We are the second largest specialty distributor of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems in the United States and Canada, and the fastest growing by revenue and branch count since our founding in 2011. We are also the second largest specialty distributor and one of the largest fabricators of commercial and industrial mechanical insulation in the United States. We have expanded from a single branch in Southern California to 210 branches across the United States and Canada as of December 31, 2016, carrying a broad array of more than 35,000 SKUs. Our organic growth initiatives and disciplined acquisition strategy have enabled us to grow rapidly. Our net sales in 2013 were $113.7 million and we reached pro forma net sales of $1.42 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We have grown revenue faster than any U.S. publicly traded building products distributor over the same period. Our goal is to be the leading company within specialty building products distribution and to continue expanding into complementary markets.

We serve as a critical link between our supplier base and a diverse and highly fragmented base of over 30,000 customers. Our specialty building products segment, which distributes wallboard and accessories, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems and other products, accounted for approximately 85% of our pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Within this segment, we distribute products to contractors who install them in commercial and residential buildings for both new construction and repair and remodeling projects. Our mechanical insulation segment, which distributes commercial and industrial insulation products to provide insulation solutions for pipes and mechanical systems, accounted for approximately 15% of our pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We fabricate and distribute these products for specialty contractors seeking to improve or maintain energy efficiency in a diverse range of commercial and industrial buildings. Our customers use these products in new construction and maintenance, repair and operations, or MRO, of existing facilities.

We have an expansive branch network that serves attractive markets across the United States and in Canada. The ability to leverage our expansive branch network, together with our organic growth initiatives and disciplined acquisition strategy, has allowed us to drive significant share gains in the wallboard distribution market. According to the Gypsum Association, the U.S. wallboard market experienced volume growth of 4.9% and 2.6% in 2014 and 2015, respectively. We experienced higher growth than the industry during this period, generating wallboard volume growth of 7.2% and 7.7% in 2014 and 2015, respectively (including volume for the Company and, with respect to each acquired entity, volume for each such entity

 

 

1


Table of Contents

for the entire year of acquisition and the year prior to acquisition). We have increased our U.S. wallboard market share from 2.6% in 2013 to 7.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, and we see significant opportunity for additional market share gains.

 

LOGO   LOGO  

 

(1) Market share for each period includes volume for the Company and, with respect to each acquired entity, volume for each such entity for the entire year of acquisition.

We believe that our customers select and trust us because we have the expertise to efficiently and effectively handle and deliver a broad product offering, including wallboard, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems, mechanical insulation and complementary products, and to manage the complex logistics required to safely deliver and stock the right products to the appropriate locations at each jobsite. It is critical for our contractor customers to have the correct product, when they need it, in order to complete their projects on time and on budget without costly delays. We also provide our customers with technical product expertise, including proper installation techniques for new products. Our national scale gives us the ability to serve contractors and homebuilders that operate across multiple geographic markets. Most of our customer accounts are managed by salespeople and managers who communicate with customers on a regular basis and, as a result, have developed longstanding and trusted relationships. Our top 20 customers based on pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, had an average tenure of 19 years with us or one of our acquired companies, and no one customer accounted for more than 1.5% of our pro forma net sales during this period.

We have close relationships with our suppliers at both the executive and local branch level. We believe we are a preferred distributor for our suppliers due to our scale, nationwide footprint, leading market positions, knowledgeable professionals, high service levels and strong relationships with a broad set of contractor customers. We also believe our suppliers seek our business because we are one of the highest growth distributors in our industry and have a demonstrated ability to achieve above market growth. In suspended ceiling systems, we have exclusive distribution relationships in select geographies for certain products. These relationships include contractual exclusivity with Armstrong World Industries, Inc., or Armstrong, and relationship-based exclusivity with USG Corporation, or USG. Armstrong has supported our expansion by renewing our contractual exclusivity or extending our contractual exclusivity into additional territories after we acquired companies. This contractual exclusivity makes us the sole distributor carrying Armstrong products in certain regions. We also possess semi-exclusive distribution rights in other regions. Supplier concentration remains low across

 

 

2


Table of Contents

all of our product categories, and our largest supplier accounted for approximately 14% of pro forma purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

We serve a balanced mix of end markets across the new non-residential construction, new residential construction and the non-residential repair and remodel sectors. Our products are used in the construction and repair and remodel of new commercial buildings, single-family and multi-family homes and industrial facilities. We believe activity in the new construction end markets will continue to grow, since new non-residential activity and residential housing starts in the United States remain below historical averages. Our products are used for the maintenance, repair and remodel of existing structures, including industrial MRO, which we believe provides a stable source of revenue across economic cycles.

The table below summarizes our major product categories, applications and end markets.

 

   

Our Products

   

Wallboard &
      Accessories      

 

Metal

      Framing      

 

      Ceilings      

 

Other

      Products      

 

Commercial
and Industrial
      Insulation      

% of Pro Forma Net Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

 

  42%   14%   16%   18%   10%

Applications

  Interior walls and ceilings   Wallboard structural support, typically sold as part of a package with wallboard, insulation, or suspended ceiling systems   Suspended ceiling systems   Stucco/exterior insulation and finishing system, building insulation, tools, safety accessories and fasteners   Insulation solutions for pipes and mechanical systems
 

 

New Non-Residential

 

         
Primary End Markets  

 

New Residential

 

         
 

 

Non-residential, Repair and Remodel

 

         

We were founded in 2011 by our President and Chief Executive Officer Ruben Mendoza, our Chief Financial Officer John Gorey and our California Regional Vice President Tom Fischbeck. Mr. Mendoza previously served as CEO of Acoustical Material Services where he oversaw the successful growth of the company before it was acquired by Allied Building Products, a subsidiary of CRH, in 2007. In founding our company, Mr. Mendoza applied a proven customer- centric operating model to an organization that would combine strong organic growth with an effective acquisition and integration program across a fragmented industry. In November 2013, we strengthened our management team with the addition of our Chief Operating Officer, Pete Welly, who has 37 years of experience in our industry. Other members of our management

 

 

3


Table of Contents

team have spent the majority of their careers in the wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution industry. As a result of long and close personal relationships with many of the private owners of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distributors, our acquisitions generally have been completed on a privately negotiated, non-auction basis. Since 2013, the majority of senior level leaders who have sold us their businesses have elected to stay on as active employees and are often our best references to owners considering a sale to us. As of December 31, 2016, our management and employees owned approximately 10.2% of our parent, which, immediately following consummation of the offering, will own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we had pro forma net sales of $1.76 billion, pro forma net loss of $15.4 million and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $112.4 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we had pro forma net sales of $1.42 billion, pro forma net loss of $11.0 million, and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $88.3 million. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Information” for a discussion of how we define and calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

Our Industry

We participate in the U.S. and Canadian markets for the specialty distribution of wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing and other products, and the custom fabrication and distribution of mechanical insulation products. As distributor consolidation has continued, we believe scale has grown increasingly important. Larger distributors are generally able to achieve better pricing from manufacturers through scaled purchasing. We believe that larger distributors like us are better positioned to capture a greater share of volume growth given their extensive and diverse customer bases, and that larger distributors like us with variable cost structures will continue to see incremental margin improvement from increased volume through economies of scale.

Wallboard and suspended ceiling systems

Based on industry research and public filings, we estimate the total United States and Canada market for the distribution of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems was approximately $14.0 billion in 2015, approximately 70% of which was served by specialty building products distributors rather than other channels such as big box retailers and lumberyards. Specialty distributors play a critical role in this industry by connecting a concentrated set of suppliers with a diverse and fragmented set of non-residential and residential construction contractors. Of the four largest national wallboard distributors, we are one of two actively consolidating wallboard specialty distributors. Our remaining competitors are generally smaller regional and local firms, many of which we view as attractive acquisition opportunities.

Companies in our industry compete based on key value-added services, including broad product selection, nearby branches, logistics planning, specialized and same-day delivery capabilities, stocking services, trade credit and technical product expertise in local markets. We believe these characteristics, combined with strong supplier and customer relationships, create

 

 

4


Table of Contents

significant barriers to entry for de novo market entrants. Barriers to entry, along with the highly fragmented nature of the industry (with hundreds of local or regional players), are catalysts for significant consolidation, and we believe we have been one of the most active acquirers of companies in our industry since January 2013.

 

 

LOGO

Source: Management estimates

Comparison between wallboard and ceiling systems distribution and roofing distribution

We believe meaningful parallels exist between the specialty distribution markets for our wallboard and suspended ceiling systems products and roofing materials. Both markets exhibit a similar value proposition to customers and suppliers; enjoy a balanced mix of residential and commercial construction end markets; benefit from growth in new construction and the relative stability of repair and remodel activity; generate comparable margins; and utilize similar fleets of specialized delivery vehicles and logistical processes. There has been a significant consolidation of roofing material suppliers over the past 15 years, and our industry has begun to consolidate as the roofing distribution industry did over this period. We believe this lag in consolidation in the wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution industry as compared to the roofing distribution industry highlights the opportunity for us to continue to grow our business through acquisitions.

Mechanical insulation

According to Ducker Worldwide, the mechanical insulation market for the distribution of commercial and industrial insulation in the United States was approximately $2.6 billion in 2015. Like wallboard and suspended ceiling systems, we believe specialty distributors of commercial and industrial insulation products hold a strong position in the value chain and provide a number of value-added capabilities to customers and suppliers, including the custom fabrication of mechanical insulation products such as fiberglass, metal cladding, mineral wool and foam. Custom fabricated products eliminate the specialty contractor’s need to cut and form insulation on site, thereby reducing waste and labor costs. We believe insulation contractors generally prefer to consolidate purchases with a single distributor and such contractors often choose their distributor based on custom fabrication capabilities.

Key end markets for mechanical insulation are non-residential new construction, non-residential repair and remodel and industrial MRO. Non-residential construction spending and

 

 

5


Table of Contents

changes in the energy efficiency standards are key drivers of demand for these types of applications. In particular, the need to meet stricter building codes and the certification of commercial buildings to achieve established energy efficiency standards have been positive contributors to industry growth the past few years.

 

LOGO

Source: Management estimates

Our Competitive Strengths

Market leader with significant size and scale advantages

Our coast-to-coast footprint enables us to distribute our comprehensive product offering to a large, diverse set of customers and provides us with significant economies of scale that we believe give us cost advantages versus our smaller competitors. As a leading specialty building products distributor, we are able to negotiate volume discounts and preferential pricing terms with our key suppliers. As we continue to grow, we believe we will realize additional cost savings and other benefits from scale.

Smaller competitors generally lack the resources to properly handle the logistical complexities of large scale specialty building products distribution. We have been able to realize procurement discounts on our large fleet of over 2,725 vehicles, and we leverage this fleet to realize operational cost advantages from economies of scale. Additionally, our local market scale adds route density, which increases our profit margins. We believe our consolidated information technology systems and central administrative functions, which are shared nationally across our platform, generate additional operating cost efficiencies.

Proven operating model

We believe that our national operating model supported by local market expertise, entrepreneurial and customer centric-culture, acquisition and integration expertise and strong national brand has established us as the distributor of choice for leading suppliers and over 30,000 customers across a balanced mix of construction-related end markets. Our management team originally utilized elements of this operating model while overseeing AMS and has applied them to us. Since our inception, we have invested heavily in identifying, recruiting, training and retaining highly dedicated employees. We invest in ongoing talent development and focus on rewarding performance based on profitability goals instead of pursuing revenue growth at the expense of profit margins. We reposition talent across our branch network to manage and improve branch performance.

Our technology infrastructure and “One Company” platform allows us to manage our information technology efficiently. We have established a broad, integrated business platform

 

 

6


Table of Contents

that allows our branch network to leverage a centralized ERP system and other back office support functions to minimize costs, while retaining important and timely decision making authority at the local level where we conduct business with our customers and can tailor our service and product offerings to their needs. This autonomy at the local level has fostered our entrepreneurial culture, while our national infrastructure support allows employees to focus on customer-first solutions. In 2016 we completed an initiative that consolidated our entire company onto one ERP platform other than with respect to the acquisitions of Winroc-SPI, United Drywall Supply, Inc., or United Drywall, and Dominion Interior Supply.

Local market excellence

We are a national company focused on supplying the local building material needs of each geographical area we cover according to climate, building codes, customer preference and other considerations. We believe that we are able to maintain our local market excellence due to our longstanding customer and supplier relationships in local regions, dependable customer service, brand recognition and market-specific product offerings that cater to local trends and preferences. We actively track local and regional construction opportunities for our customers to help drive business for both them and ourselves, and our senior executives complement the local sales efforts by maintaining key relationships with major national and regional accounts. We seek to cultivate an entrepreneurial culture and empower branch managers with the independence and authority to make important business decisions locally under the FBM brand. We believe that this attracts highly dedicated employees who endeavor to provide our customers with dependable customer service that differentiates us from our competition. Our goal is to be the distributor of choice for our customers in all of the local markets we serve.

Strong customer relationships

We sell to a diverse and highly fragmented base of over 30,000 customers, including commercial, residential and other specialty contractors. In addition to local contractors, we maintain strong regional relationships with regional non-residential construction companies and leading national homebuilders. Most customer accounts are serviced by managers and salespeople who communicate regularly with these accounts and have developed meaningful relationships built over many years. We have deeply entrenched customer relationships lasting over 19 years on average with our top 20 customers based on pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, including companies we have acquired. We believe customer loyalty has been built through our high-quality customer service and technical support, strong logistics capabilities, exclusive relationships to key suppliers in critical markets and product expertise across our comprehensive selection of premier products and brands. We are able to safely and efficiently deliver products to our customers at the right time and in the specified place. Based on our customer surveys, contractors often prioritize on-time delivery over price as they consider the negative repercussions that project delays create, particularly increased labor costs. We have an integrated delivery, dispatch and order tracking system that allows us to optimize routes and dispatch efficiencies. Optimization of delivery and dispatch results in lower costs for both delivery and also for fleet management. Additionally, for many of our products, we facilitate purchasing relationships between suppliers and our highly fragmented customer base by providing technical product knowledge, educating contractors on proper installation techniques for new products, enabling local product availability and extending trade credit.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Longstanding relationships with leading suppliers

We maintain longstanding relationships with a base of over 4,000 suppliers that we provide with a direct channel to a large, diverse customer base and a national footprint. We are one of the largest customers for several of our top suppliers across wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and metal framing product categories. We believe that suppliers find our scale, rapid growth, nationwide footprint, leading market positions, knowledgeable professionals, quality customer service and strong relationships with a broad set of contractors attractive. All key supplier relationships are handled by our executive management team to foster long-term growth and maximize national pricing programs.

We have access to leading brands and maintain exclusive distribution relationships to sell key products, such as suspended ceiling systems, in selected markets. Interior contractors often purchase wallboard and suspended ceiling systems from the same distributor, and carrying our ceilings product line helps to drive sales of wallboard and other complementary products. We believe that our suppliers view us as a key facilitator to market and grow their businesses. We regularly discuss both our acquisition and greenfield expansion activities with our key suppliers, who may proactively recommend expansion opportunities to us.

Demonstrated ability to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions

Our management team has built the Company from a single branch in 2011 into one of the leading wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and mechanical insulation building products distributors in the United States and Canada. Since 2013, we have completed 19 acquisitions and believe that the large, highly fragmented nature of our market and our reputation throughout the industry provides us access to a robust acquisition pipeline at attractive valuations that will continue to supplement our strong organic growth. Our acquisitions generally have been initiated through our senior management team’s business relationships developed over their many years in the industry, and we believe we have become a buyer of choice for owners of specialty distribution companies because we offer them the opportunity to gain liquidity while remaining involved in the active management of their business going forward. We generally avoid auction processes and we believe we are often the only buyer involved in advanced discussions with these companies. This has led to a substantial pipeline of potential acquisition candidates that management is continuously cultivating.

We have dedicated integration leaders who work closely with acquired branch personnel to unify acquisitions under a single brand with a common ERP system. We consolidate our acquired companies’ purchasing into our supplier purchasing programs, which generally have had more advantageous terms due to our greater scale. Our objective is to integrate each acquired company into our back office accounting, human resources and IT systems within 90 days of closing. Post-acquisition, we transition acquired companies exclusively to the FBM brand, and we have typically achieved additional remaining cost savings from the elimination of redundant overhead costs and branch consolidations. Our acquisitions have historically realized purchasing synergies almost immediately by taking advantage of our volume discounts.

Since 2013, many of the owners and senior management of companies that we have acquired have elected to remain employed with us post-acquisition and most have chosen to invest in our parent company, which has proven to be successful in aligning incentives and ensuring smooth transitions. Currently, over 100 former owners, managers and employees of acquired businesses have an equity interest in our parent company and they remain engaged in the successful operation of our business.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Experienced management team with strong track record of growth

Our management team, including our senior management and vice presidents, collectively have an average of 25 years of industry experience. Our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer Ruben Mendoza, is an accomplished leader with over 25 years of industry experience. Our Chief Financial Officer John Gorey brings over 30 years of industry experience, our Chief Operating Officer Pete Welly brings over 37 years of industry experience to the oversight of our operations and our Senior Vice President of Sales & Marketing Kirby Thompson has been working in the industry for over 35 years. By fostering an entrepreneurial and customer-centric culture and a proven ability to quickly and effectively integrate acquisitions under a common brand, this team has built the Company from a single branch into one of the leading specialty building products distributors in the United States and Canada.

Our Business Strategy

Our objective is to strengthen our competitive position, achieve profitable growth that exceeds market rates and increase shareholder value through the following key strategies:

Continue to drive organic growth through strategic initiatives.     We believe there are significant opportunities to continue to expand our existing geographic footprint by opening new branches, expand our product offerings to existing customers, target new customers and expand our mechanical insulation platform.

 

   

Expand product offerings across all branches.     Our management team has identified opportunities in several of our regions for product line growth and expansion. We offer a number of products that are complementary to our wallboard sales including tools, fasteners and wallboard accessories, building insulation, exterior insulation finishing systems, stucco, plaster and fiberglass reinforced panels. These products typically generate higher profit margins than our core product offerings and we believe there is significant opportunity for additional expansion of our complementary product sales. We monitor sales of our complementary products and look for opportunities to introduce new products across our entire network that have been successful in a subset of our branches. We believe that through such efforts, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, complementary product sales were up 28% year-over-year.

 

   

Target new customers and increasing share with existing customers.     We believe our scale and supplier relationships allow us to more efficiently offer a full suite of products than many of our competitors. We believe these advantages help us to win new customers, and we have a proven track record of growing customer relationships and expanding wallboard market share. We plan to continue this growth by leveraging our experienced and driven salesforce of more than 325 field sales personnel who develop new customer relationships at the local level. We also believe our product breadth, extensive operating experience, technical knowledge and specialized delivery fleet will allow us to continue to capture new customers and expand our sales to those customers over time. In December of 2016, we plan to release a mobile application that will allow our customers to easily access critical information, such as order and delivery status.

 

   

Grow by selectively opening new branches.     We believe that significant opportunities exist to continue to expand our geographic footprint by opening new branches that are adjacent to our existing operations. A greenfield has historically taken approximately $0.5 million in capital expenditures and working capital to open, and typically generates

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

positive cash flow within one year. Key steps in the greenfield process include identifying growth markets where current customers or suppliers have identified a market need that we can support, conducting a market assessment, determining branch staffing and salesforce and developing a comprehensive forecast to determine if the location can meet profitability targets. In 2017 we plan to open three to five new branches.

 

   

Expand the mechanical insulation platform.     Through the Winroc-SPI Acquisition, we gained exposure to the mechanical insulation market in the United States. This mechanical insulation distribution market has experienced several macroeconomic trends in recent years that are favorable to our business, including stable distribution channels, distributor consolidation and more stringent codes and regulations demanding more efficient processes and energy performance. Additionally, because mechanical insulation also targets the industrial end market, we believe this business can offer greater diversification and cyclical stability to our existing platform.

In the mechanical insulation business segment, we are actively pursuing growth opportunities to further expand our operational footprint and drive financial results. Opportunities such as product line expansion, acquisition and new branches will allow us to expand our volumes and market share, enhancing the growth expected from the broader market expansion.

Continue to expand and strengthen existing relationships with key suppliers.     We believe our established relationships with market-leading suppliers serve as a key competitive advantage and support continued volume growth and purchasing power. Our suppliers benefit from our position as a single point of contact to over 30,000 customers and our ability as a partner to market and introduce new products efficiently and on a national scale. We maintain a number of exclusive and semi-exclusive distribution rights in key regions. By expanding these relationships with suppliers, whether by adding more exclusive products or expanding exclusivity into new regions, we believe we will be able to further accelerate our growth. Additionally, our suppliers are critical partners in our growth and we regularly discuss greenfield candidates with them, with suppliers sometimes proactively identifying expansion opportunities.

Enhance financial performance through improved operational efficiencies .    We believe we have the potential for continued operating margin improvement through operational initiatives including optimizing pricing, improving fleet utilization, maximizing working capital efficiency from inventory and accounts receivable management, and strategic procurement processes. In addition, as our end markets continue to grow, we expect to generate higher operating margins on incremental volume as we leverage our fixed costs base across our existing branch footprint.

We strive to continuously improve our operational efficiency, and are currently pursuing a number of initiatives to drive operating margin expansion, including:

 

   

improve warehouse efficiencies in certain branches and reorganize these facilities;

 

   

deploy a GPS truck tracking system across our company to reduce fleet costs, track on time deliveries and improve route planning; and

 

   

leverage our increased investment in electronic data interchange to improve efficiency for both the purchasing and accounts payable teams.

To further drive operational efficiencies, we unify all of our completed acquisitions under a single brand with a common ERP system. Our information technology systems are scalable and

 

 

10


Table of Contents

coordinated, which gives us operational efficiencies through the sharing of best practices and information across a common platform. We believe our information technology infrastructure allows for effective, data-driven management and is built to empower local decision-making and enhance visibility across our branch network.

We incentivize our branch managers and customer-facing branch level employees on a quarterly basis based on branch level operating income rather than doing so annually based on sales, which we believe leads to improved branch level performance.

Continue to be a leading industry consolidator.     Since 2013, our management team has identified and closed 19 acquisitions. We have successfully integrated 16 of these acquisitions, and are currently working to complete the integration of Winroc-SPI, United Drywall and Dominion Interior Supply. We believe our national footprint, market leadership, entrepreneurial culture and ability to retain key leadership makes us an attractive buyer. We generally pursue selective acquisitions that both expand our footprint and generate synergies. We have a dedicated team of professionals to manage the acquisition and integration process. Due to the large and highly fragmented nature of our market and our reputation throughout the industry, we believe that we have access to a robust acquisition pipeline at attractive valuations that will continue to supplement our organic growth. We will consider expansion into complementary specialty distribution markets through selective acquisitions.

Focus on culture and continuous improvement.     We believe that our employees are one of the key driver of our success, and we intend to continue to recruit, train, promote and retain entrepreneurial and successful people. We believe that we have created a culture where our people feel valued and supported and see that their efforts are instrumental to our continued success. We are focused on providing our employees with regular training and development to improve customer service, workplace safety and job satisfaction. For example, in January 2016 we launched “FBM University” to provide our employees with extensive training and development programs, utilizing new learning management systems and in-person training programs, which we view as essential for new hires and the development of existing employees. We also invest substantially in leadership training and team building through our annual “Key Leaders Summit” meeting. By improving our employees’ knowledge base and sharing best practices, we are able to empower our people at the branch level to better serve local customers.

Our commitment to safety is one of our core foundation values. This effort begins immediately with new employees through a comprehensive onboarding orientation that focuses on safety awareness, risk identification and other essential safety protocols. Training is delivered through a variety of media, including online modules and classroom settings, so that managers can employ the method that bests fits the employee’s needs.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Structure

The following chart summarizes our organizational structure and equity ownership immediately following the consummation of the offering. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not show all of our legal entities.

 

LOGO

Reorganization

Foundation Building Materials, Inc., the registrant whose name appears on the cover page of this prospectus, does not currently have any operations and was formed in October 2016 for the purpose of an internal reorganization transaction. Prior to or concurrent with the consummation of this offering, Cypress Parent will transfer Cypress and, indirectly, FBM to Foundation Building Materials, Inc., thereby transferring the operations of the Company, the business which is described in this prospectus and the business for which historical and pro forma financial information is

 

 

12


Table of Contents

included elsewhere in this prospectus, to be indirectly held by Foundation Building Materials, Inc. Following this internal reorganization, or the Reorganization, Foundation Building Materials, Inc. will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Cypress Parent. Each of Cypress Parent, Cypress Holdings, Cypress and Foundation Building Materials, Inc. are affiliates of Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. Shares of common stock of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. are being offered by the prospectus.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement that will provide for the payment by us to Lone Star of 90% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax that we realize (or in some circumstances are deemed to realize) as a result of the utilization of our and our subsidiaries’ (i) depreciation and amortization deductions, and any offset to taxable income and gain or increase to taxable loss, resulting from the tax basis we have in our assets at the consummation of this offering, (ii) net operating losses, (iii) tax credits and (iv) certain other tax attributes. We currently estimate that such payments will aggregate to between $         and $         million and we expect all payments to be made within      years of this offering. Because we will be a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Our Sponsor

Lone Star is part of a leading private equity firm that, since the establishment of its first fund in 1995, has organized 17 private equity funds with aggregate capital commitments totaling over $70.0 billion. The funds are structured as closed-end, private-equity limited partnerships, the limited partners of which include corporate and public pension funds, sovereign wealth funds, university endowments, foundations, funds of funds and high net worth individuals. Immediately prior to this offering, Lone Star owned     % of our outstanding common stock, and will own approximately     % of our common stock immediately following consummation of this offering (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Therefore, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, and will take advantage of the related corporate governance exceptions for controlled companies. See the section entitled “Management—Controlled Company Exemption.”

Risks Affecting Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those arising from:

 

   

changes in the construction industry or our end markets;

 

   

our ability to realize the anticipated financial and strategic goals of future acquisitions or investments, including the identification of acquisition targets and the integration of acquired businesses, including integration of financial systems;

 

   

our ability to achieve the intended benefits of our recent and pending acquisitions;

 

   

the loss of, significant decline in business with or changes with respect to our suppliers;

 

 

13


Table of Contents
   

our ability to effectively manage any changes in general economic, political and social conditions;

 

   

the consequences of any continued financial uncertainty following the recent worldwide recession and the impact on the markets we serve;

 

   

our ability to manage our growth effectively;

 

   

our ability to generate a sufficient amount of cash to service our indebtedness and fund our operations;

 

   

our ability to operate our business under agreements governing certain of our indebtedness containing financial covenants and other restrictions; and

 

   

our relationship with Lone Star and its significant ownership of our common stock.

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus prior to making an investment in our common stock. These risks could, among other things, prevent us from successfully executing our strategies and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at 2741 Walnut Avenue, Suite 200, Tustin, CA 92780 and our telephone number is (714) 380-3127. Our website address is www.fbmsales.com. Information contained on our website or linked therein or otherwise connected thereto does not constitute part of nor is it incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

   

exemption from non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of

 

 

14


Table of Contents

our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, our revenues were $930.3 million. We expect that our annual revenues will exceed $1.0 billion for the year ending December 31, 2016, and that we will no longer qualify as an emerging growth company subsequent to the completion of this offering.

We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings while we remain an emerging growth company. If we do, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have chosen to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                 shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

                 shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                 shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate our proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use $        million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

 

  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder. See the sections entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Underwriting.”

 

Dividend policy

We have no present intention to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, projections, liquidity, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to      % of the common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our director, director nominees, officers and certain of our employees and other persons associated with us. The sales will be made by                                                           , an underwriter of this offering, through a Directed Share Program. If these persons purchase common stock it will reduce the number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares of common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

You should carefully read and consider the information set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21, together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

 

Conflicts of Interest

An affiliate of RBC Capital Markets, LLC is a lender under our senior secured asset based revolving credit facility dated August 9, 2016, or the ABL Credit Facility. As described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” a portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility. Because more than 5% of the proceeds of this offering will be received by certain of the underwriters in this offering or their affiliates that are lenders under the ABL Credit Facility, this offering is being conducted in compliance with Rule 5121, as administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. has agreed to act as the qualified independent underwriter with respect to this offering and has performed due diligence investigations and participated in the preparation of this registration statement. See the section entitled “Underwriting — Conflicts of Interest.”

 

NYSE Symbol

“FBM”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering as set forth above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of                 , 2017 and excludes                  shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan (under which no equity awards have been granted as of such date). We intend to grant equity awards representing an aggregate of approximately                  shares of common stock to our executive officers and certain director nominees under our equity incentive plan at the time of the pricing of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus:

 

   

assumes the completion of the Reorganization;

 

   

gives effect to a              for one stock split, which will occur shortly before consummation of this offering;

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of our common stock.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The following tables set forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain summary historical and unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The accompanying historical financial information of the Company is derived from the audited and unaudited financial statements for the periods presented and included elsewhere in this prospectus. Financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 relate to the Successor. Financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 relate to the Predecessor. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for each period.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information set forth below presents certain unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2015, and certain unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, by aggregating our historical Predecessor and Successor consolidated financial statements and the historical financial statements of Winroc-SPI, Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western, each contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and making pro forma adjustments to such aggregated financial data to give effect to each of the Pro Forma Transactions as discussed in greater detail in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. You should read the information set forth below together with the sections entitled “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC

Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial and Other Information

 

                      Successor     Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor  
(dollars in thousands)   Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016
    Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    Nine
Months
Ended
September  30,
2016
    Nine
Months
Ended
September  30,
2015
    October 9 to
December 31,
2015
    January 1
to
October 8,
2015
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                 

Net sales

  $ 1,417,357      $ 1,326,827      $ 1,761,093      $ 930,315      $ 608,964      $ 192,539      $ 628,066   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    1,022,836        965,352        1,281,866        665,767        440,539        143,333        452,909   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    394,521        361,475        479,227        264,548        168,425        49,206        175,157   

Operating expenses:

                 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    315,531        279,330        376,133        206,280        126,102        44,196        131,524   

Depreciation and amortization

    48,898        43,208        57,554        33,605        15,125        7,170        15,615   

Acquisition related expenses

                         12,478        12,542        3,464        39,691   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    364,429        322,538        433,687        252,363        153,769        54,830        186,830   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    30,092        38,937        45,540        12,185        14,656        (5,624 )       (11,673 )  

Interest expense

    (46,675     (45,990     (61,411     (37,202     (15,717     (7,044     (19,090

Other income (expense), net

    5,235        (6,150     (6,547     93        14        9        14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (11,348 )       (13,203 )       (22,418 )       (24,924 )       (1,047 )       (12,659 )       (30,749 )  

Income tax benefit

    (358     (3,899     (7,010     (5,358     (1,325     (4,733     (1,294
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,990 )     $ (9,304 )     $ (15,408 )     $ (19,566 )     $ 278      $ (7,926 )     $ (29,455 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

                 

Basic

                      

Diluted

                      

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating net income (loss) per share

                 

Basic

                      

Diluted

                      

Non-GAAP Measures:

                 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ 88,251      $ 83,987      $ 112,424      $ 55,051      $ 31,623      $ 8,969      $ 5,849   

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales

    6.2     6.3 %       6.4     5.9     5.2     4.7     0.9 %  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,393          $ 23,393        $ 10,662     

Total assets

    1,274,323            1,274,323          763,387     

Long-term obligations (2)

    725,123            725,123          300,315     

Total member’s equity

    338,198            338,198          290,751     

 

      

Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016

    

Year Ended
December 31,
2015

 

Selected Operating Data:

     

Branches (as of period end)

     219         86   

Employees (as of period end)

     3,401         1,491   

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Information” for a discussion of how we define and calculate this measure and why we believe this is important.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net income (loss):

 

                      Successor     Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor  
(in thousands)   Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016
    Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
    October 9 to
December 31,
2015
    January 1 to
October 8,
2015
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (10,990   $ (9,304   $ (15,408   $ (19,566   $ 278      $ (7,926   $ (29,455

Interest expense, net

    46,657        45,899        61,388        37,184        15,703        7,035        19,076   

Income tax benefit

    (358     (3,899     (7,010     (5,358     (1,325     (4,733     (1,294

Depreciation and amortization

    48,898        43,208        57,554        33,605        15,125        7,170        15,615   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 84,207      $ 75,904      $ 96,524      $ 45,865      $ 29,781      $ 1,546      $ 3,942   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash, purchase accounting effects(a)

    6,372        1,606        9,059        6,372        1,606        7,453        1,606   

(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment(b)

    243        216        251        243        216        (30     281   

Management fees(c)

    2,719        20        20        2,719        20               20   

Unrealized non-cash loss (gain) on derivative financial instruments(d)

    (5,290     6,241        6,570        (148                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 88,251      $ 83,987      $ 112,424      $ 55,051      $ 31,623      $ 8,969      $ 5,849   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Adjusts for the effect of the purchase accounting step-up in the value of inventory to fair value recognized in cost of goods sold as a result of recent acquisitions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, this adjustment relates primarily to the acquisitions of Winroc-SPI, GSCIL and Ken API. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, this adjustment primarily relates to the acquisition of Great Western. For the Successor period ended December 31, 2015, the adjustment primarily relates to the Lone Star Acquisition. For the Predecessor period ended October 8, 2015, the adjustment primarily relates to the acquisition of Great Western.
  (b) Represents non-cash (gains) losses on the sale of property and equipment.
  (c) Represents fees paid to the Sponsor and former private equity sponsors for services provided to us pursuant to past and present management agreements. These fees will no longer be incurred subsequent to the initial public offering.
  (d) Represents non-cash expense related to unrealized gains or losses on Winroc-SPI derivative financial instruments.

 

(2) Long-term obligations includes the Long-term portion of notes payable, net and inclusive of long-term capital lease obligations. For September 30, 2016, long-term obligations also includes the ABL Credit Facility of $190.0 million.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the combined financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and the trading price of our common stock could decline, causing you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Our business depends on the construction industry and general business, financial market and economic conditions.

The construction industry is cyclical and significantly affected by changes in general and local economic and real estate conditions, such as employment levels, consumer confidence, demographic trends, housing demand, inflation, deflation, interest rates and credit availability. Changes in these general and local economic conditions or deterioration in the broader economy could negatively impact the level of purchases, capital expenditures and creditworthiness of the Company’s direct and indirect customers and suppliers, and, therefore, the Company’s margins, earnings, orders and financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Changes in these economic conditions may affect some of our regions or markets more than others. If adverse conditions affect our larger markets, such as California, Arizona, Texas and Florida, they could have a proportionately greater impact on us than on some other companies. In addition, current uncertainty regarding global economic conditions may have an adverse effect on the businesses, results of operations and financial condition of the Company and its customers, distributors and suppliers.

Our sales depend upon the commercial new construction market, the commercial repair and remodel market and the industrial construction and maintenance markets.

The recent downturn from 2008 to 2011 in the U.S. commercial new construction market was one of the most severe of the last 40 years. Previously, downturns in the construction industry have typically lasted about two to three years, but the downturn from 2008 to 2011 was much more severe, with a market decline of approximately 49% during those three years. According to Dodge Data & Analytics, square-footage for new commercial construction starts has increased by approximately 37% since 2011 but remains approximately 42% below the peak level of 1.67 billion achieved in 2007. We cannot predict the duration of the current market conditions or the timing or strength of any future recovery of commercial construction activity in our markets. Weakness in the commercial construction market and the commercial repair and remodel market would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Continued uncertainty about current economic conditions will continue to pose a risk to our businesses that serve the non-residential markets. If participants in these industries postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values or other factors, this could have a material negative effect on the demand for our products and services and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Homebuilding activity and the mortgage markets affect the demand for products we distribute, which in turn affects our business condition.

The distribution of our products, particularly wallboard, to contractors serving the residential market represents a significant portion of our business. Wallboard demand is highly

 

21


Table of Contents

correlated with housing starts. Housing starts and repair and remodel activity, in turn, are dependent upon a number of factors, including housing demand, housing inventory levels, housing affordability, foreclosure rates, geographical shifts in the population and other changes in demographics, the availability of land, local zoning and permitting processes, the availability of construction financing and the health of the economy and mortgage markets. Unfavorable changes in any of these factors beyond our control could adversely affect consumer spending, result in decreased demand for homes and adversely affect our business.

Beginning in mid-2008 and continuing through late-2011, the U.S. homebuilding industry experienced a significant downturn. This decrease in homebuilding activity led to a steep decline in wallboard demand which, in turn, had a significant adverse effect on our industry. Since that time U.S. housing starts have recovered and, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, reached 1.1 million in 2015. Despite the growth over this period, U.S. housing start activity remains significantly below their long-term historical averages. According to the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Canadian housing starts have remained relatively flat from 2011 until 2015, with only minimal deviations in such five-year period. In addition, some analysts project that the demand for residential construction may be negatively impacted as the number of renting households has increased in recent years and a shortage in the supply of affordable housing is expected to result in lower home ownership rates. The timing and extent of the continued recovery, if any, in homebuilding and the resulting impact on demand for our products are uncertain. Further, even if homebuilding activity fully recovers, the impact of such recovery on our business may be suppressed if, for example, the average selling price or average size of new single-family homes decreases, which could cause homebuilders to decrease spending on our services and the products we distribute.

Beginning in 2007, the mortgage markets were also substantially disrupted as a result of increased defaults, primarily due to weakened credit quality of homeowners. In reaction to the disruption in the mortgage markets, stricter regulations and financial requirements were adopted and the availability of mortgages for potential homebuyers was significantly reduced as a result of a limited credit market and stricter standards to qualify for mortgages. Mortgage financing and commercial credit for smaller homebuilders, as well as for the development of new residential lots, continue to be constrained. If the residential construction industry continues to experience weakness and a reduction in activity, our business, financial condition and operating results could be significantly and adversely affected.

Our business relies on private investment and a slower than expected economy may adversely affect our results.

A significant portion of our sales are for projects with non-public owners, such as non-residential builders and home builders who make investments with private funds into their projects. Construction spending is affected by our customers’ ability to finance projects. Residential and nonresidential construction and industrial construction projects and maintenance could decline if companies and consumers are unable to finance construction projects or if the economy slows or is stalled, which could result in delays or cancellations of capital projects. If the economy or housing starts and nonresidential projects do not increase, sale of our products and related services may decline and our financial position, results of operations and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.

Within our local markets, we operate in a highly competitive industry and any failure to effectively compete could have a material adverse effect on us.

The U.S. and Canadian construction industries are highly fragmented with a large number of independent specialty building products distributors in a number of our markets.

 

22


Table of Contents

Additionally, in most markets, we compete against diversified distribution companies, which may be larger and have broader product lines. Competition with competitors that have greater financial resources and are better capitalized than us could lead to lower prices, lower sales volumes and higher costs in some markets, negatively affecting our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

We also compete based on service, quality and range of products. Our competitors may be positioned to provide better service and thereby establish stronger relationships with customers and suppliers. Our competitors may also sell preferred products, develop a more comprehensive product portfolio or have more competitive prices. In addition, certain product manufacturers that sell and distribute their products directly to homebuilders may increase the volume of such direct sales.

There is intense competition in a number of markets in which we operate. If we are unable to compete effectively with our existing competitors or new competitors who enter the markets in which we operate, our financial position, results of operations and liquidity may be adversely affected.

The trend toward consolidation in our industry may negatively impact our business.

The trend toward consolidation in our industry could cause markets to become more competitive as greater economies of scale are achieved by distributors that are able to efficiently expand their operations. We believe these factors could result in fewer overall distributors operating multiple locations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to execute our acquisition growth strategy, and any failure to do so may make it more difficult for us to maintain or increase our economies of scales, including the level of rebates we receive from suppliers, and adversely affect our operating margins. Consolidation could also increase the competition for acquisition targets in our industry, resulting in higher acquisition costs and prices.

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to execute on our acquisition strategy.

A significant portion of our historical growth has occurred through acquisitions, including our recent acquisition of Winroc-SPI, and our business plan provides for continued growth through acquisitions in the future. We are presently evaluating, and we expect to continue to evaluate on an ongoing basis, a variety of possible acquisition transactions, including both smaller acquisitions and larger acquisitions that would be material. We regularly make, and we expect to continue to make, acquisition proposals, and we may enter into letters of intent for acquisitions. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and there can be no assurances that we will identify suitable acquisition opportunities or, if we do identify such opportunities, that any transaction can be consummated on acceptable terms. Furthermore, a significant change in our business or the economy, an unexpected decrease in our cash flows or any restrictions imposed by our debt may limit our ability to obtain the necessary capital for acquisitions or otherwise impede our ability to complete an acquisition. Our recent growth and our acquisition strategy have placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management’s time, which may divert their attention from our business, and may lead to significant due diligence and other expenses regardless of whether we pursue or consummate any acquisition. Failure to identify suitable transaction partners and to consummate transactions on acceptable terms, as well as the commitment of time and resources in connection with such transactions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our acquisition strategy exposes us to significant risks and additional costs.

Acquisitions also involve risks that the businesses acquired will not perform as expected and that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of acquired businesses will prove incorrect. We may not accurately assess the value, strengths, weaknesses or potential profitability of an acquisition target. We may become liable for certain unforeseen pre-acquisition liabilities of an acquired business, including, among others, tax liabilities, product liabilities, asbestos liabilities, environmental liabilities, pension liabilities and liabilities for employment practices, and these liabilities could be significant. In addition, an acquisition could result in the impairment of customer relationships or certain acquired assets such as inventory and goodwill. We may also incur costs and inefficiencies to the extent an acquisition expands the industries, products, markets or geographies in which we operate due to our limited exposure to and experience in a given industry, market or region. Large or a number of smaller acquisitions may also require that we incur additional debt to finance the transaction, which could be substantial and limit our flexibility in using our cash flow from operations for other purposes. Acquisitions can also involve post-transaction disputes with the counter party regarding a number of matters, including a purchase price, inventory or other working capital adjustment, environmental liabilities or pension obligations. If any of these risks were to occur, our financial position, results of operations and liquidity may be adversely affected.

Any inability to successfully integrate our recent or future acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on us.

Acquisitions may require integration of acquired companies’ sales and marketing, distribution, purchasing, finance and administrative organizations, as well as exposure to different legal and regulatory regimes in jurisdictions in which we have not previously operated. We may not be able to integrate successfully any business we may acquire or have acquired into our existing business, or may not be able to do so in a timely, efficient and cost-effective manner. Our inability to complete the integration of new businesses in a timely and orderly manner could increase costs and lower profits. Factors affecting the successful integration of acquired businesses include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

diverting the attention of our management and that of the acquired business;

 

   

merging or linking different accounting and financial reporting systems and systems of internal controls;

 

   

merging computer, technology and other information networks and systems;

 

   

assimilating personnel, human resources and other administrative departments and potentially contrasting corporate cultures;

 

   

incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness;

 

   

disrupting our relationship with or loss of key customers, suppliers or personnel;

 

   

interfering with, or loss of momentum in, our ongoing business or that of the acquired company; and

 

   

delays or cost-overruns in the integration process.

We have not fully integrated Winroc-SPI and may encounter one or more of the issues discussed above, or others of which we are not yet aware during the integration process. In particular, we have not yet integrated the enterprise resource planning systems of Winroc-SPI with our systems. Any of these acquisition or other integration-related issues could divert management’s attention and resources from our day-to-day operations, cause significant

 

24


Table of Contents

disruption to our business and lead to substantial additional costs. Our inability to realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisition or to successfully integrate acquired companies as well as other transaction-related issues could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, certain proposed acquisitions or dispositions may trigger a review by U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ, and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and the State Attorneys General under their respective regulatory authority, focusing on the effects on competition, including the size or structure of the relevant markets and the pro-competitive benefits of the transaction. Any delay, prohibition or modification required by regulatory authorities could adversely affect the terms of a proposed acquisition or could require us to modify or abandon an otherwise attractive acquisition opportunity.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve synergies and cost savings in connection with acquisitions or that the unaudited financial data related to the Other Acquisitions presented herein would not be materially different if audited or reviewed.

We may not achieve anticipated cost savings described in this prospectus within the anticipated time frame or at all. In addition, many of the businesses that we have acquired and will acquire have unaudited financial statements that have been prepared by the management of such companies and have not been independently reviewed or audited. We present certain unaudited financial information in this prospectus for the Other Acquisitions that is derived from such unaudited financial statements prepared by management of such acquired businesses. We cannot assure you that the financial statements of companies we have acquired or will acquire would not be materially different if such statements were independently reviewed or audited. In addition, our results of operations from these acquisitions could, in the future, result in impairment charges for any of our intangible assets, including goodwill, or other long-lived assets, particularly if economic conditions worsen unexpectedly. These changes could materially negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

The loss of, or a significant decline in business with, one or more of our suppliers, or the development of alternatives to distributors in the supply chain, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Much of our revenue is reliant upon maintaining our agreements and other relationships with suppliers of building products including wallboard, steel, suspended ceiling systems and commercial and industrial insulation materials. Some of these relationships with key suppliers, including Armstrong and USG with respect to suspended ceiling systems, provide us with exclusive distribution rights in certain areas while others provide us with access to leading brands in many of our key markets. The loss of distribution rights with any of our key suppliers would have a material adverse impact on our revenue and profitability. In addition, many of our suppliers could grant distribution rights in semi-exclusive markets to a competing distributor at any time, which could lead to a loss of market share in these markets, a loss of the share of a customer’s spend related to such products and a reduction in net sales. We cannot assure you that the current level of business with our suppliers can be maintained or that revenue and profit will remain at or near current levels.

In addition, our customers could begin purchasing more of their product needs directly from manufacturers, which would result in decreases in our net sales and earnings. Our suppliers could invest in infrastructure to expand their own sales forces and sell more products directly to our customers, which also would negatively impact our business. These changes in the supply chain could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

 

25


Table of Contents

If we fail to qualify for supplier rebates or are unable to maintain or adequately renegotiate our rebate arrangements, our gross margins and income could be materially adversely affected.

Many of our products are purchased pursuant to rebate arrangements that entitle us to receive a rebate based on the volume of our purchases. Such arrangements generally require us to purchase minimum quantities in certain geographies or product categories and result in higher rebates with increased quantities of purchases. These rebates effectively reduce the costs of our products and we manage our business to take advantage of these programs. When assessing the desirability of acquisitions, we consider the effects of such acquisitions on our ability to qualify for rebates. Rebate arrangements are subject to renegotiation with our suppliers from time to time. In addition, consolidation of suppliers may result in the reduction or elimination of rebate programs in which we participate. If we are unable to qualify for these rebates, are unable to renew rebate programs on desirable terms or are unable to obtain the expected rebate benefits of our acquisitions, or a supplier materially reduces or stops offering rebates, our costs could materially increase and our gross margins and income could be materially adversely affected.

A material disruption at one of our suppliers’ facilities could prevent us from meeting customer demand, reduce our sales and negatively affect our overall financial results.

Any of the following events could cease or limit operations unexpectedly: fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, on site or off site environmental incidents or other catastrophes; utility and transportation infrastructure disruptions; labor difficulties; other operational problems; or war, acts of terrorism or other unexpected events. Any downtime or facility damage at our suppliers, including one of the major wallboard or insulation suppliers, could prevent us from meeting customer demand for our products or require us to make more expensive purchases from a competing supplier. If our suppliers were to incur significant downtime, our ability to satisfy customer requirements could be impaired, resulting in customers seeking products from other distributors as well as decreased customer satisfaction and lower sales and operating income. Because we purchase from a limited number of wallboard manufacturing facilities, the effects of any particular shutdown or facility damage could be significant to our operations as a whole and pronounced in the markets near the facility affected.

In addition, our suppliers of synthetic wallboard are subject to the manufacturing facility disruption risks related to their associated coal plants slowing or shutting down. Our suppliers’ inability to produce or procure the necessary raw materials to supply finished goods to us may adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

Weather can materially affect our business and we are subject to seasonality.

Seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions can adversely affect our business and operations through a decline in both the use and production of our products and demand for our services. Adverse weather conditions, such as extended rainy and cold weather in the spring and fall, can reduce demand for our products and reduce sales or render our distribution operations less efficient. Major weather events such as hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms and heavy snows with quick rainy melts could adversely affect sales.

Construction materials production and shipment levels follow activity in the construction industry, which typically occurs in the spring, summer and fall. Warmer and drier weather during the second and third quarters typically result in higher activity and revenue levels during those quarters. The first quarter typically has lower levels of activity due to inclement weather conditions. The activity level during the second quarter varies greatly with variations in temperature and precipitation.

 

26


Table of Contents

Difficult and volatile conditions in the credit markets could affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

In a slow economy, there is also a likelihood that we will not be able to collect on certain of our accounts receivable from our customers. We experienced payment delays and defaults from some of our customers during the recent economic downturn and subsequent slow recovery. Such delays and defaults could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Our mechanical insulation business is different from our historical business, and we may be unable to effectively integrate or operate such segment effectively.

Our mechanical insulation business, which we acquired in August 2016 in connection with Winroc-SPI Acquisition, differs from our historical lines of business. Operating and integrating this line of business may require a significant commitment of our management’s time and resources and we may not have the expertise, experience or resources to successfully or profitably operate it. If we are unable to effectively operate, integrate or grow this line of business, it may not be profitable or as profitable as we had expected and our operations could be adversely affected. In addition, we may not be able to integrate our mechanical insulation business successfully, and our inability to complete the integration of our mechanical insulation business in a timely and orderly manner could increase costs and lower profits.

Our mechanical insulation business involves certain risks which may be different than those risks that previously existed in the Company’s business.

The mechanical insulation market is driven largely by commercial and industrial construction and maintenance and repair spending, as well as economic growth. Demand is influenced by commercial construction and renovation, the construction, maintenance and expansion of industrial process facilities (such as oil refineries, petrochemical plants and power generation facilities) and institutional facilities in the government, healthcare and education sectors. The mechanical insulation business, including the distribution of commercial and industrial insulation products, such as fiberglass, involves additional risks, including risks related to manufacturing or fabricating such products. We have not traditionally been directly involved in the manufacturing or fabrication of products. Additional risks could include warranty claims, manufacturing accidents, product liability claims and production-related injuries to personnel. Such risks could have a material adverse effect upon our financial results.

Most of our facilities are held under long-term, non-cancelable leases and a substantial number of such properties are leased from the former owners of acquired businesses. The interests of such lessors may be in conflict with our interests and we may be unable to renew leases on favorable terms or at all.

Most of our facilities are leased premises, which leases generally are non-cancelable and have initial terms ranging from three to 20 years, with options to renew for specified periods of time. In addition, a substantial portion of such facilities are leased from former owners of businesses we have acquired, and our relationships with such lessors could be adversely affected by unrelated business decisions or conflicts arising from such acquisitions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew our current or future leases on favorable terms or at all. In addition, if we close or idle a facility, we generally remain committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease, which include, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term.

 

27


Table of Contents

Any significant fuel cost increases or shortages in the supply of fuel could disrupt our ability to transport and distribute our products to customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We currently use our own fleet of owned and leased vehicles to transport and distribute our products to our customers. The cost of fuel for these vehicles is largely unpredictable and has a significant effect on our business and results of operations. Prices and availability of petroleum products are subject to political, economic and market factors that are outside our control. Political events in petroleum-producing regions as well as hurricanes, floods and other weather-related events may cause the price of fuel to increase. A rise in fuel prices could make it unprofitable for us to service certain customers or regions. Significant increases in the cost of fuel or disruptions in the supply of fuel could materially adversely affect our business, revenues and results of operations.

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and any changes to, or liabilities arising under, such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things: the release or discharge of materials into the environment; the management, use, generation, treatment, processing, handling, storage, transport or disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and materials; and the protection of public and employee health and safety and the environment. These laws and regulations impose strict liability in some cases without regard to negligence or fault and expose us to liability for the environmental condition of our currently or formerly owned, leased or operated facilities, and may expose us to liability for the conduct of others or for our actions, even if such actions complied with all applicable laws at the time these actions were taken. These laws and regulations may also expose us to liability for claims of personal injury or property or natural resource damage related to alleged exposure to, or releases of, regulated or hazardous materials. The existence of contamination at properties we own, lease or operate could also result in increased operational costs or restrictions on our ability to use those properties as intended, including for purposes of construction materials distribution. In addition, because our properties are generally situated adjacent to or near industrial companies, our properties may be at an increased risk of having environmental contaminants from other properties spill or migrate onto or otherwise affect our properties.

Despite our compliance efforts, there is an inherent risk of liability in the operation of our business, especially from an environmental standpoint, and, from time to time, we may be in noncompliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These potential liabilities or non-compliances could have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability. In some instances, we must have government approvals, certificates, permits or licenses in order to conduct our business, which may require us to make significant capital, operating and maintenance expenditures to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Our failure to obtain and maintain required approvals, certificates, permits or licenses or to comply with applicable governmental requirements could result in sanctions, including substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct some or all of our operations. Future changes in law, resulting in stricter laws and regulations, more stringent interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the future discovery of environmental conditions may impose new liabilities on us, reduce operating hours, require additional investment by us in pollution control equipment or impede our ability to open new or expand existing plants or facilities. We have incurred, and may in the future incur, significant capital and operating expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations. The cost of complying with

 

28


Table of Contents

such laws could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Legal, regulatory or market responses to potential global climate change could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation and liquidity.

Concern over the potential for global climate change, has led to significant federal, state, provincial and international legislative, regulatory and treaty initiatives to limit greenhouse gas, or GHG, emissions. For example, in recent years, the U.S. Congress has considered but not passed legislation that would regulate GHG emissions. Nonetheless, some form of federal climate change legislation is possible in the future and, in the absence of such legislation, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, has taken action to regulate GHG emissions. Such regulation or other measures to limit GHG emissions could cause us to incur substantial costs, including an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our internal fleet of trucks and other vehicles prematurely. Further, new laws or future regulation could directly and indirectly affect our customers and suppliers (through an increase in the cost of production or their ability to produce satisfactory products) and our business (through the impact on our inventory availability, cost of sales, operations or demands for the products we sell). Until the timing, scope and extent of any future regulation becomes known, we cannot predict its effect on our cost structure or our operating results. but it is possible that such legislation or regulation potentially could impose material costs on us.

The exportation and importation of building materials into North America could expose us to additional risk.

Certain building materials that we distribute may come from foreign jurisdictions outside North America. Such materials may be imported because they may not be available for domestic purchase in the United States or Canada or because there may be a shortfall of inventory available locally. Despite our efforts to ensure the merchantability of these products, such products may not adhere to United States and Canadian standards or laws. Importation of such building materials could subject us to greater risk, including lawsuits buy customers or governmental entities. Furthermore, the Canadian government has instituted a review of pricing practices for wallboard produced in the United States and exported to Canada. The result of such review could result in higher prices of wallboard in Canada, which could affect construction projects and could affect our sales in Canada.

We may be adversely affected by uncertainty in the economy and financial markets and disruptions to the transportation network as a result of terrorism.

Instability in the economy and financial markets, including as a result of terrorism, may result in a decrease in construction, which would adversely affect our business. In the aftermath of terrorist attacks in the United States, federal, state and local authorities have implemented and continue to implement various security measures that affect many parts of the transportation network in the United States. Our customers typically need quick delivery and rely on our on-time delivery capabilities. If security measures disrupt or impede the timing of our deliveries, we may fail to meet the needs of our customers or may incur increased expenses to do so. In addition, domestic terrorist attacks may affect our ability to keep our operations and services functioning properly and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

 

29


Table of Contents

The results of the United Kingdom’s referendum on withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the United Kingdom elected to withdraw from the European Union in a national referendum. The referendum was advisory and the terms of any withdrawal are subject to a negotiation period that could last at least two years after the government of the United Kingdom formally initiates a withdrawal process. Nevertheless, the referendum has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union, including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply as the United Kingdom determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate in the event of a withdrawal. The referendum has also given rise to calls for the governments of other European Union member states to consider withdrawal. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets and may significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Any of these factors could depress economic activity, including activity within our end markets, and restrict our access to capital, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise capital or our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business operations could suffer significant losses from natural disasters, catastrophes, fire or other unexpected events.

While we operate our business out of over 200 warehouse facilities and maintain insurance covering our facilities, including business interruption insurance, our facilities could be materially damaged by natural disasters, such as floods, tornadoes, hurricanes and earthquakes, or by fire, adverse weather conditions or other unexpected events or disruptions to our facilities. We could incur uninsured losses and liabilities arising from such events, including damage to our reputation, and/or suffer material losses in operational capacity, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on our senior management, and our business may be adversely impacted if we lose any member of our senior management or are unable to recruit additional management and other personnel.

We are dependent upon the services of our senior management, especially our President and Chief Executive Officer Ruben Mendoza, our Chief Financial Officer John Gorey, our Chief Operating Officer Pete Welly and our Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing Kirby Thompson. The loss of the services of one or more members of our senior management team could harm our business and future development. Our continued growth also will depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional skilled management personnel. We believe there is a limited number of qualified people in our business and the industry in which we compete. As such, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify and retain the key personnel that may be necessary to grow our business effectively or successfully implement our growth strategy. If we are unable to attract and retain the requisite personnel as needed in the future, our operating results and growth could suffer.

Employee disputes or employee-related cost increases could disrupt operations of our businesses.

Although we believe our relationships with our employees are good, a failure to maintain good relationships with our employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company. A

 

30


Table of Contents

work disruption or stoppage at one of our facilities could cause us to lose sales, incur increased costs and adversely affect our ability to meet customers’ needs. Approximately 4% of our workforce are members of unions. However, if a larger number of our employees were to unionize, including in the wake of any future legislation that makes it easier for employees to unionize, our business could be negatively affected. Sometimes we must compete for employees with necessary skills and experience or in tight labor markets which can also increase costs. We have approximately 3,401 employees as of September 30, 2016. Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect our operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, overtime, family leave, anti-discrimination laws, safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for employees classified as non-exempt. As our employees may be paid at rates that relate to the applicable minimum wage, further increases in the minimum wage could increase our labor costs. Any such cost increases, work stoppages or disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows by limiting production, sales volumes and profitability.

In addition, we compete with other companies for many of our employees, and we invest significant resources to train and motivate our employees to maintain a high level of job satisfaction. If we are unable to effectively retain highly qualified employees in the future, it could adversely impact our operating results.

Our business is cyclical and requires significant working capital to fund operations.

Our business is cyclical and requires that we maintain significant working capital to fund our operations. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow depends on future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash to operate our business and service our outstanding debt and other obligations, we may be required, among other things, to further reduce or delay planned capital or operating expenditures, sell assets or take other measures, including the restructuring of all or a portion of our debt, which may only be available, if at all, on unsatisfactory terms.

A failure to implement or integrate, or a disruption in, our information technology systems could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Integration of our acquisitions has required in the past, and will require in the future, significant attention from our employees and substantial resources. Among other matters, we are faced with migrating acquired companies’ information related to purchasing, sales, inventory management and rebates to our systems, or maintaining multiple systems.

As our operations grow in both size and scope, and as we integrate our acquisitions, we will continuously need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our information systems and infrastructure. In particular, we are currently seeking to upgrade our information technology systems. These and any other upgrades to our systems and information technology, or new technology, now and in the future, will require that our management and resources be diverted from our core business to assist in compliance with those requirements. In addition, we rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure to maintain our existing business.

A disruption resulting from a problem with the implementation, integration or functioning of an important information technology system or a security breach of such a system could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our foreign operations could have a material adverse effect on us.

We distribute products in Canada and we are therefore subject to a number of risks specific to this country and may become subject to risks specific to countries where we complete acquisitions. These risks include social, political and economic instability, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, currency exchange fluctuations, acts of war or terrorism and import/export requirements. Our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars with international transactions being translated into U.S. dollars. There can be no assurances that any of these factors will not materially impact our production cost or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to product liability, warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment and other claims and legal proceedings related to our business, the products we distribute, the services we provide and services provided for us by third parties.

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims and litigation. Any such claims, whether with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. The building materials industry has been subject to personal injury and property damage claims arising from alleged exposure to raw materials contained in building products as well as claims for incidents of catastrophic loss, such as building fires. As a distributor of building materials, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of the products we or our predecessor companies have distributed in the past or may in the future distribute are alleged to have resulted in economic loss, personal injury or property damage or violated environmental, health or safety or other laws. Product liability claims have included and may in the future include allegations of personal injury related to asbestos-containing products, defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties.

We are also from time to time subject to casualty, contract, tort and other claims relating to our business, the products we have distributed in the past or may in the future distribute, and the services we have provided in the past or may in the future provide, either directly or through third parties. If any claim were adversely determined, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected if we were unable to seek indemnification for such claims or were not adequately insured for such claims. We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing, commercial and industrial insulation and other products we sell or distribute. Since we do not have direct control over the quality of such products that are manufactured or supplied to us by third parties, we are particularly vulnerable to risks relating to the quality of such products. We are also exposed to risk due to our fabrication of materials in our mechanical insulation business. In addition, we are exposed to potential claims arising from the conduct of our employees, builders and their subcontractors and third-party installers for which we may be liable. We and they are subject to regulatory requirements and risks applicable to general contractors, which include management of licensing, permitting and quality of third-party installers. As they apply to our business, if we fail to manage these processes effectively or provide proper oversight of these services, we could suffer lost sales, fines and lawsuits, as well as damage to our reputation, which could adversely affect our business and the results of our operations.

Although we believe we currently maintain suitable and adequate insurance, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms or that such insurance will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities and the cost of any

 

32


Table of Contents

litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Additionally, we do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter and we also self-insure for certain other risks. Any significant uninsured or self-insured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts. There can be no assurance that any current or future claims will not adversely affect our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

Our operations are subject to special hazards that may cause personal injury or property damage, subjecting us to liabilities and possible losses which may not be covered by insurance.

Operating hazards, such as unloading heavy products, operating large machinery and driving hazards, inherent in our business, some of which may be outside of our control, can cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, plant and equipment and environmental damage. We maintain insurance coverage in amounts and against the risks we believe are consistent with industry practice, but this insurance may not be adequate or available to cover all losses or liabilities we may incur in our operations. Our insurance policies are subject to varying levels of deductibles. Losses up to our deductible amounts are accrued based upon our estimates of the ultimate liability for claims incurred and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. However, liabilities subject to insurance are difficult to estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, the number of incidents not reported and the effectiveness of our safety programs. If we were to experience insurance claims or costs above our estimates, we might also be required to use working capital to satisfy these claims rather than using working capital to maintain or expand our operations.

Unexpected factors affecting reserve estimates could adversely affect our business.

We use third-party insurance to provide for potential liabilities for completed operations, product liability, workers’ compensation, cargo, general liability, vehicle accident, property and medical benefit claims. Although we believe we have minimized our exposure on individual claims, for the benefit of costs savings we have accepted the risk of multiple independent material claims arising. We estimate the projected losses and liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns. Any such matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Our financial results may be affected by various legal and regulatory proceedings involving us or our suppliers.

We and our suppliers are subject to litigation and regulatory proceedings in the normal course of business and could become subject to additional claims in the future, some of which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. For instance, during 2015, various lawsuits were filed against certain of our suppliers alleging that such manufacturers had conspired to fix the price of wallboard in violation of antitrust and unfair competition, had agreed to abolish the use of job quotes and had agreed to restrict the supply of wallboard in order to support allegedly collusive price increases. We are not a party to these proceedings, but these proceedings could adversely affect the business and financial condition of our suppliers or result in changes to our suppliers’ business practices that could adversely affect our supply chain. In addition, we may in the future be made party to these or similar lawsuits to the extent we distributed products from affected manufacturers. These events could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

 

33


Table of Contents

In addition, claims and investigations may arise related to distributor relationships, commercial contracts, antitrust or competition law requirements, employment matters, employee benefits issues and other compliance and regulatory matters, including anticorruption and anti-bribery matters. While we have processes and policies designed to mitigate these risks and to investigate and address such claims as they arise, we cannot predict or, in some cases, control the costs to defend or resolve such claims.

The pro forma financial statements and other estimated, post-acquisition financial and operating metrics presented in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.

This prospectus contains unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for historical periods assuming that during the relevant periods we had operated our historical operations and the businesses of Great Western, GSCIL, Ken API and Winroc-SPI and had completed the other transactions described in the Pro Forma Transactions. The prospectus also includes estimates of certain financial and operating metrics for historical periods. Such information is provided for illustrative purposes only, is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial position that would have been reported had the Pro Forma Transactions been completed as of the dates indicated and may not be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations. Such information has been derived from the historical financial statements of the Company and of Great Western, GSCIL, Ken API and Winroc-SPI and, in the case of estimated financial and operating metrics, from other records and information available to the Company. The preparation of this information requires us to make judgments and assumptions, and such judgments and assumptions are difficult to make with complete accuracy. As a result, our actual financial condition and results of operations may not be consistent with, or evident from, the pro forma financial statements or our estimates.

Our business may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales. Any successful action by state, foreign or other authorities to collect additional or past sales tax could adversely harm our business.

States and some local taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of sales taxes to our subscription services in various jurisdictions is unclear. We recorded sales tax accruals of $4.4 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, with respect to sales and use tax liabilities in various states and local jurisdictions. It is possible that we could incur additional liabilities that exceed our estimates and we could assume tax liabilities through our acquisitions. Other state tax authorities could still assert that we are obligated to collect additional amounts as taxes from our customers and remit those taxes to those authorities. We could also be subject to audits with respect to states and foreign jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales or other taxes on our services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for sales taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our products or otherwise adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

34


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk and exchange rate risk to the extent of our variable rate and foreign currency debt, give creditors secured claims to any collateral securing the debt owed to them and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our senior secured notes.

We are highly leveraged. As of September 30, 2016, the aggregate principal amount of our debt was approximately $765 million, which was comprised of $190 million under the ABL Credit Facility and $575 million in senior secured notes due 2021, or the Notes. Additionally, we may borrow additional funds under our ABL Credit Facility and increase the borrowing capacity thereunder, each as described in greater detail in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness—ABL Credit Facility.”

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for you, including:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our existing indebtedness;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates on our borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility, which is at variable rates of interest;

 

   

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

   

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

Our ability to make payments on debt, to repay existing indebtedness when due and to fund operations and significant planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our ability to produce cash from operations is, and will be, subject to a number of risks, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and allow certain borrowings in Canadian dollars, which may expose us to interest rate and currency risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease.

Additional financing, if required, may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, our ability to borrow under our ABL Credit Facility is subject to significant conditions, as described in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness—ABL Credit Facility.”

 

35


Table of Contents

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may incur more debt.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. For example, we expect to incur additional indebtedness in connection with many future acquisitions. Although the Indenture dated August 9, 2016 pursuant to which the Notes were issued, or the Indenture, and the credit agreement governing our ABL Credit Facility, or the ABL Credit Agreement, contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, as of September 30, 2016, our ABL Credit Facility provided for an unused commitment of $110 million (without giving effect to any outstanding letters of credit, and subject to borrowing base limitations). See the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. The ability to generate cash or refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our respective obligations under, our indebtedness, and to fund planned capital expenditures and other corporate expenses will depend on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors and any legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of distributions and dividends to which we may be subject. Many of these factors are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to satisfy our respective obligations under our indebtedness or to fund our other needs. In order for us to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness and fund planned capital expenditures, we must continue to execute our business strategy. If we are unable to do so, we may need to reduce or delay our planned capital expenditures or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Significant delays in our planned capital expenditures may materially and adversely affect our future revenue prospects. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our tax receivable agreement requires that, after Lone Star no longer controls us, any senior debt document that refinances or replaces our existing indebtedness permit our subsidiaries to make dividends to us, without any conditions, to the extent required for us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement, unless Lone Star otherwise consents. At the time of any such refinancing, it may not be possible to include this term in such senior debt documents, and as a result, we may need Lone Star’s consent to complete such refinancing.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay

 

36


Table of Contents

investments and capital expenditures, seek additional capital, restructure or refinance our indebtedness or sell assets. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The ABL Credit Facility and the Indenture restrict our ability to consummate or use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. See the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

The Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement restrict our ability and the ability of most of our subsidiaries to engage in some business and financial transactions.

Indenture.     The Indenture contains restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

 

   

pay dividends, redeem its or their stock or make other distributions;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

sell or transfer certain assets;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

ABL Credit Facility .    The ABL Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

   

create liens on assets;

 

   

change our fiscal year;

 

   

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

   

incur additional liens;

 

   

pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

 

   

make investments, loans or advances;

 

   

repay subordinated indebtedness;

 

   

make certain acquisitions;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

change our lines of business;

 

   

restrict distributions by our restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

permit Cypress to engage in certain activities;

 

   

amend or otherwise modify organizational documents or certain debt agreements; and

 

   

manage cash and other assets in our deposit accounts and securities accounts.

In addition, the ABL Credit Agreement requires us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio set at a level of 1.00:1.00, which will only be tested at times when availability under the ABL Credit Agreement is less than a certain threshold.

The ABL Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default (including, among others, an event of default upon a change of control). If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL Credit Facility will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under our ABL Credit Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Any future debt that we incur may contain additional negative covenants and financial maintenance covenants. These restrictions could limit our ability to obtain debt financing, repurchase stock, refinance or pay principal on our outstanding debt, complete acquisitions for cash or debt or react to changes in our operating environment or the economy.

Our failure to comply with obligations under the Indenture, the ABL Credit Agreement or the agreements governing any other indebtedness we may enter into in the future, may result in an event of default under the applicable agreement. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of some or all of our indebtedness. We cannot be certain that we will be able to remedy any defaults. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. See the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There is currently no public market for shares of our common stock and an active trading market for our common stock may never develop following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for shares of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “FBM,” an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or, if one develops, it may not be sustained following this offering. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the following:

 

   

the likelihood that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained;

 

   

the liquidity of any such market;

 

   

the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares of common stock; or

 

   

the price that our stockholders may obtain for their common stock.

 

38


Table of Contents

If an active market for our common stock with meaningful trading volume does not develop or is not maintained, the market price of our common stock may decline materially below the offering price and you may not be able to sell your shares.

The trading price of our common stock may be volatile and could decline substantially following this offering.

The market price of our common stock following this offering may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the market price of our common stock or result in significant fluctuations in price, regardless of our actual operating performance, include:

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

changes in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

actions by stockholders, including the sale by Lone Star of any of its shares of our common stock;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

general market, economic and political conditions, including an economic slowdown;

 

   

uncertainty regarding economic events, including in Europe in connection with the United Kingdom’s possible departure from the European Union;

 

   

changes in interest rates;

 

   

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

   

our ability to accurately project future results and our ability to achieve those and other industry and analyst forecasts; and

 

   

new legislation or other regulatory developments that adversely affect us, our markets or our industry.

Furthermore, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry, and often occurs without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Therefore, factors that have little or nothing to do with us could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate, and these fluctuations or any fluctuations related to our company could cause the market price of our common stock to decline materially below the public offering price.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we currently intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our

 

39


Table of Contents

registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, our revenues were $930.3 million. We expect that our annual revenues will exceed $1.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, and that we will no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

As a public company, we are required to comply with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s, or the SEC’s, rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing additional internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or assert that our internal controls over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

40


Table of Contents

The offering price per share of our common stock offered under this prospectus may not accurately reflect the value of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. The offering price per share of our common stock offered by this prospectus was negotiated among Lone Star, the underwriters and us. Factors considered in determining the price of our common stock include:

 

   

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is similar;

 

   

market valuations of those companies;

 

   

our capital structure;

 

   

general conditions of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

other factors that we and they deemed relevant.

The offering price may not accurately reflect the value of our common stock and may not be realized upon any subsequent disposition of the shares.

The coverage of our business or our common stock by securities or industry analysts or the absence thereof could adversely affect our stock price and trading volume.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by the research and other reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us or our business or industry. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price and volume of our stock would likely be negatively impacted. If analysts do cover us and one or more of them downgrade our stock, or if they issue other unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or inaccurate research, our stock price would likely decline. Furthermore, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets. Any of the foregoing would likely cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Lone Star may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders and may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Immediately after this offering, Lone Star will beneficially own approximately         % (or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our outstanding common stock. See the section entitled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information on the beneficial ownership of our common stock. As a result of this concentration of stock ownership, Lone Star acting on its own has sufficient voting power to effectively control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including director elections and proposed amendments to our bylaws or certificate of incorporation. We currently expect that, as discussed in the section entitled “Management,” seven of the eleven members of our board of directors following this offering will be employees or affiliates of Lone Star.

In addition, this concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a merger, consolidation or other business combination or change in control of our company and make some transactions that might otherwise give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock more difficult or impossible without the support of Lone Star. Because we have opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, regulating certain business combinations with interested stockholders, Lone Star may transfer control of us to a third party, which may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. After the lock-up period discussed in the

 

41


Table of Contents

section entitled “Underwriting” expires, Lone Star will be able to transfer control of us to a third-party by transferring its common stock, which would not require the approval of our board of directors or other stockholders. The interests of Lone Star may not always coincide with our interests as a company or the interests of other stockholders. Accordingly, Lone Star could cause us to enter into transactions or agreements of which you would not approve or make decisions with which you would disagree. This concentration of ownership may also adversely affect our share price.

Lone Star is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, although it does not currently hold any such interests. Lone Star may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In recognition that principals, members, directors, managers, partners, stockholders, officers, employees and other representatives of Lone Star and its affiliates and investment funds may serve as our directors or officers, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, among other things, that none of Lone Star or any principal, member, director, manager, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of Lone Star has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business that we do. In the event that any of these persons or entities acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for itself and us, we will not have any expectancy in such corporate opportunity, and these persons and entities will not have any duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to us and may pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for themselves or direct such opportunity to another person. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations if, among other things, attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Lone Star to themselves or their other affiliates. The terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation are described in full in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunities and Transactions with Lone Star.”

Lone Star may also have conflicts of interest with the Company and other stockholders as a result of its status as a party to the tax receivable agreement. For example, the tax receivable agreement gives us the right to terminate the tax receivable agreement with approval of a majority of our independent directors and with Lone Star’s consent by making a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the tax receivable agreement (based on certain assumptions and deemed events in the agreement, including those relating to our and our subsidiaries’ future taxable income). Lone Star may determine to withhold its consent to terminate the tax receivable agreement at a time when such a termination would be favorable to us and the other stockholders or Lone Star may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement upon certain changes of control or at any time following the fifteenth anniversary of this offering at a time when such a termination would not be favorable to us and the other stockholders. Furthermore, the tax receivable agreement prohibits us from settling any tax audit without Lone Star’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) if the outcome of the audit is reasonably expected to affect Lone Star’s rights under the tax receivable agreement. Therefore, Lone Star may determine to withhold consent to a settlement that reduces the payments Lone Star will receive under the tax receivable agreement, even though the settlement might be favorable to us and our stockholders. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

42


Table of Contents

We will be required to pay Lone Star for certain tax benefits, and these amounts are expected to be material.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with Lone Star that will provide for the payment by us to Lone Star of 90% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax that we and our subsidiaries realize (or in some circumstances are deemed to realize) as a result of the utilization of certain tax benefits, together with interest accrued at a rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points from the date the applicable tax return is due (without extension) until paid. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.” These tax benefits, or collectively the Covered Tax Benefits, include: (i) all depreciation and amortization deductions, and any offset to taxable income and gain or increase to taxable loss, resulting from the tax basis that we have in our assets as of the time of the consummation of this offering, (ii) the utilization of our and our subsidiaries’ net operating losses and tax credits, if any, attributable to periods prior to this offering, (iii) deductions in respect of payments made, funded or reimbursed by Lone Star under the LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP, (iv) deductions in respect of transaction expenses attributable to certain acquisitions made by us prior to this offering, (v) deductions in respect of the debt issuance costs and original issue discount associated with certain of our financing agreements, and (vi) deductions in respect of offering-related expenses and (vii) certain other tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement.

We expect that the payments we make under the tax receivable agreement could be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement, we currently estimate that future payments under the agreement will aggregate to between $         million and $         million. This amount, as well as the amount of tax receivable agreement liability reflected in our pro forma financial statements, excludes any payments that may be made to Lone Star under the tax receivable agreement as a result of tax benefits recognized in connection with payments under the LTIP and, thus, the actual payments we ultimately are required to make under the tax receivable agreement could be greater, potentially materially greater, than these amounts. These payment obligations are our obligations and are not obligations of any of our subsidiaries. Furthermore, these payment obligations are not conditioned upon Lone Star maintaining a continued direct or indirect ownership interest in us. The actual utilization of Covered Tax Benefits as well as the timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future.

We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to Lone Star under the tax receivable agreement in the event that the tax benefits are disallowed.

Lone Star will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if such benefits are subsequently disallowed upon a successful challenge by the Internal Revenue Service, although future payments under the agreement would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our cash tax savings if any, from the Covered Tax Benefits, and we may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

 

43


Table of Contents

In certain cases, payments made by us under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the Covered Tax Benefits.

The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all Covered Tax Benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the agreement with approval of a majority of our independent directors and with Lone Star’s consent, we breach any of our material obligations under the agreement, certain credit events occur with respect to us, Lone Star elects to terminate the tax receivable agreement upon certain changes of control or Lone Star exercises its right after the fifteenth anniversary of this offering to terminate the tax receivable agreement, in any of which cases we will be required to make an accelerated payment to Lone Star equal to the present value of future payments under the tax receivable agreement. Such payment would be based on certain assumptions, including the assumption that we have sufficient taxable income and tax liability to fully utilize all Covered Tax Benefits. The tax receivable agreement also provides that upon certain changes of control, in the event that Lone Star does not elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor’s) payments under the tax receivable agreement for each taxable year after any such event would be based on certain valuation assumptions, including the assumption that we and our subsidiaries have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the Covered Tax Benefits. Accordingly, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits and may be significantly greater than the benefits we realize in respect of the Covered Tax Benefits.

Even if the payments under the tax receivable agreement are not accelerated as described above, such payments may be significantly greater than the benefits we realize in respect of the Covered Tax Benefits, due to the manner in which payments are calculated under the tax receivable agreement. For example, for purposes of calculating the payments to be made to Lone Star:

 

   

it is assumed that we will pay state and local taxes at a rate of 5%, even though our actual effective state and local tax rate may be materially lower;

 

   

tax benefits existing at the time of the offering are deemed to be utilized before any post-closing/after-acquired tax benefits and, as a result, we could be required to make payments to Lone Star for a particular tax year even if our tax liability for such year would have been materially reduced or eliminated by reason of our utilization of the post-closing/after-acquired tax benefits;

 

   

a non-taxable transfer of assets by us to a non-consolidated entity is treated under the tax receivable agreement as a taxable sale at fair market value and, as a result, we could be required to make payments to Lone Star even though such non-taxable transfer would not generate any actual tax benefits to us or our non-consolidated entity; and

 

   

a taxable sale or other taxable transfer of subsidiary stock by us is (in cases where the subsidiary’s tax basis in its assets exceeds our tax basis in the subsidiary’s stock) treated under the tax receivable agreement as a taxable sale of the subsidiary’s assets and, as a result, we could be required to make payments to Lone Star that materially exceed the actual tax benefit we realize from such stock sale.

Because of the foregoing, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control.

 

44


Table of Contents

Certain provisions of the tax receivable agreement limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, which could adversely affect our business and growth strategy.

For so long as the tax receivable agreement remains outstanding, without the prior written consent of Lone Star (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), we are restricted from (x) entering into any agreement or amendment, after Lone Star ceases to control the Company, that would materially restrict (or in the case of amendments, further restrict beyond the restrictions in the Company’s existing financing agreements) our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreement, or (y) unless permitted by the terms of the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement or any replacement senior debt document to the extent that the terms thereof are no less restrictive in this regard than the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement, incurring debt that would cause our consolidated total leverage ratio (the ratio of consolidated total indebtedness for borrowed money less balance sheet cash to consolidated EBITDA) to exceed                     . In addition, we are prohibited under the tax receivable agreement from replacing our existing financing agreements with any senior debt document that does not permit our subsidiaries to make dividends to us to the extent necessary to make the payments under the tax receivable agreement, without conditions, unless Lone Star otherwise consents. These restrictions on the incurrence of debt could adversely affect our business, including by preventing us from pursuing an acquisition or other strategic transaction that we believe is in the best interests of our company and our stockholders, thereby impeding our growth strategy. Lone Star has no fiduciary duties to us when deciding whether to enforce these covenants under the tax receivable agreement. Moreover, these restrictions on amending or refinancing our existing indebtedness could result in a requirement to obtain Lone Star’s consent for any such amendment or refinancing. Furthermore, the provision in the tax receivable agreement that requires that we make an accelerated payment to Lone Star equal to the present value of all future payments due under the tax receivable agreement if we breach any of our material obligations under the agreement or certain credit events occur with respect to us, might make it harder for us to obtain financing from third party lenders on favorable terms.

We would be required to make tax gross-up payments to Lone Star if we consummate a corporate inversion or similar transaction that causes payments under the tax receivable agreement to be subject to withholding taxes.

If we were to consummate a change of control transaction that causes us (or our successor) to become a non-U.S. person (e.g., a corporate inversion transaction), and such transaction causes payments under the tax receivable agreement to become subject to withholding taxes, we would be required under the tax receivable agreement to make tax gross-up payments to Lone Star in respect of such withholding taxes in amounts that may exceed the tax savings realized by the Company from the Covered Tax Benefits. Any such tax gross-up payments could have a negative impact on our liquidity and our ability to finance our growth.

Because of Lone Star’s significant ownership and control of us, we could become liable for obligations of Lone Star or its affiliates, including other companies Lone Star owns or controls.

As a result of Lone Star’s current beneficial ownership of 100% of our common stock, a court, applying tests based on common control or otherwise, could determine that Lone Star and its affiliates, including us and other companies Lone Star now or in the future may own or control, constitute a “partnership-in-fact,” a “controlled group” or other similar collective. Such a finding could be used to impose on us and other members of the group joint and several liability for the obligations of any Lone Star affiliate that is part of the group, including in respect of pension liabilities under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,

 

45


Table of Contents

or ERISA, and related laws. These pension liabilities could include an obligation to make ongoing contributions to fund a pension plan for another group member and for any unfunded liabilities that may exist at the time a group member terminates or withdraws from an underfunded single employer or multiemployer pension plan, as well as result in the creation of liens against our assets and the assets of other members of the group. Under this theory, we could incur significant liabilities for events beyond our control that are not related to or known by us. Additionally, to the extent a group member maintains an underfunded pension plan, ERISA imposes reporting obligations on group members regarding certain events, including if a member ceases to be a member of the controlled group or if it makes certain dividends, distributions or stock repurchases. These reporting obligations could cause us or Lone Star to seek to delay or reconsider pursuing one or more strategic actions with respect to our company or our common stock.

Following this offering, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Upon completion of this offering, Lone Star will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by a person or group is a controlled company and need not comply with certain requirements, including the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors and the requirements that the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be composed entirely of independent directors. Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, among other things, we may not have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees may not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Following completion of this offering, Lone Star will beneficially own approximately                  shares or     % of our outstanding shares of common stock (or                  shares and     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). We, Lone Star and our officers and directors have signed lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain exceptions, restrict the sale of shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may, without notice except in certain limited circumstances, release all or any portion of the shares of common stock subject to lock-up agreements. See the section entitled “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up agreements. The market price of our common stock may decline materially when these restrictions on resale by Lone Star and our other affiliates lapse or if they are waived.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, all shares held by our affiliates will be eligible for resale in the public market, subject to applicable securities laws, including the Securities Act. Therefore, unless shares owned by any of our affiliates are registered under the Securities Act, these shares may only be resold into the public markets in accordance with the requirements of an exemption from registration or safe harbor, including Rule 144 and the volume limitations, manner of sale requirements and notice requirements thereof. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Lone Star will be considered an affiliate of ours after this offering based on their expected share ownership and representation of our

 

46


Table of Contents

board of directors. However, after completion of this offering, pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement between Lone Star and us, Lone Star will have the right to demand that we register its shares under the Securities Act as well as the right to include its shares in any registration statement that we file with the SEC subject to certain exceptions. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Any registration of Lone Star’s shares would enable those shares to be sold in the public market, subject to certain restrictions in the registration rights agreement and the restrictions under the lock-up agreements referred to above. Any sale by Lone Star or other affiliates or any perception in the public markets that such a transaction may occur could cause the market price of our common stock to decline materially.

Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act registering shares under our stock incentive plan. Subject to the terms of the awards pursuant to which these shares may be granted and except for shares held by affiliates who will be subject to the resale restrictions described above, the shares issuable pursuant to our stock incentive plan will be available for sale in the public market immediately after the registration statement is filed. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution and you may suffer additional dilution in the future.

If you purchase shares our common stock in this offering, the value of your shares based on our actual book value will immediately be less than the price you paid. This reduction in the value of your equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part because Lone Star paid substantially less than the then-equivalent of the initial public offering price when it purchased the Company in the Lone Star Acquisition. If you purchase shares in this offering, you will suffer, as of September 30, 2016, immediate dilution of $        per share in the net tangible book value after giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range appearing on the cover of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds as described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.” We also expect to grant stock options, restricted stock and other forms of stock-based compensation to our directors, officers and employees and you will experience additional dilution in the future when these equity awards are exercised or vest, as applicable. If we raise funds in the future by issuing additional securities, any newly issued shares or shares issued upon conversion or exercise of such securities will further dilute your ownership.

We have no present intention to pay dividends on our common stock.

We have no present intention to pay dividends on our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, projections, liquidity, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our credit facilities and agreements governing any other indebtedness we may enter into and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.” Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities,

 

47


Table of Contents

debt or a combination of both. However, the lapse or waiver of the lock up restrictions discussed above or any sale or perception of a possible sale by Lone Star, and any related decline in the market price of our common stock, could impair our ability to raise capital. Separately, additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

We are a holding company and depend on the cash flow of our subsidiaries.

We are a holding company with no material assets other than the equity interests of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries conduct substantially all of our operations and own substantially all of our assets and intellectual property. Consequently, our cash flow and our ability to meet our obligations and pay any future dividends to our stockholders depends upon the cash flow of our subsidiaries and their ability to make payments, directly or indirectly, to us in the form of dividends, distributions and other payments. Any inability on the part of our subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Provisions of our amended and restated governing documents, Delaware law and other documents could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we intend to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

permit us to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each series, fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of the series and the preferences and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of the series;

 

   

prevent stockholders from calling special meetings;

 

   

restrict the ability of stockholders to act by written consent after such time as Lone Star owns less than a majority of our common stock;

 

   

limit the ability of stockholders to amend our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

   

require advance notice for nominations for election to the board of directors and for stockholder proposals;

 

   

do not permit cumulative voting in the election of our directors, which means that the holders of a majority of our common stock may elect all of the directors standing for election; and

 

   

establish a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms.

 

48


Table of Contents

These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition of our company, including a transaction in which the acquirer may offer a premium price for our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include an exclusive forum clause, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including any beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, will be a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware); in all cases subject to such court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. The exclusive forum clause may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. It is also possible that, notwithstanding such exclusive forum clause, a court could rule that such a provision is inapplicable or unenforceable. See the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Exclusive Forum Clause.”

We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a publicly-traded company.

As a company with publicly-traded securities, we will be subject to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. These rules and regulations require that we adopt additional controls and procedures and disclosure, corporate governance and other practices thereby significantly increasing our legal, financial and other compliance costs. These new obligations will also make other aspects of our business more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our personnel, systems and other resources. For example, to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we will need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. Furthermore, as a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in our Exchange Act and other filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may give some of our competitors who may not be similarly required to disclose this type of information a competitive advantage. In addition to these added costs and burdens, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory actions and civil litigation, any of which could negatively affect the price of our common stock.

 

49


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” and relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, rebates, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity, capital resources and other financial and operating information. We have used the words “approximately,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will” and similar terms and phrases to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus. All of our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we are expecting, including:

 

   

our ability to effectively manage any downturns in the commercial new construction market, the commercial repair and remodel market and the industrial construction and maintenance markets;

 

   

the consequences of any continued financial uncertainty following the recent worldwide recession and the impact on the markets we serve;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage any changes in economic, political and social conditions;

 

   

fluctuating demand for the products and services we offer;

 

   

our ability to effectively compete in a highly competitive industry;

 

   

our ability to realize the anticipated financial and strategic goals of future acquisitions or investments, including the identification of acquisition targets and the integration and performance of acquired stores and businesses, including integration of financial systems;

 

   

our ability to achieve the intended benefits of our recent and pending acquisitions, including the realization of synergies;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns to matters related to acquisitions we may make in the future;

 

   

our ability to maintain our existing contractual and business relationships;

 

   

the change in any exclusive rights or relationships we have with suppliers that provide us access to leading brands;

 

   

a material disruption at our suppliers’ facilities due to weather, environmental incidents, transportation disruption and other operational problems;

 

   

our ability to manage the unique risks involved with the mechanical insulation business;

 

   

the effects of any changes in environmental, health and safety laws and regulations on our operations and liquidity

 

   

our ability to attract and retain key management personnel and other talent required for our business;

 

   

our exposure to legal claims and proceedings related to our business;

 

   

our ability to manage the impact of debt and equity financing transactions;

 

50


Table of Contents
   

our ability to generate a sufficient amount of cash to service our indebtedness and fund our operations;

 

   

our ability to operate our business under agreements governing certain of our indebtedness containing financial covenants and other restrictions;

 

   

the effects of incurring a substantial amount of indebtedness under the ABL Credit Facility and the Notes;

 

   

the volatility of the trading price of our common stock

 

   

our relationship with Lone Star and its significant ownership of our common stock; and

 

   

additional factors discussed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on historical performance and management’s current plans, estimates and expectations in light of information currently available to us and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. Actual results may differ materially from these expectations due to changes in global, regional or local political, economic, business, competitive, market, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, as well as the other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Additional factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may also emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends, or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from what we may have expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We caution that you should not place undue reliance on any of our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which we make it. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by applicable securities laws.

 

51


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

$        to repay outstanding indebtedness; and

 

   

the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we may invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The selling stockholder will receive approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) in gross proceeds from this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

An affiliate of RBC Capital Markets, LLC is a lender under the ABL Credit Facility. A portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility. As a result, more than 5% of the net proceeds from this offering will be paid to affiliates of certain of the underwriters. Therefore, this offering is being made in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121. As a result of this conflict of interest, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. has agreed to act as the qualified independent underwriter with respect to this offering. See the section entitled “Underwriting—Conflicts of Interest.”

 

52


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no present intention to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, projections, liquidity, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in the agreements governing our existing indebtedness and any other indebtedness we may enter into and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

The agreements governing our existing indebtedness contain, and debt instruments that we enter into in the future may contain, covenants that place limitations on the amount of dividends we may pay. See the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” In addition, under Delaware law, our board of directors may declare dividends only to the extent of our surplus, which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital, or, if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and immediately preceding year.

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2016:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the following:

 

   

the Reorganization;

 

   

a              for one stock split, which will occur shortly before consummation of this offering;

 

   

the issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of such proceeds as described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds;” and

 

   

the execution of the tax receivable agreement as discussed in greater detail in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

You should read this table together with the information in this prospectus in the sections entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Capital Stock,” and with the audited and unaudited combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

54


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC

CAPITALIZATION

 

     As of
September 30, 2016
 
     Actual     Pro Forma
Total
(as adjusted)
 
(in thousands)       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,393     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

    

Senior Secured Notes due 2021

     523,403     

ABL Credit Facility

     190,000     

Capital lease obligations

     14,195     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt:

     727,598     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding,                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    

Contributed capital

     364,815     

Accumulated deficit

     (27,492  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     875     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity:

     338,198     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization:

   $ 1,065,796     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. The data in this section have been derived from our condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2016. Net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets less the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the sum of the number of our shares of common stock outstanding. Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2016 was $        million, or $        per share of common stock.

After giving effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of such proceeds as described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” our net tangible book value, pro forma, as of September 30, 2016 would have been $        million, or $        per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $        per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $        per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                

Net tangible book value per share of common stock as of September 30, 2016

   $     

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   $     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering

   $     
  

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

   $     
  

 

 

 

The following table shows on a pro forma basis at September 30, 2016, after giving effect to the stock split and the Reorganization which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by Lone Star and by new investors in this offering before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average
price
per share
 

(in millions, except share and per share data)

   Number          %     Number          %    

LSF9 Cypress Parent 2 LLC

                 %                 %   $                

New investors

                 %                 %   $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100 %        100 %   $                

The information in the preceding table is based on an assumed offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering by $        million and increase or decrease the dilution per share of common stock to new investors in this offering by $        per share, in each case calculated as described above and assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, Lone Star would own approximately     % and our new investors would own approximately     % of the

 

56


Table of Contents

total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering (or     % and     %, respectively, if the underwriters do not exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on shares outstanding after this offering.

An aggregate of                  additional shares of our common stock will initially be available for future awards under the equity incentive plan that we intend to implement in connection with this offering and are not included in the above discussion and table. To the extent that we grant awards in the future with exercise prices below the initial public offering price in this offering, investors purchasing in this offering will incur additional dilution. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The selected historical consolidated financial information of the Company presented and discussed below is derived from our audited and unaudited financial statements and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. Financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 relate to the Successor. Financial information for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015, the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 relate to the Predecessor.

We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial information set forth below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for such periods.

The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. You should read the information set forth below together with the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and our audited and unaudited condensed combined financial statements and the related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

58


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC

Selected Historical Financial Data

 

    Successor     Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor  

(dollars in thousands)

  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
    October 9 to
December 31,
2015
    January 1 to
October 8,
2015
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Statements of Operations Data:

         

Net sales

  $ 930,315      $ 608,964      $ 192,539      $ 628,066      $ 508,853   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    665,767        440,539        143,333        452,909        368,064   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    264,548        168,425        49,206        175,157        140,789   

Operating expenses:

         

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    206,280        126,102        44,196        131,524        115,462   

Depreciation and amortization

    33,605        15,125        7,170        15,615        11,729   

Acquisition related expenses

    12,478        12,542        3,464        39,691        4,683   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    252,363        153,769        54,830        186,830        131,874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    12,185        14,656        (5,624     (11,673     8,915   
   

Interest expense

    (37,202     (15,717     (7,044     (19,090     (9,980

Other income, net

    93        14        9        14        36   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (24,924     (1,047     (12,659     (30,749     (1,029

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (5,358     (1,325     (4,733     (1,294     812   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (19,566   $ 278      $ (7,926   $ (29,455   $ (1,841
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,393        $ 10,662        $ 2,216   

Total assets

  $ 1,274,323        $ 763,387        $ 274,280   

Long-term obligations (1)

  $ 725,123        $ 300,315        $ 178,301   

Total member's equity

  $ 338,198        $ 290,751        $ 45,912   

 

(1) Long-term obligations includes long-term portion of notes payable, net of debt issuance costs and inclusive of long-term capital lease obligations. For September 30, 2016, long-term obligations also includes the asset-based credit facility of $190.0 million.

 

59


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents our unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions, as described below, as if they occurred on January 1, 2015. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet gives effect to the impacts of this offering as if it had occurred on September 30, 2016.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, by aggregating our historical predecessor and successor consolidated financial statements and the historical financial statements of Winroc-SPI, Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western, each contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and making pro forma adjustments to such aggregated financial data to give effect to each of the Pro Forma Transactions. The pro forma adjustments are based on the information available at the time of the preparation of this prospectus and give effect to events that are directly attributable to the Pro Forma Transactions, are factually supportable and, with respect to our statements of operations, are expected to have a continuing impact.

The Pro Forma Transactions consist of each of the following:

 

   

the Lone Star Acquisition;

 

   

the acquisition of Winroc-SPI which occurred on August 9, 2016, or the Winroc-SPI Acquisition, and the conversion of Winroc-SPI’s financial statements from IFRS to GAAP;

 

   

the acquisition of Ken API which occurred on May 31, 2016;

 

   

the acquisition of GSCIL which occurred on December 30, 2015;

 

   

the acquisition of Great Western which occurred on March 13, 2015;

 

   

the issuance of the $575.0 million of Notes, the entry into the ABL Credit Facility and borrowings thereunder of $190.0 million and the repayment in full of the outstanding indebtedness under our then-existing asset based revolving credit facility and senior term loan and junior term loan facilities, or collectively, the 2015 Credit Facilities, or collectively, the Refinancing Transactions;

 

   

the impacts of the tax receivable agreement described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement;” and

 

   

the completion of this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds as described in greater detail in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

The pro forma adjustments for the Lone Star Acquisition and other acquisitions above include the removal of the associated acquisition related expenses and inclusion of depreciation of acquired fixed assets and amortization of definite lived intangible assets in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for each of the periods presented.

The Other Acquisitions are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as they were not considered significant acquisitions as defined by Regulation S-X. The post-acquisition net sales of the Other Acquisitions for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 totaled $17.2 million. The table below summarizes unaudited total net sales, net income and EBITDA of the Other Acquisitions for the respective portions of the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2015

 

60


Table of Contents

occurring prior to our acquisition of such businesses. As it relates to these acquisitions, we expect to realize synergies through cost savings related to compensation and headcount reductions and application of favorable pricing terms under our supplier programs that we expect would have resulted in approximately $2.4 million, $3.8 million and $6.2 million of cost savings for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

     Unaudited (In Thousands)  
     Nine Months
Ended

9/30/2016
     Nine Months
Ended

9/30/2015
     Year
Ended

12/31/2015
 

Net sales

   $ 38,128       $ 52,440       $ 70,039   

Net Income

   $ 2,384       $ 3,408       $ 3,554   

Interest

     120         134         223   

Taxes

     51         345         385   

Depreciation and amortization

     447         533         756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 3,002       $ 4,420       $ 4,917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The pre-acquisition unaudited financial data for the Other Acquisitions has been prepared by management in place at each acquired entity prior to their respective acquisition dates. The information presented does not include the effect of the purchase price allocation and as such is not reflective of the post-acquisition results to be recorded by us. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has not audited, reviewed or performed any procedures with respect to the unaudited financial data for the Other Acquisitions. Pre-acquisition results for the Other Acquisitions are derived from unaudited historical financial information provided to us in connection with our due diligence review of the Other Acquisitions and has not been independently audited or reviewed. Any audit or review of this financial data may require adjustments to be made to the unaudited financial results presented above for the Other Acquisitions, and such adjustments could be material. We cannot assure you that the financial data presented above would not be materially different if independently audited or reviewed. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative and informative purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of what our results of operations or financial position would have been had the Pro Forma Transactions actually occurred on the dates indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information for any interim period is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations will be for the complete period. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the information contained in the sections entitled “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should not be considered representative of our future results of operations or financial position.

Our recent acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations . For business combinations, the total purchase price for an acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired based upon their respective fair values measured on the applicable closing date. Specifically as it relates to the acquisitions of Winroc-SPI and Ken API, the amounts reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information below

 

61


Table of Contents

reflect our preliminary estimates of the purchase price allocation and are therefore subject to adjustment. The results of the final purchase price allocation for these entities could be materially different from the preliminary allocation set forth in this prospectus.

Cost Not Included in Pro Forma Financial Information

While the accompanying pro forma condensed financial statements give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions, they do not reflect the full impact of planned cost savings or other synergies following the consummation of the acquisitions nor do they reflect adjustments for charges that have been or will be incurred in connection with these transactions other than adjustments to the pro forma statements of operations for transaction-related expenses of $12.7 million, $17.6 million and $48.9 million for the nine months ending September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015 and year ending December 31, 2015, respectively, which were included in the historical financial statements of the Company and the acquired entities.

Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2016

(in thousands)

 

     Historical LSF9
Cypress
Holdings, LLC and
Subsidiaries
    Offering
Adjustments (11)
     Pro Forma
Total (as
adjusted)
 

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash

   $ 23,393         $ 23,393   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     287,567           287,567   

Other receivables

     35,686           35,686   

Related party receivables

                 

Inventories

     153,855           153,855   

Prepaids and other current assets

     9,959           9,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     510,460           510,460   

Property and equipment, net

     145,007           145,007   

Intangible assets

     214,430           214,430   

Goodwill

     396,532           396,532   

Other assets

     7,894           7,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,274,323         $ 1,274,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER'S EQUITY

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

   $ 132,087         $ 132,087   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     25,699           25,699   

Accrued taxes

     9,844           9,844   

Other current liabilities

     28,741           28,741   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     196,371           196,371   

Asset-based credit facility

     190,000           190,000   

Long-term portion of notes payable, net

     523,403           523,403   

Deferred income taxes, net

     8,413           8,413   

Other liabilities

     17,938           17,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     936,125           936,125   

Commitments and contingencies

       

Undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, [x] shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma

                 

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; [x] shares authorized, [x] shares issued and outstanding, actual; [x] shares authorized, [x] shares issued and outstanding pro forma

                 

Member's equity

     364,815           364,815   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     875           875   

Accumulated deficit

     (27,492        (27,492
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member's equity

   $ 1,274,323         $ 1,274,323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

63


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016

(in thousands)

 

    Historical
LSF9 Cypress
Holdings,
LLC and
Subsidiaries
    Winroc-SPI     Ken API     Acquisition
Related
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Related to
Acquisitions
    Offering
Adjustments (11)
    Pro Forma
Total (as
adjusted)
 

Net sales

  $ 930,315      $ 463,398      $ 23,644      $      $ 1,417,357        $ 1,417,357   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    665,767        345,567        16,413        (4,911 ) (1)(2)       1,022,836          1,022,836   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    264,548        117,831        7,231        4,911        394,521          394,521   

Operating expenses:

             

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    206,280        104,459        5,123        (331 ) (2)(3)(4)(5)       315,531          315,531   

Depreciation and amortization

    33,605               517        14,776 (2)(6)(7)(8)       48,898          48,898   

Acquisition related expenses

    12,478                      (12,478 ) (4)                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    252,363        104,459        5,640        1,967        364,429          364,429   

Income from operations

    12,185        13,372        1,591        2,944        30,092          30,092   

Interest expense

    (37,202     (8,259     (100     (1,114 ) (3)(9)       (46,675       (46,675

Other income (expense), net

    93        5,142                      5,235          5,235   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (24,924     10,255        1,491        1,830        (11,348       (11,348

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (5,358     3,837               1,163 (10)       (358       (358
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (19,566   $ 6,418      $ 1,491      $ 667      $ (10,990     $ (10,990
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (12)

             

Basic

                  

Diluted

                  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (12)

             

Basic

                  

Diluted

                  

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

64


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2015

(in thousands)

 

    Historical
LSF9
Cypress
Holdings,
LLC and
Subsidiaries
    Winroc-SPI     Ken API     GSCIL     Great
Western
    Acquisition
Related
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Related to
Acquisitions
    Offering
Adjustments (11)
    Pro
Forma
Total
(as
adjusted)
 

Net sales

  $ 608,964      $ 562,841      $ 41,136      $ 81,412      $ 32,474      $ —        $ 1,326,827        $ 1,326,827   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    440,539        422,565        29,412        56,515        24,078        (7,757 ) (1)(2)       965,352          965,352   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    168,425        140,276        11,724        24,897        8,396        7,757        361,475          361,475   

Operating expenses:

                 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    126,102        119,557        8,729        18,595        13,645        (7,298 ) (2)(3)(4)(5)       279,330          279,330   

Depreciation and amortization

    15,125               900        1,182        233        25,768 (2)(6)(7)(8)       43,208          43,208   

Acquisition related expenses

    12,542                                    (12,542 ) (4)                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    153,769        119,557        9,629        19,777        13,878        5,928        322,538          322,538   

Income (loss) from operations

    14,656        20,719        2,095        5,120        (5,482     1,829        38,937          38,937   

Interest expense

    (15,717     (10,121     (279     (163     (120     (19,590 ) (3)(9)       (45,990       (45,990

Other income (expense), net

    14        (6,241            77                      (6,150       (6,150
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,047     4,357        1,816        5,034        (5,602     (17,761     (13,203       (13,203 )  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (1,325     2,246                             (4,820 ) (10)       (3,899       (3,899 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 278      $ 2,111      $ 1,816      $ 5,034      $ (5,602   $ (12,941   $ (9,304     $ (9,304
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (12)

                 

Basic

                      

Diluted

                      

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (12)

                 

Basic

                      

Diluted

                      

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

65


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015

(in thousands)

 

    Historical
LSF9 Cypress
Holdings,
LLC and
Subsidiaries
    Winroc-SPI     Ken API     GSCIL     Great
Western
    Acquisition
Related
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Related to
Acquisitions
    Offering
Adjustments (11)
    Pro Forma
Total
(as adjusted)
 

Net sales

  $ 820,605      $ 745,309      $ 54,990      $ 107,715      $ 32,474      $      $ 1,761,093        $ 1,761,093   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    596,242        560,283        38,661        72,741        24,078        (10,139 ) (1) (2)       1,281,866          1,281,866   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    224,363        185,026        16,329        34,974        8,396        10,139        479,227          479,227   

Operating expenses:

                 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    175,720        157,535        11,520        26,689        13,645        (8,976 ) (2)(3)(4) (5)       376,133          376,133   

Depreciation and amortization

    22,785               1,159        1,551        233        31,826 (2)(6)(7)(8)       57,554          57,554   

Acquisition related expenses

    43,155                                    (43,155 ) (4)                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    241,660        157,535        12,679        28,240        13,878        (20,305     433,687          433,687   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (17,297 )       27,491        3,650        6,734        (5,482 )       30,444        45,540          45,540   

Interest expense

    (26,134     (13,515     (368     (183     (120     (21,091 ) (3)(9)       (61,411       (61,411

Other income (expense)—net

    23        (6,570                                 (6,547       (6,547
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (43,408 )       7,406        3,282        6,551        (5,602 )       9,353        (22,418 )         (22,418 )  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (6,027     3,251                             (4,234 ) (10)       (7,010       (7,010
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (37,381 )     $ 4,155      $ 3,282      $ 6,551      $ (5,602 )     $ 13,587      $ (15,408 )       $ (15,408 )  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (12)

                 

Basic

                      

Diluted

                      

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (12)

                 

Basic

                      

Diluted

                      

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) Reflects the immediate application of the Company’s more favorable supplier purchasing program to the pre-acquisition inventory purchases of the businesses acquired by the Company. The adjustment reflects renegotiated vendor rebate programs as a result of the acquisitions. The impact of the adjustment is recorded in Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization).

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 
(in thousands)                     

Purchase cost savings

   $ 2,520       $ 3,400       $ 4,587   

 

(2) Reflects adjustments to conform the financial statements of Winroc-SPI to the accounting policies of the Company. The adjustments include a reclassification of freight and delivery costs from Costs of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) to Selling, general and administrative expenses and a reclassification of depreciation expense from Selling, general and administrative expenses to Depreciation and amortization.

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 
(in thousands)                     

Winroc -SPI reclassifications

        

Freight and delivery

   $ 2,391       $ 4,357       $ 5,552   

Depreciation

     3,684         4,360         5,826   

 

(3) Reflects adjustments to conform accounting for leases in the Winroc-SPI historical financial statements presented under IFRS to GAAP. The result is the reclassification of certain finance leases to operating leases under GAAP.

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 
(in thousands)                     

Increase (decrease) under GAAP

        

Rental Expense(a)

   $ 947       $ 1,350       $ 1,842   

Interest Expense(a)

     (138      (174      (232

 

  (a) Under IFRS, the leases were recorded as finance leases which resulted in recording of amortization and interest expense. The leases are accounted for as operating leases under GAAP. As the Winroc-SPI property, plant and equipment was valued on a GAAP basis, no adjustment is needed for amortization within this pro forma financial information. Rental expense is recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses and interest expense is reflected in Interest expense.

 

(4) Represents the elimination of acquisition related expenses associated with the acquisitions of Winroc-SPI, Ken API, Great Western and GSCIL and the Lone Star Acquisition. Acquisition related expenses have been reflected on a separate line item as well as within Selling, general and administrative expenses. The adjustment to Selling, general and administrative expenses was $0.2 million, $5.1 million and $5.7 million for the periods ended September 30, 2016, September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

(5)

Represents compensation adjustments related to a contractual reduction in post-acquisition salaries and the discontinued executive incentive compensation plan associated with the acquisitions of GSCIL and Winroc-SPI. The discontinued executive compensation plan was

 

67


Table of Contents
 

tied to the Winroc-SPI parent company’s stock price, and resulted in a $0.2 million gain recorded in the historical financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, compared to expenses in the historical financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and year ended December 31, 2015.

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 
(in thousands)       

Contractual reduction in post acquisition salaries

   $       $ (2,168    $ (3,287

Discontinued executive incentive compensation plan

     240         (1,377      (1,517
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 240       $ (3,545    $ (4,804
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(6) Represents adjustments for amortization of intangibles associated with the Lone Star Acquisition and acquisitions of Winroc-SPI, Ken API and GSCIL. The amortization periods for trade names and customer relationships are approximately five years and six years, respectively. The estimate is preliminary, subject to change and could vary materially from the actual adjustment at the time purchase accounting is completed. For each 10% increase in the fair value adjustment to intangibles, the Company would expect an annual increase in amortization expense approximating $4.0 million, assuming a weighted-average life across trade names and customer relationships of approximately 6 years.

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 
(in thousands)                     

Trade names

   $       $ 2,415       $ 3,220   

Customer relationships

     9,424         27,470         36,627   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pro forma amortization

     9,424         29,885         39,847   

Less: historical amortization

             (7,753      (13,273
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment

   $ 9,424       $ 22,132       $ 26,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(7) Represents adjustments to depreciation expense for the Lone Star Acquisition and the acquisitions of Winroc-SPI, Ken API and GSCIL. The impact to total depreciation expense is as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 
(in thousands)                     

Buildings

   $ 26       $ 338       $ 450   

Leasehold improvements

     556         1,178         1,571   

Computer hardware and software

     282         455         606   

Vehicles and equipment

     4,273         9,849         13,132   

Furniture and fixtures

     70         160         213   

Machinery and equipment

     580         991         1,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pro forma depreciation

     5,787         12,971         17,293   

Less: historical depreciation

     4,201         14,006         18,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment

   $ 1,586       $ (1,035    $ (988
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents
(8) Represents the additional amortization expense associated with favorable/unfavorable leases related to the Lone Star Acquisition and the Winroc-SPI Acquisition. The pro forma adjustment for each period reflects the amortization of the net favorable lease asset over the expected lives of the leases, which approximates the period of time that the favorable / unfavorable lease terms will be in effect. The weighted average expected life of the favorable leases was 8.3 years whereas the weighted average expected life of the unfavorable leases was 5.3 years.

 

(in thousands)    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 

Favorable leases amortization expense

   $ 166       $ 421       $ 561   

Unfavorable leases amortization expense

     (84      (110      (147
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment

   $ 82       $ 311       $ 414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(9) Represents adjustments to reflect:

 

   

recognition of interest expense attributable to the Notes and the ABL Credit Facility;

 

   

amortization of fees and expenses attributable to the Notes; and

 

   

recognition of commitment fees on unused amounts attributable to the ABL Credit Facility.

 

                     
(in thousands)    Principal      Weighted
average
interest
rate
    Weighted
average
term of
debt
 

Senior Secured Notes due 2021

   $ 575,000         8.25     5 years   

ABL Credit Facility

     190,000         2.00     4.5 years   
  

 

 

      

Total

   $ 765,000        
  

 

 

      

For the purposes of the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations, we have assumed that the outstanding borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility will bear interest at an interest rate of 2.00%. The ABL Credit Facility has a floating interest rate based on LIBOR plus a spread that is defined by borrowing availability under the facility.

For the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, we have assumed that the commitment fee on the ABL Credit Facility, which is payable quarterly in arrears, is at a rate of 0.25% on the unused commitments.

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations to reflect the adjustments to interest expense on third party debt:

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
 

Senior Secured Notes due 2021

   $ 35,578       $ 35,578       $ 47,438   

ABL Credit Facility

     3,056         3,056         4,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash interest expense

     38,634         38,634         51,513   

Interest expense on existing indebtedness

     (45,023      (25,846      (39,562

Amortization of debt discounts and debt issuance costs

     7,641         6,976         9,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pro forma adjustment

   $ 1,252       $ 19,764       $ 21,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fees and expenses attributable to the Notes are amortized on an effective yield basis over the life of the related debt. Fees and expenses attributable to the ABL Credit Facility are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility. A change of one-eighth of 1% (12.5 basis points) in the interest rate associated with the floating rate borrowings would result in an additional annual interest expense of approximately $0.2 million (in the case of an increase to the rate) or an annual reduction of interest expense of approximately $0.2 million (in the case of a decrease in the rate).

 

(10) The U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% has been used to reflect the additional estimated income tax expense related to acquired entities that were previously pass through tax entities, including Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western, as well as the impact of pro forma adjustments. This rate does not reflect the Company’s effective tax rate, which includes other tax adjustments, such as state and foreign taxes, as well as other tax charges or benefits, and does not take into account any historical or possible future tax events that may impact the Company.

 

(11) The Pro Forma Combined amounts do not currently reflect the receipt of or any anticipated application of proceeds from this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we will issue and sell shares of common stock and receive net proceeds, after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us and underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $          million, assuming an initial offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in connection therewith and the use of proceeds as described in greater detail in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.” We intend to use $          million of the net proceeds received by us from this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness which, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2015 would result in pro forma adjustments to eliminate interest expense of $        , $         and $        , respectively. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes. For more detail, see the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

As described in greater detail in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” in connection with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with Lone Star that will provide for the payment by us to Lone Star of 90% of the amount of Covered Tax Benefits. The anticipated payments

 

70


Table of Contents

under the tax receivable agreement that are related to the Covered Tax Benefits have been reflected in the pro forma adjustments.

For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the aggregate reduction in income tax payable by us will be computed by comparing our assumed income tax liability with our hypothetical liability had we not been able to utilize the Covered Tax Benefits. The agreement will become effective upon completion of this offering and will remain in effect until all such Covered Tax Benefits remain.

Adjustment also reflects the impact of the tax receivable agreement, as described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” which results in an increase of $         million in liability to Lone Star and a decrease of $         million in contributed capital to reflect the distribution to Lone Star. Based upon our preliminary estimates, we estimate that the liability will be between $         million and $         million. We have assumed a liability of $         million for the pro forma adjustment as of the offering date, which is subject to change. Additionally, this adjustment also reflects the increase to common stock and contributed capital related to the offering of $         million less capitalized costs of $         million. The net adjustment to contributed capital is $         million.

 

(12) The pro forma earnings per share data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2015 and year ended December 31, 2015 is based on our historical combined statement of operations after giving effect to the following as if they occurred at the beginning of the period: (1) a [ x ] to 1 stock split which occurred on             , 2017; (2) the Reorganization in which all entities will be consolidated under a new parent entity (Foundation Building Materials, Inc.); and (3) the issuance and sale of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering.

 

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations with the sections entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and the audited and unaudited historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are the second largest specialty distributor of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems in the United States and Canada, and the fastest growing by revenue and branch count since our founding in 2011. We are also the second largest specialty distributor and one of the largest fabricators of commercial and industrial mechanical insulation in the United States. We have expanded from a single branch in Southern California to 210 branches across North America as of December 31, 2016, carrying a broad array of more than 35,000 SKUs. Our organic growth initiatives and disciplined acquisition strategy have enabled us to grow rapidly. Our net sales in 2013 were $113.7 million and we reached pro forma net sales of $1.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We have grown revenue faster than any U.S. publicly traded building products distributor over the same period. Our goal is to be the leading company within specialty building products distribution and to continue expanding into complementary markets.

We were founded in 2011 by our President and Chief Executive Officer Ruben Mendoza, our Chief Financial Officer John Gorey and our California Regional Vice President Tom Fischbeck. Mr. Mendoza previously served as CEO of Acoustical Material Services where he oversaw the successful growth of the company before it was acquired by Allied Building Products, a subsidiary of CRH, in 2007. In founding our company, Mr. Mendoza applied a proven customer-centric operating model to an organization that would combine strong organic growth with an effective acquisition and integration program across a fragmented industry, where he and other members of management had long and close personal relationships with many private acquisition candidates in our industry. In our early years we were focused on opening or acquiring new branches to leverage our founders’ customer focus and strong supplier relationships. In 2012 and 2013, we began rapidly growing through both organic growth and acquisitions, and, by the end of 2013, we significantly increased our number of branches and geographic footprint, and expanded from California into the Midwest, Florida and Arizona. This rapid growth resulted in the acquisition of our current ERP platform and information technology structure and added a deep bench of leaders from the acquired companies to prepare for future growth. In addition, in November 2013, we strengthened our management team with the addition of our Chief Operating Officer Pete Welly, who has 37 years of experience in our industry.

In 2014 and 2015, we expanded into Texas through three acquisitions, and added branches in Iowa, Illinois, Wisconsin, Colorado, Kansas, Missouri, Ohio and Pennsylvania. We also increased our market position in California and Arizona with wallboard and metal framing customers. These acquisitions further strengthened our relationship with key suppliers such as Armstrong and USG, and we became a top customer for Armstrong during this period. To further support our growth and to ensure our sales methodology was used consistently across our branches we implemented a company-wide sales force training curriculum called FBM

 

72


Table of Contents

University. Our nationwide presence, as well as our ability to achieve operating efficiencies while leveraging a national purchasing platform, led to favorable margin improvement. Beginning in 2015, we also implemented our “One Company” initiative, unifying our brand and culture, centralizing our accounting functions and consolidating our operations under one ERP system.

In August 2016, we entered the Canadian market through our acquisition of Winroc-SPI for cash consideration of $314.1 million, subject to customary working capital adjustments, which increased our revenue and expanded our relationship with Armstrong. Winroc-SPI’s net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $745.3 million. We also became the second largest specialty distributor and one of the largest fabricators of commercial and industrial mechanical insulation in the United States. The expansion into commercial and industrial insulation products both diversified our customer base and allowed us to capitalize on some of the strengths of our proven operating model given that the wallboard and commercial and industrial insulation products have similar business models. The Winroc-SPI Acquisition opened new strategic markets in both the United States and Canada, and added industry leading suspended ceiling systems line to complete the full product package in our key U.S. markets.

Description of Segments

We have defined our operating segments based on management structure and product offerings, concluding we have two reportable segments. Resources are allocated and performance is assessed by our CEO, whom we have determined to be our Chief Operating Decision Maker, or CODM. Management evaluates performance based on gross profit. The reportable segments are described below.

Specialty Building Products

Specialty building products, or SBP, distributes wallboard and accessories, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems and other products. Other products include stucco and EIFS, as well as complimentary offerings, such as tools, safety accessories and fasteners. The primary end markets served are new non-residential, new residential and non-residential repair and remodel construction markets.

Mechanical Insulation

Mechanical insulation, or MI, includes insulation solutions for pipes and mechanical systems and the primary end markets served are new non-residential construction, non- residential repair and remodel construction and industrial markets.

Our Customers

We sell to a diverse and highly fragmented base of over 30,000 customers, which includes commercial, residential and other specialty contractors. In addition to local contractors, we maintain strong relationships with regional construction companies. Further, as we continue to grow nationally and scale our operations, we believe we will continue to enhance our relationship with national homebuilders.

We do not have significant customer concentration, and no one customer accounted for more than 1.5% of our pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. While our customer base remains fragmented, we have deeply entrenched customer relationships. We have long standing relationships with our customers spanning a period of

 

73


Table of Contents

19 years on average for our top 20 customers, based on pro forma net sales in 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We believe the tenure of these relationships is a direct result of our well-earned reputation for high-quality customer service and product support.

Our Suppliers

We have been able to foster and sustain key relationships with suppliers as our business has grown. Our increased scale has allowed us to improve our procurement programs, particularly with wallboard, metal framing and commercial and industrial insulation suppliers. In suspended ceiling systems, we maintain exclusive and semi-exclusive distribution rights in key regions, including contractual exclusivity with Armstrong. Our relationship with Armstrong began with our senior management even prior to our founding in 2011, and our acquisitions continued to strengthen this key relationship, particularly our recent acquisition of Winroc-SPI. Throughout this period, Armstrong has supported our growth strategy by renewing or awarding distribution rights following our acquisitions. We are one of the largest customers for each of our top suppliers across wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing and commercial and industrial insulation.

Our Products

Our early operations started with a narrow product line and group of suppliers, and primarily included wallboard, metal framing and stucco product offerings. The rapid growth from our 2013 acquisitions expanded our product offerings to include suspended ceiling systems supplied by Armstrong and EIFS supplied by Sto. We continue to focus on increasing our sales of other product offerings that enhance our gross margins and create value for our customers. In addition, we continually add to our product offerings to provide our customers with the correct product and when they need it.

In August 2016, the Winroc-SPI Acquisition allowed us to expand our relationship with Armstrong and increase our suspended ceiling systems product line. The acquisition also brought us long-term relationships with commercial and industrial insulation product manufacturers and access to all product lines within their distribution and custom fabrication network.

Factors and Trends Affecting Our Business and Results of Operations

General Economic Conditions and Outlook

Demand for our products is impacted by changes in general economic conditions, including, in particular, conditions in the U.S. commercial construction and housing markets. Our end markets are broadly categorized as new non-residential construction, new residential construction and non-residential repair and remodel construction. We believe each of our end markets is currently in an extended period of recovery following a deep and prolonged recession.

New Non-Residential Construction

Non-residential construction encompasses all construction other than residential structures. Non-residential construction growth is primarily influenced by economic growth, business investment, job growth, vacancy rates and availability and cost of capital. Based on U.S. Census Bureau data, growth in commercial construction spending generally lags new residential spending by approximately 18 months and we believe the commercial construction market

 

74


Table of Contents

remains in the early stages of a strong recovery. According to Dodge Data & Analytics, non-residential construction starts were 962 million square feet in 2015 and would need to increase by 32.2% to achieve the historical annual market average of 1,273 million square feet since 1970. Given the recent growth in the residential market, management believes that non-residential construction remains in the early stages of its recovery and expects volumes to gain momentum in the coming years. According to Dodge Data & Analytics, non-residential construction starts are expected to grow at approximately a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 5.4% from 2016 to 2018 driven by accommodative underlying macroeconomic growth, greater availability of financing, underinvestment during the downturn and increasing office utilization rates.

New Residential Construction

Job growth is an important factor for a healthy housing market and unemployment has fallen from its peak of 10.0% in 2009 to 5.0% as of September 2016 according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, total housing starts in 2015 were 1.11 million, an eight-year high and an increase of 10.8% as compared to 2014. While housing starts have significantly recovered from the 0.55 million seen in 2009, they are still 29.8% below the 50-year average of 1.44 million starts per year. The National Association of Homebuilders expect housing starts will grow to approximately 1.37 million by 2018, but still below long-term historical average as reported by the U.S. Census Bureau.

Non-residential Repair and Remodel Construction

Non-residential repair and remodeling spending tends to be resilient through economic downturns as new construction spending slows and investments in existing infrastructure increase. From 2011 to 2015 non-residential repair and remodeling starts grew at a 5.6% CAGR and are expected to continue to grow at a 2.1% annual growth rate through 2018 according to Dodge Data & Analytics.

Industrial

Industrial end markets represent a portion of the U.S. mechanical insulation market. Commercial and industrial insulation products are used in industrial end markets for piping and ducting in facilities. Management estimates that power generation facilities make up the largest component of the industrial end market. Stable demand for insulation is expected as power generators construct new facilities and expand old ones. Global energy consumption has historically grown at a consistent 2.0% CAGR since 1990 and is expected to continue to grow at a 1.7% CAGR through 2020, according to the U.S. Energy and Information Administration.

Volume, Costs and Pricing Programs

Our product costs are directly impacted by fluctuations in supplier pricing and our purchasing capacity. As one of the leading wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and commercial and industrial insulation distributors in the United States and Canada, we are able to negotiate volume discounts and favorable pricing terms with our suppliers. Our acquisitions have historically realized purchasing synergies almost immediately by taking advantage of our volume discounts. Applying our volume discounts to historical purchases of our more significant acquisitions would have resulted in cost savings of $2.5 million and $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. As we have continued to grow, we have negotiated with our suppliers on a national level in an effort to maximize these programs across our entire branch network, and expect to continue this trend in the future.

 

75


Table of Contents

Acquisitions

We supplement our organic growth strategy with selective acquisitions, and since 2013, we have completed 19 acquisitions. We believe that significant opportunities exist to continue to expand our geographic footprint by executing additional strategic acquisitions, and we consistently strive to maintain an extensive and active acquisition pipeline. We generally are evaluating several acquisition opportunities at any given time. In executing our acquisition strategy and integrating acquired companies, we focus on the cost savings we can achieve through integrated procurement and pricing programs and brand consolidation. The table below reflects branches at the acquisition date, some of which have been consolidated as of the date of this offering.

 

Company

   Date of Acquisition      # Branches
Acquired
 

Dominion Interior Supply Corporation and Dominion Interior Supply of Roanoke LLC

     January 1, 2017         4   

United Drywall Supply, Inc.

     November 30, 2016         1   

Winroc-SPI

     August 9, 2016         127   

Ken API

     May 31, 2016         8   

Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc.

     May 31, 2016         4   

Mid America Drywall Supply, Inc.

     April 29, 2016         1   

GSCIL

     December 30, 2015         14   

Commercial Building Materials, LLC

     December 30, 2015         1   

J&B Assets LLC

     July 10, 2015         1   

Great Western

     March 13, 2015         10   

Bloomington branch of Rose & Walker, Inc.

     January 2, 2015         1   

BAV, Inc.

     December 5, 2014         2   

Wholesale Builders Supply, Inc.

     May 30, 2014         5   

Wagner Distribution Holding Company, Inc.

     May 30, 2014         8   

Central Building Materials, LLC

     May 1, 2014         2   

Gypsum Supply, Ltd.

     January 31, 2014         4   

Home Acres Building Supply Co., LLC

     November 1, 2013         34   

Southwest Building Materials, LLC

     November 1, 2013         2   

Wallboard & Supply Co., Inc.

     July 31, 2013         4   
     

 

 

 

Total

        233   

As part of our accounting for our business combinations, we are required to value inventory acquired in the business combination at its net realizable value. The inventory adjustment is typically fully recognized in cost of goods sold within the first two months after completion of an acquisition. We expect this step up in basis and expense of the amount to have a negative effect on margins until fully recognized.

In addition to cost savings related to our supplier programs as discussed above, and in connection with our acquisitions of Winroc-SPI, Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western, we expect to realize synergies through cost savings relating to elimination of redundant overhead costs for corporate functions associated with the planned closure of the Winroc-SPI headquarters and strategic consolidation of branches. We expect these eliminations, combined with the compensation savings described in Note 5 to our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements, would have resulted in approximately $9.1 million, $14.4 million and $19.5 million in cost savings for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. We anticipate that the planned closure and consolidations will be completed in the first six months of 2017. We cannot assure you that we will be able to realize such cost savings on this timeline or in the amount we currently anticipate. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry” and “Forward Looking Statements.”

 

76


Table of Contents

Seasonality

Our operating results are typically affected by seasonality. Warmer and drier weather during the second and third quarters typically result in higher activity and revenue levels. The first quarter typically has lower levels of activity and lower working capital requirements due to inclement weather conditions.

Financing and Public Company Readiness

As a result of this initial public offering, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur, including costs associated with SEC reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as well as other rules implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Our financial statements following this offering will reflect the impact of these expenses. We have also undertaken the Notes offering described below and other activities in preparation for this initial public offering that involved significant expenses.

Basis of Presentation

On October 9, 2015, investment funds, or affiliates of investment funds, advised, managed or controlled by Lone Star, along with certain members of management, acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC in the Lone Star Acquisition.

The period from January 1, 2015 through October 8, 2015 and the period from October 9, 2015 through December 31, 2015 relate, respectively, to the periods in 2015 preceding and succeeding the completion of the Lone Star Acquisition. The terms Predecessor and Successor refer to the pre- and post-Lone Star Acquisition financial position and results of the Company, respectively. Due to the Lone Star Acquisition, the basis of accounting changed and reflects the application of the acquisition method. The new basis of accounting primarily impacted the values of our inventory, long-lived assets and intangible assets, and resulted in increased depreciation and amortization.

For all periods presented below, we have reclassified certain expenses related to the warehousing and delivery of our products. The previous accounting classification recorded these amounts in costs of goods sold within our statements of operations. The new accounting classification moves these amounts to selling, general and administrative expenses, with separate presentation of depreciation and amortization expense. Accordingly, the respective balances for all periods presented in the financial statements were reclassified in order to be consistent and comparable. The details of the reclassification are included in Note 2 of the audited annual and unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Unaudited Pro Forma for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015 and Unaudited Pro Forma for the Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014 Results of Operations Discussion

The Lone Star Acquisition in October 2015 created a new basis of accounting for financial reporting purposes, which resulted in the Successor reporting period of October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 and the Predecessor period of January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015. These periods are not comparable due to the application of purchase accounting. In addition, our recent acquisitions of Winroc-SPI, Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western resulted in significant

 

77


Table of Contents

expansion of our business and our audited and unaudited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus do not present our full business as it currently stands or will stand at the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, we have presented, in addition to the narrative discussion of our historical results of operations set forth below, a narrative discussion of our unaudited pro forma results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to the unaudited pro forma results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and the unaudited pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to historical results for the year ended December 31, 2014. We believe this comparison provides investors with additional information regarding our recent acquisitions and other strategic transactions when considering our historical results of operations. However, our pro forma results of operations for these periods should be read along with our audited and unaudited combined financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and the pro forma financial statements included in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

Results of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 (Successor) and 2015 (Predecessor)

The following table summarizes certain financial information relating to our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2016
           Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2015
 

(in thousands)

 

                   

Statements of operations data:

         

Net sales

   $ 930,315           $ 608,964   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     665,767             440,539   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross profit

     264,548             168,425   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     206,280             126,102   

Depreciation and amortization

     33,605             15,125   

Acquisition related expenses

     12,478             12,542   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     252,363             153,769   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income from operations

     12,185             14,656   

Interest expense

     (37,202          (15,717

Other income, net

     93             14   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (24,924          (1,047

Income tax benefit

     (5,358          (1,325
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (19,566        $ 278   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Non-GAAP measures:

         

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 55,051           $ 31,623   

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for a discussion of how we define and calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

 

78


Table of Contents

Net Sales

Net sales were $930.3 million and $609.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing a total increase of $321.3 million. The increase was primarily attributable to incremental net sales from branches acquired in 2015 and 2016 totaling $295.2 million, primarily through our acquisition of Winroc-SPI in August 2016, GSCIL in December 2015 and Great Western in March 2015. Our base business net sales (net sales from branches that were owned by us since January 1, 2015 and branches that were opened by us during such period) increased $39.3 million, or 8.4%, period over period.

The table below highlights our growth by base business net sales and branches acquired and includes the impact of branches strategically consolidated or closed.

 

(in thousands)       

Net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015

   $ 608,964   

Increase (decrease) in net sales due to:

  

Base business net sales (1)

     39,293   

Branches closed (2)

     (13,148

Branches acquired (3)

     295,206   
  

 

 

 

Net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

   $ 930,315   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents net sales from branches that were owned by us since January 1, 2015 and branches that were opened by us during such period. Base business net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was $468.3 million.
(2) Represents branches closed after January 1, 2015, primarily as a result of our strategic consolidation of branches.
(3) Represents branches acquired after January 1, 2015. This includes increases in net sales from branches that assumed operations of closed branches.

SBP. Net sales were $893.0 million and $609.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing an increase of $284 million, which was primarily due to an increase in volume driven by the overall market growth in both the commercial and residential construction markets and our increased market share. The Winroc-SPI Acquisition, which was acquired in August 2016, contributed $80.3 million to the SBP segment. Wallboard and accessories accounted for the majority of SBP sales for both the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, and grew by 44.4%, and excluding Winroc-SPI, was primarily due to an increase in average wallboard unit volume of 30.0%, as well as an increase in average wallboard unit price of 1.2%. Metal framing grew by 37.6% excluding Winroc-SPI, primarily due to an increase in average volume of 29.3%, as well as an increase in average price of 6.4%.

MI. Net sales were $37.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We entered the mechanical insulation market as a result of the Winroc-SPI Acquisition in August 2016.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased by $96.1 million, or 57.1%, to $264.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 from $168.4 million for the same period in 2015. Gross margins were negatively impacted by inventory fair value adjustments of $6.4 million and $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Excluding these adjustments, gross margin for the respective periods was 29.1% and 27.9%, respectively, representing an increase of 120 bps. The increase in gross margin excluding inventory fair value adjustments was driven by favorable pricing terms with our suppliers as a result of increased purchase volumes, partially offset by the change in our product mix, lower gross margins in our MI business, and an increase of $6.4 million in customer rebates.

 

79


Table of Contents

SBP. Gross margin was 28.7% and 27.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which is an increase of 80 bps. The increase was primarily due to favorable pricing terms with our suppliers as a result of increased purchase volumes.

MI. Gross margin was 21.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses was $206.3 million and $126.1 million, and as a percent of net sales, was 22.2% and 20.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase of $80.2 million is primarily due to an increase of $39.9 million in warehousing and delivery costs driven by increased net sales and acquired branches. Warehousing costs remained relatively consistent as a percentage of net sales at 12.1% and 11.9% for the 2016 and 2015 periods, respectively. In addition, payroll related and other expenses increased by $24.0 million and $16.3 million, respectively, as we continued to invest in our infrastructure and support of our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consists of warehousing and delivery costs, which support net sales, and payroll related expenses. Other expenses include certain office expenses, legal and professional fees and other costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses are expected to continue to increase in the short term as a result of our anticipated growth, as well as costs related to being a public company. As we are able to leverage these investments, we expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of total net sales over time.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased $18.5 million to $33.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, from $15.1 million for the same period in 2015. This increase was driven by an increase in property and equipment and intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions in 2015 and 2016. Additionally, the fair value of property and equipment and intangible assets increased as a result of the Lone Star Acquisition.

Acquisition Related Expenses

Acquisition related expenses were $12.5 million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. The expenses are due to acquisitions during each respective period.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by $21.5 million to $37.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, from $15.7 million for the same period in 2015, due to an increase in outstanding indebtedness from the offering of the Notes in August 2016. In addition, we incurred a loss of $7.0 million related to the refinancing of the 2015 Credit Facilities in August 2016.

Income Tax Benefit

The income tax benefit was $5.4 million and $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, representing an increase of $4.1 million. During the fourth quarter of 2015, we became a taxable C-corporation from previously having subsidiaries that were either nontaxable limited liability companies or taxable C-corporations. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was 21.5% and is lower than the statutory rate primarily due to certain non-deductible costs, including acquisition expenses. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was significantly higher than the statutory rate primarily due to losses incurred from certain C-corporations acquired in March 2015.

 

80


Table of Contents

Net Income (Loss)

Net loss was $19.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and net income was $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, representing a decrease of $19.9 million, primarily due to an increase in interest expense of $21.5 million, a decrease in income from operations of $2.5 million, partially offset by an increase in income tax benefit of $4.1 million.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $55.1 million and $31.6 million, and as a percent of net sales, was 5.9% and 5.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to our favorable pricing terms with our suppliers as a result of increased purchase volumes driven by the SBP segment, partially offset by lower margins from the Winroc-SPI business and investment in our infrastructure and support of operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

Unaudited Pro Forma Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to Unaudited Pro Forma Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015

The following table summarizes certain financial information relating to our operating results for the unaudited pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” for detail and notes regarding pro forma amounts and related pro forma adjustments.

 

     Unaudited Pro Forma  
(in thousands)    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016
    Nine months
ended

September 30,
2015
 

Net sales

   $ 1,417,357      $ 1,326,827   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     1,022,836        965,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     394,521        361,475   

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     315,531        279,330   

Depreciation and amortization

     48,898        43,208   

Acquisition related expenses

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     364,429        322,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     30,092        38,937   

Interest expense

     (46,675     (45,990

Other income (expense), net

     5,235        (6,150
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (11,348     (13,203

Income tax benefit

     (358     (3,899
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10,990   $ (9,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Measure:

    

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 88,251      $ 83,987   

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

 

81


Table of Contents

Net Sales

Pro forma net sales were $1,417.4 million and $1,326.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing an increase of $90.6 million, or 6.8%. The increase in net sales is driven by the increased demand for our products as a result of improved residential and commercial construction activity.

SBP . Net sales were $1,217.5 million and $1,115.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing an increase of $102.5 million, or 9.2%. This increase is primarily due to wallboard and accessories driven by improved residential and commercial construction activity.

M I . Net sales were $199.9 million and $211.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing a decrease of $11.9 million. This decrease is primarily due to a decrease in export opportunities driven by a reduction in the oil and gas industry activity.

Gross Profit

Pro forma gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 was $394.5 million and $361.5 million, respectively, representing an increase of $33.0 million. Pro forma gross margins remained relatively consistent at 27.8% and 27.2% for the respective periods. The slight increase in gross margin is primarily due to favorable pricing terms with our suppliers as a result of increased purchase volumes.

SBP . Gross margin remained relatively consistent at 28.1% and 27.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This increase is primarily due to favorable pricing terms with our suppliers as a result of increased purchase volumes, partially offset by the negative impact of the inventory fair value adjustments which primarily related to the Winroc-SPI Acquisition.

MI . Gross margin remained relatively consistent at 26.0% and 27.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This decrease includes the negative impact of the inventory fair value adjustments related to the Winroc-SPI Acquisition.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses were $315.5 million and $279.3 million, representing an increase of $36.2 million, and as a percent of net sales was 22.3% and 21.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by an increase in payroll and other expenses at the Company. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company and Winroc-SPI incurred approximately $5.5 million in incremental audit, legal, consulting and other fees related to acquisition and public company readiness. Additionally, Winroc-SPI expenses included changes related to its ERP software implementation of $3.4 million and $1.1 million for the 2016 and 2015 periods, respectively.

Depreciation and Amortization

Pro forma depreciation and amortization was $48.9 million and $43.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

82


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Pro forma interest expense remained relatively consistent at $46.7 million and $46.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Interest expense relates to borrowings under the Notes and ABL Credit Facility entered into in conjunction with the Winroc-SPI Acquisition.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Pro forma other income, net was $5.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, and pro forma other expense, net was $6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and represents the change in financial derivative instruments related to the Winroc-SPI business.

Income Tax Benefit

Pro forma income tax benefit was $0.4 million and $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with an effective tax rate of 3.5% and 29.5% for the respective periods.

Net Loss

Pro forma net loss was $11.0 million and $9.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and represented an unfavorable change of $1.7 million. This is primarily due to an increase in total operating expense of $41.9 million, a decrease in income tax benefit of $3.5 million, an increase in interest expense of $0.7 million, offset by an increase in gross profit of $33.0 million and an increase in other income, net of $11.4 million.

Adjusted EBITDA

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA was $88.3 million and $84.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015. Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA remained relatively consistent at 6.2% and 6.3% of net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important, and the section entitled “Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial and Other Information” for a reconciliation of unaudited pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to unaudited pro forma net loss.

 

83


Table of Contents

Period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor)

The following table summarizes certain financial information relating to our operating results for the periods from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor). Also included is certain information relating to the operating results as a percentage of net sales.

 

     Successor     % of
Net Sales
 
(in thousands)    October 9, 2015
to December 31,
2015
   

Statements of operations data:

    

Net sales

   $ 192,539        100.0

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     143,333        74.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     49,206        25.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     44,196        23.0

Depreciation and amortization

     7,170        3.7

Acquisition related expenses

     3,464        1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     54,830        28.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (5,624     (2.9 )% 

Interest expense

     (7,044     (3.7 )% 

Other income, net

     9        0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (12,659     (6.6 )% 

Income tax (benefit)

     (4,733     (2.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,926     (4.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP measures:

    

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 8,969        4.7

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

Net sales were $192.5 million, all from the SBP segment, which primarily consisted of wallboard and accessories.

The table below shows allocation of net sales between base business net sales and branches acquired.

 

          (in thousands)       

Base business net sales (1)

   $ 90,552   

Branches acquired (2)

     101,987   
  

 

 

 

Net sales for October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015

   $ 192,539   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents net sales from branches that were owned by us prior to October 9, 2015 or branches that were opened by us during the period October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015.
(2) Represents branches acquired during the period October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015. This includes net sales from branches that assumed operations of closed branches.

Cost of goods sold was $143.3 million, which included $7.5 million of inventory fair value adjustments, and resulted in gross profit of $49.2 million, or gross margin of 25.6%. Excluding inventory fair value adjustments, gross margin was 29.4%.

 

84


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses was $44.2 million, and represented 23.0% of net sales. Selling, general and administrative expenses will be affected in the short term as a result of these costs and others related to our anticipated growth, as well as costs related to being a public company. As we are able to leverage these investments, we expect these expenses to decline over time as a percentage of net sales.

Depreciation and amortization was $7.2 million, and represented 3.7% of net sales. Depreciation and amortization includes the impact of the step up in fair value as a result of the Lone Star Acquisition in October 2015.

Acquisition related expenses were $3.5 million due to acquisition activity in the period.

Interest expense was $7.0 million as a result of our outstanding indebtedness, which includes the debt incurred to finance the Lone Star Acquisition.

Income tax benefit was $4.7 million. As of October 9, 2015, we were considered a C-corporation for tax purposes while for periods prior to such date we had subsidiaries that were either nontaxable limited liability companies or taxable C-corporations. The effective tax rate for the period was 37.4%, which differed from the statutory rate primarily due to state taxes.

The net loss of $7.9 million was primarily driven by operating expenses of $54.8 million and interest expense of $7.0 million, partially offset by gross profit of $49.2 million and income tax benefit of $4.7 million.

Adjusted EBITDA was $9.0 million and represented 4.7% of net sales. Adjusted EBITDA is primarily the result of gross profit of $56.7 million excluding the impact of the inventory fair value adjustment, partially offset by selling, general and administrative expenses of $44.2 million and acquisition related expenses of $3.5 million. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

 

85


Table of Contents

Period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor)

The following table summarizes certain financial information relating to our operating results for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor). Also included is certain information relating to the operating results as a percentage of net sales.

 

     Predecessor     % of
Net Sales
 
(in thousands)    January 1, 2015
to October 8,
2015
   

Statements of operations data:

    

Net sales

   $ 628,066        100.0

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     452,909        72.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     175,157        27.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     131,524        20.9

Depreciation and amortization

     15,615        2.5

Acquisition related expenses

     39,691        6.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     186,830        29.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,673     (1.8 )% 

Interest expense

     (19,090     (3.0 )% 

Other income, net

     14        0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (30,749     (4.9 )% 

Income tax (benefit)

     (1,294     (0.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (29,455     (4.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP measures:

    

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 5,849        0.9

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

Net sales were $628.1 million, all from the SBP segment, which primarily consisted of wallboard and accessories.

The table below shows the allocation base business net sales and branches acquired, and includes the impact of branches closed.

 

          (in thousands)       

Base business net sales (1)

   $ 305,463   

Branches acquired (2)

     322,603   
  

 

 

 

Net sales for January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015

   $ 628,066   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents net sales from branches that were owned by us prior to January 1, 2015 or branches that were opened by us during the period January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015.
(2) Represents branches acquired during the period January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015. This includes net sales from branches that assumed operations of closed branches.

Cost of goods sold was $452.9 million, which included $1.6 million of inventory fair value adjustments, and resulted in gross profit of $175.2 million, or gross margin of 27.9%. Excluding inventory fair value adjustments, gross margin was 28.1%.

 

86


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses was $135.1 million, and represented 20.9% of net sales. Selling, general and administrative expenses will be affected in the short term as a result of these costs and others related to our anticipated growth, as well as costs related to being a public company. As we are able to leverage these investments, we expect these expenses to decline over time as a percentage of net sales.

Depreciation and amortization was $15.6 million, and represented 2.5% of net sales. Depreciation and amortization includes the impact of the addition of property and equipment and intangible assets acquired.

Acquisition related expenses was $39.7 million and represents the related acquisition activity, including amounts related to the by Lone Star Acquisition.

Interest expense was $19.1 million as a result of our outstanding indebtedness.

Income tax benefit was $1.3 million and reflected the fact that we had subsidiaries that were either nontaxable limited liability companies or taxable C-corporations.

The net loss of $29.5 million was primarily driven by operating expenses of $186.8 million and interest expense of $19.1 million, partially offset by gross profit of $175.2 million and income tax benefit of $1.3 million.

Adjusted EBITDA was $5.8 million and represented 0.9% of net sales. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was primarily the result of gross margin excluding inventory fair value adjustments of 28.1%, partially offset by selling, general and administrative margin of 20.9% and acquisition related expense margin of 6.3%. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

 

87


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor)

The following table summarizes certain financial information relating to our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor). Also included is certain information relating to the operating results as a percentage of net sales.

 

     Predecessor     % of
Net Sales
 
(in thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
   

Statements of operations data:

    

Net sales

   $ 508,853        100.0

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     368,064        72.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     140,789        27.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     115,462        22.7

Depreciation and amortization

     11,729        2.3

Acquisition related expenses

     4,683        0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     131,874        25.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     8,915        1.8

Interest expense

     (9,980     (2.0 )% 

Other income, net

     36        0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (1,029     (0.2 )% 

Income tax (expense)

     812        0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,841     (0.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP measures:

    

Adjusted EBITDA (1 )

   $ 20,926        4.1

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

Net sales were $508.9 million, all from the SBP segment, which primarily consisted of wallboard and accessories.

The table below highlights our growth during the period by base business net sales and branches acquired, and includes the impact of branches closed.

 

          (in thousands)       

Base business net sales (1)

   $ 355,484   

Branches closed (2)

     1,159   

Branches acquired (3)

     152,210   
  

 

 

 

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014

   $ 508,853   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents net sales from branches that were owned by us prior to January 1, 2014 or were opened by us during the year ended December 31, 2014.
(2) Represents branches closed during the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of our strategic consolidation of branches.
(3) Represents branches acquired during the year ended January 1, 2014. This includes net sales from branches that assumed operations of closed branches.

Cost of goods sold was $368.1 million and resulted in gross profit of $140.8 million, or gross margin of 27.7%.

 

88


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses was $115.5 million, and represented 22.7% of net sales. Selling, general and administrative expenses will be affected in the short term as a result of these costs and others related to our anticipated growth, as well as costs related to being a public company. As we are able to leverage these investments, we expect these expenses to decline over time as a percentage of net sales.

Depreciation and amortization was $11.7 million, and represented 2.3% of net sales. Depreciation and amortization includes the impact of the addition of property and equipment and intangible assets acquired.

Acquisition related expenses was $4.7 million and represents the related acquisition activity.

Interest expense was $10.0 million as a result of our outstanding indebtedness.

Income tax expense was $0.8 million and reflected the fact that we had subsidiaries that were either nontaxable limited liability companies or taxable C-corporations.

The net loss of $1.8 million was primarily driven by operating expenses of $131.9 million, interest expense of $10.0 million and income tax expense of $0.8 million, partially offset by gross profit of $140.8 million.

Adjusted EBITDA was $20.9 million and represented 4.1% of net sales. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was primarily the result of gross margin of 27.7%, partially offset by selling, general and administrative margin of 22.7% and acquisition related expense margin of 0.9%. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

 

89


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor)

The following table summarizes certain financial information relating to our operating results for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

 

     Unaudited
Pro Forma

Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    Predecessor  
(in thousands)      Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Statements of operations data:

    

Net sales

   $ 1,761,093      $ 508,853   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     1,281,866        368,064   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     479,227        140,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     376,133        115,462   

Depreciation and amortization

     57,554        11,729   

Acquisition related expenses

            4,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     433,687        131,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     45,540        8,915   

Interest expense

     (61,411     (9,980

Other income (expense), net

     (6,547     36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,418     (1,029

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (7,010     812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (15,408   $ (1,841
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP measures:

    

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 112,424      $ 20,926   

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

Net Sales

Net sales were $1,761.1 million and $508.9 million for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, representing an increase of $1,252.2 million. This increase was primarily attributable to $940.5 million of pre-acquisition net sales from the Winroc-SPI, Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western acquisitions. The remaining increase of $311.7 million was driven by increases in our net sales. The increase in our net sales occurred across all products within the SBP segment, and was driven by increased demand for our products as a result of improved residential and commercial construction activity.

Our historical wallboard and accessories sales increased by $143.0 million, representing an increase of 51.7%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in average wallboard unit volume of 47.6%, which was primarily driven by activity from entities acquired, and average wallboard unit price increases of 2.8%.

 

90


Table of Contents

Our historical metal framing sales increased by $57.7 million, representing an increase of 67.7%. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in average volume of 65.3% driven by acquisitions and increased commercial activity.

Our historical other product categories increased by $111.0 million due to other product groups driven by our continued strategic focus on growing market share as demand increases in the residential and non-residential markets.

Gross Profit

Gross profit for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 was $479.2 million and $140.8 million, respectively, representing an increase of $338.4 million and relatively consistent gross margins of 27.2% and 27.7% for the respective periods. The slight decrease in gross profit is primarily due to lower pre-acquisition gross margins from the Winroc-SPI, Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western acquisitions of 27.0%. Our historical gross margin was 27.3% and 27.7% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. The slight decrease of 0.4% is primarily due to inventory fair value adjustments of $9.1 million, which negatively impacted gross margin by 1.1% for the combined year ended December 31, 2015, partially offset by favorable pricing terms with our suppliers as our purchasing volumes increase, and growth in higher margin products as we continued to focus on expanding our product lines.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses was $376.1 million and $115.5 million, representing an increase of $260.6 million, and as a percent of net sales was 21.4% and 22.7%, for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. Approximately $200.4 million of the increase was driven by the acquired entities, including acquisition related adjustments, and $1.9 million of third-party costs incurred in connection with Winroc-SPI’s enterprise resource planning software implementation process. The remaining $60.2 million of the increase was driven by our business, primarily due to warehousing and delivery costs, which increased by $36.6 million. In addition, payroll related and other expenses increased by $13.8 million and $9.8 million, respectively, as we continue to invest in our infrastructure and support of our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses are expected to continue to increase in the short term as a result of these costs and others related to our anticipated growth, as well as costs related to being a public company. As we are able to leverage these investments, we expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of total revenues over time.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization was $57.6 million and $11.7 million for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. The increase of $45.9 million was primarily due to acquired property and equipment and intangible assets as a result of our acquisition activity, as well as an increase in the fair value of property and equipment and intangible assets as a result of the Lone Star Acquisition.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $61.4 million and $10.0 million for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. The pro forma interest expense of $61.4 million in 2015 was the result of additional borrowings incurred in connection with the Winroc-SPI Acquisition.

 

91


Table of Contents

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other expense, net was $6.5 million for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015, and represented unrealized losses from Winroc-SPI derivative financial instruments. We did not have similar derivative financial instruments in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

Income tax benefit was $7.0 million for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and income tax expense was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the effective tax rate was 31.3% and 78.9% for the respective periods. The pro forma tax expense assumes that entities previously considered pass-through tax entities were taxable as C-corporations for the full year.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the effective tax rate of 78.9% was primarily due to return to provision adjustments resulting from entities acquired in 2013, and state income tax expenses in excess of federal tax benefits for certain entities taxed at the federal level.

Net Loss

Net loss was $15.4 million and $1.8 million for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and represented an unfavorable change of $13.6 million. This decrease is primarily due to an increase in total operating expense of $301.8 million, an increase in interest expense of $51.4 million and an increase in other expense, net of $6.6 million, partially offset by the increase in gross profit of $338.4 million and an increase in income tax benefit of $6.2 million.

Adjusted EBITDA

Unaudited Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA was $112.4 million, or 6.4% of net sales, for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 and Adjusted EBITDA was $20.9 million, or 4.1% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA of 2.3% is primarily due to our ability to leverage investments in our infrastructure and support of our operations as we integrate our acquisitions. In addition, there were no acquisition related expenses for the unaudited pro forma year ended December 31, 2015, while there were $4.7 million of acquisition related expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Information’’ for a discussion of how we calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important, and the section entitled “Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial and Other Information” for a reconciliation of unaudited pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to unaudited pro forma net loss.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Summary

We depend on cash flow from operations, cash on hand and funds available under our ABL Credit Facility, and in the future may depend on other debt financings allowed under the terms of the Notes and ABL Credit Facility and equity financings, to finance our acquisition strategy, working capital needs and capital expenditures. We believe that these sources of funds will be adequate to fund debt service requirements and provide cash, as required, to support our strategy, ongoing operations, capital expenditures, lease obligations and working capital for at

 

92


Table of Contents

least the next twelve months. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain future debt or equity financings adequate for our future cash requirements on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The tax receivable agreement may also have a negative impact on our liquidity if, among other things, payments we make under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash savings we and our subsidiaries realize in respect of the tax benefits covered by the tax receivable agreement after we have paid our taxes and other obligations. In addition, as a result of either an early termination of the tax receivable agreement or a change of control, we could be required to make payments under the agreement that exceed our actual cash savings under the tax receivable agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing, among other things, capital expenditures and acquisitions. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay additional acquisitions, future investments and capital expenditures, seek additional capital, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes, or sell assets. Significant delays in our ability to finance planned acquisitions or capital expenditures may materially and adversely affect our future revenue prospects. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including the Notes and our ABL Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Our tax receivable agreement requires that, after Lone Star no longer controls us, any senior debt document that refinances or replaces our existing indebtedness permit our subsidiaries to make dividends to us, without any conditions, to the extent required for us to make its payments under the tax receivable agreement, unless Lone Star otherwise consents. At the time of any such refinancing, it may not be possible to include this term in such senior debt documents, and as a result, we may need Lone Star’s consent to complete such refinancing. The ABL Credit Facility and the Indenture restrict our ability to enter into certain asset sales transactions. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair, and proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. See the sections entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness.”

As of September 30, 2016, we had available aggregate undrawn borrowing capacity of approximately $110.0 million under the ABL Credit Facility. For the periods presented, our use of cash was primarily driven by our investing activities, specifically our investments in acquisitions.

 

93


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

A summary of net cash provided by, or used in, operating, investing and financing activities is shown in the following table.

 

     Successor            Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016
           Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
    October 9, 2015
to December 31,
2015
          January 1, 2015
to October 8,
2015
    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

(in thousands)        

 

                                      

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 7,922           $ 13,863      $ 17,610          $ 19,176      $ (3,989

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (394,896        $ (97,076   $ (660,323       $ (97,266   $ (102,436

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 399,773           $ 88,426      $ 642,682          $ 86,567      $ 104,473   

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by, or used in, operating activities consists primarily of net loss adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, provision for doubtful accounts, deferred income taxes and the effects of changes in working capital.

Net loss decreased $19.8 million to $19.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to a net income of $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Non-cash items for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 increased $28.6 million to $45.8 million compared to $17.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Working capital accounts used $19.0 million of cash for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 compared to $4.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Primary working capital changes consisted of increases in accounts receivable, other receivables and inventory and a decrease in accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable was due to an increase in sales. The other receivables and inventory increase was due to an increase in product demand and an expansion of our product lines.

Net loss increased $21.5 million to $7.9 million for the 2015 Successor period compared to a net loss of $29.5 million for the 2015 Predecessor period and a net loss of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Non-cash items for the 2015 Successor period increased $1.9 million to $22.4 million compared to $20.5 million for the 2015 Predecessor period and $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Working capital accounts used $7.0 million of cash in the 2015 Successor period compared to the working capital accounts providing $29.1 million of cash for the 2015 Predecessor period, and working capital used of $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Primary working capital changes for the 2015 Successor and Predecessor periods consisted of a decrease in accounts receivable and a decrease in accounts payable. The decreases in accounts receivable and accounts payable were due to timing of collections and payments between periods. Primary working capital changes for the 2015 Predecessor period and the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted of a decrease in accounts receivable and an increase in inventory and accounts payable. The decrease in accounts receivable and increase in accounts payable was driven by the timing of collections and payments between periods. The increase in inventory was due to an increase in product demand.

 

94


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities consists primarily of acquisitions and capital expenditures, including purchases of land, buildings, leasehold improvements, fleet assets, information technology and other equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities was $394.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and $97.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, which is an increase of $297.8 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we acquired Winroc-SPI, Ken API, Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc. and Mid America Drywall Supply, Inc. for aggregate consideration of $372.1 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we acquired Great Western for consideration of $87.5 million. In addition, there was an increase of $13.2 million in capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities for the 2015 Successor period was $660.3 million and primarily related to $549.3 million used to acquire FBM and $103.2 million to acquire GSCIL. Cash used for capital expenditures was $2.8 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the 2015 Predecessor period was $97.3 million and primarily related to $87.5 million used to acquire Great Western. Cash used for capital expenditures was $9.8 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $102.4 million, of which $93.2 million related to acquisitions during the period. Cash used for capital expenditures was $9.2 million.

Capital expenditures vary depending on prevailing business factors, including current and anticipated market conditions. Historically, capital expenditures generally have been made at relatively low levels in comparison to the operating cash flows generated during the corresponding periods. We expect our annual 2016 capital expenditures to be approximately $15.0 million to $18.0 million (excluding acquisitions) primarily related to fleet and equipment purchases and IT investments to support our operations and our “One Company” initiative. In addition, we expect an additional $11.0 million to purchase new real estate for facilities in Texas and Wisconsin.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by, or used in, financing activities consists primarily of borrowings and related repayments under our financing agreements and proceeds from capital contributions.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $399.8 million and $88.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The $399.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was a result of financing the acquisitions completed during the period, primarily in connection with the Winroc-SPI Acquisition, and included $894.2 million of net borrowings, offset by repayments of $558.6 million primarily related to the repayment of the 2015 Credit Facilities. In addition, there were capital contributions of $66.2 million and payments on capital lease obligations related to Winroc-SPI and Ken API of $2.0 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the $88.4 million was primarily related to the increase in debt to finance the Great Western acquisition.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the 2015 Successor period was $642.7 million, and primarily consisted of net borrowings of $379.8 million to finance the Lone Star Acquisition and capital contributions of $272.9 million, offset by $10.0 million in debt repayments.

 

95


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities for the 2015 Predecessor period was $86.6 million was primarily due to financing related to the Great Western acquisition.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, cash provided by financing activities of $104.5 million was primarily due to financing the 2014 acquisitions.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2016. Some of the amounts included in the table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, our actual payments may vary from those reflected in the table.

 

(in thousands)   2016     2017     2018     2019     2020     Thereafter     Total  

Long-term debt

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 713,403      $ 713,403   

Interest

  $ 13,338      $ 53,095      $ 52,927      $ 52,815      $ 52,662      $ 30,410      $ 255,247   

Operating leases

  $ 6,483      $ 22,747      $ 19,132      $ 13,600      $ 9,390      $ 7,388      $ 78,740   

Capital leases

  $ 1,333      $ 3,355      $ 3,269      $ 3,074      $ 2,596      $ 2,946      $ 16,573   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Commitments

  $ 21,154      $ 79,197      $ 75,328      $ 69,489      $ 64,648      $ 754,147      $ 1,063,963   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We lease certain facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements with expiration dates through 2026. These products typically contain renewal options of five to ten years. Additionally, with the acquisitions of Winroc-SPI and Ken API in 2016, we assumed capital lease obligations with lease terms ranging from five to 15 years.

ABL Credit Facility

On August 9, 2016, we entered into the ABL Credit Facility, a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, and on September 23, 2016, we entered into an incremental facility amendment to the ABL Credit Facility, increasing the size of the revolving commitments thereunder by $50.0 million. The ABL Credit Facility provides for a $300.0 million revolving credit facility and matures on February 9, 2021. The ABL Credit Facility includes an option to further increase the maximum commitments up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) such amount as would not cause the total revolving commitments under the ABL Credit Facility to exceed the aggregate borrowing base under the ABL Credit Facility by more than $50.0 million, in each case as of the date of such incurrence, subject to the conditions set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Interest on borrowings under the ABL Credit Agreement accrues at a rate equal to LIBOR or CDOR (as applicable, based on the currency of the borrowing) plus a margin of 1.25% to 1.75% based on average daily availability for the most recent fiscal year, or if selected by the borrower, ABR or the Canadian prime rate (as applicable, based on the currency of the borrowings) plus a margin of 0.25% to 0.75% based on average daily availability for the most recent fiscal quarter, in all such cases subject to an additional 2.0% on overdue amounts during certain default events.

The ABL Credit Agreement contains customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default, including covenants which generally restrict our business and limit our ability to, among other things: dispose of certain assets; incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; enter into new lines of business; make certain investments, intercompany loans

 

96


Table of Contents

or payments in respect of indebtedness; incur or maintain liens; modify certain terms of our or their organizational documents, certain agreements or certain debt instruments; declare or pay dividends or make other restricted payments (including redemption of our stock); engage in certain transactions with affiliates; enter into certain sale leaseback transactions; modify the terms of certain of our existing contractual agreements; and engage in mergers, consolidations or the sale or disposition of substantially all of its assets. The ABL Credit Agreement also includes representations and warranties which we must be able to make in order to obtain borrowings under the facility, and a financial maintenance covenant and events of default related to, among other things: the non-payment of principal, interest or fees; violations of covenants; material inaccuracy of representations or warranties; failure to timely deliver a borrowing base certificate; certain bankruptcy events; certain events under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; invalidity of guarantees or security interests; default in payment under or the acceleration of other indebtedness; material judgments; and certain change of control events, each of which could result in the facility being terminated and any outstanding debt becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity. The financial maintenance covenant under the ABL Credit Agreement is a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test set at a level of 1.00:1.00, which is based in part on our adjusted EBITDA as calculated pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement. At September 30, 2016, the fixed charge coverage ratio was 2.70:1.00, exceeding the minimum requirement. This covenant is only tested at times when availability under the ABL Credit Facility is less than a certain threshold, which was $30.0 million at September 30, 2016.

We believe the ABL Credit Facility is a material agreement that impacts our liquidity. As of September 30, 2016, the majority of our liquidity was from the $110.0 million available under the ABL Credit Facility. The fixed charge coverage ratio is a material term of the ABL Credit Facility and we believe information about how the covenant is calculated is material to an investor’s understanding of the Company’s financial condition and liquidity.

Should we not comply with the fixed charge coverage ratio, we would be in technical default of our ABL Credit Facility which could result in the facility being terminated and any outstanding debt becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity. Should all amounts become due immediately, we may be unable to pay all amounts due under the ABL Credit Facility without a material impact to our business, as we may be forced to liquidate assets to pay for all amounts due under the ABL Credit Facility.

Notes

In August 2016, we completed a private offering of $575.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes. In the offering we received net proceeds of approximately $563.5 million, which were used in part to repay and terminate the 2015 Credit Facility. The Notes carry a coupon of 8.25% per annum and mature August 15, 2021. The Indenture contains customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default, including covenants which generally restrict our business and limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem our stock or make other distributions, make certain investments, limit the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to us or make other intercompany transfers, create liens, sell or transfer certain assets, engage in certain transactions with respect to all or substantially all of our assets, enter into certain transactions with affiliates and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The Indenture also contains events of default related to, among other things: the non-payment of principal, premium or interest on any Note; violations of any agreement or obligation contained in the Indenture and related documents; certain bankruptcy events; invalidity of guarantees or security interests; default in payment under or the acceleration of other indebtedness; and material judgments, any of which could result in the trustee for the Notes declaring the principal of the Notes together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to be immediately due and payable.

 

97


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements or similar obligations, such as financing or unconsolidated variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period.

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventories, taxes, and goodwill. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may materially differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates that are more susceptible to change in the near term are the allowance for doubtful accounts, the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory and recoverability of long-lived assets. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when the risks and obligations of ownership have been transferred to the customer, which generally occurs at the time of delivery to the customer. At the time that revenue is recognized we record reductions in sales for customer rebates and discounts including volume, cash and other discounts. Rebates and discounts are recorded based on management’s best estimate when products are sold based on historical experience for similar programs and products. Management reviews these rebates and discounts on an ongoing basis and the related accruals are adjusted, if necessary, as additional information becomes available. Historically, our actual customer rebates and discounts have not been materially different from management’s original estimates.

Accounts Receivable

We sell to customers using credit terms customary in its industry. Accounts receivables are recorded at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts to reflect any loss anticipated on the trade accounts receivable balances and charged to the provision for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our estimate of credit exposure, determined principally on the basis of our collection

 

98


Table of Contents

experience, aging of our receivables and significant individual account credit risk. If the actual uncollected amounts significantly exceed the estimated allowance, our operating results would be significantly adversely affected.

Other Receivables

Other receivables primarily consist of vendor rebates receivables. Typical arrangements with vendors provide for us to receive a rebate of a specified amount after achieving any of a number of measures generally related to the volume of purchases over a period of time. We record these rebates to effectively reduce the cost of sales in the period in which the product is sold. Throughout the year, our estimates include the amount of rebates receivable for the vendor programs based on the expected level of purchases. We accrue for vendor rebates earned based on purchase volumes and adjust inventories to reflect the reduction in the cost basis for inventories purchased that are subject to vendor rebates. Historically, our actual vendor rebates have not been materially different from management’s original estimates.

Inventories

Inventories, consisting substantially of finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the moving weighted-average cost method. We routinely evaluate inventory for excess or obsolescence and consider factors such as historical usage and purchase rates and record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory. If we determine that a smaller or larger reserve is appropriate, we will record a credit or a charge to cost of sales in the period in which we make such a determination.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. We use our best judgment based on current facts and circumstances related to its business when making these estimates.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets consist of tradenames, customer relationships and favorable and unfavorable leases under market rent, and are amortized using the straight-line method, which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be consumed. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. For favorable and unfavorable leases under market rent, amounts are amortized over their contractual terms.

We review intangible assets with finite lives for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value.

 

99


Table of Contents

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

We perform our impairment test annually at the reporting unit level or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We have defined our reporting units consistently with our operating segments. For our goodwill impairment assessment we have adopted a standard that provides an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not (greater than 50 percent chance) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Such qualitative factors may include the following: macroeconomic conditions; industry and market considerations; cost factors; overall financial performance; consistency of customer base; and other relevant entity-specific events. In the absence of sufficient qualitative factors, goodwill impairment is determined utilizing a two-step process. This process involves comparing the fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and compare it to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. We determine the fair value of its reporting units using combinations of both the income and market valuation approaches.

During 2015, we performed our annual impairment assessment of goodwill, which did not indicate that an impairment existed.

Acquisition Accounting

We account for business combinations using the purchase method, which requires us to allocate the cost of an acquired business to the acquired assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. We recognize the excess of an acquired business’s cost over the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as goodwill. Determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities acquired is judgmental in nature and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. We use a variety of information sources to determine the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities and we generally use third party appraisers to assist us in the determination of the fair value and useful lives of identifiable intangible assets.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, we recognize income tax expense for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and for the amount of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. We make assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and our uncertain tax positions. Our judgments, assumptions and estimates relative to the current provision for income tax take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Changes in tax law or our interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of current and future tax audits could significantly affect the amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. Our assumptions, judgments and estimates relative to the value of a deferred tax asset take into account predictions of the amount and category of future taxable income. Actual operating results and the underlying amount and category of income in future years could cause our current assumptions, judgments and estimates of recoverable net deferred taxes to be inaccurate. Changes in any of the assumptions, judgments and estimates mentioned above could cause our actual income tax obligations to differ from our estimates, which could materially affect our

 

100


Table of Contents

financial position and results of operations. Our tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of our annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items, if any, that are taken into account in the relevant period. As the calendar year progresses, we periodically refine our estimate based on actual events and earnings by jurisdiction. This ongoing estimation process can result in changes to our expected effective tax rate for the full calendar year. When this occurs, we adjust the income tax provision during the quarter in which the change in estimate occurs so that our year-to-date provision equals our expected annual effective tax rate.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASU 2014-09. ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Additional ASUs have been issued to amend or clarify the ASU as follows:

 

   

ASU No. 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients was issued in May 2016. ASU No. 2016-12 amends the new revenue recognition standard to clarify the guidance on assessing collectability, presenting sales taxes, measuring noncash consideration, and certain transition matters.

 

   

ASU No. 2016-10 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing was issued in April 2016. ASU No. 2016-10 addresses implementation issues identified by the FASB-International Accounting Standards Board Joint Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition (TRG).

 

   

ASU No. 2016-08 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) was issued in March 2016. ASU No. 2016-08 requires an entity to determine whether the nature of its promise to provide goods or services to a customer is performed in a principal or agent capacity and to recognize revenue in a gross or net manner based on its principal/agent designation.

The guidance in these ASUs is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and early adoption is permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, 2016-12, 2016-10 and 2016-08.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This ASU also requires management to disclose certain information depending on the results of the going concern evaluation. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods thereafter. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance and does not expect any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

101


Table of Contents

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , or ASU 2015-11, which applies to inventory valued at first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, rather than at the lower of cost or market. ASU 2015-11 is effective on a prospective basis for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company reports inventory on an average-cost basis and thus will be required to adopt the standard; however, the provisions of ASU 2015-11 are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments, or ASU 2015-16. ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. In addition, separate presentation on the face of the income statement or disclosure in the notes is required regarding the portion of the adjustment recorded in the current period earnings, by line item, which would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is to be applied prospectively for measurement period adjustments that occur after the effective date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted and the Company intends to adopt in fiscal year 2016. Since it is prospective, the impact of ASU 2015-16 on the Company’s financial condition and earnings will depend upon the nature of any measurement period adjustments identified in future periods.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classifications of Deferred Taxes . Companies are required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. Also, companies will no longer allocate valuation allowances between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets because those allowances also will be classified as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Companies can adopt the guidance either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months. Leases will be classified as either “finance” or “operating,” with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This update requires a modified retrospective transition as of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 amended the existing accounting standards for the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on eight classification issues related to the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

102


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate and Currency Risk

Our indebtedness other than borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility principally bear a fixed rate of interest.

Borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and allow certain borrowings in Canadian dollars, which may expose us to interest rate and currency risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Our pro forma interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015, would have been $61.4 million, a portion of which would have been based on a floating rate index. An increase of 12.5 basis points in the floating rates on the funded amounts under our ABL Credit Facility would have increased annual interest expense by approximately $0.2 million. Assuming the full available amount of $300.0 million was drawn under our ABL Credit Facility, a change of 12.5 basis points in the floating rate would result in an additional $0.4 million increase in our annual interest expense.

Derivative Financial Instruments

In August 2016, we executed an $88.0 million, 3-year foreign exchange forward contract to hedge the risk of depreciation in the Canadian dollar related to our net investment in our newly acquired Canadian subsidiaries. We have determined that this derivative qualifies for hedge accounting. As such, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of this hedging instrument are included in our statement of comprehensive income in accumulated other comprehensive income at each period end. The ineffective portion of this hedging instrument, which is insignificant, is recognized directly in our statement of operations at each period end. There is no significant credit risk associated with the net investment hedge. Refer to Note 9 in our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In August 2016, we completed the private offering of the Notes. The Notes include a contingent call option whereby we can use the proceeds of an equity offering to prepay a portion of the Notes at a premium, which constitutes an embedded derivative. We bifurcated this embedded derivative from the host debt instrument, the Notes, and have determined that the initial fair value was $6.2 million. As of September 30, 2016, the fair value of the embedded derivative was $6.1 million, and therefore we recognized $0.1 million in other income, net in the statement of operations. Refer to Note 9 in our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Impact of Inflation

We believe that our results of operations have not been materially impacted by the moderate changes in the economic inflation rate over the past three fiscal years.

Non-GAAP Financial Information

In addition to our results under GAAP, in this prospectus we also present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for historical periods and on a pro forma basis. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures and have been presented in this prospectus as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We calculate EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax benefit (expense), depreciation and amortization. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA before

 

103


Table of Contents

certain non-recurring adjustments such as purchase accounting adjustments impacting margins, non-cash (gains) losses on the sale of property and equipment and derivative financial instruments, management fees paid to current and former private equity sponsors, ERP implementation costs, transition period compensation, supplier program adjustments and as further adjusted to reflect cost savings in connection with the closing of the Winroc-SPI headquarters and planned branch consolidation. We present these measures for the historical periods covered by our audited annual and unaudited interim financial statements as well as on a pro forma basis for the periods reflected in and the transactions accounted for in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are presented in this prospectus because they are important metrics used by management as one of the means by which it assesses our financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. These measures, when used in conjunction with related GAAP financial measures, provide investors with an additional financial analytical framework that may be useful in assessing our company and its results of operations.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have certain limitations. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as alternatives to net income, or as any other measures of financial performance derived in accordance with GAAP. These measures also should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items for which these non-GAAP measures make adjustments. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be liquidity measures because of certain limitations such as:

 

   

they do not reflect our cash outlays for capital expenditures or future contractual commitments;

 

   

they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital;

 

   

they do not reflect interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on indebtedness;

 

   

they do not reflect income tax expense or the cash necessary to pay income taxes; and

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and these non-GAAP measures do not reflect cash requirements for such replacements.

Other companies, including other companies in our industry, may not use such measures or may calculate one or more of the measures differently than as presented in this prospectus, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure.

In evaluating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments made in our calculations and our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to mean that our future results will be unaffected by such adjustments. Management compensates for these limitations by using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental financial metrics and in conjunction with our results prepared in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP information below and elsewhere in this prospectus should be read in conjunction with our audited annual and unaudited interim financial statements and the related notes, the historical financial statements of Winroc-SPI, Ken API, Great Western and GSCIL and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

 

104


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the nearest GAAP measure, net income (loss):

 

    Successor     Predecessor      Successor     Predecessor  
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
     October 9 to
December 31,
2015
    January 1
to

October 8,
2015
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

(in thousands)

                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (19,566   $ 278       $ (7,926   $ (29,455   $ (1,841

Interest expense, net (a)

    37,184        15,703         7,035        19,076        9,944   

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (5,358     (1,325      (4,733     (1,294     812   

Depreciation and amortization

    33,605        15,125         7,170        15,615        11,729   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 45,865      $ 29,781       $ 1,546      $ 3,942      $ 20,644   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized non-cash gains on derivative financial instruments (b)

    (148     —           —          —          —     

Non-cash, purchase accounting effects (c)

    6,372        1,606         7,453        1,606        —     

(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment (d)

    243        216         (30     281        202   

Management fees (e)

    2,719        20         —          20        80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 55,051      $ 31,623       $ 8,969      $ 5,849      $ 20,926   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents interest expense and interest income. In addition, included in interest expense, the Company incurred a loss of $7.0 million related to the refinancing of the 2015 Credit Facilities.
(b) Represents non-cash expense related to unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments.
(c) Adjusts for the effect of the purchase accounting step-up in the value of inventory to fair value recognized in cost of goods sold as a result recent acquisitions.
(d) Represents non-cash (gains) losses on the sale of property and equipment.
(e) Represents fees paid to the Sponsor and former private equity sponsors for services provided pursuant to past and present management agreements. These fees will no longer be incurred subsequent to the initial public offering.

 

105


Table of Contents

Selected Acquisitions

The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for Winroc-SPI, Ken API, GSCIL and Great Western for the latest fiscal year audited financial statements. See the audited and unaudited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for each acquisition noted.

 

     Winroc-SPI      Ken API     GSCIL      Great Western  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    January 1, 2015
to December 30,
2015
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
(in thousands)       

Revenue, reported

   $ 745,309       $ 54,990      $ 107,715       $ 166,169   

Net income, reported

     4,155         3,282        6,551         6,466   

Interest expense, net

     13,515         368        183         549   

Income tax expense

     3,251         —          —           —     

Depreciation and amortization

     5,826         1,159        1,551         1,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 26,747       $ 4,809      $ 8,285       $ 8,028   

Unrealized non-cash losses on derivative financial instruments (a)

     6,570         —          —           —     

(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets (b)

     100         (43     4         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 33,417       $ 4,766      $ 8,289       $ 8,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents non-cash expense related to unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments.
(b) Represents non-cash (gains) losses on the sale of property and equipment.

 

106


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

We participate in the U.S. and Canadian markets for the specialty distribution of wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing and other products, and the custom fabrication and distribution of commercial and industrial insulation products. As distributor consolidation has continued, we believe scale has grown increasingly important. Larger distributors are generally able to achieve better pricing from manufacturers through scaled purchasing. We believe that larger distributors like us are better positioned to capture a greater share of volume growth given their more extensive and diverse customer bases, and that larger distributors like us with variable cost structures will continue to see incremental margin improvement from increased volume through economies of scale.

Wallboard and suspended ceiling systems

Based on industry research and public filings, we estimate the total United States and Canada market for the distribution of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems was approximately $14.0 billion in 2015, approximately 70% of which was served by specialty building products distributors rather than other channels such as big box retailers and lumberyards. Specialty distributors play a critical role in this industry by connecting a concentrated set of suppliers with a diverse and fragmented set of non-residential and residential construction contractors. Of the four largest national wallboard distributors, we are one of two actively consolidating wallboard specialty distributors. Our remaining competitors are generally smaller regional and local firms, many of which we view as attractive acquisition opportunities.

Companies in our industry compete based on key value-added services, including broad product selection, nearby branches, logistics planning, specialized and same-day delivery capabilities, stocking services, trade credit and technical product expertise in local markets. We believe these characteristics, combined with strong supplier and customer relationships, create significant barriers to entry for de novo market entrants. Barriers to entry, along with the highly fragmented nature of the industry (with hundreds of local or regional players), are catalysts for significant consolidation, and we believe we have been one of the most active acquirers of companies in our industry since January 2013.

LOGO

Source: Management estimates

 

107


Table of Contents

Wallboard

The cost, ease of installation, fire-resistance and sound absorption capabilities of wallboard make it the preferred wall covering of choice for most residential and commercial applications. According to the Gypsum Association, wallboard is now used in over 97% of new single- and multi-family homes and given its low price point relative to other alternative materials, we believe there is no economical substitute for either residential or commercial applications. Approximately half of all wallboard demand is due to repair and remodel activity versus new construction. The wallboard manufacturing industry has experienced significant consolidation over the past 15 years, and currently the four largest manufacturers, USG, National Gypsum, Georgia Pacific and CertainTeed, control an estimated 67% of industry capacity according to IBISWORLD. As the wallboard manufacturing industry has consolidated, manufacturing capacity has been rationalized below peak levels. As the housing recovery has progressed, reduced capacity in combination with improved utilization has allowed wallboard manufacturers and distributors to implement substantial price increases. While we believe price increases can be a tailwind to wallboard distributors, we also believe price changes impact distributors’ profit margins less than wallboard manufacturers as a result of distributors’ generally more variable cost structure.

Demand for wallboard is highly correlated to the construction cycle. Over the last four years, the recovery of the U.S. housing market has driven a significant rebound in demand as industry wallboard volumes increased at a 6.4% CAGR between 2011 and 2015, according to the Gypsum Association. Wallboard manufacturing capacity utilization has also improved as a result of the rebound in volumes, increasing from 52% in 2011 to 67% in 2015, according to the Gypsum Association. A continued increase in activity and demand over the next few years is expected to further improve utilization levels, with total capacity utilization projected to rebound to approximately 81% by 2018 as forecasted by Longbow Research.

When demand increases, manufacturers typically gain more leverage in terms of product allocations to their distributors. However, we have been able to maintain preferred product allocations during periods of increased demand due to our scale as well as our longstanding relationships with various manufacturers.

 

LOGO

 

(1) Reflects producer prices for wallboard only.

Management estimates that approximately 60% to 70% of wallboard is sold through specialty building products distributors, of which we are one. The remainder is sold through big-box home centers and independent lumber yards which service the “do-it-yourself” market and direct to modular home manufacturers. Distributors serve as the vital intermediaries between manufacturers and wallboard contractors, builders, remodelers, residential contractors

 

108


Table of Contents

and non-residential contractors. Manufacturers rely on distributors for their broad geographic reach, service and delivery capabilities, inventory management, customer credit screening and end market connectivity.

Distribution of wallboard is typically regionally based due to high transportation costs for both raw materials and finished wallboard products. As a result, our industry is highly fragmented and we believe the top three distributors represent only about a third of the overall market. Large specialty building products distributors have significant advantages, including economies of scale, broad product offering, geographic reach, brand recognition and in certain instances, exclusive contractual or relationship-based distribution rights.

As distributor consolidation has continued, we believe scale has grown increasingly important. Larger distributors are generally able to achieve better pricing from manufacturers through scaled purchasing. We believe that larger distributors like us are better positioned to capture a greater share of volume growth given their extensive and diverse customer bases, and that larger distributors like us with variable cost structures will continue to see incremental margin improvement from increased volume through economies of scale.

Suspended ceiling systems

Suspended ceiling systems are used primarily in commercial construction applications and are often specified by architects and engineers seeking certain aesthetic and acoustical performance properties for the spaces they design. Consequently, suspended ceiling systems come in a variety of specialized SKUs and have less product standardization than many other types of building products. The vast majority of suspended ceiling systems sold in the United States and Canada are produced by two manufacturers, Armstrong and USG, who collectively have approximately 60% market share, according to industry research and public filings. Distributors of suspended ceiling systems often operate at the local branch level with a specific manufacturer who provides exclusive or semi-exclusive contractual or relationship-based distribution rights within a given geographic area. These relationships tend to be stable over time and are an important source of pull-through demand for wallboard and accessory sales as contractors seek specific suspended ceiling system products and then consolidate their purchases of wallboard and other products with that distributor for convenience. Due to its consolidated manufacturing base, the continued improvement in suspended ceiling systems features and performance and the fact that approximately 60% of suspended ceiling systems demand is for replacement and renovation work according to industry research and public filings, pricing for suspended ceiling systems has been relatively stable across economic cycles with average selling price increases of approximately 3% per square foot from 2013 to 2015.

Comparison between wallboard and ceiling systems distribution and roofing distribution

We believe meaningful parallels exist between the specialty distribution markets for our wallboard and suspended ceiling systems products and roofing materials. Both markets exhibit a similar value proposition to customers and suppliers; enjoy a balanced mix of residential and commercial construction end markets; benefit from growth in new construction and the relative stability of repair and remodel activity; generate comparable margins; and utilize similar fleets of specialized delivery vehicles and logistical processes. There has been a significant consolidation of roofing material suppliers over the past 15 years, and our industry has begun to consolidate as the roofing distribution industry did over this period. We believe this lag in consolidation in the wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution industry as compared to the roofing distribution industry highlights the opportunity for us to continue to grow our business through acquisitions.

 

109


Table of Contents

Comparison between wallboard and ceiling systems distribution and lumber distribution

We believe wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution is significantly differentiated from lumber distribution because wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution often requires a fleet of specialized delivery vehicles and meaningful logistical expertise whereas lumber distribution uses standardized equipment and requires limited expertise. In addition, wallboard and suspended ceiling systems supplier bases are consolidated and provide predictable future pricing, whereas lumber suppliers are highly fragmented with pricing volatility. Finally, wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distributors generally generate higher margins than lumber distributors due, in part, to the specialization and expertise involved in wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution.

Mechanical insulation

According to Ducker Worldwide, the mechanical insulation market for the distribution of commercial and industrial insulation in the United States was approximately $2.6 billion in 2015. Like wallboard and suspended ceiling systems, we believe specialty distributors of commercial and industrial insulation products hold a strong position in the value chain and provide a number of value-added capabilities to customers and suppliers, including the custom fabrication of commercial and industrial insulation products such as fiberglass, metal cladding, mineral wool and foam. Custom fabricated products eliminate the specialty contractor’s need to cut and form insulation on site, thereby reducing waste and labor costs. We believe insulation contractors generally prefer to consolidate purchases with a single distributor and such contractors often choose their distributor based on custom fabrication capabilities. As a result, custom fabrication of commercial and industrial insulation products by distributors provides the potential to grow revenues for distributors through an increased demand for other insulation products and accessories. Key end markets for commercial and industrial insulation are non-residential new construction, non-residential repair and remodel and industrial MRO. Four manufacturers of fiberglass represent approximately 80% of the branch locations in the United States and Canada according to the North America Insulation Manufacturers Association.

 

 

LOGO

Source: Management estimates

Commercial and industrial insulation is used in non-residential construction to wrap pipes, equipment and ductwork in HVAC systems for the purpose of improving energy efficiency. Non-residential construction spending and changes in the energy efficiency standards are key drivers of demand for these types of applications. In particular, the need to meet stricter building codes and the certification of commercial buildings to achieve established energy efficiency standards have been positive contributors to industry growth the past few years. In the industrial markets, commercial and industrial insulation is used primarily to insulate and protect piping and equipment in manufacturing plants and processing facilities. The key drivers of commercial and industrial insulation demand are capital spending, both new and replacement, and MRO spending for facility maintenance.

 

110


Table of Contents

End market overview

New Non-Residential Construction

Non-residential construction encompasses all construction other than residential structures, including commercial construction. Non-residential construction growth is primarily influenced by economic growth, business investment, job growth, vacancy rates and availability and cost of capital. Based on U.S. Census Bureau data, growth in commercial construction spending generally lags new residential spending by approximately 18 months and we believe the commercial construction market remains in the early stages of a strong recovery. According to Dodge Data & Analytics, non-residential construction starts were 962 million square feet in 2015 and would need to increase by 32.2% to achieve the historical annual market average of 1,273 million square feet since 1970. Given the recent growth in the residential market, management believes that non-residential construction in the early stages of its recovery and expects volumes to gain momentum in the coming years. According to Dodge Data & Analytics, non-residential construction starts are expected to grow at approximately a 5.4% CAGR from 2016 to 2018 driven by accommodative underlying macroeconomic growth, greater availability of financing, underinvestment during the downturn and increasing office utilization rates.

New Non-Residential Construction

 

 

LOGO

Source: Dodge Data & Analytics

New Residential Construction

Job growth is an important factor for a healthy housing market and unemployment has fallen from its peak of 10.0% in 2009 to 5.0% as of September 2016 according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, total housing starts in 2015 were 1.11 million, an eight-year high and an increase of 10.8% as compared to 2014. While housing starts have significantly recovered from the 0.55 million seen in 2009, they are still 29.8% below the 50-year average of 1.44 million starts per year. The National Association of Homebuilders expects housing starts will grow to approximately 1.37 million by 2018, but still below long-term historical average as reported by the U.S. Census Bureau.

 

111


Table of Contents

New Residential Construction

 

 

LOGO

Source: U.S. Census Bureau and National Association of Homebuilders

Non-residential Repair and Remodel Construction

Non-residential repair and remodeling spending tends to be resilient through economic downturns. From 2011 to 2015 non-residential repair and remodeling spending grew at a 5.6% CAGR and are expected to continue to grow at a 2.1% CAGR through 2018 according to Dodge Data & Analytics.

Non-residential Repair and Remodel Construction

Non-Residential Alterations Spend

($ in billions)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Dodge Data & Analytics

 

112


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are the second largest specialty distributor of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems in the United States and Canada, and the fastest growing by revenue and branch count since our founding in 2011. We are also the second largest specialty distributor and one of the largest fabricators of commercial and industrial mechanical insulation in the United States. We have expanded from a single branch in Southern California to 210 branches across the United States and Canada as of December 31, 2016, carrying a broad array of more than 35,000 SKUs. Our organic growth initiatives and disciplined acquisition strategy have enabled us to grow rapidly. Our net sales in 2013 were $113.7 million and we reached pro forma net sales of $1.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We have grown revenue faster than any U.S. publicly traded building products distributor over the same period. Our goal is to be the leading company within specialty building products distribution and to continue expanding into complementary markets.

We serve as a critical link between our supplier base and a diverse and highly fragmented base of over 30,000 customers. Our specialty building products segment, which distributes wallboard and accessories, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems and other products, accounted for approximately 85% of our pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Within this segment, we distribute products to contractors who install them in commercial and residential buildings for both new construction and repair and remodeling projects. Our mechanical insulation segment, which distributes commercial and industrial insulation products to provide insulation solutions for pipes and mechanical systems, accounted for approximately 15% of our pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We fabricate and distribute these products for specialty contractors seeking to improve or maintain energy efficiency in a diverse range of commercial and industrial buildings. Our customers use these products in MRO and new construction.

We have an expansive branch network that serves attractive markets across the United States and in Canada, as shown in the map below.

 

LOGO

The ability to leverage our expansive branch network, together with our organic growth initiatives and disciplined acquisition strategy, has allowed us to drive significant share gains in

 

113


Table of Contents

the wallboard distribution market. According to the Gypsum Association, the U.S. wallboard market experienced volume growth of 4.9% and 2.6% in 2014 and 2015, respectively. We experienced higher growth than the industry during this period, generating wallboard volume growth of 7.2% and 7.7% in 2014 and 2015, respectively (including volume for the Company and, with respect to each acquired entity, volume for each such entity for the entire year of acquisition and the year prior to acquisition). We have increased our U.S. wallboard market share from 2.6% in 2013 to 7.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, and we see significant opportunity for additional market share gains.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) Market share for each period includes volume for the Company and, with respect to each acquired entity, volume for each such entity for the entire year of acquisition.

We believe that our customers select and trust us because we have the expertise to efficiently and effectively handle and deliver a broad product offering, including wallboard, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems, commercial and industrial insulation and complementary products, and to manage the complex logistics required to safely deliver and stock the right products to the appropriate locations at each jobsite. It is critical for our contractor customers to have the correct product, when they need it, in order to complete their projects on time and on budget without costly delays. We also provide our customers with technical product expertise, including proper installation techniques for new products. With an average weight of 90 pounds per 12-foot sheet, wallboard has a high weight-to-value ratio and is challenging to physically maneuver. We typically deliver wallboard and other products directly to the floor where it will be installed, from the first floor to the penthouse of a major high rise. For delivery to higher floors we use specialized equipment, including crane loaders. For ceiling contractors, we carry a wide range of products and have the technical sales expertise to assist our customers in selecting the appropriate acoustical product for their project. For our commercial and industrial insulation customers, we often fabricate the insulation into specific shapes and sizes prior to delivery and not on site depending on its ultimate application, thereby decreasing our customers’ labor costs. Our national scale gives us the ability to serve contractors and homebuilders that operate across multiple geographic markets. Most of our customer accounts are managed by salespeople and managers who communicate with customers on a regular basis and, as a result, have developed longstanding and trusted relationships. Our top 20 customers based on pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, had an average tenure of 19 years with us or one of our acquired companies, and no one customer accounted for more than 1.5% of our pro forma net sales during this period.

We have close relationships with our suppliers at both the executive and local branch level. We believe we are a preferred distributor for our suppliers due to our scale, nationwide footprint, leading market positions, knowledgeable professionals, high service levels and strong

 

114


Table of Contents

relationships with a broad set of contractor customers. We also believe our suppliers seek our business because we are one of the highest growth distributors in our industry and have a demonstrated ability to achieve above market growth. In suspended ceiling systems, we have exclusive distribution relationships in select geographies for certain products. These relationships include Armstrong and USG. Armstrong has supported our expansion by renewing our contractual exclusivity or extending our contractual exclusivity into additional territories after we acquired companies. This contractual exclusivity makes us the sole distributor carrying Armstrong products in certain regions. We also possess semi-exclusive distribution rights in other regions. Supplier concentration remains low across all of our product categories, and our largest supplier accounted for approximately 14% of pro forma purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

We serve a balanced mix of end markets across the new non-residential construction, new residential construction and the non-residential repair and remodel sectors. Our products are used in the construction and repair and remodel of new commercial buildings, single-family and multi-family homes and industrial facilities. We believe activity in the new construction end markets will continue to grow, since new non-residential activity and residential housing starts in the United States remain below historical averages. Our products are used for the maintenance, repair and remodel of existing structures, including industrial MRO, which we believe provides a stable source of revenue across economic cycles.

The table below summarizes our major product categories, applications and end markets.

 

   

Our Products

   

Wallboard &
      Accessories      

 

Metal

      Framing      

 

      Ceilings      

 

Other

      Products      

 

Commercial
and Industrial
      Insulation      

% of Pro Forma Net Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

 

  42%   14%   16%   18%   10%

Applications

  Interior walls and ceilings   Wallboard structural support, typically sold as part of a package with wallboard, insulation, or suspended ceiling systems   Suspended ceiling systems   Stucco/exterior insulation and finishing system, building insulation, tools, safety accessories and fasteners   Insulation solutions for pipes and mechanical systems
 

 

New Non-Residential

 

         
Primary End Markets  

 

New Residential

 

         
 

 

Non-residential, Repair and Remodel

 

         

We were founded in 2011 by our President and Chief Executive Officer Ruben Mendoza, our Chief Financial Officer John Gorey and our California Regional Vice President Tom Fischbeck.

 

115


Table of Contents

Mr. Mendoza previously served as CEO of Acoustical Material Services where he oversaw the successful growth of the company before it was acquired by Allied Building Products, a subsidiary of CRH, in 2007. In founding our company, Mr. Mendoza applied a proven customer- centric operating model to an organization that would combine strong organic growth with an effective acquisition and integration program across a fragmented industry. In November 2013, we strengthened our management team with the addition of our Chief Operating Officer, Pete Welly, who has 37 years of experience in our industry. Other members of our management team have spent the majority of their careers in the wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution industry. As a result of long and close personal relationships with many of the private owners of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distributors, our acquisitions generally have been completed on a privately negotiated, non-auction basis. Since 2013, the majority of senior level leaders who have sold us their businesses have elected to stay on as active employees and are often our best references to owners considering a sale to us. As of December 31, 2016, our management and employees owned approximately 10.2% of our parent, which, immediately following consummation of the offering, will own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we had pro forma net sales of $1.76 billion, pro forma net loss of $15.4 million and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $112.4 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we had pro forma net sales of $1.4 billion, pro forma net loss of $11.0 million and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA of $88.3 million. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Information” for a discussion of how we define and calculate this measure, a reconciliation thereof to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and a discussion of why we believe this measure is important.

Our Competitive Strengths

Market leader with significant size and scale advantages

We are the second largest specialty distributor of wallboard and suspended ceiling systems in the United States and Canada and the fastest growing by revenue and branch count since our founding in 2011. Our coast-to-coast footprint enables us to distribute our comprehensive product offering to a large, diverse set of customers and provides us with significant economies of scale that we believe give us cost advantages versus our smaller competitors.

As a leading specialty building products distributor, we are able to negotiate volume discounts and preferential pricing terms with our key suppliers. Pricing programs are negotiated nationally by our senior management who oversee supplier purchasing volumes in an effort to maximize these programs across the entire network. As we continue to grow, we believe we will realize additional cost savings and other benefits from scale.

Smaller competitors generally lack the resources to properly handle the logistical complexities of large scale specialty building products distribution. We have been able to realize procurement discounts on our large fleet of over 2,725 vehicles, and we leverage this fleet to realize operational cost advantages from economies of scale. Additionally, our local market scale adds route density, which increases our profit margins. We believe our consolidated information technology systems and central administrative functions, which are shared nationally across our platform, generate additional operating cost efficiencies.

Proven operating model

We believe that our national operating model supported by local market expertise, entrepreneurial and customer centric-culture, acquisition and integration expertise and strong

 

116


Table of Contents

national brand has established us as the distributor of choice for leading suppliers and over 30,000 customers across a balanced mix of construction-related end markets. Our management team originally utilized elements of this operating model while overseeing AMS and has applied them to us. Since our inception, we have invested heavily in identifying, recruiting, training and retaining highly dedicated employees. We invest in ongoing talent development and focus on rewarding performance based on profitability goals instead of pursuing revenue growth at the expense of profit margins. We reposition talent across our branch network to manage and improve branch performance.

Our technology infrastructure and “One Company” platform allows us to manage our information technology efficiently. We have established a broad, integrated business platform that allows our branch network to leverage a centralized ERP system and other back office support functions to minimize costs, while retaining important and timely decision making authority at the local level where we conduct business with our customers and can tailor our service and product offerings to their needs. This autonomy at the local level has fostered our entrepreneurial culture, while our national infrastructure support allows employees to focus on customer-first solutions. In 2016 we completed an initiative that consolidated our entire company onto one ERP platform other than with respect to the acquisitions on Winroc-SPI, United Drywall and Dominion Interior Supply.

Our operating model has been critical to our track record of above market growth and, in particular, the increase in our volume share of the U.S. wallboard market from 2.6% in 2013 to 7.6% for the nine month period ended September 30, 2016.

Local market excellence

We are a national company focused on supplying the local building material needs of each geographical area we cover according to climate, building codes, customer preference and other considerations. As of December 31, 2016, we operated 143 wallboard and suspended ceiling systems branches across 22 states in the United States and five Canadian provinces, and we had 53 mechanical insulation branches across the United States and Canada, including 14 custom fabrication facilities. We have strategically targeted attractive, high growth markets, with approximately 39% of pro forma net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 being derived from markets within California, Arizona, Texas and Florida that collectively averaged 17.0% annual growth in building permits for new private housing units from 2010 through 2015. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the national average for building permit growth over this time period was 13.2%.

We believe that we are able to maintain our local market excellence due to our longstanding customer and supplier relationships in local regions, dependable customer service, brand recognition and market-specific product offerings that cater to local trends and preferences. We actively track local and regional construction opportunities for our customers to help drive business for both them and ourselves, and our senior executives complement the local sales efforts by maintaining key relationships with major national and regional accounts. We seek to cultivate an entrepreneurial culture and empower branch managers with the independence and authority to make important business decisions locally under the FBM brand. We believe that this attracts highly dedicated employees who endeavor to provide our customers with dependable customer service that differentiates us from our competition. Our goal is to be the distributor of choice for our customers in all of the local markets we serve.

Strong customer relationships

We sell to a diverse and highly fragmented base of over 30,000 customers, including commercial, residential and other specialty contractors. In addition to local contractors, we

 

117


Table of Contents

maintain strong regional relationships with regional non-residential construction companies and leading national homebuilders. Most customer accounts are serviced by managers and salespeople who communicate regularly with these accounts and have developed meaningful relationships built over many years. We have deeply entrenched customer relationships lasting over 19 years on average with our top 20 customers based on pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, including companies we have acquired. No one customer accounted for more than 1.5% of our pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and our top ten customers in the aggregate accounted for less than 6% of pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. As a result, we believe the loss of any single customer would not have a meaningful impact on our financial performance.

We believe customer loyalty has been built through our high-quality customer service and technical support, strong logistics capabilities, exclusive relationships with key suppliers in critical markets, and product expertise across our comprehensive selection of premier products and brands. We are able to safely and efficiently deliver products to our customers at the right time and in the specified place. Based on our customer surveys, contractors often prioritize on-time delivery over price as they consider the negative repercussions that project delays create, particularly increased labor costs. We have an integrated delivery, dispatch and order tracking system that allows us to optimize routes and dispatch efficiencies. Optimization of delivery and dispatch results in lower costs for both delivery and also for fleet management. Additionally, for many of our products, we facilitate purchasing relationships between suppliers and our highly fragmented customer base by providing technical product knowledge, educating contractors on proper installation techniques for new products, enabling local product availability and extending trade credit.

Longstanding relationships with leading suppliers

We maintain longstanding relationships with a base of over 4,000 suppliers, with no single supplier accounting for more than approximately 14% of our pro forma purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We are one of the largest customers for several of our top suppliers across wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and metal framing product categories. We believe that suppliers find our scale, rapid growth, nationwide footprint, leading market positions, knowledgeable professionals, quality customer service and strong relationships with a broad set of contractors attractive. All key supplier relationships are handled by our executive management team to foster long-term growth and maximize national pricing programs. We have strong relationships with leading wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and metal framing manufacturers and we are able to provide them with a direct channel to a large, diverse customer base and a national footprint.

We have access to leading brands and maintain exclusive distribution relationships to sell key products, such as suspended ceiling systems, in selected markets. Interior contractors often purchase wallboard and suspended ceiling systems from the same distributor, and carrying our ceilings product line helps to drive sales of wallboard and other complementary products. In the exterior insulation and finishing systems market, we provide exclusive distribution for industry leaders Sto and Dryvit in select counties in eight states and across Canada. We believe that our suppliers view us as a key facilitator to market and grow their businesses. We regularly discuss both our acquisition and greenfield expansion activities with our key suppliers, who may proactively recommend expansion opportunities to us.

In August 2016, we acquired Winroc-SPI, which, in addition to being a wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distributor, was one of the largest distributors of commercial and industrial insulation products in the United States. This acquisition brought us long-term

 

118


Table of Contents

relationships with commercial and industrial insulation product manufacturers and access to all product lines within their distribution and custom fabrication network. We believe that most major commercial and industrial insulation product manufacturers use a limited number of distributors, which increases the importance of key supplier relationships. For example, Pittsburgh Corning Corporation manufactures cellular glass under the trade name Foamglas ® Insulation and sells only to approved fabricators in the United States and Canada. Likewise, Johns Manville manufactures calcium silicate, expanded perlite, mineral wool and InsulTHIN™, hydrophobic blanket insulations and also sells only to select distributors and fabricators. Similar key distributor and manufacturer alignment exists in most other markets.

Demonstrated ability to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions

Our management team has built the Company from a single branch in 2011 into one of the leading wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and commercial and industrial insulation building products distributors in the United States and Canada. Since 2013, we have completed 19 acquisitions and believe that the large, highly fragmented nature of our market and our reputation throughout the industry provides us access to a robust acquisition pipeline at attractive valuations that will continue to supplement our strong organic growth. Our acquisitions generally have been initiated through our senior management team’s business relationships developed over their many years in the industry, and we believe we have become a buyer of choice for owners of specialty distribution companies because we offer them the opportunity to gain liquidity while remaining involved in the active management of their business going forward. We generally avoid auction processes and we believe we are often the only buyer involved in advanced discussions with these companies. This has led to a substantial pipeline of potential acquisition candidates that management is continuously cultivating.

We have dedicated integration leaders who work closely with acquired branch personnel to unify acquisitions under a single brand with a common ERP system. We consolidate our acquired companies’ purchasing into our supplier purchasing programs, which generally have had more advantageous terms due to our greater scale. Our objective is to integrate each acquired company into our back office accounting, human resources and IT systems within 90 days of closing. Post-acquisition, we transition acquired companies exclusively to the FBM brand, and we have typically achieved additional remaining cost savings from the elimination of redundant overhead costs and branch consolidations. Our acquisitions have historically realized purchasing synergies almost immediately by taking advantage of our volume discounts.

Since 2013, many of the owners and senior management of companies that we have acquired have elected to remain employed with us post-acquisition and most have chosen to invest in our parent company, which has proven to be successful in aligning incentives and ensuring smooth transitions. Currently, over 100 former owners, managers and employees of acquired businesses have an equity interest in our parent company and they remain engaged in the successful operation of our business.

Experienced management team with strong track record of growth

Our management team, including our senior management and vice presidents, collectively have an average of 25 years of industry experience. Our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer Ruben Mendoza, is an accomplished leader with over 25 years of industry experience. Our Chief Financial Officer John Gorey brings over 30 years of industry experience, our Chief Operating Officer Pete Welly brings over 37 years of industry experience to the oversight of our operations and our Senior Vice President of Sales & Marketing Kirby Thompson has been working in the industry for over 35 years. By fostering an entrepreneurial and customer-centric

 

119


Table of Contents

culture and a proven ability to quickly and effectively integrate acquisitions under a common brand, this team has built the Company from a single branch into one of the leading specialty building products distributors in the United States and Canada.

Our Business Strategy

Our objective is to strengthen our competitive position, achieve profitable growth that exceeds market rates and increase shareholder value through the following key strategies:

Continue to drive organic growth through strategic initiatives.     We believe there are significant opportunities to continue to expand our existing geographic footprint by opening new branches, expand our product offerings to existing customers, target new customers and expand our mechanical insulation platform.

 

   

Expand product offerings across all branches.     Our management team has identified opportunities in several of our regions for product line growth and expansion. We offer a number of products that are complementary to our wallboard sales including tools, fasteners and wallboard accessories, building insulation, exterior insulation finishing systems, stucco, plaster and fiberglass reinforced panels. One of our growth opportunities is to increase sales of light density fiberglass insulation batts, blowing wool and mineral fiber insulation. We monitor sales of our complementary products and look for opportunities to introduce new products across our entire network that have been successful in a subset of our branches. We believe that through such efforts, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, complementary product sales were up approximately 28% year-over-year. These products typically generate higher profit margins than our core product offerings and we believe there is significant opportunity for additional expansion of our complementary product sales. We believe our increasingly broad product offerings will allow us to expand and further penetrate existing customer relationships.

 

   

Target new customers and increasing share with existing customers.     We believe our scale and supplier relationships allow us to more efficiently offer a full suite of products than many of our competitors. We believe these advantages help us to win new customers, and we have a proven track record of growing customer relationships and expanding wallboard market share. We plan to continue this growth by leveraging our experienced and driven salesforce of more than 325 field sales personnel who develop new customer relationships at the local level. These representatives have an average tenure of almost 10 years in the industry and are responsible for driving new customer sales and maintaining and growing existing customer relationships. While both the commercial and residential sales processes are largely relationship-driven, the commercial sales process is highly technical and requires sophisticated product knowledge and precise execution of complex delivery plans. We also believe our product breadth, extensive operating experience, technical knowledge and specialized delivery fleet will allow us to continue to capture new customers and expand our sales to those customers over time. In December of 2016, we plan to release a mobile application that will allow our customers to easily access critical information, such as order and delivery status.

 

   

Grow by selectively opening new branches.     We believe that significant opportunities exist to continue to expand our geographic footprint by opening new branches. Our management team is highly experienced in identifying and implementing profitable greenfield opportunities. Our strategy for opening new branches is to further penetrate markets that are adjacent to our existing operations. Typically, we have pre-existing

 

120


Table of Contents
 

customer or supplier relationships in these markets, but require a new branch to fully capitalize on those relationships. These markets are generally underserved by our competitors. Key steps in the greenfield process include identifying growth markets where current customers or suppliers have identified a market need that we can support, conducting a market assessment, determining branch staffing and salesforce and developing a comprehensive forecast to determine if the location can meet profitability targets. We believe our existing infrastructure is capable of supporting a larger branch network, and in 2017 we plan to open three to five new branches.

 

   

Expand the mechanical insulation platform.     Through the Winroc-SPI Acquisition, we gained exposure to the approximately $2.6 billion distribution of mechanical insulation market in the United States, according to Ducker Worldwide. This market is expected to exhibit steady growth through 2021, according to Ducker Worldwide. The mechanical insulation distribution market has experienced several macroeconomic trends in recent years that are favorable to our business, including stable distribution channels, distributor consolidation and more stringent codes and regulations demanding more efficient processes and energy performance. Additionally, because mechanical insulation also targets the industrial end market, we believe this business can offer greater diversification and cyclical stability to our existing platform.

In the mechanical insulation business segment, we are actively pursuing growth opportunities to further expand our operational footprint and drive financial results. The following opportunities will allow us to expand our volumes and market share, enhancing the growth expected from the broader market expansion.

 

   

Product Line Expansion —Several of our fabrication facilities produce specialized products used in commercial applications, such as parking garage (PG) board, curtain wall and metal building insulation. Additionally, we fabricate some trademarked, patented products across our network. These products can be customized to meet a customer’s specific needs and some have been certified and tested by Underwriters Laboratories. We believe our ability to develop, test and certify these products has enabled us to gain additional customer loyalty and business. Examples of these products include: Pamrod ® Heads, Absorption Plus ® , Safelite ® , FirePlug ® and FireStrip ® . We expect to continue to expand these products across our network.

 

   

Acquisitions —There are several attractive candidates within the mechanical insulation market for tuck-in acquisitions which would create meaningful synergies. Our management team has relationships with a large number of industry players similar to the wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distribution, and maintains an active dialogue with many of the most attractive bolt-on candidates.

 

   

Open New Branches —Opportunities exist to open new branches in several key mechanical insulation markets. We review opportunities in markets with significant growth opportunities and favorable competitive dynamics.

Continue to expand and strengthen existing relationships with key suppliers.     We believe our established relationships with market-leading suppliers serve as a key competitive advantage and support continued volume growth and purchasing power. Our suppliers benefit from our position as a single point of contact to over 30,000 customers and our ability as a partner to market and introduce new products efficiently and on a national scale. We maintain a number of exclusive and semi-exclusive distribution rights in key markets. By expanding these relationships with suppliers, whether by adding more exclusive products or expanding exclusivity into new regions, we believe we will be able to further accelerate our growth. Additionally, our suppliers

 

121


Table of Contents

are critical partners in our growth and we regularly discuss greenfield candidates with them, with suppliers sometimes proactively identifying expansion opportunities.

Enhance financial performance through improved operational efficiencies .    We believe we have the potential for continued operating margin improvement through operational initiatives including optimizing pricing, improving fleet utilization, maximizing working capital efficiency from inventory and accounts receivable management, and strategic procurement processes. In addition, as our end markets continue to grow, we expect to generate higher operating margins on incremental volume as we leverage our fixed costs base across our existing branch footprint.

We strive to continuously improve our operational efficiency, and are currently pursuing a number of initiatives to drive operating margin expansion, including:

 

   

improve warehouse efficiencies in certain branches and reorganize these facilities;

 

   

deploy a GPS truck tracking system across our company to reduce fleet costs, track on time deliveries and improve route planning; and

 

   

leverage our increased investment in electronic data interchange to improve efficiency for both the purchasing and accounts payable teams.

To further drive operational efficiencies, we unify all of our completed acquisitions under a single brand with a common ERP system. Our information technology systems are scalable and coordinated, which gives us operational efficiencies through the sharing of best practices and information across a common platform. We believe our information technology infrastructure allows for effective, data-driven management and is built to empower local decision-making and enhance visibility across our branch network.

We incentivize our branch managers and customer-facing branch level employees on a quarterly basis based on branch level operating income rather than doing so annually based on sales, which we believe leads to improved branch level performance.

Continue to be a leading industry consolidator.     Since 2013, our management team has identified and closed 19 acquisitions. We have successfully integrated 16 of these acquisitions, and are currently working to complete the integration of Winroc-SPI, United Drywall and Dominion Interior Supply. We believe our national footprint, market leadership, entrepreneurial culture and ability to retain key leadership makes us an attractive buyer. We generally pursue selective acquisitions that both expand our footprint and generate synergies. We have a dedicated team of professionals to manage the acquisition and integration process. Due to the large and highly fragmented nature of our market and our reputation throughout the industry, we believe that we have access to a robust acquisition pipeline at attractive valuations that will continue to supplement our organic growth. We will consider expansion into complementary specialty distribution markets through selective acquisitions.

Focus on culture and continuous improvement.     We believe that our employees are one of the key driver of our success, and we intend to continue to recruit, train, promote and retain entrepreneurial and successful people. We believe that we have created a culture where our people feel valued and supported and see that their efforts are instrumental to our continued success. We are focused on providing our employees with regular training and development to improve customer service, workplace safety and job satisfaction. For example, in January 2016 we launched “FBM University” to provide our employees with extensive training and development programs, utilizing new learning management systems and in-person training programs, which we view as essential for new hires and the development of existing

 

122


Table of Contents

employees. We also invest substantially in leadership training and team building through our annual “Key Leaders Summit” meeting. By improving our employees’ knowledge base and sharing best practices, we are able to empower our people at the branch level to better serve local customers.

Our commitment to safety is one of our core foundation values. This effort begins immediately with new employees through a comprehensive onboarding orientation that focuses on safety awareness, risk identification and other essential safety protocols. Training is delivered through a variety of media, including online modules and classroom settings, so that managers can employ the method that bests fits the employee’s needs.

Our Products

We are a leading specialty distributor of a diversified mix of building products, including wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing, commercial and industrial insulation and other products. We are one of the two largest wallboard and suspended ceiling systems distributors in the United States and Canada based on our pro forma net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. We provide customers with a comprehensive product offering, with over 35,000 SKUs. Our product breadth, combined with our commitment to quality customer service, has solidified our position as a supplier of choice. Our diversified product offering provides balanced exposure to several construction end markets that are growing.

Pro Forma Product Mix for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (1)

 

LOGO

(1) Based on pro forma net sales for the period.

Wallboard and Accessories

We specialize in the distribution of high-quality wallboard used to finish the interior walls and ceilings in residential and commercial construction projects. Wallboard is used in the vast majority of new construction and renovation projects due to its ease of installation and superior performance in providing comfort, fire resistance, thermal and sound insulation, mold and moisture resistance, impact resistance and aesthetic and design elements. It is available in a number of standard lengths, widths and thicknesses with a range of characteristics. Panels with greater thickness provide increased durability and sound insulation. In non-residential construction projects, architectural specifications and building codes provide requirements related to the thickness of the panels and, in some cases, other characteristics, such as fire resistance, mold and moisture resistance.

Wallboard is an essential building product, with approximately 10,000 square feet of wallboard used on average in each new home. Given the importance of wallboard to the overall

 

123


Table of Contents

building process, contractors have very precise delivery expectations which can only be met by experienced specialty building products distributors with a local presence and specialized equipment.

Wallboard accessories are generally sold as a package in conjunction with wallboard and include most products used for the installation and finishing of wallboard. Key products include joint compounds, trims, tapes and various other accessories.

Ceilings

Suspended ceiling systems and grid help ensure and enhance the integrity, protection and decorative finishing of interior spaces. Ceilings consist of a higher number of specialized SKUs and less product standardization than the wallboard market. We believe ceiling product availability often pulls in additional business to our branches, as contractors often look to source additional interior products from a single distributor. The Ceilings industry has enjoyed price stability through various cycles. Commoditization risk is limited as customers often seek specific design and aesthetic characteristics unique to their space. The market is characterized by high manufacturer concentration, as the top two players, Armstrong and USG, account for approximately 60% of the market, according to the public filings of Armstrong. Ceilings are sold into both non-residential repair and remodel and new non-residential construction markets.

We maintain exclusive distribution rights in certain markets with Armstrong, the leading manufacturer of suspended ceiling systems in the United States and Canada. According to Armstrong, it has approximately 50% North American market share, and its products are highly sought after by designers, contractors, builders and distributors. We have exclusive distribution rights for Armstrong ceilings in select markets across three states and seven Canadian provinces and non-exclusive distribution rights with Armstrong in multiple markets across ten other states and one other Canadian province. Armstrong closely oversees the marketing of its products, leading to its preference for granting distribution rights to only one or two companies in a given market. In addition, we have relationship-based exclusivity with USG in select markets in three states and non-exclusive relationships with USG in select markets across two states.

Metal Framing

We provide metal framing and other framing products for multiple uses, including interior partitions and load bearing walls. We source our products from local, regional and national manufacturers in accordance with building standards and codes. Commercial contractors typically purchase these materials with wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, building insulation and other related building products as part of a commercial package.

Commercial and Industrial Insulation

We fabricate and distribute commercial and industrial insulation products through 53 branches in the United States and Canada as of December 31, 2016. Commercial and industrial insulation products are marketed on a wholesale basis to insulation contractors, HVAC contractors, general contractors and to operators of large industrial facilities.

Commercial and industrial insulation products are used to protect and insulate HVAC systems and piping and equipment systems for commercial buildings, metal buildings and industrial facilities. Other commercial and industrial insulation products include fire protection and wall and ceiling specialty products. Across our commercial and industrial insulation

 

124


Table of Contents

distribution network, we provide insulation fabrication services that customize products to fit specific systems. We believe our customers value our fabrication capabilities and quality as well as the labor savings they create. We believe these factors are particularly important for our international customers. Fabrication provides significant value to our contract customers and ensures significant pull-through revenue.

Other Products

We offer various other products, tools and accessories such as stucco and exterior insulation and finishing systems, building insulation, safety accessories, fasteners, doors and roofing products. Certain products are provided on a regional basis to address local preferences. These complementary products allow us to provide a full suite of products across our entire business, enhancing our margins and creating value for our customers.

Customers and Suppliers

Customers

We sell to a diverse and highly fragmented base of over 30,000 customers, including commercial, residential and other specialty contractors. In addition to local contractors, we maintain strong relationships with regional construction companies and leading national homebuilders. Most customer accounts are serviced by managers and salespeople who communicate regularly with these accounts and have developed meaningful relationships built over many years. No one customer accounted for more than 1.5% of our pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and our top ten customers in the aggregate accounted for less than 6% of pro forma net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Suppliers

We maintain longstanding relationships with a base of over 4,000 suppliers, with no single supplier accounting for more than 14% of our pro forma purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. We are one of the largest customers for several of our top suppliers across wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and metal framing. We believe that suppliers find our scale, rapid growth, nationwide footprint, leading market positions, knowledgeable professionals, quality customer service and strong relationships with a broad set of contractors attractive. We have strong relationships with leading wallboard, suspended ceiling systems and metal framing manufacturers and we are able to provide them with a direct channel to a large, diverse customer base and a national footprint. In addition, the Winroc-SPI Acquisition in August 2016 brought us long-term relationships with commercial and industrial insulation product manufacturers and access to all product lines within their distribution and custom fabrication network.

Sales and Marketing

We utilize a sales strategy that enables our salesforce to develop strong customer relationships at the local level. The sales effort is managed by individual branch managers and executed by both inside and outside sales teams. Due to the service-oriented and relationship-driven nature of the sales process, it is important to have experienced teams in each local market. To ensure customer expectations are met, our sales teams consist of both product sales specialists and sales managers who focus on specific products and regions. We also tailor our

 

125


Table of Contents

sales approach to best suit customer needs within each end market. Both the commercial and residential sales processes are largely relationship-driven, although the commercial sales process is also highly technical and requires product knowledge and a sophisticated delivery plan.

We employed more than 275 inside sales personnel and more than 325 field sales personnel as of September 30, 2016. Inside sales personnel primarily sell by phone or email, while field sales personnel primarily sell to customers face-to-face. These representatives have an average tenure of nearly 10 years and are responsible for driving new customer sales and maintaining and growing existing customer relationships. Our executives complement the local sales efforts by maintaining key relationships with major national and regional accounts and have significant experience with various sales organizations with a customer-centric philosophy. We also coordinate closely with our major suppliers to optimize specific sales strategies. In addition to providing customer relationship support, our executive team also coordinates the go-to-market strategy and provides ongoing job and product training.

Given the importance of strong local relationships, we thoroughly vet the strength of an acquisition target’s long-term customer relationships. Our management views these local relationships and the sales team of any acquired company to be critical to a successful integration.

We employ various marketing strategies to reach our customers in the most efficient and effective manner. We market our products and services through our website, sample kits, brochures and trade shows. Employees are encouraged to participate in industry associations as another point of customer connectivity. Certain of our employees are members and have served as officers and directors of numerous industry associations, including the Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry, Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association, EIFS Industry Members Association and selected other regional associations. Furthermore, we sponsor a number of annual conventions and trade shows. Management believes that our most effective marketing is “word-of-mouth” given our reputation for high-quality products, superior customer service and product expertise and stellar delivery performance. We also benefit from the marketing and brand strength of several key suppliers, especially those with whom we hold exclusive arrangements.

Employees

As of September 30, 2016, we had a total of 3,401 employees, 87.6% of whom are customer-facing and approximately 145 of whom are unionized. We enjoy a strong relationship with our employees, including our unionized employees. We have not experienced a work stoppage, and we currently have no ongoing labor disputes.

We believe that training and development improve customer service, workplace safety and job satisfaction. In January 2016 we launched “FBM University” to provide our employees with online training and development programs, utilizing new learning management systems, and in-person training programs, which we view as essential for new hires and the development of existing employees. We also provide extensive training on Armstrong suspended ceiling systems to maintain our relationship as one of their key distributors. Further, our Manager of Training & Development leads our efforts to ensure employees of acquired companies are properly trained in accordance with our operating standards and best practices. We also invest significantly in leadership training through our annual “Key Leaders Summit” meeting. By improving our employees’ knowledge base and sharing best practices, we are able to empower our people at the branch level to better serve local customers.

 

126


Table of Contents

Our employees and board members have equity ownership in our parent company as co-investors with Lone Star. As of December 31, 2016, our management and employees owned approximately 10.2% of our parent.

We offer a comprehensive and competitive benefits package to employees, including a bonus system that aligns employee and Company interests and supports strategic initiatives. approximately one-third of our employees are salaried while approximately two-thirds are hourly.

Health and Safety

We approach health and safety through an operationally driven safety program utilizing a common approach encouraging the sharing of best practices across the specialty building products distributor, mechanical insulation and fabrication business. Our safety resources have an operational background and work closely with all levels of management on developing and managing the safety program. We have a strong management commitment in place from the CEO and COO through to the branch operating level.

We have a clearly defined safety structure that includes dedicated Regional Safety Coordinators to drive harmonization of safety protocols across the entire branch network. The Regional Safety Coordinators support branch Safety Champions whose duties are integrated as a shared responsibility within their operations role. Through branch ownership of the safety program, the Safety Champion works with their local management and Regional Safety Coordinator on day-to-day safety issues including incident reporting and investigation, inspections and training needs.

Through our internal protocols and safety training programs, we strive to be an industry leader in developing and promoting a strong safety culture. The effort begins immediately with new employees through a comprehensive orientation that focuses on safety awareness, risk identification, hazard communication and other essential safety protocols. We deliver training through a variety of media, including online modules, hands on training and classroom settings. Our employees share the responsibility to work in a manner that safeguards themselves, their coworkers and the communities they serve. We work diligently with our employees and continually advocate adherence to the highest safety standards. Management’s expectations and policy toward safety is clearly communicated and is supported by our “Safety Absolutes,” which are key rules that all of our employees are required to follow.

Fleet

We operate an extensive fleet of 2,729 vehicles as of September 30, 2016, including 542 flatbeds and 415 boom trucks, which are specialty trucks with mechanical arms that lift drywall from the truck and can place it through the windows of multi-story buildings. We own more than 85% of our fleet, and we believe our fleet creates a competitive advantage as compared to our smaller competitors who may lack the capital required for such an investment. For example, a new boom truck costs approximately $250,000, which is a significant investment for smaller, undercapitalized distributors.

An extensive, specialized fleet is required to service customer logistical needs as a significant portion of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 are delivered to customer worksites, while the remainder constitutes will-call sales.

 

127


Table of Contents

Our fleet director ensures compliance with all rules and regulations governing fleet operations, including the U.S. Department of Transportation, or DOT, and Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration regulations for vehicle inspections. Fleet maintenance is critical to ensure safety and operational reliability, and we inspect of our commercial vehicles regularly.

 

Vehicle

Category

   Total      % of Total  

Trucks

     1,332         49

Forklifts

     955         35

Trailers

     428         15

Service Vehicles

     14         1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,729         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our fleet is operated by experienced, customer-focused drivers. We require our drivers to adhere to strict safety policies, and have a comprehensive program designed to prevent distracted driving. Drivers are further trained to provide value-added service to the customers throughout the delivery process.

Properties

As of December 31, 2016, our 210 branches, 14 of which we own, were located across 31 states and five Canadian provinces enabling us to serve customers across a nationwide footprint in the United States and Canada.

 

    Number of Branches  

Location

  SBP     MI     Total  

United States

     

Arizona

    5        1        6   

California

    10               10   

Colorado

    2        2        4   

Connecticut

           1        1   

Florida

    9        6        15   

Georgia

    2        3        5   

Idaho

           2        2   

Illinois

    7        3        10   

Indiana

    11        2        13   

Iowa

    4               4   

Kansas

    3        1        4   

Kentucky

    4        1        5   

Louisiana

           2        2   

Massachusetts

           1        1   

Michigan

    14               14   

Minnesota

    1               1   

Missouri

    1        1        2   

Nebraska

    2               2   

New Jersey

    2        1        3   

New York

           3        3   
North Carolina            5        5   
Ohio     7        1        8   
Oklahoma            1        1   
Oregon            3        3   

 

128


Table of Contents
    Number of Branches  

Location

  SBP     MI     Total  
Pennsylvania     4        4        8   
South Carolina            1        1   
Tennessee     4        2        6   
Texas     12        12        24   
Utah     4        1        5   
Washington     4        3        7   
Wisconsin     6               6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total U.S.     118        63        181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     
Canada      
Alberta     9        3        12   
British Columbia     7        1        8   
Manitoba     1               1   
Ontario     6               6   
Saskatchewan     2               2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total Canada     25        4        29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Total     143        67        210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

While all branches have access to the full product suite, the sales mix varies across regions due to differences relating to weather and other end market preferences. Some locations distribute multiple products to multiple end markets, while other locations distribute selected products to one end market based on local demand. The warehouse space of our distribution centers range from 3,000 to 115,000 square feet with an average of 26,500 square feet.

Competition

We compete against other specialty distributors as well as big box retailers and lumberyards. Among specialty building products distributors, we compete against a small number of large distributors and many small, local, privately-owned distributors. Of the four large national wallboard distributors in our industry, we are one of two active consolidators. Our remaining competitors are generally smaller regional and local firms, many of which we view as attractive acquisition opportunities. The principal competitive factors in our business include, but are not limited to, availability of materials and supplies; technical product knowledge and expertise; advisory or other service capabilities; delivery capabilities; pricing of products; and availability of credit.

Seasonality

Use and consumption of our products fluctuate due to seasonality. Nearly all of the products we sell and our customers use are exposed to outdoor elements during delivery or installation. Therefore, seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions, in particular extended rainy and cold weather in the spring and fall and major weather events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms and heavy snows, can adversely affect our business and operations. Our shipment levels also follow activity in the construction industry, which typically occurs in the more moderate seasons of spring, summer and fall.

 

129


Table of Contents

Government Regulations

Although we are not engaged in a “regulated industry,” we are subject to various federal, state and local government regulations applicable to the business generally in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to our relationships with our employees, public health and safety, work place safety, transportation, zoning and fire codes. We focus on operating each of our branches in accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations. We believe we are in compliance in all material respects with existing applicable environmental laws and regulations and our employment, workplace health and workplace safety practices.

Our operations in domestic interstate commerce are subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the DOT, which has broad administrative powers with respect to our transportation operations. We are subject to safety requirements governing interstate operations prescribed by the DOT. Vehicle dimension and driver hours of service also are subject to both federal and state regulation. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Our operations are also subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, which has broad administrative powers with respect to workplace and jobsite safety.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently involved in any legal proceedings that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, we are party to litigation or legal proceeds that we consider to be part of the ordinary course of our business, including various lawsuits and liens related to delinquent payments or non-payment by certain of our customers. We may become involved in material legal proceedings in the future.

 

130


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors, director nominees and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Ruben Mendoza

     52       President and Chief Executive Officer; Director Nominee

John Gorey

     56       Chief Financial Officer

Pete Welly

     59       Chief Operating Officer

Kirby Thompson

     57       Senior Vice President of Sales & Marketing

Ray Sears

     51       Senior Vice President of Mechanical Insulation

Jim Carpenter

     59       Vice President of Business Development

Richard Tilley

     41       General Counsel

Kevin Barner

     35       Director Nominee

Nick Beevers

     37       Director Nominee

Court Carruthers

     44       Director Nominee

Fareed Kahn

     50       Director Nominee

Dominic LaValle

     39       Director Nominee

Samuel D. Loughlin

     44       Director Nominee, Chairman Nominee

Chris Meyer

     45       Director Nominee

James Underhill

     61       Director Nominee

Kyle Volluz

     48       Director

Grant Wilbeck

     35       Director Nominee

Our Executive Officers

Ruben Mendoza  – Mr. Mendoza is the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and has 25 years of industry experience. Prior to founding our company in 2011, Mr. Mendoza served as the Chief Executive Officer of AMS, a leading distributor of wallboard, acoustical suspended ceiling systems, lath and plaster products, doors and other building products. Mr. Mendoza originally joined AMS in 1991 and assumed the Chief Executive Officer role in 2003 after several years as AMS’ Vice President and Sales Manager. AMS grew significantly under Mr. Mendoza’s leadership, particularly across the West Coast and Northern Mexico through greenfields and strategic acquisitions. Mr. Mendoza attended California State University and has completed executive education at Harvard Business School (Strategy), Wharton School of Business (Management) and Northwestern (Marketing). Mr. Mendoza will also become a director upon the listing of our common stock.

As our Chief Executive Officer and founder, Mr. Mendoza brings a deep understanding of our business, operations and strategic planning to the board. Mr. Mendoza also has extensive industry experience gained over 25 years, including through his prior service as Chief Executive Officer of AMS. Mr. Mendoza’s board service will also provide a direct and open channel of communications between the board and management.

John Gorey  – Mr. Gorey is our Chief Financial Officer and has 30 years of industry experience. Prior to starting the Company in 2011 with Mr. Mendoza, Mr. Gorey served as the Chief Financial Officer of AMS, a leading distributor of drywall, acoustical suspended ceiling systems and other related building products. Mr. Gorey originally joined AMS in 1986 and assumed the Chief Financial Officer role in 2001 after several years as AMS’ Controller. Prior to AMS, Mr. Gorey worked for Barry McKinley and Associates, an accounting firm. He graduated from the University of Southern California with a Bachelor of Science in Accounting.

 

131


Table of Contents

Pete Welly  – Mr. Welly is our Chief Operating Officer and has 37 years of industry experience. Prior to joining the Company in 2013, Mr. Welly served as Vice President of U.S. Operations for Winroc-SPI from 2001 to 2013. Prior to Winroc-SPI, Mr. Welly served in executive sales and marketing roles at AMS beginning in 1987. He has served on numerous Armstrong, Chicago Metallic and Sto advisory councils. He graduated from Miami University of Ohio with a Bachelor of Arts in Marketing Communications. He has also attended the Executive Management Program at Kellogg School at Northwestern.

Kirby Thompson  – Mr. Thompson is our Senior Vice President of Sales & Marketing. Prior to joining the Company in 2013, Mr. Thompson was Vice President of Sales for Home Acres Building Supply Co., LLC (a company we acquired), a distributor of drywall, acoustical suspended ceiling systems and other related building products, from 2002 until 2013. Mr. Thompson was previously President of Michigan Acoustical Supply House from 1984 until 1993, which was an acoustical suspended ceiling systems and wallboard distributor. He attended Wittenberg University and has a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration.

Ray Sears  – Mr. Sears is our Vice President of MI. Mr. Sears joined Winroc-SPI as Vice President of Supply Chain in September 2012. In January 2015 he became Vice President of Commercial & Industrial insulation operations, assuming leadership of the Commercial & Industrial insulation business segment for the company. Prior to joining Winroc-SPI, Mr. Sears was Vice President of Supply Chain for Roofing Supply Group LLC, or RSG, one of the largest distributors of roofing supplies in the United States. Before joining RSG, Mr. Sears worked for 21 years at Southwest Airlines, spending 14 years in positions of increasing responsibility in Finance. He held the position of Vice President of Procurement for the last seven years of his career at Southwest. Mr. Sears holds a Bachelor of Science in Computer Information Systems from Oklahoma Christian University in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

Jim Carpenter  – Mr. Carpenter is our Vice President of Business Development. Prior to joining the Company in 2013, Mr. Carpenter was President of Southwest Building Materials LLC (a company we acquired), a distributor of wallboard, metal framing, acoustical suspended ceiling systems and other related building products. From 2000 until 2005, Mr. Carpenter was a Manager of Center Operation for L&W Supply Corporation, which had purchased Mr. Carpenter’s previous drywall distribution business. Mr. Carpenter attended University of Nebraska at Omaha and received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an emphasis in Marketing.

Richard Tilley  – Mr. Tilley is our General Counsel. Prior to joining the Company in 2016, Mr. Tilley was the Vice President of Legal Affairs for Mophie, a technology company, and led the sale of Mophie to ZAGG, Inc. From 2008 until 2014, Mr. Tilley was Assistant General Counsel for Multi-Fineline Electronix, Inc., a flexible printed circuit board manufacturer with operations in the United States, Asia and Europe. Mr. Tilley graduated from the Dale E. Fowler School of Law at Chapman University and has a Bachelor of Arts in History from California State University, Long Beach.

Our Director and Director Nominees

Kevin Barner  – Mr. Barner will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. Barner is a Managing Director of Lone Star North America Acquisitions LLC, an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, where he focuses on origination and underwriting activities related to corporate private equity and debt investments throughout the North America region. Previously, Mr. Barner served as a Director of Lone Star North America Acquisitions LLC from June 2014 to

 

132


Table of Contents

December 2016 and a Vice President at Hudson Americas L.P., an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, from August 2012 to June 2014, serving in an origination, underwriting, and asset management role on various operating company investments made by several of Lone Star’s funds. Prior to joining Hudson Americas, from March 2006 to August 2012, Mr. Barner served as a Vice President and Associate at The Halifax Group, a middle-market private equity firm, where he was responsible for identifying, evaluating and sourcing private equity investment opportunities and was a board member or board observer for several of Halifax’s portfolio companies. Previously, Mr. Barner was an Analyst with BB&T Capital Markets Investment Banking specializing in mergers and acquisitions across a variety of industries. Mr. Barner served as a member of the board of directors of Continental Building Products, Inc. from March 2015 to March 2016 and currently serves as a member of the board of directors Forterra, Inc. and a number of privately held companies.

Mr. Barner brings broad expertise in financial management to the board of directors. His extensive experience in private equity and the financial markets also allows him to make valuable contributions with respect to our capital structure and financing, acquisition and investing activities.

Nick Beevers  – Mr. Beevers will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Since March 2013, Mr. Beevers has served as a Senior Managing Director of Lone Star Global Acquisitions, Ltd., an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, where he is responsible for investor relations, fundraising activities and communications globally. Prior to his current role, Mr. Beevers served as a Managing Director and Senior Vice President of Lone Star Global Acquisitions, Ltd. from July 2012 to March 2013 and September 2011 to July 2012, respectively, in each case with similar areas of responsibility as his current position. Mr. Beevers is also a member of Lone Star’s Senior Management and Global Risk Committees and is Chairman of the Legal and Compliance Risk Committee. Prior to joining Lone Star in 2011, Mr. Beevers spent eight years as an investment banker with JPMorgan in New York and London, where he focused on equity capital market transactions. Mr. Beevers holds a Bachelor of Arts in Business from the University of West of England, Bristol Business School.

Mr. Beevers brings extensive experience in communications and investor relations matters to the board of directors, which will be invaluable in helping management form and maintain investor relationships. His prior investment banking and capital markets experience will also allow him to provide insight regarding our capital structure and financing and investing activities. His service on Lone Star’s risk committees will also help guide the board with respect to its oversight of risk management.

Court Carruthers  – Mr. Carruthers will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. Carruthers has over 20 years of operational and sales leadership experience. He spent over ten years at W.W. Grainger Inc., most recently as Group President, Americas, where he was responsible for a business generating $9.0 billion in revenue. He also served as President of Grainger U.S. and President of Grainger International. He is currently the principal of CKAL Advisory Partners, LLC. Mr. Carruthers is also a director at U.S. Foods, Ryerson Holding Corporation and a number of private companies. He previously served as a director of Monotaro where he served as chair of the compensation committee. Mr. Carruthers holds a Bachelor of Commerce with distinction from University of Alberta, a Master of Business Administration from Queen’s University and is a Chartered Professional Accountant (CPA, CMA, Canada).

Mr. Carruthers brings a significant level of operational and sales experience to the board of directors, which will add meaningful value for a business focused on customer relationships. Mr. Carruthers’ service as the President of multiple companies will help the board better

 

133


Table of Contents

understand management’s day-to-day actions and responsibilities. His service on other boards of directors will also add a depth of knowledge to our board of directors regarding best practices in corporate governance.

Fareed Kahn  – Mr. Kahn will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. Kahn is currently the Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Foods. He has over 20 years of experience working in financial and operational roles, leading teams in accounting, corporate strategy, information technology, supply chain, M&A and investor relations activities. Prior to U.S. Foods, he was with U.S. Stationers, a $5.0 billion publically traded business product wholesaler, where he served as a Senior Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. Kahn was previously the Chief Financial officer of USG Corp. Mr. Kahn has an MBA from the University of Chicago and holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Mechanical Engineering from Carleton University, where he graduated with distinction.

Mr. Kahn brings extensive financial and accounting expertise to the board of directors developed during his professional career, including through his service as a chief financial officer for multiple companies. His public company experience also provides the board with valuable insight regarding public company reporting matters, as well as a first-hand view of management’s day-to-day duties and responsibilities.

Dominic LaValle  – Mr. LaValle will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. LaValle has been a Director with Hudson Americas, LLC, an affiliate of Lone Star, since July 2015. In such capacity, he is responsible for sourcing, executing and managing private equity investments. Prior to Hudson Americas, Mr. LaValle was a Managing Director at Sowell & Company September 2013 to July 2015 and a Managing Director at Wynnchurch Capital May 2011 to June 2013. Mr. LaValle holds an MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Dartmouth College, where he graduated Phi Beta Kappa. Mr. LaValle also serves as a member of the board of directors of a number of privately held companies.

Mr. LaValle brings broad expertise in financial and operational management to the board of directors. His extensive experience in private equity and the financial markets also allows him to make valuable contributions with respect to our growth initiatives, capital structure and financing, acquisition and investing activities.

Samuel D. Loughlin –  Mr. Loughlin will become a director and Chairman of the Board upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. Loughlin currently serves as President of Lone Star North America Acquisitions, LLC, an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, where he is responsible for the management and oversight of all originations initiatives in North America. Previously, from 2011 to 2013, he served as Managing Director and Senior Managing Director of Lone Star U.S. Acquisitions, LLC. Mr. Loughlin joined Hudson Americas L.P., an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, in 2008 and focused on directing the management of the corporate assets located in North America. From 2008 to 2011, he served in various capacities at Hudson Americas, with responsibility for its retail and restaurant operating companies, in addition to leading teams in special originations initiatives. Mr. Loughlin has more than 18 years of finance and legal experience, including mergers and acquisitions, financing, private equity investment, originations and asset management transactions. Prior to joining Hudson Americas, Mr. Loughlin was a Partner of a Texas-based private equity firm with real estate, operating company and securities holdings, where he was responsible for legal oversight, deal structuring, asset evaluation, acquisitions and sales. Prior to that, Mr. Loughlin served as an attorney at Vinson & Elkins LLP, where he was a member of the Business and Corporate Securities group, with experience in venture capital and mezzanine financing transactions,

 

134


Table of Contents

private and public securities offerings, mergers and acquisitions, management buyouts and debt financing transactions. Mr. Loughlin previously served as chairman of the board of directors of Del Frisco’s Restaurant Group, Inc. from July 2012 through December 2013 and as chairman of the board of directors of Continental Building Products, Inc. from February 2014 through March 2015. Since October 2016, Mr. Loughlin has served as chairman of the board of directors of Forterra, Inc. Mr. Loughlin also serves on the boards of a number of privately held companies.

Mr. Loughlin has significant experience with the strategic, financial and operational requirements facing operating companies in various industries, allowing him to guide the board in analyzing, shaping and overseeing our execution of important operational and policy issues. His responsibilities for Lone Star’s operating companies in North America, including our company, also provide Mr. Loughlin with a working knowledge of our business and operations that are important to the development of the board. His service on other boards of directors will also add a depth of knowledge to our board as to best practices in corporate governance.

Chris Meyer – Mr. Meyer will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. Meyer has been a Managing Director of Hudson Americas L.P., an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, since February 2015. Mr. Meyer has oversight responsibility for a number of Lone Star’s private equity investments, including our company, and also assists with the due diligence and underwriting of potential operating company investments. Prior to joining Hudson Americas, Mr. Meyer held a number of positions with McKinsey & Company, Inc., a global management consulting firm, most recently serving as a Director (Senior Partner). While at McKinsey, Mr. Meyer managed the Dallas office, co-led the Consumer Practice group and co-founded McKinsey’s Consumer Marketing Analytics Center. Mr. Meyer currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Forterra, Inc. and a number of privately held companies, including several for which he serves as chairman. Mr. Meyer earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from North Carolina State University and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Meyer’s background, including as a management consultant in a wide range of industries, allows him to assist the board in understanding and addressing a wide variety of the issues it faces. Mr. Meyer also brings significant financial and operational expertise developed through his past and current leadership and oversight roles. His responsibilities for Lone Star’s companies, including our company, also provide Mr. Meyer with a deep working knowledge of our business and operations.

James Underhill – Mr. Underhill will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. Underhill was a senior executive at MRC Global (McJunkin Red Man Corporation) for over 20 years serving in both financial and operational roles. Most recently, Mr. Underhill was the chief operating officer and executive vice president of MRC Global’s United States / North America division, its largest segment with approximately $5.0 billion in revenue. He serves on the boards of Pipeline Supply & Service, Inc., Adventure West Virginia Resorts, U.S. Security Associates Holding Corp. and SCADA Products. Mr. Underhill holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting and Economics from Lehigh University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Mr. Underhill brings broad financial and operational management expertise to the board from his prior executive positions. His service on other boards of directors will also add a depth of knowledge to our board of directors as to best practices in corporate governance.

Kyle Volluz – Mr. Volluz has been a member of our board of directors since October 2016. Mr. Volluz has been a Managing Director with Hudson Advisors L.P., an affiliate of ours and

 

135


Table of Contents

Lone Star, since January 2015, and for the five years prior to that, a Director with Hudson Advisors, in each case, with responsibility for the management of the Legal Department. In such capacity, Mr. Volluz oversees all legal issues impacting operating companies that are affiliates of Lone Star within North America, as well as other corporate investments for which Hudson Advisors or its subsidiaries provide asset management services in North America. In particular, Mr. Volluz has been actively involved in the negotiation and closing of numerous lending transactions, acquisitions and asset sales for us and other Lone Star portfolio companies since joining Hudson Advisors in 2009. Previously, Mr. Volluz was Senior Vice President and Director of Legal Services for Goldman Sachs Specialty Lending Group, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., a position he held from 2005 to 2009. Prior thereto, Mr. Volluz was an attorney with Baker Botts L.L.P. and Thompson & Knight LLP, where he supported clients in various types of commercial banking transactions, mergers and acquisitions, private and public securities offerings and debt financing transactions. Mr. Volluz served as a member of the board of directors of Continental Building Products, Inc. from February 2014 to March 2016 and currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Forterra, Inc. and a number of privately held companies. Mr. Volluz graduated from the University of Texas at Austin in Austin, Texas. He holds a Master of Business Administration degree from the Thunderbird School of Global Management in Glendale, Arizona, and a Juris Doctor degree from the Dedman School of Law at Southern Methodist University in Dallas, Texas.

Mr. Volluz’s knowledge of our company allows him to bring a well-informed perspective to the board of directors regarding our operations and the associated legal risks. His extensive experience with capital market transactions, both involving our company and other affiliates of Lone Star, also allows him to make valuable contributions with respect to our capital structure and financing and investing activities. His legal background also provides valuable insight to the board regarding issues we may face.

Grant Wilbeck   – Mr. Wilbeck will become a director upon the listing of our common stock. Mr. Wilbeck is a Senior Managing Director of Lone Star North America Acquisition LLC, an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, where he focuses on origination and underwriting activities related to corporate private equity and debt investments. From 2013 to December 2016, Mr. Wilbeck served as Managing Director of Lone Star North America Acquisitions LLC. Previously, from 2007 to 2013, he served in various capacities at Hudson Americas L.P., an affiliate of ours and Lone Star, with asset management responsibility across all retail and restaurant operating companies focusing on operational performance, capital structure and acquisition opportunities. Prior to joining Hudson Americas, Mr. Wilbeck was at APS Financial Corp. where he was a research analyst focused on distressed debt and special situations. Mr. Wilbeck served as a member of the board of directors of Continental Building Products, Inc. from February 2014 to March 2016 and currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Forterra, Inc. and a number of privately held companies.

Mr. Wilbeck brings broad expertise in financial management to the board of directors. His extensive experience in the financial markets also allows him to make valuable contributions with respect to our capital structure and financing and investing activities.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Director Compensation

We have not paid any compensation to our non-employee directors for their services as directors. However, we intend to pay compensation to independent directors following the completion of this offering. We expect to pay an annual retainer of $            per year to each

 

136


Table of Contents

independent director for his or her services, with an additional $            annual fee for service as the chairman of the board or as chairperson of a committee of the board. In addition, we expect to pay our independent directors a fee of $            for each meeting attended in person and $            for each meeting attended telephonically. We also expect independent directors to receive an annual equity grant. Such cash fees are expected to be paid quarterly in arrears.

Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. The members of each class will serve for a three-year term. As a result, one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year.              will be class I directors, up for election in 2018,                  will be class II directors, up for election in 2019, and             will be class III directors, up for election in 2020. See the section entitled “Description of our Capital Stock—Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be Adopted and Delaware Law That May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect—Classified Board of Directors.”

Before the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter that will be adopted by our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, SEC rules and regulations and the rules of the NYSE.

Controlled Company Exemption

Following this offering, Lone Star will continue to control more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock in the election of directors. Accordingly, we intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exception available under NYSE rules which eliminates certain requirements, such as the requirements that a company have a majority of independent directors on its board of directors, that compensation of executive officers be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, by a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee composed solely of independent directors, and that director nominees be selected, or recommended for the board of directors’ selection, by a majority of the independent directors or a nominations committee composed solely of independent directors. In the event that we cease to be a controlled company, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the applicable rules. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the SEC and the NYSE with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

The primary responsibilities of our audit committee will be to oversee the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company as well as our subsidiary companies and to oversee the internal and external audit processes. The audit committee will also assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by reviewing the financial information provided to stockholders and others and the system of internal controls established by

 

137


Table of Contents

management and the board of directors. The audit committee will oversee the independent auditors, including their independence and objectivity. However, committee members will not act as professional accountants or auditors, and their functions are not intended to duplicate or substitute for the activities of management and the independent auditors. The audit committee will be empowered to retain independent legal counsel and other advisors as it deems necessary or appropriate to assist it in fulfilling its responsibilities and to approve the fees and other retention terms of the advisors.

The audit committee will be composed of three members, Fareed Kahn, James Underhill and Dominic LaValle, with James Underhill serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that each of Fareed Kahn and James Underhill is independent, as defined under and required by the federal securities laws and NYSE rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Fareed Kahn and James Underhill qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under the federal securities laws and that each member of the audit committee has the financial sophistication required under NYSE rules. The rules of the SEC and the NYSE requires us to have a fully independent audit committee within one year of the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and the listing of our common stock, respectively.

Compensation Committee

The primary responsibilities of our compensation committee will be to periodically review and approve the compensation and other benefits for our employees, officers and independent directors. This will include reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers in light of those goals and objectives and setting compensation for these officers based on those evaluations. Our compensation committee will also administer and have discretionary authority over the issuance of equity awards under our equity incentive plan.

The compensation committee may delegate authority to review and approve the compensation of our employees to certain of our executive officers, including with respect to awards made under our equity incentive plan. Even where the compensation committee does not delegate authority, our executive officers will typically make recommendations to the compensation committee regarding compensation to be paid to our employees and the size of equity grants under our equity incentive plan.

The compensation committee will be composed of three members, Chris Meyer, Court Carruthers and Dominic LaValle, with Chris Meyer serving as chair. Our board of directors has determined that Court Carruthers is independent, as defined under NYSE rules. For so long as we are a controlled company, we are not required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors under NYSE rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee all aspects of our corporate governance functions. The committee will make recommendations to our board of directors regarding director candidates and assist our board of directors in determining the composition of our board of directors and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of three members, Kyle Volluz, Court Carruthers and Dominic LaValle, with Kyle Volluz serving as chair. For so long as we are a controlled company, we are not required to have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors under NYSE rules.

 

138


Table of Contents

Code of Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors will adopt a code of conduct and ethics that establishes the standards of ethical conduct applicable to all directors, officers and employees of our company. The code will address, among other things, conflicts of interest, compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, corporate opportunities and confidentiality requirements. The audit committee will be responsible for applying and interpreting our code of conduct and ethics in situations where questions are presented to it. We expect that any amendments to the code or any waivers of its requirements applicable to our principal executive, financial or accounting officer, or controller will be disclosed on our website at www.fbmsales.com. Our website is not part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee will be composed of Messrs. Meyer, Carruthers and LaValle. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors. For a description of the transactions between us and members of the compensation committee and entities affiliated with such members see the transactions described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

139


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Introduction

The executive compensation disclosure that follows explains the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Ruben Mendoza, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and John Gorey and Pete Welly, our two most highly compensated executive officers other than our chief executive officer for 2016. We refer to these individuals in this section as our named executive officers or NEOs. The compensation committee of our board of directors will make all decisions regarding the compensation of our NEOs.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information concerning the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs in 2015 and 2016.

 

Name and principal
position

  Year     Salary ($)(1)     Bonus ($)(2)     Stock
Awards
($)
    Option
Awards
($)
    Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(4)(5)(6)
    Total ($)  

Ruben Mendoza

    2016      $ 428,846      $      $      $      $ 400,000      $ 49,117      $ 877,963   

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2015      $ 321,154     $ 1,129,917      $      $      $ 300,000      $ 24,827      $ 1,775,898   

John Gorey

    2016      $ 313,654      $      $      $      $ 225,000      $ 19,775      $ 558,429   

Chief Financial Officer

    2015      $ 221,154     $ 420,465      $      $      $ 160,000      $ 8,119      $ 809,738   

Pete Welly

    2016      $ 313,654      $      $      $      $ 225,000      $ 27,549      $ 566,203   

Chief Operating Officer

    2015      $ 221,154      $      $      $      $ 160,000      $ 17,662      $ 398,816   

 

(1) Each executive received an increase in his annual salary during the 2015 and 2016 calendar years, as described in more detail below. The amount in this column reflects the amount of salary actually paid during the calendar year.
(2) Each of Mr. Mendoza and Mr. Gorey entered into a letter agreement on December 7, 2012 with CI (FBM) Holdings LLC, or CI Holdings, the former owner of Foundation Buildings Materials, LLC. Under such letter agreements, Messrs. Mendoza and Gorey were entitled to receive a bonus in connection with any transaction where CI Capital Partners II, L.P., or CI Capital, received a transaction fee, so long as Messrs. Mendoza and Gorey maintained a minimum ownership percentage in CI Holdings. The amount of each bonus was equal to the transaction fee received by CI Capital multiplied by the percentage equal to Messrs. Mendoza and Gorey’s respective ownership percentage in CI Holdings as of the date of the transaction. The amount in this column represents the bonus received by each of Mr. Mendoza and Mr. Gorey in connection with the Lone Star Acquisition pursuant to his letter agreement.
(3) We maintain a bonus plan for executives, as described in more detail below. For 2016, these figures represent an estimated payout under the bonus plan, however, the actual bonuses earned for 2016 has not yet been determined.
(4) Mr. Mendoza’s other compensation for 2016 includes an auto allowance of $12,600, a 401(k) company match of $12,000 and golf club membership dues paid by the Company in the amount of $24,517.
(5) Mr. Gorey’s other compensation for 2016 includes an auto allowance of $7,775 and a 401(k) company match of $12,000.
(6) Mr. Welly’s other compensation for 2016 includes a 401(k) company match of $12,000 and golf club membership dues paid by the Company in the amount of $15,549.

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

Base Salary

Mr. Mendoza entered into a new employment agreement with Foundation Buildings Materials, LLC effective as of October 9, 2015. Pursuant to this employment agreement, Mr. Mendoza’s base salary was increased from $300,000 to $400,000. Mr. Mendoza’s base salary was further increased to $500,000 on September 1, 2016. Mr. Gorey entered into a new employment agreement with Foundation Buildings Materials, LLC effective as of October 9,

 

140


Table of Contents

2015. Pursuant to this employment agreement, Mr. Gorey’s base salary was increased from $200,000 to $300,000. Mr Gorey’s base salary was further increased to $350,000 on September 1, 2016. Mr. Welly entered into a new employment agreement with Foundation Buildings Materials, LLC effective as of October 9, 2015. Pursuant to this employment agreement, Mr. Welly’s base salary was increased from $200,000 to $300,000. Mr. Welly’s base salary was further increased to $350,000 on September 1, 2016. These increased base salaries reflected each NEOs increased role and duties after the Lone Star Acquisition. All salaries are subject to review on an annual basis by our board of directors or a committee thereof and may be subject to future change.

Incentive Compensation

Annual Cash Incentives

Each of our NEOs was eligible to earn an annual cash incentive for calendar year 2016 based upon the achievement of a pre-established adjusted EBITDA target, as well as within other strategic goals, set by the board of directors. The adjusted EBITDA target for 2016 was set at $83.6 million. The strategic goals for the NEOs consisted of goals tied to product category growth and expansion (applicable to all NEOs), information technology projects (applicable to Mr. Mendoza and Mr. Welly), branch openings (applicable to Mr. Mendoza) and corporate finance projects (applicable to Mr. Mendoza and Mr. Gorey).

Pursuant to the annual cash incentive plan for 2016, the target amount for Mr. Mendoza’s annual cash performance bonus was set at 120% of his base salary for 2016 and the target amount for each of Mr. Gorey and Mr. Welly’s annual cash performance bonus was set at 100% of the respective executive’s base salary for 2016. Actual bonus payouts for 2016 have not yet been determined.

Equity Incentive Compensation

Prior to the implementation of the 2017 Stock Incentive Plan, as described below, the Company has not granted equity compensation awards to its NEOs.

Long-Term Incentives Following the Lone Star Acquisition

Following the Lone Star Acquisition, Lone Star implemented the LTIP. Under the LTIP, participants were granted pool units entitling them, subject to the terms of the LTIP, to a potential cash payout upon a monetization event. Cypress maintains and is obligated for all payments under the LTIP. The LTIP was effective October 9, 2015. Each of our NEOs participates in the LTIP.

Mr. Mendoza was awarded 155,000 pool units under the LTIP, and Mr. Gorey and Mr. Welly were each awarded 60,000 pool units under the LTIP. In addition, the other members of management and independent directors hold an aggregate of 650,000 pool units under the LTIP. The total number of pool units authorized under the LTIP is 1,000,000. The LTIP will remain outstanding following this offering. As of December 31, 2016, 925,000 pool units (out of the 1,000,000 maximum) had been granted.

Ten percent of the pool units granted to each NEO vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the LTIP award agreement, with the remaining 70% of the pool units remaining unvested until the award expires. In general, unvested Pool Units will be forfeited upon any termination of employment (provided that if the termination is without Cause or for Good Reason (in each case, as defined in the LTIP) or due to death or disability, the pool units will

 

141


Table of Contents

nonetheless remain outstanding for six months). In addition, in general, vested pool units will automatically be forfeited on the later of the fifth anniversary of the grant date or the date the participant terminates employment. The value of a participant’s pool units is determined as of the closing date of each monetization event relative to that participant’s interest in the incentive pool, calculated as the number of outstanding pool units (whether or not vested) then held by the individual participant, divided by 1,000,000 (the total number of pool units authorized under the LTIP). The amount of proceeds received by Lone Star in connection with a monetization event that is to be credited to the incentive pool under the LTIP in connection with such monetization event will be based upon the cumulative internal rate of return realized upon a monetization event by Lone Star. In addition, the incentive pool will not be credited with any amounts and no payouts will be made unless such internal rate of return is at least 15%. Payments under the LTIP, if any, will be made in cash within sixty days after the closing of each applicable monetization event. As of December 31, 2016, no such monetization event had occurred. This offering is not expected to trigger any payouts under the LTIP. The amount that will be credited to the incentive pool upon each monetization event is summarized in the table and footnotes below:

 

Cumulative IRR ( 1 )

  

Amount to Credit to Incentive Pool

14.99% or less

   $0

15% up to 20.0%

   9.5% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 15%

20.1% up to 25.0%

   12.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 20.1%

25.1% up to 35.0%

   14.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 25.1%

35.1% up to 50%

   17.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 35.1%

50.1% up to 100.0%

   19.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 50.1%

Over 100%

   9.5% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 100%

 

(1) Cumulative IRR means the aggregate cumulative after tax internal rate of return, compounded annually, that is realized by Lone Star from its direct or indirect investment in the Company from the effective date through the date of the applicable monetization event, as reported by Lone Star.

Generally, for purposes of the LTIP, a monetization event occurs if and when:

 

   

Lone Star sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of all or a portion of their direct and indirect ownership interests in the Company or a respective successor entity (whether through a direct sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or other similar transaction) to an unrelated third party for cash;

 

   

a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the equity interests of the Company or a respective successor entity that is registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in which Lone Star sells all or a portion of their direct and indirect ownership interests in the Company or a respective successor entity, as applicable, in such public offering; or

 

   

the direct or indirect payment by the Company of any cash distributions to Lone Star (including in connection with a sale of the assets of the Company or a respective successor entity).

 

142


Table of Contents

Retirement Plans

We maintain a tax qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan, for the benefit of our employees. Under the 401(k) plan, employees (including the current NEOs) are permitted to elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We are also permitted to make contributions up to the legally prescribed limits on behalf of all eligible employees to the 401(k) plan, and the amount of any such contribution made on behalf of an NEO is reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

Employment Agreements

Each of our NEOs has an employment agreement with the Company. The provisions of such agreements are summarized below.

Ruben Mendoza . Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Mendoza is entitled to a base salary of at least $400,000 per annum, which may be decreased only in the event of a general cost reduction by the Company and in such case, by no more than 10%. Mr. Mendoza’s target bonus under his employment agreement shall be no less than 120% of his base salary. Mr. Mendoza is entitled to participate in the LTIP and the benefits plans of the Company. Mr. Mendoza is entitled to receive a Company vehicle with a lease payment of no more than $2,300 per month. The Company is also responsible to reimburse Mr. Mendoza for his golf club membership dues and other business related costs. Pursuant to his employment agreement, in the event that Mr. Mendoza’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (in each case, as defined in such agreement), then subject to Mr. Mendoza’s execution and non-revocation of a waiver and general release of claims in a form provided by the Company and Mr. Mendoza’s compliance with the confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement restrictive covenants contained in his employment agreement, he would be entitled to (a) any accrued payments or benefits, including any then-unpaid annual cash performance bonus earned by Mr. Mendoza for the year prior to Mr. Mendoza’s termination, (b) continued payment of his base salary for a period of 24 months, (c) a monthly amount equal to (1) the monthly premium to cover Mr. Mendoza and his dependents for continuation coverage under COBRA minus (2) the amount Mr. Mendoza would have had to pay to receive group health coverage based on the cost sharing levels in effect on his date of termination for twelve months (or if earlier, until he becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage through subsequent employment or self-employment), and (d) payment of a pro-rata annual cash performance bonus for the period of the year that Mr. Mendoza was employed by the Company, based on actual performance during such year.

John Gorey . Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Gorey is entitled to a base salary of at least $300,000 per annum, which may be decreased only in the event of a general cost reduction by the Company and in such case, by no more than 10%. Mr. Gorey’s target bonus under his employment agreement shall be no less than 100% of his base salary. Mr. Gorey is entitled to participate in the benefits plans of the Company. Pursuant to his employment agreement, in the event that Mr. Gorey’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (in each case, as defined in such agreement), then subject to Mr. Gorey’s execution and non-revocation of a waiver and general release of claims in a form provided by the Company and Mr. Gorey’s compliance with the confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement restrictive covenants contained in his employment agreement, he would be entitled to (a) any accrued payments or benefits, including any then-unpaid annual cash performance bonus earned by Mr. Gorey for the year prior to Mr. Gorey’s termination, (b) continued payment of his base salary for a period of 12 months and (c) payment of a pro-rata

 

143


Table of Contents

annual cash performance bonus for the period of the year that Mr. Gorey was employed by the Company, based on actual performance during such year.

Pete Welly . Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Welly is entitled to a base salary of at least $300,000 per annum, which may be decreased only in the event of a general cost reduction by the Company and if such decrease is no more than 10%. Mr. Welly’s target bonus under his employment agreement shall be no less than 100% of his base salary. Mr. Welly is entitled to participate in the benefits plans of the Company. The Company is also responsible to reimburse Mr. Welly for his golf club membership dues and other business related costs. Pursuant to his employment agreement, in the event that Mr. Welly’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (in each case, as defined in such agreement), then subject to Mr. Welly’s execution and non-revocation of a waiver and general release of claims in a form provided by the Company and Mr. Welly’s compliance with the confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement restrictive covenants contained in his employment agreement, he would be entitled to (a) any accrued payments or benefits, including any then-unpaid annual cash performance bonus earned by Mr. Welly for the year prior to Mr. Welly’s termination, (b) continued payment of his base salary for a period of 12 months and (c) payment of a pro-rata annual cash performance bonus for the period of the year that Mr. Welly was employed by the Company, based on actual performance during such year.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

There were no outstanding equity awards made to the NEOs as of December 31, 2016.

2017 Stock Incentive Plan

Prior to completion of this offering, we will adopt the Foundation Building Materials, Inc. 2017 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan. The purpose of the 2017 Plan is to promote and closely align the interests of our employees, officers, non-employee directors and other service providers and our stockholders by providing stock-based compensation and other performance-based compensation. The objectives of the 2017 Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility and to motivate participants to optimize the profitability and growth of the Company through incentives that are consistent with the Company’s goals and that link the personal interests of participants to those of the Company’s stockholders. The 2017 Plan will allow for the grant of stock options, both incentive stock options and “non-qualified” stock options; stock appreciation rights, or SARs, alone or in conjunction with other awards; restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs; and incentive bonuses, which may be paid in cash or stock or a combination thereof.

The following description of the 2017 Plan is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the complete text of the 2017 Plan, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Stockholders and potential investors are urged to read the 2017 Plan in its entirety. Any capitalized terms which are used in this summary description but not defined here or elsewhere in this registration statement have the meanings assigned to them in the 2017 Plan.

Administration

The 2017 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors, or such other committee designated by the Company’s board of directors to administer the plan. The compensation committee will have broad authority, subject to the provisions of the 2017 Plan and to administer and interpret the 2017 Plan. All decisions and actions of the compensation committee will be final.

 

144


Table of Contents

Stock Subject to 2017 Plan

The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2017 Plan will not exceed                 , subject to certain adjustments in the event of a change in the Company’s capitalization. Shares of common stock issued under the 2017 Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares acquired by the Company. On termination or expiration of an unexercised option, SAR or other stock-based award under the 2017 Plan, in whole or in part, the number of shares of common stock subject to such award will again become available for grant under the 2017 Plan.

Stock Options

All stock options granted under the 2017 Plan will be evidenced by a written agreement with the participant, which provides, among other things, whether the option is intended to be an incentive stock option or a non-qualified stock option, the number of shares subject to the option, the exercise price, exercisability (or vesting), the term of the option, which may not generally exceed ten years, and other terms and conditions. Subject to the express provisions of the 2017 Plan, options generally may be exercised over such period, in installments or otherwise, as the compensation committee may determine. The exercise price for any stock option granted may not generally be less than the fair market value of the common stock subject to that option on the grant date. The exercise price may be paid in cash or such other method as determined by the compensation committee, including an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over such amount from a sale of the shares issuable under an option, the delivery of previously owned shares and withholding of shares deliverable upon exercise. Other than in connection with a change in the Company’s capitalization, we will not, without stockholder approval, reduce the exercise price of a previously awarded option, and, at any time when the exercise price of a previously awarded option is above the fair market value of a share of common stock, we will not, without stockholder approval, cancel and re-grant or exchange such option for cash or a new award with a lower (or no) exercise price.

Stock Appreciation Rights

SARs may be granted alone or in conjunction with all or part of a stock option. Upon exercising a SAR, the participant is entitled to receive the amount by which the fair market value of the common stock at the time of exercise exceeds the exercise price of the SAR. This amount is payable in common stock, cash, restricted stock or a combination thereof, at the compensation committee’s discretion.

Restricted Stock and RSUs

Awards of restricted stock consist of shares of stock that are transferred to the participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions are not satisfied. RSUs result in the transfer of shares of cash or stock to the participant only after specified conditions are satisfied. The compensation committee will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of restricted stock or RSUs, which may include performance vesting conditions.

Incentive Bonuses

Each incentive bonus will confer upon the participant the opportunity to earn a future payment tied to the level of achievement with respect to one or more performance criteria established for a specified performance period. The compensation committee will establish the

 

145


Table of Contents

performance criteria and level of achievement versus these criteria that will determine the threshold, target and maximum amount payable under an incentive bonus, which criteria may be based on financial performance and/or personal performance evaluations. Payment of the amount due under an incentive bonus may be made in cash or shares, as determined by the compensation committee.

Performance Criteria

The compensation committee may specify certain performance criteria which must be satisfied before stock options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs and incentive bonuses will be granted or will vest. The performance goals may vary from participant to participant, group to group, and period to period.

Transferability

Awards generally may not be sold, transferred for value, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by a participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each option or SAR may be exercisable only by the participant during his or her lifetime.

Amendment and Termination

The board of directors has the right to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2017 Plan at any time, provided certain enumerated material amendments may not be made without stockholder approval. No amendment or alteration to the 2017 Plan or an award or award agreement will be made that would materially impair the rights of the holder, without such holder’s consent, however, no consent will be required if the compensation committee determines in its sole discretion and prior to the date of any change in control that such amendment or alteration either is required or advisable in order for us, the 2017 Plan or the award to satisfy any law or regulation or to meet the requirements of or avoid adverse financial accounting consequences under any accounting standard, or is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such award, or that any such diminishment has been adequately compensated. The 2017 Plan will be adopted by the board of directors and the Company’s sole equity holder in connection with this offering and will automatically terminate, unless earlier terminated by the board of directors, ten years after approval by the board of directors.

 

146


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents information concerning the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (2) the selling stockholder, (3) each of our directors and named executive officers and (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. The table also contains information about beneficial ownership, as adjusted, to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering assuming:

 

   

             shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , 2017 and              shares outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants that are exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless indicated below, the address of each individual listed below is c/o Foundation Building Materials, Inc., 2741 Walnut Avenue, Suite 200, Tustin, CA 92780.

The selling stockholder may be deemed an underwriter in connection with this offering.

 

147


Table of Contents

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares of
common stock
beneficially
owned prior to this
offering
    Shares of
common stock
beneficially
owned after
this offering
assuming
no exercise
of underwriters’
option
    Shares of
common stock
beneficially
owned after
this offering
assuming
full exercise of
underwriters’
option
 
    Shares
of
common
stock
    Percentage
of Total
Outstanding
Common
Stock (%)
    Number
of
Shares
Being
Sold in
this
Offering
    Shares of
common
stock
    Percentage
of Total
Outstanding
Common
Stock (%)
    Shares of
common
stock
    Percentage
of Total
Outstanding
Common
Stock (%)
 

5% Stockholder and Selling Stockholder

             

LSF9 Cypress Parent 2 LLC (1)

      100                        

Named Executive Officers

             

Ruben Mendoza (2)

                                                

John Gorey (2)

                                                

Pete Welly (2)

                                                

Director and Director Nominee s

             

Ruben Mendoza (2)

                                                

Kevin Barner (2)

                                                

Nick Beevers (2)

                                                

Court Carruthers

                                                

Fareed Kahn

                                                

Dominic LaValle (2)

                                                

Samuel D. Loughlin (2)

                                                

Chris Meyer (2)

                                                

James Underhill

                                                

Kyle Volluz (2)

                                                

Grant Wilbeck (2)

                                                

All Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers as a group (17 persons)

                                                

 

(1) Cypress Parent will directly own 100% of our common stock prior to this offering. Cypress Parent is a Delaware limited liability company and prior to this offering will be wholly owned by LSF9 Cypress LP, a Delaware limited partnership, which is controlled by its general partner, LSF9 GenPar LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is controlled by Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which is controlled by its general partner, Lone Star Partners IX, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership, which is controlled by its general partner, Lone Star Management Co. IX, Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company, which is controlled by its sole owner (shareholder) John P. Graken. The address for such persons is 2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1700, Dallas, Texas 75204.
(2) Owns interests in entities which own direct or indirect non-controlling interests in LSF9 Cypress Parent 2 LLC and therefore expressly disclaims any beneficial ownership of our common stock owned by LSF9 Cypress Parent 2 LLC.

 

148


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Relationships with Lone Star and Affiliates

Lone Star currently owns all of our outstanding equity interests. Upon completion of this offering, Lone Star will own         % of our outstanding common stock (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

For as long as Lone Star and its affiliates continue to beneficially own shares of common stock representing more than a majority of the voting power of our common stock, they will be able to direct the election of all of the members of our board of directors and exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities, the repurchase or redemption of common stock and the payment of dividends. Similarly, Lone Star will have the power to determine matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders without the consent of our other stockholders, will have the power to prevent a change in our control and could take other actions that might be favorable to them. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Lone Star is not subject to any contractual obligations to retain its controlling interest, except that it has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives. Except for this period, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which Lone Star will maintain its beneficial ownership of our common stock following this offering. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Following this period, Lone Star will have rights to cause us to register its shares as described under “—Registration Rights Agreement” below.

Asset Advisory Agreement

In connection with the Lone Star Acquisition, on October 9, 2015, Cypress and Hudson Americas L.P., or the Manager, an affiliate of Lone Star, entered into an Asset Advisory Agreement, or the Asset Advisory Agreement. Pursuant to the Asset Advisory Agreement, the Manager provides certain asset management services with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries and its and their respective assets or acquired equity interests, or the Assets collectively, including: (i) communicating and coordinating with any personnel or other service providers hired by Cypress or its subsidiaries with respect to the Assets; (ii) assisting and advising Cypress in the pursuit of the Company’s long-term plan developed and adopted by Cypress with respect to the Assets; (iii) subject to the availability of sufficient funds, implementing the long-term plan and managing the Assets in accordance with the long-term plan; and (iv) taking any actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to protect the interests of Cypress with respect to the Assets in response to certain emergency situations. Pursuant to the Asset Advisory Agreement, Cypress pays the Manager an amount equal to 110% of the hourly billing rates of the individuals performing management services, and all expenses incurred by the Manager on behalf of Cypress will be paid by Cypress. The Asset Advisory Agreement is terminable by Cypress, the Manager or Lone Star upon 30 days’ notice from one party to the others.

We expect to terminate the Asset Advisory Agreement in connection with the consummation of the offering.

 

149


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with Lone Star in connection with the consummation of this offering. The terms of the registration rights agreement will include provisions for demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights in favor of Lone Star. The registration rights agreement will not provide for the payment of any consideration by us to Lone Star if a registration statement for the resale of shares of common stock held by Lone Star is not declared effective or if the effectiveness is not maintained. We expect that              shares of our common stock will be entitled to these registration rights following completion of this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). However, the underwriting agreement prohibit us from a filing any registration statement for the resale of shares of common stock held by Lone Star for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior consent of the representatives. Shares registered with the SEC pursuant to these registration rights will be eligible for sale in the public markets, as described in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” subject to the lock-up agreement described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with Lone Star. We and our subsidiaries have generated, or are expected to generate, the Covered Tax Benefits, which may reduce the actual liability for certain taxes that we might otherwise be required to pay. These Covered Tax Benefits include: (i) all depreciation and amortization deductions, and any offset to taxable income and gain or increase to taxable loss, resulting from the tax basis that we have in our assets as of the time of the consummation of this offering, (ii) the utilization of our and our subsidiaries’ net operating losses and tax credits, if any, attributable to periods prior to this offering, (iii) deductions in respect of payments made, funded or reimbursed by Lone Star under the LTIP, (iv) deductions in respect of transaction expenses attributable to certain acquisitions made by us prior to this offering, (v) deductions in respect of the debt issuance costs and original issue discount associated with certain of our financing agreements, (vi) deductions in respect of offering-related expenses and (vii) certain other tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement. The tax receivable agreement provides for payments to Lone Star in an amount equal to 90% of the aggregate reduction in U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income taxes payable realized by us and our subsidiaries (using an assumed combined state and local tax rate of 5%) from the utilization of such Covered Tax Benefits.

The obligations under the tax receivable agreement will be our obligations and not obligations of our subsidiaries and are not conditioned upon Lone Star maintaining a continued direct or indirect ownership interest in us. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the aggregate reduction in income tax payable by us will be computed by comparing our actual income tax liability with our hypothetical liability had we not been able to utilize the Covered Tax Benefits, taking into account several assumptions and adjustments, including, for example, that:

 

   

we will pay state and local tax at a rate of 5%, even though our actual effective state and local tax rate may be materially lower;

 

   

tax benefits existing at the time of the offering are deemed to be utilized before any post-closing/after-acquired tax benefits;

 

   

a non-taxable transfer of assets by us to a non-consolidated entity is treated under the tax receivable agreement as a taxable sale at fair market value; and

 

150


Table of Contents
   

a taxable sale or other taxable transfer of subsidiary stock by us (in cases where the subsidiary’s tax basis in its assets exceeds our tax basis in the subsidiary’s stock) is treated under the tax receivable agreement as a taxable sale of the subsidiary’s assets.

The foregoing assumptions and adjustments could cause us to be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are significantly greater than the benefits we realize in respect of the Covered Tax Benefits.

The tax receivable agreement will become effective upon the completion of this offering and will remain in effect until all such Covered Tax Benefits have been used or expired, unless the agreement is terminated early, as described below.

We expect that the payments we make under the tax receivable agreement could be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that future payments under the tax receivable agreement will total between approximately $         million and $         million (excluding any payments that may be made to Lone Star under the tax receivable agreement as a result of tax benefits recognized in connection with payments under the LTIP). Depending on the amount and timing of our future earnings (if any) and on other factors, including the effect of any limitations imposed on our ability to use the Covered Tax Benefits, it is possible that all payments required under the tax receivable agreement could become due within a relatively short period of time. The actual amount and utilization of the Covered Tax Benefits, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement are generally due within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, but interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 300 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. Late payments will generally accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 625 basis points.

The tax receivable agreement provides that if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement with approval of a majority of our independent directors and with Lone Star’s consent, we are in material breach of our obligations under the agreement, certain credit events described in the tax receivable agreement occur with respect to us, Lone Star elects to terminate the tax receivable agreement following certain changes of control or Lone Star elects to terminate the tax receivable agreement on or after the fifteenth anniversary of this offering, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits to Lone Star. Such payment would be based on certain valuation assumptions, including the assumption that we and our subsidiaries have sufficient taxable income and tax liabilities to fully utilize such tax benefits. We may elect to completely terminate the tax receivable agreement early only with the written approval of Lone Star. The tax receivable agreement also provides that, in the event that Lone Star does not elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement upon certain changes of control, our (or our successor’s) payments under the tax receivable agreement for each taxable year after any such event would be based on certain valuation assumptions, including the assumption that we and our subsidiaries have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the Covered Tax Benefits. Accordingly, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits and may be significantly greater than the benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

 

151


Table of Contents

In addition, were the Internal Revenue Service to successfully challenge the availability or amount of any of the Covered Tax Benefits, Lone Star would not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement, but future payments under the tax receivable agreement, if any, would be netted against any unreimbursed payments to reflect the result of any such successful challenge by the Internal Revenue Service. As a result, we could make payments under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our actual cash savings in income tax.

We have full responsibility and sole discretion over all tax matters concerning the Company. However, we will be required to notify Lone Star of any audit by a taxing authority, the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect Lone Star’s rights under the tax receivable agreement. We will not have the right to enter into any settlement of such an audit without the consent of Lone Star (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

For so long as the tax receivable agreement remains outstanding, without the prior written consent of Lone Star (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), we are restricted from (x) entering into any agreement or amendment, after Lone Star ceases to control the Company, that would materially restrict (or in the case of amendments, further restrict beyond the restrictions in the Company’s existing financing agreements) our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreement, or (y) unless permitted by the terms of the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement or any replacement senior debt document to the extent that the terms thereof are no less restrictive in this regard than the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement, incurring debt that would cause our consolidated total leverage ratio (the ratio of consolidated total indebtedness for borrowed money less balance sheet cash to consolidated EBITDA) to exceed                     . In addition, we are prohibited under the tax receivable agreement from replacing our existing financing agreements with any senior debt document that does not permit our subsidiaries to make dividends to us to the extent necessary to make the payments under the tax receivable agreement, without conditions, unless Lone Star otherwise consents.

Certain risks related to the tax receivable agreement are discussed in greater detail above in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Real Property Leases with Former Owners of Acquired Companies

We lease certain properties from the former owners of acquired companies, some of whom became our employees following the acquisition. Such post-acquisition leases are common within our industry. We conduct these leases as arm’s-length transactions. Management reviews and approves all such leases.

Executive Officer and Director Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated bylaws will permit us to indemnify our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, subject to limited exceptions. We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors prior to the consummation of this offering that will provide, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions

We will implement a written policy in connection with this offering pursuant to which the audit committee will review and approve transactions with our directors, officers and holders of

 

152


Table of Contents

more than 5% of our voting securities and their affiliates. Prior to approving any transaction with a related party, the audit committee will consider the material facts as to the related party’s relationship with us or interest in the transaction. Related party transactions will not be approved unless the audit committee has approved of the transaction. We did not have a formal review and approval policy for related party transactions at the time of any transaction described above.

 

153


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our capital stock, as well as other material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each of which as will be in effect as of the consummation of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize the issuance of up to              shares of common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued in connection with this offering will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

The holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of our common stock will receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of or provision for any liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors will be able to issue preferred stock in one or more series and determine the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications and restrictions granted to or imposed upon our preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. Issuances of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and reduce the likelihood that holders of our common stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. Any issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock and could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of our company. Our board of directors does not presently have any plans to issue shares of preferred stock.

Limitations on Directors’ Liability

Our governing documents will limit the liability of, and require us to indemnify, our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL permits a corporation to limit or

 

154


Table of Contents

eliminate a director’s personal liability to the corporation or the holders of its capital stock for breach of fiduciary duty. This limitation is generally unavailable for acts or omissions by a director which (i) were not in good faith, (ii) were the result of intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) the director derived an improper personal benefit from (such as a financial profit or other advantage to which the director was not legally entitled) or (iv) breached the director’s duty of loyalty. The DGCL also prohibits limitations on director liability under Section 174 of the DGCL, which relates to certain unlawful dividend declarations and stock repurchases. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the settlement costs and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We maintain insurance that insures our directors and officers against certain losses and which insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers.

Exclusive Forum Clause

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including any beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, will be a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware); in all cases subject to such court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Delaware Takeover Statute

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will opt out of the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. This section prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, or an Interested Stockholder, an affiliate of an Interested Stockholder or an associate of an Interested Stockholder, in each case for three years following the date that the stockholder became an Interested Stockholder.

Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be Adopted and Delaware Law That May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

Provisions of the DGCL and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire our company by means of

 

155


Table of Contents

a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging certain takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value. However, these provisions may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of us that a stockholder might consider is in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairman of our board or the chief executive officer with the concurrence of a majority of the board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our company.

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as director. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with such advance notice procedures and provide us with certain information. Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if such rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our company.

Supermajority Voting for Amendments to Our Governing Documents

Any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all shares of our common stock then outstanding. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may amend our bylaws only with the approval of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all shares of our common stock then outstanding.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that a stockholder’s right to vote cumulatively in the election of directors does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will initially be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I directors shall

 

156


Table of Contents

initially serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; Class II directors shall initially serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and Class III directors shall initially serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and ending with the third annual meeting of stockholders thereafter, directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term. Beginning with the fourth annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a one-year term. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors, but must consist of not less than three or more than 15 directors.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that (i) prior to the date on which Lone Star and its affiliates cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class and (ii) on and after the date Lone Star and its affiliates cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that any newly created directorships and any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of the majority of remaining directors.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

The DGCL permits any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders to be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will preclude stockholder action by written consent after the date on which Lone Star and its affiliates cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of officers and directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’

 

157


Table of Contents

fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that eliminate, to the extent allowable under the DGCL, the personal liability of officers and directors for monetary damages for actions taken as an officer or a director, as the case may be. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to our officers and directors to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We will also be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance for our officers and directors as well as certain employees for certain liabilities.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against officers and directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit our company and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our officers, directors or employees for which indemnification is being sought.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without your approval. The DGCL does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, NYSE listing requirements require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then-outstanding voting power or the then-outstanding number of shares of common stock. No assurances can be given that our shares will remain so listed. We may use additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting rights or other preferences, without stockholder approval. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Corporate Opportunities and Transactions with Lone Star

In recognition that principals, members, directors, managers, partners, stockholders, officers, employees and other representatives of Lone Star may serve as our directors or officers, and that the Lone Star may engage in similar activities or lines of business that we do, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for the allocation of certain corporate opportunities between us and the Lone Star. Specifically, none of Lone Star or any principal, member, director, manager, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of Lone Star has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business that we do. In the event that Lone Star or any of the foregoing acquire knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for itself and us, we will not have any expectancy in the corporate opportunity and neither Lone Star nor such party will have any duty to communicate or offer the corporate opportunity to us and may pursue or acquire such corporate opportunity for itself or direct such opportunity to another person. In addition, if one of our directors or officers who is

 

158


Table of Contents

also a principal, member, director, manager, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of Lone Star acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for us and Lone Star, we will not have any expectancy in the corporate opportunity unless the corporate opportunity is expressly offered to the person solely in his or her capacity as one of our directors or officers. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

In recognition that we may engage in material business transactions with Lone Star, from which we are expected to benefit, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any of our directors or officers who are also principals, members, directors, managers, partners, stockholders, officers, employees or other representatives of Lone Star will have fully satisfied and fulfilled his or her fiduciary duty to us and our stockholders with respect to such transaction, if:

 

   

the transaction was approved, after being made aware of the material facts of the relationship between each of us or one of our subsidiaries and Lone Star and the material terms and facts of the transaction, by (1) an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of our board of directors who do not have a material financial interest in the transaction, or disinterested persons or (2) an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of a committee of our board of directors consisting of members who are disinterested persons;

 

   

the transaction was fair to us at the time we entered into the transaction; or

 

   

the transaction was approved by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of shares of our common stock entitled to vote, excluding Lone Star and any holder who has a material financial interest in the transaction.

By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have received notice of and consented to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock is             .

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “FBM.”

 

159


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Set forth below are summaries of certain terms of our existing indebtedness. These summaries are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the complete text of the applicable agreement, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

ABL Credit Facility

On August 9, 2016, we entered into the ABL Credit Facility with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders, which provided for initial borrowings of up to $250.0 million, and on September 23, 2016, we entered into an incremental facility amendment to the ABL Credit Facility, increasing the size of the revolving commitments thereunder by $50.0 million. The ABL Credit Facility provides for a $300.0 million revolving credit facility and matures on February 9, 2021. The ABL Credit Facility includes an option to further increase the maximum commitments up to an aggregate amount (which includes the September 2016 incremental of $50.0 million referenced above) not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) such amount as would not cause the total revolving commitments under the ABL Credit Facility to exceed the aggregate borrowing base under the ABL Credit Facility by more than $50.0 million, in each case as of the date of such incurrence, subject to the conditions set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Interest on borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility accrues at a rate equal to LIBOR or CDOR (as applicable, based on the currency of the borrowing) plus a margin of 1.25% to 1.75% based on average daily availability for the most recent fiscal year, or if selected by the borrower, ABR or the Canadian prime rate (as applicable, based on the currency of the borrowing) plus a margin of 0.25% to 0.75% based on average daily availability for the most recent fiscal quarter, in all such cases subject to an additional 2.0% on overdue amounts during certain default events. There are currently $190.0 million of borrowings and no letters of credit outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility, resulting in available capacity under the ABL Credit Facility of $110.0 million.

The ABL Credit Agreement contains customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default, including covenants which generally restrict our business and limit our ability to, among other things: dispose of certain assets; incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; enter into new lines of business; make certain investments, intercompany loans or payments in respect of indebtedness; incur or maintain liens; modify certain terms of our or their organizational documents, certain agreements or certain debt instruments; declare or pay dividends or make other restricted payments (including redemption of our stock); engage in certain transactions with affiliates; enter into certain sale leaseback transactions; modify the terms of certain of our existing contractual agreements; and engage in mergers, consolidations or the sale or disposition of substantially all of its assets. The ABL Credit Agreement also includes representations and warranties which we must be able to make in order to obtain borrowings under the facility and a financial maintenance covenant and events of default related to, among other things: the non-payment of principal, interest or fees; violations of covenants; material inaccuracy of representations or warranties; failure to timely deliver a borrowing base certificate; certain bankruptcy events; certain events under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; invalidity of guarantees or security interests; default in payment under or the acceleration of other indebtedness; material judgments; and certain change of control events, each of which could result in the facility being terminated and any outstanding debt becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity. The financial maintenance covenant under the ABL Credit Agreement is a minimum fixed charge

 

160


Table of Contents

coverage ratio test set at a level of 1.00:1.00, which is only tested at times when availability under the ABL Credit Facility is less than a certain threshold.

Borrowings by Cypress Holdings and the other U.S. borrowers are guaranteed by Cypress and by each of its U.S. direct or indirect wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (other than the applicable borrower and any Excluded Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture)). Borrowings by the Canadian borrowers are guaranteed by Cypress Holdings, the U.S. guarantors and Cypress’s Canadian direct or indirect wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (other than the applicable borrower, immaterial subsidiaries and certain other subsidiaries). The obligations of the U.S. borrowers and U.S. guarantors under the ABL Credit Facility are secured by substantially all the assets of the U.S. borrowers and the U.S. guarantors, with certain exceptions, and the obligations of the Canadian borrowers and the Canadian guarantors under the ABL Credit Facility are secured by substantially all the assets of the U.S. borrowers, the U.S. guarantors, the Canadian borrowers and the Canadian guarantors, with certain exceptions. The applicable agent under the ABL Credit Facility, for the benefit of the lenders under the ABL Credit Facility and certain other secured parties, such as holders of hedging and cash management obligations, has a first priority perfected lien on certain priority collateral of the grantors, generally consisting of current assets, including inventory, accounts receivable, deposit accounts, cash and certain related assets, subject to certain exceptions. Subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, the ABL Credit Facility is secured on a second-priority basis by the Notes priority collateral described below.

The ABL Credit Facility restricts any person or group of persons that are not Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.) L.P., Hudson Americas L.P., certain of their affiliates and certain of our senior management members from owning more than the greater of 35% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock and the percentage of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock held by Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.) L.P., Hudson Americas L.P., certain of their affiliates, and certain of our senior management members.

Notes

In August 2016, we completed a private offering of $575.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. In the offering we received net proceeds of approximately $563.5 million, which were used in part to repay and terminate the 2015 Credit Facilities. The Notes carry a coupon of 8.25% per annum and mature August 15, 2021.

The Indenture contains customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default, including covenants which generally restrict our business and limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem our stock or make other distributions, make certain investments, limit the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to us or make other intercompany transfers, create liens, sell or transfer certain assets, engage in certain transactions with respect to all or substantially all of our assets, enter into certain transactions with affiliates and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The Indenture also contains events of default related to, among other things: the non-payment of principal, premium or interest on any Note; violations of any agreement or obligation contained in the Indenture and related documents; certain bankruptcy events; invalidity of guarantees or security interests; default in payment under or the acceleration of other indebtedness; and material judgments, any of which could result in the trustee for the Notes declaring the principal of the Notes together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to be immediately due and payable.

 

161


Table of Contents

The Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Cypress and its existing and future wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries (other than Cypress Holdings, FBM Finance, Inc. and any immaterial or other Excluded Subsidiary), with such guarantees subject to release under circumstances specified in the Indenture. The Notes are secured on a first-priority basis by a pledge of certain priority collateral of Cypress Holdings, Cypress Finance, Inc. and the guarantors of the Notes, generally consisting of fixed assets such as material intellectual property, material owned real property, equipment and fixtures and certain general intangibles, including equity interests in restricted subsidiaries held by the Cypress Holdings, FBM Finance, Inc. and the U.S. guarantors, and substantially all of Cypress Holding’s, FBM Finance, Inc.’s and the U.S. guarantors’ other assets, other than the priority collateral under the ABL Credit Facility, subject to certain exceptions. Subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, the Notes are secured on a second-priority basis by the ABL Credit Facility priority collateral described above.

The Indenture restricts any person or group of persons that are not Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.) L.P. or certain of our senior management members from owning greater than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

162


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Immediately following the consummation of the offering, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the              shares sold in this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may generally be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed restricted securities, as defined in Rule 144. We expect that Lone Star will be considered an affiliate of ours after this offering based on its expected share ownership and representation on our board of directors. Certain other of our stockholders may also be considered affiliates at that time.

We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of shares of our common stock from time to time or the availability of shares of our common stock for future sale may have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities or otherwise. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers and directors and the holder of all of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately prior to this offering will be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will restrict the sale of shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section entitled “Underwriting.”

Sales of Restricted Securities

Other than the shares sold in this offering, all of the remaining shares of our common stock outstanding following the consummation of the offering will be available for sale, subject to the lock-up agreements described above, after the date of this prospectus in registered sales or pursuant to Rule 144 or another exemption from registration. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which is summarized below.

In general, under Rule 144, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock beneficially owned thereby for at least one year without regard to the volume limitations summarized below. However, such non-affiliate need only have beneficially owned such shares to be sold for at least six months if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days at the time of such sale and there is adequate current public information about us available. In either case, a non-affiliate may include the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate of ours.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of: (i) 1% of the number of shares of

 

163


Table of Contents

our common stock then-outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after the consummation of this offering; and (ii) the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the applicable stock exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

As a result of the provisions of Rule 144, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market upon the expiration or, if earlier, the waiver of the lock-up period provided for in the lock-up agreements, subject, in some cases, to volume limitations.

Additional Registration Statements

In addition,              shares of common stock may be granted under the 2017 Stock Incentive Plan, including grants to be made in connection with this offering. We intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act after this offering to register up to              shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2017 Stock Plan and any future equity incentive plans. These registration statements will become effective upon filing and shares covered by these registration statements will be eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective dates of these registration statements, subject to any vesting restrictions and limitations on exercise under the applicable equity incentive plan, the lock-up agreements described in the section entitled “Underwriting” and, with respect to affiliates, limitations under Rule 144.

Registration Rights Agreement

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Lone Star. The terms of the registration rights agreement will include provisions for demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights in favor of Lone Star. Demand registration rights require that, subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, Lone Star will have the right to require that we register its shares under the Securities Act for sale to the public. Piggyback registration rights allow Lone Star to include its shares in any registration that we effect under the Securities Act, other than a registration effected pursuant to an exercise of demand registration rights, subject to specified exceptions. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with the exercise of these registration rights. The registration rights agreement will not provide however for the payment of any consideration by us to Lone Star if a registration statement for the resale of shares of common stock held by Lone Star is not declared effective or if the effectiveness is not maintained.

Immediately following consummation of this offering, all shares of our common stock held by Lone Star will be entitled to these registration rights. Shares registered with the SEC pursuant to these registration rights will be eligible for sale in the public markets upon effectiveness of the registration statement covering those shares. However, the underwriting agreement and lock-up agreements prohibit us from filing any registration statement for the resale of shares of common stock held by Lone Star for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior consent of the representatives. By exercising its registration rights and causing a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market, Lone Star could cause the price of the common stock to fall. In addition, any demand to include these shares in our registration statements could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise needed capital. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

164


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock purchased pursuant to this offering by a non-U.S. holder. As used in this prospectus, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of 5% or less of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust and is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (including any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia);

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

An individual who is not a citizen of the United States may, subject to certain restrictions as well as limitations contained in any applicable income tax treaties, be deemed to be a resident of the United States by reason of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three year period ending in the current calendar year (counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediate preceding calendar year and one sixth of the days present in the second preceding calendar year). U.S. residents are generally taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the same manner as U.S. citizens.

This discussion assumes that you will hold our common stock issued pursuant to this offering as a capital asset within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (i.e., generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of the holder’s individual investment or tax circumstances, or to non-U.S. holders that are subject to special tax rules. In addition, this description of U.S. tax consequences does not address:

 

   

U.S. state and local or non-U.S. tax consequences;

 

   

U.S. federal estate or gift tax consequences;

 

   

the U.S. net investment income tax that is imposed in addition to other U.S. income taxes (the Unearned Income Medicare Contribution)

 

   

specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder’s tax position;

 

   

the tax consequences for the stockholders, partners or beneficiaries of a non-U.S. holder;

 

   

special tax rules that may apply to some non-U.S. holders, including without limitation, banks, insurance companies, financial institutions, qualified foreign pension funds, hybrid entities, broker-dealers, tax-exempt entities, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies or U.S. expatriates; or

 

165


Table of Contents
   

special tax rules that may apply to a non-U.S. holder that holds our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge or conversion transaction or other integrated investment.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A beneficial owner of our common stock that is a partnership and partners in such a partnership should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the IRS or any opinion of counsel with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained.

We strongly urge you to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing our common stock, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any foreign, state, local or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Dividends

We have no present intention to pay dividends on our common stock. However, if distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) are made to non-U.S. holders on shares of our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the requirements for and manner of claiming the benefits of such treaty (including, without limitation, the need to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number).

If the non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States, either directly or through an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes, and the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, and, if provided in an applicable income tax treaty, are dividends attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the dividends are not subject to the U.S. withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income

 

166


Table of Contents

basis at applicable graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with for effectively connected income or income attributable to a permanent establishment to be exempt from withholding. Any effectively connected dividends or dividends attributable to a permanent establishment received by a non-U.S. holder that is treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. tax purposes may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or an exemption from withholding because dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder generally must provide to the withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, (or successor form) for treaty benefits or IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) for effectively connected income, before the payment of dividends, and, if claiming the benefit of a tax treaty, generally must certify under penalties of perjury on the appropriate forms that such non-U.S. holder is not a U.S. person and is eligible for treaty benefits. These forms may need to be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund along with the required information. Special certification rules apply to certain partnerships and trusts. Accordingly, a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding its status under U.S. tax law and the certification requirements applicable to it.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless any one of the following applies:

 

  1. The non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and certain other requirements are met;

 

  2. The gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, directly or through an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes and, if an applicable tax treaty requires, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of such non-U.S. holder; or

 

  3. We are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “United States real property holding corporation,” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the relevant period. Generally, a United States corporation is treated as a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business.

We believe that we have not been and are not currently a United States real property holding corporation, and we do not expect to become a United States real property holding corporation. However, no assurances can be made in this regard. Furthermore, no assurances can be provided that our stock will be considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose.

Non-U.S. holders described in clause (1) above are taxed on their gains (including gains from sales of our common stock and net of applicable U.S. losses from sales or exchanges of

 

167


Table of Contents

other capital assets incurred during the year) at a flat rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non- U.S. holders described in clause (2) or (3) above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If a non-U.S. holder described in clause (2) is a corporation, it may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, if we are determined to be a United States real property holding corporation and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, then a purchaser may be required to withhold 15% of the proceeds payable to a non-U.S. holder from a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and other official guidance (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless those entities comply with certain requirements under the Code and applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, which requirements may be modified by an “intergovernmental agreement” entered into between the United States and an applicable foreign country. Future Treasury Regulations or other official guidance may modify these requirements.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and the IRS has announced that FATCA withholding will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019. The FATCA withholding tax will apply to all withholdable payments without regard to whether the beneficial owner of the payment would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from imposition of withholding tax pursuant to an applicable tax treaty with the United States. Under certain circumstances (including, for example, where an applicable tax treaty applies), a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS, and to each non-U.S. Holder, the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. Holder. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of this information reporting may also be made available under the provisions of a specific tax treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S Holder resides or is established.

A non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to backup withholding for dividends on our common stock paid to such holder (at the applicable rate), unless such holder certifies under penalties of perjury that, among other things, it is a non-U.S. Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person), and otherwise complies with all applicable legal requirements.

 

168


Table of Contents

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. Holder outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes its shares of our common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. office of a foreign broker, the broker will generally be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the non-U.S. Holder to the IRS and also backup withhold on that amount, unless such non-U.S. Holder provides appropriate certification to the broker of its status as a non-U.S. person or otherwise establishes an exemption (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person). Information reporting will also apply if a non-U.S. Holder sells its shares of our common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that such non-U.S. Holder is a non-U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or such non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. Holder can be credited against the non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or refunded, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

The foregoing discussion is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. holders. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to you of ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the effect of any U.S., state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws and any applicable income tax treaty.

 

169


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, through their representatives Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholder the following number of shares of common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares
 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Stephens Inc.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the shares of common stock offered hereby are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below unless and until this option is exercised, if any of these shares are purchased.

We have been advised by the representatives of the underwriters that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $        per share under the public offering price. After the initial public offering, representatives of the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

We and the selling stockholder have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of common stock as the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We and the selling stockholder will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of common stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the              shares are being offered.

The underwriting discounts and commissions per share are equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are     % of the initial public

 

170


Table of Contents

offering price. We and the selling stockholder have agreed to pay the underwriters the following discounts and commissions, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares:

 

            Total Fees  
     Fee per share      Without Exercise of
Over-Allotment Option
     With Full Exercise of
Over-Allotment Option
 

Discounts and commissions paid by us

   $                    $                    $                

Discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholder

   $         $         $     

In addition, we estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses up to a maximum amount of $            .

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some specified types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of any of these liabilities.

We, our officers and directors and the selling stockholder have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions.

Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares.

Naked short sales are any sales in excess of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives of the underwriters have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

171


Table of Contents

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our common stock. Additionally, these purchases, along with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to         % of the common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our director, director nominees, officers and certain of our employees and other persons associated with us. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the sales will be made by                                                  , an underwriter of this offering, through a Directed Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved common stock, it will reduce the number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares of common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Any shares sold in the Directed Share Program to a party who has entered into a lock-up agreement described above shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreement.

Pricing of this Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiation among us, the selling stockholder and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the primary factors that will be considered in determining the public offering price are:

 

   

prevailing market conditions;

 

   

our results of operations in recent periods;

 

   

the present stage of our development;

 

   

the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies that we and the representatives of the underwriters believe to be comparable to our business; and

 

   

estimates of our business potential.

Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerages and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the Company and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of RBC Capital Markets, LLC is a lender under the ABL Credit Facility. A portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility. As a result, more than 5% of the net proceeds from this offering will be paid to affiliates of certain of the underwriters. Therefore, this offering is being made in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the FINRA rules, must have participated in the preparation of the registration statement and performed its usual

 

172


Table of Contents

standard of due diligence with respect to that registration statement. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is serving as a qualified independent underwriter and will assume the customary responsibilities of acting as a qualified independent underwriter in conducting due diligence and reviewing and participating in the preparation of this registration statement. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. will not receive any additional compensation for acting as a qualified independent underwriter. We have agreed to indemnify                      against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Notice to Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of this offering may not be made in that Relevant Member State other than the offers contemplated in the prospectus once the prospectus has been approved by the competent authority in such Relevant Member State and published and passported in accordance with the Prospectus Directive as implemented in the Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Issuer or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial

 

173


Table of Contents

Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholder prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

 

174


Table of Contents

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing the shares in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholder and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

   

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106—Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario),

 

   

the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103—Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations,

 

   

where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

 

   

the purchaser has reviewed the text above in the section entitled “– Resale Restrictions.”

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that each of the underwriters is relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105 – Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this prospectus.

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholder may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of the shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the

 

175


Table of Contents

Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is

 

176


Table of Contents

to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations, and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the Swiss Code of Obligations and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia (“Corporations Act”)) in relation to the common stock has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission (“ASIC”). This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a) you confirm and warrant that you are either:

(i) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

(ii) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to us which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

(iii) a person associated with the Company under Section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

(iv) a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act, and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act, any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

(b) you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the common stock for resale in Australia within 12 months of that common stock being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

 

177


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Baker Botts L.L.P.

EXPERTS

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

The financial statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. as of October 27, 2016 (inception), included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditor, as set forth in their report included therein. Such financial statement is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Cypress Holdings

The financial statements of LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and 2014 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in member’s equity, and cash flows for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor) included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Winroc-SPI

The combined financial statements of Construction Products Distribution as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Great Western

The combined financial statements of Great Western as of March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, and for the period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditor, as set forth in their report included therein and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

GSCIL

The financial statements of GSCIL as of December 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the period from January 1, 2015 to December 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditor, as set forth in their report included and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

178


Table of Contents

BAV

The abbreviated financial statements of BAV for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the 2015 financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the presentation of abbreviated financial statements), and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Ken API

The audited financial statements of Ken API as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, included in this prospectus, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of VonLehman & Company Inc., independent auditor, as set forth in their reports included therein.

Wagner

The combined abbreviated financial statements of Wagner, a business of CDM Investment Group, Inc., for the period from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014, included in this prospectus, have been audited by RSM US LLP, independent auditor, as set forth in their reports included therein.

 

179


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, of which this prospectus forms a part, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to our company and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits thereto. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits thereto, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, are also available to you for free on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon consummation of this offering we will become subject to the informational and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above or obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees at the address noted above or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to make available to our common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

180


Table of Contents
   FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.   
BALANCE SHEET AT OCTOBER 27, 2016 (INCEPTION)   
   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      F-2   
   Balance Sheet      F-3   
   Notes to Balance Sheet      F-4   
   LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries   
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR THE PERIODS FROM OCTOBER 9, 2015 (“ACQUISITION DATE”), TO DECEMBER 31, 2015 (SUCCESSOR), AND JANUARY 1, 2015 TO OCTOBER 8, 2015 AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 (PREDECESSOR)   
   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      F-7   
   Consolidated Statements of Operations      F-8   
   Consolidated Balance Sheets      F-9   
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      F-10   
   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity      F-11   
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements      F-12 -F-40  
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2016, AND DECEMBER 31, 2015, AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 (SUCCESSOR) AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2015 (PREDECESSOR)   
   Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets      F-43   
   Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations      F-44   
   Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      F-45   
   Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements      F-46 - F-65   
   Construction Products Distribution   
AUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014, AND 2013   
   Independent Auditor’s Report      F-67   
   Combined Balance Sheets      F-69   
   Combined Statements of Changes in Owners’ Net Investment      F-70   
   Combined Statements of Net Earnings and Total Comprehensive Loss      F-71   
   Combined Statements of Cash Flows      F-72   
   Notes to the Combined Financial Statements      F-73 - F-101   

 

F-i


Table of Contents
UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION DIVISION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2015   
   Condensed Combined Balance Sheets      F-103   
   Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Owners’ Net Investment      F-104   
   Condensed Combined Statements of Net Earnings and Total Comprehensive Income (Loss )      F-105   
   Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows      F-106   
   Notes to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements      F-107 - F-116   
   Ken Builders Supply, Inc.   
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC. AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015, AND DECEMBER 31, 2014, AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014   
   Independent Auditors’ Report      F-119   
   Balance Sheets      F-120   
   Statements of Operations      F-121   
   Statements of Stockholders’ Equity      F-122   
   Statements of Cash Flows      F-123   
   Notes to Financial Statements      F-124 - F-132   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC AS OF MARCH 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2015, AND FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 AND MARCH 31, 2015   
   Independent Accountants’ Review Report      F-135   
   Balance Sheets      F-136   
   Statements of Income      F-137   
   Statement of Stockholders’ Equity      F-138   
   Statements of Cash Flows      F-139   
   Notes to Financial Statements      F-140 - F-148   
   Gypsum Supply Company   
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY AS OF DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND DECEMBER  31, 2014, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015 TO DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014   
   Independent Auditors’ Report      F-150   
   Balance Sheets      F-152   
   Statements of Income      F-153   
   Statements of Member’s Equity      F-154   
   Statements of Cash Flows      F-155   
   Notes to Financial Statements      F-156 - F-165   

 

F-ii


Table of Contents
   Great Western Building Materials   
AUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS AS OF MARCH 12, 2015, AND DECEMBER 31, 2014, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015 TO MARCH 12, 2015, AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014   
   Independent Auditors’ Report      F-168 - F-169   
   Combined Balance Sheets      F-170   
   Combined Statements of Operations      F-171   
   Combined Statements of Member’s Equity      F-172   
   Combined Statements of Cash Flows      F-173   
   Notes to Combined Financial Statements      F-174 - F-180   
   BAV, Inc.   
AUDITED ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT OF BAV, INC. FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH DECEMBER 5, 2014   
   Independent Auditors’ Report      F-183   
   Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses      F-184   
   Notes to the Abbreviated Financial Statement      F-185 - F-187   
   Wagner (A business of CDM Investment Group, Inc.)   
AUDITED COMBINED ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT OF WAGNER (A BUSINESS OF CDM INVESTMENT GROUP INC.) FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH MAY 30, 2014   
   Independent Auditor’s Report      F-190   
   Combined Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses      F-191   
   Notes to the Combined Abbreviated Financial Statement      F-192 - F-194   

 

F-iii


Table of Contents

 

Foundation Building

Materials, Inc.

 

 

Balance Sheet at October 27, 2016 (inception)

 

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Member

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. (the “Company”) as of October 27, 2016. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. as of October 27, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

November 4, 2016

Costa Mesa, CA

 

F-2


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.

Balance Sheet

At October 27, 2016 (inception)

 

     October 27,
2016
 
     USD  

Assets

  

Total assets

   $   
  

 

 

 

Shareholder’s equity

  

Common shares, $0.001 par value—1,000 shares authorized and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 10   

Additional paid in capital

     990   

Due from shareholder

     (1,000
  

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity

   $  
  

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.

Notes to Balance Sheet

As of October 27, 2016 (inception)

1.    Organization and Nature of the Business

Foundation Building Materials, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on October 27, 2016 (inception). The initial stockholder of the Company is LSF9 Cypress Parent 2, LLC, (“Parent”) which holds all of the common shares authorized, issued and outstanding.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statement of financial position is prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual future results could differ from these estimates and assumptions. Separate statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows have not been presented as there have been no activities for this entity. The Company’s year end is December 31.

On the date of incorporation, the sole shareholder, Parent, acquired 1,000 common shares of the Company’s authorized common shares for a consideration of $1.00 per share, or total consideration of $1,000. The amount of the subscription value in excess of the par value has been recorded as additional paid in capital.

The Company has recorded a note receivable from Parent company for the contracted subscription amount.

Offering Costs

In connection with the initial public offering (“IPO”), affiliates of the Company have or will incur legal, accounting, and related costs, which will be reimbursed by the Company upon the consummation of the IPO. Such costs will be deferred and will be recorded as a reduction of proceeds of the IPO or as an offset to equity issued, or expensed if the IPO is not consummated.

Organization Costs

Organization costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs are comprised of the legal and professional fees associated with the formation of the Company.

3.    Subsequent Events

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to October 27, 2016 through November 4, 2016, which is the date the financial statements were issued, to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within these financial statements as of October 27, 2016 and has determined that there are no subsequent events requiring disclosure.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

 

LSF9 Cypress

Holdings, LLC and

Subsidiaries

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the

Periods from October 9, 2015 (“Acquisition Date”)

to December 31, 2015 (Successor) and

January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor)

and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor)

 

F-5


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

     Page #  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-8   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-9   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-10   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Member’s Equity

     F-11   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-12   

 

F-6


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Member of

LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and 2014 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in member’s equity, and cash flows for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and 2014 (Predecessor), and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

November 4, 2016

Costa Mesa, CA

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

($ in thousands)

 

     Successor             Predecessor  
     October 9,
2015 to

December 31,
2015
            January 1,
2015 to
October 8,
2015
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Net sales

   $ 192,539          $ 628,066      $ 508,853   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     143,333            452,909        368,064   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     49,206            175,157        140,789   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     44,196            131,524        115,462   

Depreciation and amortization

     7,170            15,615        11,729   

Acquisition related expenses

     3,464            39,691        4,683   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     54,830            186,830        131,874   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (5,624 )         (11,673     8,915   

Interest expense

     (7,044 )         (19,090     (9,980

Other income, net

     9            14        36   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (12,659         (30,749     (1,029

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (4,733 )         (1,294 )     812   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,926 )       $ (29,455 )   $ (1,841
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in thousands)

 

     Successor               Predecessor  
     December 31,
2015
              December 31,
2014
 

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,662            $ 2,216   

Accounts receivables—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of 2015—$6,304 and 2014—$4,733

     138,621              82,155   

Other receivables

     24,673              10,948   

Inventories

     71,876              51,409   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,666              1,797   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total current assets

     250,498              148,525   

Property and equipment, net

     66,141              35,171   

Intangibles assets, net

     154,458              45,237   

Goodwill

     289,086              43,762   

Other assets

     3,204              1,585   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 763,387            $ 274,280   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Liabilities and member’s equity

          

Current liabilities:

          

Asset-based credit facility

   $ 70,000            $  

Accounts payable

     59,193              35,907   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     10,942              6,047   

Accrued taxes

     5,765              3,145   

Other current liabilities

     9,501              4,092   

Current portion of notes payable

     1,492              28  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     156,893              49,219   

Long-term portion of notes payable, net

     300,315              178,301   

Deferred income taxes, net

     15,310              848   

Other liabilities

     118               
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     472,636              228,368   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11 and 14)

          

Member’s paid in capital

     298,677              49,186   

Accumulated deficit

     (7,926           (3,274
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total member’s equity

     290,751              45,912   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s equity

   $ 763,387            $ 274,280   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in thousands)

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     October 9,
2015 to

December 31,
2015
    January 1,
2015 to
October 8,
2015
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (7,926 )   $ (29,455 )   $ (1,841 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     1,973        7,808        7,586   

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,197        7,807        4,143   

Amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs and debt discount

     787        3,078       411  

Inventory fair value adjustment

     7,453        1,606          

Bad debt expense

     483        1,511        1,610   

(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment

     (30 )     281        202   

Paid-in-kind interest

           250        322   

Deferred income taxes

     6,521        (1,837 )     113   

Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

      

Accounts receivables

     11,436        (24,859 )     (9,375 )

Other receivables

     (5,973     (2,806     (5,293

Inventories

     89        4,862        (6,267 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     942        (1,252 )     787   

Other assets

     10,110       (1,019     (651 )

Accounts payable

     (13,088     21,437        1,304   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     1,753        9,342        2,486   

Accrued taxes

     (1,399     4,019        1,147   

Other current liabilities

     (718 )     18,403        (673 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     17,610        19,176        (3,989 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

     (2,760 )     (9,776 )     (9,205 )

Acquisition of Foundation Building Materials—net of cash acquired

     (549,307 )            

Acquisition of Great Western Building Materials—net of cash acquired

           (87,490 )      

Acquisition of Gypsum Supply Company—net of cash acquired

     (103,156            

Acquisition of Commercial Building Materials

     (5,100            

Acquisition of FBM Gypsum, LLC

                 (15,225

Acquisition of Central Building Materials, LLC

                 (8,900

Acquisition of FBM Wholesale Builders Supply, LLC

                 (19,315

Acquisition of FBM Wagner, LLC

                 (28,191 )

Acquisition of FBM BAV, LLC

                 (21,600 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (660,323 )     (97,266 )     (102,436 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from asset-based credit facility

     80,000        205,915        75,993   

Repayments of asset-based credit facility

     (10,000 )     (199,299 )     (34,892 )

Principal borrowings on long-term debt

     307,950        80,000        65,000   

Principal payments on long-term debt

                 (194 )

Debt issuance costs

     (8,172 )     (1,165 )     (904 )

Other financing activities

                 (856

Capital contributions

     272,904        1,116        326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     642,682        86,567        104,473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (31 )     8,477       (1,952

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     10,693        2,216        4,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 10,662      $ 10,693     $ 2,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

      

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ 1      $ 257      $ 736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 6,695      $ 15,649      $ 9,978   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Fair value of stock issued in acquisitions

   $     $     $ 800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQUITY

(in $ thousands)

 

Predecessor

   Member’s
Paid In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Member’s
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 48,060       $ (1,433 )   $ 46,627   

Capital contributions from former parent

     1,126               1,126   

Net loss

            (1,841 )     (1,841
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 49,186       $ (3,274 )   $ 45,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

   Member’s
Paid In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Member’s
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 49,186       $ (3,274 )   $ 45,912   

Capital contributions from former parent

     1,116               1,116   

Net loss

            (29,455 )     (29,455
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 8, 2015

   $ 50,302       $ (32,729 )   $ 17,573   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Successor

   Member’s
Paid In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Member’s
Equity
 

Balance at October 9, 2015

   $      $     $  

Capital contributions from current parent

     298,677               298,677   

Net loss

            (7,926 )     (7,926
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 298,677       $ (7,926 )   $ 290,751   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    Description of Company and Basis of Presentation

Description of Company

LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC (“Company” or “LSF9” or “Successor”) was formed on August 10, 2015, as a Delaware limited liability company and is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC (“Parent”), an affiliate of Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. (“Lone Star”).

LSF9 acquired FBM Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Holdings” or “Predecessor”) on October 9, 2015. LSF9 had no operations prior to the acquisition, and therefore, Holdings is the predecessor to the Company.

The Company, through its subsidiaries, is engaged in the wholesale and retail distribution of wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing and other products to commercial and residential building contractors and subcontractors. The Company has branch locations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas and Wisconsin.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements present the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and December 31, 2014 (Predecessor), and the activity of the Successor for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (“Successor Period”), and the activity of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 (“Predecessor Periods”). Operations of the Predecessor are presented based on its historical cost basis, which is not comparable to that of the Successor.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of the Successor and Predecessor include the accounts of Foundation Building Materials, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

Comprehensive Income

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Estimates that are more susceptible to change in the near term are the allowance for doubtful accounts, the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory, and recoverability of long-lived assets. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash includes deposits in financial institutions. The Company has its cash deposits held at major banks that at times may exceed federally insured limits. Cash and cash equivalents are defined as highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily from customers in the building industry located in the United States. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers; however, the Company’s policy is not to require collateral. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk.

Liquidity and Credit Risk

The primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash provided from operating activities and other borrowings. The primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to operate and fund current activities. The Company believes that cash and expected cash flow from operations are adequate to fund debt service requirements, operating lease obligations, capital expenditures and working capital obligations for the next twelve months.

Accounts Receivable

The Company sells to customers using credit terms customary in its industry. Accounts receivables are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s estimate of credit exposure, determined principally on the basis of its collection experience, aging of its receivables and significant individual account credit risk.

Other Receivables

Other receivables primarily consist of vendor rebates receivables. The Company receives rebates from certain vendors based on the volume of inventory purchases. Throughout the year, the amount of rebates receivable for the periodic programs are estimated based upon the expected level of purchases. Vendor rebates are accrued at the time the inventory is received. The Company accounts for these rebates as a reduction of inventory until the period in which the product is sold, at which time the reduced costs are included in cost of goods sold. The Company continually revises these estimates to reflect actual rebates earned.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Inventories

Inventories, consisting substantially of finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the moving weighted-average cost method. The Company routinely evaluates inventory for excess or obsolescence and considers factors such as historical usage rates and present demand.

Property and Equipment

All assets, including property and equipment, were recorded at fair value as of October 9, 2015. Property and equipment acquired outside of business combinations are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation during both the Successor and Predecessor periods. Major additions and improvements are capitalized and depreciated; maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Assets held for sale are not depreciated. Upon disposition, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in selling, general, and administrative expense. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings   5 to 39 years
Vehicles and equipment   5 to 10 years
Computers   3 to 5 years
Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Machinery and Equipment   3 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements   Lesser of useful life or lease term

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded under the discounted cash flow method. As of December 31, 2015, there were no impairments.

The Company assesses impairment of long-lived assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of tradenames, customer relationships, non-compete agreements and favorable and unfavorable leases, and are amortized using the straight-line method, which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be consumed. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the life of the intangible assets acquired:

 

Trade names   1 to 5 years
Customer relationships   5 to 6 years
Other intangible assets   1 to 13 years

The Company reviews intangible assets with finite lives for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value.

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

The Company performs an annual impairment test or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Such review entails comparing the carrying value to the fair value. Impairment is determined utilizing a two-step process. This process involves comparing the fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and compare it to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units using combinations of both the income and market valuation approaches. No impairment was recorded during the Successor Period or Predecessor Periods.

Debt Issuance Costs

During 2015, the Company elected early adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30), Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , including retroactively applying the guidance to December 31, 2014. The guidance simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding liability, consistent with debt discounts. The reclassification resulted in a decrease to other assets and long-term debt of $1.25 million in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2014. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected. Therefore, these costs will continue to be amortized as interest expense over the term of the corresponding debt issuance.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 , Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting (SEC Update), or ASU 2015-15. ASU 2015-15 clarifies that companies may continue to present unamortized debt issuance costs associated with line of credit arrangements as an asset. Prior to the issuance of ASU 2015-15, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflected this presentation and therefore, the adoption of ASU 2015-15 did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue at the point of sale or upon delivery to the customer’s site when the following four basic criteria are met:

 

   

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

   

delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

 

   

the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

 

   

collectability is reasonably assured.

Revenue is recognized when sales transactions occur and title is passed, the related product is delivered, and includes any applicable shipping and handling costs invoiced to the customer. The expense related to such costs is included in “Selling, general and administrative” expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. All revenues recognized are net of sales taxes collected. Sales taxes collected are subsequently remitted to the appropriate government authorities.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, inbound freight, inventory provisions, vendor discounts and vendor rebates.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, and acquisition related expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses related to the delivery and warehousing of our products, as well as employee compensation and benefits expenses for employees in our branches and yard support center, as well as other administrative expenses, such as legal, accounting, and information technology costs.

Depreciation and amortization expenses include depreciation expense on our property and equipment as well as amortization expense on our finite lived intangible assets.

Acquisition related expenses primarily comprise of legal, valuation, accounting and advisory costs related to the acquisitions.

Advertising

Advertising related costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising expense was $0.4 million for October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), $0.7 million for January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor), and $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor).

Income Taxes

The Predecessor as a limited liability company, under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable state laws is generally not subject to taxation of income. However, included

 

F-16


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

in the Predecessor consolidated financial statements is Home Acres Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, which made an entity classification election to be taxed as a C-corporation. The Successor has made an entity classification election to be taxed as a C-Corporation and under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable state laws is subject to taxation of income. However, in the Successor consolidated financial statements Home Acres Holdings, LLC made an entity classification election as of October 9, 2015 to be disregarded as a separate entity and under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable state laws is generally not subject to taxation.

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under ASC Topic 740, income taxes are accounted for based upon the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax expense (benefit) results from the net change in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Based on this guidance, the Company analyzes its filing positions, as well as all open tax years in relevant jurisdictions. Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable based solely on its technical merits. The Company has no material uncertain tax positions to report at December 31, 2015 or 2014.

The Company recognizes interest related to income tax matters as interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as other expense. The Company did not have any amounts accrued or expensed for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and December 31, 2014 (Predecessor), and for the periods from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), and January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor Periods).

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or price paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation models based upon the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 :    Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2 :    Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3 :    Inputs are unobservable and therefore reflect management’s best estimate of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company estimates the fair value of its assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements when the fair value is different from the carrying value of these instruments.

Reclassification

For the period ended December 31, 2015, the Company changed the manner in which it presents certain expenses related to the delivery and warehousing of its products in order to conform financial statement presentation to its industry peer group for comparability. These costs include warehousing and delivery costs, depreciation expense, payroll, and other costs directly attributable to the delivery of products to customers. In accordance with ACS 605, the classification of shipping and handling costs on the consolidated statement of operations is an accounting policy decision. The previous accounting classification recorded these amounts in cost of goods sold within the consolidated statement of operations. The new accounting classification moves these amounts to selling, general, and administrative expenses, with separate presentation of depreciation and amortization expense.

Accordingly, the respective balances for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements were reclassified in order to be consistent and comparable. The new account classification, as well as the reclassification for prior periods, had no effect on the consolidated balance sheets, statements of cash flows, or the statements of changes in member’s equity. Additionally, the reclassification did not impact (loss) income from operations or net loss. The details of the reclassification in the consolidated statements of operations for the period ended December 31, 2015 are included below:

 

($ in thousands)    Successor
October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015
 

Impact to Consolidated Statement of Operations

   As previously
reported
     Reclassification     As reclassified  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 170,092       $ (26,759   $ 143,333   

Gross profit

   $ 22,447       $ 26,759      $ 49,206   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 24,607      $ 19,589     $ 44,196  

Depreciation and amortization

   $      $ 7,170     $ 7,170  

The details of the reclassification in the statements of operations for the period ended October 8, 2015 are included below:

 

($ in thousands)    Predecessor
January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015
 

Impact to Consolidated Statement of Operations

   As previously
reported
     Reclassification     As reclassified  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 535,237       $ (82,328   $ 452,909   

Gross profit

   $ 92,829       $ 82,328      $ 175,157   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 64,811      $ 66,713     $ 131,524  

Depreciation and amortization

   $      $ 15,615     $ 15,615  

 

F-18


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The details of the reclassification in the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 are included below:

 

($ in thousands)    Predecessor
December 31, 2014
 

Impact to Consolidated Statement of Operations

   As previously
reported
     Reclassification     As reclassified  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 430,860       $ (62,796   $ 368,064   

Gross profit

   $ 77,993       $ 62,796      $ 140,789   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 64,395      $ 51,067      $ 115,462  

Depreciation and amortization

   $      $ 11,729     $ 11,729  

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classifications of Deferred Taxes . Companies are required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. Also, companies will no longer allocate valuation allowances between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets because those allowances also will be classified as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Companies can adopt the guidance either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 and applied the new guidance for all periods presented.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASU 2014-09. ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Additional ASUs have been issued to amend or clarify the ASU as follows:

 

   

ASU No. 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients was issued in May 2016. ASU No. 2016-12 amends the new revenue recognition standard to clarify the guidance on assessing collectability, presenting sales taxes, measuring noncash consideration, and certain transition matters.

 

   

ASU No. 2016-10 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing was issued in April 2016. ASU No. 2016-10 addresses implementation issues identified by the FASB-International Accounting Standards Board Joint Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition (TRG).

 

   

ASU No. 2016-08 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) was issued in March 2016. ASU No. 2016-08 requires an entity to determine whether the nature of its promise to provide goods or services to a customer is performed in a principal or agent capacity

 

F-19


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

and to recognize revenue in a gross or net manner based on its principal/agent designation.

The guidance in these ASUs is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and early adoption is permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, 2016-12, 2016-10 and 2016-08.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This ASU also requires management to disclose certain information depending on the results of the going concern evaluation. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods thereafter. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance and does not expect any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , or ASU 2015-11, which applies to inventory valued at first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, rather than at the lower of cost or market. ASU 2015-11 is effective on a prospective basis for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company reports inventory on an average-cost basis and thus will be required to adopt the standard; however, the provisions of ASU 2015-11 are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments, or ASU 2015-16. ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. In addition, separate presentation on the face of the income statement or disclosure in the notes is required regarding the portion of the adjustment recorded in the current period earnings, by line item, which would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is to be applied prospectively for measurement period adjustments that occur after the effective date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted and the Company intends to adopt in fiscal year 2016. Since it is prospective, the impact of ASU 2015-16 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements will depend upon the nature of any measurement period adjustments identified in future periods.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months. Leases

 

F-20


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

will be classified as either “finance” or “operating,” with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This update requires a modified retrospective transition as of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 amended the existing accounting standards for the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on eight classification issues related to the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

3.    Acquisitions

The Company accounts for its acquisitions under the acquisition method, and accordingly the results of operations of the acquired entities were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition dates. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on estimated fair values at the acquisition date, with the excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Purchase accounting adjustments associated with the intangible asset valuations have been recorded as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. The fair value of acquired intangible assets primarily related to tradenames and customer relationships and was estimated by applying an income approach. That measure is based on significant Level 3 inputs not observable in the market. Key assumptions developed based on the Company’s historical experience, future projections and comparable market data include future cash flows, long-term growth rates, royalty rates, attrition rates and discount rates.

2015 Acquisitions

Great Western Building Materials, Inc. (Predecessor)

On March 13, 2015, Holdings acquired certain assets and the operations of Great Western Building Materials (“GWBM”) for $87.5 million in cash. The GWBM acquisition consists of operations of Great Western Building Materials, Inc. and ProWall Building Products, Inc. both Arizona corporations and Oxnard Building Materials, Inc., a California corporation. With operations in California and Arizona, GWBM is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors in Arizona and California. GWBM operated as a building products distributor offering wallboard, metal framing, and other products.

Foundation Building Materials, LLC (Successor)

On October 9, 2015, the Company acquired Holdings from CI Capital Partners for an aggregate consideration of $560.0 million (the “Lone Star Acquisition”). This transaction was financed by third-party loans and equity contributions by Lone Star. The Lone Star Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value with the

 

F-21


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill. The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the business combination, including working capital, property and equipment, and intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in the Lone Star Acquisition include $15.7 million attributable to the Foundations Building Materials tradename and $113.5 million for customer relationships. The tradename was determined to have an estimated useful life of 5 years. The customer relationships are being amortized over 5.8 years.

The fair value of the tradename was estimated using an income approach, specifically known as the relief from royalty method. The relief from royalty method calculates the approximate royalty saved that is attributable to the sale of products and services using the tradename. The forecasted revenue expected to be generated under the tradename were based on the projected revenue of the Successor. The fair value of the customer relationships was determined using the excess earnings method under the income approach.

The Company recognized at fair value both favorable lease assets and unfavorable lease liabilities, representing the difference between the market rates in effect for acquired leases compared to the various lease payments on individual operating leases. These assets and liabilities are amortized to rent expense on a straight-line basis over each respective operating lease term. The weighted average amortization period for the favorable lease assets is 8.6 years, and for the unfavorable lease liabilities is 5.0 years.

Commercial Building Materials, LLC (Successor)

On December 30, 2015, the Company acquired certain assets and the operations of Commercial Building Materials, LLC (“CBM”) for $5.1 million in cash (including certain adjustments). Based in Ypsilanti, Michigan, CBM was a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors throughout southeast Michigan, specifically the Detroit metropolitan area and Northeast Ohio, specializing in interior products such as wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing, and other products.

Gypsum Supply, LLC (Successor)

On December 30, 2015, the Company acquired certain assets and the operations of Gypsum Supply Company (“GSC”) for $103.2 million in cash (including certain adjustments). Based in Rockford, Illinois, GSC was a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors throughout the Midwest supplying wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing, and other products.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed during 2015 as of the acquisition date ( $ in thousands ).

 

     Great Western
Building
Materials, Inc.
    Commercial
Building
Materials,
LLC
    Gypsum
Supply,
LLC
    Foundation
Building
Materials,
LLC
 

Assets acquired:

        

Cash

   $ 10      $     $ 15      $ 10,693   

Accounts receivables

     29,843        1,415        18,593        149,230   

Inventories

     13,544        1,000        11,036        67,381   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     245              1,020        6,526   

Property and equipment

     5,200        998        20,948        44,235   

Goodwill

     32,854        931        31,870        256,020   

Intangible assets

     34,180        1,380        26,320        129,200   

Leases under market rent

                       2,755   

Other assets

                 23        2,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 115,876      $ 5,724      $ 109,825      $ 668,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

        

Accounts payable

     (8,889     (610     (5,438     (66,232

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (19,487     (14     (1,216     (42,039
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     (28,376     (624     (6,654     (108,271
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

   $ 87,500      $ 5,100      $ 103,171      $ 560,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014 Acquisitions (Predecessor)

Gypsum Supply, Ltd.

On January 31, 2014, Holdings acquired certain assets and operations of Gypsum Supply, Ltd (“Gypsum Supply”). for total consideration of $15.6 million. Consideration for the acquisition included cash and certain equity interests in the Predecessor. With operations in Texas, Gypsum Supply, Ltd. was a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors.

Central Building Materials, LLC

On May 1, 2014, Holdings acquired certain assets and operations of Central Building Materials, LLC (“Central Building Materials”) for total cash and equity consideration of $9.0 million. Consideration for the acquisition included cash and certain equity interests in the Predecessor. With operations in Texas, Central Building Materials, LLC was a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors.

Wholesale Builders Supply, LLC

On May 30, 2014, Holdings acquired certain assets and operations of Wholesale Builders Supply, Inc. (“Wholesale Builders Supply”) for total cash and equity consideration of $21.3 million (net of $2.2 million holdback). Consideration for the acquisition included cash and certain equity interests in the Predecessor. Included within the agreement was a holdback amount of $2.2 million to provide for the satisfaction of any liability of the seller and was

 

F-23


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014. With operations in Ohio and Pennsylvania, Wholesale Building Supply, LLC is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors.

Wagner Distribution Holding Company, Inc.

On May 30, 2014, Holdings acquired certain assets and operations of Wagner Distribution Holding Company, Inc. (“Wagner Distribution”) for total cash consideration of $29.2 million (net of holdback). Included within agreement was a holdback amount for $1.0 million to provide for the satisfaction of any liability of the seller of which $0.5 million remained and was included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014. With operations in Colorado, Kansas, Missouri and Nebraska, Wagner Distribution Holding Company, Inc., was a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors.

BAV, Inc.

On December 5, 2014, Holdings acquired substantially all business assets of BAV, Inc. (“BAV”) for total cash consideration of $21.2 million. With operations in Texas, BAV was a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential contractors.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed during 2014 as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price ( $ in thousands ).

 

    Gypsum Supply     Central
Building
Materials
    Wholesale
Builders
Supply
    Wagner
Distribution
    BAV  

Assets acquired:

     

Accounts receivables

  $ 4,525      $ 6,958      $ 6,560      $ 13,279      $ 3,705   

Inventories

    1,750        850        4,551        7,868        2,407   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    122                    157         

Property and equipment

    2,096        157        3,938        4,809        509   

Goodwill

    4,709        2,091        5,054        3,368        6,974   

Intangible assets

    5,029        1,993        4,511        4,275        8,927   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

  $ 18,231      $ 12,049      $ 24,614      $ 33,756      $ 22,522   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

     

Accounts payable

    (2,541     (3,071     (2,641     (4,408     (1,369

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    (114     (6     (638     (158      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

    (2,655     (3,077     (3,279     (4,566     (1,369
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

  $ 15,576      $ 8,972      $ 21,335      $ 29,190      $ 21,153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents the goodwill amount resulting from the 2015 and 2014 acquisitions. The goodwill attributable to the acquisitions has been recorded as a non-current asset and is not amortized, but is subject to review at least on an annual basis for impairment. The goodwill recognized was primarily attributable to expected operating efficiencies and

 

F-24


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

expansion opportunities in the businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets recognized from the acquisitions are expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The acquisitions will be treated as an asset purchase for tax purposes.

The operating results of the acquired businesses have been included in the consolidated statements of operations from their acquisition dates through December 31, 2015. For the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015, entities acquired in the period contributed net sales of $41 million and net income of $2 million. For the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015, entities acquired in the period contributed net sales of $115 million and net income of $7 million. For the year ended December 31, 2014, entities acquired in the period contributed net sales of $153 million and net income of $8 million.

Supplemental Unaudited Pro Forma Information

In accordance with ASC 805, the following information for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 presents the results of operations of the Company as if all 2015 and 2014 acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2014. The supplemental pro forma information has been adjusted to include:

 

   

the pro forma impact of additional amortization and depreciation related to the fair value of acquired tangible and intangible assets,

 

   

the pro forma impact of acquisition costs which consisted of legal, advisory, and due diligence fees and expenses, and

 

   

the pro forma tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using a statutory tax rate of 35% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The Company incurred charges related to the inventory fair value adjustment and acquisition expenses of $7.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively, for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 and $1.6 million and $39.7 million, respectively for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015. These expenses are reflected in pro forma earnings for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The pro forma results are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of, or intended to represent, the results that would have been achieved had the various acquisitions been completed on the dates indicated. For example, the pro forma results do not reflect any operating efficiencies and associated cost savings that the Company might have achieved with respect to the acquisitions.

 

     Pro Forma  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
     Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 
     (unaudited, $ in thousands)  

Net Sales

   $ 972,841       $ 884,706   

Net (Loss)

   $ (22,469    $ (49,862

 

F-25


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4.    Accounts receivables—net of allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivables consisted of the following ( $ in thousands ):

 

     Successor                 Predecessor  
     December 31,
2015
                December 31,
2014
 

Trade receivables

   $ 144,705            $ 85,569   

Other receivables

     220              1,319   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total receivables

   $ 144,925            $ 86,888   

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (6,304           (4,733
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Accounts receivables, net

   $ 138,621            $ 82,155   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

The Company records provisions for doubtful accounts in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The table below summarizes the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts for the Predecessor and Successor periods presented in the consolidated financial statements ( $ in thousands ):

 

Predecessor

   Allowance for
doubtful accounts
 

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ (2,902 )

Provisions for doubtful accounts

     (1,610 )

Write-offs and adjustments

     (221 )
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     (4,733 )
  

 

 

 

Provisions for doubtful accounts

     (1,511 )

Write-offs and adjustments

     726   
  

 

 

 

Balance at October 8, 2015

   $ (5,518 )
  

 

 

 
          

Successor

   Allowance for
doubtful accounts
 

Balance at October 9, 2015

   $ (5,518 )

Provisions for doubtful accounts

     (483 )

Write-offs and adjustments

     (303 )
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ (6,304 )
  

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangible assets that are separable and have determinable useful lives are valued separately and amortized over their benefit period. The following is the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization of the Company’s identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and December 31, 2014 (Predecessor) ( $ in thousands ):

 

     Successor             Predecessor  
     December 31, 2015             December 31, 2014  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
            Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Trade names

   $ 15,980       $ (724   $ 15,256            $ 9,169       $ (2,087   $ 7,082   

Customer relationships

     140,920         (4,378     136,542              39,070         (2,187     36,883   

Other intangible assets

     2,755         (95     2,660              1,616         (344     1,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 159,655       $ (5,197   $ 154,458            $ 49,855       $ (4,618   $ 45,237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average amortization period of these intangible assets in the aggregate is 5.4 years. Total amortization expense of intangible assets above was $5.2 million for October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), $7.8 million for January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor), and $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor), respectively.

Future amortization for the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows ( in thousands ):

 

Years Ending December 31,

      

2016

   $ 28,368   

2017

     28,148   

2018

     28,148   

2019

     28,117   

2020

     27,391   

Thereafter

     14,286   
  

 

 

 
   $ 154,458   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2015 and 2014, consisted of the following ( in thousands ):

 

     Carrying Value  

Balance at January 1, 2014 (Predecessor)

   $ 21,566   

Goodwill acquired

     22,196   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     43,762   

Goodwill acquired

     32,854   
  

 

 

 

Balance at October 8, 2015 (Predecessor)

   $ 76,616   
  

 

 

 

 

     Carrying Value  

Balance at October 9, 2015 (Successor)

   $   

Goodwill acquired

     289,086   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015 (Successor)

   $ 289,086   
  

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

6.    Income Taxes

The following table shows the (benefit) / expense for income taxes ( $ in thousands ):

 

     Successor                 Predecessor  
     October 9, 2015 to
December  31,
2015
                January 1, 2015 to
October 8, 2015
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Current:

             

Federal

   $           $ 4       $   

State

     106              539         699   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 
     106              543         699   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

             

Federal

     (3,824 )           (1,585 )      113   

State

     (1,015 )           (252 )        
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (4,839 )           (1,837 )      113   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) / expense

   $ (4,733 )         $ (1,294 )    $ 812   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35 percent and the reported income tax (benefit) / expense are summarized as follows ( $ in thousands ):

 

    Successor                 Predecessor  
    October 9, 2015 to
December 31,
2015
                January 1,
2015 to
October 8,
2015
     Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Tax computed at federal statutory rate

  $ (4,430         $ (10,762    $ (350

State income tax, net of federal benefit

    (669           (164      311   

Permanent items

    96              75         3   

Transaction cost

    116                       

Payable RTP

    69              543         346   

Non-taxable partnership income

                8,989         474   

Rate Change

                28         38   

Other

    85              (3 )      (10
 

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $ (4,733 )         $ (1,294 )    $ 812   
 

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. On November 20, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes which requires all deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. The new accounting guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company opted to early adopt this ASU on a retrospective basis and applied this amendment to its deferred tax liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and December 31, 2014 (Predecessor) are composed of the following ($ in thousands ):

 

     Successor                 Predecessor  
     December 31, 2015                 December 31, 2014  

Deferred income tax assets:

          

Inventories and related reserves

   $ 2,255            $   

Accrued compensation

     535                

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,901                

Net operating loss carryforwards

     2,290              118   

Other, net

     41              201   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     7,022              319   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

          

Intangible assets and goodwill

     (14,887             

Property and equipment

     (7,445             

Partnership investment

                  (1,167
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (22,332           (1,167
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (15,310         $ (848
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $4.6 million and $8.2 million, respectively. These carryforwards start to expire in 2032.

At December 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $0.3 million which will expire in varying amounts through 2032.

At December 31, 2015, the Company has federal tax credit carryforwards of $0.2 million. These carryforwards can be carried forward indefinitely.

Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable based solely on its technical merits. The Company concluded that there were no uncertain tax positions identified during its analysis at December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax benefit line in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. There were no accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company does not anticipate a significant change in its uncertain tax benefits over the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2015, the Company is only subject to federal tax authority examinations from 2011 forward and to state tax authority examination from 2010 forward.

7.    Assets Held for Sale

During the Successor Period, the Company approved the sale of the Appleton, WI location and reclassified $1.0 million as assets held for sale. This amount is included in prepaid and other current assets as of December 31, 2015 on the consolidated balance sheet.

8.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and December 31, 2014 (Predecessor), consist of the following ( $ in thousands ):

 

     Successor                 Predecessor  
     December 31, 2015                 December 31, 2014  

Vehicles and equipment

   $ 36,672            $ 30,958   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     13,918              2,197   

Machinery and equipment

     12,533              7,945   

Land

     2,590               

Construction in progress

     1,774               

Furniture and fixtures

     636              2,211   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 
     68,123              43,311   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (1,982           (8,140
  

 

 

         

 

 

 
   $ 66,141            $ 35,171   
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $2.0 million for October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), $7.8 million for January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor), and $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9.    Asset-Based Credit Facility and Notes Payable

Notes payable consisted of the following at December 31, 2015 (Successor) and December 31, 2014 (Predecessor) ( $ in thousands ):

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     December 31, 2015           December 31, 2014  

Senior lien term loan

   $ 245,000          $  

Junior lien term loan

     80,000             

BofA and PNC Bank asset-based credit facility

               90,746   

PennantPark Investment Corporation and affiliates term loans

               87,860   

Notes payable related party

               72   

Kobrin note payable to related party shareholder

               900   

Unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount

     (23,193         (1,249

Less: current portion of notes payable, net

     (1,492         (28
  

 

 

       

 

 

 
   $ 300,315          $ 178,301   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

2015 Credit Facility

On October 9, 2015, the Company entered into a secured credit facility with a syndicate of lenders that consists of a Senior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement (“SLCA”), Junior Lien Term Credit Agreement (“JLCA”) and an ABL Credit Agreement (“ABL”) with commitments of $245 million for the SLCA and $80 million as part of the JLCA (“Term Loans”) and under the ABL, a $5 million letter of credit and a revolving credit facility of $50 million. On December 30, 2015, the Company entered into the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement (“ABL Amendment”) extending the revolving credit facility to $100 million. Collectively, the Term Loans, ABL and ABL Amendment represent the “2015 credit facility”. The 2015 credit facility was used for working capital and general corporate purposes as well as to finance acquisition related business activities.

The 2015 credit facility bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either a Eurodollar adjusted LIBOR rate or an alternate base rate based upon the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate or the adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, plus, an applicable margin specific to each of the SLCA, JLCA, or ABL revolver. The margin in either case is based on a measure of availability under the 2015 credit facility. Interest on alternate base rate loans is due on the last business day of March, June, September and December commencing on December 31, 2015. Interest on Eurodollar loans is due and payable at least every three months.

Senior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has $245.0 million outstanding under the SLCA, which matures on October 9, 2022. The SLCA bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either a Eurodollar rate or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. The margin will be 6.25% per annum in the case of Eurodollar rate loans and 5.25% per annum in the case of

 

F-31


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

alternate base rate loans. Beginning March 31, 2016, the SLCA has mandatory principal repayments of $0.6 million which are payable in March, June, September, and December of each year. The weighted average interest rate of the term loan was 7.25% during the year ended December 31, 2015. An administrative agent fee of $0.2 million for the SLCA is due and payable each year in quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter. With the exception of a 1% premium for prepayment in the first twelve months from closing, there are no prepayment penalties associated with the SLCA.

Junior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has $80.0 million outstanding under the JLCA, which matures on October 9, 2023. The JLCA bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either a Eurodollar rate or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. The margin will be 10.50% per annum in the case of Eurodollar rate loans and 9.50% per annum in the case of alternate base rate loans. The weighted average interest rate of the term loan was 11.5% during the year ended December 31, 2015. An administrative agent fee of $0.1 million for the JLCA is due and payable each year in quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter. With the exception of a 2% premium for prepayment in the first year from closing and a 1% premium for prepayment in the second year, there are no additional prepayment penalties associated with the JLCA. The JLCA is payable in full on October 9, 2023.

ABL Credit Agreement

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has $70.0 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility, which matures on October 9, 2020. The revolver bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either a Eurodollar rate or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. Based on the historical excess availability under the revolver, the margin can range from 1.25% to 1.75% per annum in the case of Eurodollar rate loans and 0.25% to 0.75% per annum in the case of alternate base rate loans. The available borrowing capacity, or borrowing base, is derived from a percentage of the Company’s eligible receivables and inventory, as defined by the agreement, subject to certain reserves. As of December 31, 2015 the available borrowing capacity was $100.0 million. The weighted average interest rate of the revolver was 1.45% during the year ended December 31, 2015. A variable commitment fee, ranging from 0.25% to 0.375% and currently .25% per annum, is charged on the unused amount of the revolver based on quarterly average loan utilization. Letters of credit under the ABL are assessed at a rate equal to the applicable Eurodollar margin, currently 1.25%, as well as a fronting fee at a rate of 0.125% per annum. These fees are payable quarterly in arrears at the end of March, June, September, and December. In addition, an administrative agent fee of $0.1 million for the ABL is due and payable each year in quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter. There are no prepayment premiums associated with the ABL.

All obligations under the 2015 credit facility are guaranteed jointly and severally by the Company and its subsidiaries. All obligations and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors.

The 2015 credit facility contains restrictive covenants which, among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, engage in mergers or other fundamental changes, sell certain assets, pay dividends, make acquisitions or investments,

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

prepay certain indebtedness, change the nature of the Company’s business, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates, respectively. In addition, the 2015 credit facility also contains a financial covenant requiring the satisfaction of a minimum fixed charge ratio of 1.00 to 1.00 in the event that the Company does not meet a minimum measure of availability.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants

Debt Issuance Costs

During the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), the Company modified its debt agreements for additional borrowing, resulting in capitalized debt issuance costs of $8.2 million. The costs incurred in connection with the origination of the Company’s term loans totaled $6.9 million. Unamortized debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2015 were $6.7 million, of which $1.0 million was included in current portion of notes payable, net and $5.7 million was included in long-term portion of notes payable, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The fees incurred in connection with the origination of the Company’s asset-based credit facility totaled $1.3 million. Unamortized debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2015 were $1.2 million, of which $0.3 million was included in prepaid and other current assets and $0.9 million, was included in other long-term assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

December 31, 2014

2014 Revolving Line of Credit

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a revolving line of credit with Bank of America and PNC Bank dated November 1, 2013 and amended on May 1, 2014 and December 5, 2014. The borrowing base was determined based on the amount of eligible accounts receivable, eligible inventory and fixed asset availability that amortizes monthly, reduced by applicable reserves. The Company had borrowings of $90.7 million under the available line of credit with a borrowing base of $103.9 million at December 31, 2014. The revolving line of credit was secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The line of credit was repaid during 2015.

Term Loans

The Company had term loans with Pennant Park Investment Corporation and affiliates, dated November 1, 2013 and amended on May 1, 2014 and December 5, 2014, which were used to support the 2014 acquisitions. The term loans were secured by a second lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets with a balance as of December 31, 2014 of $87.9 million. The note was repaid during 2015.

Related Party Note Payable

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a note payable to a related party with interest rate fixed at 4.00% per annum. At December 31, 2014 the note balance was $0.1 million and was secured by vehicles. The note was repaid during 2015.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Kobrin Note Payable

At December 31, 2014, the Company had a note payable due to a related party shareholder due December 2020. The balance as of December 31 2014 was $0.9 million which was repaid during 2015.

All of the existing credit facilities outstanding at October 8, 2015 were paid off in connection with the Lone Star Acquisition. All unamortized debt issuance costs outstanding at that time were charged to income for the period from January 1, 2015 through October 8, 2015.

Aggregate Contractual Maturities

Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company’s asset-based credit facility and long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 are as follows ($ in thousands) .

 

Years Ending December 31,

      

2016

   $ 2,450   

2017

     2,450   

2018

     2,450   

2019

     2,450   

2020

     72,450   

Thereafter

     312,750   
  

 

 

 
   $ 395,000   
  

 

 

 

10.    Related Parties

Holdings previously paid management fees and certain expenses to an affiliate of its former parent CI (FBM), Holdings, LLC (“CIFBM”) Total management fees and expenses were $1.0 million for January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor) and $0.5 million for the year end December 31, 2014 (Predecessor). The Company reports these management fees and expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Holdings also paid acquisition costs of $1.9 million in the period January 1, 2015 through October 8, 2015 (Predecessor) and $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor) to an affiliate of CIFBM which were properly expensed and reported as acquisition related expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company currently pays management fees and certain expenses to an affiliate of, Lone Star. Total management fees were $0.3 million for the period from October 9, 2015, to December 31, 2015 (Successor). The Company also paid acquisition costs of $0.2 million in the year ended December 2015 to an affiliate of Lone Star which were properly expensed and reported as acquisition related expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company leases approximately fifteen facilities from related parties (Note 11). Amounts recognized in the statement of operations as rent expense related to these fifteen facilities for the period from October 9, 2015, to December 31, 2015 (Successor), January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor) was $0.6 million, $1.6 million, and $3.1 million, respectively.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Until the Lone Star Acquisition, Holdings had outstanding debt with related parties totaling $0.9 million at October 9, 2015. At December 31, 2014, there was $0.2 million of accrued interest payable to a shareholder.

In addition, the Company sells products to another affiliate company that is owned by one of its shareholders. Total sales for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor) and January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor) was $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively. There were $0.3 million in accounts receivable balances from such related party as of December 31, 2015.

11.    Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements with expiration dates through 2026 and typically contain renewal options of 5 to 10 years. These agreements generally require the Company to pay rental amounts and operating expenses, and contain tenant improvement allowances, rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and/or contingent rent provisions.

Leasehold improvement assets, which generally represent non-structural improvements for which the Company receives reimbursement from the landlord, are depreciated over the lesser of 10 years or the initial life of the lease, prior to any lease extensions. For tenant allowances, the Company records a corresponding deferred rent liability in other liabilities on the balance sheet and amortizes the deferred rent over the initial term of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.

The Company’s leases may contain rent holidays and/or escalating rent payments, however the Company accounts for the rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The straight-line rent expense is calculated at the inception of the lease, which entails recording a monthly liability for the difference between rent paid to the landlord and straight-line rent expense as calculated at the beginning of the lease.

Rent expense was $3.2 million for October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), $9.6 million for January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor) and $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor).

Minimum annual lease commitments under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows ($ in thousands) :

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Related
Party
     Third
Party
     Total  

2016

   $ 1,622       $ 9,876       $ 11,499   

2017

     1,257         7,678         8,935   

2018

     1,100         5,933         7,032   

2019

     898         3,996         4,894   

2020

     822         2,217         3,039   

Thereafter

     939         6,695         7,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,638       $ 36,395       $ 43,033   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12.    Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Company established the LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP” or “plan”) in October 2015 with the purpose of attracting certain key employees and other service providers of the Company and its subsidiaries and to provide motivation to put forth maximum efforts toward the continued growth, profitability and success of the Company by providing incentives.

The board of the Company administers the plan and awards pool units. Pool units vest 10% each year for the first 3 years. Pool units, whether vested or unvested, that are outstanding on the 5th anniversary of the date the award was granted will be forfeited on that date or, upon the date the participant ceases employment. Pool units will remain outstanding for a period of six months from the date of such termination if the termination is without cause, a resignation for good reason, death or termination due to disability. Total pool units to be granted under the LTIP is 1,000,000. At December 31, 2015, there were 835,000 pool units granted.

The Company will maintain an incentive pool account and upon a monetization event and obtaining a cumulative internal rate of return of at least 15%, the Company will credit to the incentive pool account amounts as defined in the LTIP and determined by the cumulative internal rate of return achieved at the time of the monetization event. A monetization event, as defined by the LTIP, is one of the following transactions: a) the Company is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to an unrelated third party for cash; b) a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the equity interests of the Company; or c) the payment by the Company of any cash distributions to investors. Following a monetization event, the value of any incentive amount to be paid to a participant will be determined by the percentage of a participant’s pool units awarded to the total pool units awarded under the LTIP times the amount in the incentive pool account. Participants will be paid within 60 days following the monetization event. At December 31, 2015, there has not been a monetization event.

As of November 4, 2016, no such monetization events had occurred as the 15% cumulative internal rate of return required before funding is triggered was not yet met, and therefore no amounts were accrued in the accompanying combined balance sheets. The Company is contemplating an initial public offering as early as the first quarter of 2017, but the initial public offering is not expected to reach the required return on investment to trigger a payout under the LTIP.

13.    Retirement Plan

The Company has multiple retirement savings plans for all eligible full-time employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plans allow participants to contribute a portion of their earnings to the plans. The plans allow the Company, at its discretion, to match a certain percentage of the employees’ contributions, limited to a certain percentage of eligible compensation. There were contributions to the plans of $0.4 million for October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), $0.8 million for January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor) and $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 (Predecessor).

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14.    Contingencies

The Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that such litigation and claims will be resolved without material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.

As of December 31, 2015, there were no proceedings or litigation involving the Company that management believes would have a material adverse impact on its business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

15.    Segments

Segment information is presented in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”), which establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about customers, products and geographic areas. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities that earn revenues, incur expenses and prepare separate financial information that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance.

Based on the provisions of ASC 280, the Company has defined its operating segments based on domestic geographic areas led by Regional Vice Presidents. Resources are allocated and performance is assessed by our CEO. All of the Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment based upon their similar economic characteristics, nature of products, type of customers, and distribution methods.

As of December 31, 2015 the Company did not earn revenues or have long-lived assets in foreign countries and no customer comprised more than 10% of net sales. In accordance with the enterprise-wide disclosure requirements of ASC 280, the Company’s net sales from external customers by main product line are as follows ( $ in thousands ):

 

     Successor                 Predecessor  
     October 9 -
December 31,
2015
                January 1-
October 8,
2015
     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Wallboard and Accessories

   $ 99,275            $ 320,246       $ 276,502   

Metal Framing

     33,093              109,850         85,229   

Suspended Ceiling Systems

     20,341              74,757         53,119   

Other products

     39,830              123,213         94,003   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Sales

   $ 192,539            $ 628,066       $ 508,853   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

16.    Subsequent Events

Acquisitions

On April 29, 2016, the Company acquired certain assets and the operations of Mid America Drywall Supply, Inc. (“Mid America”) for $1.5 million in cash (including certain adjustments). Mid America is located in Wichita Kansas. Mid America was a distributor of interior products such as wallboard, and other products. The final purchase price allocation for the acquisition is preliminary and subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On May 31, 2016, the Company acquired certain assets and the operations of Ken Builders Supply Inc. (“Ken API”) for $37.4 million. Ken API was a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential developers throughout Ohio, Kentucky, West Virginia, and central Indiana. In accordance with its acquisitive growth strategy, the Company determined that Ken API fits its need for a supplier with a presence in Ohio, Kentucky, West Virginia and central Indiana. The Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill. The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the business combination, including working capital, property and equipment, and customer relationships. The final purchase price allocation for the acquisition is preliminary and subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

On May 31, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of Kent Gypsum Supply Inc. (“Kent”) for $19.6 million of which purchase price was $19.2 million with an additional working capital adjustment of $0.4 million. Kent is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential developers throughout Western Washington. In accordance with its acquisitive growth strategy, the Company determined that Kent fits its need for a supplier with a presence in Western Washington. The Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill. The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the business combination, including working capital, property and equipment, and customer relationships. The final purchase price allocation for the acquisition is preliminary and subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

On August 9, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of Winroc-SPI Corporation, Superior Plus Construction Products Corp., and The Winroc Corporation (Midwest) (collectively referred to as “Winroc”) for $314.1 million. Winroc is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential developers throughout the United States and Canada. The Acquisition is accounted for as a business combination in the Company’s third quarter of 2016. The Company funded the acquisition with the issuance of the Notes, the revolving credit facility, a cash payment of $13.0 million and an equity contribution from Lone Star of $65.0 million.

Senior Secured Notes Due 2021

On August 9, 2016, the Company, together with FBM Finance, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary (together, the “Issuers”) which was created for the purpose of issuing the Notes , issued $575 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior secured notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) at an issue price of 98% of the principal amount of the Notes in a private placement for resale to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) and in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

The Notes are senior secured obligations that have priority over certain collateral of the Issuers and the guarantors of the Notes and are effectively subordinated to the obligations

 

F-38


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

under the Revolver (described below) in respect of certain other collateral of the Issuers and the guarantors of the Notes. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC (“Parent”) and each of Parent’s domestic wholly owned restricted subsidiaries (other than certain excluded subsidiaries) (the “guarantors”).

The Notes will mature on August 15, 2021 and bear interest at an annual rate of 8.25%. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears in February and August of each year, commencing February 2017. The Notes are governed by an indenture, dated August 9, 2016, among the Issuers, the guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”).

The Issuers may, at their option, redeem all or a portion of the Notes at any time on or after August 15, 2018 at the applicable redemption prices specified in the Indenture, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. The Issuers are also entitled to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes before August 15, 2018 with the net cash proceeds that the Issuers receive from certain equity offerings as defined in the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 108.25% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. In addition, before August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date.

Upon certain kinds of changes of control, holders of the Notes have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any portion of such holder’s Notes at 101% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase.

ABL Credit Agreement

On August 9, 2016, the Company entered into a new revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, which matures on February 9, 2021. The Revolver bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either a Eurodollar rate or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. Based on the historical excess availability under the Revolver, the margin can range from 1.25% to 1.75% per annum in the case of Eurodollar rate loans and 0.25% to 0.75% per annum in the case of alternate base rate loans. The available borrowing capacity, or borrowing base, is derived from a percentage of the Company’s eligible receivables and inventory in both the United States and Canada, as defined in the agreement, subject to certain reserves, with a $75 million sublimit on the Canadian borrowing base. As of the closing of the Revolver, the available borrowing capacity was $250 million. A variable commitment fee, ranging from 0.25% to 0.375% and currently 0.25% per annum, is charged on the unused amount of the Revolver based on quarterly average loan utilization. Letters of credit under the Revolver are assessed at a rate equal to the applicable Eurodollar margin currently 1.50% as well as a fronting fee at a rate of 0.125% per annum. These fees are payable quarterly in arrears at the end of March, June, September, and December. In addition, an administrative agent fee of $75,000 for the Revolver is due and payable each year in quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter. The Revolver is a senior secured obligation of the Company, with priority over certain collateral of the Company and its subsidiaries. There are no prepayment premiums associated with the Revolver.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In connection with the entry into the Revolver and issuance of the Notes, the Company paid off and terminated the existing Senior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, Junior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement and ABL Credit Agreement that were entered into on October 9, 2015.

On September 23, 2016, the Company entered into an Incremental Facility Amendment which extended borrowing commitments under the initial credit agreement by an additional $50 million, resulting in total borrowing capacity of $300 million.

Management has performed their analysis through November 4, 2016, which was the date that the financial statements were issued and has determined that there are no further subsequent events requiring disclosure.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

LSF9 Cypress

Holdings, LLC and

Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

as of September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015, and for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 (Successor), and September 30, 2015 (Predecessor)

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2016, AND DECEMBER 31, 2015, AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 (SUCCESSOR), AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2015 (PREDECESSOR):

  

Balance Sheets

     F-43   

Statements of Operations

     F-44   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-45   

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-46-F-65   

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2016, AND DECEMBER 31, 2015

(UNAUDITED)

($ in thousands)

 

     September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2015
    Pro Forma
2016

(Note 10)
 

Assets

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,393      $ 10,662     

Accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,627 and $6,304, respectively

     287,567        138,621     

Other receivables

     35,686        24,673     

Inventories, net

     153,855        71,876     

Prepaid and other current assets

     9,959        4,666     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     510,460        250,498     

Property and equipment, net

     145,007        66,141     

Intangible assets, net

     214,430        154,458     

Goodwill

     396,532        289,086     

Other assets

     7,894        3,204     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,274,323      $ 763,387          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and member’s equity

      

Current liabilities

      

Asset-based credit facility

   $      $ 70,000     

Accounts payable

     132,087        59,193     

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     25,699        10,942     

Accrued taxes

     9,844        5,765     

Other current liabilities

     28,741        9,501     

Current portion of notes payable

            1,492     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     196,371        156,893     

Asset-based credit facility

     190,000            

Long-term portion of notes payable, net

     523,403        300,315     

Deferred income taxes, net

     8,413        15,310     

Other liabilities

     17,938        118     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     936,125        472,636     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

      

Member’s paid in capital

     364,815        298,677     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     875            

Accumulated deficit

     (27,492     (7,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s equity

     338,198        290,751     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and member’s equity

   $ 1,274,323      $ 763,387          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED

SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 (SUCCESSOR), AND

SEPTEMBER 30, 2015 (PREDECESSOR)

(UNAUDITED)

($ in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended  
     (Successor)
September 30,
2016
           (Predecessor)
September 30,
2015
 

Net sales

   $ 930,315           $ 608,964   

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     665,767             440,539   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Gross profit

     264,548             168,425   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

Operating expenses

         

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     206,280             126,102   

Depreciation and amortization

     33,605             15,125   

Acquisition related expenses

     12,478             12,542   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     252,363             153,769   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income from operations

     12,185             14,656   

Interest expense

     (37,202          (15,717

Other income, net

     93             14   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (24,924          (1,047
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

     (5,358          (1,325
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (19,566        $ 278   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

         

Change in foreign currency translation adjustments

     153               

Change in fair value of derivatives

     722               
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     875               

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (18,691        $ 278   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 (SUCCESSOR),

AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2015 (PREDECESSOR)

(UNAUDITED)

($ in thousands)

 

     (Successor)
September 30,
2016
          (Predecessor)
September 30,
2015
 

Operating activities

        

Net (loss) income

   $ (19,566       $ 278   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation

     9,620            7,575   

Amortization of intangible assets

     23,985            7,550   

Amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs and debt discount

     3,599            354   

Inventory fair value adjustment

     6,372            1,606   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     5,355              

Unrealized changes in foreign currency, net

     (17           

Unrealized changes in fair value of derivatives, net

     (148           

Bad debt expense

     1,923            1,511   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     243            216   

Deferred income taxes

     (5,160         (1,685

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

        

Accounts receivable

     (21,179         (23,403

Other receivables

     2,177            (2,446

Inventories

     (6,782         7,329   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (696         (283

Other assets

     (110         714   

Accounts payable

     (2,949         11,071   

Accrued taxes

     1,187            (2,947

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     2,647            8,160   

Other current liabilities

     6,601            (1,758

Other liabilities

     820            21   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     7,922            13,863   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Investing activities

        

Capital expenditures

     (22,780         (9,586

Acquisition of Ken Builders Supply

     (37,442           

Acquisition of Kent Gypsum Supply, net of cash acquired

     (19,307           

Acquisition of Mid America Drywall Supply

     (1,193           

Acquisition of Winroc

     (314,174           

Acquisition of Great Western Building Materials, net of cash acquired

                (87,490
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (394,896         (97,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

        

Proceeds from asset-based credit facility

     215,000            203,415   

Repayments of asset-based credit facility

     (95,000         (194,940

Principal borrowings on long-term debt

     713,600            80,000   

Repayments of long-term debt

     (463,606           

Principal repayments of capital lease obligations

     (2,000           

Debt issuance costs

     (34,359         (1,165

Capital contributions

     66,205            1,116   

Capital distributions

     (67           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     399,773            88,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (68           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     12,731            5,213   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     10,662            2,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 23,393          $ 7,429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

        

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ 2,228          $ 334   

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 18,717          $ 12,964   

Cash paid during the period for early debt prepayment penalty

   $ 1,600          $   

Supplemental noncash investing and financing disclosures

        

Fair value changes of derivative instruments recorded in OCI, net of tax

   $ 722          $   

Assets acquired under capital lease

   $ 804          $   

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable

   $ 133          $   

Embedded derivative in issued notes

   $ 6,200          $   

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

1.    DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of Company —LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC (“Company” or “LSF9” or “Successor”) was formed on August 10, 2015 as a Delaware limited liability company and is a wholly owned direct subsidiary of LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC (“Parent”), an affiliate of Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. (“Lone Star”).

LSF9 acquired FBM Intermediate Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Holdings” or “Predecessor”) on October 9, 2015. LSF9 had no operations prior to the acquisition, and therefore, Holdings is the predecessor to the Company.

The Company, through its subsidiaries, is engaged in the wholesale and retail distribution of wallboard, suspended ceiling systems, metal framing, commercial and industrial insulation, and other products to commercial and residential building contractors and subcontractors. The Company has branch locations in 31 states and five Canadian provinces.

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements present the balance sheets as of September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015, and the operations of the Successor for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (“Successor Period”), and the operations of the Predecessor for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 (“Predecessor Period”). Operations of the Predecessor are presented based on its historical cost basis, which may not be comparable to that of the Successor.

General —The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2016 and the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows, for the periods presented herein are not audited but reflect all adjustments that are of a normal recurring nature and are necessary for a fair statement of the results of the periods shown. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in annual financial statements have been omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Because the condensed consolidated interim financial statements do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for a complete set of financial statements, they should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements referred to above. The results and trends in these interim financial statements may not be indicative of results for the full year.

Principles of Consolidation —The condensed consolidated financial statements include Foundation Building Materials, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidations. The Company reports two reportable segments. Based on the provisions of ASC 280, the Company has defined its operating segments based on geographic areas led by Regional Vice Presidents. Resources are allocated and performance is assessed by our CEO whom we have determined to be our Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM).

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

Basis of Presentation —The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Estimates that are more susceptible to change in the near term are the allowance for doubtful accounts, the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory, and recoverability of long-lived assets. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Inventories —Inventories, consisting substantially of finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the moving weighted-average cost method. The Company routinely evaluates inventory for excess or obsolescence and considers factors such as historical usage rates and present demand.

Reclassification —The Company has changed the manner in which it presents certain expenses related to the delivery and warehousing of its products in order to conform financial statement presentation to its industry peer group for comparability. These costs include warehousing and delivery costs, depreciation expense, payroll, and other costs directly attributable to the delivery of products to customers. In accordance with ACS 605, Revenue Recognition , the classification of shipping and handling costs on the statement of operations is an accounting policy decision. The previous accounting classification recorded these amounts in cost of goods sold within the statement of operations. The new accounting classification moves these amounts to selling, general, and administrative expenses, with separate presentation of depreciation and amortization expense.

Accordingly, the respective balances for all periods presented in these financial statements were reclassified in order to be consistent and comparable. The new account classification as well as the reclassification for prior periods had no effect on the consolidated balance sheets or statements of cash flows for the periods presented. Additionally, the reclassification did not impact income from operations nor net loss. The details of the reclassification in the statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, are included below:

 

($ in thousands)    Successor
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
 

Impact to Statement of Operations

   As previously
classified
     Reclassification     As reclassified  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 787,269       $ (121,502   $ 665,767   

Gross Profit

   $ 143,046       $ 121,502      $ 264,548   

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

   $ 118,383       $ 87,897      $ 206,280   

Depreciation and amortization

   $       $ 33,605      $ 33,605   

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

($ in thousands)    Predecessor
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015
 

Impact to Statement of Operations

     As previously  
classified
       Reclassification         As reclassified    

Cost of goods sold

   $ 519,987       $ (79,448   $ 440,539   

Gross Profit

   $ 88,977       $ 79,448      $ 168,425   

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

   $ 60,863       $ 64,323      $ 125,186   

Depreciation and amortization

   $       $ 15,125      $ 15,125   

Derivatives and Hedge Accounting —The Company has entered into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to certain financial risks. Certain derivative instruments are designated for hedge accounting under ASC 815-20, Derivatives—Hedging (“ASC 815-20”). Instruments that meet hedge criteria are formally designated as hedges at the inception of the instrument. The Company measures hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. The Company’s derivative instruments include a net investment hedge and embedded derivatives.

In August 2016, the Company entered into foreign exchange forward contracts. The foreign exchange forward contracts were designated as a net investment hedge in accordance with ASC 815-20. The effective portion of the gains and losses on net investment hedge transactions are reported in cumulative translation adjustment as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). To the extent the net investment hedge is ineffective, changes in value are recorded in earnings through the maturity date. Derivative financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements and measured at fair value.

The Company, together with FBM Finance, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, issued Senior Secured Notes (the “Notes”) on August 9, 2016 (see Note 9). The Notes have prepayment option features and the Revolver has mandatory payments of additional fees or compensation for reduced rates of return upon a change in law features. These features meet the definition of embedded derivatives and are bifurcated from the debt host and accounted for separately. The embedded derivatives are recorded at fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value at each reporting date recorded in earnings.

The Company classifies the cash flows at settlement from derivatives in the same category as the cash flows from the related hedged items. For designated net investment hedges, the cash settlement is classified within the Net cash used in investing activities component of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. For undesignated hedges, the cash settlement is primarily classified within the Net cash provided by operating activities component of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, there is no cash flow settlement from the net investment hedge.

The Company’s derivative assets and liabilities are measured at fair value. Fair value related to the cash flows occurring within one year are classified as current and the fair value related to the cash flows occurring beyond one year are classified as non-current in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. For those instruments designated as hedges, the Company recognizes the changes in fair value in other comprehensive income (“OCI”), and recognizes any ineffectiveness immediately in earnings.

Valuation of derivative assets and liabilities reflect the value of the instrument including counterparty credit risk. These values also take into account the Company’s own credit standing.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

Foreign Currency Translation —Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign affiliates are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date, while income and expenses are translated at average rates for the period. Translation gains and losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency, except those transactions that have been designated as hedges of identifiable foreign currency commitments, are included in the results of operations as incurred.

Capital Lease —Leased property and equipment meeting capital lease criteria are capitalized at the lower of the present value of the related lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability is included in the balance sheet as other liabilities current and non-current. Leasehold improvements and assets under capital leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the initial term of the related lease.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In August 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , or ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 amends current presentation guidance by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. Prior to the issuance of ASU 2015-03, debt issuance costs were required to be presented as an asset in the balance sheet. We retrospectively adopted the provisions of ASU 2015-03 upon issuance and prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, in August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 , Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting (SEC Update), or ASU 2015-15. ASU 2015-15 clarifies that companies may continue to present unamortized debt issuance costs associated with line of credit arrangements as an asset. This announcement came in response to questions that arose regarding revolving lines of credit, after the FASB issued ASU 2015-03. Prior to the issuance of ASU 2015-15, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflected this presentation and therefore, the adoption of ASU 2015-15 did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments, or ASU 2015-16. ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. In addition, separate presentation on the

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

face of the income statement or disclosure in the notes is required regarding the portion of the adjustment recorded in the current period earnings, by line item, which would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is to be applied prospectively for measurement period adjustments that occur after the effective date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classifications of Deferred Taxes . Companies are required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. Also, companies will no longer allocate valuation allowances between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets because those allowances also will be classified as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Companies can adopt the guidance either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 and applied the new guidance for all periods presented.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASU 2014-09. ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Additional ASUs have been issued to amend or clarify the ASU as follows:

 

   

ASU No. 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients was issued in May 2016. ASU No. 2016-12 amends the new revenue recognition standard to clarify the guidance on assessing collectability, presenting sales taxes, measuring noncash consideration, and certain transition matters.

 

   

ASU No. 2016-10 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing was issued in April 2016. ASU No. 2016-10 addresses implementation issues identified by the FASB-International Accounting Standards Board Joint Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition (TRG).

 

   

ASU No. 2016-08 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) was issued in March 2016. ASU No. 2016-08 requires an entity to determine whether the nature of its promise to provide goods or services to a customer is performed in a principal or agent capacity and to recognize revenue in a gross or net manner based on its principal/agent designation.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

The guidance in these ASUs is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and early adoption is permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, 2016-12, 2016-10 and 2016-08.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This ASU also requires management to disclose certain information depending on the results of the going concern evaluation. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods thereafter. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance and does not expect any significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , or ASU 2015-11, which applies to inventory valued at first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, rather than at the lower of cost or market. ASU 2015-11 is effective on a prospective basis for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company reports inventory on an average-cost basis and thus will be required to adopt the standard; however, the provisions of ASU 2015-11 are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), or ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months. Leases will be classified as either “finance” or “operating,” with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This update requires a modified retrospective transition as of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 amended the existing accounting standards for the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on eight classification issues related to the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

3.    ACQUISITIONS

Ken Builders Supply Inc. —On May 31, 2016, the Company acquired certain assets and the operations of Ken Builders Supply Inc. (“Ken API”) for $37.4 million. Ken API is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential developers throughout Ohio, Kentucky, West

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

Virginia, and central Indiana. In accordance with its acquisitive growth strategy, the Company determined that Ken API fit its need for a supplier with a presence in Ohio, Kentucky, West Virginia and central Indiana. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill. The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the business combination, including working capital, property and equipment, and customer relationships. The purchase price allocation for the acquisition is preliminary and subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Kent Gypsum Supply Inc. —On May 31, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of Kent Gypsum Supply Inc. (“Kent”) for $19.6 million of which purchase price was $19.2 million with an additional working capital adjustment of $0.4 million. Kent is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential developers throughout western Washington. In accordance with its acquisitive growth strategy, the Company determined that Kent fit its need for a supplier with a presence in western Washington. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill. The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the business combination, including working capital, property and equipment, and customer relationships. The purchase price allocation for the acquisition is preliminary and subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Mid America Drywall Supply, Inc. —On April 29, 2016, the Company acquired certain assets and the operations of Mid America Drywall Supply, Inc. (“Mid America”) for $1.2 million in cash (including certain adjustments). Mid America is located Wichita Kansas. Mid America is a distributor of interior products such as wallboard, and other related products. The purchase price allocation for the acquisition is preliminary and subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Winroc Corporation —On August 9, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of Winroc-SPI Corporation, Superior Plus Construction Products Corp., and The Winroc Corporation (collectively referred to as “Winroc”) for cash consideration of $314.1 million, subject to customary working capital adjustments. Winroc is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential developers throughout the United States and Canada. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill. The goodwill recognized was primarily attributable to synergies expected to arise after the acquisition, including expecting operating efficiencies and expansion opportunities. The purchase price allocation for the acquisition is preliminary and subject to adjustment as additional information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

The Company funded the acquisition with the issuance of senior secured notes and a new revolving credit facility entered on August 9, 2016 (as further discussed in Note 7), a cash payment of $13.0 million and an equity contribution from Lone Star of $65.0 million.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

     Ken API     Kent     Mid America     Winroc  

Assets acquired:

        

Cash

   $      $ 308      $      $   

Accounts receivable

     10,472        2,820        445        125,531   

Inventories

     6,424        1,690        99        73,316   

Prepaids and other current assets

     349        80               3,889   

Property and equipment

     7,948        2,652               53,768   

Goodwill

     11,648        10,005        644        84,411   

Intangible assets

     6,800        7,500        341        69,634   

Other assets

            169                 

Deferred tax asset

                          5,314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     43,641        25,224        1,529        415,863   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

        

Accounts payable

     (3,890     (1,190     (303     (86,936

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (1,327     (1,192     (33     (4,455

Deferred income taxes

            (3,227              

Long term liabilities

     (982                   (10,298
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     (6,199     (5,609     (336     (101,689
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

   $ 37,442      $ 19,615      $ 1,193      $ 314,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The excess of purchase price over the fair value amounts assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represents the goodwill amount resulting from the acquisitions. Goodwill attributable to the acquisitions has been recorded as a non-current asset and is not amortized, but is subject to review at least on an annual basis for impairment. Goodwill recognized was primarily attributable to expected operating efficiencies and expansion opportunities in the business acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets recognized from the acquisitions are expected to be deductible for tax purposes with the exception of Kent. The Ken API and Mid America acquisitions will be treated as an asset purchase for tax purposes and Kent and Winroc will be treated as a stock acquisition for tax purposes.

The purchase price allocations are still preliminary and the Company expects to record a material amount related to deferred tax liabilities during the quarter ended December 31, 2016.

The operating results of the acquisitions have been included in the condensed consolidated statements of operations from their acquisition dates through September 30, 2016. The acquired entities contributed $144.3 million in net sales and $3.3 million in net loss for the period.

Supplemental Unaudited Pro Forma Information

In accordance with ASC 805, the following information for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 presents the results of operations of the Company as if the 2016 acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2015. The disclosure also reflects the 2015 acquisitions,

 

F-53


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

which are disclosed in the financial statements, as if they occurred as of January 1, 2014. The supplemental pro forma information has been adjusted to include:

 

   

the pro forma impact of additional amortization and depreciation related to the fair value of acquired tangible and intangible assets,

 

   

the pro forma impact of acquisition costs which consisted of legal, advisory, and due diligence fees and expenses,

 

   

the pro forma impact to conform accounting for leases in the Winroc-SPI historical financial statements presented under IFRS to GAAP, inclusive of adjustments for rent expense and interest expense,

 

   

the pro forma impact of interest expense related to additional borrowings incurred as part of the acquisition and

 

   

the pro forma tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated using a tax rate of 35%.

The Company incurred charges related to the inventory fair value adjustment and acquisition related expenses of $6.4 million and $12.5 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. These expenses are reflected in pro forma earnings for the period ended September 30, 2015.

The pro forma results are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of, or intended to represent, the results that would have been achieved had the various acquisitions been completed on the dates indicated. For example, the pro forma results do not reflect any operating efficiencies and associated cost savings that the Company might have achieved with respect to the acquisitions ($ in thousands).

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     (Successor)
2016
          (Predecessor)
2015
 
     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Net sales

   $ 1,428,033          $ 1,265,055   

Net Income (loss)

   $ (8,999       $ (26,794

4.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Identifiable intangible assets that are separable and have determinable useful lives are valued separately and amortized over their benefit period. The following is the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization by a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the Company’s goodwill and identifiable intangible assets as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

     September 30, 2016  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Goodwill

   $ 396,532       $       $ 396,532   

Trade names

     15,980         3,252         12,728   

Customer relationships

     223,787         25,582         198,205   

Leases under market rent

     3,845         348         3,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 640,144       $ 29,182       $ 610,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Goodwill

   $ 289,086       $       $ 289,086   

Trade names

     15,980         724         15,256   

Customer relationships

     140,920         4,378         136,542   

Leases under market rent

     2,755         95         2,660   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 448,741       $ 5,197       $ 443,544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average amortization period of these intangible assets in the aggregate is 5.9 years. Total amortization expense of intangible assets above was $24.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (Successor), respectively, as compared to $7.5 million during the nine months September 30, 2015 (Predecessor), respectively.

The following table summarizes the life of the intangible assets acquired for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

Trade names

     1—5 years   

Customer relationships

     5—6 years   

Leases under market rent

     1—13 years   

Goodwill at September 30, 2016, consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

     Carrying Value  

Balance at January 1, 2016

   $ 289,086   

Goodwill acquired

     106,708   

Purchase price adjustment

     738   
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2016

   $ 396,532   
  

 

 

 

5.    INCOME TAXES

The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $5.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, compared to an income tax benefit of $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

The Company’s effective tax rate was 21.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 126.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, varied from the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to non-deductible transaction costs.

Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable based solely on its technical merits. The Company concluded that there were no uncertain tax positions identified during its analysis at September 30, 2016.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions within the income tax benefit line in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

operations. There were no accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

The Company does not anticipate a significant change in its uncertain tax positions over the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions and Canada and various provinces. As of September 30, 2016, the Company is only subject to federal tax authority examinations from 2011 forward and to state tax authority examination from 2010 forward.

6.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of September 30, 2016, and December 31, 2015, consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

     September 30,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Land

   $ 10,469       $ 2,590   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     21,420         13,918   

Vehicles and equipment

     82,648         36,672   

Construction in progress

     20,068         1,774   

Furniture and fixtures

     3,874         636   

Machinery and equipment

     17,981         12,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment—gross

     156,460         68,123   

Less accumulated depreciation

     11,453         1,982   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 145,007       $ 66,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $9.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (Successor). For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 (Predecessor), depreciation expense for property and equipment was $7.6 million.

7.    ASSET-BASED CREDIT FACILITY AND NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consisted of the following at September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

     September 30
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Senior secured note

   $ 575,000       $ 0   

Senior lien term loan

     0         245,000   

Junior lien term loan

     0         80,000   

Unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount

     (51,597      (23,193

Less: current portion of notes payable—net

     0         (1,492
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion of notes payable—net

   $ 523,403       $ 300,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

September 30, 2016

Senior Secured Notes Due 2021

On August 9, 2016, the Company, together with FBM Finance, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary (together, the “Issuers”) which was created for the purpose of issuing the Notes, issued $575 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior secured notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) at an issue price of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes in a private placement for resale to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) and in offshore transactions pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

The Notes are senior secured obligations that have priority over certain collateral of the Issuers and the guarantors of the Notes and are effectively subordinated to the obligations under the Revolver (described below) in respect of certain other collateral of the Issuers and the guarantors of the Notes. The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC (“Parent”) and each of Parent’s domestic wholly owned restricted subsidiaries (other than certain excluded subsidiaries) (the “guarantors”).

The Notes will mature on August 15, 2021 and bear interest at an annual rate of 8.25%. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears in February and August of each year, commencing February 2017. The Notes are governed by an indenture, dated August 9, 2016, among the Issuers, the guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”).

The Issuers may, at their option, redeem all or a portion of the Notes at any time on or after August 15, 2018 at the applicable redemption prices specified in the Indenture, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. The Issuers are also entitled to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes before August 15, 2018 with the net cash proceeds that the Issuers receive from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.25% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. In addition, before August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date.

Upon certain kinds of changes of control, holders of the Notes have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any portion of such holder’s Notes at 101% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase.

ABL Credit Agreement

On August 9, 2016, the Company entered into a new revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as administrative agent, which matures on February 9, 2021. The Revolver bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either a Eurodollar rate or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin. Based on the historical excess availability under the Revolver, the margin can range from 1.25% to 1.75% per annum in the

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

case of Eurodollar rate loans and 0.25% to 0.75% per annum in the case of alternate base rate loans. The available borrowing capacity, or borrowing base, is derived from a percentage of the Company’s eligible receivables and inventory in both the United States and Canada, as defined in the agreement, subject to certain reserves, with a $75 million sublimit on the Canadian borrowing base. As of the closing of the Revolver, the available borrowing capacity was $250 million. A variable commitment fee, ranging from 0.25% to 0.375% and currently 0.25% per annum, is charged on the unused amount of the Revolver based on quarterly average loan utilization. Letters of credit under the Revolver are assessed at a rate equal to the applicable Eurodollar margin currently 1.50% as well as a fronting fee at a rate of 0.125% per annum.

These fees are payable quarterly in arrears at the end of March, June, September, and December. In addition, an administrative agent fee of $75,000 for the Revolver is due and payable each year in quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter. The Revolver is a senior secured obligation of the Company, with priority over certain collateral of the Company and its subsidiaries. There are no prepayment premiums associated with the Revolver.

In connection with the entry into the Revolver and issuance of the Notes, the Company paid off and terminated the existing Senior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, Junior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement and ABL Credit Agreement that were entered into on October 9, 2015. The Company accounted for the refinancing of the existing credit facilities as a debt modification with respect to amounts that remained in the syndicate and a debt extinguishment with respect to amounts that exited the syndicate. This resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $7.0 million which has been reflected as a component of interest expense within the statement of operations.

On September 23, 2016, the Company entered into an Incremental Facility Amendment which extended borrowing commitments under the initial credit agreement by an additional $50 million, resulting in total borrowing capacity of $300 million. As of September 30, 2016, the Company has $190.0 million outstanding under the Revolver and is in compliance with all debt covenants.

December 31, 2015

2015 Credit Facility

On October 9, 2015, the Company entered into a secured credit facility with a syndicate of lenders that consists of a Senior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement (“SLCA”), Junior Lien Term Credit Agreement (JLCA), and an ABL Credit Agreement (“ABL”) with commitments of $245 million for the SLCA and $80 million as part of the JLCA (“Term Loans”) and under the ABL, a $5 million letter of credit and a revolving credit facility of $50 million. On December 30, 2015, the Company entered into the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement (“ABL Amendment”) extending the revolving credit facility to $100 million. Collectively, the Term Loans, ABL, and ABL Amendment represent the “2015 credit facility”. The 2015 credit facility was used for working capital and general corporate purposes, as well as to finance acquisition related business activities.

The 2015 credit facility bears interest, at the Company’s option, at either a Eurodollar adjusted LIBOR rate or an alternate base rate based upon the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate or the adjusted LIBOR rate, plus 1%, plus, an applicable margin specific to each of

 

F-58


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

the SLCA, JLCA, or ABL revolver. The margin in either case is based on a measure of availability under the 2015 credit facility. Interest on alternate base rate loans is due on the last business day of March, September, September, and December commencing on December 31, 2015. Interest on Eurodollar loans is due and payable at least every three months.

Beginning March 31, 2016, the SLCA has mandatory principal repayments of $0.6 million, which are payable in March, September, September, and December each year. An administrative agent fee of $75,000 for the JLCA is due and payable each year in quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter (Note 10).

All obligations under the 2015 credit facility will be guaranteed jointly and severally by the Company and its subsidiaries. All obligations and the guarantees of those obligations will be secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors.

The 2015 credit facility contains restrictive covenants which, among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, engage in mergers or other fundamental changes, sell certain assets, pay dividends, make acquisitions or investments, prepay certain indebtedness, change the nature of the Company’s business, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates, respectively. In addition, the 2015 credit facility also contains a financial covenant requiring the satisfaction of a minimum fixed charge ratio of 1 to 1 in the event that the Company does not meet a minimum measure of availability. The minimum measure of availability is triggered at any time the Company fails to maintain excess availability of at least the greater of 10% of availability and $5.0 million at any time. In connection with the entry into the Revolver and issuance of the Notes, the Company paid off and terminated the existing Senior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, Junior Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement and ABL Credit Agreement

8.    RELATED PARTIES

Holdings previously paid management fees and certain expenses to an affiliate of its former parent CI (FBM), Holdings, LLC (“CIFBM”). For the nine months ended September 30, 2015 (Predecessor), management fees and expenses was $1.0 million. Holdings reports these management fees and expenses in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The Company currently pays management fees and certain expenses to an affiliate of its parent, Lone Star Fund, IX. Total management fees were $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (Successor).

The Company leases approximately 15 facilities from related parties. Amounts recognized in the statement of operations as rent expense related to these 15 facilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (Successor), and September 30, 2015 (Predecessor), were $1.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

In addition, the Company sells products to another affiliate company that is owned by one of its shareholders. Total sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (Successor), and September 30, 2015 (Predecessor), were $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively. There were $0.1 million and $0.2 million in accounts receivable balances as of September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

9.    DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company uses derivatives to manage selected foreign exchange exposures for its investments in foreign subsidiaries. In general, the types of risks hedged are those relating to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by movements in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company documents its risk management strategy and hedge effectiveness at the inception of and during the term of each hedge.

Net Investment Hedge

As of September 30, 2016, the amount of notional foreign exchange contracts outstanding was approximately $88.0 million. There is no significant credit risk associated with the potential failure of any counterparty to perform under the terms of any derivative financial instrument.

The net investment hedge is measured at fair value within the consolidated balance sheet either as an asset or a liability. As of September 30, 2016, the fair value of the derivative instrument was $1.2 million and was recorded in non-current other assets.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company recognized a gain of $0.7 million, net of tax, recorded in comprehensive income (loss). The Company also recorded the ineffective portion of the gain relating to the net investment hedge for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 totaling $48,000 in other income. The Company did not have derivative instruments during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Embedded Derivative

The Company has the option to prepay the Notes at any time prior to August 15, 2018 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus the applicable premium and any accrued and unpaid interest. Redemption on and after August 15 of the subsequent years are subject to the premiums as defined in the Notes Offering Circular.

Prior to August 15, 2018, in the event of equity offerings, the Company has the option to prepay 40% of the Notes using the proceeds from such offering within 180 days from closing of the offering. However, 50% of the principal needs to remain outstanding. The redemption price is determined at 108.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The optional prepayment subsequent to an equity offering constitutes an embedded derivative and is bifurcated from the debt host and accounted for separately. The embedded derivative is recorded at fair value at inception and on an ongoing basis, with any changes in fair value recorded in earnings. As of September 30, 2016, the embedded derivative was $6.1 million and was included in the balance sheet as non-current other liabilities. The change in fair value in the amount of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was included in statements of operations and other comprehensive income (loss) as other income.

The Revolver requires the Company to pay additional fees or compensation for reduced rates of return upon a change in law. These mandatory payment features meet the definition of embedded derivatives that are bifurcated from the debt host and are accounted for separately. These derivatives do not have material value due to the probability of triggering a change in law is remote.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

10.    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

The pro forma earnings per share data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 is based on our historical combined statement of operations after giving effect to the following as if they occurred at the beginning of the period: (1) a to 1 stock split which occurred on                     , 2017; (2) a reorganization consolidating all entities under a new parent entity (Foundation Building Materials, Inc.); and (3) the issuance and sale of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     Basic      Diluted  
     (Unaudited)  

Numerator

     

Net income attributable to Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

     

Denominator

     

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed contribution

     

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing the pro forma net income per share—basic and diluted

     

Pro forma net income per share—basic and diluted

     

11.    ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) consists of cumulative unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains on certain derivative instruments.

The components of AOCI, net of tax, for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2016 were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Cumulative
unrealized
foreign currency
translation gains
     Unrealized gains
on derivatives
     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $       $       $   

Other comprehensive income

     153         722         875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2016

   $ 153       $ 722       $ 875   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, derivative instruments, accounts payable, long-term debt and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of the Company’s trade receivables, trade payables, the asset based revolver and accrued liabilities approximates fair value due to their short-term maturity. The Company may adjust the carrying amount of certain nonfinancial assets to fair value on a non-recurring basis when they are impaired.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

The estimated carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s financial instruments and other assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows for the dates indicated ($ in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2016  
       Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
Fair
Value
 

Recurring:

           

Non-current asset (liabilities)

           

Derivative asset (Note 9)

   $       $ 1,213       $       $ 1,213   

Derivative (liability) (Note 9)

   $       $ (6,100    $       $ (6,100

The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities are determined using quantitative models that utilize multiple market inputs including interest rates and exchange rates to generate continuous yield or pricing curves and volatility factors to value the position. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third-party pricing services. The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities include adjustments for market liquidity, counterparty credit quality and other instrument-specific factors, where appropriate. In addition, the Company incorporates within its fair value measurements a valuation adjustment to reflect the credit risk associated with the net position. Positions are netted by counterparties, and fair value for net long exposures is adjusted for counterparty credit risk while the fair value for net short exposures is adjusted for the Company’s own credit risk.

The estimated carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s financial instruments and liabilities for which fair value is only disclosed is as follows ($ in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2016  
     Carrying
Amount
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
Fair
Value
 

Senior secured note

   $ 523,403       $       $ 599,100       $       $ 599,100   

The fair value of debt is the estimated amount the Company would have to repay its debt, including any premium or discount attributable to the difference between the stated interest rate and market rate of interest at the balance sheet date. Fair values are supported by observable market transactions when available.

13.    SEGMENTS

Segment information is presented in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, which establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about customers, products and geographic areas. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities that earn revenues, incur expenses and prepare separate financial information that is evaluated

 

F-62


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

regularly by the Company’s CODM in order to allocate resources and assess performance. Resources are allocated and performance is assessed by our CEO whom we have determined to be our CODM.

Based on the provisions of ASC 280, the Company has defined its operating segments by considering management structure and product offerings. Operating segments have been aggregated into reportable segments based upon their similar economic characteristics, nature of products, type of customers, and distribution methods. This evaluation resulted in the following reportable segments:

 

   

Specialty Building Products—Specialty building products (“SBP”) distributes wallboard and accessories, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems and other products. Other products include stucco and EIFS, as well as complimentary offerings, such as tools, safety accessories and fasteners. The primary end markets served are new non-residential, new residential and non-residential repair and remodel construction markets.

 

   

Mechanical Insulation—Mechanical insulation (“MI”) distributes commercial and industrial insulation for pipes and mechanical systems and the primary end markets served are new non-residential construction, non-residential repair and remodel construction and industrial markets.

In addition to the two reportable segments, the Company’s consolidated results include corporate activities, which include depreciation and amortization.

For purposes of evaluation under these segment reporting principles, the CODM assesses the Company’s ongoing performance based on the periodic review of net sales, gross margin, and certain other measures for each of the operating segments. The Company has not disclosed asset information by segment as its CODM does not use such information for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance.

The following tables present Net sales, Gross margin, and certain other measures for each reportable segment:

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2016  
     Net Sales      Gross
Margin
     Depreciation &
Amortization
 

Specialty Building Products

   $ 893,041       $ 256,734       $ 9,204   

Mechanical Insulation

     37,274         7,814         415   

Corporate and Other

                     23,986   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated

   $ 930,315       $ 264,548       $ 33,605   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment gross margin

   $ 264,548         

Total operating expenses

     252,363         

Interest expense

     (37,202      

Other income

     93         
  

 

 

       

Loss before income taxes

   $ (24,924      
  

 

 

       

 

F-63


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2015  
     Net Sales      Gross
Margin
     Depreciation &
Amortization
 

Specialty Building Products

   $ 608,964       $ 168,425       $ 7,575   

Mechanical Insulation

                       

Corporate and Other

                7,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated

   $ 608,964       $ 168,425       $ 15,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment gross margin

   $ 168,425         

Total operating expenses

     153,769         

Interest expense

     (15,717      

Other income

     14         
  

 

 

       

Loss before income taxes

   $ (1,047      
  

 

 

       

Revenues are attributed to each country based on the location in which sales originate and in which assets are located. The following table provides information about the Company by geographic areas.

 

     Net Sales      Fixed Assets  

Canada

   $ 31,599       $ 17,876   

United States

     898,716         127,131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 930,315       $ 145,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, no customer comprised more than 10% of net sales. The Company’s net sales from external customers by main product line are as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2016
           Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2015
 

Wallboard & Accessories

   $ 450,756           $ 310,709   

Metal Framing

     157,374             106,545   

Suspended Ceiling Systems

     119,270             72,827   

Other Products

     181,207             119,084   

Commercial and Industrial Insulation

     28,296               
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total Gross Sales

   $ 936,903           $ 609,165   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Surcharges and Discounts

     (6,588          (201
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 930,315           $ 608,964   
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

14.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that such litigation and claims will be resolved without material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

 

As of September 30, 2016, there were no proceedings or litigation involving the Company that management believes would have a material adverse impact on its business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

15.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

United Drywall Supply, Inc. Acquisition

On November 30, 2016, the Company acquired the assets of United Drywall Supply, Inc. (“United Drywall Supply”) for $29 million subject to normal working capital adjustments. United Drywall Supply is a supplier of building materials to commercial and residential developers in the Atlanta, Georgia metropolitan area. The Acquisition will be accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be recorded at fair value with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill.

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to September 30, 2016 through December 9, 2016, which is the date the financial statements were issued, to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within these financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and has determined that there are no other subsequent events requiring disclosure.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

 

Construction Products Distribution

Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents
LOGO   

Deloitte LLP

Suite 700

850—2 nd Street SW

Calgary AB T2P 0R8

 

Tel: (403) 267-1700

Fax: (587) 774-5379

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Directors of Superior Plus Corp.

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Construction Products Distribution, which comprise the combined balance sheets as at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the combined statements of changes in owners’ net investment, combined statements of net earnings and total comprehensive loss, and combined statements of cash flows for the years then ended, and related notes to the combined financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Combined Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Construction Products Distribution as at

 

F-67


Table of Contents

December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Deloitte, LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants, Chartered Accountants

July 20, 2016

Calgary, Alberta

 

F-68


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Combined Balance Sheets

 

(millions of United States dollars)

   Note      December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
Restated(1)
 

Assets

          

Current Assets

          

Trade and other receivables

     4         108.0        117.4         109.7   

Prepaid expenses

     5         4.5        4.2         4.2   

Inventories

     6         64.1        69.3         67.0   

Related-party receivables

     18         89.4        104.6         118.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

        266.0        295.5         298.9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Current Assets

          

Restricted cash

     11                        4.6   

Property, plant and equipment

     7         34.0        22.6         20.0   

Intangible assets

     8         0.3        0.3         0.3   

Deferred tax

     15         19.8        19.4         16.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Assets

        54.1        42.3         40.9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

        320.1        337.8         339.8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Owners’ Net Investment

          

Current Liabilities

          

Trade and other payables

     9&10         83.3        86.1         84.1   

Borrowing

     12         4.6        3.4         4.3   

Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments

     14         5.8        1.7           

Related-party notes

        131.3                  
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

        225.0        91.2         88.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities

          

Borrowing

     12         12.1        9.7         7.4   

Related-party notes

     13                131.3         131.3   

Provisions

     9                2.4         3.6   

Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments

     14         3.0        1.5         0.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Liabilities

        15.1        144.9         142.9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        240.1        236.1         231.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Owners’ Net Investment

          

Paid in capital

        80.1        80.1         80.1   

Retained earnings

        20.1        15.9         8.3   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

        (20.2     5.7         20.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Owners’ Net Investment

        80.0        101.7         108.5   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Owners’ Net Investment

        320.1        337.8         339.8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

See accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Combined Statements of Changes in Owners’ Net Investment

 

(millions of United States dollars)

   Paid in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)—

Restated(1)
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  

January 1, 2013—Restated(1)

     80.1         6.3         31.4        117.8   

Net earnings

             2.0                2.0   

Unrealized foreign currency losses on translation of foreign operations

                     (11.3     (11.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2013—Restated(1)

     80.1         8.3         20.1        108.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

             7.6                7.6   

Unrealized foreign currency losses on translation of foreign operations

                     (14.4     (14.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

     80.1         15.9         5.7        101.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

             4.2                4.2   

Unrealized foreign currency losses on translation of foreign operations

                     (25.9     (25.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

     80.1         20.1         (20.2     80.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

See accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Combined Statements of Net Earnings and Total Comprehensive Loss

 

Years ended December 31

(millions of United States dollars)

   Note      2015     2014     2013—
Restated (1)
 

Revenues

     16         745.3        761.9        776.9   

Cost of sales

     16         (560.3     (574.6     (585.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        185.0        187.3        191.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

         

Selling, distribution and administrative costs

     16         (157.5     (163.8     (169.7

Finance expense

     16         (13.5     (13.4     (14.2

Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

     14         (6.6     (2.7     (2.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

        (177.6     (179.9     (186.0
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings before income taxes

        7.4        7.4        5.6   

Income tax (expense) recovery

     15         (3.2     0.2        (3.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

        4.2        7.6        2.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

        4.2        7.6        2.0   

Other comprehensive loss:

         

Unrealized foreign currency loss on translation of foreign operations

        (25.9     (14.4     (11.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Loss

        (21.7     (6.8     (9.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

See accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31

(millions of United States dollars)

   Notes      2015     2014     2013—
Restated(1)
 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

         

Net earnings

        4.2        7.6        2.0   

Adjustments for:

         

Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs

     7         5.8        5.9        5.9   

Losses on disposal of assets

                      0.1   

Finance expenses recognized in net earnings

        0.7        0.6        1.4   

Finance expenses on related-party borrowings recognized in net earnings

        12.8        12.8        12.8   

Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

        6.6        2.7        2.1   

Restricted cash

               4.5        (4.8

Income tax (recovery) recognized in net earnings

        3.2        (0.2     3.6   

Change in non-cash operating working capital

     17         (17.0     (30.4     1.5   

Interest paid on related-party notes

        (12.8     (12.8     (12.8

Interest paid

        (0.7     (0.6     (0.6
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities

        2.8        (9.9     11.2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

         

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     7         (13.0     (4.0     (2.6

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     7         0.1        0.1        0.2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities

        (12.9     (3.9     (2.4
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

         

Repayment of finance lease obligations

        (2.6     (2.6     (2.4

Related-party borrowing (repayments)

        12.6        16.7        (6.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities

        10.0        14.1        (8.5
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (0.1     0.3        0.3   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

                        

Effect of translation of foreign currency-denominated cash and cash equivalents

        0.1        (0.3     (0.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

                        
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular amounts in United States millions of dollars, except where otherwise noted. Tables labeled “2015”, “2014”, and “2013” are for full year ended December 31.)

1.    Organization

Construction Products Distribution (CPD) is a distributor of commercial and industrial insulation and specialty walls and ceiling products. CPD has 98 distribution centers, including 15 fabrication facilities, across North America with a presence in 26 states and five provinces. CPD is comprised of three entities, The Winroc Corporation (Midwest), Superior Plus Construction Products Corp. and the division Winroc. The Winroc Corporation (Midwest) and Superior Plus Construction Products Corp. are owned 100% by Superior Plus US Holdings Inc in the U.S. and 100% of Winroc, a division of Superior Plus LP in Canada. The parent company of CPD is Superior Plus Corp. (Superior). Superior is a publicly traded company with its common shares traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) under the exchange symbol SPB.

2.    Basis of Presentation and Restatement

The accompanying combined financial statements present the operations of CPD on a carve-out basis from Superior Plus Corp. as if they had operated as a stand-alone entity. The statements were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) using the accounting policies adopted by CPD’s ultimate parent, Superior Plus Corp. in its annual consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2015. The financial statements were prepared on a going concern basis.

The combined financial statements are presented in United States dollars. All financial information presented in United States dollars has been rounded to the nearest hundred-thousand. The functional currency of CPD is Canadian dollars.

The combined financial statements were prepared on the historical cost basis except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments and incorporate the accounts of CPD and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are all entities over which CPD has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one-half of the voting rights. The results of subsidiaries are included in CPD’s statement of net earnings. All transactions and balances between subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation. CPD’s entities are all wholly owned directly by Superior Plus US Holdings Inc. and Superior Plus LP.

Preparation Methodology and Restatement

These CPD financial statements have been prepared using financial information collected as part of the Superior Plus Corp. consolidated financial statements and disclosure process. The figures presented are consistent with those presented in the Superior Plus Corp. consolidated financial statements except for: i) the impact of pushing down derivative financial instruments to these financial statements from Superior Plus LP; ii) the timing of recognition of rebates; and iii) income taxes, which have been updated to reflect the tax impact of the financial information presented in the combined CPD financial statements as if it were a stand-alone entity. In addition, CPD recognized an adjustment related to the timing of the recognition of supplier rebates.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, CPD recognized an adjustment related to timing of the recognition of supplier rebates resulting in an increase in cost of goods sold of $1.4 million, an increase to accounts receivable of $7.1 million and an increase to opening retained earnings of $5.7 million. The nature of the error related to previously recognized rebates in 2013 that related to the 2012 fiscal year. The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been restated to correct this error.

Related party balances have been disclosed separately in the CPD financial statements and notes and relate to transactions that CPD has entered into with other Superior entities.

No corporate costs have been allocated to CPD, as CPD uses its own resources and operates on a stand-alone basis.

Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash which, on acquisition, have a term to maturity of three months or less.

(b) Inventories

Inventories of building products are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is calculated on a weighted-average cost basis and any trade discounts and vendor rebates are deducted from the cost. The net realizable value of inventory is based on estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs necessary to complete the sale.

(c) Financial Instruments and Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative Financial Instruments

Superior Plus Corp. enters into a variety of derivatives on behalf of CPD to manage its exposure to certain financial risks. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 14.

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-valued to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in net earnings. Realized gains and losses on derivatives are recognized as a component of revenue, cost of sales or finance expense/revenue, the classification of which depends on the underlying nature of the economic exposure being managed.

CPD does not formally designate and document economic hedges, in accordance with the requirements of applying hedge accounting under IFRS and, therefore, does not apply hedge accounting.

Financial Assets

A financial asset is classified at fair value through net earnings (FVTNE) if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in net earnings as incurred. Financial assets at FVTNE are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in net earnings.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

Separable embedded derivatives

Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in net earnings.

Impairment of Financial Assets

Financial assets measured at amortized cost are assessed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date. Financial assets are impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the financial asset’s initial recognition, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been negatively impacted.

For certain categories of financial assets, such as trade receivables, assets that are assessed as not impaired individually are subsequently assessed for collective impairment. Objective evidence of the impairment of a portfolio of receivables could include CPD’s past experience of collecting payments, an increase in the number of delayed payments past the average credit period, in addition to changes in economic conditions that correlate with defaults on receivables. For financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of trade receivables, in which case the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the statement of net earnings and comprehensive income. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in net earnings.

Classification as Debt or Equity

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement.

Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities at FVTNE or other financial liabilities.

Financial Liabilities at FVTNE

Financial liabilities are classified as FVTNE when the financial liability is held for trading or are designated as FVTNE upon initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTNE are stated at fair

 

F-75


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

value with any resulting gain or loss recognized in net earnings. The net gain or loss recognized in net earnings incorporates any related interest expense. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in net earnings or loss as incurred. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 14.

Other Financial Liabilities

Other financial liabilities, including borrowing, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective interest basis. Financial liabilities are recognized at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method, at each reporting period, net of transaction costs directly attributable to the issuance of the liability. Transaction costs related to the issuance of any liability are netted against the carrying value of the associated liability and amortized as part of financing costs over the life of that debt using the effective interest rate method.

Derecognition of Financial Liabilities

CPD derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, CPD’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire.

(d) Property, Plant and Equipment

Cost

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Major renewals and improvements which provide future economic benefits and can be reliably measured are capitalized, while repair and maintenance expenses are charged to operations as incurred. Property, plant and equipment in the course of construction are carried at cost less any recognized impairment losses. Cost includes directly attributable expenses, professional fees and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalized in accordance with CPD’s accounting policy. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property assets, commences when the assets are available for their intended use. Disposals are derecognized at carrying costs less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, with any resulting gain or loss reflected in net earnings.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take substantial time to ready for their intended use or sale, are included in the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are available for their intended use. All other borrowing costs are recognized in net earnings in the period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, based on the estimated useful life. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation of property in the course of construction commences

 

F-76


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

when the assets are available for their intended use. In the majority of cases, residual value is estimated to be insignificant. Depreciation by class of assets is as follows:

 

Buildings

  15 to 40 years

Leasehold improvements

  over the lease term up to10 years

Construction Products Distribution equipment

  5 to 15 years

Manufacturing equipment

  5 to 40 years

Furniture and fixtures

  10 years

Computer equipment

  3 years

Depreciation rates, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

(e) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. For intangible assets with a determinate life, amortization is charged on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognized separately from goodwill when they satisfy the recognition criteria. The initial cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.

Amortization rates, residual values and amortization methods are reviewed at least annually, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

CPD’s other intangible assets and related amortization rates are summarized as follows:

 

Software

  1-3 years

(f) Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets

On an annual basis, CPD reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If so, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, CPD estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs. For the impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

If the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in net earnings. When an impairment loss, other than an impairment loss on goodwill, subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, which cannot exceed the original carrying amount less normal depreciation.

(g) Business Combinations

All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair values, at the acquisition date of the assets given up, the liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by CPD in exchange for control of the acquiree. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issuance of debt or equity securities, that CPD incurs in connection with a business combination, are expensed as incurred. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3— Business Combinations are recognized at their fair values at the acquisition date.

(h) Revenue Recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when all the following conditions are satisfied:

 

   

CPD has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

 

   

CPD retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

 

   

The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

   

It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to CPD; and

 

   

The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Revenue is recognized when products are delivered to the customer and when the above conditions related to revenue from sale of goods are satisfied. Revenue is stated net of discounts and rebates granted.

(i) Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognized as assets of CPD at their fair value at the inception of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to CPD is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation as part of borrowing.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Lease payments are apportioned between finance expenses and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance expenses are recognized immediately in net earnings, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalized in accordance with CPD’s general policy on borrowing costs (see (d) above). Contingent rentals are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense based on terms contained in the lease agreements. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

In the event lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognized as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense and amortized over the term of the lease.

(j) Rebates

Purchase rebates are recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the related performance is completed and the inventory is sold. Vendor rebates that are contingent upon completing a specified level of purchases are recognized as a reduction of cost of goods sold based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration to each of the underlying transactions that results in progress toward earning that rebate, assuming that the rebate can be reasonably estimated and it is probable that the specified target will be obtained. Otherwise, the rebate is recognized as the milestone is achieved and the inventory is sold.

(k) Provisions

Provisions are recognized when there is a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, for which it is probable that payment will be required to settle the obligation, and where the amount can be reliably estimated.

The amount is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

When some or all of the economic benefit required to settle a provision is expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the receivable can be measured reliably.

Restructuring

A restructuring provision is recognized when CPD has developed a detailed formal restructuring plan and has raised a valid expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those affected. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(l) Income Taxes

Income tax expense represents the sum of current income taxes payable and deferred income taxes. Income tax expense was calculated based on legal entity for each of the following entities: The Winroc Corporation, Superior Plus Construction Productions Corp, and Winroc, A Division of Superior Plus LP. There was no allocation of corporate’s non-operating losses to CPD.

Current Income Taxes

The income tax currently payable is based on taxable net earnings for the year. Taxable net earnings differs from net earnings as reported in the combined statement of net earnings and total comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. CPD’s liability for current income tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income tax is recognized on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable net earnings. Deferred income tax assets are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable net earnings will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except for the following:

 

   

When the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill; or

 

   

When an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting net earnings or taxable net earnings; and

 

   

In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled by CPD and it is probable that the temporary differences will not be reversed in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that they are expected to be reversed in the foreseeable future and it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable net earnings against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences. A deferred tax asset may also be recognized for the benefit expected from unused tax losses available for carry-forward, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable earnings will be available against which the tax losses can be applied.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which CPD expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current liabilities and when they are related to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and CPD intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Also, CPD recognizes any benefit associated with investment tax credits as deferred tax assets to the extent they are expected to be utilized in accordance with IAS 12— Income Taxes .

Uncertain Tax Positions

CPD is subject to taxation in numerous jurisdictions. There are many transactions and calculations during the course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. It is possible, however, that at some future date, liabilities in excess of CPD’s provisions could result from audits by or litigation with tax authorities. Where the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

Current and Deferred Tax for the Period

Current and deferred tax are recognized as an expense in net earnings, except where they relate to amounts recognized outside of net earnings (whether in other comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which case the tax is also recognized outside net earnings, or where they arise from the initial accounting for a business combination. In the case of a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

(m) Foreign Currencies

The financial statements of each subsidiary of CPD are translated into the currency of the subsidiary’s primary economic environment (its functional currency, Canadian Dollars). For the purpose of the combined financial statements, the results and balance sheets of each subsidiary are expressed in United States Dollars, CPD’s presentation currency.

All monetary assets and liabilities of the foreign operations of CPD are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses at average exchange rates during the period. Exchange gains and losses arising from this translation are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses are recognized on monetary assets and liabilities when those items are settled. Other non-monetary assets and liabilities held by CPD are converted using the spot rate at the date of the transaction.

Transactions denominated in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency at rates in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates then in effect. The resulting translation gains or losses are recognized in net earnings.

(n) Share-Based Payments

CPD has established share-based compensation plans whereby notional restricted shares and/or notional performance shares may be granted to employees. The fair value of these

 

F-81


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

notional shares is estimated using the period-end Superior Plus Corp. quoted market price and recorded as an expense with an offsetting amount to accrued liabilities, re-measured at each balance sheet date. All share-based payments are settled in cash.

(o) Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of CPD’s combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net earnings and related disclosure. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors deemed reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are as follows:

Fair Value of Derivative and Non-Financial Derivative Instruments

Where the fair values of derivatives and non-financial derivatives cannot be derived from active markets, they are determined using valuation techniques including a discounted cash flow model. This requires assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and discount rates. Differences between actual values and assumed values will affect net earnings in the period when the determination of the difference is made.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

CPD recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical customer collection history, general economic indicators and other customer-specific information, all of which require CPD to make certain assumptions. Where the actual collectability of accounts receivable differs from these estimates, such differences will have an impact on net earnings in the period such a determination is made.

Supplier-Rebates

CPD recognizes rebates earned from suppliers as a reduction of the price of vendors’ products and reflects it as a reduction of cost of sales and the related inventory in the combined statement of income and combined statement of financial position. To determine probability and estimated receipts, CPD analyzes actual purchases during the year, attainment of purchase forecasts, and contractual terms and conditions. The assumptions are reassessed each year.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets

Capitalized assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. All estimates of useful lives are set out in 2(d) and 2(e) above.

Provisions

Provisions have been estimated for restructuring. The actual costs and timing of future cash flows depend on future events. Any differences between estimates and the actual future liability will be accounted for in the period when such determination is made.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

CPD recognizes expected tax assets and liabilities based on estimates of current and future taxable net earnings, which may require significant judgment regarding the ultimate tax determination of certain items. If taxable net earnings differ from the estimates there may be an impact on current and future income tax provisions in the period when the difference is determined.

Asset Impairments

Financial and non-financial assets are subject to impairment reviews based on whether current or future events and circumstances suggest that their recoverable amount may be less than their carrying value. Recoverable amounts are based on a calculation of expected future cash flows, which includes management assumptions and estimates of future performance.

Critical Judgments in Applying Accounting Policies

In applying CPD’s accounting policies, described above, management makes judgments that could significantly affect the amounts recognized in the combined financial statements. The most critical of these judgments are:

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment

An impairment evaluation involves consideration of whether there are indicators of impairment. Indicators include: significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results, significant changes in the manner in which an asset is used or in CPD’s overall business strategy, or significant negative industry or economic trends. In some cases, these events are clear. However, in many cases, there is no such clearly identifiable event. Instead, a series of individually insignificant events, some of them only later known, leads to an indication that an asset may be impaired. Management continually monitors CPD’s markets and the business environment, and makes judgments and assessments about conditions and events in order to conclude whether a possible impairment exists.

Income Taxes

Preparation of the combined financial statements involves making an estimate of, or provision for, income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which CPD operates and on a legal entity basis. The process also involves estimating taxes currently payable and taxes expected to be payable or recoverable in future periods, referred to as deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes result from the effects of temporary differences due to items that are treated differently for tax and accounting purposes. The tax effects of these differences are reflected in the balance sheet as deferred income tax assets and liabilities. An assessment must also be made to determine the likelihood that CPD’s future taxable income will be sufficient to permit the recovery of deferred income tax assets. To the extent that such recovery is not probable, recognized deferred income tax assets must be reduced. Judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities. Management must also exercise judgment in its assessment of continually changing tax interpretations, regulations and legislation, to ensure deferred income tax assets and liabilities are complete and fairly presented. The effects of differing assessments and applications could be material.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Financial Instruments

The fair value of financial instruments is determined and classified within three categories, which are outlined below and discussed in more detail in Note 14.

Level I

Fair values in Level I are determined using inputs that are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that CPD has the ability to access.

Level II

Fair values in Level II are determined, directly or indirectly, using inputs that are observable for the asset or liability.

Level III

Fair values in Level III are determined using inputs for the asset or liability that are not readily observable.

The fair value measurement of a financial instrument is included in only one of the three levels, the determination of which is based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the derivation of the fair value. Classification of financial instruments requires management to use judgment in respect of both the determination of fair value and the lowest-level input of significance.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Certain mandatory new standards, interpretations, amendments and improvements to existing standards were issued by the IASB or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015. The affected standards applicable to Superior are as follows:

IAS 19—Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions

The amendments to IAS 19 clarify how an entity should account for contributions made by employees or third parties to defined benefit plans, based on whether those contributions are dependent on the employee’s number of years of service. For contributions that are independent of the number of years of services, the entity may either recognize the contributions as a reduction in the service cost in the period in which the related service is rendered, or attribute them to the employee’s periods of service using the projected unit credit method; whereas for contributions that are dependent on the number of years of service, the entity is required to attribute them to the employee’s period of service. This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2014, with earlier adoption permitted. Superior adopted these IAS 19 amendments on January 1, 2015 with no material impact to financial results and financial position.

New and revised IFRS standards issued but not yet effective

IFRS 9—Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement

IFRS 9 was issued in November 2009 and is intended to replace IAS 39— Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine

 

F-84


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

whether a financial asset is measured at amortized cost or fair value, replacing the multiple rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial instruments in the context of its business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The new standard also requires a single impairment method to be used, replacing the multiple impairment methods in IAS 39. Requirements for financial liabilities were added in October 2010 and they largely carried forward existing requirements in IAS 39 except that fair value changes due to credit risk for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss would generally be recorded in other comprehensive income.

A finalized version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014 to include impairment requirements for financial assets and limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements by introducing a fair value through other comprehensive income measurement category for certain simple debt instruments. This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with earlier adoption permitted. Superior intends to adopt the new standard on the required effective date, and is currently assessing the effect of IFRS 9 on its financial results and financial position. Changes, if any, are not expected to be material.

IFRS 15- Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 was issued in May 2014, establishing a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 supersedes the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18— Revenue and IAS 11— Construction Contracts , as well as the related interpretation when it becomes effective. Under IFRS 15, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. An entity is required to recognize revenue when the performance obligation is satisfied. Either a full or modified retrospective application is required for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted. CPD is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 15 and plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date.

IAS 16 and IAS 38—Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets

The amendments to IAS 16 prohibit entities from using a revenue-based depreciation method for items of property, plant, and equipment. The amendments to IAS 38 introduce a rebuttable presumption that revenue is not an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible asset. This presumption can only be rebutted in the event that the intangible asset is expressed as a measure of revenue or when it can be demonstrated that revenue and consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible assets are highly correlated. This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, with earlier adoption permitted. CPD currently amortizes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets using the straight-line method and, therefore, does not anticipate that the application of these amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 18 will have a material impact on its combined financial statements.

3.    Seasonality of Operations

Sales typically peak during the second and third quarters with the seasonal increase in building and renovation activities. They then decline through the fourth quarter and into the

 

F-85


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

subsequent first quarter. Similarly, net working capital is typically at seasonal highs during the second and third quarters, and normally decline to seasonal lows in the fourth and first quarters.

4.    Trade and Other Receivables

A summary of trade and other receivables are as follows:

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Trade receivables, net of allowances

     98.6         106.5         97.0   

Accounts receivable—other

     9.4         10.9         12.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

     108.0         117.4         109.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Pursuant to their respective terms, trade receivables, before deducting an allowance for doubtful accounts, are aged as follows:

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Current

     69.5         74.8         53.1   

Past due less than 90 days

     27.0         29.2         41.6   

Past due over 90 days

     3.4         4.3         4.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables

     99.9         108.3         99.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

The current portion of CPD’s trade receivables is neither impaired nor past due and there are no indications as of the reporting date that the debtors will not make payment. CPD’s trade receivables are stated after deducting a provision of $1.3 million as at December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014—$1.8 million; December 31, 2013—$2.5 million). The movement in the provision for doubtful accounts was as follows:

 

     2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning of the year

     (1.9     (2.5     (3.7

Opening adjustment due to acquisitions

            (0.2       

Impairment losses recognized on receivables

     (1.2     (0.6       

Amounts written off during the year as uncollectible

     1.3        1.0        0.8   

Amounts recovered

     0.1        0.2        0.2   

Net foreign currency translation impact

     0.4        0.3        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, end of the year

     (1.3     (1.8     (2.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5.    Prepaid expenses

 

     2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
 

Balance at the beginning of the year

     4.2        4.2        4.0   

Added to prepaid assets

     11.3        12.9        18.7   

Expensed to net earnings

     (10.6     (12.7     (18.4

Net foreign currency translation impact

     (0.4     (0.2     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

     4.5        4.2        4.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

6.    Inventories

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Wall, ceiling and insulation construction products

     64.1         69.3         67.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     64.1         69.3         67.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense in the year ended December 31, 2015 was $556.4 million (December 31, 2014—$573.0 million; December 2013—$585.3 million). Inventories of $nil as at December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014—$nil; December 31, 2013—$nil) are expected to be recovered after more than 12 months. Inventory was written down during the year ended December 31, 2015 by $0.6 million (December 31, 2014—$0.5 million; December 31, 2013—$nil). A write-down reversal of $0.2 million was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014—$nil; December 31, 2013—$nil).

7.    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

     Land      Buildings      Equipment     Leasehold
Improvements
    Total  

Cost

            

Balance at December 31, 2014

     0.6         2.3         46.8        6.1        55.8   

Additions

                     17.4        0.1        17.5   

Disposals

                     (4.4     (0.2     (4.6

Net foreign currency translation impact

             0.1         (2.6     (0.8     (3.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     0.6         2.4         57.2        5.2        65.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

             1.5         26.6        5.1        33.2   

Depreciation expense

             0.2         5.2        0.4        5.8   

Eliminated on disposal of assets

                     (4.4     (0.2     (4.6

Net foreign currency translation impact

                     (2.2     (0.8     (3.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

             1.7         25.2        4.5        31.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Land      Buildings     Equipment     Leasehold
Improvements
    Total  

Cost—Restated(1)

           

Balance at December 31, 2013

     0.6         2.4        45.1        6.0        54.1   

Additions

                    8.7        0.4        9.1   

Disposals

                    (5.0            (5.0

Net foreign currency translation impact

             (0.1     (2.0     (0.3     (2.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     0.6         2.3        46.8        6.1        55.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation—Restated(1)

  

Balance at December 31, 2013

             1.4        27.6        5.1        34.1   

Depreciation expense

                    5.5        0.4        5.9   

Eliminated on disposal of assets

                    (4.8            (4.8

Net foreign currency translation impact

             0.1        (1.7     (0.4     (2.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

             1.5        26.6        5.1        33.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Land      Buildings      Equipment     Leasehold
Improvements
    Total  

Cost—Restated(1)

            

Balance at December 31, 2012

     0.6         2.4         43.1        6.4        52.5   

Additions

                     5.8        0.4        6.2   

Disposals

                     (2.6     (0.5     (3.1

Net foreign currency translation impact

                     (1.2     (0.3     (1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     0.6         2.4         45.1        6.0        54.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation—Restated(1)

  

Balance at December 31, 2012

             1.2         25.5        5.4        32.1   

Depreciation expense

             0.1         5.3        0.5        5.9   

Eliminated on disposal of assets

                     (2.5     (0.5     (3.0

Net foreign currency translation impact

             0.1         (0.7     (0.3     (0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

             1.4         27.6        5.1        34.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

Carrying Amount—Restated(1)

           

As at December 31, 2013

     0.6         1.0         17.5         0.9         20.0   

As at December 31, 2014

     0.6         0.8         20.2         1.0         22.6   

As at December 31, 2015

     0.6         0.7         32.0         0.7         34.0   

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

The carrying value of CPD’s property, plant, and equipment includes $13.2 million of leased assets as at December 31, 2015 (December 31, 2014—$11.9 million, December 31, 2013—$8.3 million).

8.    Intangible Assets

 

     Intangible
Assets
 

Cost

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

     1.6   

Net foreign translation impact

     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     1.3   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

     1.3   

Net foreign translation impact

     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     1.0   
  

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Intangible
Assets

Restated(1)
 

Cost

  

Balance at December 31, 2013

     1.6   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     1.6   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

  

Balance at December 31, 2013

     1.3   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     1.3   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

     Intangible
Assets

Restated(1)
 

Cost

  

Balance at December 31, 2012

     1.7   

Net foreign translation impact

     (0.1
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     1.6   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

  

Balance at December 31, 2012

     1.2   

Net foreign translation impact

     0.1   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     1.3   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

Carrying value—Restated(1)

  

As at December 31, 2013

     0.3   

As at December 31, 2014

     0.3   

As at December 31, 2015

     0.3   

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

No impairment charges were recorded to the intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9.    Provisions

 

     Restructuring
Restated(1)
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     5.5   

Additions

     5.3   

Payments

     (2.7

Impact of foreign currency differences

     (0.4
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     7.7   

Additions

     1.1   

Payments

     (2.8

Impact of foreign currency differences

     (1.0
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     5.0   

Payments

     (3.7

Amounts reversed during the year

     (0.6

Impact of foreign currency differences

     (0.4
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     0.3   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Current

     0.3         2.6         4.1   

Non-current

             2.4         3.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     0.3         5.0         7.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Restructuring

Restructuring costs are recorded in selling, distribution, and administrative costs. As at December 31, 2015, restructuring (recovery) expense was $(0.6) million (December 31, 2014—$1.1 million; December 31, 2013—5.3 million). Provisions for restructuring are recorded in provisions, except for the current portion, which is recorded in trade and other payables. As at December 31, 2015, the current portion of restructuring costs was $0.3 million (December 31, 2014—$2.6 million; December 31, 2013—$4.1 million). As at December 31, 2015, the long term portion of restructuring costs was $nil (December 31, 2014—$2.5 million; December 31, 2013—$3.6 million). The provision is primarily for severance and lease costs.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10.    Trade and Other Payables

A summary of trade and other payables is as follows:

 

     Notes      2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Trade payables

        42.2         44.7         51.6   

Accrued incentive

        9.6         7.8         10.5   

Restructuring provision

     9         0.3         2.6         4.1   

Other payables

        31.2         31.0         17.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

        83.3         86.1         84.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

The average credit period on purchases by CPD is 45 days. No interest is charged on the trade payables between 7 and 30 days from the date of the invoice. Thereafter, interest is charged at 12% per annum on the balance. CPD’s financial risk management policies ensure that trade payables are normally paid within the pre-agreed credit terms.

11.    Restricted Cash

During 2013, one of the members of Allroc’s buying group failed to pay an outstanding receivable balance of approximately CAD$4.9 million and disputed the amount on the basis of alleged breaches of contract. Subsequently, the member agreed to deposit approximately CAD$4.9 million into a trust account for distribution once the matter is resolved. The relationship with the member has been terminated and Superior Plus LP commenced legal proceedings to recover the full amount owing. Restrictions on the cash in trust was lifted in 2014.

12.    Borrowing

Included in current borrowing is $1.9 million of bank overdraft (December 31, 2014—$1.1 million; December 31, 2013—$1.9 million).

Operating Lease Commitments

CPD has entered into leases on certain vehicles, premises and other equipment. Leases have an average life of between five and seven years with no renewal option included in the contracts. There are no restrictions placed upon CPD by entering into these leases.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Not later than one year

     13.8         13.5         13.2   

Later than one year and not later than five years

     30.0         36.1         32.9   

Later than five years

     6.7         2.6         10.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     50.5         52.2         57.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Obligations under finance lease

Finance leases relate to construction products vehicles, equipment and office space with lease terms of five to 15 years. CPD has options to purchase the assets for a nominal amount at the conclusion of the lease agreements. CPD’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ title to the leased assets.

 

     Minimum Lease Payments     Present Value of
Minimum Lease Payments
 
     2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
    2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Not later than one year

     3.4        3.0        2.8        2.7         2.3         2.4   

Later than one year and not later than five years

     11.1        8.9        7.1        9.8         7.9         6.3   

Later than five years

     2.4        2.0        1.2        2.3         1.8         1.1   

Less: future finance charges

     (2.1     (1.9     (1.3                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

     14.8        12.0        9.8        14.8         12.0         9.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Included in the combined balance sheets as at December 31:

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Current portion of finance lease

     2.7         2.3         2.4   

Non-current portion of finance lease

     12.1         9.7         7.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     14.8         12.0         9.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Repayment requirements are as follows:

 

Current maturities

     2.7   

Due in 2017

     2.9   

Due in 2018

     2.7   

Due in 2019

     2.3   

Due in 2020

     1.9   

Subsequent to 2020

     2.3   
  

 

 

 

Total

     14.8   
  

 

 

 

 

F-93


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13.    Related-party Note Payable

The related-party note was created to finance the acquisition of Specialty Products and Insulation and is between Superior Plus US Financing Inc. (lender) and Specialty Products and Insulation (borrower).

 

     Date of
Maturity
     Effective
Interest
Rate
    2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Related-party notes

             

Related-party notes

     September 2016         9.75     131.3         131.3         131.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

14.    Financial Instruments

Superior enters into foreign currency forward contracts on behalf of CPD in order to reduce foreign currency risk. The unrealized gains and losses associated with foreign currency contracts held by Superior Plus LP were allocated to these CPD financial statements. Below is the summary of the gains and losses included in net earnings:

 

                            Asset (Liability)  

Description

  Notional(1)     Term     Effective
Rate
    Fair Value
Input
Level
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
Restated(2)
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

  US$ 57.0        2016-2017        1.17        Level 1        (8.8     (3.2     (0.6

 

(1) Notional values as at December 31, 2015.
(2) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

Description

   Current
Assets
     Long-
term
Assets
     Current
Liabilities
     Long-
term
Liabilities
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

                     5.8         3.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2015

                     5.8         3.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Description

   Current
Assets
     Long-
term
Assets
     Current
Liabilities
     Long-
term
Liabilities
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

                     1.7         1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2014

                     1.7         1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Description

   Current
Assets
     Long-
term
Assets
     Current
Liabilities
     Long-
term
Liabilities
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

                             0.6   

As at December 31, 2013—Restated(1)

                             0.6   

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     2015     2014     2013—Restated(1)  

Description

   Realized
Loss
    Unrealized
Loss
    Realized
Loss
    Unrealized
Loss
    Realized
Gain
     Unrealized
Loss
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

     (3.6     (6.6     (1.1     (2.7     0.8         (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gains and (losses)

     (3.6     (6.6     (1.1     (2.7     0.8         (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Realized gains or losses on financial and non-financial derivatives and foreign currency translation gains or losses on the revaluation of Canadian domiciled US-denominated working capital have been classified on the statement of net earnings based on the underlying nature of the financial statement line item and/or the economic exposure being managed.

The following summarizes CPD’s classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities:

 

     Classification      Measurement  

Financial Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     Loans and receivables         Amortized cost   

Trade and other receivables

     Loans and receivables         Amortized cost   

Derivative assets

     FVTNE         Fair value   

Financial liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

     Other liabilities         Amortized cost   

Borrowing

     Other liabilities         Amortized cost   

Derivative liabilities

     FVTNE         Fair value   

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair value of CPD’s cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, related-party receivables, trade and other payables, related-party notes, and interest payable approximates their carrying value due to the short-term nature of these amounts.

Financial Instruments—Risk Management

Market Risk

Derivative and non-financial derivatives are used by Superior, on behalf of CPD, to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Superior assesses the inherent risks of these instruments by grouping derivative and non-financial derivatives related to the exposures these instruments mitigate. Superior’s policy is not to use derivative or non-financial derivative instruments for speculative purposes. Superior does not formally designate its derivatives as hedges, and as a result, Superior does not apply hedge accounting and is required to designate its derivatives and non-financial derivatives as held for trading.

Superior, on behalf of its operating divisions, enters into foreign currency forward contracts with ten counterparties to manage the economic exposure of its operations to movements in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit Risk

Superior utilizes a variety of counterparties in relation to its derivative and non-financial derivative instruments in order to mitigate its counterparty risk. Superior assesses the credit-worthiness of its significant counterparties at the inception and throughout the term of a contract. Superior is also exposed to customer credit risk. Overall, Superior’s credit quality is enhanced by its portfolio of customers which is diversified across geographical (primarily Canada and the United States) and end-use (primarily commercial, residential and industrial) markets.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and past due receivables are reviewed by CPD at each balance sheet date. CPD updates its estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on the evaluation of the recoverability of trade receivables with each customer taking into account historical collection trends of past due accounts and current economic conditions. Trade receivables are written-off once it is determined they are uncollectible.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that CPD cannot meet a demand for cash or fund an obligation as it comes due. Liquidity risk also includes the risk of not being able to liquidate assets in a timely manner at a reasonable price.

To ensure it is able to react to contingencies and investment opportunities quickly, Superior maintains sources of liquidity at the corporate and subsidiary levels. The main sources of liquidity for CPD are cash, financial assets, and intercompany financing.

CPD is subject to the risks associated with debt financing, including the ability to refinance indebtedness at maturity. CPD believes these risks are mitigated through the use of long-term debt secured by high-quality assets, maintaining debt levels that in management’s opinion are appropriate, and by diversifying maturities over an extended period. Superior also seeks to include in its agreements terms that protect it from liquidity issues of counterparties that might otherwise impact liquidity.

CPD’s contractual obligations associated with its financial liabilities are as follows:

 

     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      2020 and
Thereafter
     Total  

Borrowing

     4.6         2.9         2.7         2.3         1.9         2.3         16.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CPD’s contractual obligations are considered normal-course operating commitments and do not include the impact of mark-to-market fair values on financial and non-financial derivatives. CPD expects to fund these obligations through a combination of cash flow from operations, proceeds on its revolving term bank credit facilities and proceeds on the issuance of share capital.

15.    Income Taxes

CPD recognizes a provision for income taxes that are subject to current and deferred income taxes, including United States income tax and United States non-resident withholding tax.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Total income taxes are different from the amount computed by applying the corporate Canadian enacted statutory rate of 26% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Income tax expense (recovery) was calculated are as follows:

 

     Note      2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
 

Net earnings

        4.2        7.6        2.0   

Income tax expense (recovery)

        3.2        (0.2     3.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings of CPD before taxes

        7.4        7.4        5.6   

Computed income tax expense (recovery)

        2.0        1.9        1.1   

Higher effective foreign tax rates

        1.2        (0.3     0.3   

Non-deductible costs and other

        0.4        0.3        0.2   

Prior period adjustment

     2         (0.4     (2.2     1.9   

Other

               0.1        0.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (recovery)

        3.2        (0.2     3.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Total income tax expense or recovery for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 is comprised of:

 

     2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
 

Current income tax expense

      

Current income tax charge

     4.7        4.1        4.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

     4.7        4.1        4.3   

Deferred income tax recovery

      

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary difference

     (1.1     (2.2     (2.7

Adjustments in respect of previous year

     (0.4     (2.1     2.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax recovery

     (1.5     (4.3     (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (recovery)

     3.2        (0.2     3.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

2015

   Opening
Balance
    (Credited)/
charged to
net earnings
    Exchange
differences
    Other      Closing
Balance
 

Reserves

     16.6        (0.3     (0.2             16.1   

Unrealized foreign exchange (losses) gains

     0.9        1.7        (0.3             2.3   

Property, plant and equipment

     (2.4     (1.2     (0.3             (3.9

Capital leases

     4.3        1.2        (0.2             5.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     19.4        1.4        (1.0             19.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-97


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2014

   Opening
Balance
    (Credited)/
charged to
net earnings
    Exchange
differences
    Other      Closing
Balance
 

Reserves

     12.7        4.4        (0.5             16.6   

Unrealized foreign exchange losses

     0.2        0.7                       0.9   

Property, plant and equipment

     (0.2     (1.9     (0.3             (2.4

Capital leases

     3.3        1.1        (0.1             4.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     16.0        4.3        (0.9             19.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2013—Restated (1)

   Opening
Balance
    (Credited)/
charged to
net earnings
    Exchange
differences
    Other     Closing
Balance
 

Reserves

     9.9        3.1        (0.3            12.7   

Unrealized foreign exchange losses

     (0.4     0.5                      0.2   

Property, plant and equipment

     3.5        (2.2     (0.2     (1.3     (0.2

Capital leases

     2.8        (0.7     (0.1     1.3        3.3   

Total

     15.8        0.7        (0.6            16.0   

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Deferred taxes reported in the two preceding tables are presented on a functional basis while deferred taxes reported on the balance sheet are on a legal entity basis.

The net deferred income tax asset relates to the following tax jurisdictions as at December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Canada

     5.3         6.1         7.1   

United States

     14.5         13.3         8.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred income tax asset

     19.8         19.4         16.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

CPD has available to carry forward the following as at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

United States non capital losses—state

     17.4         20.1         20.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

As at December 31 CPD has the following balances in respect of which no deferred tax asset was recognized:

 

     2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

United States non capital losses—state

     17.4         20.1         20.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unrecognized deferred income tax assets

     17.4         20.1         20.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized for the above temporary differences as it is not probable that the respective entities to which they relate will generate sufficient future taxable income against which to utilize the temporary differences.

16.    Supplemental Disclosure of Combined Statement of Total Comprehensive Income

Revenue is recognized at the fair value of consideration received or receivable when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred.

 

     2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
 

Revenues

      

Revenue from products

     745.3        761.9        776.1   

Realized gains on derivative financial instruments

                   0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     745.3        761.9        776.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales (includes products and services)

      

Cost of products and services

     (556.7     (573.5     (585.3

Realized losses on derivative financial instruments

     (3.6     (1.1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (560.3     (574.6     (585.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, distribution and administrative costs

      

Other selling, distribution and administrative costs

     (53.3     (58.1     (57.5

Restructuring costs

            (1.1     (5.3

Employee costs

     (98.4     (98.7     (100.9

Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs

     (5.8     (5.9     (5.9

Losses on disposal of assets

                   (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (157.5     (163.8     (169.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expense

      

Interest on borrowing

     (12.8     (12.8     (13.7

Interest on obligations under finance leases

     (0.7     (0.6     (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (13.5     (13.4     (14.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

17.    Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Operating Working Capital Changes

 

     2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
 

Changes in non-cash working capital

      

Trade receivables and other

     (11.5     (18.0     (0.5

Inventories

     (6.5     (8.3     (3.5

Trade payable and other payables

     4.0        2.8        9.0   

Other

     (3.0     (6.9     (3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in non-cash operating working capital

     (17.0     (30.4     1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

18.    Related-party Transactions

As at December 31, 2015, CPD had an account receivable balance of $89.4 million (December 31, 2014—$104.6 million, December 31, 2013—$118.0 million) due from Superior Plus Corp. and its subsidiaries. All related party balances held with Superior Plus Corp. are non-interest bearing instruments and are due on demand.

 

     2015     2014     2013
Restated(1)
 

Due from Superior Plus Corp.

     2.8        3.2        3.3   

Due to Superior Plus Canada Financing Inc.

     (19.1     (19.1     (6.9

Due from Superior Plus US Holdings Inc.

     0.9        0.5        0.6   

Due from Superior Plus LP

     104.8        120.0        121.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Related-party receivable, at the end of the year

     89.4        104.6        118.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Remuneration of directors and other key management personnel

The key management personnel of CPD are comprised of executives of CPD’s businesses.

The remuneration of key management personnel during the twelve months ended December 31, were as follows:

 

Twelve months ended December 31,

   2015      2014      2013
Restated(1)
 

Salary and short-term employee benefits

     0.3         0.3         0.7   

Share-based payments

             0.9         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     0.3         1.2         0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

Construction Products Division Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Corporation established the Construction Products Division Long-Term Incentive Plan (CPD LTIP) in 2015. The CPD LTIP provides participants with the potential to receive a cash payment in the event of the sale of the CPD Business or a change of control of the Corporation, provided that at the time of such transaction there has been an increase in the value of the CPD business from the base value of the business as established at the time the Plan was created. The maximum amount payable as a contingent liability by Superior under the plan is 10% of the increased value of the CPD Business from the base value.

19.    Group Entities

 

Entities

   Country of
Incorporation
 

Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.

     United States   

The Winroc Corporation (Midwest)

     United States   

Winroc, a division of Superior Plus LP

     Canada   

 

F-100


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

20.    Geographic Information

 

     Canada      United States      Total
Combined
 

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 (1)

     229.2         516.1         745.3   

Property, plant and equipment as at December 31, 2015

     8.5         25.5         34.0   

Intangible assets as at December 31, 2015

             0.3         0.3   

Total assets as at December 31, 2015 (1)

     173.6         146.5         320.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 (1)

     263.8         498.1         761.9   

Property, plant and equipment as at December 31, 2014

     7.1         15.5         22.6   

Intangible assets as at December 31, 2014

             0.3         0.3   

Total assets as at December 31, 2014 (1)

     202.9         134.9         337.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 (1)

     306.8         470.1         776.9   

Property, plant and equipment as at December 31, 2013 (1)

     9.3         10.7         20.0   

Intangible assets as at December 31, 2013 (1)

             0.3         0.3   

Total assets as at December 31, 2013 (1)

     214.8         125.0         339.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Restated. See Note 2 to the Combined Financial Statements.

21.    Subsequent Events

Superior Plus Corp (SPC) entered into a non-binding Letter of Intent (LOI) dated May 13, 2016 with Lone Star Americas Acquisitions (LSAA), LLC which outlines the general terms and conditions pursuant to which LSAA will acquire the assets (Assets) of Superior Plus Construction Products Division. Under the terms of the LOI the deal is contingent on LSAA obtaining the financing required to purchase Assets from SPC, should financing not be available LSAA will pay SPC a break fee equal to 10% of the purchase price.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Construction Products Distribution

Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

F-102


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets

 

(unaudited, millions of United States dollars)

   Note      June 30
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Assets

       

Current Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

        0.9          

Trade and other receivables

     4         119.5        108.0   

Prepaid expenses

        4.5        4.5   

Inventories

     5         66.6        64.1   

Related-party receivables

     14         89.1        89.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

        280.6        266.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Current Assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

     6         41.7        34.0   

Intangible assets

        0.3        0.3   

Deferred tax

     11         19.5        19.8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Assets

        61.5        54.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

        342.1        320.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Owners’ Net Investment

       

Current Liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

     7         94.4        83.3   

Borrowing

     8         3.8        4.6   

Unrealized losses on derivatives financial instruments

     10         2.7        5.8   

Related-party notes

     9         131.3        131.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

        232.2        225.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Current Liabilities

       

Borrowing

     8         12.4        12.1   

Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments

     10         0.8        3.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Current Liabilities

        13.2        15.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

        245.4        240.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Owners’ Net Investment

       

Paid in capital

        80.1        80.1   

Retained earnings

        28.1        20.1   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

        (11.5     (20.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Owners’ Net Investment

        96.7        80.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Owners’ Net Investment

        342.1        320.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Owners’ Net Investment

 

(unaudited, millions of United States dollars)

   Paid in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total  

December 31, 2014

     80.1         15.9         5.7        101.7   

Net earnings

             0.9                0.9   

Unrealized foreign currency losses on translation of foreign operations

                     (10.9     (10.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2015

     80.1         16.8         (5.2     91.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

     80.1         20.1         (20.2     80.0   

Net earnings

             8.0                8.0   

Unrealized foreign currency gains on translation of foreign operations

                     8.7        8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2016

     80.1         28.1         (11.5     96.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Condensed Combined Statements of Net Earnings and Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

            Three months ended
June 30
    Six months ended
June 30
 

(unaudited, millions of United States dollars)

   Notes          2016             2015             2016             2015      

REVENUES

     12         199.3        195.0        378.6        370.5   

Cost of sales

     12         (148.7     (146.5     (282.9     (279.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        50.6        48.5        95.7        91.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES

           

Selling, distribution and administrative costs

     12         (42.5     (39.5     (83.0     (81.0

Finance income (expense)

     12         (3.4     (3.4     (6.8     (6.7

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives financial instruments

     10         1.2        0.8        5.5        (1.5
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (44.7     (42.1     (84.3     (89.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings before income taxes

        5.9        6.4        11.4        2.2   

Income tax expense

        (1.9     (2.2     (3.4     (1.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

        4.0        4.2        8.0        0.9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

        4.0        4.2        8.0        0.9   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

           

Unrealized foreign currency gains (losses) on translation of foreign operations

        (0.5     2.3        8.7        (10.9
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period

        3.5        6.5        16.7        (10.0
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows

 

            Six months ended
June 30
 

(unaudited, millions of United States dollars except per share amounts)

   Notes          2016             2015      

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Net earnings for the period

        8.0        0.9   

Adjustments for:

       

Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs

     6         3.1        2.9   

Finance expenses recognized in net earnings

        0.4        0.3   

Finance expenses borrowing on related party borrowings recognized in net earnings (loss)

        6.4        6.4   

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivative financial instruments

     10         (5.5     1.5   

Income tax expense (recovery) recognized in net earnings

        3.4        1.3   

Increase (decrease) in non-cash operating working capital

     13         (8.7     (0.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest paid on related-party notes

        (6.4     (6.4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest paid

        (0.4     (0.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

        0.3        6.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     6         (8.0     (4.4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

        (8.0     (4.4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Repayment of finance lease obligations

        (1.6     (1.3

Related-party borrowings (repayments)

        10.0        (0.2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

        8.4        (1.5
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

        0.7        0.5   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

                 

Effect of translation of foreign currency-denominated cash and cash equivalents

        0.2        0.2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

        0.9        0.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tabular amounts in United States millions of dollars, except where otherwise noted.)

1.    Organization

Construction Products Distribution (CPD) is a distributor of commercial and industrial insulation and specialty walls and ceiling products. CPD has 98 distribution centers, including 15 fabrication facilities, across North America with a presence in 26 states and five provinces. CPD is comprised of three entities, The Winroc Corporation (Midwest), Superior Plus Construction Products Corp. and the division Winroc. The Winroc Corporation (Midwest) and Superior Plus Construction Products Corp. are owned 100% by Superior Plus US Holdings Inc. in the U.S. and 100% of Winroc, a division of Superior Plus LP in Canada. The parent company of CPD is Superior Plus Corp. (Superior). Superior is a publicly traded company with its common shares traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) under the exchange symbol SPB.

2.    Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed combined financial statements present the operations of CPD on a carve-out basis from Superior Plus Corp. as if they had operated as a stand-alone entity. The statements were prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 Interim Financial Reporting (IAS 34) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) using the accounting policies adopted by CPD’s ultimate parent, Superior, in its annual consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2015, other than the standards adopted as at January 1, 2016 as discussed in 2(b) below. These accounting policies have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these condensed combined financial statements, and have been applied consistently throughout the combined entities. The condensed combined financial statements were prepared on a going concern basis.

The condensed combined financial statements are presented in United States dollars, CPD’s functional currency. All financial information presented in United States dollars has been rounded to the nearest hundred-thousand. These condensed combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with CPD’s 2015 annual combined financial statements.

The condensed combined financial statements were prepared on the historical cost basis except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments and incorporate the accounts of CPD and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are all entities over which CPD has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one-half of the voting rights. The results of subsidiaries are included in CPD’s statement of net earnings from date of acquisition, or in the case of disposals, up to the effective date of disposal. All transactions and balances between subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation. CPD’s entities are all wholly owned directly by Superior Plus US Holdings Inc. and Superior Plus LP.

Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of CPD’s combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net earnings and related disclosure. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors deemed reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or

 

F-107


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

complexity, or where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are consistent with those disclosed in CPD’s 2015 annual combined financial statements.

(b) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Certain new standards, interpretations, amendments and improvements to existing standards were issued by the IASB or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) that are mandatory for accounting periods beginning January 1, 2016 or later periods.

IAS 16 and IAS 38—Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets

The amendments to IAS 16 prohibit entities from using a revenue-based depreciation method for items of property, plant, and equipment. The amendments to IAS 38 introduce a rebuttable presumption that revenue is not an appropriate basis for amortization of an intangible asset. This presumption can only be rebutted in the event that the intangible asset is expressed as a measure of revenue or when it can be demonstrated that revenue and consumption of the economic benefits of the intangible assets are highly correlated. This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, and CPD has accordingly adopted the amendments effective January 1, 2016. CPD amortizes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets using the straight-line method and, therefore, the application of these amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 18 did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

New and revised IFRS standards issued but not yet effective

IFRS 16—Leases

On January 13, 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16—Leases (“IFRS 16”), which replaces IAS 17—Leases and related interpretations. IFRS 16 provides a single lessee accounting model, requiring the recognition of assets and liabilities for all leases, except those that meet limited exception criteria. IFRS 16 will be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. CPD is currently assessing the potential impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9—Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement

IFRS 9 was issued in November 2009 and is intended to replace IAS 39—Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortized cost or fair value, replacing the multiple rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial instruments in the context of its business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The new standard also requires a single impairment method to be used, replacing the multiple impairment methods in IAS 39. Requirements for financial liabilities were added in October 2010 and they largely carried forward existing requirements in IAS 39 except that fair value changes due to credit risk for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss would generally be recorded in other comprehensive income.

A finalized version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014 to include impairment requirements for financial assets and limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements by introducing a fair value through other comprehensive income measurement

 

F-108


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

category for certain simple debt instruments. This standard must be applied for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with earlier adoption permitted. CPD intends to adopt the new standard on the required effective date, and is currently assessing the effect of IFRS 9 on its financial results and financial position. Changes, if any, are not expected to be material.

IFRS 15—Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 was issued in May 2014, establishing a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 supersedes the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18—Revenue and IAS 11—Construction Contracts, as well as the related interpretation when it becomes effective. Under IFRS 15, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. An entity is required to recognize revenue when the performance obligation is satisfied. Either a full or modified retrospective application is required for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 with early adoption permitted. CPD is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 15 and plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date.

3.    Seasonality of Operations

Sales typically peak during the second and third quarters with the seasonal increase in building and renovation activities. They then decline through the fourth quarter and into the subsequent first quarter. Similarly, net working capital is typically at seasonal highs during the second and third quarters, and normally decline to seasonal lows in the fourth and first quarters.

4.    Trade and Other Receivables

A summary of trade and other receivables are as follows:

 

     Note      June 30 2016      December 31 2015  

Trade receivables, net of allowances

        113.5         98.6   

Accounts receivable—other

        6.0         9.4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

        119.5         108.0   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pursuant to their respective terms, trade receivables, before deducting an allowance for doubtful accounts, are aged as follows:

 

     June 30 2016      December 31 2015  

Current

     95.3         69.5   

Past due less than 90 days

     18.3         27.0   

Past due over 90 days

     1.2         3.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables

     114.8         99.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-109


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The current portion of CPD’s trade receivables is neither impaired nor past due and there are no indications as of the reporting date that the debtors will not make payment.

CPD’s trade receivables are stated after deducting a provision of $1.3 million as at June 30, 2016 (December 31, 2015—$1.3 million).

5.    Inventories

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense during the three months and six months ended June 30, 2016 was $144.8 million and $275.7 million respectively (three months and six months ended June 30, 2015—$142.6 million and $271.0). No impairments or write-down reversals were recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

6.    Property, Plant and Equipment

 

       Land      Buildings      Equipment      Leasehold
Improvements
     Total  

Cost

              

Balance at December 31, 2015

     0.6         2.4         57.2         5.2         65.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016

     0.6         2.4         66.1         5.9         75.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment

              

Balance at December 31, 2015

             1.7         25.2         4.5         31.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2016

             1.7         26.9         4.7         33.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying Amount

           

As at December 31, 2015

     0.6         0.7         32.0         0.7         34.0   

As at June 30, 2016

     0.6         0.7         39.2         1.2         41.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying value of CPD’s property, plant, and equipment includes $15.0 million of leased assets as at June 30, 2016 (December 31, 2015—$13.2 million).

Changes in the cost of property, plant, and equipment consisted of $8.0 million in purchases and $2.2 million of new leased assets offset by $2.0 million of asset disposals, and $1.4 million in net foreign currency translation impact.

Changes in accumulated depreciation and impairment consisted of $3.1 million of depreciation offset by $2.0 million of accumulated depreciation on asset disposals, and $0.8 in net foreign currency translation impact.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7.    Trade and Other Payables

A summary of trade and other payables is as follows:

 

     Notes      June 30 2016      December 31 2015  

Trade payables

        58.4         42.2   

Accrued incentive

        6.3         9.6   

Restructuring provision

        0.1         0.3   

Other payables

        29.6         31.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

        94.4         83.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

8.    Borrowing

Included in current borrowing is $0.6 million of bank overdraft (December 31, 2015—$1.9 million).

Included in the condensed combined balance sheets as at June 30, 2016:

 

     June 30 2016      December 31 2015  

Current portion of finance lease

     3.2         2.7   

Non-current portion of finance lease

     12.4         12.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     15.6         14.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Repayment requirements are as follows:

 

Current maturities

     3.2   

Due in 2017

     3.2   

Due in 2018

     2.8   

Due in 2019

     2.3   

Due in 2020

     1.9   

Subsequent to 2020

     2.2   
  

 

 

 

Total

     15.6   
  

 

 

 

9.    Related-party Notes

The related-party note was created to finance the acquisition of Specialty Products and Insulation and is between Superior Plus Canada Financing Inc. (lender) and Specialty Products and Insulation (borrower).

 

       Year of
Maturity
     Effective Interest
Rate
    June 30
2016
     December 31
2015
 

Related-party Notes

          

Related-party Notes

     September 2016         9.75     131.3         131.3   

 

F-111


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10.    Financial Instruments

Superior enters into foreign currency forward contracts on behalf of CPD in order to reduce foreign currency risk. The unrealized gains and losses associated with foreign currency contracts held by Superior Plus LP were allocated to these CPD financial statements. All realized and unrealized gains and losses associated with those contracts are allocated into CPD results on a quarterly basis. Below is the summary of the gains and losses included in net earnings:

 

                            Asset (Liability)  

Description

   Notional(1)   Term      Effective
Rate
     Fair Value
Input Level
   June 30
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

   US$48.8(2)     2016-2017         1.17       Level 1      (3.5     (8.8

 

(1) Notional values as at June 30, 2016.
(2) Millions of dollars.

 

Description

   Current
Assets
     Long-
term
Assets
     Current
Liabilities
     Long-
term
Liabilities
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

                     2.7         0.8   

As at June 30, 2016

                     2.7         0.8   

As at December 31, 2015

                     5.8         3.0   

 

     For the three months
ended

June 30, 2016
     For the three months
ended

June 30, 2015
 

Description

   Realized
Loss
    Unrealized
Gain
     Realized
Loss
    Unrealized
Gain
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

     (0.9     1.2         (0.7     0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (losses) and gains

     (0.9     1.2         (0.7     0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the six months
ended

June 30, 2016
     For the six months
ended

June 30, 2015
 

Description

   Realized
Loss
    Unrealized
Gain
     Realized
Loss
    Unrealized
Loss
 

Foreign currency forward contracts, net sale

     (2.3     5.5         (1.3     (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (losses) and gains

     (2.3     5.5         (1.3     (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized gains or losses on financial and non-financial derivatives and foreign currency translation gains or losses on the revaluation of Canadian domiciled US-denominated working capital have been classified on the statement of net earnings based on the underlying nature of the financial statement line item and/or the economic exposure being managed.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following summarizes CPD’s classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities:

 

    

Classification

  

Measurement

Financial Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   Loans and receivables    Amortized cost

Trade and other receivables

   Loans and receivables    Amortized cost

Derivative assets

   FVTNE    Fair value

Financial liabilities

     

Trade and other payables

   Other liabilities    Amortized cost

Borrowing

   Other liabilities    Amortized cost

Derivative liabilities

   FVTNE    Fair value

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair value of CPD’s cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, related-party receivables, trade and other payables, and related-party notes approximates their carrying value due to the short-term nature of these amounts.

Financial Instruments—Risk Management

Market Risk

Derivative and non-financial derivatives are used by Superior, on behalf of CPD, to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Superior assesses the inherent risks of these instruments by grouping derivative and non-financial derivatives related to the exposures these instruments mitigate. Superior’s policy is not to use derivative or non-financial derivative instruments for speculative purposes. Superior does not formally designate its derivatives as hedges, and as a result, Superior does not apply hedge accounting and is required to designate its derivatives and non-financial derivatives as held for trading.

Superior, on behalf of its operating divisions, enters into foreign currency forward contracts with ten counterparties to manage the economic exposure of its operations to movements in foreign currency exchange rates.

Credit Risk

Superior utilizes a variety of counterparties in relation to its derivative and non-financial derivative instruments in order to mitigate its counterparty risk. Superior assesses the credit-worthiness of its significant counterparties at the inception and throughout the term of a contract. Superior is also exposed to customer credit risk. Overall, Superior’s credit quality is enhanced by its portfolio of customers which is diversified across geographical (primarily Canada and the United States) and end-use (primarily commercial, residential and industrial) markets.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and past due receivables are reviewed by CPD at each balance sheet date. CPD updates its estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on the evaluation of the recoverability of trade receivables with each customer taking into account historical collection trends of past due accounts and current economic conditions. Trade receivables are written-off once it is determined they are uncollectible.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that CPD cannot meet a demand for cash or fund an obligation as it comes due. Liquidity risk also includes the risk of not being able to liquidate assets in a timely manner at a reasonable price.

To ensure it is able to react to contingencies and investment opportunities quickly, Superior maintains sources of liquidity at the corporate and subsidiary levels. The main sources of liquidity for CPD are cash and cash equivalents, financial assets, and intercompany financing.

Superior is subject to the risks associated with debt financing, including the ability to refinance indebtedness at maturity. Superior believes these risks are mitigated through the use of long-term debt secured by high-quality assets, maintaining debt levels that in management’s opinion are appropriate, and by diversifying maturities over an extended period. Superior also seeks to include in its agreements terms that protect it from liquidity issues of counterparties that might otherwise impact liquidity.

CPD’s contractual obligations associated with its financial liabilities are as follows:

 

     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      2022 and
Thereafter
     Total  

Borrowing

     3.8         3.2         2.8         2.3         1.9         2.2         16.2   

CPD’s contractual obligations are considered normal-course operating commitments and do not include the impact of mark-to-market fair values on financial and non-financial derivatives. CPD expects to fund these obligations through a combination of cash flow from operations, proceeds on its revolving term bank credit facilities and proceeds on the issuance of share capital.

11.    Income Taxes

CPD recognizes a provision for income taxes that are subject to current and deferred income taxes, including United States income tax and United States non-resident withholding tax.

Total income taxes expense, comprised of current taxes and deferred taxes for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2016 was $1.9 million and $3.4 million respectively, compared to $2.2 million and $1.3 million in the comparative periods. For the three months ended June 30, 2016, deferred income tax expense (recovery) from operations in Canada and the United States was $0.8 million and $(0.3) million, respectively, compared to $2.4 million and $(1.1) million for the 6 months ended June 30, 2016, which resulted in a corresponding total net deferred income tax asset of $19.5 million at June 30, 2016.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12.    Supplemental Disclosure of Condensed Combined Statement of Total Comprehensive Income

 

     Three months ended
June 30
    Six months ended
June 30
 
         2016             2015             2016             2015      

Revenues

        

Revenue from products

     199.3        195.0        378.6        370.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     199.3        195.0        378.6        370.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales (includes products & services)

        

Cost of products and services

     (147.8     (145.8     (280.6     (277.8

Realized losses on derivative financial instruments

     (0.9     (0.7     (2.3     (1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (148.7     (146.5     (282.9     (279.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, distribution and administrative costs

        

Other selling, distribution and administrative costs

     (9.5     (10.2     (18.9     (21.0

Employee costs

     (31.4     (27.8     (61.0     (57.0

Depreciation included in selling, distribution and administrative costs

     (1.6     (1.5     (3.1     (3.0

Amortization of intangible assets

                            

Losses on disposal of assets

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (42.5     (39.5     (83.0     (81.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expense

        

Interest on borrowings

     (3.2     (3.2     (6.4     (6.4

Interest on obligations under finance leases

     (0.2     (0.2     (0.4     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (3.4     (3.4     (6.8     (6.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

13.    Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Operating Working Capital Changes

 

     Six months ended
June 30
 
     2016     2015  

Changes in non-cash working capital

    

Trade receivables and other

     (4.5     (8.2

Inventories

     1.5        (2.7

Trade and other payables

     (0.1     2.6   

Other, including foreign exchange

     (5.6     8.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (8.7     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-115


Table of Contents

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTION

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14.    Net Related-party Receivables

As at June 30, 2016, CPD had a related-party receivable balance of $89.1 million (December 31, 2015—$89.4 million) due from Superior Plus Corp. and its subsidiaries. All related party balances held with Superior Plus Corp. and its related entities are non-interest bearing instruments and are due on demand.

 

     June 30
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Due from Superior Plus Corp.

     2.8        2.8   

Due (to) / from Superior Plus Canada Financing Inc.

     (30.7     (19.1

Due from Superior Plus US Holdings Inc.

     0.7        0.9   

Due from Superior Plus LP

     116.3        104.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Related-party receivable, at the end of the period

     89.1        89.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

15.    Geographic Information

 

     Canada      United States      Total Combined  

Revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2016

     57.1         142.2         199.3   

Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2016

     108.1         270.5         378.6   

Property, plant and equipment as at June 30, 2016

     9.4         32.3         41.7   

Intangible assets as at June 30, 2016

             0.3         0.3   

Total assets as at June 30, 2016

     188.4         153.7         342.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2015

     61.1         133.9         195.0   

Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2015

     115.6         254.9         370.5   

Property, plant and equipment as at December 31, 2015

     8.5         25.5         34.0   

Intangible assets as at December 31, 2015

             0.3         0.3   

Total assets as at December 31, 2015

     173.6         146.5         320.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

16.    Subsequent Events

CPD was acquired on August 9, 2016 for cash consideration of $314.1 million, subject to working capital and closing adjustments yet to be determined, by Construction Products Acquisition, LLC, a subsidiary of Foundation Building Materials, LLC. All amounts owed to or by related parties were extinguished as a condition of the sale.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

 

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

Financial Statements as of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, and for the Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

 

 

F-117


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

     F-119   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014, AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, AND 2014:

  

Balance Sheets

     F-120   

Statements of Operations

     F-121   

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-122   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-123   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-124 - F-132   

 

F-118


Table of Contents

LOGO

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Directors and Officers

Ken Builders Supply, Inc.

Covington, KY

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Ken Builders Supply, Inc. (an S Corporation) (the Company) which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ken Builders Supply, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

Fort Mitchell, Kentucky

June 29, 2016

 

VonLehman & Company Inc.    Kentucky    Ohio    Indiana    800.887.0437    vlcpa.com

250 Grandview Drive, Suite 300    Fort Mitchell, KY 41017-5610    859.331.3300

 

F-119


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In $000’s)

 

     2015      2014  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 223       $ 176   

Accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $730 and $808, respectively

     7,403         7,416   

Vendor rebates receivable

     2,482         1,885   

Inventories

     7,341         6,301   

Notes receivable—customers, net

     13         78   

Prepaid expenses

     534         359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     17,996         16,215   

PROPERTY & EQUIPMENT—Net

     4,555         3,562   

GOODWILL

     1,666         1,666   

NOTES RECEIVABLE—RELATED PARTIES

     712         1,274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 24,929       $ 22,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Line of credit

   $ 3,675       $ 3,026   

Accounts payable

     3,661         3,565   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,008         987   

Current Portion of capital lease obligations

     233         149   

Current portion of notes payable

     1,938         1,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     10,515         9,285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     1,082         761   

NOTES PAYABLE

     2,112         3,008   

NOTES PAYABLE—RELATED PARTIES

             665   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     13,709         13,719   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     11,220         8,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 24,929       $ 22,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(In 000’s)

 

     2015      2014  

NET SALES

   $ 54,990       $ 50,738   

COST OF GOODS SOLD

     38,661         35,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     16,329         14,794   

OPERATING EXPENSES

     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     11,520         11,619   

Depreciation expense

     1,159         838   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12,679         12,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     3,650         2,337   

OTHER EXPENSE

     

Interest expense

     368         353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 3,282       $ 1,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(In 000’s)

 

     Common
Stock
     Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Subscriptions
Receivable
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2014

   $ 106       $ 724      $ 7,121      $ (39   $ (419   $ 7,493   

Reissue treasury stock

             (157            (165     322          

Payments on stock subscriptions

                           2               2   

Distributions

                    (481                   (481

Net income for year

                    1,984                      1,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

     106         567        8,624        (202     (97     8,998   

Payments on stock subscriptions

                           39               39   

Distributions

                    (1,099                   (1,099

Net income for year

                    3,282                      3,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

   $ 106       $ 567      $ 10,807      $ (163   $ (97   $ 11,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(In 000’s)

 

     2015     2014  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 3,282      $ 1,984   

Reconciliation of net income with cash flows from operations

    

Depreciation

     1,159        838   

(Gain) Loss on sale of property and equipment

     (43     68   

Changes in

    

Accounts receivable

     13        (1,636

Vendor rebates receivable

     (597     (332

Inventories

     (1,040     (741

Prepaid expenses

     (175     (30

Accounts payable

     96        (1,390

Accrued expenses

     5        263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided (used) by operations

     2,700        (976
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (295     (494

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     43        40   

Net change in notes receivable

     627        549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by investing activities

     375        95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net change in line of credit

     649        2,741   

Additions to notes payable related parties

            26   

Payments on notes payable related parties

     (665       

Payments on stock subscription receivable

     39        2   

Proceeds from long-term debt

            8   

Payments on capital lease obligations

     (201     (132

Payments on long-term debt

     (1,767     (1,211

Distributions

     (1,083     (475
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (3,028     959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     47        78   

Beginning cash balance

     176        98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash balance

   $ 223      $ 176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014, AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

1.    DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY

Ken Builders Supply, Inc. (dba Ken/API Supply) (the Company) operates as a retail and wholesale building products distributor. The Company sells primarily to contractors and individuals in the Midwest region.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Concentration of Risk —Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily from customers in the building industry located in the United States. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers; however, the Company’s policy is not to require collateral. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk.

Liquidity and Credit Risk —The primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash provided from operating activities and other borrowings. The primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to operate and fund current activities. The Company believes that cash and expected cash flow from operations are adequate to fund debt service requirements, operating lease obligations, capital expenditures and working capital obligations for the next twelve months.

Accounts Receivable —The Company sells to customers using credit terms customary in its industry. Accounts receivables are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s estimate of credit exposure, determined principally on the basis of its collection experience, aging of its receivables and significant individual account credit risk.

Vendor Rebates Receivable —The Company receives rebates from certain vendors based on the volume of inventory purchased. A receivable is recorded for these rebates when the amount of the rebate is reasonably estimable and collectible. Rebates received are recorded through a reduction to cost of goods sold.

Inventories —Inventories, consisting substantially of finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the moving weighted-average cost method. The Company routinely evaluates inventory for excess or obsolescence and considers factors such as historical usage rates and present demand. Inventories are stated net of reserves for losses of $92 thousand and $72 thousand as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Major additions and improvements are capitalized and depreciated; maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Upon disposition, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in selling, general, and administrative expense. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Equipment

     3 – 10 Years   

Vehicles

     5 – 7 Years   

Leasehold improvements

     7 – 39.5 Years   

Computer equipment

     3 – 7 Years   

Furniture and fixtures

     3 – 7 Years   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, and impairment loss is recorded under the discounted cash flow method. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no impairments.

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company performs its impairment test annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Such review entails comparing the carrying value to the fair value. If the aggregate carrying value of goodwill exceeds the fair value, the goodwill is impaired to the extent of the difference between the fair value and the aggregate carrying value. No impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Revenue Recognition —The criteria for recognition of revenue are met when persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists and both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

All revenues recognized are net of sales taxes collected and allowances for discounts. Sales taxes collected are subsequently remitted to the appropriate government authorities.

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, inbound and outbound freight, inventory provisions, warehousing costs, vendor discounts and vendor rebates.

Advertising —The Company expenses the cost of advertising when incurred

Income Taxes —The Company has elected to be treated as an S-Corporation under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and as such did not pay federal corporate income

 

F-125


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

taxes on its taxable income. In lieu of corporate income taxes, the shareholders of an S-Corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Given the structure of the Company as a pass-through entity and the nature of the operations of the Company, there were no significant deferred tax assets or liabilities.

Shipping and Handling Costs —In compliance with accounting standards, the Company includes all amounts billed to customers that relate to shipping and handling in net sales on the statements of income.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which defers the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year. The standard is effective for nonpublic entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic   205-40): Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This ASU also requires management to disclose certain information depending on the results of the going concern evaluation. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods therein. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance and does not expect any significant impact on its financial statements.

3.    CASH

The Company has its cash deposits held at banks that at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not incurred losses related to any deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance amount and believes no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to cash deposits.

For purposes of the cash flow statement, cash includes cash on hand and cash in checking accounts.

 

F-126


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash paid for interest and state and local income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2015              2014      

Interest

   $ 316       $ 311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had noncash financing and investing transactions as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Property and equipment acquired through notes payable

   $ 1,251       $ 1,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vehicles acquired through capital lease obligations

   $ 606       $ 146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reissuance of treasury stock through a note receivable

   $       $ 165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Refinance of line of credit through a note payable

   $       $ 2,074   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued distribution

   $ 22       $ 6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Refinance of notes payable

   $       $ 1,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable received through sale of asset

   $       $ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note receivable write off through Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 435       $ 150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4.    NOTES RECEIVABLE—CUSTOMERS

The Company has signed promissory notes with certain customers. The notes represent prior account receivable balances and have varying payment terms and interest rates as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Notes receivable from customers; due in monthly installments with interest rates ranging from 0% to 6%. The notes mature on various dates through June, 2016; generally guaranteed by the stockholders of the respective companies.

   $ 13      $ 513   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

            435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note receivable—customer, net

     13        78   

Less current portion

     (13     (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-127


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Equipment

   $ 1,536       $ 1,474   

Vehicles

     9,003         7,140   

Leasehold improvements

     887         838   

Computer equipment

     606         529   

Furniture and fixtures

     103         103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     12,135         10,084   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     7,580         6,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 4,555       $ 3,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $1,159 thousand and $838 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

6.    LINE OF CREDIT

The Company has available a $5,500,000 line of credit with a bank, collateralized by the general assets of the Company, the personal guarantee of the majority stockholder and which charges interest at the prime rate plus .5% (the prime rate was 3.5% as of December 31, 2015). The line was repaid prior to maturity as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016. (See Note 14)

 

F-128


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7.    NOTES PAYABLE

The Company had the following notes payable on its books at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

The Company has several installment notes payable collateralized by equipment at interest rates ranging from 0% to 6.26%, payable in monthly installments of principal and interest ranging from $2 to $12 thousand and due on various dates through June, 2019. The notes were paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

   $ 1,269       $ 1,697   

Term note payable to bank in order to refinance debt; established in June, 2014 due in monthly installments of $91 thousand, including interest at 4.5%, loan matures in June, 2017 at which time the remaining balance is due; collateralized by receivables, inventory and the personal guarantee of the majority shareholder. The note was paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

     1,761         2,869   

Term note payable to bank in order to purchase assets; established in March, 2015 due in monthly installments of $ 22 thousand, including interest at 3.58%, loan matures in June, 2017 at which time the remaining balance is due; collateralized by receivables, inventory and the personal guarantee of the majority shareholder. The note was paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

     1,020           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,050         4,566   

Less current portion

     1,938         1,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 2,112       $ 3,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The remaining maturities on these notes are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

      

2016

   $ 1,938   

2017

     1,162   

2018

     542   

2019

     344   

2020

     64   
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,050   
  

 

 

 

In accordance with its debt agreements with the bank, the Company must maintain certain financial covenants. At December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with the covenants.

8.    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company has capital lease obligations, collateralized by the equipment purchased, that charge interest at rates of 4.0%. These capital lease obligations expire on various dates through September, 2022. Depreciation expense for equipment held under the capital lease obligations was $145 thousand and $219 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation held under the capital lease obligations (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Equipment

   $ 1,718       $ 1,111   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (456      (237
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,262       $ 874   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the remaining future minimum capital lease payments and associated interest expense:

 

Years Ending December 31,

             

2016

   $ 282      

2017

     282      

2018

     282      

2019

     282      

2020

     189      

Thereafter

     148      
  

 

 

    
   $ 1,465      

Less interest portion

     150      
  

 

 

    

Net capital lease obligations

     1,315       $ 910   

Less current portion

     233         149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long term portion

   $ 1,082       $ 761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stockholders’ Equity as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Class A common stock, no par value; 500 shares authorized, 254 issued and 252 outstanding

   $ 18      $ 18   

Class B common stock, no par value; 2,500 shares authorized, 1,270 issued and 1,260 outstanding

     88        88   

Additional paid in capital

     567        567   

Retained earnings

     10,807        8,624   

Treasury stock, 2 Class A; 10 Class B shares at cost

     (97     (97

Subscription receivable

     (163     (202
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 11,220      $ 8,998   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-130


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

10.    RELATED PARTIES

Notes Receivable—Related Parties

The Company has a note with the majority stockholder that is unsecured, payable on demand and bears simple interest at 4.00% for both 2014 and 2015, with no fixed repayment terms. Interest income from this note was $7 thousand and $19 thousand for 2015 and 2014, respectively. This note was repaid as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

The Company also has unsecured notes with other stockholders. The notes are due on demand and bear simple interest at 4.00% for both 2015 and 2014, with no fixed repayment terms. Interest income on these notes was $26 thousand and $34 thousand for 2015 and 2014, respectively. These notes were repaid as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

Notes Payable—Related Parties

The Company had unsecured notes payable with other related parties which were paid off during 2015. The notes payable charged interest at 4.00% for both 2015 and 2014. The balance at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $-0- and $665 thousand, respectively. Interest expense on these notes was $-0- and $26 thousand for 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Facility Leases

The Company leases five of its facilities under operating agreements with monthly payments ranging from $5 to $17 thousand from five limited liability companies in which certain stockholders of the Company are members. The leases expire on various dates through May, 2026. Rent expense associated with these leased facilities was $772 thousand and $754 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Minimum annual lease commitments under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Total  

2016

   $ 718   

2017

     713   

2018

     503   

2019

     503   

2020

     422   

Thereafter

     1,223   
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,082   
  

 

 

 

11.    RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company has a retirement savings plan for eligible full-time and hourly employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows participants to contribute a portion of their earnings to the plan. The plan allows the Company, at its discretion, to match a certain percentage of the employees’ contributions, limited to a certain percentage of eligible compensation. By its nature the plan is fully funded. The Company’s contributions to the plan were $31 thousand and $-0- for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements with expiration dates through October, 2018. These agreements generally require the Company to pay rental amounts and operating expenses.

Rent expense was $215 thousand and $180 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Rent expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Statements of Income.

Minimum annual lease commitments under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Total  

2016

   $ 153   

2017

     100   

2018

     83   
  

 

 

 
   $ 336   
  

 

 

 

13.    LOAN GUARANTEE

The Company leases five facilities from related party entities under various operating agreements as detailed in Note 9. The Company’s majority stockholder owns the majority of equity in each of these entities and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, has guaranteed the debt of each entity. The combined carrying amount of their debt as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $3,371 thousand and $3,743 thousand, respectively. The debt for each entity is secured by their respective facilities.

14.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On May 31, 2016, substantially all of the assets and operations of the Company were acquired by Foundation Building Materials (FBM) for cash. The acquisition was accounted for by the acquisition method, and accordingly the results of operations will be included in financial statements of FBM subsequent to the acquisition date.

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2015 to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within these financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Management has performed their analysis through June 29, 2016, which was the date that the financial statements were issued and has determined that there are no subsequent events to disclose.

******

 

F-132


Table of Contents

 

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

Financial Statements as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and for the Three Month Periods ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

F-133


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ACCOUNTANT’S REVIEW REPORT

     F-135   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF MARCH 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 AND MARCH 31, 2015:

  

Balance Sheets

     F-136   

Statements of Income

     F-137   

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-138   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-139   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-140 -F-148   

 

F-134


Table of Contents

LOGO

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS’ REVIEW REPORT

Directors and Officers

Ken Builders Supply, Inc.

Covington, KY

Report on the Financial Statements

We have reviewed the balance sheet of Ken Builders Supply, Inc. as of March 31,2016, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. This financial information is the responsibility of the company’s management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in according with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial information taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

We have previously audited, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, the balance sheet of Ken Builders Supply, Inc. and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated June 29, 2016, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2015, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the balance sheet from which it has been derived.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Accountants’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to conduct the review engagements in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services promulgated by the Accounting and Review Services Committee of the AICPA. Those standards require us to perform procedures to obtain limited assurance as a basis for reporting whether we are aware of any material modifications that should be made to the financial statements for them to be in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We believe that the results of our procedures provide a reasonable basis for our report.

Accountants’ Conclusion

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the information referred to above for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

LOGO

Fort Mitchell, Kentucky

June 29,2016

 

VonLehman & Company Inc.    Kentucky    Ohio    Indiana    800.887.0437    vlcpa.com

250 Grandview Drive, Suite 300    Fort Mitchell, KY 41017-5610    859.331.3300

 

F-135


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2016 and DECEMBER 31, 2015

(In $000’s)

 

     March 31,
2016`
     December 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 219       $ 223   

Accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $730 and $730, respectively

     8,097         7,403   

Vendor rebates receivable

     1,342         2,482   

Inventories

     6,072         7,341   

Notes receivable—customers, net

     4         13   

Prepaid expenses

     415         534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     16,149         17,996   

PROPERTY & EQUIPMENT—Net

     4,501         4,555   

GOODWILL

     1,666         1,666   

NOTES RECEIVABLE—RELATED PARTIES

     597         712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 22,913       $ 24,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Line of credit

   $ 2,133       $ 3,675   

Accounts payable

     3,912         3,661   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     756         1,008   

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     236         233   

Current portion of notes payable

     1,405         1,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,442         10,515   

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     1,022         1,082   

NOTES PAYABLE

     2,098         2,112   

NOTES PAYABLE—RELATED PARTIES

     612           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     12,174         13,709   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     10,739         11,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 22,913       $ 24,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accountants’ report and accompanying notes.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 AND 2015

(In 000’s)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016      2015  

NET SALES

   $ 13,504       $ 11,732   

COST OF GOODS SOLD

     9,292         8,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     4,212         3,316   

OPERATING EXPENSES

     

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3,035         2,708   

Depreciation expense

     302         258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,337         2,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     875         350   

OTHER EXPENSE

     

Interest expense

     71         93   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 804       $ 257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See accountants’ report and accompanying notes.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In 000’s)

 

    Common
Stock
     Paid-In
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Subscriptions
Receivable
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

  $ 106       $ 567       $ 8,624      $ (202   $ (97   $ 8,998   

Payments on stock subscriptions

                           39               39   

Distributions

                    (1,099                   (1,099

Net income for year

                    3,282                      3,282   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

    106         567         10,807        (163     (97     11,220   

Payments on stock subscriptions

                           45               45   

Distributions

                    (1,330                   (1,330

Net income for period

                    804                      804   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 2016

  $ 106       $ 567       $ 10,281      $ (118   $ (97   $ 10,739   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accountants’ report and accompanying notes.

 

F-138


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2016 AND 2015

(In 000’s)

 

     Three Months Ended,
March 31,
 
     2016     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 804      $ 257   

Reconciliation of net income with cash flows from operations

    

Depreciation

     302        258   

Changes in

    

Accounts receivable

     (694     (592

Vendor rebates receivable

     1,140        1,015   

Inventories

     1,269        (189

Prepaid expenses

     119        (14

Accounts payable

     251        169   

Accrued expenses

     (252     (287
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operations

     2,939        617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (248     (55

Net change in notes receivable

     124        600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash (used) provided by investing activities

     (124     545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net change in line of credit

     (1,542     83   

Additions to notes payable related parties

     612        59   

Payments on stock subscription receivable

     45        44   

Payments on capital lease obligations

     (57     (44

Payments on long-term debt

     (547     (383

Distributions

     (1,330     (1,077
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by financing activities

     (2,819     (1,318
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     (4     (156

Beginning cash balance

     223        176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash balance

   $ 219      $ 20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accountants’ report and accompanying notes.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2015, AND FOR THE PERIODS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2016 AND 2015

1.    DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY

Ken Builders Supply, Inc. (dba Ken/API Supply) (the Company) operates as a retail and wholesale building products distributor. The Company sells primarily to contractors and individuals in the Midwest region.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Concentration of Risk —Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily from customers in the building industry located in the United States. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers; however, the Company’s policy is not to require collateral. At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk.

Liquidity and Credit Risk —The primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash provided from operating activities and other borrowings. The primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to operate and fund current activities. The Company believes that cash and expected cash flow from operations are adequate to fund debt service requirements, operating lease obligations, capital expenditures and working capital obligations for the next twelve months.

Accounts Receivable —The Company sells to customers using credit terms customary in its industry. Accounts receivables are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s estimate of credit exposure, determined principally on the basis of its collection experience, aging of its receivables and significant individual account credit risk.

Vendor Rebates Receivable —The Company receives rebates from certain vendors based on the volume of inventory purchased. A receivable is recorded for these rebates when the amount of the rebate is reasonably estimable and collectible. Rebates received are recorded through a reduction to cost of goods sold.

Inventories —Inventories, consisting substantially of finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the moving weighted-average cost method. The Company routinely evaluates inventory for excess or obsolescence and considers factors such as historical usage rates and present demand. Inventories are stated net of reserves for losses of $114 thousand and $97 thousand as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

F-140


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Major additions and improvements are capitalized and depreciated; maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Upon disposition, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in selling, general, and administrative expense. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Equipment

     3 – 10 Years   

Vehicles

     5 – 7 Years   

Leasehold improvements

     7 — 39.5 Years   

Computer equipment

     3 – 7 Years   

Furniture and fixtures

     3 – 7 Years   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, and impairment loss is recorded under the discounted cash flow method. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there were no impairments.

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company performs its impairment test annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Such review entails comparing the carrying value to the fair value. If the aggregate carrying value of goodwill exceeds the fair value, the goodwill is impaired to the extent of the difference between the fair value and the aggregate carrying value. No impairment was recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

Revenue Recognition —The criteria for recognition of revenue are met when persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists and both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

All revenues recognized are net of sales taxes collected and allowances for discounts. Sales taxes collected are subsequently remitted to the appropriate government authorities.

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, inbound and outbound freight, inventory provisions, warehousing costs, vendor discounts and vendor rebates.

Advertising —The Company expenses the cost of advertising when incurred

Income Taxes —The Company has elected to be treated as an S-Corporation under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and as such did not pay federal corporate income taxes on its taxable income. In lieu of corporate income taxes, the shareholders of an S-Corporation are taxed

 

F-141


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Given the structure of the Company as a pass-through entity and the nature of the operations of the Company, there were no significant deferred tax assets or liabilities.

Shipping and Handling Costs —In compliance with accounting standards, the Company includes all amounts billed to customers that relate to shipping and handling in net sales on the statements of income.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which defers the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year. The standard is effective for nonpublic entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This ASU also requires management to disclose certain information depending on the results of the going concern evaluation. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods therein. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance and does not expect any significant impact on its financial statements.

3.    CASH

The Company has its cash deposits held at banks that at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not incurred losses related to any deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance amount and believes no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to cash deposits.

For purposes of the cash flow statement, cash includes cash on hand and cash in checking accounts.

 

F-142


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash paid for interest and a state and local income tax was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2016              2015      

Interest

   $ 71       $ 93   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had noncash financing and investing transactions as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2016
     March 31,
2015
 

Property and equipment acquired through notes payable

   $       $ 1,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vehicles acquired through capital lease obligations

   $       $ 345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued distribution

   $       $ 22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note receivable write off through allowance for doubtful accounts

   $       $ 269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4.    NOTES RECEIVABLE—CUSTOMERS

The Company has signed promissory notes with certain customers. The notes represent prior account receivable balances and have varying payment terms and interest rates as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 

Notes receivable from customers; due in monthly installments with interest rates ranging from 0% to 6%. The notes mature on various dates through June, 2016; generally guaranteed by the stockholders of the respective companies.

   $ 4      $ 13   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note receivable—customer, net

     4        13   

Less current portion

     (4     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-143


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Equipment

   $ 1,555       $ 1,536   

Vehicles

     9,194         9,003   

Leasehold improvements

     893         887   

Computer equipment

     637         606   

Furniture and fixtures

     104         103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     12,383         12,135   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     7,882         7,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 4,501       $ 4,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $258 thousand and $302 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

6.    LINE OF CREDIT

The Company has available a $5,500,000 line of credit with a bank, collateralized by the general assets of the Company, the personal guarantee of the majority stockholder and which charges interest at the prime rate plus .5% (the prime rate was 3.5% as of March 31, 2016). The line was repaid prior to maturity as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016. (See Note 14)

 

F-144


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7.    NOTES PAYABLE

The Company had the following notes payable on its books at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

The Company has several installment notes payable collateralized by equipment at interest rates ranging from 0% to 6.26%, payable in monthly installments of principal and interest ranging from $2 to $12 thousand and due on various dates through June, 2019. The notes were paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

   $ 1,158       $ 1,269   

Term note payable to bank in order to refinance debt; established in June, 2014 due in monthly installments of $91 thousand, including interest at 4.5%, loan matures in June, 2017 at which time the remaining balance is due; collateralized by receivables, inventory and the personal guarantee of the majority shareholder. The note was paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

     1,381         1,761   

Term note payable to bank in order to purchase assets; established in March, 2015 due in monthly installments of $22 thousand, including interest at 3.58%, loan matures in June, 2017 at which time the remaining balance is due; collateralized by receivables, inventory and the personal guarantee of the majority shareholder. The note was paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

     964         1,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,503         4,050   

Less current portion

     1,405         1,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 2,098       $ 2,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The remaining maturities on these notes are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending March 31,

      

2017

   $ 1,405   

2018

     1,162   

2019

     528   

2020

     344   

2021

     64   
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,503   
  

 

 

 

In accordance with its debt agreements with the bank, the Company must maintain certain annual financial covenants. At March 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with the covenants.

8.    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company has capital lease obligations, collateralized by the equipment purchased, that charge interest at 4.0%. These capital lease obligations expire on various dates through September, 2022. Depreciation expense for equipment held under the capital lease obligations was $61 thousand and $50 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-145


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation held under the capital lease obligations (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 

Equipment

   $ 1,718       $ 1,718   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (517      (456
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,201       $ 1,262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the remaining future minimum capital lease payments and associated interest expense (in thousands):

 

Years Ending March 31,

             

2017

   $ 282      

2018

     282      

2019

     282      

2020

     282      

2021

     266      
  

 

 

    
   $ 1,394      

Less interest portion

     136      
  

 

 

    

Net capital lease obligations

     1,258       $ 1,315   

Less current portion

     236         233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long term portion

   $ 1,022       $ 1,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stockholders’ Equity as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 

Class A common stock, no par value; 500 shares authorized, 254 issued and 252 outstanding

   $ 18      $ 18   

Class B common stock, no par value; 2,500 shares authorized, 1,270 issued and 1,260 outstanding

     88        88   

Additional paid in capital

     567        567   

Retained earnings

     10,281        10,807   

Treasury stock, 2 Class A; 10 Class B shares at cost

     (97     (97

Subscription receivable

     (118     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 10,739      $ 11,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

10. RELATED PARTIES

Notes Receivable—Related Parties

The Company has a note with the majority stockholder that is unsecured, payable on demand and bears simple interest at 4.00% for both 2016 and 2015, with no fixed repayment terms. Interest income from this note was $-0- for three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. This note was repaid as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

 

F-146


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company also has unsecured notes with other stockholders. The notes are due on demand and bear simple interest at 4.00% for both 2016 and 2015, with no fixed repayment terms. Interest income on these notes was $6 thousand and $-0- for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These notes were repaid as part of the FBM acquisition in 2016.

Notes Payable—Related Parties

The Company had unsecured notes payable with other related parties. The notes payable charged interest at 4.00% for 2016. The balance at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $612 thousand and $-0- , respectively. Interest expense on these notes was $5 thousand $-0- for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Facility Leases

The Company leases five of its facilities under operating agreements with monthly payments ranging from $5 to $17 thousand from five limited liability companies in which certain stockholders of the Company are members. The leases expire on various dates through May, 2026. Rent expense associated with these leased facilities was $193 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Minimum annual lease commitments under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending March 31,

   Total  

2017

   $ 713   

2018

     661   

2019

     503   

2020

     503   

2021

     343   

Thereafter

     1,176   
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,899   
  

 

 

 

11.    RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company has a retirement savings plan for eligible full-time and hourly employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows participants to contribute a portion of their earnings to the plan. The plan allows the Company, at its discretion, to match a certain percentage of the employees’ contributions, limited to a certain percentage of eligible compensation. By its nature the plan is fully funded. The Company’s contributions to the plan were $12 thousand and $7 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements with expiration dates through October, 2018. These agreements generally require the Company to pay rental amounts and operating expenses.

 

F-147


Table of Contents

KEN BUILDERS SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Rent expense was $54 thousand and $53 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Rent expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Statements of Income.

Minimum annual lease commitments under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows:

 

Years Ending March 31,

   Total  

2017

   $ 134   

2018

     100   

2019

     58   
  

 

 

 
   $ 292   
  

 

 

 

13.    LOAN GUARANTEE

The Company leases five facilities from related party entities under various operating agreements as detailed in Note 9. The Company’s majority stockholder owns the majority of equity in each of these entities and as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, has guaranteed the debt of each entity. The combined carrying amount of their debt as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was approximately $3,371 thousand. The debt for each entity is secured by their respective facilities.

14.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On May 31, 2016, substantially all of the assets and operations of the Company were acquired by Foundation Building Materials (FBM) for cash. The acquisition was accounted for by the acquisition method, and accordingly the results of operations will be included in financial statements of FBM subsequent to the acquisition date.

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to March 31, 2016 to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within these financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. Management has performed their analysis through June 29 , 2016, which was the date that the financial statements were issued and has determined that there are no subsequent events to disclose.

******

 

F-148


Table of Contents

 

Gypsum Supply Company

Financial Statements as of December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, and for the Period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the Year Ended December 31, 2014, and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

 

 

 

F-149


Table of Contents
LOGO    Deloitte & Touche LLP
   695 Town Center Drive
   Suite 1200
   Costa Mesa, CA 92626
   USA
   Tel: +1 714 436 7100
   Fax: +1 714 436 7200
   www.deloitte.com

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Board of Directors

Gypsum Supply Company

Rockford, Illinois

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Gypsum Supply Company (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the related statements of income, member’s equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2015 to December 30, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

F-150


Table of Contents

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2015 to December 30, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

June 8, 2016

 

F-151


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In $000’s)

 

     December 30,
2015
     December 31
2014
 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash

   $ 7,932       $ 7,289   

Accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $305 and $157 for 2015 and 2014, respectively

     16,612         16,390   

Vendor rebates receivable

     2,793         2,345   

Inventories

     11,063         11,106   

Current portion of notes receivable

     288         255   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     793         577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     39,481         37,962   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net.

     15,852         14,629   

INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net

     1,217         1,489   

GOODWILL

     608         608   

NOTES RECEIVABLE

     502         218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 57,660       $ 54,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 5,449       $ 5,900   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,341         3,656   

Current portion of notes payable

     1,345         1,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     9,135         11 ,381   

LONG-TERM PORTION OF NOTES PAYABLE

     6,404         9,121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     15,539         20,502   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)

     

MEMBER’S EQUITY

     42,121         34,404   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 57,660       $ 54,906   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In 000’s)

 

     For the Period
from January 1,
2015, to
December 30,
2015
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

NET SALES

   $ 107,715      $ 97,926   

COST OF GOODS SOLD

     72,741        66,532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     34,974        31,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

    

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     26,958        24,475   

Depreciation expense

     1,282        995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     28,240        25,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     6,734        5,924   

OTHER EXPENSE:

    

Interest expense

     (183     (219
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 6,551      $ 5,705   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-153


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF MEMBER’S EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In $000’s)

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
     Unearned
ESOP
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2014

   $ 216       $ 7,380       $ 28,102       $ (7,831   $ 27,867   

Net income

                     5,705                5,705   

Compensation expense recognized due to release of ESOP shares

             310                 522        832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

     216         7,690         33,807         (7,309     34,404   

Net income

                     6,551                6,551   

Compensation expense recognized due to release of ESOP shares

             644                 522        1,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 30, 2015

   $ 216       $ 8,334       $ 40,358       $ (6,787   $ 42,121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-154


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In 000’s)

 

     For the Period
from January 1,
2015, to
December 30,
2015
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

   $ 6,551      $ 5,705   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     1,551        1,144   

Bad debt expense

     358        431   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     4        132   

Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment

            301   

Compensation expense for ESOP due to change in fair value

     1,166        832   

Changes in assets and liabilities—net effects of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable

     (580     (4,305

Vendor rebates receivable

     (448     (969

Inventories

     43        (611

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (216     56   

Notes receivable

     (317     24   

Accounts payable

     (451     1,001   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (1,315     573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     6,346        4,314   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Capital expenditures

     (2,506     (2,199

Cash paid for acquisition

            (4,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,506     (6,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from notes payable

            6,071   

Repayment of notes payable

     (3,197     (3,005
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (3,197     3,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH

     643        478   

CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     7,289        6,811   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 7,932      $ 7,289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    

Cash paid during the period for interest.

   $ 223      $ 221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-155


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND DECEMBER 31, 2014, AND

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO DECEMBER 30, 2015, AND

THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

1.    DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of Company —Gypsum Supply Company (GSC or the “Company”) was formed in Illinois on March 17, 1978. The Company is engaged in the wholesale and retail distribution of wallboard, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems, and other products to contractors and individuals in the Midwest region. The Company has branch locations in Illinois (6), Iowa (4), and Wisconsin (4). Refer to footnote 6, Notes Payable and footnote 9, Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) for information regarding the Company’s transactions with the ESOP.

Basis of Presentation— The financial statements of the Company for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

On December 30, 2015, the assets and operations of the Company were acquired by Foundation Building Materials (FBM) for cash (FBM acquisition). The acquisition was accounted for by the acquisition method and, accordingly, the results of operations will be included in financial statements of FBM subsequent to the acquisition date.

Comprehensive Income— The Company does not have components of other comprehensive income recorded within its financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statements of comprehensive income in its financial statements.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates— The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Cash —Cash includes deposits in financial institutions and money market deposits. The Company has its cash deposits held at banks that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not incurred losses related to any deposits in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance amount and believes no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to cash deposits.

Concentration of Risk —Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist principally of accounts receivable. The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily from customers in the building industry located in the United States. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers; however, the Company’s policy is not to require collateral. At December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk.

 

F-156


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Liquidity and Credit Risk— The primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash provided from operating activities and other borrowings. The primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to operate and fund current activities. The Company believes that cash and expected cash flows from operations are adequate to fund debt-service requirements, operating lease obligations, capital expenditures, and working capital obligations for the next 12 months.

Accounts Receivable— The Company sells to customers using credit terms customary in its industry. Accounts receivables are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest.

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s estimate of credit exposure, determined principally on the basis of its collection experience, aging of its receivables, and significant individual account credit risk.

Vendor Rebates Receivable— The Company receives rebates from certain vendors based on the volume of inventory purchased. A receivable is recorded for these rebates when the amount of the rebate is reasonably estimable and collectible. Rebates received are initially recorded as a reduction of the cost of the inventory purchased and subsequently recognized through a reduction to cost of goods sold, when the related inventory is sold.

I nventories —Inventories, consisting substantially of finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the moving weighted-average cost method. The Company routinely evaluates inventory for excess or obsolescence and considers factors, such as historical usage rates and present demand.

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Major additions and improvements are capitalized and depreciated; maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Upon disposition, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings   39 years
Vehicles and equipment   5-7 years
Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Leasehold improvements   Lesser of useful life or lease term

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets— The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the impairment loss is recorded under the discounted cash flow method. As of December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, there were no impairments.

 

F-157


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets —Intangible assets consist of noncompete agreements and customer lists. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The period of amortization of the noncompete agreements are five years and customer lists are 10 years (see Note 4).

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

The Company performs its impairment test annually on the first day of the fourth quarter or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Such review entails comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to the fair value. If the aggregate carrying value of goodwill of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, the goodwill is impaired to the extent of the difference between the fair value and the aggregate carrying value. No impairment was recorded for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014.

Debt Issuance Costs During 2015, the Company elected to early adopt Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs and therefore applied the standard retrospectively to all prior periods. The guidance simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected. Therefore, these costs will continue to be amortized as interest expense over the term of the corresponding debt issuance.

Revenue Recognition —The criteria for recognition of revenue are met when persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists and both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

All revenues recognized are net of sales taxes collected and allowances for discounts. Sales taxes collected are subsequently remitted to the appropriate government authorities.

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, inbound and outbound freight, inventory provisions, warehousing costs, vendor discounts, and vendor rebates.

Income Taxes —The Company has elected to be treated as an S corporation under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and as such did not pay federal corporate income taxes on its taxable income. In lieu of corporate income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Given the structure of the Company as a pass-through entity and the nature of the operations of the Company, there were no significant deferred tax assets or liabilities.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or price paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation models based upon the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1:    Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

 

F-158


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Level 2.     Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3:     Inputs are unobservable and, therefore, reflect management’s best estimate of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company estimates the fair value of its assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, and includes this additional information in the notes to financial statements when the fair value is different from the carrying value of these instruments. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, notes receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of notes payable is determined using Level 2 inputs, based on applicable rates for similar instruments and collateral as of the balance sheet date and approximates $7.7 million and $10.9 million as of December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous industry-specific requirements. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. The standard is effective for non public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This ASU also requires management to disclose certain information depending on the results of the going-concern evaluation. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods therein. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance and does not expect any significant impact on its financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of lnventory (“ASU 2015-11”), which applies to inventory valued at first-in, first-out or average cost. ASU 2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, rather than at the lower of cost or market. ASU 2015-11 is effective on a prospective basis for annual

 

F-159


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

periods, including interim reporting periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company reports inventory on an average-cost basis and thus will be required to adopt the standard; however, the provisions of ASU 2015-11 are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments (“ASU 2015-16”). ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement to restate prior-period financial statements for measurement-period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement-period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. In addition, separate presentation on the face of the income statement or disclosure in the notes is required regarding the portion of the adjustment recorded in the current-period earnings, by line item, which would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is to be applied prospectively for measurement-period adjustments that occur after the effective date. ASU 2015-16 is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim reporting periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2015, and early adoption is permitted and the Company intends to adopt in fiscal year 2016. Since it is prospective, the impact of ASU 2015-16 on the Company’s financial condition and earnings will depend upon the nature of any measurement-period adjustments identified in future periods.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either “finance” or “operating,” with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This update requires a modified retrospective transition as of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its financial statements.

3.    ACQUISITION

On July 28, 2014, the Company acquired certain branch operations and other assets of Engler, Meier & Justus, Inc. (EMJ) for a total purchase price of $4.7 million in cash and through the assumption of certain property tax liabilities. The Company purchased the Peoria, Illinois, branch operations of EMJ, as well as inventory and other fixed assets from two other locations that were closed by EMJ. The purchase of certain branches of EMJ further expanded the Company’s presence in central Iowa and Illinois.

The acquisition was accounted for by the acquisition method and, accordingly, the results of operations for the Peoria branch were included in the Company’s financial statements from the acquisition date. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on estimated fair values at the acquisition date, with the excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill. The fair value of acquired intangible assets of $1.6 million, related to noncompete agreements and customer lists, was estimated by applying an income approach. That measure is based on significant Level 3 inputs

 

F-160


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

not observable in the market. Key assumptions developed based on the Company’s future projections and comparable market data, including future cash flows, revenue growth rates, and discount rates.

The Company incurred acquisition costs of less than $0.1 million mainly related to due diligence activities and transaction expenses to complete the acquisition. The costs have been included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed (in thousands):

 

Inventories

   $ 1,588   

Trucks and other equipment

     216   

Land and building

     700   

Noncompete agreements

     1,117   

Customer list

     485   

Goodwill

     608   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     4,714   

Accrued liabilities assumed

     (11
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 4,703   
  

 

 

 

4.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Identifiable intangible assets that are separable and have determinable useful lives are valued separately and amortized over their benefit period. The following is the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization by a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the Company’s goodwill and identifiable intangible assets at December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     December 30, 2015  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Goodwill

   $ 608       $       $ 608   

Customer list

     485         (68      417   

Noncompete agreements

     1,117         (317      800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,210       $ (385    $ 1,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2014  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Goodwill

   $ 608       $       $ 608   

Customer list

     485         (20      465   

Noncompete agreements

     1,117         (93      1,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,210       $ (113    $ 2,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-161


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The estimated useful life for the noncompete intangible is five years, while the customer list intangible is 10 years. Amortization expense on the noncompete for the years ending December 31, 2016-2018 will be approximately $223,000 per year and $130,000 for the year ending December 31, 2019. Amortization expense on the customer list for each of the years ending December 31, 2016 through 2020 will be approximately $48,000.

5.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, consist of the following:

 

     December 30,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Buildings and land

   $ 15,938       $ 15,268   

Vehicles and equipment

     14,424         12,954   

Furniture and fixtures

     949         942   

Leasehold improvements

     45         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     31,356         29,209   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (15,504      (14,580
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment-net

   $ 15,852       $ 14,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $1.3 million and $1.0 million for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

6.    NOTES PAYABLE

On October 8, 2015, the Company entered into an amended and restated revolving credit agreement, with the initial bank line of credit dated October 4, 2011. It allows for borrowings up to $1,500,000, subject to borrowing base limitations, and its due July 5, 2016. The borrowings are due upon demand and bear interest at the one-month London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus 2%. Borrowings under this agreement are collateralized by the Company’s receivables, inventory, and fixed assets (excluding real estate). For the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, there were no borrowings under this agreement for the respective period.

In accordance with its debt agreements with the bank, the Company must maintain certain financial covenants. The debt includes various covenants, including, among others, maintaining a ratio of debt-service coverage in excess of 1.200 to 1.000. The ratio “Debt-service coverage” means borrower’s net income + depreciation/amortization + interest expense + ESOP expense –distribution/dividends ÷ actual principal and interest payments. At December 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance with the covenants.

 

F-162


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Notes payable for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, were $7.7 million and $10.9 million, respectively, and consisted primarily of notes payable to financial institutions. The Company had the following balances as of December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014:

 

     December 30,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Notes payable with an initial loan balance of $5,000,000 dated October 4, 2011. Note is payable in 59 monthly installments of $49,012 and with a balloon payment due at maturity for approximately $2.8 million. Maturity date on the loan is October 4, 2016, and bears a fixed interest rate at 3.27%. The loan is collateralized by the Company’s receivables, inventory, and fixed assets (excluding real estate)

   $       $ 1,906   

Notes payable dated July 28, 2014, with an initial loan balance of $6,000,000 for five years with a maturity date of July 28, 2021. Note is payable in 83 monthly principal installments of $71,429 and a final principal and interest payment due of $71,526. The note has a variable interest rate which is based on the three-month LIBOR rate (0.61% and 0.26% at December 31,2015 and 2014, respectively), plus 2%. The interest rate changes shall only occur in three-month intervals. The loan is collateralized by the Company’s receivables, inventory, and fixed assets (excluding real estate). The note was paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2015

   $ 4,850       $ 5,640   

Notes payable dated October 4, 2011, with an initial loan balance of $5,000,000 for five years with a maturity date of October 4, 2016. Loan has 59 monthly principal installments of $41 ,667 and a final principal and interest payment due of approximately $2.5 million. The note has a variable interest rate which is based on a 30-day LIBOR rate (0.61 % and .26% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively), plus 2%. The loan is collateralized by the Company’s receivables, inventory, and fixed assets (excluding real estate). The note was paid off as part of the FBM acquisition in 2015

   $ 2,899       $ 3,400   

7.    RELATED PARTIES

The Company has leased two facilities from family members of branch managers in 2014 and 2015 at rates that management believes are reflective of market conditions. Rent expense associated with these leased facilities were $72,000 and $93,000 for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

8.    RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company has multiple retirement savings plans for eligible full-time and hourly employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plans allow participants to contribute a portion of their earnings to the plans. The plans allow the Company, at its discretion, to match a certain percentage of the employees’ contributions, limited to a certain percentage of eligible compensation. The Company also contributes additional funds to this

 

F-163


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

plan under three union-sponsored, collectively bargained, multiemployer pension plan. There were contributions of $0.5 million and $0.4 million to the plans for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

9.    ESOP

The Company sponsors an ESOP to provide additional retirement benefits to substantially all employees. All of the Company’s outstanding common stock is held by the Employee Stock Ownership Trust, which was established to fund the ESOP. All contributions are made by the Company and are allocated in proportion to compensation of eligible participants. The vested portion of an employee’s retirement benefit is a percentage, determined by years of service, of the total amount credited to the employee’s account. Participants are fully vested after six years of service. Distributions from the ESOP are made in cash.

The Company has a loan with the ESOP which requires monthly payments of $58,000, including interest at 3.50%, and is due January 15, 2029. This loan has a balance of $7.3 million and $7.7 million at December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The remaining loan to the ESOP is collateralized by the unallocated shares of the Company’s common stock held by the ESOP. As the loan is repaid, shares are released from collateral and allocated to active employees, based on the proportion of payments made in the year to total remaining payments. The Company makes annual contributions to the ESOP equal to the ESOP’s debt service. The Company may make additional contributions to the ESOP at its discretion.

The shares pledged as collateral are deducted from stockholders’ equity as unearned ESOP shares in the accompanying balance sheets. As shares are released from collateral, the Company reports compensation expense equal to the current fair value price of the shares. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are recorded as a reduction of retained earnings and dividends on unallocated ESOP shares are recorded as compensation expense. The Company made a discretionary contribution of $784,000 and $629,000 to the ESOP for 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company also recognized compensation expense of $1.9 million and $1.6 million for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, due to the release of shares. There were no dividends paid in 2014 and 2013 on allocated shares.

Shares of the Company held by the ESOP at December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, are as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Allocated shares

     14,402         13,888   

Shares released for allocation

     515         515   

Unreleased (unearned) shares

     6,692         7,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     21,609         21,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of unearned shares

   $ 17,164,724       $ 13,050,868   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the event a participant is no longer employed by the Company, the Company may be required to make contributions to the plan in an amount sufficient to enable the ESOP to make cash payments equal to the value of the participant’s portion of shares held by the ESOP.

 

F-164


Table of Contents

GYPSUM SUPPLY COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The fair value amount disclosed above of $2,565 per share is the estimated fair value as of December 30, 2015, based on a third-party appraisal.

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements with expiration dates through September 2017 and typically contain renewal options of 5-10 years. These agreements generally require the Company to pay rental amounts and operating expenses.

Rent expense was $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the period from January 1, 2015, to December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. Rent expense is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the statements of income.

Minimum annual lease commitments under noncancelable leases are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31

(In ‘000)

   Related
Party
     All
Other
     Total  

2016

   $ 18       $ 151       $ 169   

2017

             36         36   

Thereafter

                       
        

 

 

 
         $ 205   
        

 

 

 

Beginning May 1, 2014, the Company entered into a month-to-month agreement to lease the remaining space in the building currently leased in Bloomington, Illinois. The monthly rent for this space is $2,000. The Company also leases transportation equipment and machinery on short-term leases from nonrelated parties.

The Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of December 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, there were no proceedings or litigation involving the Company that management believes would have a material adverse impact on its business, financial position, results of income, or cash flows.

11.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to December 30, 2015, to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within these financial statements for the period from January 1, 2015, through December 30, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014. Management has performed their analysis through June 8, 2016, which was the date that the financial statements were issued and has determined that there are no subsequent events to disclose.

* * * * * *

 

F-165


Table of Contents

 

Great Western Building

Materials

Combined Financial Statements as of

March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, and for the

Period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015,

and the Year Ended December 31, 2014, and

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-166


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

     F-168-F-169   

COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF MARCH 12, 2015, AND DECEMBER 31, 2014, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO MARCH 12, 2015, AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014:

  

Balance Sheets

     F-170   

Statements of Operations

     F-171   

Statements of Member’s Equity

     F-172   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-173   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-174-F-180   

 

F-167


Table of Contents
LOGO   

Deloitte & Touch LLP

695 Town Center Drive

Suite 1200

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

USA

 

Tel: +1 714 436 7100

Fax: +1 714 436 7200

www.Deloitte.com

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Board of Directors

Great Western Building Materials

Tustin, California

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Great Western Building Materials (the “Company”), which comprise the combined balance sheets as of March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, and the related combined statements of operations, member’s equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, and the related notes to the combined financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Combined Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

F-168


Table of Contents

Opinion

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 12, 2015, and December 30, 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015, and the year ended December 31, 2014, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

June 10, 2016

 

F-169


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF MARCH 12, 2015, AND DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In $000’s)

 

     March 12,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash

   $ 5,548       $ 5,684   

Accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $447 and $263

     27,553         24,226   

Vendor rebates receivable

     2,095         3,487   

Inventories

     12,118         14,321   

Prepaids and other current assets

     440         902   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     47,754         48,620   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net

     4,281         4,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 52,035       $ 53,134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 8,753       $ 10,830   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     4,008         1,330   

Accrued taxes

     1,233         1,107   

Accrued expenses

     5,785         509   

Other current liabilities

     590         188   

Line of credit

     9,335         6,097   

Current portion of notes payable

     840         599   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     30,544         20,660   

LONG-TERM PORTION OF NOTES PAYABLE, NET

     558         681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     31,102         21,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)

     

TOTAL MEMBER’S EQUITY

     20,933         31,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S EQUITY

   $ 52,035       $ 53,134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-170


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO MARCH 12, 2015,

AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In 000’s)

 

     For the Period
from January 1,
2015, to
March 12,

2015
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
 

NET SALES

   $ 32,474      $ 166,169   

COST OF GOODS SOLD

     24,078        119,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     8,396        46,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

    

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     13,645        38,598   

Depreciation expense

     233        1,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,878        39,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME

     (5,482     7,015   

INTEREST EXPENSE—Net

     120        549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (5,602   $ 6,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-171


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF MEMBER’S EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO MARCH 12, 2015, AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In $000’s)

 

     Total
Member’s
Equity
 

BALANCE—At January 1, 2014

   $ 27,907   

Net income

     6,466   

Capital contributions

     479   

Distributions

     (3,059
  

 

 

 

BALANCE—At December 31, 2014

     31,793   

Net loss

     (5,602

Distributions

     (5,258
  

 

 

 

BALANCE—At March 12, 2015

   $ 20,933   
  

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-172


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015 TO MARCH 12, 2015,

AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

(In 000’s)

 

     For the Period
from January 1,
2015 to
March 12, 2015
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (5,602   $ 6,466   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     233        1,013   

Bad debt expense

     152        255   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (3,478     (4,555

Vendor rebates receivable

     1,392        (1,706

Inventories

     2,203        (3,171

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     462        255   

Accounts payable

     (2,078     1,549   

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

     2,678        334   

Accrued taxes

     126        272   

Accrued expenses

     5,276        245   

Other current liabilities

     401        175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,765        1,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES—

    

Capital expenditures

            (1,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

            (1,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from line of credit—net

     3,238        2,158   

Proceeds from notes payable

     356        1,501   

Repayment of notes payable

     (237     (1,026

Capital contributions

       479   

Distributions

     (5,258     (3,059
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,901     53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET DECREASE IN CASH

     (136     (527

CASH—At beginning of period

     5,684        6,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH—At end of period

   $ 5,548      $ 5,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 120      $ 549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-173


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF MARCH 12, 2015, AND DECEMBER 31, 2014, AND FOR THE PERIOD

FROM JANUARY 1, 2015, TO MARCH 12, 2015, AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

1.    DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of Company —Great Western Building Materials’ combined financial statements include the financial statements of:

Oxnard Building Materials, Inc. (Oxnard) (dba Great Western Building Materials);

Great Western Building Materials, Inc. (GWBM AZ); and

ProWall Building Products, Inc. (ProWall).

Great Western Building Materials is collectively referred to as the “Great Western Companies” or the “Companies”. The Companies are owned by different trusts with the same majority shareholder and executive management. The Companies operate as wholesalers and retailers engaged in the business of selling building materials to real estate developers and commercial and residential building contractors and subcontractors primarily in the states of California and Arizona. In addition, ProWall manufactures certain coatings and building materials and sells to builders and manufacturers.

Oxnard is a California corporation formed in August 1977, GWBM AZ is an Arizona corporation formed in September 1997, and ProWall is an Arizona corporation formed in March 1996.

Basis of Presentation —The Great Western Companies are entities under common control and management, and the financial statements have been combined as a single set of financial statements. All intercompany transactions between the Great Western Companies have been eliminated from the combined financial statements. The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

On March 13, 2015, the assets and operations of the Company were acquired by Foundation Building Materials (FBM) for cash. The acquisition was accounted for by the acquisition method, and accordingly the results of operations will be included in the financial statements of FBM subsequent to the acquisition date.

Comprehensive Income —The Companies do not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within the combined financial statements and, therefore, do not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in the combined financial statements.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

F-174


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash —Cash includes deposits in financial institutions. The Companies have cash deposits held at major banks that at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Companies have not incurred losses related to any deposits in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance amount and believe no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to cash deposits.

Concentration of Risk —Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Companies to concentration of credit risk, consist principally of accounts receivable. The Companies’ accounts receivable are primarily from customers in the building industry located in the United States. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the significant number of individual customers comprising the Companies’ customer base. The Companies perform customer credit evaluations; however, the Companies’ policies do not require collateral. At March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, the Companies had no significant concentrations of credit risk.

Liquidity and Credit Risk —The primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are cash provided from operating activities and other borrowings. The primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to operate and fund current activities. The Companies believe that current cash balances and expected cash flow from operations are adequate to fund debt service requirements, operating lease obligations, capital expenditures, and working capital obligations for the next 12 months.

Accounts Receivable —The Companies sell to customers using credit terms customary in their industry. Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and generally do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Companies’ estimate of credit exposure, determined principally on the basis of collection experience, aging of receivables, and significant individual account credit risk.

Vendor Rebates Receivable —The Companies receive rebates from certain vendors based on inventory purchases. A receivable is recorded for these rebates when the amount of the rebate is reasonably estimable and collectible. Rebates received are initially recorded as a reduction of the cost of the inventory purchased and subsequently recognized through a reduction to cost of goods sold, when the related inventory is sold.

Inventories —Inventories, consisting substantially of finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined using the moving weighted-average cost method. The Companies routinely evaluate inventory for excess or obsolescence and consider factors such as historical usage rates and present demand.

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Major additions and improvements are capitalized and depreciated; maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Vehicles and equipment    5—10 years
Computers    3—5 years
Furniture and fixtures    7 years
Leasehold improvements    Lesser of useful life or lease term

 

F-175


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Companies review property and equipment for impairment when events or circumstances indicate these assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. In performing the review for recoverability, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are estimated. If the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded using the discounted cash flow method as a basis for determining the fair value of the asset. As of March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, there were no impairments.

Accrued Expenses – Accrued expenses are primarily comprised of accrued purchases and accrued vehicle licenses expense.

Revenue Recognition —The criteria for recognition of revenue are met when persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists and both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

All revenues recognized are net of sales taxes collected and allowances for discounts. Sales taxes collected are subsequently remitted to the appropriate government authorities.

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, inbound and outbound freight, inventory provisions, warehousing costs, vendor discounts and vendor rebates.

Income Taxes —The Companies have elected to be treated as S corporations under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), and as such did not pay federal corporate income taxes on taxable income. In lieu of corporate income taxes, the shareholders of S corporations are taxed on their proportionate share of the Companies’ taxable income. Given the structure of the Companies as pass-through entities and the nature of the operations of the Companies, there were no significant deferred tax assets or liabilities.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or price paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation models based upon the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy are as follows:

Level   1 :    Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level   2 :    Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level   3 :    Inputs are unobservable and therefore reflect management’s best estimate of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

F-176


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Companies estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments, and include this additional information in the notes to the combined financial statements when the fair value is different from the carrying value of these instruments. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, accrued expenses and the line of credit approximate their carrying amounts due to the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of notes payable is determined by Level 2 inputs, using applicable rates for similar instruments and collateral as of the balance sheet date and approximates $1.4 million and $1.3 million as of March 12, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU No. 2014-09 amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous, industry-specific requirements. The core principle of the ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which defers the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year. The standard is effective for nonpublic entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Companies are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 will have on the combined financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic   205-40): Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU No. 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This ASU also requires management to disclose certain information depending on the results of the going concern evaluation. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods therein. The Companies are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting guidance and do not expect any significant impact on the combined financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , which applies to inventory valued at first in, first out or average cost. ASU No. 2015-11 requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, rather than at the lower of cost or market. ASU No. 2015-11 is effective on a prospective basis for annual periods, including interim reporting periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. The Companies report inventory on an average-cost basis and thus will be required to adopt the standard; however, the provisions of ASU No. 2015-11 are not expected to have a material effect on the Companies’ financial condition.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic   805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . ASU No. 2015-16 eliminates

 

F-177


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement-period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement-period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. In addition, separate presentation on the face of the income statement or disclosure in the notes is required regarding the portion of the adjustment recorded in the current period earnings, by line item, which would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. ASU No. 2015-16 is to be applied prospectively for measurement-period adjustments that occur after the effective date. ASU No. 2015-16 is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim reporting periods within those periods, beginning after December 15, 2015, and early adoption is permitted. The Companies are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on the combined financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases . ASU No. 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheets for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either “finance” or “operating,” with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This update requires a modified retrospective transition as of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Companies are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on the combined financial statements.

3.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     March 12,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Vehicles and equipment

   $ 9,469       $ 9,469   

Computers

     36         36   

Furniture and fixtures

     131         131   

Leasehold improvements

     298         298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     9,934         9,934   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (5,653      (5,420
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 4,281       $ 4,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $0.2 million and $1.0 million for the period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015, and for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

4.    LINES OF CREDIT

Marquette Business Credit Corporation (“Marquette”) line of credit:

Oxnard has a line of credit agreement with a maximum limit of $14.0 million. Oxnard may borrow up to 80% of the face amount of eligible accounts receivable due from customers, plus

 

F-178


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the lesser of: A) 50% of the cost of eligible inventory or B) $2.5 million, less any reserves the lender deems appropriate. Oxnard is subject to various financial covenants. Interest on this line is payable at a base rate, plus 1.75%, per annum. The Marquette interest rate was 5.00% at both March 12, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The base rate is defined by Marquette as equal to the higher of (i) the prime rate in effect, or (ii) the adjusted London InterBank Offered Rate, plus 2.00% as determined by Marquette. At March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, Oxnard had outstanding balances on this line of credit of $9.2 million and $6.0 million, respectively. The amount available on the line of credit at March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, was $4.8 million and $8.0 million, respectively. This line had a maturity date of April 13, 2016, and was collateralized by security interest in substantially all of the assets of Oxnard. The line was paid in full as of the acquisition date discussed in Note 1.

City National Bank line of credit:

Oxnard has an equipment line of credit with City National Bank with a maximum borrowing limit of $1,000,000. Interest on this line is payable at 3.00% per annum. At both March 12, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Oxnard had an outstanding balance on this line of credit of $0.1 million. This line matures on September 1, 2016, and is collateralized by security interest in all of the assets purchased through the line of credit. The outstanding principal balance will be payable in 36 equal monthly installments in the amount of one 36 of the principal balance outstanding at September 12, 2015. The amount available under this line was $0.9 million at both March 12, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The line was paid in full as of the acquisition date discussed in Note 1.

5.    NOTES PAYABLE

The Companies had certain notes payable with third-party and related-party lenders at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The balances outstanding at March 12, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively. See Note 6 for discussion of related-party notes payable. The notes were paid in full as of the acquisition date as discussed in Note 1.

6.    RELATED PARTIES

The Companies lease three facilities from affiliates of the Companies’ founder and majority shareholder. Rent expense for these three facilities is approximately $0.7 million annually and the current leases end in 2020 and include option periods that can extend the leases into 2025.

The Companies have certain notes payable with affiliates of the Companies’ founder and majority shareholder. These notes payable finance equipment purchases and were zero and $0.9 million at March 12, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively.

7.    RETIREMENT PLANS

The Companies have multiple retirement savings plans for all eligible full-time and hourly employees under Section 401(k) of the IRC. The plans allow participants to contribute a portion of their earnings to the plans. The plans allow the Companies, at their discretion, to match a certain percentage of the employees’ contributions, limited to a certain percentage of eligible

 

F-179


Table of Contents

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

compensation. There were contributions of zero and $0.04 million to the plans for the period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015, and for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

8.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases —The Companies lease certain facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements with expiration dates through March 2020 and typically contain renewal options of five years. These agreements generally require the Companies to pay rental amounts and operating expenses.

Rent expense was $0.6 million and $2.5 million for the period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015, and for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively.

Minimum annual lease commitments under noncancelable leases are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Related
Party
     All
Other
     Total  

2015

   $ 725       $ 1,578       $ 2,303   

2016

     747         1,604         2,351   

2017

     770         1,305         2,075   

2018

     791         1,002         1,793   

2019

     809         227         1,036   

Thereafter

     207         27         234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,049       $ 5,743       $ 9,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation The Companies are involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of March 12, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no proceedings or litigation involving the Companies that management believes would have a material adverse impact on their business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

9.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to March 12, 2015, to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within these combined financial statements for the period from January 1, 2015, to March 12, 2015, and for the year ended December 31, 2014. Management has performed their analysis through June 10, 2016, which was the date that the combined financial statements were issued and has determined that there are no subsequent events to disclose.

* * * * * *

 

F-180


Table of Contents

 

 

BAV, INC.

Abbreviated Financial Statement

Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses

For the Period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014, and

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

 

 

 

F-181


Table of Contents

BAV, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

     F-183   

ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH DECEMBER 5, 2014

  

Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses

     F-184   

Notes to Abbreviated Financial Statement

     F-185-F-187   

 

F-182


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors of

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and direct expenses of BAV, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014, and the related notes (the “financial statement”).

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statement

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of this financial statement in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statement that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statement in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the statement of revenues and direct expenses of BAV, Inc. for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statement, the Company has prepared an abbreviated financial statement as it is impracticable for the Company to prepare full financial statements in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

November 4, 2016

Costa Mesa, CA

 

F-183


Table of Contents

BAV, INC.

STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH DECEMBER 5, 2014

(In 000’s)

 

Revenues, net

   $ 30,622   

Cost of goods sold, exclusive of depreciation

     24,298   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,324   

Operating expenses:

  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     4,590   

Depreciation

     116   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     4,706   

Excess of revenues over direct operating expenses

   $ 1,618   
  

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the abbreviated financial statement.

 

F-184


Table of Contents

BAV, INC.

NOTES TO THE ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH DECEMBER 5, 2014

1. DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of Company —BAV, Inc. (BAV or the “Company”) was formed in Texas on September 7, 1976. The Company is engaged in the wholesale and retail distribution of wallboard, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems, and other products to commercial and residential contractors.

Basis of Presentation —The statement of revenues and direct expenses of the Company for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014 has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

The statement of revenues and certain expenses includes the net revenues and direct operating expenses directly attributable to the generation of those revenues. The statement of revenues and direct expenses excludes the cost of general corporate activities, corporate level overhead and income taxes.

Therefore, the abbreviated statement of revenues and direct operating expenses is not intended to be a complete presentation of the results of operations of the business going forward due to changes in the business and the omission of various operating expenses. It is impracticable to prepare full financial statements in accordance with SEC Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X as the Company has not maintained the distinct and separate accounts necessary to present full financial statements and historical full financial statements have not been prepared. As such, the historical combined abbreviated statement of revenues and direct operating expenses of the Company is presented in lieu of full financial statements.

On December 5, 2014, the assets and operations of the Company were acquired by FBM Intermediate Holding, LLC (FBM) for cash. The acquisition was accounted for by the acquisition method and, accordingly, the results of operations have been included in the financial statements of FBM for the period subsequent to the acquisition date.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates —The preparation of the financial statement in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the abbreviated financial statement and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, inventory obsolescence, bad debt expense, and impairment of long lived assets. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition —The criteria for recognition of revenue are met when persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists and both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. This criteria is met and revenue is recognized when goods are delivered to the customer.

All revenues recognized are net of sales taxes collected, estimated returns and allowances for discounts. Sales taxes collected are subsequently remitted to the appropriate government authorities.

 

F-185


Table of Contents

BAV, INC.

NOTES TO THE ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH DECEMBER 5, 2014

 

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise determined on an average basis, freight, inventory provisions, vendor discounts, and vendor rebates.

Operating Expenses —Operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses, and depreciation. Selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised primarily of employee compensation and benefits, warehousing costs, travel, advertising, marketing and facilities costs.

Depreciation of property and equipment, and leasehold improvements for the period is $0.1 million and is computed using the straight-line method on the historical cost basis of the asset for financial reporting purposes over the following useful lives:

 

     Years

Leasehold Improvements

   Shorter of asset life
or over life of lease

Machinery and equipment

   3—7

Vehicles

   3—7

Office furniture and fixtures

   7

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has leased two facilities from shareholders in 2014 and equipment under various operating lease agreements expiring through 2016. Rent expense associated with the leased facilities was $0.2 million for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014. The lease agreements generally require the Company to pay monthly rent and certain common area maintenance expenses.

Rent expense was $0.2 million for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014 and is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the statement of revenues and direct operating expenses.

Minimum annual lease commitments under non-cancelable leases are summarized as follows:

 

(in ‘000’s)

   Related
Party
     Third
Party
     Total  

2015

   $ 215       $ 38       $ 253   

2016

     99         20         119   

Thereafter

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 314       $ 58       $ 372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of December 5, 2014, there were no proceedings or litigation involving the Company that management believes would have a material adverse impact on its business and results of operations.

 

F-186


Table of Contents

BAV, INC.

NOTES TO THE ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH DECEMBER 5, 2014

 

4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to December 5, 2014, to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within this financial statement for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014. Management has performed their analysis through November 4, 2016, which was the date that this financial statement was issued and has determined that there are no subsequent events to disclose.

 

F-187


Table of Contents

 

Wagner

(A business of CDM Investment Group, Inc.)

Combined Abbreviated Financial Statement

Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses

For the Period from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014, and

Independent Auditor’s Report

 

F-188


Table of Contents

Wagner

(A business of CDM Investment Group, Inc.)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

     F-190   

COMBINED ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH MAY 30, 2014:

  

Combined Abbreviated Statement of Revenues and Direct Expenses

     F-191   

Notes to Combined Abbreviated Financial Statement

     F-192-F-194   

 

F-189


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Board of Directors

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

Tustin, California

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined abbreviated financial statement of Millard Drywall Services, Inc., Lincoln Drywall Services, Inc., Wagner Interior Supply of Manhattan, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Kansas City, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Springfield, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Wichita, Inc., and Wagner Distribution of Denver, Inc. (Wagner or the Company), which comprise the combined abbreviated statement of revenues and direct expenses for the period of January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014, and the related notes to the combined abbreviated financial statement (collectively, the financial statement).

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statement in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statement in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the excess of revenues over direct expenses of the Company for the period January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Omaha, Nebraska

November 2, 2016

 

F-190


Table of Contents

WAGNER

(A BUSINESS OF CDM INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.)

COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND DIRECT EXPENSES

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH MAY 30, 2014

(In 000’s)

 

Revenues, net

   $ 35,588   

Cost of goods sold, exclusive of depreciation

     25,909   
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,679   

Operating expenses:

  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     6,963   

Depreciation

     511   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7,474   
  

 

 

 

Excess of revenues over direct operating expenses

   $ 2,205   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the combined abbreviated financial statement.

 

F-191


Table of Contents

WAGNER

(A BUSINESS OF CDM INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.)

NOTES TO THE COMBINED ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2014 THROUGH MAY 30, 2014

1.    DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of Company —Millard Drywall Services, Inc., Lincoln Drywall Services, Inc., Wagner Interior Supply of Manhattan, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Kansas City, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Springfield, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Wichita, Inc. and Wagner Distribution of Denver, Inc. (collectively referred to as “Wagner” or the Company), a business of CDM Investment Group, Inc. (CDM), is engaged in the wholesale and retail distribution of wallboard, metal framing, suspended ceiling systems, and other products to commercial and residential contractors. The Company operates in Colorado, Kansas, Missouri and Nebraska.

Basis of Presentation —The combined abbreviated statement of revenues and direct operating expenses of the Company for the period from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014 was derived from the historical accounting records maintained by CDM and has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The combined abbreviated statement of revenues and direct operating expenses are not intended to be a complete presentation of the results of operations as if the Company business had operated as a stand-alone entity during the period presented and are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the Company had operated as a separate, stand-alone entity for the period presented nor are they necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected in the future due to changes in the business and the omission of certain operating expenses as described below. All costs directly associated with producing revenues including, but not limited to, all related personnel costs in the amount of approximately $3.85 million, cost of sales in the amount of approximately $25.91 million and other selling, general and administrative costs in the amount of $3.62 million from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014 have been included in this combined abbreviated financial statement. Overhead allocation from CDM related to corporate function and other areas shared by the Company business such as interest and corporate income taxes are omitted as they are not directly related to the Company’s revenue. It is impracticable to prepare full financial statements in accordance with the Security Exchange Commission’s (SEC) Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X as the Company has not been accounted for as a separate entity and historical full financial statements have not been prepared. As such, the historical combined abbreviated statement of revenues and direct operating expenses of the Company is presented in lieu of the full financial statements.

On May 30, 2014, FBM Intermediate Holdings, LLC (FBM) acquired from CDM substantially all of the assets of its distribution division that related to the sale and delivery of metal framing, wallboard, and other products and the related accounts payable of Wagner for cash (FMB acquisition). The acquisition was accounted for by the acquisition method and, accordingly, the results of operations will be included in the financial statement of FBM subsequent to the acquisition date.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates —The preparation of combined abbreviated financial statement in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, inventory obsolescence, bad debt expenses, and impairment of long-lived assets. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

F-192


Table of Contents

WAGNER

(A BUSINESS OF CDM INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.)

NOTES TO THE COMBINED ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT—(Continued)

 

Principles of Combination —The accompanying combined abbreviated financial statement include the net revenues and direct operating expenses directly attributable to the generation of those revenues. The combined abbreviated statement of revenues and direct operating expenses exclude common cost allocations from CDM to the business of Wagner such as interest and corporate income taxes as they are not directly related to the Company’s revenue. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

Revenue Recognition —The criteria for recognition of revenue are met when persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists and both title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

All revenues recognized are net of sales taxes collected, estimated returns and allowances for discounts. Sales taxes collected are subsequently remitted to the appropriate government authorities.

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise determined on an average basis, freight, inventory provisions, vendor discounts, and vendor rebates.

Operating Expenses —Operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses, and depreciation. Selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised primarily of employee compensation and benefits, warehousing costs, travel, advertising, marketing and facilities costs.

Depreciation of property and equipment in the amount of $0.5 million as included in the selling, general and administrative expenses is computed using the straight-line method on the historical cost basis of the asset for financial reporting purposes over the following useful lives:

 

     Years

Building and Improvements

   10—39

Machinery and equipment

   3—5

Vehicles

   3—5

Office furniture and fixtures

   3—7

3.    RELATED PARTIES

CDM sponsors an Employee Savings Plan, which is a defined contribution plan covering all of the Company’s employees who have completed one year of service, as defined by the Plan, and are age 21 or older, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP), a defined contribution plan open to all nonunion employees of the Company who meet minimum age and length of service requirements. The Company recorded defined contribution expense related to these plans in the amount of approximately $18,000 from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014.

The Company’s employees participates in CDM’s equity incentive plans. The Company recorded approximately $57,000 of equity-based compensation expense from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014, reflecting CDM’s cost related to the Company’s employees.

The Company also has employees covered by collective bargaining agreements that cover various union employees. Under the terms of various union contracts, the Company is required

 

F-193


Table of Contents

WAGNER

(A BUSINESS OF CDM INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.)

NOTES TO THE COMBINED ABBREVIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT—(Continued)

 

to contribute to various health and welfare and pension plans administered by direct unions, based on a defined amount per hour worked. Contributions to these plans totaled approximately $59,000 for January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014.

4.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases direct facilities and equipment under various operating lease agreements expiring through February 2015. These agreements generally require the Company to pay rental amounts and operating expenses.

Rent expense was approximately $0.4 million for the period from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014 and is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the statement of revenues and direct expenses.

Minimum annual lease commitments under noncancelable leases are summarized as follows:

 

(in 000’s)

   Total  

Fiscal 2015

   $ 908,396   

Fiscal 2016

     90,562   

Thereafter

       
  

 

 

 
   $ 998,958   
  

 

 

 

The Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of May 30, 2014, there were no proceedings or litigation involving the Company that management believes would have a material adverse impact on its business and results of operations.

5.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has performed an analysis of activities and transactions subsequent to May 30, 2014, to determine the need for any adjustments to or disclosures within this combined abbreviated financial statement for the period from January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014. Management has performed their analysis through November 2, 2016, which was the date that the combined abbreviated financial statement was issued and has determined that there are no subsequent events to disclose.

 

F-194


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

Barclays

RBC Capital Markets

Citigroup

Baird

Raymond James

Stephens Inc.

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

William Blair

                    , 2017

Until                     , 2017 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. Except as otherwise noted, we will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA fee and the NYSE listing fee are estimated.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 11,590   

FINRA Filing Fee

  

NYSE Listing Fee

     *   

Printing and Engraving Costs

     *   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     *   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous Expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporate Law, or the DGCL, no director shall be personally liable to our company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that each person who was or is party or is threatened to be made a party to, or was or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or completed proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of our company or was serving at the request of our company as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another entity shall be indemnified and held harmless by us to the full extent authorized by the DGCL against all expense, liability and loss actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith, subject to certain limitations.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL authorizes a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

The DGCL also provides that indemnification under Sections 145(a) and (b) can only be made upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer or employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 145(a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of directors who are not a party to the action at issue (even though less than a quorum), (2) by a majority vote of a designated committee of these directors (even though less than a quorum), (3) if there are no such directors, or these directors authorize, by the written opinion of independent legal counsel, or (4) by the stockholders.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL also empowers a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide for eliminating or limiting the personal liability of one of its directors for any monetary damages related to a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, as long as the corporation does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for acts or omissions which (1) were in bad faith, (2) were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, (3) the director derived an improper personal benefit from (such as a financial profit or other advantage to which such director was not legally entitled) or (4) breached the director’s duty of loyalty.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement will provide for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities.

We have not sold any securities, registered or otherwise, within the past three years, except for the common stock of the Company issued upon incorporation on October 27, 2016 to our sole stockholder, LSF9 Cypress Parent 2 LLC. The issuance of the common stock was exempt

 

II-2


Table of Contents

from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Data Schedules.

(a) Exhibit Index

See the Exhibit Index following the signature page.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule

None. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the information is included in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Tustin, state of California, on January 13, 2017.

 

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Richard Tilley

Name: Richard Tilley
Title: General Counsel

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ruben Mendoza, John Gorey and Richard Tilley, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the following persons have signed this Registration Statement in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Ruben Mendoza

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 13, 2017

/s/ John Gorey

John Gorey

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer)

  January 13, 2017

/s/ Kyle S. Volluz

Kyle S. Volluz

   Director   January 13, 2017

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
   2.1 +    Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 4, 2016, by and among Construction Products Acquisition, LLC, Superior Plus LP and Superior Plus U.S. Holdings Inc.
   2.2 +    First Amendment to Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among Construction Products Acquisition, LLC, Superior Plus LP, and Superior Plus U.S. Holdings Inc.
  3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be adopted.
  3.2*    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be adopted.
  4.1*    Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Foundation Building Materials, Inc. and LSF9 Stardust Holdings, L.P.
  4.2   

Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, FBM Finance, Inc., each of the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent.

  5.1*    Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.
10.1    ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, the Additional US Borrowers party thereto, the Canadian Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Bank of America, N.A., as Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, and RBC Capital Markets, as Joint Bookrunner.
10.2    Incremental Facility Amendment to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2016, by and among LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, the Additional US Borrowers party thereto, the Additional Canadian Borrowers party thereto, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, acting as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners and RBC Capital Markets, acting as Joint Bookrunner.
10.3    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.4*    Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.5    Asset Advisory Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2015, by and among Hudson Americas L.P., LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, and Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P.
10.6 #    Employment Agreement by and between Foundation Building Materials, LLC and Ruben Mendoza dated as of October 9, 2015.
10.7 #    Employment Agreement by and between Foundation Building Materials, LLC and John Gorey dated as of October 9, 2015.
10.8 #    Employment Agreement by and between Foundation Building Materials, LLC and Pete Welly dated as of October 9, 2015.
10.9* #    Foundation Building Materials, Inc. 2017 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  

 

10.10* #    Form of Grant Notice for 2017 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Options Award.
10.11* #    Form of Grant Notice for 2017 Stock Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Options Award.
10.12* #    Form of Grant Notice for 2017 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award.
10.13* #    Form of Grant Notice for 2017 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award.
10.14* #    Form of Grant Notice for 2017 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award.
10.15 #    LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC Long Term Incentive Plan (with form of award agreement).
10.16 #    First Amendment to LSF9 Cypress Parent, LLC Long Term Incentive Plan.
21.1*    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

23.3   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

23.4   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

23.5   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

23.6    Consent of RSM US LLP.
23.7    Consent of VonLehman & Company Inc.
23.8    Consent of Deloitte LLP.
23.9*    Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto).
99.1*    Consent to be Named of Kevin Barner.
99.2*    Consent to be Named of Nick Beevers.
99.3*    Consent to be Named of Court Carruthers.
99.4*    Consent to be Named of Fareed Kahn.
99.5*    Consent to be Named of Dominic LaValle.
99.6*    Consent to be Named of Samuel D. Laughlin.
99.7*    Consent to be Named of Chris Meyer.
99.8*    Consent to be Named of James Underhill.
99.9*    Consent to be Named of Grant Wilbeck.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
# Denotes management compensatory plan or arrangement
+ Certain schedules to this agreement have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedules will be furnished supplementally to the SEC upon request.

 

II-6

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

DATED JULY 4, 2016

BETWEEN

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITION, LLC,

on the one hand,

and

SUPERIOR PLUS LP

and

SUPERIOR PLUS U.S. HOLDINGS INC.,

on the other hand

 

 


Contents

 

Section    Page  
ARTICLE 1  – INTERPRETATION      1   
  1.1    Definitions      1   
  1.2    Certain Phrases and Calculation of Time; Interpretation      16   
  1.3    References to the Schedules and Exhibits      17   
ARTICLE 2  – PURCHASED SHARES AND PURCHASE PRICE      17   
  2.1    Purchase and Sale      17   
  2.2    Purchase Price      17   
  2.3    Canadian Purchase Price      17   
  2.4    U.S. Purchase Price      17   
  2.5    Transactions at the Closing      17   
  2.6    Form of Payment      19   
  2.7    Pre-Closing Canadian Estimated Schedule of Adjustments      19   
  2.8    Pre-Closing Canadian Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment      19   
  2.9    Pre-Closing US Estimated Schedule of Adjustments      20   
  2.10    Pre-Closing US Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment      20   
  2.11    Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment      20   
  2.12    Allocation of Post-Closing Adjustment to Aggregate Purchase Price      24   
  2.13    Withholding      24   
  2.14    Operation between Determination Time and Closing      25   
ARTICLE 3  – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS      25   
  3.1    Incorporation and Corporate Power      25   
  3.2    Corporate Authorizations      26   
  3.3    No Conflict with Authorizations, Laws, etc.      26   
  3.4    No Conflict with Contracts      27   
  3.5    Required Authorizations      27   
  3.6    Required Consents      27   
  3.7    Execution and Binding Obligation      28   
  3.8    Authorized and Issued Capital      28   
  3.9    Reporting Issuer Status      29   
  3.10    Title to Purchased Shares      29   
  3.11    No Other Agreements to Purchase      29   
  3.12    Dividends and Other Distributions      30   

 

i


Contents

(continued)

 

     Page  
  3.13    Officers and Directors      30   
  3.14    Unanimous Shareholders Agreement      30   
  3.15    Corporate Records      30   
  3.16    Subsidiaries      30   
  3.17    Qualification      30   
  3.18    Conduct of Business in Ordinary Course      30   
  3.19    Compliance with Laws      31   
  3.20    Anti-Bribery and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance      31   
  3.21    Business Authorizations      31   
  3.22    Sufficiency of Assets      32   
  3.23    Title to the Assets      32   
  3.24    No Options, etc.      32   
  3.25    Condition of Assets      32   
  3.26    Owned Property      33   
  3.27    Leases and Leased Property      33   
  3.28    Suppliers and Customers      34   
  3.29    Material Contracts      34   
  3.30    No Breach of Material Contracts or Material Leases      35   
  3.31    Personal Property Leases      36   
  3.32    Intellectual Property      36   
  3.33    Information Technology      37   
  3.34    Books and Records      38   
  3.35    Financial Statements      38   
  3.36    Bank Accounts and Powers of Attorney      38   
  3.37    Product Liability and Warranty Claims      39   
  3.38    Insurance      39   
  3.39    Litigation      39   
  3.40    Taxes      40   
  3.41    Environmental Matters      42   
  3.42    Employee Matters      43   
  3.43    Employee Benefit Plans      44   
  3.44    Privacy Laws      46   

 

ii


     Page  
  3.45    Affiliate Interests and Transactions      46   
  3.46    No Brokers’ Fees, etc.      47   
  3.47    Sole Representations and Warranties      47   
ARTICLE 4  – REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER      47   
  4.1    Organization and Limited Liability Company Power      48   
  4.2    Authorization      48   
  4.3    No Conflict with Authorizations, Laws, etc.      48   
  4.4    Required Purchaser Authorizations      48   
  4.5    Required Purchaser Consents      48   
  4.6    Qualifications; Execution and Binding Obligation      49   
  4.7    Investment Canada Act      49   
  4.8    Financing      49   
  4.9    Limited Guarantee      50   
  4.10    Solvency      50   
  4.11    Investment Intention      51   
  4.12    Availability of Purchaser Parent Funds      51   
ARTICLE 5  – COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES      51   
  5.1    Access during Closing Period      51   
  5.2    Access for Post-Closing Matters      52   
  5.3    Personal Information      53   
  5.4    Confidentiality      53   
  5.5    Termination of Related Party Agreements; Release of Indemnity Obligations      53   
  5.6    Notification of Certain Matters      55   
  5.7    Conduct of Business Prior to Closing—Positive Covenants      55   
  5.8    Conduct of Business Prior to Closing—Negative Covenants      56   
  5.9    Actions to Satisfy Closing Conditions      58   
  5.10    Employees      58   
  5.11    Transfer of the Purchased Shares      59   
  5.12    Request for Consents; Notices      59   
  5.13    Filings and Authorizations      60   
  5.14    Change and Use of Name and Internet Address      62   
  5.15    Non-Solicitation and Non-Compete      62   

 

iii


     Page  
  5.16    Exclusivity      64   
  5.17    Confidential Information      64   
  5.18    Termination of Indebtedness and Transaction Expenses      65   
  5.19    Financing      65   
  5.20    Financial Obligations      71   
  5.21    Interim Financial Statements      72   
  5.22    Cash Dividends      72   
  5.23    Title Policies      72   
  5.24    Project Theo Bonuses      73   
ARTICLE 6  – CLOSING      73   
  6.1    Date, Time and Place of Closing      73   
  6.2    Closing Procedures      74   
  6.3    Survival      74   
ARTICLE 7  – CONDITIONS OF CLOSING      74   
  7.1    Conditions in Favor of the Purchaser      74   
  7.2    Conditions in Favor of the Sellers      75   
ARTICLE 8  – TERMINATION      76   
  8.1    Termination      76   
  8.2    Effect of Termination      77   
  8.3    Waiver of Conditions of Closing      77   
ARTICLE 9  – INDEMNIFICATION AND REMEDIES      78   
  9.1    Sellers’ Indemnities      78   
  9.2    Purchaser’s Indemnities      79   
  9.3    Indemnification Actions      79   
  9.4    Limitation on Liability      81   
  9.5    Duty to Mitigate and Subrogation      81   
  9.6    Section 338 Election      82   
  9.7    Transfer Taxes      82   
  9.8    Tax Benefit      82   
  9.9    Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments      82   
  9.10    Tax Indemnification and Contest Matters      83   
  9.11    Indemnification as Sole Remedy      84   

 

iv


     Page  
ARTICLE 10  – MISCELLANEOUS      85   
  10.1    Notices      85   
  10.2    Tax Refunds and Tax Returns      86   
  10.3    Entire Agreement      87   
  10.4    Amendments      87   
  10.5    Waiver      88   
  10.6    Severability      88   
  10.7    Assignments      88   
  10.8    Governing Law      88   
  10.9    Remedies      89   
  10.10    Waiver of Jury Trial      91   
  10.11    Third-Party Beneficiaries      91   
  10.12    Time of the Essence      91   
  10.13    Expenses      91   
  10.14    Further Assurances      91   
  10.15    Announcements      91   
  10.16    Counterparts      92   

 

Exhibits               

Exhibit A

   –      Disclosure Schedule   

Exhibit B

   –      Limited Guarantee   

Exhibit C

   –      Newco 1 Transfer Agreement   

Exhibit D

   –      Newco 2 Transfer Agreement   

Exhibit E

   –      Superior Plus Parent Guaranty   

Exhibit F

   –      Reorganization Steps   

Schedules

              

Schedule 1.1

   –      Example Net Working Capital Calculation   

Schedule 1.2

   –      Purchase Price Allocation   

Schedule 1.3

   –      Known Indebtedness Items   

Schedule 1.4

   –      Example Calculation of Certain Indebtedness Items   

Schedule 2.5(a)(vii)

   –      Director and Officer Resignations   

Schedule 5.1(c)

   –      Unrestricted Customer & Supplier Contact List   

 

v


This SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this Agreement ) is dated July 4, 2016 and made between CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITION, LLC , a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware (the Purchaser ), on the one hand, and SUPERIOR PLUS LP , a partnership formed pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario ( Superior Plus LP ), and SUPERIOR PLUS U.S. HOLDINGS INC ., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware ( Superior Plus US , and together with Superior Plus LP, the Sellers ), on the other hand.

RECITALS:

 

(A) Superior Plus LP is the registered and beneficial owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Winroc-SPI Corporation, a corporation existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta ( Newco 1 ), and 1974303 Alberta Ltd., a corporation existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta ( Newco 2 , and together with Newco 1, the Newcos ).

 

(B) Superior Plus US is the registered and beneficial owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Superior Plus Construction Products Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Pennsylvania ( Construction Products ), and The Winroc Corporation (Midwest), a corporation existing under the laws of Nevada ( Midwest ).

 

(C) Superior Plus LP wishes to sell all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Newcos, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase such shares, on and subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

(D) Superior Plus US wishes to sell all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital in each of Construction Products and Midwest, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase such shares, on and subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

The Parties agree as follows:

Article 1 – Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Accounts Receivable means all current non-Affiliate accounts receivable, notes receivable, trade receivables, book debts and other amounts due to the Corporations as of the applicable date of determination, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Acquired Properties means the Owned Properties and the Leased Properties.

Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and the term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Purchase Price has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

 

1


Agreement has the meaning specified in the Preamble.

Ancillary Agreements means the Transfer Agreements, the Limited Guarantee, the Superior Plus Parent Guaranty and all other agreements, documents and instruments required to be delivered by any party pursuant to this Agreement, and any other agreements, documents or instruments entered into at or prior to the Closing in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Reorganization.

Audited Financial Statements has the meaning specified in Section 3.35(a).

Authorization means, with respect to any Person, any order, permit, approval, consent, waiver, license or other authorization issued, granted, given or authorized by, or made applicable under the authority of, any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Person, including the HSR Approval and Competition Act Approval.

Balance Sheet means the balance sheet as at December 31, 2015 included in the Audited Financial Statements.

Basket has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(b).

Books and Records means all books of account, personnel records, historic documents relating to Employee Plans, sales and purchase records, customer and supplier lists, referral sources, research and development reports and records, production reports and records, equipment logs, operating guides and manuals, business reports, plans and projections and all other documents, files, correspondence and other information of the Corporations or primarily related to the Business, in each case to the extent existing in written form, including electronic form, but in all cases excluding the Corporate Records.

Business means the construction products distribution business that is carried on as of the date hereof by Construction Products, Midwest and Superior Plus LP (and will be carried on by the Newcos and not by Superior Plus LP upon completion of the Reorganization), including the gypsum specialty distribution business and commercial and industrial insulation distribution business operating under the trade name “Winroc-SPI.”

Business Day means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in New York, New York, Toronto, Ontario, or Dallas, Texas.

Canadian Business means the Business as carried on by Superior Plus LP (and not by Construction Products and Midwest) prior to the Reorganization.

Canadian Closing Date Net Debt Amount has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(i)(A).

Canadian Closing Date Net Working Capital has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(i)(A).

Canadian Closing Date Transaction Expenses has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(i)(A).

Canadian Estimated Net Debt Amount has the meaning specified in Section 2.7.

Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital has the meaning specified in Section 2.7.

 

2


Canadian Estimated Schedule of Adjustments has the meaning specified in Section 2.7.

Canadian Estimated Transaction Expenses has the meaning specified in Section 2.7.

Canadian Final Net Debt Amount has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(i).

Canadian Final Net Working Capital has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(i).

Canadian Final Transaction Expenses has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(i).

Canadian Legacy Vacation Liability means the remaining obligations due as of the Closing to certain Employees of the Newcos relating to a legacy vacation program with respect to the Canadian Business.

Canadian Net Debt Amount means all Indebtedness of the Newcos minus all Cash of the Newcos, if any, in each case as of any time of determination. Canadian Net Debt Amount may be expressed as a positive number (i.e., Indebtedness exceeds Cash) or negative number (i.e., Cash exceeds Indebtedness).

Canadian Net Working Capital means, with respect to the Newcos and as of any date of determination, the sum of the Current Newco Assets as of such date, minus the sum of the Current Newco Liabilities as of such date. For clarity, an example of the calculation of Canadian Net Working Capital as at December 31, 2015 is attached in Schedule 1.1.

Canadian Purchase Price means the amount set forth in Schedule 1.2 as being payable by the Purchaser, in US dollars, to Superior Plus LP for the Newco Purchased Shares. The Canadian Purchase Price plus the US Purchase Price equals the Aggregate Purchase Price.

Canadian Target Working Capital Amount means CDN $42,561,000.

Canadian Transaction Expenses means the Transaction Expenses of the Newcos.

Capitalized Lease means, with respect to any Person, any lease of (or other agreements conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee that is required to be capitalized pursuant to GAAP.

Carry Over Vacation has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(a).

Cash means the total amount of cash and cash equivalents of an entity, in each case determined in accordance with IFRS applied in a manner consistent with the accounting policies, principles and methodologies used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements less the amount of any unpaid checks, drafts and wire transfers.

C&I Insulation Business means the commercial and industrial insulation distribution component of the Business as described in Superior Plus Parent’s Annual Information Form dated February 26, 2016 and that is carried on by Superior Plus LP prior to the Reorganization and involves the distribution of commercial and industrial insulation.

Claim means any litigation, dispute, claim, demand, action, lawsuit, proceeding or arbitration, in each case that has been memorialized in writing.

Claim Notice has the meaning specified in Section 9.3(a).

 

3


Closing means the completion of the transactions of purchase and sale contemplated in this Agreement.

Closing Date means the date that is four Business Days following the satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to Closing set forth in Article 7 (other than those conditions that can only be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions), or such other date and time as shall be agreed upon by the Sellers and the Purchaser.

Closing Date Schedule of Adjustments has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(i).

Closing Period means the period between the close of business on the date of this Agreement and the Closing.

Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commissioner means the Commissioner of Competition appointed pursuant to subsection 7(1) of the Competition Act or his designee.

Company Group Employees means, collectively, the Employees and officers of the Corporations primarily involved in the Business.

Competition Act means the Competition Act , R.S.C. 1985, c. C-34, and the regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

Competition Act Approval means the occurrence of one or more of the following: (a) an advance ruling certificate pursuant to section 102 of the  Competition Act  shall have been issued by the Commissioner in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (b) (i) the applicable waiting period under section 123 of the Competition Act shall have expired or been terminated, and if necessary the Commissioner shall have waived the obligation to notify and supply information under Part IX of the Competition Act pursuant to Section 113(c) of the Competition Act, and (ii) the Commissioner shall have confirmed, in writing, that he does not, at that time, intend to make an application under Section 92 of the Competition Act in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (“no-action letter”), and the form of and any terms and conditions attached to any such no-action letter shall be consistent with this Agreement or otherwise shall be acceptable to the Sellers and the Purchaser, acting reasonably.

Confidential Information has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.

Confidentiality Agreement has the meaning specified in Section 5.4.

Consent means any consent, approval, waiver or other authorization required under a Material Contract.

Construction Products has the meaning specified above in the Recitals.

Construction Products Purchased Shares means all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Construction Products.

Contracts means all agreements, arrangements, indentures, notes, bonds, loans, instruments, leases and other contracts to which a Person is a party or by which such Person is bound.

 

4


Corporate Records means the corporate records of each of the Corporations, including (a) all constating documents, articles and bylaws, (b) all minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and directors, and (c) the share certificate books, securities register, register of transfers and register of directors.

Corporations means Newco 1, Newco 2, Midwest and Construction Products.

Current Newco Assets means Accounts Receivable, Inventory and current non-Affiliate prepaid expenses of the Newcos, in each case calculated in accordance with IFRS applied in a manner consistent with the accounting policies, principles and methodologies used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, plus the adjustments under “Newcos – Current Assets” set forth in Schedule 1.1.

Current Newco Liabilities means current non-Affiliate accounts payable and accrued liabilities of the Newcos, in each case calculated in accordance with IFRS applied in a manner consistent with the accounting policies, principles and methodologies used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, plus the adjustments under “Newcos – Current Liabilities” set forth in Schedule 1.1.

Current US Assets means current non-Affiliate Accounts Receivable, Inventory and prepaid expenses of the US Corporations, in each case calculated in accordance with IFRS applied in a manner consistent with the accounting policies, principles and methodologies used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, plus the adjustments under “USA – Current Assets” set forth in Schedule 1.1.

Current US Liabilities means current non-Affiliate accounts payable and accrued liabilities of the US Corporations, in each case calculated in accordance with IFRS applied in a manner consistent with the accounting policies, principles and methodologies used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, plus the adjustments under “USA – Current Liabilities” set forth in Schedule 1.1.

Debt Financing has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

Debt Financing Commitments has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

Debt Payoff Letter means a payoff letter duly executed by each holder of Funded Indebtedness in which the payee agrees that upon payment of the amount specified in such payoff letter: (i) all outstanding obligations of the appropriate Corporation arising under or related to the applicable Funded Indebtedness shall be repaid, discharged and extinguished in full; and (ii) all Liens in connection therewith shall be released, and that otherwise contains the other terms and conditions customarily set forth in debt payoff letters.

Determination Time means 11:59:59 p.m. local time of the applicable entity on the day before the Closing Date.

Disclosure Schedule means the disclosure schedule delivered by Sellers to Purchaser as attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

Employee means any full-time or part-time employee of the Corporations, including any such employee on disability (long-term or short-term), workplace safety and insurance, workers’ compensation, maternity or parental or other statutory or approved leave.

 

5


Employee Material Contracts has the meaning specified in Section 3.42(a).

Employee Plans has the meaning specified in Section 3.43(a).

Environmental Authorization means all Authorizations issued pursuant to any Environmental Laws in connection with the operation of the Business or the ownership, operation or use by the Corporations of their respective assets and properties.

Environmental Laws mean all Laws relating to the protection of natural resources, the environment, Hazardous Substances, the exposure to Environmentally Hazardous Substances or the prevention or reduction to acceptable levels of pollution.

Environmental Notice means any written directive or notice of infraction or written notice respecting any claim, investigation, proceeding or judgment from any Governmental Authority relating to non-compliance with, or breach of, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Authorizations by the Corporations.

Environmental Release means any emission, discharge, release, deposit, injection, escape, migration, spill, leak, seepage or disposal of an Environmentally Hazardous Substance into the environment.

Environmental Reports means the documents or portions of documents set out in Section 3.41 of the Disclosure Schedule.

Environmentally Hazardous Substance means any material, substance or waste that is defined, regulated, listed or prohibited pursuant to any Environmental Law, including any substances considered to be “hazardous,” “toxic,” “deleterious,” “caustic,” “dangerous,” a “contaminant,” a “hazardous waste,” a “source of contaminant” or a “pollutant.”

Equity Financing has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

Equity Financing Commitment has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

ERISA means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate means any entity (whether or not incorporated) that is (or at any relevant time was) a member of a “controlled group of corporations” with, under common control with, or a member of an “affiliated service group” with, either of Midwest and/or Construction Products under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

Estimated Canadian Purchase Price has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

Estimated US Purchase Price has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

Exchange Rate means on any date with respect to Canadian dollars, the spot rate at which Canadian dollars may be exchanged into US dollars at the Bank of Canada Noon Rate as posted on the Bank of Canada website: http://www.bankofcanada.ca/rates/exchange/.

Final Aggregate Purchase Price has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

Final Canadian Purchase Price has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

 

6


Final US Purchase Price has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

Financial Obligations has the meaning specified in Section 5.20.

Financing has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

Financing Commitments has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

Financing Source Parties means the Financing Sources, their Affiliates, and any of their respective current, former and future directors, officers, general or limited partners, shareholders, members, managers, controlling persons, employees, representatives and agents, and the respective successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Financing Sources means the entities that have committed to provide or otherwise entered into agreements in connection with the Financing or other financings in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including the parties to the Financing Commitments and any joinder agreements or credit agreements (including the definitive agreements executed in connection with the Debt Financing Commitments) relating thereto.

Fundamental Representations has the meaning specified in Section 7.1(a).

Funded Indebtedness means, with respect to any Person, (a) all Indebtedness of such Person of the types described in clauses (i), (ii) or (v) of the definition of Indebtedness and (b) to the extent related to Indebtedness of the types described in clauses (i), (ii) or (v) of the definition of Indebtedness, all Indebtedness of such Person of the types described in clauses (xv) or (xvi) of the definition of Indebtedness, in each case outstanding as of the Determination Time.

GAAP means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as of the date hereof.

General Partner means Superior General Partner Inc. a corporation existing under the laws of Canada.

Government Official has the meaning specified in Section 3.20(a).

Governmental Authority means any multinational, federal, provincial, territorial, state, municipal, local or other administrative, regulatory, governmental or public department, court, commission, tribunal, bureau or agency, domestic or foreign.

HSR Act means the United States Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, Pub. L. No. 94-435, 90 Stat. 1930, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

HSR Approval means that (i) either Party shall have received written evidence that the applicable Governmental Authority has approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) the applicable waiting period under the HSR Act (including any extension thereof, including pursuant to a timing or other agreement entered into by one or more Parties and the applicable Governmental Authority) has expired or been terminated. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, HSR Approval shall not be considered obtained if: (a) a Governmental Authority has an open investigation into the competitive effects of the proposed transactions contemplated by this Agreement and has not entered into a settlement agreement and/or consent order with the Parties; or (b) a Governmental Authority has authorized the filing of, or filed, a complaint or commenced any other Claim against any or all of the Parties in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, excluding any such filing made with the express agreement of all the Parties in order to file and enter a consent decree or settlement.

 

7


IFRS means international financial reporting standards generally accepted in Canada, including those recommended or approved by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants at the relevant time.

Indebtedness means, without duplication and with respect to an entity, all (i) indebtedness for borrowed money (including any unpaid principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest, related expenses, prepayment penalties, commitment and other fees, reimbursements, indemnities and all other amounts payable in connection therewith); (ii) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, or pursuant to any guaranty or arrangements having the economic effect of a guarantee (excluding trade payables incurred in the Ordinary Course), or that are secured by an encumbrance on property or assets; (iii) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services, conditional sale obligations and obligations under any title retention agreement (including “earn-outs” and similar arrangements but excluding trade payables incurred in the Ordinary Course); (iv) liabilities in respect of Capitalized Leases; (v) obligations with respect to interest-rate hedging, swaps or similar financial arrangements (valued at the termination value thereof and net of all payments owed to such entity or its Affiliates thereunder); (vi) accrued restructuring and moving costs (including amounts related to the headquarters relocation); (vii) all unpaid amounts or fees due to Affiliates, net of any unpaid amounts or fees due from such Affiliates; (viii) the Canadian Legacy Vacation Liability; (ix) all unpaid amounts or fees incurred prior to the Closing Date and due to third parties related to the ERP migration project known to the parties as “Project Theo,” (x) estimated project bonuses and related employment Taxes for “Project Theo” to the extent earned and accrued prior to the Closing (the Project Theo Accrued Bonus Amount ); (xi) amounts payable or due by any of the Corporations, in whole or in part, under Long Term Incentive Plans, including the Superior Plus Corp. CPD Long Term Incentive Plan and the Superior Plus Corp. Long Term Incentive Plan, in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby and resulting from any event occurring at or prior to the Closing, including any Taxes payable in connection therewith; (xii) all obligations in connection with vendor promotional programs for which cash has been received and not disbursed in accordance with such programs; (xiii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (xii) of any entity the payment of which such entity is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise; (xiv) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (xii) of any third Person secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on any property or asset of such first entity (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such first entity) or of any Subsidiary of such first entity; (xv) payment obligations accrued or that, at such time of determination, are or become payable to any holder of any indebtedness of the types described in clauses (i) or (xiv) of this definition in connection with seeking or receiving any consent, modification, waiver or amendment to any material provision of any such indebtedness or by reason of any default or alleged default of any such indebtedness; (xvi) principal, interest (including default interest), premiums, penalties (including prepayment and early termination penalties and default penalties or judgments), breakage fees and other amounts owing in respect of the items described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (xv); and (xvii) US $500,000, which amount the Parties agree shall be deemed to satisfy all obligations set forth on Schedule 1.3. Items (vi), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xii) shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the example set forth in Schedule 1.4. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness shall not include (a) any amounts included as current liabilities in the calculation of Canadian Net Working Capital or US Net Working Capital or (b) any Transaction Expenses.

 

8


Indemnified Person has the meaning specified in Section 9.3.

Indemnifying Person has the meaning specified in Section 9.3.

Independent Accountant has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii).

Information Technology means all computer systems, databases, data, communications systems (including email), software (other than non-exclusive licenses with respect to commercially available off-the-shelf software of less than US $50,000 in value) and hardware, whether owned, used or licensed.

Interim Financial Statements has the meaning specified in Section 3.35(a).

Inventory means all current inventories of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods and merchandise of the Business net of excess, obsolete or related valuation reserves.

Investment Canada Act means the Investment Canada Act (Canada), R.S.C. 1985, c. 28 (1st Supp.) and the regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

IP Rights means (a) all patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice), and including all continuations, continuations-in-part, patents of addition, improvement patents, divisions, renewals, reissues, confirmations, counterparts, reexaminations and extensions thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, logos and other indicia of origin, domain names and corporate names, in each case whether registered, applied-for or existing at common law, (c) all works of authorship, whether unregistered, registered or applied-for copyrights and industrial designs, and (d) all trade secrets, confidential information, ideas, formulae, compositions, know-how, improvements, innovations, discoveries, designs, manufacturing and production processes and techniques.

Laws means any and all laws (including common law), constitutions, treaties, statutes, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and municipal bylaws, judgments or decrees of any Governmental Authority.

Leased Properties means, collectively, the demised premises described in the Leases (together with any buildings or other facilities constituting all or any portion of the demised premises described therein) or pursuant to which the Corporations, in their respective capacity as tenants under such Leases, have a leasehold interest in the premises and/or real property described in such Leases. The Leased Properties are further described in Section 3.27 of the Disclosure Schedule by reference to their municipal or street address.

Leases means, collectively, the leases of real property (including all amendments thereto and guarantees thereof) that are primarily used in the Business, as listed in Section 3.27 of the Disclosure Schedule.

Lenders has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

Lien means (a) any mortgage, encumbrance, charge, pledge, hypothecation, security interest, assignment, lien (statutory or otherwise and whether fixed or floating), equitable interest, right of possession, lease, tenancy, privilege, easement, encroachment, order, reservation, servitude, pre-emptive right or right of first refusal, ownership or title retention agreement, restrictive covenant or conditional sale agreement, and (b) any other encumbrance of any nature or any arrangement or condition which, in substance, secures payment or performance of an obligation.

 

9


Limited Guarantee has the meaning specified in Section 4.9.

Losses means all losses, costs, claims, damages, penalties, fines, assessments, charges, expenses or other liabilities whatsoever, whether contractual, tortious, statutory or otherwise, that are suffered, sustained, paid or incurred by a Person, and includes reasonable legal and other professional fees and disbursements, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing, but notwithstanding the foregoing, unless actually paid pursuant to a Third Party Claim, shall not include any liability for a Person’s indirect, consequential, incidental, special or punitive damages.

Marketing Period has the meaning specified in Section 5.19(a)(vii).

Material Adverse Effect means (a) any event, occurrence, change, result, state of facts or effect that, when considered individually or in the aggregate, is or would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the business, assets, liabilities, conditions (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Corporations (taken as a whole) or the Business, and (b) with respect to the Sellers, any event, occurrence, change, result, state of facts or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with such other events, occurrences, changes, results, states of facts or effects, materially impairs, prevents, or would reasonably be expected to materially impair or prevent, the ability of the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that any effect arising out of or in connection with any of the following shall not, either alone or in combination with any other such circumstance, constitute or be deemed to have or contribute to a Material Adverse Effect: (1) changes in the Canadian, United States or foreign economies or securities or financial markets in general, (2) changes in the industries in general in which the Corporations operate, (3) any actual or proposed change to an applicable Law, except for judgments, awards or decrees that relate specifically to the Corporations, or any actual or proposed change in GAAP, IFRS or other applicable accounting principles or standard or, in each case, any official interpretations thereof, (4) the negotiation, execution, announcement, pendency or consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the identity of Purchaser, including any impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, partners or employees, (5) any failure by the Corporations to meet any internal or public projections, forecasts or predictions, provided, however, that the underlying facts giving rise to any such failure shall not be disregarded, subject to the other provisions of this definition, for the purposes of determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred (provided, further that this clause (5) shall not be construed as implying that Sellers are making any representation or warranty herein with respect to any internal or public projections, forecasts or predictions, and no such representations or warranties are being made), (6) any natural disaster, hostilities, act of terrorism, civil unrest or war (whether or not threatened, pending or declared) or the escalation or material worsening of any such natural disaster, hostilities, acts of terrorism, civil unrest or war; (7) any matter of which the Purchaser has actual knowledge as of the date of this Agreement and in respect of which the material adverse effect on the Business is reasonably apparent; (8) actions agreed to be taken by the Purchaser in connection with obtaining Competition Act Approval and/or HSR Approval; or (9) any action taken or omitted to be taken at the written request of Purchaser; provided, further that in the case of clauses (1)-(3) and (6) above, such matters shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred if and to the extent that the impact of such matters is materially disproportionately adverse to the Business, taken as a whole, as compared to other businesses similar to the Business.

 

10


Material Business Authorizations has the meaning specified in Section 3.21.

Material Contracts has the meaning specified in Section 3.29.

Material Leases has the meaning specified in Section 3.27(a).

Midwest has the meaning specified above in the Recitals.

Midwest Purchased Shares means all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Midwest.

Newco Purchased Shares means the Newco 1 Purchased Shares and the Newco 2 Purchased Shares.

Newco 1 has the meaning specified above in the Recitals.

Newco 1 Purchased Shares means all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Newco 1.

Newco 1 Transfer Agreement means the Transfer, Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Superior Plus LP, General Partner and Newco 1, which provides for the sale of Superior Plus LP’s portion of the Business, other than the C&I Insulation Business, to Newco 1, and which is set forth as Exhibit C hereto.

Newco 2 has the meaning specified above in the Recitals.

Newco 2 Purchased Shares means all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Newco 2.

Newco 2 Transfer Agreement means the Transfer, Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Superior Plus LP, General Partner and Newco 2, which provides for the sale of the C&I Insulation Business to Newco 2, and which is set forth as Exhibit D hereto.

Newcos has the meaning specified above in the Recitals.

Ordinary Course means, with respect to an action or non-action taken by a Person, that such action or non-action is consistent with the past practices of the Person or its business, as the case may be, and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of the Person or its business.

Outside Date has the meaning specified in Section 8.1(d).

Owned Properties means the real property owned by the Corporations, together with all buildings and facilities located on such property, and which properties are further described in Section 3.26 of the Disclosure Schedule by reference to their municipal or street address.

Parties means the Sellers, the Purchaser and any other Person who may become a party to this Agreement.

Permitted Encumbrances means (a) Liens for Taxes (i) not yet due or delinquent or (ii) the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS have been made in the Corporations’ books,

 

11


(b) encumbrances, including recorded easements, servitudes, encroachments, rights of way, zoning ordinances, in each case, which individually and in the aggregate do not materially impair the continued ownership, present use, and operation of the properties or assets to which they relate, (c) undetermined or inchoate Liens arising under statutory provisions which have not at the time been filed or registered in accordance with applicable Laws or of which written notice has not been given in accordance with applicable Laws, (d) Liens, property use restrictions, activity and use limitations, institutional controls or engineering controls established pursuant to Environmental Laws, in each case, (e) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like liens arising or incurred in the Ordinary Course which have not at the time been filed or registered in accordance with applicable Laws or of which written notice has not been given in accordance with applicable Laws and (f) other Liens, if any, that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the continued ownership, use and operation of the assets of the Corporations or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP, to which they relate. The Parties acknowledge that an item may fall within one or more clauses of this definition. Failure of an item to be permitted under any clause of this definition shall not preclude such item from being permitted under any other clause of this definition.

Person means a natural person, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, syndicate, sole proprietorship, corporation or company (with or without share capital), limited liability company, stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity or Governmental Authority.

Personal Information means information that is protected by any Privacy Laws.

Personal Property Leases means all chattel leases, equipment leases, rental agreements and other similar agreements (but excluding the Leases).

Pre-Closing Tax Period means a Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date.

Privacy Laws means the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (Canada) and any similar Canadian or United States Laws governing the protection of personal information.

Purchased Shares means the Newco 1 Purchased Shares, the Newco 2 Purchased Shares, the Midwest Purchased Shares and the Construction Products Purchased Shares.

Purchaser has the meaning specified above in the Preamble.

Purchaser Indemnified Persons has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

Purchaser Parent means Foundation Building Materials, LLC, a California limited liability company.

Purchaser Related Parties has the meaning specified in Section 10.9(b).

Purchaser Termination Fee means US $32,500,000.

Recent Balance Sheet means the balance sheet as at April 30, 2016 included in the Interim Financial Statements.

Reference Date means December 31, 2015.

 

12


Related Party means, with respect to any specified Person (i) any Affiliate of such specified Person, and any director, officer, executive employee, general partner or managing member of such Affiliate and (ii) any Person who serves or within the past five years has served as a director, officer, executive employee, partner, or member, of, or in a similar capacity for, such specified Person.

Reorganization means the actions required to effect the transfer of the Canadian Business to Newco 1 and Newco 2 as such actions are set forth in Exhibit F.

Reorganization Taxes has the meaning specified in Section 9.7.

Required Information has the meaning specified in Section 5.19(b)(i)(C).

Securities Act has the meaning specified in Section 4.11.

Seller Indemnified Persons has the meaning specified in Section 9.2.

Seller IP has the meaning specified in Section 5.14(b).

Seller Released Matters has the meaning specified in Section 5.5(b).

Seller Released Party has the meaning specified in Section 5.5(b).

Seller Releasing Party has the meaning specified in Section 5.5(b).

Sellers has the meaning specified above in the Preamble.

Straddle Period means a Tax period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date.

Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For these purposes, a Person or Persons are deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons are allocated a majority of partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or control the managing director, managing member, general partner or other managing Person of such partnership, association or other business entity.

Superior Plus LP has the meaning specified above in the Preamble.

Superior Plus Parent means Superior Plus Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Canada, which wholly owns Superior Plus LP and, indirectly, Superior Plus US.

Superior Plus Parent Guaranty means the Guaranty to be delivered by Superior Plus Parent at the Closing in favor of the Purchaser in respect of Sellers’ obligations under this Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E.

Superior Plus US has the meaning specified above in the Preamble.

 

13


Tax Act means the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended from time to time.

Tax Assessment has the meaning specified in Section 9.10(c);

Tax Authority means any Governmental Authority having taxing authority and their respective successors, if any.

Tax Liabilities means all liabilities and obligations of the Corporations for Taxes together with all costs and expenses relating thereto (including professional fees and expenses).

Tax Matter means any inquiry, claim, assessment, audit or similar event with respect to Taxes.

Tax Proceeding has the meaning specified in Section 9.10(d).

Tax Returns means any tax returns, statements, forms and reports (including elections, declarations, disclosures, schedules, estimates, information Tax Returns and attachments) for Taxes.

Taxes means (i) any taxes, duties, assessments, imposts, fees, duties, withholdings, levies and other charges of any nature imposed by any Tax Authority and includes all interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax or other additional amounts imposed by any Tax Authority, including those levied on, or measured by, or referred to as, income, gross receipts, profits, capital, transfer, land transfer, sales, goods and services, harmonized sales, use, value-added, excise, withholding, business, property, occupancy, employer health, payroll, employment, health, social services, education and social security taxes, all surtaxes, all customs duties and import and export taxes and Canada, Québec and other government pension plan and other employer plan premiums, contributions or withholdings and all other taxes and similar government charges of any kind imposed by any Governmental Authority; (ii) any liability for payment of amounts described in clause (i) whether as a result of transferee liability, of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group for any period or otherwise through operation of law; and (iii) any liability for the payment of amounts described in clauses (i) or (ii) as a result of any tax sharing, tax indemnity or tax allocation agreement or any other express or implied agreement to indemnify any other Person.

Terminated Agreements has the meaning specified in Section 5.5(a)(i).

Third Party Claim has the meaning specified in Section 9.3(a).

Title Company has the meaning specified in Section 5.23(a).

Title Policy has the meaning specified in Section 5.23(a).

Transaction Expenses means, to the extent not paid by Sellers, the Corporations or their Affiliates prior to the Closing, the aggregate amount of any and all fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of, or paid or to be paid directly by, the Corporations or any Person that any of the Corporations pays or reimburses or is otherwise legally obligated to pay or reimburse (including any such fees and expenses incurred prior to the Closing by or on behalf of the Sellers) in connection with the negotiation, preparation or execution of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the performance or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, in all such cases, at or prior to the Closing, including (i) all fees and expenses of counsel, advisors, consultants, investment bankers, accountants, auditors and any other experts; (ii) any fees and expenses associated with obtaining necessary or appropriate waivers, consents, or

 

14


approvals of any Governmental Authority or third parties; (iii) all brokers’, finders’ or similar fees; (iv) any fees or expenses associated with obtaining the release and termination of any Liens required to be released or terminated in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, other than Permitted Encumbrances; and (v) all change of control payments (excluding all payments under the Superior Plus Corp. CPD Long Term Incentive Plan or the Superior Plus Corp. Long Term Incentive Plan), stay bonuses, severance, termination, or retention obligations or similar amounts payable or due by any of the Corporations, in whole or in part, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and resulting from any event, alone or in combination with any other event, occurring at or prior to the Closing, including any Taxes payable in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, Transaction Expenses shall not include (a) any amounts included as current liabilities in the calculation of Canadian Net Working Capital or US Net Working Capital or (b) any Indebtedness.

Transaction Personal Information means Personal Information in the possession, custody or control of the Sellers or the Corporations on the Closing Date, including Personal Information about the Employees, contractors, suppliers, customers, directors, officers or shareholders that is (a) disclosed to the Purchaser prior to the Closing Date by the Sellers or the Corporations or otherwise, or (b) collected by the Purchaser prior to the Closing Date from the Sellers or the Corporations or otherwise, in either case in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Transfer Agreements means the Newco 1 Transfer Agreement and the Newco 2 Transfer Agreement, in each case substantially in the form of Exhibits C and D attached hereto.

Transfer Taxes has the meaning specified in Section 9.7.

US Closing Date Net Debt Amount has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(i)(B).

US Closing Date Net Working Capital has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(i)(B).

US Closing Date Transaction Expenses has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(i)(B).

US Corporations means Midwest and Construction Products.

US Estimated Net Debt Amount has the meaning specified in Section 2.9.

US Estimated Net Working Capital has the meaning specified in Section 2.9.

US Estimated Schedule of Adjustments has the meaning specified in Section 2.9.

US Estimated Transaction Expenses has the meaning specified in Section 2.9.

US Final Net Debt Amount has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(ii).

US Final Net Working Capital has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(ii).

US Final Transaction Expenses has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(b)(ii).

US Net Debt Amount means all of the aggregate Indebtedness of the US Corporations minus all Cash of the US Corporations, if any, in each case as of any time of determination. US Net Debt Amount may be expressed as a positive number (i.e., Indebtedness exceeds Cash) or negative number (i.e., Cash exceeds Indebtedness).

 

15


US Net Working Capital means with respect to the US Corporations and as of any date of determination, the sum of the Current US Assets as of such date, minus the sum of the Current US Liabilities as of such date. For clarity, an example of the calculation of US Net Working Capital as at December 31, 2015 is attached in Schedule 1.1.

US Purchase Price means the amount set forth in Schedule 1.2 as being payable by the Purchaser, in US dollars, to Superior Plus US for the Construction Products Purchased Shares and Midwest Purchased Shares. The US Purchase Price plus the Canadian Purchase Price equals the Aggregate Purchase Price. Schedule 1.2 further sets forth the allocation of the US Purchase Price between the Construction Products Purchased Shares and the Midwest Purchased Shares.

US Target Working Capital Amount means US $84,080,000.

US Transaction Expenses means the Transaction Expenses of the US Corporations.

 

1.2 Certain Phrases and Calculation of Time; Interpretation

 

  (a) When calculating the period of time “within” which or “following” which any act or event is required or permitted to be done, notice given or steps taken, the date which is the reference date in calculating such period is to be excluded from the calculation. If the last day of any such period is not a Business Day, such period will end on the next Business Day. Any time the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other genders. References herein to “Articles,” “Sections,” “subsections” and other subdivisions, and to Exhibits, Schedules and other attachments, without reference to a document, are to the specified Articles, Sections, subsections and other subdivisions of, and Exhibits, Schedules and other attachments to, this Agreement. A reference to a subsection or other subdivision without further reference to a Section is a reference to such subsection or subdivision as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” “hereby” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision.

 

  (b) All monetary amounts in this Agreement, unless otherwise specifically indicated, are stated in Canadian currency.

 

  (c) Where any representation, warranty, covenant or other provision in this Agreement is expressly qualified by reference to the knowledge of the Sellers, it is deemed to refer to the actual knowledge or awareness of Luc Desjardins, Beth Summers, Darren Hribar, John Engelen, Mike Farrell, Mary-Knight Tyler and Ray Sears, in each case after reasonable inquiry of their respective direct reports, but does not include the knowledge or awareness of any other individual or any constructive, implied or imputed knowledge.

 

  (d) All accounting and financial terms and references not defined in this Agreement are to be interpreted in accordance with IFRS.

 

  (e) Unless otherwise specifically indicated, any reference to a statute in this Agreement refers to that statute and to the regulations made under that statute as at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.

 

16


1.3 References to the Schedules and Exhibits

 

  (a) Nothing set out in the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to establish a standard of materiality.

 

  (b) The Disclosure Schedule and the exhibits form an integral part of this Agreement.

 

  (c) Any matter set forth in one schedule within the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be set forth in each other schedule to the extent that the application of such matter to such other schedule(s) is reasonably apparent on the face of such matter.

Article 2 – Purchased Shares and Purchase Price

 

2.1 Purchase and Sale

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Sellers covenant and agree to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser and the Purchaser covenants and agrees to purchase and acquire from the Sellers on the Closing Date, the Purchased Shares.

 

2.2 Purchase Price

The aggregate purchase price payable by the Purchaser to the Sellers for the Purchased Shares is US $325,000,000 (the Aggregate Purchase Price ), which amount shall be subject to adjustment and payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (following all such adjustments, the Final Aggregate Purchase Price ).

 

2.3 Canadian Purchase Price

The Canadian Purchase Price, after the estimated adjustments provided for in Sections 2.7 and 2.8 hereunder, is referred to as the Estimated Canadian Purchase Price . The Canadian Purchase Price following all adjustments required hereunder, including pursuant to Section 2.11 and Section 9.9, is referred to as the Final Canadian Purchase Price .

 

2.4 U.S. Purchase Price

The US Purchase Price, after the estimated adjustments provided for in Sections 2.9 and 2.10 hereunder, is referred to as the Estimated US Purchase Price. The US Purchase Price following all adjustments required hereunder, including pursuant to Section 2.11 and Section 9.9, is referred to as the Final US Purchase Price . The Final Aggregate Purchase Price equals (i) the Final Canadian Purchase Price plus (ii) the Final US Purchase Price.

 

2.5 Transactions at the Closing

 

  (a) At or prior to the Closing, the Sellers shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Purchaser the following:

 

  (i) a share certificate representing all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Newco 1 registered in the name of the Purchaser and the cancelled share certificates representing the Newco 1 Purchased Shares registered in the name of Superior Plus LP;

 

17


  (ii) a share certificate representing all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Newco 2 registered in the name of the Purchaser and the cancelled share certificates representing the Newco 2 Purchased Shares registered in the name of Superior Plus LP;

 

  (iii) a share certificate representing all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Construction Products registered in the name of the Purchaser and the cancelled share certificates representing the Construction Products Purchased Shares registered in the name of Superior Plus US;

 

  (iv) a share certificate representing all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of Midwest registered in the name of the Purchaser and the cancelled share certificates representing the Midwest Purchased Shares registered in the name of Superior Plus US;

 

  (v) certified copies of:

 

  (A) the articles and bylaws of each of the Corporations;

 

  (B) the resolutions of the board of directors (or similar body) of each of the Sellers approving the entering into and completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (C) a list of the officers of each of the Sellers and the Corporations authorized to sign this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements on behalf of the Sellers and/or the Corporations, as the case may be, together with their specimen signatures;

 

  (vi) a certificate of status, compliance, good standing or like certificate with respect to each of the Corporations issued by appropriate government officials of their respective jurisdictions of existence and of each jurisdiction in which the Corporations carry on its business;

 

  (vii) a resignation effective as at the Closing from each director and officer of the Corporations as set forth in Schedule 2.5(a)(vii);

 

  (viii) duly executed Debt Payoff Letters;

 

  (ix) a duly executed Superior Plus Parent Guaranty;

 

  (x) the certificates referred to in Section 7.1(a) and Section 7.1(b);

 

  (xi) a certificate from Superior Plus US certifying, in accordance with section 1.1445-2(b)(2) of the Regulations, that it is not a “foreign person” for purposes of Section 897 of the Code;

 

  (xii) a counterpart of each applicable Ancillary Agreement, duly executed by each Corporation and each Seller that is a party thereto; and

 

  (xiii) the Corporate Records, unless physically located at one of the Leased Properties or Owned Properties on the Closing Date.

 

18


  (b) At Closing, the Purchaser shall:

 

  (i) pay to Superior Plus LP the Estimated Canadian Purchase Price in US dollars;

 

  (ii) pay to Superior Plus US the Estimated US Purchase Price in US dollars;

 

  (iii) repay, or cause to be repaid, on behalf of the Corporations, all amounts necessary to discharge fully the then-outstanding balance of all Funded Indebtedness in accordance with, and to the account(s) designated by the holders of such Funded Indebtedness in, the Debt Payoff Letters;

 

  (iv) pay, on behalf of the Corporations, the Transaction Expenses due at Closing, as specified in the Canadian Estimated Schedule of Adjustments and the US Estimated Schedule of Adjustments and in accordance with wire instructions delivered to Purchaser by Sellers at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and

 

  (v) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Sellers the following:

 

  (A) counterparts of each Ancillary Agreement to which the Purchaser is a party, duly executed by the Purchaser; and

 

  (B) the certificates referred to in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b).

 

2.6 Form of Payment

All payments to be made by the Purchaser at Closing shall be made by wire transfer to an account to be designated by the Sellers to the Purchaser in writing no later than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

2.7 Pre-Closing Canadian Estimated Schedule of Adjustments

Not later than five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall prepare and deliver to the Purchaser a schedule (the Canadian Estimated Schedule of Adjustments ) setting forth in reasonable detail (and together with reasonable supporting documentation) the Sellers’ good faith estimate of: (i) as at the Determination Time, the Canadian Net Working Capital (the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital ) and the difference between the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital and the Canadian Target Working Capital Amount; (ii) as at the Determination Time, the Canadian Net Debt Amount (the Canadian Estimated Net Debt Amount ), designating which of the Indebtedness included therein is Funded Indebtedness; and (iii) as at the Closing, the Canadian Transaction Expenses (the Canadian Estimated Transaction Expenses ). The Canadian Estimated Schedule of Adjustments and the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital shall be prepared and calculated in accordance with IFRS (except for the Capitalized Leases included therein, which are calculated in accordance with GAAP), subject to the adjustments set forth in Schedule 1.1.

 

2.8 Pre-Closing Canadian Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment

The Estimated Canadian Purchase Price to be paid by Purchaser to Superior Plus LP at Closing shall be an amount equal to (i) the Canadian Purchase Price, plus (ii) the amount (if any) by which the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital exceeds the Canadian Target Working Capital Amount, minus (iii) the amount (if any) by which the Canadian Target Working Capital Amount

 

19


exceeds the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital, minus (iv) the Canadian Estimated Net Debt Amount, if positive, plus (v) the absolute value of the Canadian Estimated Net Debt Amount, if negative, minus (vi) the Canadian Estimated Transaction Expenses; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (ii)-(vi) above, such amounts shall be converted into US dollars at the Exchange Rate applicable on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date.

 

2.9 Pre-Closing US Estimated Schedule of Adjustments

Not later than five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall prepare and deliver to the Purchaser a schedule (the US Estimated Schedule of Adjustments ) setting forth in reasonable detail (and together with reasonable supporting documentation) the Sellers’ good faith estimate of (i) as at the Determination Time, the US Net Working Capital (the US Estimated Net Working Capital ) and the difference between the US Estimated Net Working Capital and the US Target Working Capital Amount; (ii) as at the Determination Time, the US Net Debt Amount (the US Estimated Net Debt Amount ), designating which of the Indebtedness included therein is Funded Indebtedness; and (iii) as at the Closing, the US Transaction Expenses (the US Estimated Transaction Expenses ). The US Estimated Schedule of Adjustments and the US Estimated Net Working Capital shall be prepared and calculated in accordance with IFRS (except for the Capitalized Leases included therein, which are calculated in accordance with GAAP), subject to the adjustments set forth in Schedule 1.1.

 

2.10 Pre-Closing US Estimated Purchase Price Adjustment

The Estimated US Purchase Price to be paid by Purchaser to Superior Plus US at Closing shall be an amount equal to (i) the US Purchase Price, plus (ii) the amount (if any) by which the US Estimated Net Working Capital exceeds the US Target Working Capital Amount, minus (iii) the amount (if any) by which the US Target Working Capital Amount exceeds the US Estimated Working Capital, minus (iv) the US Estimated Net Debt Amount, if positive, plus (v) the absolute value of the US Estimated Net Debt Amount, if negative, minus (vi) the US Estimated Transaction Expenses.

 

2.11 Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment

 

  (a) Calculation of Adjustment

 

  (i) Not later than 90 days after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, and deliver to the Sellers a schedule (the Closing Date Schedule of Adjustments ) setting forth in reasonable detail (and together with reasonable supporting documentation) the Purchaser’s computation of:

 

  (A) (w) as at the Determination Time, the Canadian Net Working Capital (the Canadian Closing Date Net Working Capital ); (x) as at the Determination Time, the Canadian Net Debt Amount (the Canadian Closing Date Net Debt Amount ); (y) as at the Closing, the Canadian Transaction Expenses (the Canadian Closing Date Transaction Expenses ); and (z) (1) the difference between the Canadian Closing Date Net Working Capital and the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital, (2) the difference between the Canadian Closing Date Net Debt Amount and the Canadian Estimated Net Debt Amount; (3) the difference between the Canadian Closing Date Transaction Expenses and the Canadian Estimated Transaction Expenses; and (4) the allocation of each of such difference among the Newco 1 Purchased Shares and the Newco 2 Purchased Shares in accordance with Section 2.12.

 

20


  (B) (w) as at the Determination Time, the US Net Working Capital (the US Closing Date Net Working Capital ); (x) as at the Determination Time, the US Net Debt Amount (the US Closing Date Net Debt Amount ); (y) as at the Closing, the US Transaction Expenses (the US Closing Date Transaction Expenses ); and (z) (1) the difference between the US Closing Date Net Working Capital and the US Estimated Net Working Capital; (2) the difference between the US Closing Date Net Debt Amount and the US Estimated Net Debt Amount; (3) the difference between the US Closing Date Transaction Expenses and the US Estimated Transaction Expenses; and (4) the allocation of each such difference among the Construction Products Purchased Shares and the Midwest Purchased Shares in accordance with Section 2.12.

The Sellers shall have a period of 30 days after receipt of the Closing Date Schedule of Adjustments to deliver to the Purchaser any objections that the Sellers may have to any of the matters set forth therein, which objections shall be set forth in writing and in reasonable detail and include the Sellers’ calculations of the relevant amounts. During such 30-day period, the Purchaser shall grant to the Sellers and their agents and representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, in such a manner as to not materially interfere with normal operation of the Purchaser’s business, to the books, records and other documents (including work papers) pertaining to or used in connection with the preparation of the Closing Date Schedule of Adjustments for the purpose of such review; provided, however , that such access shall not (i) include access to materials that are subject to any attorney-client, work product or other privilege legally available to Purchaser or (ii) include any access to any working papers of any accountant engaged independently by Purchaser unless customary confidentiality and hold harmless agreements have been first executed. If the Sellers do not deliver any written objections to the Purchaser within such 30-day period, the Sellers shall be deemed to have accepted the Closing Date Schedule of Adjustments and the Purchaser’s calculations of Canadian Closing Date Net Working Capital, US Closing Date Net Working Capital, Canadian Closing Date Net Debt Amount, US Closing Date Net Debt Amount, Canadian Closing Date Transaction Expenses and US Closing Date Transaction Expenses, and the Sellers shall have irrevocably waived any right to object thereto. If the Sellers do timely deliver such written objections, the Purchaser and the Sellers shall, for a period of 30 days thereafter, attempt to resolve such objections in good faith.

 

  (ii)

If the Sellers and the Purchaser do not resolve all such objections to the Closing Date Schedule of Adjustments within such 30-day period, then any remaining disputes shall be submitted not later than five Business Days after the expiration of the 30-day period to a reputable independent accountant mutually agreed upon by the Parties (the Independent Accountant ). The Independent Accountant shall be instructed to deliver a decision solely with respect to the items to which the Sellers have objected, and any other matters referred to it for determination, within 10 Business Days after the submission of such matters to the Independent Accountant. The Independent Accountant shall be instructed that its decision shall

 

21


  be in writing and shall include (x) a statement describing in reasonable detail the decision of the Independent Accountant with respect to each item in dispute and (y) a computation of the Canadian Closing Date Net Working Capital, the US Closing Date Net Working Capital, the Canadian Closing Date Net Debt Amount, the US Closing Date Net Debt Amount, the Canadian Closing Date Transaction Expenses and/or the US Closing Date Transaction Expenses, as applicable. The Independent Accountant shall consider only those items and amounts that are identified by the Purchaser and the Sellers as items and amounts upon which the Parties are unable to agree. The decision of the Independent Accountant shall be final and binding and conclusive upon the Purchaser and the Sellers for all purposes under this Agreement (absent fraud or manifest error by the Independent Accountant); provided, however, that

 

  (A) the determination of the Independent Accountant of each of:

 

  (I) the Canadian Closing Date Net Working Capital and the US Closing Date Net Working Capital shall not be higher or lower than the respective amounts determined by the Sellers or the Purchaser;

 

  (II) the Canadian Closing Date Net Debt Amount and the US Closing Date Net Debt Amount shall not be higher or lower than the respective amounts determined by the Purchaser or the Sellers; and

 

  (III) the Canadian Closing Date Transaction Expenses and the US Closing Date Transaction Expenses shall not be higher or lower than the respective amounts determined by the Purchaser or the Sellers.

The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant shall be shared equally by the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Sellers collectively, on the other hand.

 

  (b) Payment of Adjustment

 

  (i) The Canadian Closing Date Net Working Capital, the Canadian Closing Date Net Debt Amount and the Canadian Closing Date Transaction Expenses, each as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.11(a), based on (i) the Purchaser’s computations (if not disputed by the Sellers), (ii) the agreement of the Sellers and the Purchaser or (iii) the determination of the Independent Accountant, as the case may be, are referred to herein as the Canadian Final Net Working Capital , the Canadian Final Net Debt Amount and the Canadian Final Transaction Expenses , respectively. Not later than five Business Days after the Canadian Final Net Working Capital, Canadian Final Net Debt Amount and the Canadian Final Transaction Expenses are finally determined:

 

  (A) (x) if the Canadian Final Net Working Capital is greater than the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital, then the Purchaser shall pay to Superior Plus LP the amount of such excess converted into US dollars at the Exchange Rate applicable on the Closing Date or (y) if the Canadian Final Net Working Capital is less than the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital, then Superior Plus LP shall promptly pay to the Purchaser the amount of such deficiency converted into US dollars at the Exchange Rate applicable on the Closing Date;

 

  (B) (x) if the Canadian Final Net Debt Amount is less than the Canadian Estimated Net Debt Amount, then the Purchaser shall pay to Superior Plus LP the amount of such deficiency converted into US dollars at the Exchange Rate applicable on the Closing Date, or (y) if the Canadian Final Net Debt Amount is greater than the Canadian Estimated Net Debt Amount, then Superior Plus LP shall promptly pay to the Purchaser the amount of such excess converted into US dollars at the Exchange Rate applicable on the Closing Date; and

 

22


  (C) (x) if the Canadian Final Transaction Expenses are greater than the Canadian Estimated Transaction Expenses, then Superior Plus LP shall pay to Purchaser the amount of such excess converted into US dollars at the Exchange Rate applicable on the Closing Date or (y) if the Canadian Final Transaction Expenses are less than the Canadian Estimated Transaction Expenses, then Purchaser shall promptly pay to Superior Plus LP the amount of such deficiency converted into US dollars at the Exchange Rate applicable on the Closing Date.

Each Party shall be entitled to set off all amounts owed by it under this Section 2.11(b)(i) against all amounts owed to it under this Section 2.11(b)(i), such that only the net amount shall be payable by the Purchaser to Superior Plus LP or by Superior Plus LP to the Purchaser, as the case may be.

 

  (ii) The US Net Working Capital, the US Net Debt Amount and the US Closing Date Transaction Expenses, each as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.11(a), based on (i) the Purchaser’s computations (if not disputed by the Sellers); (ii) the agreement of the Sellers and the Purchaser or (iii) the determination of the Independent Accountant, as the case may be, are referred to herein as the US Final Net Working Capital, the US Final Net Debt Amount and the US Final Transaction Expenses , respectively. Not later than five Business Days after the US Final Net Working Capital, the US Final Net Debt Amount and the US Final Transaction Expenses are finally determined:

 

  (A) (x) if the US Final Net Working Capital is greater than the US Estimated Net Working Capital, then the Purchaser shall pay to Superior Plus US the amount of such excess or (y) if the US Final Net Working Capital is less than the US Estimated Net Working Capital, then Superior Plus US shall promptly pay to the Purchaser the amount of such deficiency;

 

  (B) (x) if the US Final Net Debt Amount is less than the US Estimated Net Debt Amount, then the Purchaser shall pay to Superior Plus US the amount of such deficiency, or (y) if the US Final Net Debt Amount is greater than the US Estimated Net Debt Amount, then Superior Plus US shall promptly pay to the Purchaser the amount of such excess; and

 

  (C) (x) if the US Final Transaction Expenses are greater than the US Estimated Transaction Expenses, then Superior Plus US shall promptly pay to Purchaser the amount of such excess or (y) if the US Final Transaction Expenses are less than the US Estimated Transaction Expenses, then Purchaser shall promptly pay to Superior Plus US the amount of such deficiency.

 

23


Each Party shall be entitled to set off all amounts owed by it under this Section 2.11(b)(ii) against all amounts owed to it under this Section 2.11(b)(ii), such that only the net amount shall be payable by the Purchaser to Superior Plus US or by Superior Plus US to the Purchaser, as the case may be.

All payments to be made pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to accounts provided in writing by the applicable payee at least three Business Days before payment is to be made, no later than five Business Days after the final determination of the amounts required to be paid hereunder.

 

2.12 Allocation of Post-Closing Adjustment to Aggregate Purchase Price

The adjustments to the Estimated Canadian Purchase Price resulting from application of Section 2.11 will be allocated among the Newco 1 Purchased Shares and the Newco 2 Purchased Shares in accordance with the source of the items giving rise to the aggregate adjustment to the Estimated Canadian Purchase Price. The adjustments to the Estimated US Purchase Price resulting from application of Section 2.11 will be allocated among the Construction Products Purchased Shares and the Midwest Purchased Shares in accordance with the source of the items giving rise to the aggregate adjustment in the Estimated US Purchase Price. For U.S. federal and Canadian income tax purposes, the Sellers and the Purchaser shall report the allocation of the transaction consideration among the Newco 1 Purchased Shares, the Newco 2 Purchased Shares, the Construction Products Purchased Shares and the Midwest Purchased Shares in a manner consistent with the allocation reflected on Schedule 1.2, adjusted pursuant to this Section 2.12 and as agreed pursuant to Section 2.11, and no party shall take any position in any proceeding with respect to Taxes that is inconsistent therewith, in each case, except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Law).

 

2.13 Withholding

The Purchaser and its Affiliates (including, without limitation, Newco 1, Newco 2, Construction Products and Midwest) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of applicable Law with respect to Taxes. To the extent that such amounts are so withheld and paid over to or deposited with the relevant Governmental Authority, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Person in respect to which such deduction and withholding was made; provided, however, that prior to deducting or withholding any such amounts, to the extent it is reasonably practicable to do so, Purchaser shall (i) notify the payee of its intent to withhold or deduct and (ii) permit the payee to seek to reduce or eliminate the amount of such withholding or deduction through the prompt provision of any applicable information, forms, certifications or other documentation.

 

24


2.14 Operation between Determination Time and Closing

Between the Determination Time and the Closing, the Sellers shall not, and shall cause the Corporations not to (i) incur Indebtedness, other than any interest assessed under the terms of any Indebtedness outstanding at the Determination Time through no action of the Sellers or the Corporations, (ii) pay any Transaction Expenses and (iii) take any actions, other than in the Ordinary Course, that would impact Canadian Net Working Capital, the Canadian Net Debt Amount, the US Net Working Capital or the US Net Debt Amount.

Article 3 – Representations and Warranties of the Sellers

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the Sellers represent and warrant to the Purchaser as follows:

 

3.1 Incorporation and Corporate Power

 

  (a) Superior Plus LP is a limited partnership formed and existing under the Limited Partnerships Act (Ontario).

 

  (b) The General Partner is the general partner of Superior Plus LP and is a corporation existing under the laws of Canada and has the requisite corporate power and capacity to own and operate its property and assets, carry on its business as it is now being conducted, including the business of Superior Plus LP, and enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement on behalf of Superior Plus LP, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c) Newco 1 is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status) under the laws of the Province of Alberta and has the corporate power and capacity to own, lease and operate its property and assets, carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as it is anticipated to be conducted immediately following the Reorganization and enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (d) Newco 2 is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status) under the laws of the Province of Alberta and has the corporate power and capacity to own, lease and operate its property and assets, carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as it is anticipated to be conducted immediately following the Reorganization and enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (e) Construction Products is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Pennsylvania and has the corporate power and capacity to own, lease and operate its property and assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

 

  (f) Midwest is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Nevada and has the corporate power and capacity to own, lease and operate its property and assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

 

  (g) Superior Plus US is a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware and has the corporate power and capacity to own, lease and operate its property and assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25


  (h) Superior Plus LP is a “Canadian partnership” for the purposes of the Tax Act, all of the members of which are corporations in Canada.

 

  (i) Construction Products is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

  (j) Midwest is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

  (k) Prior to the date hereof, the Sellers made available to the Purchaser a complete and correct copy of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents, each as amended to date, of Construction Products, Midwest, and Newco 1 and Newco 2. Such certificates of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent organizational documents are in full force and effect. Neither the Sellers or the General Partner is in material violation, and none of Construction Products, Midwest, and Newco 1 and Newco 2 is in violation, other than de minimis exceptions, of any of the provisions of their respective certificates of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent organizational documents.

 

3.2 Corporate Authorizations

 

  (a) The General Partner has all the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party. The execution, delivery and performance by the General Partner on behalf of Superior Plus LP of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be party have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the General Partner on behalf of Superior Plus LP, and do not result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with any of either the General Partner’s constating documents, shareholders’ agreements, bylaws or resolutions of its board of directors or shareholders or Superior Plus LP’s constating documents in a manner that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b) Superior Plus US has all the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party. The execution, delivery and performance by Superior Plus US of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Superior Plus US, and do not result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Superior Plus US or resolutions of its board of directors or shareholders in a manner that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.3 No Conflict with Authorizations, Laws, etc.

Except as set out in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance by the Sellers of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which the Sellers will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not:

 

  (a) result in a breach or a violation of, conflict with, or cause the termination or revocation of, any Material Business Authorization held by the Sellers or the Corporations;

 

  (b) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any of the Purchased Shares or any material asset used or held for use in the Business, in each case other than Permitted Encumbrances;

 

26


  (c) result in a material breach or violation of, or material conflict with, any judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Business or by which any of the properties or assets of any Corporation or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP, is bound;

 

  (d) result in a material breach or violation of, or material conflict with, any Law applicable to the Sellers (with respect to the Business), the Corporations or the Business or by which the Canadian Business or any property or asset of any Corporation is bound; or

 

  (e) require the approval of the shareholders of Superior Plus Parent.

 

3.4 No Conflict with Contracts

Except as set out in Section 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance by the Sellers or the Corporations of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which the Sellers or the Corporations will be a party, as the case may be, will not:

 

  (a) result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with, any Material Contract or Material Lease; or

 

  (b) result in or give any Person the right to seek, or to cause:

 

  (i) the termination, cancellation, amendment or renegotiation of any Material Contract or Material Lease binding on the Corporations or to which the Corporations or any of the properties or assets of the Corporations is bound;

 

  (ii) the acceleration of any debt or other obligation of the Corporations or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP; or

 

  (iii) the forfeiture or other loss, in whole or in part, of any benefit which would otherwise accrue to the Corporations or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP;

in each case that would be material.

 

3.5 Required Authorizations

Except for the filings, notifications and Authorizations set out in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no requirement for the Sellers or the Corporations to make any filing with, give any notice to, or obtain any Authorization of, any Governmental Authority as a result of, or in connection with, or as a condition to the lawful completion of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

3.6 Required Consents

Except for the Consents set out in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no requirement for the Sellers or the Corporations to (i) obtain any Consent of any Person or (ii) notify any Person, in either case that is a party to a Material Contract or Material Lease as a result of, in connection with, or as a condition to, the lawful completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which each respective Seller or Corporation is a party.

 

27


3.7 Execution and Binding Obligation

 

  (a) This Agreement has been, and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly executed and delivered by the General Partner on behalf of Superior Plus LP and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Superior Plus LP, enforceable against Superior Plus LP in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to the general principles of equity.

 

  (b) This Agreement has been, and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly executed and delivered by Superior Plus US and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Superior Plus US, enforceable against Superior Plus US in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to the general principles of equity.

 

3.8 Authorized and Issued Capital

 

  (a) The authorized capital of Newco 1 consists of an unlimited number of common shares, of which (i) as at the date hereof 100 common shares have been duly issued and are outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable, and represent all of the issued and outstanding securities in the capital of Newco 1 and (ii) as at the Closing Date 1,000 common shares shall be duly issued and outstanding as fully paid non-assessable, and will represent all of the issued and outstanding securities of in the capital of Newco 1. Newco 1 has no other class or series of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.

 

  (b) The authorized capital of Newco 2 consists of an unlimited number of common shares, of which (i) as at the date hereof 100 common shares have been duly issued and are outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable, and represent all of the issued and outstanding securities in the capital of Newco 2 and (ii) as at the Closing Date 1,000 common shares shall be duly issued and outstanding as fully paid non-assessable, and will represent all of the issued and outstanding securities of in the capital of Newco 2. Newco 2 has no other class or series of authorized, issued or outstanding shares.

 

  (c) The authorized capital of Construction Products consists of 100 shares of common stock, par value US $1.00 per share, of which 100 shares have been duly issued and are outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable, and represent all of the issued and outstanding securities in the capital of Construction Products. Except as set forth in this Section 3.8(c), Construction Products has no other class or series of authorized, issued or outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

  (d) The authorized capital of Midwest consists of (i) 1,000 shares of common stock, par value US $1.00 per share, of which 1,000 shares have been duly issued and are outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable, and represent all of the issued and outstanding securities in the capital of Midwest, and (ii) 15,000 shares of preferred stock with no par value, none of which have been issued and outstanding. Except as set forth in this Section 3.8(d), Midwest has no other class or series of authorized, issued or outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

28


3.9 Reporting Issuer Status

None of the Corporations is a “reporting issuer” or equivalent in any jurisdiction and there is no public market for the Purchased Shares.

 

3.10 Title to Purchased Shares

 

  (a) The Newco Purchased Shares are owned by Superior Plus LP as the registered and beneficial owner thereof with valid title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, including pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal or “put” or “call” rights created by statute, Newco 1 or Newco 2’s articles or otherwise. Upon completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the Purchaser will have legal and beneficial and valid title to each of the Newco Purchased Shares, free and clear of all Liens.

 

  (b) The Construction Products Purchased Shares are owned by Superior Plus US as the registered and beneficial owner thereof with valid title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, including pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal or “put” or “call” rights created by statute, Construction Products’ certificate of incorporation or otherwise. Upon completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the Purchaser will have legal and beneficial and valid title to each of the Construction Products Purchased Shares, free and clear of all Liens.

 

  (c) The Midwest Purchased Shares are owned by Superior Plus US as the registered and beneficial owner thereof with valid title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, including pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal or “put” or “call” rights created by statute, Midwest’s certificate of incorporation or otherwise. Upon completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the Purchaser will have legal and beneficial and valid title to each of the Midwest Purchased Shares, free and clear of all Liens.

 

3.11 No Other Agreements to Purchase

Except for the Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, no Person has any written or oral agreement, option, warrant, stock appreciation, restricted stock, phantom stock, or other equity equivalent or equity based award or rights or similar rights, bond, debenture or other Indebtedness having the right to vote or convertible or exchangeable for securities having the right to vote, understanding or commitment or any right or privilege (whether by law, contractual or otherwise) capable of becoming such, in each case, for:

 

  (a) the purchase or acquisition from the Sellers of any of the Purchased Shares;

 

  (b) the purchase or acquisition from the Sellers of a material portion of the assets used in the Business;

 

  (c) the voting, holding, transfer registration or disposition of the Purchased Shares; or

 

  (d) the purchase, subscription, allotment or issuance of any of the unissued shares or other securities of the Corporations.

 

29


3.12 Dividends and Other Distributions

Other than as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, since the Reference Date, none of the Corporations has declared or paid any dividends or declared or made any other distribution on any of their respective shares or other securities and none has, directly or indirectly, redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired any of their respective shares or other securities or agreed to do any of the foregoing. There are no declared or accumulated but unpaid dividends in respect of any shares of capital stock or other equity or ownership interests of the Corporations.

 

3.13 Officers and Directors

A true and complete list of all of the directors and officers of each of the Corporations as at the date of this Agreement is set out in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

3.14 Unanimous Shareholders Agreement

None of Newco 1, Newco 2, Midwest or Construction Products is a party to, subject to, or affected by, any unanimous shareholders agreement or declaration. There are no shareholder agreements, investor rights agreements, registration rights agreements, pooling agreements, voting trusts, proxies or other similar agreements with respect to the ownership or voting of any of the Purchased Shares.

 

3.15 Corporate Records

The Corporate Records are complete and accurate in all material respects and contain all of the minutes of significant meetings and the resolutions of the directors (and committees of directors) and shareholders of the Corporations. The Sellers have made available to the Purchaser copies of all of the material Corporate Records prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

3.16 Subsidiaries

The Corporations have no direct or indirect Subsidiaries, and the Corporations do not, directly or indirectly, hold any securities or other ownership, equity or proprietary interests in any other Person.

 

3.17 Qualification

Each of the Corporations is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties requires such qualification or authorization (excluding its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, which is addressed in Section 3.1).

 

3.18 Conduct of Business in Ordinary Course

 

  (a) Except in connection with the Reorganization or as set out in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, since the Reference Date and through the date hereof, (i) the Business has been conducted in all material respects in the Ordinary Course, (ii) no condition, event, result, state of facts, effect, change or occurrence, or any series of the foregoing, exists or has occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) none of the Corporations or the Sellers have taken any action that, if taken after the date of this Agreement, would constitute a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections 5.7 and 5.8.

 

30


  (b) Exhibit F hereto includes a list of all material transactions taken or to be taken in connection with the Reorganization.

 

3.19 Compliance with Laws

The Corporations and, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP are conducting the Business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws, including occupational health and safety laws. Since January 1, 2013, none of the Corporations has, and with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP has not, received any notice, order, complaint or other communication, in any such case, in writing, from any Governmental Authority that such Corporation or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP is not in compliance in any material respect with any Law applicable to it. Each of Superior Plus LP, Newco 1 and Newco 2 has completed all necessary registrations with respect to the Canadian goods and services tax.

 

3.20 Anti-Bribery and Anti-Money Laundering Compliance

 

  (a) Since January 1, 2012, none of the Corporations or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any agent or other Person acting on their behalf has provided, offered, gifted or promised, directly or indirectly through another Person, anything of value to any Government Official for the purpose of (i) improperly influencing any act or decision of such Government Official in their official capacity, inducing such Government Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of their lawful duty, or securing any improper advantage for the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or (ii) inducing such Government Official to use his or her influence improperly to affect or influence any act or decision of any governmental entity. Government Official means any Person employed by any Governmental Authority or any political party or that is a candidate for Governmental Authority office, or the family member of any of the foregoing.

 

  (b) Each of the Corporations is, and has been since January 1, 2012, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable anti-bribery or anti-money laundering Laws. Each of the Corporations utilizes controls procedures and an internal accounting controls system reasonably sufficient to provide assurances that violations of applicable anti-bribery or anti-money laundering Laws will be prevented and detected.

 

3.21 Business Authorizations

Construction Products, Midwest and, prior to the Reorganization, Superior Plus LP, and, after the Reorganization, the Newcos, own, possess or lawfully use in the operation of the Business, all Authorizations which are necessary for them to conduct the Business or for the ownership and use of their respective assets (including the Leased Properties). All Authorizations material to the Business are set out in Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule (the Material Business Authorizations ). Each Material Business Authorization is valid and in effect. The Corporations and, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP, are not, and have not for the past three years been, in default or breach of any Material Business Authorization and no proceedings are pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened in writing to revoke or limit any Material Business Authorization. Neither the Sellers nor any Affiliate of the Sellers owns or has any proprietary, financial or other interests (direct or indirect) in any Material Business Authorization.

 

31


3.22 Sufficiency of Assets

 

  (a) The Business is the only business operation that is currently and will be, at the Closing, carried on by Construction Products, Midwest, Newco 1 and Newco 2; provided, however, that prior to the Reorganization, the Newcos will not have conducted any business.

 

  (b) At no time have the Corporations conducted any business other than the Business; provided, however, that prior to the Reorganization, the Newcos will not have conducted any business.

 

  (c) The assets currently owned, leased or licensed by Construction Products, Midwest and, after the Reorganization, assets owned, leased or licensed by Newco 1 and Newco 2, include all rights, assets and property necessary and sufficient for the conduct of the Business after the Closing in substantially the same manner as it is being conducted on the date of this Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule, the assets, properties and rights owned or leased by the Corporations as of the date hereof are not used by or shared with any Seller or used in any business or for any purpose other than the Business, and the assets owned, leased or licensed by Superior Plus LP in the conduct of the Canadian Business are not used in any business or for any purpose other than the Business, in each case except in a manner that can cease as of the Closing without any adverse effect on the Corporations or the Business.

 

  (d) Other than the Reorganization, no transfer of assets, assumption of liabilities, assignment of Contracts or other restructuring activities are required to consolidate the Business within the Corporations, or to remove from the Corporations any assets, liabilities or businesses unrelated to the Business. The Corporations have no assets and hold no liabilities other than those primarily related to the Business.

 

3.23 Title to the Assets

The Corporations and, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP have good and valid title to, or a valid and enforceable right to possess and use under Contract, all of the material assets owned or otherwise used by them, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances, including all of the assets reflected on the Recent Balance Sheet or acquired in the Ordinary Course since the date of the Recent Balance Sheet, except those sold or otherwise disposed of since the date of the Recent Balance Sheet in the Ordinary Course.

 

3.24 No Options, etc.

Except as set forth in Section 3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Person has any written or oral agreement, option, understanding or commitment, or any right or privilege (whether by law, contractual or otherwise) capable of becoming such for the purchase or other acquisition of any material assets of the Business, other than pursuant to purchase orders for Inventory sold in the Ordinary Course.

 

3.25 Condition of Assets

The tangible personal property owned, leased or otherwise used in connection with the Business has been maintained in all material respects in accordance with generally accepted industry standards, is, in all material respects, in good operating condition and repair, having regard to its

 

32


use and age and with normal wear and tear excepted, and is adequate and suitable for the uses to which it is being put. None of such personal property is, in any material respect, in need of maintenance or repairs except for routine maintenance and repairs.

 

3.26 Owned Property

 

  (a) The Corporations have good and valid fee title to the Owned Properties free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

  (b) Section 3.26 of the Disclosure Schedule lists the municipal or street address of each of the Owned Properties.

 

  (c) To the knowledge of Sellers, as of the date hereof the Owned Properties are not subject to any claims by adjoining land owners.

 

  (d) To the knowledge of Sellers, as of the date hereof, no condemnation, rezoning, dedication or expropriation proceeding is pending or has been threatened in writing against any of the Owned Properties by any Governmental Authority.

 

  (e) (i) To the knowledge of Sellers, none of the Corporations is a party to any written lease or other right of occupancy which grants any third party any right to use or occupy the Owned Properties or any portion thereof; (ii) to the knowledge of Sellers, no portion of any improvements to the Owned Properties encroach on any neighboring property in any material respect; (iii) there are no outstanding options, right of first offer or right of first refusal to purchase the Owned Property that would be binding upon the Purchaser following the Closing; and (iv) there are no currently existing material violations of Law with respect to the Owned Properties.

Notwithstanding any other representation or warranty contained in this agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.26 and, to the extent applicable, Section 3.41 are the only representations and warranties made by the Sellers with respect to Owned Properties.

 

3.27 Leases and Leased Property

 

  (a) Section 3.27 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Leases (including all amendments thereto and all guaranties thereof) to which the Corporations are parties or will be parties following the Reorganization, and designates therein all Leases that are material to the operation of the Business as currently conducted (the Material Leases ). The Corporations have, or will have following the Reorganization, good and valid leasehold interests in the Leased Properties, in their respective capacities as tenant (and holders of the leasehold interests) under the Leases relating to such Leased Properties. To the knowledge of Sellers, the Corporations are not party to any written lease, license or other occupancy agreement with respect to real property used in the Business, other than the Leases. True and complete copies of the Leases (including all written modifications and amendments thereof and supplements thereto), in each case, to the extent in Sellers’ possession, have previously been made available to the Purchaser, and are in full force and effect.

 

  (b) To the knowledge of Sellers, (i) none of the Corporations is a party to any written lease or other right of occupancy which grants any third party any right to use or occupy the Leased Properties or any portion thereof, and (ii) there are no facts or conditions affecting any improvements to the Leased Properties which would reasonably be expected to materially interfere with the current use or operation of the Leased Properties.

 

33


Notwithstanding any other representation or warranty contained in this agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.27 and, to the extent applicable, Sections 3.30 and 3.41 are the only representations and warranties made by the Sellers with respect to Leased Properties.

 

3.28 Suppliers and Customers

 

  (a) Section 3.28(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) the 10 largest suppliers of the Business (based on the expenditures of the Business, as set forth on Section 3.28(a) of the Disclosure Schedule), and (ii) the 10 largest customers of the Business (based on revenues of the Business as set forth on Section 3.28(a) of the Disclosure Schedule) each for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  (b) Except as disclosed in Section 3.28 of the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof no supplier or customer of the Business disclosed on Schedule 3.28(a) of the Disclosure Schedule has cancelled, otherwise terminated, or materially and adversely modified in writing, or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened in writing to cancel, otherwise terminate or materially and adversely modify, its relationship with the Corporations or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, as such relationship pertains to the Business.

 

  (c) Since January 1, 2014, each of the Corporations and, with respect to the Business, each of the Sellers, has engaged in and accounted for all revenue, pricing, sales, receivables and payables practices in accordance with IFRS and otherwise in the Ordinary Course.

 

3.29 Material Contracts

Except for the Contracts set out in Section 3.29 of the Disclosure Schedule (the Material Contracts ), the Leases, the Employee Material Contracts, the Employee Plans and the IP Rights of the Business, none of the Corporations, or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP is, as of the date of this Agreement, a party to or bound by:

 

  (a) any Contract or letter of intent for the purchase or sale of materials, supplies, equipment, other assets or the provision of services (i) involving, in the case of any such Contract, the payment or receipt by such Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, of more than US $1,000,000 in the aggregate in any 12-month period or more than US $2,500,000 in the aggregate over the current contract term, or (ii) which contains minimum purchase commitments or requirements;

 

  (b) any Contract that expires, or may be renewed at the option of a Person other than such Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, so as to expire, more than one year after the date of this Agreement and which cannot be cancelled by such Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, without penalty or further payment and without more than 30 days’ notice;

 

  (c) any Contract for the sale or purchase of any real property;

 

  (d) any instrument relating to or evidencing Indebtedness;

 

34


  (e) any Contract for capital expenditures in excess of US $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

  (f) any Contract limiting the freedom of such Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, to engage in any line of business, compete with any Person, solicit any Person, operate its assets at maximum production capacity, sell to or purchase from any Person or otherwise restricting its ability to carry on the Business or that contains any other provision granting “exclusivity”;

 

  (g) any Contract with an Affiliate of such Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, or any other Related Party of such Corporation;

 

  (h) any Contract that grants any party thereto a right of first refusal, offer or first negotiation;

 

  (i) any Contract relating to settlement or other final disposition of any administrative or judicial proceedings since January 1, 2013;

 

  (j) any Contract that grants the counterparty or any third Person (i) “most favored nation” status, or (ii) any other price protection or mandatory price adjustment rights;

 

  (k) any Contract that results in any Person holding a power of attorney from such Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, that relates to such Corporation or the Business; or

 

  (l) any (i) partnership, joint venture, or other similar Contract, (ii) Contract involving a sharing of profits with any Person or (iii) Contract relating to the acquisition or disposition of any material assets, capital stock or operating business of any Person (whether by merger, sale of shares, sale of assets or otherwise) which either has been entered into since January 1, 2013 or contains obligations of any party thereto that remain outstanding.

 

3.30 No Breach of Material Contracts or Material Leases

Except as set forth in Section 3.30 of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) the applicable Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, has performed in all material respects all of the obligations required to be performed by it under, and is entitled to all benefits under, each Material Contract and Material Lease to which it is a party; (ii) each of the Material Contracts and Material Leases is, or will be as of the Closing Date, valid and binding on the applicable Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, each counterparty thereto, in accordance with its terms, and is in full force and effect as of the date hereof; (iii) neither the applicable Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, nor, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any other party to any such contract is seeking to renegotiate any Material Contract or Material Lease; and (iv) neither the applicable Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, nor, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any other party thereto is in material breach or default of any Material Contract or Material Lease, and no default, condition or event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, has occurred that would constitute a material breach or default by the applicable Corporation or Superior Plus LP, as the case may be, under any Material Contract or Material Lease, nor, to the knowledge of the Sellers, by any other party to any Material Contract or Material Lease, nor have the Corporations or the Sellers received any written, or to the knowledge of the Sellers, other notice of any such default, condition or event.

 

35


3.31 Personal Property Leases

Section 3.31 of the Disclosure Schedule sets out a comprehensive list of all material Personal Property Leases of the Business to which the Corporations or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP is a party. Each such Personal Property Lease is, or will be as of the Closing Date, legal, valid, binding, enforceable against the applicable Corporation or Superior Plus LP and in full force and effect and the Corporations or Superior Plus LP is, or will be as of the Closing Date, entitled to the full benefit and advantage of each such Personal Property Lease in accordance with its terms. Each such Personal Property Lease is in good standing and there has not been any material default by the Corporations or Superior Plus LP under any Personal Property Lease of the Business nor any material dispute between the Corporations or Superior Plus LP and any other party under any Personal Property Lease of the Business.

 

3.32 Intellectual Property

 

  (a) Section 3.32 of the Disclosure Schedule sets out a true, correct and complete list, and, where appropriate, a description of:

 

  (i) all issued, registered and applied-for IP Rights owned or purported to be owned by the Corporations and, as such IP rights relate to the Business, the Sellers (each identified as a patent, trademark, copyright or domain name);

 

  (ii) all of the material IP Rights owned or used by the Corporations or, with respect to such IP Rights relating to the Business, the Sellers, other than those falling within subclause (d) of the definition of IP Rights or in Section 3.32(a)(i); and

 

  (iii) all licenses or similar agreements or arrangements to which the Corporations or, with respect to such licenses relating to the Business, the Sellers, are a party, either as licensee or licensor, with respect to material IP Rights.

 

  (b) The Corporations are, or will be as of the Closing Date, the exclusive owners of all right, title and interest in and to, or possess a valid right to use, the material IP Rights used in the Business and all designs, permits, labels and packages used on or in connection therewith, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances. The Corporations and, with respect to such IP Rights relating to the Business, the Sellers, have not assigned, licensed or otherwise conveyed any of their IP Rights listed in Section 3.32 of the Disclosure Schedule (other than in connection with the Reorganization).

 

  (c) The material IP Rights used in the Business are in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of Sellers, have not been used, not used, enforced or not enforced in a manner that would result in their abandonment, cancellation or unenforceability. There is no Claim pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened in writing alleging adverse ownership, invalidity or other opposition to, or any conflict with, any of the material IP Rights owned or purported to be owned by the Corporations or, with respect to such IP Rights relating to the Business, the Sellers. In the past three years, neither the Corporations nor the Sellers have received written notice of any alleged infringement or misappropriation from any Person with respect to the IP Rights relating to the Business owned or purported to be owned by the Corporations or the Sellers. To the knowledge of the Sellers, the conduct of the Business is not currently infringing on the IP Rights of any other Person.

 

36


  (d) The Corporations have, or will have as of the Closing Date, the full right and authority to use, and to continue to use after the Closing Date, the material IP Rights used in connection with the conduct of the Business in the manner presently conducted. The IP Rights listed in Section 3.32 of the Disclosure Schedule are sufficient to conduct the Business as presently conducted. All licenses to which the Corporations or, with respect to such IP Rights relating to the Business, the Sellers, are a party relating to IP Rights are in good standing, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and no material default exists on the part of the Corporations or the Sellers thereunder.

 

  (e) There are no Claims pending or, to the Sellers’ knowledge, threatened in writing with respect to any licenses or similar Contracts listed in Section 3.32 of the Disclosure Schedule or with respect to infringement by another Person of any of the material IP Rights of the Corporations and the Business. To the knowledge of the Sellers, no Person is infringing, or is threatening to infringe, upon or otherwise violate, any of the IP Rights owned by the Corporations or, with respect to such material IP Rights relating to the Business, the Sellers.

 

  (f) The Corporations and the Sellers have taken commercially reasonable measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all trade secrets used in the Business, including entering into reasonably customary confidentiality agreements with all Persons with access to such trade secrets. To the Sellers’ knowledge, no unauthorized disclosure of any such trade secrets has occurred.

 

3.33 Information Technology

 

  (a) Section 3.33(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets out a true, correct and complete list of all material Information Technology owned, licensed, used or held for use in connection with the Business and all Contracts relating to the maintenance and support, security, disaster recovery management and utilization of such Information Technology.

 

  (b) The Corporations or the Sellers own or have valid rights to access and use, and the Corporations will own or have valid rights to continue to access and to continue to use immediately after the Closing, all material Information Technology used in connection with the Business or otherwise necessary for the conduct of the Business. Except as set out in Section 3.33(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Information Technology set out in Section 3.33(a) of the Disclosure Schedule depends upon any service, technology or data of any third party (other than the Internet and hosted systems). Except as set out in Section 3.33(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Information Technology of the Corporations and, with respect to the Business, the Sellers is sufficient for the conduct of the Business in the Ordinary Course. The Corporations and, with respect to the Business, the Sellers use reasonable means, consistent with industry practice, to protect the security and integrity of all such Information Technology. The use of any Information Technology by the Corporations and, with respect to the Business, the Sellers does not exceed the scope of the rights granted to the Corporations and the Sellers, as applicable, with respect thereto, including any applicable limitation upon the usage, type or number of licenses, users, hardware, time, services or systems. No capital expenditures are necessary with respect to the use of such Information Technology other than capital expenditures in the Ordinary Course.

 

  (c)

The Information Technology set out in Section 3.33(c) of the Disclosure Schedule is adequate in all material respects for its intended use and for the operation of the Business

 

37


  as currently operated and is in good working condition in all material respects (normal wear and tear excepted), and, to the Sellers’ knowledge, is free of all viruses, worms, Trojan horses and other known contaminants, and does not contain any bugs, errors or problems, in any such case of a nature that would materially disrupt its operation or have a material adverse impact on the operation of such Information Technology. There has not been any malfunction with respect to such Information Technology since January 1, 2014 that has not been remedied or replaced in all material respects.

 

3.34 Books and Records

All accounting and financial Books and Records are true and correct in all material respects and have been fully, properly and accurately kept with sound accounting practice in all material respects and are complete in all material respects.

 

3.35 Financial Statements

 

  (a) Section 3.35 of the Disclosure Schedule contains (i) the true, correct and complete audited combined balance sheet and the related combined statements of net earnings and total comprehensive loss, combined statement of cash flows and combined statements of changes in owners’ net investment of the Business for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and all relevant notes of the auditor thereto (such financial statements, the Audited Financial Statements ); and (ii) the combined balance sheet and the related combined statements of net earnings and total comprehensive loss, combined statement of cash flows and combined statements of changes in owners’ net investment of the Business for (x) the three-month period ended at March 31, 2016, each of which shall have undergone an SAS 100 review, and (y) the one-month period ended at April 30, 2016 (the Interim Financial Statements ). The Audited Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements have been prepared from and using the Books and Records in accordance with IFRS applied on a basis consistent with those of previous fiscal years, are complete and accurate in all material respects and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position, the results of operations and cash flows of the Business as at the respective dates thereof and for the periods specified therein, subject, in the case of the Interim Financial Statements, to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material.

 

  (b) There are no debts, liabilities or obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, of the Business or the Corporations and of a type required to be disclosed in a balance sheet under IFRS, except for such debts, liabilities or obligations (i) accrued or reserved against in the Recent Balance Sheet, (ii) incurred in the Ordinary Course of the Business consistent with past practice since the date of the Recent Balance Sheet, (iii) arising under the Material Contracts (excluding any obligations related to the breach or other violation thereof) or (iv) that are not material to the Business, taken as a whole.

 

3.36 Bank Accounts and Powers of Attorney

Section 3.36 of the Disclosure Schedule is a true, correct and complete list showing:

 

38


  (a) all bank accounts of the Corporations and the name and address of each bank branch in which the Corporations have an account or safety deposit box and the names of all Persons authorized to draw on the account or to have access to the safety deposit box; and

 

  (b) the names of all Persons holding powers of attorney for each of the Corporations.

True, correct and complete copies of all powers of attorney granted by the Corporations have been provided to the Purchaser.

 

3.37 Product Liability and Warranty Claims

Except as set out in Section 3.37 of the Disclosure Schedule, since December 31, 2013 through the date hereof, there have been no civil, criminal or administrative Claims, or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, any threat in writing of such civil, criminal or administrative Claims, relating to:

 

  (a) any alleged hazard or defect in design, manufacture, installation, materials or workmanship, including any failure to warn or alleged breach of express or implied warranty, relating to any service provided or product manufactured, installed, distributed, marketed or sold by the Business; or

 

  (b) any breach of any of the product warranties, indemnities or performance guarantees given to customers of the Business.

 

3.38 Insurance

Section 3.38 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all material insurance policies relating to the Business. All such policies are in full force and effect and, subject to Sections 5.5(c) and (d), will remain in effect immediately following the Closing. All premiums are up to date with respect to such policies. The Corporations or the Sellers have not received any written notice of, nor to the knowledge of the Sellers is there threatened in writing, any cancellation, reduction of coverage, material premium increases or non-renewal with respect to any such policy.

 

3.39 Litigation

Except as set out in Section 3.39 of the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof there is no pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened Claim, at law or in equity, or any arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, in any case against or involving the Corporations, any of their officers or directors (in their capacity as such), any material property or asset of the Corporations, the Purchased Shares or the Business by or before any Governmental Authority, that would reasonably be expected to result in a liability or loss to the Business of more than US $200,000. There is no action pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened, seeking to prevent, hinder, modify, delay or challenge the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements. Except as set out in Section 3.39 of the Disclosure Schedule, in the past three years, neither the Corporations nor, with respect to such litigation relating to the Business, the Sellers, have been subject to any judgment, order or decree entered in any lawsuit or proceeding nor have the Corporations or the Sellers settled any Claim relating to the Business prior to being sued or prosecuted or a judgment being given in respect of it.

 

39


3.40 Taxes

 

  (a) All income and other material Tax Returns of the Corporations have been filed within the prescribed period (taking into account any applicable extension of time within which to file) with the applicable Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws. Such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects.

 

  (b) All income and other material Taxes and instalments of Taxes of the Corporations, which are required to be paid to a Tax Authority pursuant to applicable Law, have been paid within the prescribed period (whether or not such Taxes were shown or reportable on a Tax Return).

 

  (c) The reserve for Tax liability reflected in the Recent Balance Sheet is sufficient as of its date for the payment of any accrued and unpaid Taxes of the Corporations or with respect to the Business. Each of the Sellers and the Corporations has materially complied with all applicable Laws pertaining to Taxes.

 

  (d) Each of the Corporations has withheld or collected all material Taxes that it has been required to withhold or collect and, to the extent required when due, has timely paid such Taxes to the proper Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, all material amounts that any of the Corporations is legally or contractually required to deduct and/or withhold from its employees’ salaries.

 

  (e) No deficiency with respect to the payment of any Taxes or Tax installments has been asserted in writing or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, been threatened against any of the Corporations by any Tax Authority.

 

  (f) There are no liens with respect to Taxes on the assets of any of the Corporations other than statutory liens for Taxes not yet past due or for Taxes the validity which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as the case may be.

 

  (g) There are no material claims or audits pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened against the Corporations in respect of any Taxes. There are no material matters under audit or appeal with any Tax Authority.

 

  (h) Newco 1 has, at all relevant times, been and is a taxable Canadian corporation within the meaning of Subsection 89(1) of the Tax Act . Newco 1 has never been determined to have been required to file any Tax Return with, and has never been liable to pay any Taxes to, any Governmental Authority outside Canada. No request to file a Tax Return (or claim that a Tax Return is required to be filed) has ever been made in writing by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a province, state or local jurisdiction) where Newco 1 does not file Tax Returns.

 

  (i) Newco 2 has, at all relevant times, been and is a taxable Canadian corporation within the meaning of Subsection 89(1) of the Tax Act. Newco 2 has never been determined to have been required to file any Tax Return with, and has never been liable to pay any Taxes to, any Governmental Authority outside Canada. No request to file a Tax Return (or claim that a Tax Return is required to be filed) has ever been made in writing by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a province, state or local jurisdiction) where Newco 2 does not file Tax Returns.

 

40


  (j) Construction Products has never been determined to have been required to file any Tax Return with, and has never been determined to be liable to pay any Taxes to, any Governmental Authority outside the United States. No request to file a Tax Return (or claim that a Tax Return is required to be filed) has ever been made in writing by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a province, state or local jurisdiction) where Construction Products does not file Tax Returns.

 

  (k) Midwest has never been determined to have been required to file any Tax Return with, and has never been determined to be liable to pay any Taxes to, any Governmental Authority outside the United States. No request to file a Tax Return (or written claim that a Tax Return is required to be filed) has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a province, state or local jurisdiction) where Midwest does not file Tax Returns.

 

  (l) None of the Corporations is a party to any contract providing for the allocation, indemnification or sharing of Taxes, nor is any of the Corporations party to or bound by any private letter ruling or other written agreement with any Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes.

 

  (m) During the period the Corporations were owned by Superior Plus US, none of the Corporations has been a member of an affiliated group of corporations, within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code, or a member of a combined, consolidated or unitary group for state, local or foreign Tax purposes (other than a group the common parent of which was Superior Plus US). None of the Corporations has any liability for Taxes of any Person (i) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign income Tax Law, (ii) as a transferee or successor, (iii) by contract or (iv) otherwise.

 

  (n) None of the Corporations has agreed to make, or is required to make, any adjustment under Section 481(a) of the Code or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Law with respect to Taxes for any post-Closing tax period by reason of a change in accounting method made prior to the Closing or as a result of any other action, election or event that occurred prior to the Closing. None of the Corporations has taken any action that could defer a liability for Taxes from any pre-Closing tax period to any post-Closing tax period pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code, any open transaction that occurred on or prior to the Closing Date, or with respect to any prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

  (o) None of the Corporations has engaged in any “listed transaction” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b) or Section 6111 of the Code or any analogous provisions of state, local or foreign law. Each of the Corporations has disclosed on its federal Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

  (p) There is currently no limitation on the utilization of net operating losses, capital losses, built-in losses, tax credits or similar items of any of the Corporations under any of Sections 269, 382, 383, 384 or 1502 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and no material limitations under comparable provisions of state, local or foreign Law.

 

  (q) None of the Corporations is a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

 

41


  (r) During the past three years, none of the Corporations has been a distributing corporation or a controlled corporation within the meaning of Section 355 of the Code.

 

  (s) All references to any of the Corporations in this Section 3.40 shall include references to any Person (i) which merged with and into or liquidated into any of the Corporations, (ii) that was converted into any of the Corporations or (iii) with respect to which any of the Corporations have or could reasonably be expected to have successor liability as a result of an asset purchase or otherwise.

 

  (t) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not cause any reduction in the Tax attributes of any of the Corporations pursuant to the rules set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-36.

 

  (u) Notwithstanding any other representation or warranty contained in this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.40 are the only representations and warranties made by the Sellers with respect to Tax matters.

 

3.41 Environmental Matters

Except as set out in the documents listed or descriptions set forth in Section 3.41 of the Disclosure Schedule, in the past five years:

 

  (a) Neither any of the Corporations nor, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP has received any Environmental Notice in connection with the Business or any operations of the Corporation on any of the Owned Properties, Leased Properties or any formerly owned or leased facilities.

 

  (b) Neither any of the Corporations nor, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP is in default or violation in filing any report or information with any Governmental Authority in respect of their respective assets, the Owned Properties, the Leased Properties or the Business as required pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws.

 

  (c) The Corporations have obtained, and are in compliance in all material respects with, all material Environmental Authorizations required to conduct the Business and to own, use and operate the property and assets owned or used by the Corporations as they are presently owned, used and operated. Each such required Environmental Authorization is valid, subsisting and in good standing.

 

  (d) Except in compliance with applicable Environmental Law or an Environmental Authorization, the Corporations and, with respect to the Business, Superior Plus LP have not caused or permitted any Environmental Release, and to the knowledge of the Sellers, there is no Environmental Release, in either case of any Environmentally Hazardous Substance at, on, from or under any of the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties, or from any facility formerly owned or leased by the Corporations.

 

  (e) With respect to the Business, the Sellers, and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, the Corporations, have complied in all material respects with applicable laws regarding the handling, offering for transport, transporting or importing any Environmentally Hazardous Substances.

 

42


  (f) Sellers have provided or otherwise made available to Purchaser any and all environmental studies, audits, and site assessments with respect to the Owned Properties, the Leased Properties or the Business, or any currently or formerly owned, operated, occupied, controlled or leased real property, which are in the possession or control of the Corporations.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding any other representation or warranty contained in this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.41 are the only representations and warranties made by the Sellers with respect to environmental matters.

 

3.42 Employee Matters

 

  (a) Except as set out in Section 3.42 of the Disclosure Schedule (the Employee Material Contracts ) and the Employee Plans, the Corporations are not a party to, subject to, or affected by:

 

  (i) any employment Contract;

 

  (ii) any Contract with a Person acting as an agent, independent contractor or dependent contractor providing services to the Corporations;

 

  (iii) any certification orders or voluntary recognition of any labor union, works council, or other collective bargaining representative or agent; or

 

  (iv) any labor or collective agreement.

True, correct and complete copies of the Employee Material Contracts and details of all other material policies, proceedings, practices and programs relating to employment by the Corporations or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP, have been provided to the Purchaser.

 

  (b) Other than as set forth in Section 3.42 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Corporations are unionized, have an employee association or are party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement and, to the knowledge of the Sellers, as of the date hereof there are and during the past three years there have been, no organizing activities, union certification drives, demands or petitions for recognition by any union or labor organization, or questions concerning representation or other proceedings for certifying a union involving the Corporations. There is no, and during the past three years there has been no, labor dispute, strike, picketing, controversy, slowdown, work stoppage, lockout, concerted refusal to work overtime, or other similar labor activity pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened against or affecting any of the Corporations, nor is there any basis for any of the foregoing.

 

  (c) The Corporations have performed all of the obligations required to be performed by them in all material respects and are entitled to all benefits under, and are not alleged to be in default of, any Employee Material Contracts. Each of the Employee Material Contracts and each policy, proceeding, practice or program relating to employment by the Corporations or, with respect to the Canadian Business, Superior Plus LP is in full force and effect. The Corporations are not in material breach of any of their obligations thereunder.

 

43


  (d) Except as set out in Section 3.42 of the Disclosure Schedule, within the past three years there have been no pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened Claims, at law or in equity, or any arbitration, administrative proceeding or other investigation, audit, review or proceeding, in any case against the Corporations with respect to employment matters, by or before any Governmental Authority. At no time in the past three years have any of the Corporations been subject to any judgment, order or decree entered in any lawsuit or proceeding nor have the Corporations settled any claim prior to being sued or prosecuted in respect of employment matters.

 

  (e) Section 3.42(e) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of all Employees, their employing entity, title, date of hire, location, base salary or wages, prior year cash bonus payment, and an indication of whether such Employee is currently on leave, the nature of such leave and any anticipated return to work dates. There has not been any material adverse change in relations with Employees primarily as a result of the announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the knowledge of the Sellers, no current employee or officer of any Corporation has delivered written notice to his or her employer regarding terminating his or her employment relationship with such entity following the announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (f) The Corporations and, with respect to the Business, the Sellers, are as of the date hereof conducting the Business in material compliance with all applicable Laws regulating or relating to standards, terms or conditions of labor or employment. Each current independent contractor or consultant of the Corporations is properly characterized as an independent contractor or consultant based on the applicable standards under applicable Law.

 

  (g) The Corporations have not during the last three years effectuated a “plant closing” or a “mass lay-off,” in each case, as defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification ( WARN ) Act, in either case affecting any site of employment, facility, or business unit of the Corporations, except in accordance with the WARN Act and any similar Laws.

 

3.43 Employee Benefit Plans

 

  (a)

Section 3.43 of the Disclosure Schedule sets out a true, correct and complete list and, where appropriate, a description of all employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA), retirement, pension, supplemental pension, savings, retirement savings, retiring allowance, retiree medical or life insurance, bonus, profit sharing, stock purchase, stock option, phantom stock, share appreciation rights, deferred compensation, severance or termination pay, change of control, life insurance, medical, hospital, dental care, vision care, drug, sick leave, short-term or long-term disability, salary continuation, unemployment benefits, vacation, incentive, compensation or other employee benefit plan, program, arrangement, policy or practice whether written or oral, formal or informal, funded or unfunded, registered or unregistered, insured or self-insured that is maintained or otherwise contributed to, or required to be contributed to, with respect to the Business, for the benefit of current or former employees, directors, officers, shareholders, independent contractors or agents of the Corporations or with respect to which any of the Corporations has or could have any liability or obligations other than government sponsored pension, employment insurance, workers compensation and health insurance plans (collectively, the Employee Plans ). Each of the Employee

 

44


  Plans that is a registered pension plan under the Tax Act is designated as such in Section 3.43 of the Disclosure Schedule. Each Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has obtained a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter, if applicable) as to its qualified status under the Code and nothing has occurred since the date of such letter that has or is reasonably likely to affect such qualification.

 

  (b) Each Employee Plan:

 

  (i) has been maintained and administered in all material respects in compliance with its terms and the requirements of all applicable Laws; and

 

  (ii) is in good standing in respect of such requirements and Laws.

Each Employee Plan that is required to be registered under applicable Laws is duly registered with the appropriate Governmental Authorities.

 

  (c) All material contributions or premiums required to be paid, deducted or remitted and all material obligations required to be performed by the Corporations pursuant to the terms of any Employee Plan or by applicable Laws, have been paid, deducted, remitted or performed, as the case may be, in a timely fashion and there are no outstanding defaults or violations with respect to same. No event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that could be expected to subject any of the Corporations to any material penalties or excise taxes under Section 406 of ERISA or Sections 4975, 4980D, 4980H, or 4980I of the Code or under any other provision of the Code, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended, or other applicable Law.

 

  (d) There are no Claims pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened with respect to the Employee Plans (other than routine claims for benefits) and, to the knowledge of Sellers, no fact or event exists that would give rise to any such Claim. No Employee Plan or any related trust or other funding medium thereunder or any fiduciary thereof is, to the knowledge of the Sellers, the subject of an audit, investigation or examination by any Governmental Authority.

 

  (e) None of the Employee Plans is a defined benefit pension plan. No Employee Plan is, and neither the Corporations nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to or been required to contribute to, (i) a pension plan subject to Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or the Tax Act, (ii) a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or the Tax Act) or (iii) a single employer pension plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA for which any Corporation could incur liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA.

 

  (f)

The Sellers have delivered true, correct and complete copies of the text of all Employee Plans (or, where no text exists, a summary has been provided) and any related trust agreements, insurance contracts or other documents (including the original documents and all amendments, restatements or replacements since their establishment) governing those plans, all as amended to the date of this Agreement. Additionally, with respect to Employee Plans subject to ERISA, the Sellers have delivered (i) the three most recent annual reports (Form Series 5500 and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required to be filed in connection with each Employee Plan, (ii) the most recent summary plan description together with the summary(ies) of material

 

45


  modifications thereto, if any, (iii) all discrimination tests for each Employee Plan for the three most recent plan years, and (iv) the most recent United States Internal Revenue Service determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each Employee Plan, if applicable.

 

  (g) Except as set forth in Section 3.43(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Employee Plans: (i) provides for the payment of separation, severance, termination or similar-type benefits to any person; (ii) obligates any of the Corporations to pay separation, severance, termination or similar-type benefits solely or partially as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (iii) obligates any of the Corporations to make any payment or provide any benefit as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (h) Each Employee Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined in Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code), satisfies the applicable requirements of Sections 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code and the final Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and has been operated since January 1, 2005, in good-faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code and guidance issued thereunder.

 

  (i) None of the Corporations is a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or plan (including any Employee Plan) that may reasonably be expected to result, separately or in the aggregate, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in combination with any other events), in the payment of any “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code. There is no agreement, plan or other arrangement to which any of the Corporations is a party or by which any of them is otherwise bound to compensate any person in respect of taxes or other liabilities incurred with respect to Section 409A or 4999 of the Code.

 

  (j) None of the Corporations has any express or implied commitment (i) to create, incur liability with respect to or cause to exist any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement, (ii) to enter into any Contract to provide compensation or benefits to any individual or (iii) to modify, change or terminate any Employee Plan, other than with respect to a modification, change or termination required by applicable Law.

 

3.44 Privacy Laws

The Business is being conducted in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable Privacy Laws, including in connection with its collection, use and disclosure of Personal Information. The Corporations and, with respect to the Business, Superior Plus LP, have not received any written notice or complaint of any breach or violation by them of any such Privacy Laws.

 

3.45 Affiliate Interests and Transactions

Except as set forth on Section 3.45 of the Disclosure Schedule, and for the Ancillary Agreements and those Contracts that will be released, discharged or terminated prior to the Closing or as of the Closing, no Related Party of the Corporations: (i) owns, directly or indirectly, any equity or other financial or voting interest in any competitor, registrar, reseller, supplier, licensor, licensee, lessor, lessee, distributor, independent contractor or customer of the Corporations or the Business; (ii) owns, directly or indirectly, or has any interest in any property (real or personal, tangible or intangible) used at any time in or pertaining to the Business; or (iii) has any business dealings or a

 

46


financial interest in any transaction with the Corporations involving any assets or property of the Business, other than (A) business dealings or transactions conducted in the Ordinary Course on arm’s length terms and (B) in such Related Party’s capacity as a director or officer of the Corporations. Ownership of securities that are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 5% or less of any class of such securities shall not be deemed to be a financial interest for purposes of this Section 3.45.

 

3.46 No Brokers’ Fees, etc.

None of the Corporations has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, to any broker, finder or investment banker for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement.

 

3.47 Sole Representations and Warranties

EXCEPT FOR ANY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 3, THE CORPORATIONS ARE SOLD “AS IS, WHERE IS,” AND THE SELLERS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PURCHASED SHARES OR THE LIABILITIES, OPERATIONS, TITLE, CONDITION, VALUE OR QUALITY OF THE BUSINESS OR PROPERTIES OF THE CORPORATIONS OR THE PROSPECTS (FINANCIAL AND OTHERWISE), RISKS AND OTHER INCIDENTS OF OWNERSHIP OF THE CORPORATIONS, THE PROPERTIES OF THE CORPORATIONS AND THE BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATIONS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE SELLERS FURTHER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES REGARDING THE ABSENCE OF ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY OR POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY. NO MATERIAL OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OR COMMUNICATIONS MADE BY THE CORPORATIONS, THE SELLERS OR ANY BROKER OR INVESTMENT BANKER, INCLUDING INFORMATION PROVIDED DURING DUE DILIGENCE AND ANY ORAL, WRITTEN OR ELECTRONIC RESPONSE TO ANY INFORMATION REQUEST PROVIDED TO THE PURCHASER, WILL CAUSE OR CREATE ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PURCHASED SHARES OR THE LIABILITIES, OPERATIONS, TITLE, CONDITION, VALUE OR QUALITY OF THE PROPERTIES OR THE PROSPECTS (FINANCIAL AND OTHERWISE), RISKS AND OTHER INCIDENTS OF OWNERSHIP OF THE CORPORATIONS, THE PROPERTIES OF THE CORPORATIONS AND THE BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATIONS THAT IS NOT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 3 CONSTITUTE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND ALL OTHER STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND/OR WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.

Article 4 – Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser

The Purchaser represents and warrants as follows to the Sellers:

 

47


4.1 Organization and Limited Liability Company Power

The Purchaser is a limited liability company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the limited liability company power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

4.2 Authorization

The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and each other Ancillary Agreement to which it will be a party:

 

  (a) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Purchaser; and

 

  (b) does not (or would not with the giving of notice, the passage of time or the happening of any other event or circumstance) result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with, or allow any other Person to exercise any rights under, any of its constating documents, shareholders’ agreements, bylaws or resolutions of its board of directors or shareholders.

 

4.3 No Conflict with Authorizations, Laws, etc.

Except as set out in Section 4.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party do not and will not:

 

  (a) conflict with or violate the organizational documents of the Purchaser;

 

  (b) result in a breach or a violation of, conflict with, or cause the termination or revocation of, any Authorization held by the Purchaser or necessary to the ownership and transfer of the Purchased Shares;

 

  (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any of the Purchased Shares or any other property of the Purchaser;

 

  (d) result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with, any judgment, judicial order or decree of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Purchaser or by which any of the properties or assets of the Purchaser is bound; or

 

  (e) result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with, any Law applicable to the Purchaser.

 

4.4 Required Purchaser Authorizations

There is no requirement for the Purchaser to make any filing with, give any notice to, or obtain any Authorization of, any Governmental Authority as a result of, or in connection with, or as a condition to the lawful completion of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which the Purchaser will be a party.

 

4.5 Required Purchaser Consents

There is no requirement for the Purchaser to make any filing with, give any notice to, or obtain any Consent of, any Person who is a party to a Contract binding on or affecting the Purchaser as a result of, or in connection with, or as a condition to the lawful completion of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party.

 

48


4.6 Qualifications; Execution and Binding Obligation

 

  (a) The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all necessary corporate or limited partnership (as applicable) power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted.

 

  (b) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its respective terms.

 

4.7 Investment Canada Act

The Purchaser is a “WTO Investor” within the meaning of the Investment Canada Act .

 

4.8 Financing

The Purchaser has provided to the Sellers true and complete copies of (a) the commitment letters, dated as of the date hereof (the Debt Financing Commitments ), from Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Royal Bank of Canada, RBC Capital Markets and Credit Suisse AG (the Lenders ), pursuant to which the Lenders have collectively agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt Financing Commitments, to lend the amounts set forth therein for the purposes of financing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and related fees and expenses to be incurred by the Purchaser in connection therewith (the Debt Financing ) and (b) the equity commitment letter, dated as of the date hereof, from Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. (the Equity Financing Commitment and, together with the Debt Financing Commitments, the Financing Commitments ), pursuant to which the Person investing thereunder has committed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to invest the amount set forth therein (the Equity Financing and, together with the Debt Financing, the Financing ). As of the date of this Agreement, the Financing Commitments are in full force and effect and constitute valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Purchaser and, to the knowledge of the Purchaser, the other parties thereto (except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by the applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity). As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Financing Commitments has been amended or modified since copies thereof were delivered to the Sellers, no such amendment or modification is contemplated by Purchaser or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, the other parties thereto, and the respective commitments contained in the Financing Commitments have not been withdrawn or rescinded. As of the date of this Agreement, the Lenders have not notified Purchaser of any intention to terminate any of the Debt Financing Commitments. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no side letters or other agreements, arrangements, contracts or understandings (except for customary fee letters and engagement letters, true and complete (other than redacted fee information) copies of which have been provided to the Sellers) relating to the Financing other than as expressly set forth in the Financing Commitments. Purchaser has fully paid or shall pay when due any and all commitment and other fees in connection with the Financing Commitments. Except as otherwise set forth in or contemplated by the Financing Commitments and except for the payment of customary fees, there are no conditions precedent or other contingencies related to

 

49


the funding of the amount of the Financing required to pay the Aggregate Purchase Price (and any repayment or refinancing of debt contemplated by this Agreement or the Financing Commitments) and any other amounts required to be paid in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all related fees and expenses, in each case that would allow the Lenders to refuse to fund the amount of the Financing required. As of the date of this Agreement, Purchaser is not in breach of any of the terms or conditions set forth in any of the Financing Commitments, and no event has occurred that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach of or default on the part of Purchaser or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, any other party, under any of the Financing Commitments, in each case that would allow the Lenders to refuse to fund the amount of the Financing required. As of the date of this Agreement, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in Article 3 and compliance by the Sellers with the covenants set forth herein, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Section 7.1, Purchaser has no reason to believe that any of the conditions to the Financing contemplated by the Financing Commitments will not be satisfied or that the Financing will not be made available to Purchaser on or prior to the Closing Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Financing Commitments and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Section 7.1, and assuming compliance by the Sellers with the covenants set forth in Sections 5.7, 5.8 and 5.19, upon funding of the Financing Commitments, Purchaser will have on the Closing Date funds sufficient to pay the Aggregate Purchase Price (and any repayment or refinancing of debt contemplated by this Agreement or the Financing Commitments) and any other amounts required to be paid in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all related fees and expenses. To the knowledge of Purchaser after reasonable inquiry of its applicable Related Parties, none of the proceeds of the Financing or any other funds to be paid to Sellers in connection with the Transactions will derive from, or constitute (directly or indirectly) the proceeds of, any violation of United States anti-money laundering laws.

 

4.9 Limited Guarantee

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Purchaser has delivered to the Sellers the limited guarantee of Purchaser Parent, dated as of the date of this Agreement, in favor of the Sellers in respect of Purchaser’s obligation to pay the Purchaser Termination Fee and the other obligations set forth therein, up to the aggregate amount set forth therein (the Limited Guarantee ). The Limited Guarantee is in full force and effect and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser Parent, enforceable against Purchaser Parent in accordance with its terms. There has not occurred any default under the Limited Guarantee by Purchaser Parent, and no event has occurred that, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder by Purchaser Parent. An accurate and complete copy of the Limited Guarantee is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

4.10 Solvency

Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the Financing, as may be amended or replaced pursuant to Section 5.19 hereof), the payment of the Canadian Purchase Price and US Purchase Price, and the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Purchaser’s obligation to consummate the purchase of the Purchased Shares and assuming that the representations and warranties by the Sellers herein are true and correct in all material respects: (i) the amount of the “fair saleable value” of the assets of the Corporations, taken as a whole, will exceed the sum of (A) the value of all “liabilities of the Corporations, taken as a whole, including contingent and other liabilities,” as of such date, as such quoted terms are generally determined in accordance with the applicable federal Laws governing determinations of

 

50


the insolvency of debtors and (B) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of the Corporations, taken as a whole on their existing debts (including contingent and other liabilities) as such debts become absolute and mature; (ii) the Corporations will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the business in which it is engaged or proposed to be engaged following the Closing Date; and (iii) the Corporations will be able to pay their respective liabilities, including contingent and other liabilities, as they mature.

 

4.11 Investment Intention

The Purchaser is acquiring the Construction Products Purchased Shares and the Midwest Purchased Shares for its own account, for investment purposes only and not with a view to the distribution (as such term is used in Section 2(11) of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act )) thereof. The Purchaser understands that such Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser confirms that Sellers have made available to Purchaser and its Affiliates and representatives the opportunity to ask questions of the officers and management of Sellers in respect of the Business, as well as access to the documents, information and records of or with respect to the Corporations and the Business and to acquire additional information about the business and financial condition of the Corporations, and Purchaser confirms that it has made an independent investigation, analysis and evaluation of the Business and the Corporations.

 

4.12 Availability of Purchaser Parent Funds

Purchaser Parent has, and will have at Closing, available funds sufficient to pay the Purchaser Termination Fee and any other amounts due pursuant to Section 8.2(c) in the event such amounts become due to Sellers by Purchaser in accordance with Article 8.

Article 5 – Covenants of the Parties

 

5.1 Access during Closing Period

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with applicable Laws and confidentiality obligations to which the Corporations or Sellers are bound, and without being obligated to provide any documents or information that are subject to attorney-client privilege, during the Closing Period the Sellers shall, and shall cause the Corporations to, give the Purchaser and its officers, employees and applicable representatives (including its accountants, legal advisers and other representatives) during normal business hours, reasonable access (including for inspection and copying, if applicable), upon reasonable notice during normal business hours and in accordance with reasonable procedures, to the personnel, premises, Books and Records, Corporate Records, Tax Returns, Contracts and other assets and properties of the Corporations and the Business. To the extent any of the foregoing does not exclusively relate to the Business, the Sellers shall be entitled to redact such portions that relate to any other business of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates.

 

  (b)

The Purchaser agrees that any investigation undertaken pursuant to the access granted under this Section 5.1 shall be subject to the Confidentiality Agreement and shall be conducted in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Business. None of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or representatives shall

 

51


  communicate with any of the employees of the Corporations without the prior written consent of Sellers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  (c) Prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall not be entitled to contact any customer, vendor, supplier, partner or consultant of the Corporations or the Business without the prior written consent of Sellers (which consent may be withheld in Sellers’ sole discretion); provided, however, that the written consent of Sellers shall not be required, and Purchaser shall be entitled to contact, by teleconference or in-person meeting, the customers, vendors, suppliers, partners or consultants of the Business set forth on Schedule 5.1(c); provided further, however, that such teleconference or meeting shall include a representative of the applicable Corporation identified by such Corporation and that an agenda or script for such discussion shall have been delivered to such Winroc representative at least 24 hours in advance of such discussion. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 5.1(c) shall be deemed to prohibit the Purchaser and its Affiliates from continuing to contact their customers, vendors, suppliers, partners or consultants in the Ordinary Course; provided that such contact does not include discussions regarding this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (d) Prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall not perform any invasive or destructive environmental investigation of any kind relating to all or any portion of the Acquired Properties or any property relating thereto or located thereon (including, without limitation, the subsurface of any such property; any building, improvement, fixture, or structure located on such property; and any roof, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC system, engineering, structural and other similar matters relating to any such building, improvement, fixture or structure located on any such property), unless (i) the Purchaser requests, upon prior written notice to the Seller, the right to perform any such investigation or due diligence restricted by this Agreement, and such request notice contains sufficient information describing the nature and purpose of such investigation and due diligence to be undertaken and the identity of the persons and/or outside vendors and professionals performing such investigation and/or due diligence; (ii) the Purchaser has received the prior written consent of the applicable Sellers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (iii) the Purchaser has obtained the prior written consent of any other Person who has the right to consent to any of the foregoing matters under any Lease, Material Contract or other agreement binding on the Sellers with respect to such investigation and due diligence; (iv) the Purchaser delivers certificates evidencing insurance reasonably requested by the Sellers in form, substance and amount satisfactory to the Sellers; and (v) the Purchaser executes and delivers such access and indemnity agreements and any other agreements that the Sellers reasonably request in connection with any such access, investigation and/or due diligence. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prohibit the completion of, nor shall any consent of the Sellers be required in connection with, customary “Phase I” environmental site assessments, so long as Purchaser has complied with the other requirements of this Section 5.1.

 

5.2 Access for Post-Closing Matters

 

  (a)

As promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Purchaser all original agreements, documents, Books and Records and files stored on computer disks or tapes or any other storage medium in the possession of the

 

52


  Sellers, in each case only to the extent relating to the Business and the operations of the Corporations. Purchaser agrees to hold, and cause the Corporations to hold, the Books and Records and Corporate Records of the Corporations or otherwise related to the Business, including all Tax Returns, schedules, work papers and all material records or other documents relating to Tax Matters of the Corporations for all prior taxable years or other taxable periods, and not to destroy or dispose of any of the same, for a period of seven years from the Closing Date, or such longer time as may be required by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sellers shall not be required to deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser any books or records of the Sellers that are not Books and Records.

 

  (b) After the Closing Date, subject to compliance with applicable Laws and confidentiality obligations to which the Corporations or Sellers are bound, and without being obligated to provide any documents or information that are subject to attorney-client privilege, the Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and representatives to, provide the Sellers and their Affiliates and representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours, and upon reasonable advance notice, to the books and records of the Corporations with respect to periods or occurrences prior to the Closing Date as may be reasonably requested by the Sellers in connection with defending any Third Party Claim or Tax Assessment or preparation of any Tax Return for the purposes of complying with any Tax or regulatory requirements or governmental proceeding or request. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing set forth in this Section 5.2(b) shall limit the Sellers’ rights to discovery with respect any Claim in respect of the Business.

 

5.3 Personal Information

During the Closing Period, each Party shall comply with all applicable Privacy Laws in the course of collecting, using and disclosing Transaction Personal Information. During the Closing Period, the Purchaser shall not disclose, and shall use reasonable best efforts to prevent disclosure by others of, any Transaction Personal Information to any Person other than its representatives who are evaluating and advising on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated prior to Closing, the Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly deliver to the Sellers or destroy all Transaction Personal Information in its possession or in the possession of any of its representatives, including all copies, reproductions, summaries or extracts thereof.

 

5.4 Confidentiality

The Sellers and the Purchaser acknowledge that Superior Plus Parent and Lone Star Americas Acquisitions, LLC have signed a confidentiality agreement, dated as of January 14, 2016 ( Confidentiality Agreement ), and the Parties agree to comply with such agreement in accordance with its terms until the Closing, at which time such Confidentiality Agreement and the obligations of the Parties under this Section 5.4 shall terminate.

 

5.5 Termination of Related Party Agreements; Release of Indemnity Obligations

 

  (a) Prior to the Determination Time, the Sellers shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to:

 

  (i) terminate, cancel, retire, payoff or otherwise extinguish all Contracts (such Contracts, the Terminated Agreements) between any of the Corporations, on the one hand, and any Seller, any Affiliate of such Seller (other than the Corporations) and each Related Party of the foregoing, on the other hand, except for this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements; and

 

53


  (ii) cancel, retire, payoff or otherwise extinguish (by way of capital contribution, cash settlement or as otherwise reasonably determined by the applicable Seller) all payables and receivables under the Terminated Agreements, and all other intercompany advances, accounts, payables and receivables between and of the Corporations, on the one hand, and any Seller, any Affiliate of such Seller (other than the Corporations) and each Related Party of the foregoing, on the other hand.

Each Party shall and shall cause its Affiliates to execute and deliver all termination and other appropriate documentation at or after the Closing as is reasonably requested by any other Party to fully effectuate and document the provisions of this Section 5.5(a).

 

  (b) Effective as of the Closing, each Seller does hereby, for itself and on behalf of the each other Seller, any Affiliate of any Seller (other than the Corporations) and each Related Party of the foregoing (each, a Seller Releasing Party ), release and absolutely forever discharge the Corporations (each, a Seller Released Party ) from and against all Seller Released Matters. Seller Released Matters means any and all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, debts, liabilities, obligations, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses), actions and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, whether now known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, primary or secondary, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, that any Seller Releasing Party now has, or at any time previously had, or shall or may have in the future, as an owner of any of the Corporations or any portion of the Purchased Shares, as a director, officer or employee, or as a counterparty to any Contract with any of the Corporations (including any Terminated Agreement), in each case arising with respect to any matter occurring at or prior to the Closing; provided, that Seller Released Matters shall not include (i) any right, interest, claim or benefit under or in connection with this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (ii) any right of any Seller Releasing Party that is a natural person to be indemnified by any of the Corporations pursuant to the organizational or governance documents of any of the Corporations; and (iii) any right of any Seller Releasing Party that is a natural person to salary, bonus, expense reimbursement or other compensation, remuneration or benefit earned prior to or at the Closing. It is the intention of the Sellers in providing this release to the Seller Released Parties, and in giving and receiving the consideration called for in this Agreement, that this release shall be effective as a full and final accord and satisfaction and general release of and from all Seller Released Matters and the final resolution by the applicable Seller Releasing Party and the Seller Released Parties of all Seller Released Matters.

 

  (c)

From and after the Closing Date, the Corporations, the Business and the assets and liabilities relating thereto shall cease to be insured by the insurance policies set forth in Section 3.38 of the Disclosure Schedule, and, except as provided in Section 5.5(d), neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates (including the Corporations after the Closing) shall have any access, right, title or interest to or in any such insurance policies (including claims, rights to make claims and rights to proceeds thereunder). From and after the Closing, the Sellers or their Affiliates may amend any of their respective insurance policies in any manner they deem appropriate to give effect to this Section 5.5(c). Except as provided in Section 5.5(d), from and after the Closing, Purchaser shall be responsible for securing all insurance it considers appropriate for the Business, the Corporations and the operations, assets and liabilities in respect thereof. Except as provided in Section 5.5(d), Purchaser

 

54


  further covenants and agrees not to assert or to exercise any rights or claims of, or in respect of, the Business, the Corporations or the operations, assets and liabilities in respect thereof, under or in respect of any past or current insurance policy under which any of the foregoing is a named insured.

 

  (d) Prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify their applicable insurers of any damage to or loss of a material asset of the Business (i) that occurs prior to the Closing Date, (ii) of which an officer of either Seller becomes aware prior to the Closing Date and (iii) that is covered by the insurance policies set forth in Section 3.38 of the Disclosure Schedule. Prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall purchase or maintain insurance coverage covering pre-Closing incurred but not reported losses of the Business for a period of not less than three years following the Closing Date in such amounts as the Sellers determine, in their reasonable discretion, to be commercially reasonable. From and after the Closing, if and to the extent the Sellers obtain any proceeds under such insurance policies in connection with any pre-Closing damage or loss of the Business, the Sellers shall pay over such proceeds, net of any increase in premiums and costs and expenses incurred in recovering such proceeds, to Purchaser, in which case Purchaser and its Affiliates shall be precluded from recovering Losses pursuant to Article 9 for the amount of such proceeds actually received by the Purchaser and its Affiliates.

 

5.6 Notification of Certain Matters

Each Party shall give prompt written notice to the other Parties of: (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any change, condition or event, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would render any representation or warranty of such Party contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, if made on or immediately following the date of such event, untrue or inaccurate; (ii) the occurrence of any change, condition or event that has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) any failure of such Party or any of its Affiliates to comply with or satisfy any covenant or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder or any event or condition that would otherwise result in the nonfulfillment of any of the conditions to the other Parties’ obligations hereunder; (iv) any notice or other communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; or (v) any action pending or, to the relevant Party’s knowledge, threatened against any Party relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, a Party’s recovery for the other Party’s breach of this Section 5.6 pursuant to an indemnification claim made under Section 9.1(d) or 9.2 shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 9.4 (b), (c), and (d).

 

5.7 Conduct of Business Prior to Closing - Positive Covenants

 

  (a) Prior to the Closing Date, Superior Plus LP shall, and shall cause the Newcos to, complete the Reorganization in accordance with Exhibit F and the Transfer Agreements.

 

  (b) Other than the Reorganization, during the Closing Period, the Sellers shall cause the Business to be conducted in the Ordinary Course.

 

  (c) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.7(b), the Sellers shall and shall cause the Corporations to:

 

55


  (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) preserve intact the current business organization of the Corporations, (B) keep available the services of the Employees and any independent contractors providing services to the Corporations and (C) maintain good relations with suppliers, customers, landlords, employees, creditors and all other Persons having business relationships with the Corporations; and

 

  (ii) (A) retain possession and control of the properties and assets used by them in the Business, (B) keep and maintain, in all material respects, their assets and properties in good repair and normal operating condition, excluding ordinary wear and tear, (C) maintain insurance coverage commensurate with existing coverage and (D) preserve the confidentiality of any confidential or proprietary information of the Business or the Corporations.

 

5.8 Conduct of Business Prior to Closing - Negative Covenants

Unless otherwise required or contemplated by this Agreement or set forth in Section 5.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, prior to the Closing, the Sellers shall, and shall cause the Corporations to, ensure that, unless the Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), none of the Corporations or, with respect to the Business, the Sellers, shall, directly or indirectly:

 

  (a) amend the articles or bylaws or equivalent organizational document adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or organization of the Corporations;

 

  (b) directly or indirectly, declare, set aside for payment or pay any non-cash dividend or make any other payment or distribution on or in respect of any of the Corporations’ shares or other equity or ownership interests;

 

  (c) (i) reclassify, combine, split, subdivide, issue or sell any shares or other securities, (ii) issue, sell or grant any option, warrant or right to purchase any of their shares or other securities or issues any security convertible into their shares, (iii) grant any registration rights, (iv) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of their shares, or (v) otherwise make any change to the authorized or issued share capital of the Corporations;

 

  (d) dispose of any material assets of the Business, except sales of assets in the Ordinary Course;

 

  (e) make any material change in accounting principles, policies, practices or methods, except as required by Law;

 

  (f) mortgage, pledge, grant a security interest in or otherwise create a Lien on any of the material assets of the Business, except (i) in the Ordinary Course, and (ii) Permitted Encumbrances;

 

  (g) other than in the Ordinary Course, (i) enter into any Contract that would constitute a Material Contract had it been entered into prior to the date of this Agreement, or (ii) terminate, cancel, modify, amend in any material respect, or consent to the termination of any Material Contract, or take any action which would entitle any party to any Material Contract to terminate, cancel, modify or amend in any material respect any Material Contract;

 

56


  (h) other than in the Ordinary Course, (i) enter into any new lease, agreement to lease, sublease, license agreement or occupancy or other agreement under which a Corporation has a right to use or occupy any real property, in any case that would be material to the Business, (ii) terminate, cancel, modify, amend in any material respect or consent to the termination of any existing Material Lease, (iii) take any action which results in an “event of default” (after notice and opportunity to cure) under any Material Lease and which allows the lessor under such Material Lease to terminate such Material Lease, or (iv) fail to exercise any rights of renewal with respect to any Leased Property that by its terms would otherwise expire;

 

  (i) cancel or waive any debt, claim or other right with a value to a Corporation in excess of US $500,000 or (ii) incur any Indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount exceeding US $1,000,000 in the aggregate, or (iii) make any loans or advances, or otherwise become responsible for, the obligations of any Person, except in the Ordinary Course;

 

  (j) adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Corporations, or otherwise alter the Corporations’ corporate structure, except as contemplated by the Reorganization;

 

  (k) (i) hire any employee whose annual compensation is or is expected to exceed US $100,000, (ii) increase the compensation payable or to become payable or the benefits provided to any Employee, except for ordinary course merit and cost-of-living increases in salaries or wages of non-officer Employees who receive less than US $75,000 in total annual cash compensation and except pursuant to Employee Material Contracts or Employee Plans as required by their respective terms in effect on the date of this Agreement, (iii) grant any severance or termination payment to, or loan or advance any amount to, any officer, director, Employee or consultant, except pursuant to Employee Material Contracts or Employee Plans as required by their respective terms in effect on the date of this Agreement, or (iv) unless otherwise required by Law, establish, adopt, enter into or amend any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement, including any Employee Material Contract or Employee Plan;

 

  (l) enter into or amend any labor or collective bargaining agreement;

 

  (m) purchase or otherwise acquire any controlling interest in any securities of any other Person or any material amount of assets, or enter into any non-binding letter of intent, joint venture, strategic alliance, exclusive dealing or similar contract or arrangement with respect to such a purchase or acquisition;

 

  (n) make any capital expenditure or authorize any capital expenditure or make any commitment for the purchase, construction or improvement of any capital assets except in the Ordinary Course, and in any event in excess of US $1,000,000 individually or US $2,500,000 in the aggregate;

 

  (o) pay, discharge or satisfy any material claim, liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction, in the Ordinary Course, of liabilities reflected or reserved against on the Balance Sheet or subsequently incurred in the Ordinary Course;

 

57


  (p) accelerate the collection of or discount any accounts receivable, delay the payment of accounts payable or defer expenses, reduce inventories or otherwise increase cash on hand, except in each case in the Ordinary Course;

 

  (q) cancel, compromise, waive or release any material right or claim other than in the Ordinary Course;

 

  (r) permit the lapse of any existing policy of insurance relating to the Business;

 

  (s) enter into any Contract with any Related Party of the Sellers or the Corporations;

 

  (t) commence or settle any Claim, except for any such Claim that will not result in any ongoing liability of the Corporations after the Closing;

 

  (u) make, revoke or modify any material Tax election, settle or compromise any material Tax liability or file any income or other material Tax Return other than on a basis consistent with past practice; or

 

  (v) enter into any formal or informal agreement to do anything prohibited by this Section 5.8.

 

5.9 Actions to Satisfy Closing Conditions

Each of the Sellers and the Purchaser shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to (i) take all actions necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) cause the satisfaction at the earliest possible date of all of the conditions to their respective obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties shall execute and deliver any additional instruments reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by, and to fully carry out the purposes of, this Agreement.

 

5.10 Employees

 

  (a)

The Purchaser agrees that immediately following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall or shall cause the Corporations to continue the employment of each Employee and for a period of one year immediately following the Closing Date (or, in case of earlier termination of employment, through the date of the applicable Employee’s termination) cause to be provided to each Employee who remains employed by the Corporations immediately following the Closing Date, base compensation and annual cash bonus opportunities (expressed as a percentage of base compensation) that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to the base compensation, and annual cash bonus opportunities (expressed as a percentage of base compensation) that were provided to such Employees immediately prior to the Closing Date. In addition, until the first anniversary of the Closing Date (or, if earlier, through the date of the applicable Employee’s termination of employment), Purchaser shall, or shall cause the Corporations to, continue to provide each Employee who remains employed by the Corporations immediately following the Closing Date with employees benefits (excluding long-term incentives and transaction bonuses) that are at least substantially comparable in the aggregate to (i) the employee benefits (excluding long-term incentives and transaction bonuses) that were provided to the Employee immediately prior to the Closing, or (ii) (A) for such continuing United States Employees, the employee benefits that are then provided to similarly situated employees of the Purchaser and its Affiliates and (B) for

 

58


  such continuing Canadian Employees, the employee benefits that were provided to such Employees immediately prior to the Closing with, effective January 1, 2017, any changes thereto that are consistent with the past practice of the Business in its annual benefit selection process. For purposes of determining eligibility to participate, vesting and entitlement to benefits where length of service is relevant (including for purposes of vacation accrual) under any Purchaser employee benefit plan (other than a defined benefit plan) and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, the Purchaser shall provide that the continuing Employees shall receive service credit under each Purchaser employee benefit plan (other than a defined benefit plan) for their period of service with the Corporations and predecessors prior to the Closing Date, except where doing so would cause a duplication of benefits or a violation of applicable Law. The Purchaser shall use reasonable best efforts to waive all limitations as to pre-existing conditions exclusions (or actively at work or similar limitations), evidence of insurability requirements and waiting or qualifying periods with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to the Employees under any medical, dental, vision and other health related plans of the Purchaser that such Employees may be eligible to participate in after the Closing Date. To the extent permitted by applicable Law and the terms of the applicable Purchaser employee plan, the Purchaser shall also provide Employees and their eligible dependents with credit for any co-payments, deductibles and offsets (or similar payments) made under the Employee Plan for the year in which the Closing occurs under the Purchaser’s medical, dental, vision and other health related plans for the purposes of satisfying any applicable deductible, out-of-pocket, or similar requirements under any Purchaser employee benefit plan in the year in which the Closing occurs. Any vacation or paid time off accrued but unused by an Employee as of immediately prior to the Closing Date shall be credited to such Employee following the Closing Date ( Carry Over Vacation ). All future vacation accruals shall be subject to the terms of the Purchaser’s vacation policies, taking into account the balance of any Carry Over Vacation; provided that no Carry Over Vacation shall be subject to forfeiture. The Employees are not third-party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 5.10, and nothing herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give any Employee any legal or equitable rights hereunder nor shall anything herein interfere with the right of the Purchaser or any of its affiliates to terminate the employment of any Employee at any time, with or without cause, provided such termination is in accordance with the requirements of applicable Law.

 

  (b) For a period of one year immediately following the Closing Date, any Employee who remains employed by the Corporations immediately following the Closing Date and is thereafter terminated by the Corporations without cause, shall be entitled to a payment by the applicable Corporation equal to the greater of: (i) the severance entitlements consistent with past practice of the Business as further set forth in Section 5.10 of the Disclosure Schedule; and (ii) the severance entitlements of the Purchaser.

 

5.11 Transfer of the Purchased Shares

The Sellers shall take all necessary steps and corporate proceedings to permit legal title to the Purchased Shares to be duly and validly transferred and assigned to the Purchaser at the Closing, free of all Liens.

 

5.12 Request for Consents; Notices

 

  (a)

The Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts, and Purchaser shall reasonably assist the Sellers in such efforts, to (i) obtain, as promptly as practicable after the date

 

59


hereof and prior to Closing, all Authorizations and Consents required to be obtained by Sellers or their Affiliates in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Reorganization and including those Authorizations and Consents set forth in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule and (ii) provide, as promptly as practicable after the date hereof and prior to Closing, all required notices set forth in Sections 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

  (b) Subject to Section 5.13(d), each Party shall reasonably cooperate and assist the other Parties in obtaining such Authorizations and Consents; provided, however, that Purchaser shall have no obligation to give any guarantee or other consideration of any nature in connection therewith or consent to any change in the terms of any agreement or arrangement that Purchaser in its sole discretion may deem adverse to the interests of Purchaser or the Corporations.

 

  (c) The Sellers and the Purchaser agree that, in the event that any Consent or Authorization set forth in Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule is not obtained prior to the Closing, the Sellers and the Purchaser will, subsequent to the Closing, cooperate with each other in attempting to obtain such Consent or Authorization as promptly thereafter as practicable.

 

  (d) From time to time after the Closing, and for no further consideration, each of the Parties shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such assignments, transfers, consents, assumptions and other documents and instruments and take such other actions as may be necessary or desirable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

5.13 Filings and Authorizations

 

  (a) Each of the Sellers and the Purchaser, as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, shall:

 

  (i) make, or cause to be made, all such filings and submissions under all applicable Laws (including, as applicable, the Competition Act , the HSR Act and other antitrust or competition Laws), as may be required to complete the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) (A) use reasonable best efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, all Authorizations and Consents required under the Competition Act , the HSR Act or other antitrust or competition Laws and (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all other Authorizations and Consents necessary or advisable in order to complete the transfer of the Purchased Shares and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Subject to compliance at all times with applicable Law and the other provisions of this Agreement (including Section 5.1), the Sellers and the Purchaser shall coordinate and cooperate with each other in exchanging information and supplying such assistance as is reasonably requested in connection with the foregoing, including providing each Party with all notices and information supplied to or filed with or received from any Governmental Authority (except for notices and information which the Sellers or the Purchaser, in each case acting reasonably, considers highly confidential or competitively

 

60


sensitive and which may be supplied or filed on a confidential basis, in which case the disclosing party may restrict the provision of such competitively sensitive and confidential information to external legal counsel of the receiving party and any agents or retained consultants of such counsel, provided that the disclosing party also provides the receiving party a redacted version of any associated information that is supplied or filed which does not contain any such competitively sensitive or confidential information). In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Sellers shall permit the Purchaser to control the defense and settlement of any claim, suit or cause of action relating to the regulatory approvals in this Section 5.13; provided, however, that no Party shall settle or compromise any claim, suit or cause of action relating to the regulatory approvals in this Section 5.13 without the other Party’s written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

  (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Sellers and the Purchaser shall:

 

  (i) use reasonable best efforts to comply, at the earliest practicable date and after consultation with the other Party, with any request for additional information or documentary material received by it from the Commissioner, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission or U.S. Department of Justice’s Antitrust Division under the Competition Act and the HSR Act or any other antitrust or competition Governmental Authority, as applicable;

 

  (ii) cooperate with one another in connection with any filings or other submission aimed at resolving any investigation or other inquiry concerning the transactions contemplated in this Agreement initiated by the Commissioner, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission or U.S. Department of Justice’s Antitrust Division under the Competition Act and the HSR Act or any other antitrust or competition Governmental Authority, including subject to Section 5.13(a), providing each other with copies of any notifications, filings, applications and other submissions in draft form so that the other Party can confirm that information contained within is accurate; and

 

  (iii) use reasonable best efforts to cause any applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act, Competition Act or any other applicable antitrust or competition Law to terminate or expire at the earliest possible date and to obtain the Competition Act Approval, the HSR Approval, and any other necessary approvals of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Purchaser on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other hand, shall each be responsible for and pay 50% of any and all filing fees under the Competition Act, the HSR Act, and any other applicable antitrust or competition law.

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Purchaser shall not be required by this Section 5.13 to take or agree to undertake any action, including entering into any consent decree, hold separate order or other arrangement, that would: (A) limit the Purchaser’s freedom of action with respect to, or its ability to consolidate and control, the Corporations or any of their assets or businesses or any of the Purchaser’s or its Affiliates’ other assets or businesses; (B) limit the Purchaser’s ability to acquire or hold, or exercise full rights of ownership with respect to, the Purchased Shares or the Business; or

 

61


  (C) require the Purchaser to bring any claim, suit or cause of action relating to the regulatory approvals in this Section 5.13 or the transactions contemplated hereby, in each case that would reasonably be expected to result in a loss by Purchaser and its Affiliates of a material benefit arising from or relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that responding to inquiries or requests for information made by any Governmental Authority shall not be considered an action that would reasonably be expected to result in such loss.

 

5.14 Change and Use of Name and Internet Address

 

  (a) At any time prior to the Closing Date the Sellers may change the name of the Corporations to names approved by the Purchaser that do not include the words “Superior Plus” or any part thereof or any confusingly similar words. From and after 90 days after the Closing Date, neither the Purchaser nor the Corporations may use the words “Superior Plus” or any part thereof or any similar words in connection with the Corporations, the Business or otherwise.

 

  (b) The Purchaser has no proprietary interest in the internet, email or other electronic addresses or sites currently used by the Corporations and the Employees that use the Sellers’ names or the name “Superior Plus” (the Seller IP ) and shall cause the Corporations to cease use of the Seller IP no later than 90 days after the Closing Date.

 

5.15 Non-Solicitation and Non-Compete

 

  (a) The Sellers shall not, and shall cause their Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly through any Person or contractual arrangement:

 

  (i) at any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, (A) engage in any business that competes with the Business within the United States or Canada, or (B) perform management, executive or supervisory functions with respect to, or own, operate, join, control, render financial assistance to, receive any economic benefit from, exert any influence upon, participate in, render services or advice to, any business or Person that competes in whole or in part with the Business within the United States or Canada; provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 5.15, ownership of securities having no more than five percent of the outstanding voting power of any competitor listed on any national securities exchange shall not be deemed to be a violation of this Section 5.15 as long as the person owning such securities has no other connection or relationship with such competitor; or

 

  (ii) at any time prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, solicit or recruit for employment or other provision of services or hire as an employee, consultant or independent contractor any person who at the time of such attempted solicitation, recruitment or hiring is, or has been within the previous six months, a Company Group Employee; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (A) a general solicitation of general advertising or similar methods of solicitation by search firms not specifically directed at Company Group Employees or (B) the solicitation, recruitment, or hiring of any individual whom the Purchaser or the Corporations has previously voluntarily terminated from employment and who is not then a Company Group Employee.

 

62


  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 5.15 shall prohibit any Seller or any of its Affiliates from:

 

  (i) acquiring (or entering into an agreement to acquire) and, after such acquisition, owning an interest in any Person (or its successor) that is engaged in a business that is competitive with the Business, provided that: (A) the competitive activities generated less than 10% of such Person’s consolidated annual revenues in the last completed fiscal year of such Person immediately preceding the year in which such acquisition takes place; (B) such Seller enters, within six months after the consummation of such acquisition, into a definitive agreement to cause the divestiture of all or substantially all of the competitive activities of such Person such that the restrictions set forth in this Section 5.15 would not operate to restrict such ownership; (C) such Seller completes such disposition within one year of the date of such definitive agreement; provided, that if such divestiture has not been consummated due to any applicable waiting period (including extension thereof) under any antitrust Laws or under any other applicable Law not having expired or been terminated, then such one year period to consummate the divestiture will automatically be extended until the date that is one week following the expiration or termination of such waiting period; and (D) between the date of such acquisition and subsequent disposition, such Seller and its Affiliates do not increase the engagement in such competitive activities, including through the contribution of capital or commitment of other resources; and

 

  (ii) participating in any joint venture or partnership with any Person that engages in the any competitive business separate from such joint venture or partnership, provided, that the activities of such joint venture or partnership, or of such Seller in respect thereof, do not include or involve the competitive activities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Section 5.15 shall apply to any Person who acquires, directly or indirectly (whether by merger, business combination, acquisition of securities, tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise) control of any Seller or any of its Affiliates, or merges or combines with any Seller, or any of such Person’s Affiliates, in each case, other than the legacy businesses of such Seller or any Affiliate of such Seller before giving effect to such change of control, merger or combination.

 

  (c) The Sellers acknowledge that the covenants of the Sellers set forth in this Section 5.15 are an essential element of this Agreement and that any breach by the Sellers of any provision of this Section 5.15 will result in irreparable injury to the Purchaser. The Sellers acknowledge that in the event of such a breach, in addition to all other remedies available at law, the Purchaser shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief, and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits or other benefits arising therefrom, as well as such other damages as may be appropriate. The Sellers have independently consulted with their counsel and after such consultation agree that the covenants set forth in this Section 5.15 are reasonable and proper to protect the legitimate interest of the Purchaser.

 

  (d)

If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the character, duration or geographical scope of the provisions of this Section 5.15 are unreasonable, it is the intention and the agreement of the Parties that these provisions shall be construed by a court in such a manner as to impose only those restrictions on the Sellers’ conduct that are reasonable in light of the circumstances and as are necessary to assure to the Purchaser the benefits of

 

63


  this Agreement. If, in any judicial proceeding, a court shall refuse to enforce all of the separate covenants of this Section 5.15 because taken together they are more extensive than necessary to assure to the Purchaser the intended benefits of this Agreement, it is expressly understood and agreed by the Parties that the provisions hereof that, if eliminated, would permit the remaining separate provisions to be enforced in such proceeding, shall be deemed eliminated, for the purposes of such proceeding, from this Agreement.

 

  (e) At the request of Superior Plus LP, the Purchaser agrees to make the joint election under Section 56.4 of the Tax Act with respect to the foregoing non-solicitation and non-compete obligations.

 

5.16 Exclusivity

The Sellers agree that between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing and the termination of this Agreement, the Sellers shall not, and shall take all action necessary to ensure that none of the Corporations or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives shall, directly or indirectly:

 

  (a) solicit, initiate, consider, encourage or accept any other proposals or offers from any Person (that is not an Affiliate of any Seller or Corporation) (i) relating to any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase of all or more than 10% of the capital stock or other equity or ownership interest of the Corporations or material assets of the Business, other than inventory to be sold in the Ordinary Course, (ii) to enter into any merger, consolidation or other business combination relating to the Corporations or the Business other than with respect to the Reorganization or (iii) to enter into a recapitalization, reorganization or any other extraordinary business transaction involving or otherwise relating to the Corporations, other than with respect to the Reorganization; or

 

  (b) participate in any negotiations or other business communications regarding, or furnish to any other Person any information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way, assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage any effort or attempt by any other Person to seek to do any of the foregoing. The Sellers immediately shall cease and cause to be terminated all existing discussions, conversations, negotiations and other communications with any Persons conducted heretofore with respect to any of the foregoing.

The Sellers shall not, and shall cause the Corporations not to, release any Person from, or waive any provision of, any confidentiality or standstill agreement to which the Sellers or the Corporations are a party, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

5.17 Confidential Information

For a period of five years following the Closing Date, the Sellers shall not, and shall cause their Affiliates and their respective representatives not to, use for its or their own benefit or divulge or convey to any third party, any Confidential Information; provided, however, that the Sellers or their Affiliates may furnish such portion (and only such portion) of the Confidential Information as such Seller or its Affiliate reasonably determines it is legally obligated to disclose, if: (i) to the extent not inconsistent with applicable Law or request of the applicable Governmental Authority, it affords the Purchaser the opportunity to consult on the advisability of taking steps available under applicable Law to resist or narrow such request; and (ii) it exercises commercially

 

64


reasonable efforts to afford the Purchaser, at the Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, the opportunity to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the disclosed Confidential Information. For purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information consists of all non-public information and data relating to the Corporations or the transactions contemplated hereby (other than data or information that is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a breach of this Section 5.17). Effective as of the Closing, the Sellers shall assign to the Purchaser all of their rights, title and interest in and to any confidentiality agreements entered into by the Sellers or their Affiliates or respective representatives and each Person (other than the Purchaser and its Affiliates and representatives) who entered into any such agreement or to whom Confidential Information was provided in connection with a business combination specifically limited to all or a portion of the Business, in each case to the extent such rights, title and interest are assignable without the consent of the applicable counterparty.

 

5.18 Termination of Indebtedness and Transaction Expenses

 

  (a) The Sellers shall negotiate and obtain Debt Payoff Letters for all Funded Indebtedness prior to the Closing. The Sellers shall, and shall cause the Corporations to, use reasonable best efforts to deliver all notices and take all other actions reasonably requested by the Purchaser to facilitate the termination of all Contracts relating to Funded Indebtedness and all interest rate swap or other hedging agreements, the termination of the commitments provided thereunder, the repayment in full of all obligations then outstanding thereunder and the release of all Liens in connection therewith on or prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that in no event shall this Section 5.18 require any of the Sellers or the Corporations to cause the termination of any Contracts relating to Funded Indebtedness or any interest rate swap or other hedging agreements other than as part of the Closing.

 

  (b) Prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Purchaser prior to the Closing Date an itemized list of all Transaction Expenses expected to be outstanding as of the Closing Date, including the identity of each payee, dollar amounts owed, wire instructions and any other information reasonably necessary to effect the final payment in full thereof.

 

5.19 Financing

 

  (a) Obligations of the Purchaser .

 

  (i)

The Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to consummate and obtain the Debt Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Debt Financing Commitments, including using reasonable best efforts to (A) maintain in effect the Financing Commitments, subject to the right to amend or otherwise modify or waive rights under the same as permitted hereby, (B) negotiate definitive agreements with respect thereto on the terms and conditions contained in the Debt Financing Commitments and (C) satisfy on a timely basis all conditions applicable to Purchaser in the Debt Financing Commitments that are within its control (or obtain the waiver of conditions applicable to the Purchaser contained in the Debt Financing Commitments). If all conditions to the Financing Commitments have been satisfied, the Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Lenders and the Person providing the Equity Financing to fund on the Closing Date the Financing to consummate the transactions

 

65


  contemplated by this Agreement on the terms contemplated by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the syndication of the Debt Financing to the extent permitted by the Debt Financing Commitments shall not be deemed to violate the Purchaser’s obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Initial Lenders (as defined in the Debt Financing Commitments) shall retain exclusive control over all rights and obligations with respect to their respective commitments in respect of the Debt Financing until the initial funding of the Debt Financing has occurred.

 

  (ii) Purchaser shall notify the Sellers, as promptly as practicable, of (i) any termination of any of the Financing Commitments, (ii) the receipt of any written notice or other written communication (other than negotiations of the definitive agreements with respect to the Financing) from any Financing Source with respect to any actual default, breach, termination or repudiation of any Financing Commitment or any definitive agreement relating to the Financing, in each case by any party thereto; and (iii) if for any reason Purchaser believes in good faith that it will not be able to obtain all or any portion of the Financing on the terms contemplated by the Financing Commitments or the definitive agreements relating to the Financing, as the case may be.

 

  (iii) The Purchaser shall have the right from time to time to (A) amend, replace, supplement or otherwise modify, or waive any of its rights under, the Debt Financing Commitments, (B) substitute other debt or equity financing for all or any portion of the Financing from the same and/or alternative Financing Sources and/or (C) reduce the amount of Debt Financing under the Debt Financing Commitments in its reasonable discretion; provided, that the Purchaser shall not agree to or permit any amendments, replacements, supplements or modifications to, or grant any waivers of, any condition or other provision under the Financing Commitments or the definitive agreements relating to the Financing without the prior written consent of Superior Plus LP (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), if such amendments, replacements, supplements, modifications or waivers would (w) with respect to the Financing Commitments, reduce (or could have the effect of reducing) the aggregate amount of the Financing to an amount committed below the amount that, together with other immediately available financial resources of the Purchaser, including amounts available pursuant to any corresponding increase in the Equity Financing Commitments and cash and cash equivalents of the Purchaser and the Corporations, would be required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) impose new or additional conditions or otherwise expand upon, amend or modify any of the conditions precedent to the Debt Financing in any respect that would make such conditions less likely to be satisfied by the Closing Date or (y) otherwise be reasonably likely to (prevent or materially impede, interfere with, hinder or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser shall promptly deliver to the Sellers true and complete copies of any such amendment, modification or waiver.

 

  (iv)

If any portion of the Debt Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Debt Financing Commitments, the Purchaser shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to arrange and obtain alternative financing from alternative financial institutions in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement upon terms and

 

66


  conditions that, taken as a whole, are at least as favorable to Purchaser (as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Purchaser) as the terms and conditions set forth in the Debt Financing Commitments. The Purchaser shall promptly deliver to the Sellers true and complete copies of all Contracts or other arrangements relating to such alternate financing, and Purchaser shall keep the Sellers informed on a timely basis in reasonable detail of the status of such alternate financing and any material developments relating thereto.

 

  (v) The Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cause the Equity Financing to be funded in the event that the Debt Financing has been funded or will be funded at the Closing if the Equity Financing is funded at the Closing.

 

  (vi) All non-public or otherwise confidential information regarding the Corporations obtained by the Purchaser or its Affiliates or representatives pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be kept confidential in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

  (vii)

In the event that on the final day of the Marketing Period (A) all or any portion of the Debt Financing structured as high-yield financing has not been consummated, (B) all closing conditions contained in Section 7.1 shall have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) and (C) the Bridge Facility (as defined in the Debt Financing Commitment) (or alternative bridge financing obtained in accordance with the preceding sentence) is available on the terms and conditions described in the Debt Financing Commitments (or replacements thereof as contemplated by the preceding paragraph), then the Purchaser shall borrow under and use the proceeds of the Bridge Facility (or such alternative bridge financing) to replace such affected portion of the high-yield financing no later than the last day of the Marketing Period. For purposes of this Agreement, Marketing Period shall mean the first period of 20 consecutive Business Days after the date hereof throughout which (x) the Purchaser and its Financing Sources shall have the Required Information (as defined below) and during which period such information shall remain compliant at all times with provisions of Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act applicable to a registered offering under the Securities Act and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 shall be satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing), and nothing has occurred and no condition exists that would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 to fail to be satisfied assuming the Closing were to be scheduled for any time during such 20-Business Day period; provided, that (1) the Marketing Period must occur entirely during the period (I) from and including July 11, 2016 through and including August 19, 2016, (II) from and including September 7, 2016 through and including October 28, 2016; (III) from and including October 31, 2016 through and including December 16, 2016 (with a customary pause, but not a restart, for the Thanksgiving holiday weekend) or (IV) from and including January 5, 2017 through and including March 31, 2017; provided , however , that if the expiration date of the Debt Financing Commitments is extended to a date later than October 28, 2016, the restart of the Marketing Period contemplated by clauses (II) and (III) above shall be postponed correspondingly to match such extension; (2) the Marketing Period shall not be deemed to have commenced if (X) prior to the completion of the Marketing Period, Deloitte LLP shall have withdrawn its audit opinion with

 

67


  respect to any of the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Agreement in respect of which Deloitte LLP has delivered an audit opinion or (Y) the financial statements included in the Required Information that are available to Purchaser on the first day of any such 20-Business Day period would not be sufficiently current on any day during such period to permit (I) a registration statement using such financial statements to be declared effective by the SEC on the last day of such period and (II) the Financing Sources to receive customary “comfort” (including “negative assurance” comfort) from independent accountants with respect to such financial statements, in which case the Marketing Period shall thereafter commence at such time as Deloitte LLP has reissued its opinion and such financial statements shall once again be sufficiently current to permit the events described in subsections (2)(Y)(I) and (2)(Y)(II) of this paragraph; and (3) the Marketing Period shall end on any earlier date on which the Debt Financing, including the high-yield financing (other than any portion of the Debt Financing that constituted Senior Secured Bridge Loans (as defined in the Debt Financing Commitment) with respect to such high-yield financing), is consummated. If, at any time, the Sellers reasonably believe that all Required Information has been made available to Purchaser and the Marketing Period shall commence, then the Sellers may deliver to Purchaser written notice to that effect, in which case the Marketing Period will be deemed to have begun on the date such notice has been delivered to Purchaser, unless Purchaser delivers written notice to the Sellers within three Business Days after delivery of Sellers’ notice stating in reasonable detail which items of the Required Information have not been made available to it, in which case the Marketing Period shall commence as of the date such missing information is provided to Purchaser.

 

  (viii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, nothing contained in this Section 5.19(a) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall require, and in no event shall the “reasonable best efforts” of the Purchaser be deemed or construed to require, the Purchaser to seek the Equity Financing from any source other than those counterparty to, or in any amount in excess of that contemplated by, the Equity Financing Commitment.

 

  (ix) For purposes of this Agreement, references to “Financing” shall include the financing contemplated by the Financing Commitments as permitted to be amended, modified, replaced, supplemented or substituted by this Section 5.19(a) and references to “Financing Commitments” or “Debt Financing Commitments” shall include such documents as permitted to be amended, modified, replaced, supplemented or substituted by this Section 5.19(a).

 

  (b) Obligations of the Sellers .

 

  (i)

Each of the Sellers shall, and shall cause the Corporations, and its and their respective representatives, including legal, tax, regulatory and accounting, to, provide cooperation to the Purchaser as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser and/or the Financing Sources that is necessary, proper or advisable in connection with the Financing and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case at the Purchaser’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall require such cooperation to the extent it would, in the Sellers’ reasonable judgment, interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Corporations; and provided, further, that

 

68


  notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Sellers nor any of the Corporations shall (x) be required to pay any commitment or other similar fee, (y) have any liability or obligation under any loan agreement or any related document or any other agreement or document related to the Financing prior to the Closing Date or (z) be required to incur any other liability in connection with the Financing that will not be reimbursed by the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall, promptly upon written request by the Sellers, reimburse the Sellers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs to the extent such costs are incurred by the Sellers or the Corporations in connection with such cooperation provided by the Sellers or the Corporations pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.19(b), and Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers and the Corporations and their respective representatives from and against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by them in connection with the arrangement of the Financing and any information utilized in connection therewith, except in the event such Losses arose out of or resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Sellers, any of the Corporations or any of their respective representatives. Subject to the foregoing:

 

  (A) the Sellers shall participate in a reasonable number of meetings (including customary one-on-one meetings with the parties acting as lead arrangers or agents for, and prospective lenders and purchasers of, the Financing and the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel of the Sellers and other members of senior management and representatives of the Sellers), presentations, road shows, due diligence and drafting sessions and sessions with prospective Financing Sources, investors and rating agencies, and cooperate with the marketing efforts of the Purchaser and its Financing Sources, in each case in connection with all or any portion of the Financing;

 

  (B) the Sellers shall reasonably cooperate with the preparation of customary materials for rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, business projections, lender and investor presentations and similar documents required in connection with the Financing, including execution and delivery of customary representation letters in connection with bank information memoranda;

 

  (C)

the Sellers shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, furnish the Purchaser and the Financing Sources with financial and other pertinent information regarding each Corporation as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser, including (1) the Audited Financial Statements and such other financial statements, financial data, audit reports and other information of the type and form customarily included in offering documents used in Rule 144A “for life” private placements pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (including, to the extent applicable with respect to such financial statements, the report of the Sellers’ auditors thereon and related management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, in each case with customary exceptions for a Rule 144A “for life” offering) to consummate the offering(s) of debt securities and/or syndication of credit facilities, as applicable, contemplated by the Debt

 

69


  Financing Commitments, assuming that such offering(s) were consummated at the same time during the Sellers’ fiscal year as the offering(s) of debt securities and/or syndication of credit facilities, as applicable, contemplated by the Debt Financing Commitments (provided that in no circumstance shall the Sellers be required to provide subsidiary financial statements or any other information of the type required by Rule 3-09, Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, Compensation Disclosure and Analysis required by Regulation S-K Item 402(b) or other information customarily excluded from a Rule 144A offering memorandum), (2) all information required for the Purchaser to prepare appropriate pro forma financial statements in accordance with GAAP and Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (consisting of a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of operations, in each case of the Purchaser or its predecessors, as applicable, as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or fiscal year and for the four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended) which reflect adjustments applied in accordance with Regulation S-X and purchase accounting adjustments (provided that such purchase accounting adjustments may be preliminary in nature and based only on estimates and allocations reasonably determined by the Purchaser), (3) as otherwise necessary in order to receive customary “comfort” (including “negative assurance” comfort) from independent accountants in connection with the offering(s) of debt securities contemplated by the Debt Financing Commitments or with respect to the financial statements and data referred to in sub-clause (1) above, and (4) such other financial information as may be required pursuant to the Debt Financing Commitments (all such information in sub-clauses (1) to (4) of this clause (C), the Required Information );

 

  (D) the Sellers shall obtain accountants’ comfort letters and consents to the use of accountants’ audit reports relating to each Seller and the Corporations, legal opinions and other documentation and items required by the Debt Financing Commitments; provided, however, that if any such documentation or items are not required by the Debt Financing Commitments but are otherwise reasonably requested by the Purchaser, the Sellers shall reasonably cooperate with and assist the Purchaser in obtaining such other documentation and items;

 

  (E)

the Sellers shall cause the Corporations to execute and deliver, as of and effective only upon the time of the Closing, any definitive financing documents, including any credit or purchase agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other security documents or other certificates, documents and instruments relating to guarantees, the pledge of collateral and other matters ancillary to the Financing (including a certificate of the chief financial officer of the applicable Corporations with respect to solvency matters and consents of accountants for use of their reports in any materials relating to the Debt Financing) as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser in connection with the Financing and otherwise reasonably facilitate the pledge of collateral and other matters ancillary to the Financing (including cooperation in connection with the payoff of existing

 

70


  indebtedness and the release of related Liens, and the negotiation and delivery of customary payoff and release letters) as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser in connection with the Financing;

 

  (F) the Sellers shall cause the Corporations to take all actions necessary to (1) permit the Financing Sources to conduct audit examinations, appraisals and other evaluations with respect to each Corporation’s current assets and other collateral, and to evaluate its cash management and accounting systems, policies and procedures relating thereto for the purposes of establishing collateral arrangements and (2) establish bank and other accounts and blocked account agreements and lock box arrangements in connection with the foregoing;

 

  (G) upon the Purchaser’s prior written request at least 10 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall provide all customary documentation and other information about each Corporation requested in connection with the Debt Financing and required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations; and

 

  (H) the Sellers shall cause the Corporations to take all corporate or other actions, and provide such other assistance necessary or reasonably requested by the Purchaser to permit the consummation of the Debt Financing and to permit the proceeds thereof, including any high yield financing, to be made available to the Purchaser on the Closing Date to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (ii) The Sellers will use reasonable best efforts to update any Required Information to be included in an offering document to be used in connection with the Debt Financing if they become aware that such Required Information contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

 

  (iii) The Sellers hereby consent to the use of their and their Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Debt Financing; provided, that such logos are used solely in a manner that is not intended to or reasonably likely to harm or disparage the Sellers, their Affiliates, the Corporations or the Business, or the reputation or goodwill of any of the foregoing.

 

  (c) Purchaser shall use reasonable best efforts, and shall cause its Affiliates to use reasonable best efforts to, refrain from taking, directly or indirectly, any action that would reasonably be expected to result in the failure of any of the conditions contained in the Financing Commitments or in any definitive agreement relating to the Financing.

 

5.20 Financial Obligations

Prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall, at its expense, (a) arrange for substitute letters of credit, surety bonds, guarantees and other obligations to replace the outstanding letters of credit, surety bonds, guarantees and other contractual obligations entered into by either of the Sellers or Superior Plus Parent or any of their respective Affiliates in respect of the Business set forth in Section 5.20 of the Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the Financial Obligations ) or (b) assume

 

71


all obligations under each Financial Obligation, obtaining from the creditor or other counterparty a full and irrevocable release of the applicable Seller, Superior Plus Parent or the respective Affiliate in connection with the Financial Obligations. The Sellers shall cooperate reasonably with the Purchaser and use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such releases and substitutions. In the event that any such releases or substitutions have not been effected prior to the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such release and substitution to occur following the Closing Date and, to extent any of the Sellers, Superior Plus Parent or their respective Affiliates incurs any cost or expense, or is required to make any payment, in connection with such Financial Obligations on or after the Closing, the Purchaser shall indemnify and hold such Person harmless against, and reimburse such Person for, any and all amounts paid or charged against such Person, whether or not any such Financial Obligation is drawn upon or required to be performed, and shall in any event reasonably promptly after written demand therefor reimburse the Sellers, Superior Plus Parent and their respective Affiliates to the extent that any Financial Obligation is called upon and Sellers, Superior Plus Parent or any of their respective Affiliates makes any payment or incurs any liability in respect of any such Financial Obligation.

 

5.21 Interim Financial Statements

Until the Closing Date, the Sellers shall deliver to the Purchaser, within 15 days after the end of each month, a copy of the unaudited balance sheet reflecting the operations of the Business as of the end of the preceding month, and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such preceding month, prepared in a manner and containing information consistent with the Business’s current practices.

 

5.22 Cash Dividends

Prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the Corporations to distribute to Sellers as a dividend all Cash of the Corporations; provided, however, that the Sellers shall not be required to distribute (a) any Cash that is required to be held by the Corporations pursuant to Law, (b) any Cash where the dividend or other transfer or repatriation of such Cash would result in the payment of any Taxes (withholding or otherwise) or penalties, and (c) any Cash that, in the good faith judgment of the Sellers, is required for the operations of the Corporations as is anticipated to be conducted following the Closing.

 

5.23 Title Policies

 

  (a)

At Closing, Purchaser may, at its sole cost and expense (and without any adjustment to the Purchase Price), obtain from a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by Purchaser and reasonably acceptable to Sellers (the Title Company ) an ALTA extended coverage Owner’s Policy of Title Insurance with respect to the fee interest in the Owned Properties, and such title insurance policy shall: (i) include such endorsements as Purchaser may require or are otherwise customary in the state or province in which the applicable Owned Property is located, (ii) show the Purchaser as the named insured with title to the Owned Property, and (iii) include as “title exceptions” (or sometimes referred to as a so-called “Schedule B” or “Schedule B-2” title objections) only (A) Permitted Encumbrances, (B) real property taxes and special assessments not yet due and payable; (C) any exceptions or other title objections to the extent arising solely from Purchaser’s actions, including without limitation Purchaser’s due diligence investigations; and (D) any matters that an accurate survey would show (sometimes referred to as the survey exception) (collectively, the Title Policies ); provided that, and for the avoidance of any

 

72


doubt, (1) the Parties agree that Purchaser’s receipt of Title Policies shall not be a closing condition to Purchaser’s obligation to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (2) even if Purchaser shall not be able to obtain any one or more Title Policies at Closing, Purchaser may not use such inability to obtain any such Title Policy to delay, postpone or excuse Purchaser’s obligation to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or entitle Purchaser to any right to terminate this Agreement or any adjustment to the Purchase Price otherwise due hereunder; (3) all costs, expenses and liability with respect to such Title Policies shall be borne by Purchaser; and (4) Purchaser acknowledges that its ability to obtain any so-called non-imputation endorsement to any Title Policy requires special underwriting requirements and significant increase in premiums, and Sellers make no representation or warranty about Purchaser’s ability to obtain any such endorsement.

 

  (b) Sellers shall reasonably cooperate with Purchaser, and use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Purchaser, in connection with obtaining the Title Policies at Closing, which efforts shall include commercially reasonable efforts to deliver any documentation reasonably required by the Title Company in connection with the Title Policies, provided that the Sellers’ obligation under this Section 5.23(b) shall not require Sellers to provide any affidavits, indemnities or other documentation or take any other action in connection with the Title Policies under this Agreement that could increase their liability in respect of any matter beyond the express liabilities (including consideration of the caps, baskets and survival periods set forth herein) of the Sellers under this Agreement.

 

5.24 Project Theo Bonuses

Following completion of the ERP migration project known as “Project Theo,” and the payment of project bonuses in connection therewith, the Purchaser shall reimburse the Sellers for amount, if any, by which the Project Theo Accrued Bonus Amount exceeds the actual amount of project bonuses (including related employment Taxes) paid by the Purchaser.

Article 6 – Closing

 

6.1 Date, Time and Place of Closing

The completion of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated by this Agreement will take place at the offices of Orrick, Herrington and Sutcliffe LLP, 51 W. 52nd St., New York, NY 10019 at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date; provided, however, if the Marketing Period has not ended at such time, the Closing shall not occur until the earlier to occur of (i) a date during the Marketing Period specified by the Purchaser on not less than four Business Days written notice to the Sellers (provided that such notice may be conditioned upon the simultaneous completion of the Debt Financing and provided, further, that if such Debt Financing is not completed for any reason at any time, such notice shall automatically be deemed withdrawn) and (ii) the fourth Business Day following the final day of the Marketing Period (subject, in each case, to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article 7 as of the date determined by this proviso), or at such other place, on such other date and at such other time as may be agreed upon in writing by the Parties; provided, however, that the Closing may take place by electronic exchange of documents with the same effect as at a live Closing attended by representatives of the Parties. The Closing shall be deemed effective at 12:00:01 a.m. local time of each Corporation on the Closing Date.

 

73


6.2 Closing Procedures

Subject to satisfaction or waiver by the relevant Party of the conditions of closing, at the Closing, the Purchaser shall pay the Estimated Canadian Purchase Price and the Estimated US Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.5, and upon such payment, the Sellers shall deliver actual possession of the Purchased Shares to the Purchaser.

 

6.3 Survival

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the covenants, representations, warranties and other provisions of this Agreement will survive (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any related transfer or conveyance documents, (b) the Closing and (c) the payment of the Final Aggregate Purchase Price. Notwithstanding such Closing or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Party, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect. Closing shall not prejudice any right of one Party against any other Party in respect of anything done or omitted under this Agreement or in respect of any right to damages or other remedies.

Article 7 – Conditions of Closing

 

7.1 Conditions in Favor of the Purchaser

The obligation of the Purchaser to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the following conditions to be fulfilled or performed at or prior to Closing, which conditions are for the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser and may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Purchaser in its sole discretion:

 

  (a) Truth of Representations and Warranties. (i) The representations and warranties made by Sellers set forth in Sections 3.1 (Incorporation and Corporate Power), 3.2 (Corporate Authorizations), 3.3(c) and (d) (No Conflict with Laws), 3.7 (Execution and Binding Obligation), 3.8 (Authorized and Issued Capital), 3.10 (Title to Purchased Shares), 3.11 (No Other Agreements to Purchase) and 3.24 (No Options) (collectively, the Fundamental Representations ) shall be true and correct in all respects (other than de minimis exceptions) both when made and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent any such representations or warranty is, by its terms, made as of a specified date, in which case the accuracy of such representation or warranty shall be determined as of that specified date), and (ii) each of the other representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct, without regard to any materiality qualifications contained in them, both when made and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent any such representations or warranty is, by its terms, made as of a specified date, in which case the accuracy of such representation or warranty shall be determined as of that specified date), except, in the case of this clause (ii), for any failure to be so true and correct, when made or as of the Closing Date, that, individually or in the aggregate with other failures, would not have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that, with respect to this clause (ii), in the case of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.3(a) and (b), 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6, clause (4) of the definition of Material Adverse Effect shall be disregarded when determining whether any failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct has had a Material Adverse Effect. In each case, the Sellers shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser a certificate of a senior officer to the effect of the foregoing.

 

74


  (b) Performance of Covenants. The Sellers shall have fulfilled, performed or complied with in all material respects all covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement to be fulfilled, performed or complied with by them at or prior to Closing, and each of the Sellers shall have executed and delivered a certificate of a senior officer to that effect.

 

  (c) Competition Act. Competition Act Approval shall have been obtained.

 

  (d) HSR Act. HSR Approval shall have been obtained.

 

  (e) No Order. No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law or final, non-appealable order which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal, prohibiting consummation of such transactions or causing any of the transactions contemplated hereunder to be rescinded following completion thereof (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any consent decree).

 

  (f) No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred any change, event or development that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.2 Conditions in Favor of the Sellers

The obligation of the Sellers to complete the transactions contemplated in this Agreement is subject to the following conditions to be fulfilled or performed at or prior to Closing, which conditions are for the exclusive benefit of the Sellers and may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Sellers in their sole discretion:

 

  (a) Truth of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects both when made and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is, by its terms, made as of a specified date, in which case the accuracy of such representation or warranty will be determined as of such date), and the Purchaser shall have executed and delivered a certificate of a senior officer to that effect.

 

  (b) Performance of Covenants. The Purchaser shall have fulfilled, performed or complied with in all material respects all covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement to be fulfilled, performed or complied with by it at or prior to Closing, and the Purchaser shall have executed and delivered a certificate of a senior officer to that effect.

 

  (c) No Legal Action. No action or proceeding shall be pending or threatened by any Person (other than the Purchaser, the Sellers, the Corporations or any of their respective Affiliates) in any jurisdiction, to enjoin, restrict or prohibit any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (d) Competition Act. Competition Act Approval shall have been obtained and shall not have been rescinded or amended.

 

  (e) HSR Act. HSR Approval shall have been obtained and shall not have been rescinded or amended.

 

  (f)

No Order. No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law or final, non-appealable order which has the effect of making the

 

75


  transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal, otherwise restraining or prohibiting consummation of such transactions or causing any of the transactions contemplated hereunder to be rescinded following completion thereof (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any consent decree).

Article 8 – Termination

 

8.1 Termination

This Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing:

 

  (a) by the Purchaser upon written notice to the Sellers, if any of Sellers’ representations and warranties contained in Article 3 of this Agreement shall cease to be true and correct in any respect or the Sellers shall have breached or failed to perform in any respect any of their respective covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, and such failure or breach (i) has not been or cannot be cured by the earlier of (A) the date that is 30 Business Days after the date that the Purchaser has notified the Sellers in writing of such failure or breach and (B) the Outside Date and (ii) would give rise to a failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b); provided that the Purchaser is not then in breach of any of its respective representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that such failure or breach would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b);

 

  (b) by the Sellers upon written notice to the Purchaser, if any of the Purchaser’s representations and warranties contained in Article 4 of this Agreement shall cease to be true and correct in any respect or Purchaser shall have breached or failed to perform in any respect any of its covenants or other agreements contained in this Agreement, and such failure or breach (i) has not been cured or cannot be cured by the earlier of (A) the date that is 30 Business Days after the date that the Sellers have notified Purchaser in writing of such failure or breach and (B) the Outside Date and (ii) would give rise to a failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b); provided, that the Sellers are not then in breach of any of their respective representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that such failure or breach would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b);

 

  (c) by written agreement of the Parties;

 

  (d) by written notice from either the Purchaser or the Sellers, if the Closing has not occurred by January 31, 2017 ( Outside Date ); provided, however, if the Closing does not occur on or before such date, solely because of the failure to obtain Competition Act Approval and/or HSR Approval, the Outside Date shall automatically extend until March 31, 2017;

 

  (e) by the Sellers if (i) the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) have been satisfied or waived by Purchaser, (ii) the Sellers have confirmed by notice to the Purchaser that all conditions set forth in Section 7.2 have been satisfied (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing), and (iii) the Marketing Period has ended and the Closing shall not have occurred within four Business Days after delivery by the Sellers of such notice; or

 

76


  (f) by either the Purchaser or Sellers if the Competition Act Approval and/or the HSR Approval has not been obtained by the Outside Date (if applicable, as extended pursuant to Section 8.1(d)); provided that the Party seeking termination pursuant to this Section 8.1(f) is not then in breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement (including those set forth in Section 5.9 or Section 5.13) such that such failure or breach would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Sections 7.1(a), 7.1(b), 7.2(a) or 7.2(b), as the case may be.

 

8.2 Effect of Termination

 

  (a) Except as provided in Section 8.2(b), if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Sections 8.1(a), 8.1(b), 8.1(c) or 8.1(d), all obligations of the Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate without further liability of any Party to the other except for (i) the provision of Section 10.1 relating to notices, Section 10.8 relating to governing law, Section 10.10 relating to waiver of jury trial, Section 10.13 relating to expenses, Section 10.15 relating to announcements, and this Section 8.2 and (ii) claims relating to pre-Closing breach of this Agreement.

 

  (b) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to (i) Section 8.1(e), (ii) Section 8.1(f), (iii) Section 8.1(b) in connection with a breach of the representations or warranties of Purchaser set forth in Section 4.8 or Purchaser’s covenants set forth in Section 5.19, or (iv) Section 8.1(d) under circumstances in which the Sellers would have been entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(b), Section 8.1(e) or Section 8.1(f), then the Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the Purchaser Termination Fee as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within five Business Days) following the date of termination of this Agreement.

 

  (c) The Sellers and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that the obligations contained in this Section 8.2 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, that without the Parties’ agreement to discharge such obligations, Purchaser and Sellers would not have entered into this Agreement, and that the Purchaser Termination Fee constitutes liquidated damages in a reasonable amount that will compensate the Sellers in circumstances in which the Purchaser Termination Fee is payable, and is not a penalty. Accordingly, if the Purchaser fails promptly to pay the fee due pursuant to Sections 8.2(b), and, in order to obtain such payment, the Sellers commence a proceeding that results in an award against the Purchaser for such fee, the Purchaser shall pay to the Sellers their costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with such proceeding, together with interest on the amount of the Purchaser Termination Fee from the date such payment was required to be made until the date of payment at the prime lending rate as published in The Wall Street Journal in effect on the date such payment was required to be made.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no termination pursuant to Section 8.1 shall relieve any Party from liability for fraud, in which case the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to all rights and remedies at law or in equity.

 

8.3 Waiver of Conditions of Closing

If any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 have not been satisfied, the Purchaser may elect in writing to waive the condition and proceed with the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, if any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 have not been satisfied, the

 

77


Sellers may elect in writing to waive the condition and proceed with the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Any such waiver and election by the Purchaser or the Sellers, as the case may be, will only serve as a waiver of the specific closing condition and the Party which has not been able to satisfy the waived condition will have no liability with respect to that specifically waived condition.

Article 9 – Indemnification and Remedies

 

9.1 Sellers’ Indemnities

From and after the Closing, the Sellers shall be liable for and, as an independent covenant, shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the Purchaser, the Corporations, their Affiliates and, to the extent named or involved in any third party action or claim, their respective employees, directors, officers, representatives and related persons (collectively, the Purchaser Indemnified Persons ) from and against any and all Losses of the Purchaser Indemnified Persons that any of them may suffer, sustain, pay or incur, in each case, to the extent caused by or arising out of or resulting from:

 

  (a) any breach of a Fundamental Representation made by the Sellers (which breach existed as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date) for which written notice of such Losses, with reasonable particulars to the extent then known, shall have been provided by the Purchaser to the Sellers at any time prior to the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date;

 

  (b) any breach of the representations or warranties made by the Sellers set forth in Section 3.41 relating to environmental matters, Section 3.6 (with respect to consents required solely for completion of the Reorganization) or Section 3.22 relating to sufficiency of assets (in each case which breach existed as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date), in each case for which written notice of such Losses, with reasonable particulars to the extent then known, shall have been provided by the Purchaser to the Sellers at any time prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date;

 

  (c) breaches of any of the other representations or warranties made by the Sellers as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date in Article 3 for which written notice of such Losses, with reasonable particulars to the extent then known, shall have been provided by the Purchaser to the Sellers by the earlier of (i) April 30, 2017 and (ii) the date the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Purchaser and the Corporations for the fiscal year ended as of December 31, 2016 and the related audited consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flows are available to the Purchaser;

 

  (d) breaches of covenants made by the Sellers in this Agreement for which written notice of such Losses, with reasonable particulars to the extent then known, shall have been provided by the Purchaser to the Sellers within 18 months after the Closing Date, for covenants to be performed prior to the Closing Date, or within 18 months after the date such covenant was to be performed, for covenants to be performed after the Closing Date;

 

  (e) any event of fraud by the Sellers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

  (f) the Coast Building Supplies Ltd. litigation identified in the first row of the chart set forth on Section 3.39 of the Disclosure Schedule, but only to the extent of Losses in excess of any amount taken into account as a current liability in the calculation of Canadian Net Working Capital or US Net Working Capital in relation to such litigation.

 

78


The Parties acknowledge and agree that each of the time periods set forth in this Section 9.1 constitutes an agreed-upon statute of limitations for bringing Claims under this Section 9.1, notwithstanding anything to the contrary available under applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of determining the amount of Losses resulting from any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty subject to indemnification under this Section 9.1 or Section 9.10, all “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect,” and other like qualifications shall be disregarded.

 

9.2 Purchaser’s Indemnities

From and after the Closing, the Purchaser shall be liable for and, as an independent covenant, shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the Sellers and, to the extent named or involved in any third party action or claim, their respective employees, directors, officers, representatives and related persons (collectively, the Seller Indemnified Persons ) from and against any and all the Losses of the Seller Indemnified Persons that any of them may suffer, sustain, pay or incur to the extent:

 

  (a) caused by or arising out of or resulting from breaches of the representations or warranties made by the Purchaser as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date, for which written notice of such Losses with reasonable particulars shall have been provided by the Sellers to the Purchaser within 18 months after the Closing Date;

 

  (b) caused by or arising out of or resulting from breaches of covenants made by the Purchaser in this Agreement for which written notice of such Losses with reasonable particulars shall have been provided by the Sellers to the Purchaser within 18 months of the Closing Date, for covenants to be performed prior to the Closing Date, or within 18 months after the date such covenant was to be performed, for covenants to be performed after the Closing Date; or

 

  (c) caused by or arising out or resulting from any event of fraud by the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

The Parties acknowledge and agree that the periods set forth in this Section 9.2 constitute an agreed-upon statute of limitations for bringing Claims under this Section 9.2, notwithstanding anything to the contrary available under applicable Law.

 

9.3 Indemnification Actions

For purposes of this Section 9.3, the term Indemnifying Person when used in connection with particular Losses shall mean the Person having an obligation to indemnify another Person or Persons with respect to such Losses pursuant to Sections 9.1 and 9.2 and the term Indemnified Person when used in connection with particular Losses shall mean a Person having the right to be indemnified with respect to such Losses pursuant to Sections 9.1 and 9.2. All claims for indemnification under Sections 9.1 and 9.2 shall be asserted and resolved as follows:

 

  (a)

To make a claim for indemnification under Sections 9.1 and 9.2, an Indemnified Person shall notify the Indemnifying Person of its claim, including specific details of and specific basis under this Agreement for its claim (the Claim Notice ). If the claim for

 

79


  indemnification is based upon a claim by a third party against the Indemnified Person (a Third Party Claim ), the Indemnified Person shall provide its Claim Notice reasonably promptly after the Indemnified Person has actual knowledge of the Third Party Claim and shall enclose a copy of all papers (if any) served with respect to the Third Party Claim; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Person to give notice of a Third Party Claim as provided in this Section 9.3 shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person of its obligations under Sections 9.1 and 9.2 except to the extent such failure prejudices the Indemnifying Person’s ability to defend against the Third Party Claim or increases the potential liability of the Indemnifying Person with respect to the Third Party Claim.

 

  (b) In the event of a Third Party Claim for which the Indemnifying Person would be required to indemnify the Indemnified Person for more than 50% of the Losses claimed, unless the Indemnifying Person fails to respond to the Indemnified Person’s notice under Section 9.3(a) within 30 days after receiving such notice, the Indemnifying Person shall have the right to diligently defend, at its sole cost and expense, the Third Party Claim. The Indemnifying Person shall have full control of such defense and proceedings, including any compromise or settlement thereof, subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 9.3(b). If requested by the Indemnifying Person, the Indemnified Person agrees to cooperate in contesting any Third Party Claim which the Indemnifying Person elects to contest (provided, however, that the Indemnified Person shall not be required to bring any counterclaim or cross-complaint against any Person). The Indemnified Person may at its expense participate in, but not control, any defense or settlement of any Third Party Claim controlled by the Indemnifying Person pursuant to this Section 9.3(b). Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.3(b), the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to participate in any such defense or settlement at the expense of the Indemnifying Person if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Person, a material conflict exists between the Indemnified Person and the Indemnifying Person. An Indemnifying Person shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, settle any Third Party Claim or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect thereto that (i) does not result in a final resolution of the Indemnified Person’s liability with respect to the Third Party Claim (including, in the case of a settlement, an unconditional written release of the Indemnified Person from all liability in respect of such Third Party Claim) or (ii) does not solely provide for monetary damages, the Indemnifying Person makes such payment in full and the Indemnified Person receives an unconditional release with respect to such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Person elects to control any Third Party Claim which relates to any Losses indemnified by it hereunder, it shall notify the Indemnified Person of its intent to do so and shall fully indemnify the Indemnified Person for all Losses relating to such Third Party Claim (subject to the applicable limitations set forth in Section 9.4).

 

  (c) If the Indemnifying Person does not assume the defense of a Third Party Claim pursuant to Section 9.3(b) or does not timely respond to the notice pursuant to Section 9.4(a), the Indemnified Person shall have the right to defend against the Third Party Claim (at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Person, if the Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification hereunder), with counsel of the Indemnified Person’s choosing. The Indemnified Person shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnifying Person, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, settle any Third Party Claim or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect thereto. If the Indemnified Person settles any Third Party Claim over the objection of the Indemnifying Person, the Indemnified Person shall be deemed to have waived any right to indemnity therefor.

 

80


This Section 9.3 shall not apply to claims in respect of Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 9.10.

 

9.4 Limitation on Liability

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement (other than Section 9.10):

 

  (a) The Sellers shall not be liable or have any obligation to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnified Person for any Losses if such Losses are accounted for in the calculation of the Aggregate Purchase Price, including its component parts, the Canadian Purchase Price and the US Purchase Price, pursuant to Sections 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10 and 2.11.

 

  (b) The Sellers shall not be liable for Losses under Section 9.1(b) or (c) unless the aggregate of the Purchaser Indemnified Person’s Losses exceeds US $1,750,000 (the Basket ) and, in such event, the Sellers shall be required to pay only the amount of such Losses that exceed the Basket.

 

  (c) No amount shall be payable by the Sellers under Section 9.1(b) or (c) with respect to any individual Claim or series of related Claims (including where such claims arise out of substantially the same facts, events, circumstances, acts, courses of action or omissions) involving a Loss that is less than US $10,000, and no such Claim or Loss shall be taken into account in determining whether, or to what extent, the Basket has been met or exceeded.

 

  (d) The maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses that shall be recoverable from the Sellers by the Purchaser Indemnified Persons in respect of Claims of the Purchaser arising out of or in connection with Section 9.1(b) or (c) shall equal US $32,500,000.

 

  (e) In no event shall any Indemnified Person be entitled to recover the same Losses more than once hereunder or otherwise be entitled to double recovery hereunder.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Financing Source Parties shall have no liability or obligation to the Sellers or the Corporations hereunder or under the Debt Financing Commitments or otherwise relating to or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and no Financing Source Party shall have any liability or obligation to the Sellers or the Corporations for any Losses suffered or incurred by the Sellers or any Corporation relating to or arising out of this Agreement (and the termination hereof) or the Debt Financing Commitments, or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (and the abandonment thereof) or any matter forming the basis for such termination, including any breach of this Agreement or the Debt Financing Commitments (including any willful and material breach), whether in equity or at law, in contract, in tort, or otherwise, provided that the foregoing shall not preclude any liability of the Financing Sources to the Purchaser under the terms of the Debt Financing Commitments or the Debt Financing.

 

9.5 Duty to Mitigate and Subrogation

 

  (a) Nothing in this Agreement in any way restricts or limits the general obligation at law of an Indemnified Person to mitigate any damages which it may suffer or incur by reason of the breach by an Indemnifying Person of any representation, warranty, covenant, condition or obligation of the Indemnifying Person under this Agreement.

 

81


  (b) The amount of any Losses hereunder shall be determined net of any amounts actually recovered by the Indemnified Party under insurance policies with respect to such Losses, net of any increase in premium or similar cost attributable to such recovery or Losses.

 

9.6 Section 338 Election

The Purchaser shall not make an election under Section 338 of the Code with respect to the purchase of the Midwest Purchased Shares or the Construction Products Purchased Shares. The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold the Sellers harmless for (a) any increase in the Sellers’ liability for Taxes and (b) any reduction in net operating losses or credits, in each case, which results from the failure of the Purchaser to satisfy its obligations under this Section 9.6.

 

9.7 Transfer Taxes

All stamp, transfer, documentary, sales and use, value added, registration and other such taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement or any other transaction contemplated hereby (collectively, the Transfer Taxes ) shall be paid one-half by the Purchaser, on the one hand, and one-half by the Sellers, on the other hand, when due, and all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to such Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed by the Party required by law to file such Tax Returns. Each Party shall provide the other Party with copies of all Tax Returns and other documentation for Transfer Taxes and evidence that such Transfer Taxes have been paid. The Parties shall cooperate in connection with the filing of any such Tax Returns for Transfer Taxes, including joining in the execution of such Tax Returns and the making and/or filing of any applicable elections required to claims exemptions from such Transfer Taxes. Sellers shall, jointly and severally, save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Persons for any Transfer Taxes that are the Sellers’ responsibility under this Section 9.7. The Purchaser shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Seller Indemnified Persons for any Transfer Taxes that are the responsibility of the Purchaser under this Section 9.7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any unrecoverable Canadian goods and services taxes or other Taxes required to be paid by the Newcos in connection with the Reorganization (the Reorganization Taxes ) shall be paid solely by the Seller and all necessary Tax Returns in respect of the Reorganization Taxes shall be prepared and filed by the Sellers.

 

9.8 Tax Benefit

If an Indemnifying Person is required to pay an amount to an Indemnified Person pursuant to a claim for indemnification under Article 9, such payment shall be made net of any refund or any reduction of, or credit against, Tax (including the net present value of any such refund, reduction or credit (calculated using an annual discount rate of 12.5%, calculated and compounded daily) arising in subsequent taxation years) that is available to such Indemnified Person or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Loss giving rise to such refund, reduction or benefit; provided, however, that: (i) the Indemnified Person shall not be obligated to file amended Tax Returns for such purpose; (ii) the Tax benefit shall be calculated on a net basis, taking into account, without limitation, any income recognized as a result of the receipt of the indemnity payment and any reduction in basis; and (iii) nothing in this Section 9.8 shall require an Indemnified Person to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its Tax Returns).

 

9.9 Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments

The Parties shall treat any indemnity payment made under this Agreement as an adjustment to the Aggregate Purchase Price for all Tax purposes, and the Parties agree to file their Tax Returns

 

82


  accordingly, unless otherwise required by a change in law occurring after the date of this Agreement, a closing agreement with an applicable Tax Authority or a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The adjustment to the Aggregate Purchase Price shall be allocated consistent with the principles of Section 2.12.

 

9.10 Tax Indemnification and Contest Matters

 

  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Sellers, jointly and severally, shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Persons from and against (a) any and all Taxes imposed on any of the Corporations (i) with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reorganization Taxes) and (ii) to the extent apportioned to the Sellers pursuant to Section 9.10(b), with respect to a Straddle Period, (b) all Taxes arising out of a breach of the representations or warranties with respect to Taxes contained in Section 3.40 with respect to which written notice has been provided by Purchaser to Sellers within 90 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, (c) any Losses with respect to Taxes indemnified hereunder, except, in the case of clauses (a) through (c), to the extent that such Taxes or other amounts were included as Liabilities in the calculation of Canadian Final Net Working Capital, US Final Net Working Capital, Canadian Final Net Debt Amount, US Final Net Debt Amount, Canadian Final Transaction Expenses or US Final Transaction Expenses. The Sellers shall pay to the Purchaser any amounts due pursuant to clauses (a) – (c) of this Section 9.10(a) within 15 days of receipt of written notice from the Purchaser; provided, that the Sellers’ payment obligation under this Section 9.10(a) shall be deferred for so long as there is an ongoing Tax Proceeding under Section 9.10(d) or any ongoing proceeding under Section 9.10(f) with respect to the Taxes for which the Purchaser is seeking indemnity. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the indemnities in this Section 9.10(a) and Section 9.7 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy in respect of Taxes and shall not be subject to any of the limitations on indemnification set forth in other provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 9.4).

 

  (b) For the sole purpose of appropriately apportioning any Taxes relating to a Straddle Period, the Parties shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat for all purposes the Closing Date as the last day of a Tax period of the Corporations. In a case where applicable Law does not permit the Parties to treat the Closing Date as the last day of a Tax period, then for purposes of this Agreement the portion of the Tax for such Straddle Period that is attributable to a Corporation for the part of such Tax period that ends on the Closing Date shall be (i) in the case of Taxes other than income, sales and use, value added and withholding Taxes, the total amount of such Tax for the full Tax period that includes the Closing Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the beginning of such Tax period to and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such full Tax period, and (ii) in the case of income, sales and use, value added and withholding Taxes, the Tax that would be due with respect to such partial period, if such partial period were a full Tax period, apportioning income, gain, expenses, loss, depreciation, deductions and credits equitably based on an interim closing of the books. For purposes of the foregoing, all Transaction Expenses shall be allocated to the Pre-Closing Tax Period.

 

  (c)

The Purchaser shall give written notice to the Sellers promptly (and, in any event, within 30 days) after receipt by a Purchaser Indemnified Person of any notice or inquiry, oral or

 

83


  written, from any Governmental Authority in respect of a Tax Liability of any of the Corporations, including any assessment or proposed assessment with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period (a Tax Assessment ). Such notice must set out the information with respect to the Tax Assessment that is then available to the Purchaser Indemnified Person. The failure to so notify the Sellers does not relieve the Sellers from any indemnification obligation which otherwise might exist with respect to such matter, unless (and only to the extent that) the failure to so notify prejudices the ability of the Sellers to exercise their rights under this Section 9.10 or results in an increase in the amount of the Tax Liability.

 

  (d) The Sellers have, at their sole expense, the right to undertake and control any proceedings, objection or other defense of any Tax Assessment with respect to the Corporations for a Pre-Closing Tax Period (a Tax Proceeding ) and, in such case the Sellers shall pursue any such Tax Proceeding in a timely manner and in good faith. The Sellers shall be required to make any payments of Taxes (if any) required to undertake any Tax Proceeding under this Section 9.10(d). The Purchaser shall provide the Sellers with such information with respect to the Tax Liability as may become available to the Purchaser and the Purchaser shall cooperate with the Sellers in the conduct of all Tax Proceedings relating to any Tax Assessment and related inquiries or investigations. If, pursuant to this Section 9.10(d), a Seller undertakes any Tax Proceedings of any such Tax Assessment, the Purchaser shall have the right to consult with the Sellers regarding such Tax Proceeding, and such Seller may not settle or otherwise dispose of any such Tax Proceeding without the consent of the Purchaser, which consent is not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  (e) If, within 15 days after the Purchaser Indemnified Person has delivered written notice of a Tax Assessment with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period in accordance with Section 9.10(c) to the Sellers, the Sellers do not undertake any Tax Proceedings of any kind in respect of such Tax Assessment, the Purchaser may undertake and control the Tax Proceedings using counsel of its own choice. The Sellers shall provide to the Purchaser information with respect to the Tax Liability as may become available to the Sellers and the Sellers shall cooperate with the Purchaser to the extent reasonably requested in the conduct of all Tax Proceedings relating to any such Tax Assessment and related inquiries and investigations.

 

  (f) For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser shall have the sole right to control the conduct of any proceeding, objection or other defense of any Tax Assessment with respect to any Tax Matter of any of the Corporations with respect to any period ending after the Closing Date; provided, however, that the Purchaser may not settle or otherwise dispose of any such proceeding, objection or other defense of a Tax Assessment with respect to a Straddle Period without the consent of the applicable Seller to which such proceeding, objection or other defense relates, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

9.11 Indemnification as Sole Remedy

The Purchaser and the Sellers acknowledge and agree that, after the Closing, the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Purchaser (which, for greater certainty, includes the Purchaser, the Corporations and any other Purchaser Indemnified Person) and the Sellers (which, for greater certainty, includes the Sellers and any other Seller Indemnified Person), respectively, for any breach by the Sellers, on the one hand, and the Purchaser, on the other hand, of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation under

 

84


this Agreement or any other Claim, Loss or dispute arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, any further Claims and remedies (other than claims for specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedy which do not include claims for monetary damages), irrespective of the nature, amount or legal basis, are hereby expressly waived and excluded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.11 shall not apply to claims made (i) for specific performance that are otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 10.9, (ii) for fraud, (iii) for intentional breach, or (iv) under any Ancillary Agreements.

Article 10 – Miscellaneous

 

10.1 Notices

Any notice, consent, waiver or other communication given under this Agreement must be in writing and may be given by delivering it (personally or by courier) or sending it by facsimile or other similar form of recorded communication addressed:

 

(a)    to the Purchaser at:
   Construction Products Acquisition, LLC
   c/o Foundation Building Materials, LLC
   2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160
   Tustin, CA 92780
   Attention:    Ruben Mendoza
   Email:    ruben.mendoza@fbmsales.com
with a copy (which does not constitute notice to the Purchaser) to:
   Hudson Advisors, LLC
   2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800
   Dallas, TX 75204
   Attention:    Kyle Volluz
   Email:    kvolluz@hudson-advisors.com
with a copy (which does not constitute notice to the Purchaser) to:
   Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
   2100 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1100
   Dallas, TX 75201
   Attention:    Jeffrey Chapman
      Jonathan Corsico
   Email:    jchapman@gibsondunn.com
      jcorsico@gibsondunn.com
with a copy (which does not constitute notice to the Purchaser) to:
(b)    to the Sellers at:
   Superior Plus Corp.
   401 – 200 Wellington Street West
   Toronto, Ontario
   T2P 3G2
   Attention:    Darren Hribar, Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel
   Facsimile:    416.340-6001

 

85


with a copy (which does not constitute notice to the Sellers) to:
   Norton Rose Fulbright Canada LLP
   3700 – 400 Third Avenue SW
   Calgary, Alberta
   T2P 4H2
   Attention:    Justin Ferrara
   Facsimile:    403.264.5973
   and
   Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
   51 W. 52nd St.
   New York, NY 10019
   Attention:    R. King Milling, Jr.
      Tal Hacohen
   Email:    kmilling@orrick.com
      thacohen@orrick.com
   Facsimile:    212.506.5151

Any such communication is deemed to have been delivered and received on the date of delivery or transmission by facsimile or other similar form of recorded communication, as applicable, if the day is a Business Day and delivery or transmission was received by the recipient Party prior to 5:00 p.m. (recipient’s local time) or otherwise on the next Business Day. Delivery of a notice or other communication by email is not an effective means of notice for purposes of this Agreement. A Person may change its address for service by notice given in accordance with the foregoing and any subsequent communication must be sent to such Person at its changed address.

 

10.2 Tax Refunds and Tax Returns

 

  (a) Any Tax refund (including any interest in respect thereof) received by the Purchaser or the Corporations, and any amounts of overpayments of Tax credited against any Tax which the Purchaser or the Corporations otherwise would be or would have been required to pay that relate to any fiscal period or tax reporting period ending or deemed to have ended on or prior to the Closing shall be for the account of the Sellers, and the Purchaser shall pay over to the Sellers any such refund or the amount of any such credit within 15 days after receipt or entitlement thereto. If the Purchaser or any of the Corporations is required to repay or refund to a Governmental Authority any amount that has already been paid to the Sellers under this Section 10.2(a), then the Sellers shall repay such amount to the Purchaser or the Corporation that made such payment to the Sellers within 15 days of receiving notice from the Purchaser or the Corporation.

 

  (b)

At their sole expense, the Sellers shall prepare all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to the income, assets, properties and operations of the Corporations for Pre-Closing Tax Periods. Sellers shall submit all such Tax Returns (with copies of any relevant schedules, work papers and other documentation then available) to the Purchaser for its approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) not less than 30 days prior to the due date for the filing of such Tax Return, or,

 

86


for any Tax Return due to be filed within 30 days after the Closing Date, as soon as practicable after Closing. The Purchaser shall notify the other Party of such disputed item (or items) within 15 days and shall provide an explanation of the reason for its objection. The Parties shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute prior to the date on which the relevant Tax Return is required to be filed. If the Parties cannot resolve any disputed item, the question shall be resolved by the Independent Accountant, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 which shall be applied mutatis mutandis, and the fees of the Independent Accountant shall be borne equally by the Purchaser and the Sellers. If any disputed item has not been resolved by the time a Tax Return is required to be filed, the Tax Return shall be filed as prepared by the Sellers, and if the disputed item is resolved thereafter in a manner different than as reflected on such Tax Return, the Purchaser shall cause to be filed an amended Tax Return that reflects such resolution (the costs of preparing and filing such amended Tax Return to be borne by the Sellers). The Purchaser shall cause to be timely prepared and filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by the Corporations for all Straddle Periods. Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, each Tax Return for a Straddle Period for any of the Corporations shall be filed in accordance with the past practices of the Corporation for which such Tax Return is filed. The Sellers shall be responsible for and shall pay all Taxes that are shown as due on any Tax Return (a) relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or (b) attributable to the pre-Closing portion of any Straddle Period. The Sellers shall pay any amounts that they are required to pay under this Section 10.2(b) within 15 days of receiving written notice from the Purchaser that such amounts are due.

 

  (c) The Sellers may, in their discretion, amend any Tax Return with respect to the Corporations filed or required to be filed for any Pre-Closing Tax Period; provided, that neither Seller may amend any Tax Return to the extent that such amendment would have an adverse impact (and which adverse impact is not otherwise indemnified by such Seller) on the Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any of the Corporations) following the Closing except as otherwise required by applicable Law, the Purchaser shall not amend any Tax Return filed or required to be filed for any fiscal period or tax reporting period ending or deemed to have ended on or prior to the Closing without the prior written consent of the Sellers.

 

10.3 Entire Agreement

This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto), the Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement, constitute the entire agreement between the Parties and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, whether oral or written. There are no representations, warranties, covenants, conditions or other agreements, express or implied, collateral, statutory or otherwise, between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

10.4 Amendments

This Agreement may only be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified by written agreement of the Sellers and the Purchaser. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sections 9.4(f), 10.8, 10.9(a), 10.10 and 10.11 and this Section 10.4 (and any provision of this Agreement to the extent a modification, waiver or termination of such provision would modify the substance of Sections 9.4(f), 10.8, 10.9(a), 10.10 and 10.11 and this Section 10.4) may not be modified, waived or terminated in a manner that impacts or is adverse in any respect to the Financing Sources without the prior written consent of the Financing Sources.

 

87


10.5 Waiver

The failure or delay by a Party in enforcing, or insisting upon strict performance of, any provision of this Agreement does not constitute a waiver of such provision or in any way affect the enforceability of this Agreement (or any of its provisions) or deprive a Party of the right, at any time or from time to time, to enforce or insist upon strict performance of that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. Any waiver by a Party of any provision of this Agreement is effective only if in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of such Party.

 

10.6 Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, that provision shall be severed from this Agreement and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect, without amendment.

 

10.7 Assignments

 

  (a) This Agreement shall become effective when executed by the Parties and thereafter shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  (b) Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement are assignable or transferable by a Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any attempt to assign any of the rights, duties or obligations in this Agreement without such written consent is void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser shall have the right to assign its rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement to (i) any of its Affiliates, provided that no such assignment shall in any manner limit or affect the assignor’s obligations hereunder, and (ii) a Lender or any of its Affiliates as collateral security in connection with the Debt Financing, provided that, in each case, no assignment shall in any manner limit or affect the Purchaser’s obligations hereunder. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but without limiting the Purchaser’s obligations hereunder (including the Purchaser’s obligation to pay the Purchase Price), the Purchaser shall be entitled at the Closing to direct that any of the Purchased Shares be transferred by any Seller to one or more of the Purchaser’s Affiliates in lieu of any such transfer to the Purchaser itself.

 

10.8 Governing Law

 

  (a) This Agreement is governed by and is to be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States applicable therein, without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

  (b)

Each of the Parties irrevocably attorns and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in New York County in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agrees to only bring any such action or proceeding in such courts. Each of the Parties waives objection to the venue of any action or proceeding in such court or any argument that such court provides an inconvenient forum. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each of the Parties

 

88


  agrees that (i) it will not bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Financing Source Parties, in any way relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Financing Commitments, the Debt Financing or the definitive agreements executed in connection therewith or the performance thereof, in any forum other than the federal and state courts located in New York County and (ii) any such action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim shall be governed by the Laws of the State of New York. Each of the Sellers also agrees that (A) neither it nor any of its Affiliates will bring or support any action, cause of action, claim, cross-claim or third-party claim of any kind or description, whether in law or in equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against any Financing Source Party, in any way relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including any dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Financing Commitments, the Debt Financing or the definitive agreements executed in connection therewith or the performance thereof and (B) no Financing Source Party shall have any liability (whether in contract or in tort or otherwise) to any of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, partners, managers, members or equity holders for any obligations or liabilities of any Party under this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to have been made in connection herewith.

 

10.9 Remedies

 

  (a)

The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions, or any other appropriate form of equitable relief, to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction, in each case, in accordance with Section 10.8, without proof of damages or otherwise (and each Party hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled under the terms of this Agreement at law or in equity, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.9(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the right of the Sellers to obtain an injunction, or other appropriate form of equitable relief to cause, or to cause Purchaser to cause, the Equity Financing to be funded or to otherwise consummate the Closing (but not the right of the Sellers to obtain an injunction, or other appropriate form of equitable relief, for any other reason, subject to the remainder of this Section) at any time shall be subject to the requirement that (i) the Marketing Period has ended, (ii) all the applicable conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 would have been satisfied if the Closing were to have occurred at such time (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied by actions taken at the Closing) (but subject to such conditions actually being satisfied or waived at the actual Closing), (iii) the Debt Financing (or, in the case alternative financing has been obtained in accordance with Section 5.19, such alternative financing) has been funded in accordance with the terms thereof or would be funded in accordance with the terms thereof at the Closing if the Equity Financing were to be funded at the Closing (but subject to such Debt Financing or alternative financing actually being funded at the Closing), (iv) the Sellers have irrevocably confirmed to Purchaser in writing that if the Equity Financing and the Debt Financing were funded, they would take such actions that are within their control to

 

89


  cause the Closing to occur and (v) Purchaser has failed to consummate the Closing by the date required pursuant to Article 6. The Parties agree not to assert that a remedy of specific enforcement is unenforceable, invalid, contrary to Law or inequitable for any reason, nor to assert that a remedy of monetary damages would provide an adequate remedy. Each of the Sellers and Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that (A) each Party shall be entitled to seek to specifically enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding the availability of any monetary remedy set forth in Sections 8.2 and 10.9(b), (B) the provisions set forth in Sections 8.2 and 10.9(b) (x) are not intended to and do not adequately compensate for the harm that would result from a breach of this Agreement and (y) shall not be construed to diminish or otherwise impair in any respect any Party’s right to specific enforcement, and (C) the right of specific enforcement is an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and without that right, neither the Sellers nor Purchaser would have entered into this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this clause (a) and subject to the rights of the parties to the Debt Financing Commitments under the terms thereof, neither of the Sellers, the Corporations or any of its or their Affiliates or its and their direct and indirect stockholders shall have any rights or claims (whether in contract or in tort or otherwise) against any Financing Sources or any Affiliate thereof in connection with the Debt Financing.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except in connection with third party claims, upon payment by Purchaser of the Purchaser Termination Fee, none of the Purchaser, the Purchaser Parent or the Person providing the Equity Financing, nor any of their respective former, current or future general or limited partners, equityholders, stockholders, controlling persons, management companies, members, managers, directors, officers, employees, agents, assignees or Affiliates and any and all former, current or future heirs, executors, administrators, trustees, successors or assigns of the foregoing (collectively, the Purchaser Related Parties ) shall have any further liability or obligation to the Sellers or their Affiliates relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the failure of the acquisition of the Business or any other transaction contemplated hereby or in any other agreement set forth above to be consummated, or in respect of any oral representation made or alleged to be have been made in connection herewith or therewith, whether in equity or at law, in contract, in tort or otherwise, and in such event, the Sellers shall not, and shall cause their Affiliates not to, seek to recover any money damages or obtain any equitable relief from the Purchaser or the Purchaser Parent.

 

  (c) Under no circumstances shall the Sellers be permitted or entitled to receive both a grant of specific performance with regard to the Equity Financing of the type contemplated by the third sentence of Section 10.9(a) and monetary damages, including all or any portion of the Purchaser Termination Fee. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the fact that the Parties have agreed to this Section 10.9(c) shall not be deemed to affect any Party’s right to specific enforcement under Section 10.9(a).

 

  (d) Except for fraud and for any remedies under the Confidentiality Agreement, and without limiting the right of any Party to seek specific performance to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the maximum aggregate monetary liability of the Sellers and Seller Parent, on the one hand, and the Purchaser and Purchaser Parent, on the other hand, for any loss suffered as a result of any pre-Closing breach of this Agreement or the Limited Guarantee or the failure of the Closing to occur or any other transaction contemplated hereby to be consummated, whether in equity or at law, in contract, in tort or otherwise, shall be limited to US $32,500,000, and in no event shall the Sellers or the Purchaser seek to recover any money damages in excess of such amount. This Section 10.9(d) shall terminate and have no further force or effect upon the Closing and shall not limit any of the Parties’ rights or obligations under Article 9.

 

90


10.10 Waiver of Jury Trial

Each Party hereby knowingly, voluntarily, intentionally and irrevocably waives any right which such Party may have to trial by jury in respect of any proceeding, litigation or counterclaim based on, or arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written) or actions of any Party. If the subject matter of any lawsuit is one in which the waiver of jury trial is prohibited, no Party to this Agreement shall present, as a non-compulsory counterclaim in any such lawsuit, any claim based on, or arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement. Furthermore, no Party to this Agreement shall seek to consolidate any such action in which a jury trial cannot be waived. Each of the Parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waives all right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (including any action, proceeding or counterclaim involving any of the Financing Source Parties) arising out of or relating to the Debt Financing Commitments, the Debt Financing or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

10.11 Third-Party Beneficiaries

The Parties do not intend that this Agreement benefit or create any legal or equitable right, remedy or cause of action in, or on behalf of, any Person other than a Party and no Person, other than a Party or the Corporations, is entitled to rely on the provisions of this Agreement in any proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the provisions of Section 9.4 shall be enforceable against the Sellers and the Corporations (but not the Purchaser) by each Financing Source and its successors and assigns, and (b) the provisions of this Section 10.11 and Sections 10.4, 10.8, 10.9(a) 10.10 shall be enforceable against all Parties by each Financing Source and its successors and assigns.

 

10.12 Time of the Essence

Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

 

10.13 Expenses

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of legal counsel, brokers, investment advisers, consultants and accountants) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein are to be paid by the Party incurring such expenses.

 

10.14 Further Assurances

From time to time after the Closing, each Party will, at the request of the other Party, execute and deliver such additional conveyances, transfers and other assurances and perform or cause to be performed such further and other acts or things as may be reasonably required to give effect to, and carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

10.15 Announcements

No press release or other public announcement with respect to this Agreement or any transactions contemplated herein is to be made by a Party unless and until the text of the announcement and

 

91


the time and manner of its release have been approved by the other Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. However, if a Party is bound by Law to make a press release or other public announcement, such Party may do so, notwithstanding the failure of the other Party to approve same, provided the other Party is given at least three Business Days’ prior written notice of the intention to make such announcement and has a reasonable opportunity to comment on the announcement.

 

10.16 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means) and all such signed counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement. To evidence its execution of an original counterpart of this Agreement, a Party may send a copy of its original signature on the execution page of this Agreement to the other Parties by facsimile or other means of recorded electronic transmission and such transmission (including in PDF form) shall constitute delivery of an executed copy of this Agreement to the receiving Party.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

92


The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first noted above.

 

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITION, LLC
By:   /s/ Ruben D. Mendoza
 

Name: Ruben D. Mendoza

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

SUPERIOR PLUS U.S. HOLDINGS INC.
By:   /s/ Beth Summers
 

Name: Beth Summers

Title: Chief Financial Officer

By:   /s/ Luc Desjardins
 

Name: Luc Desjardins

Title: Chief Executive Officer

SUPERIOR PLUS LP

by its general partner

SUPERIOR GENERAL PARTNER INC.

By:   /s/ Beth Summers
 

Name: Beth Summers

Title: Chief Financial Officer

By:   /s/ Luc Desjardins
 

Name: Luc Desjardins

Title: Chief Executive Officer

(Signature Page for Share Purchase Agreement)

Exhibit 2.2

EXECUTION VERSION

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made as of August 9, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), by and between Construction Products Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Purchaser ”), on the one hand, and Superior Plus LP, a partnership formed pursuant to the laws of the Province of Ontario, and Superior Plus U.S. Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with Superior Plus LP, “ Sellers ”), on the other hand. Sellers and Purchaser are referred to herein as the “ Parties ”. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement, as defined below.

W ITNESSETH :

W HEREAS , Sellers and Purchaser are parties to that certain Share Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated July 4, 2016, pursuant to which Sellers are selling to Purchaser, and Purchaser is buying from Sellers, the Purchased Shares upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Agreement; and

W HEREAS , the Parties desire to amend the Agreement pursuant to Section 10.04 of the Agreement, as set forth in this Amendment.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as set forth below:

 

  (a) Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement (including the Ancillary Agreements) to the contrary:

(i) No later than 10 business days after (x) the individuals set forth on Schedule A have delivered to the Sellers a general release of claims against the Sellers and their Affiliates and (y) the applicable revocation period in connection with such release has expired, the Sellers shall pay or cause to be paid (A) to each such individual the amount set forth on Schedule A opposite his or her name under the heading “STIP,” and (B) the employer’s share of any employment Taxes payable in connection with this paragraph.

(ii) The Sellers and the Purchaser acknowledge that (A) the Canadian Schedule of Adjustments includes an amount equal to CDN $153,000.00 (reflected in the Canadian Estimated Net Working Capital as part of the “trade payables and accrued liabilities”), and (B) the US Schedule of Adjustments includes an amount equal to US $986,000.00 (reflected in the US Estimated Net Working Capital as part of the “trade payables and accrued liabilities”) and (C) that such amounts together are included in the aggregate amount accrued by the Sellers in connection with the Sellers’ short-term incentive plans for the period


commencing on January 1, 2016 and ending on the Closing Date. The Seller and the Purchaser hereby agree that, notwithstanding the adjustment procedures set forth in Section 2.11 of the Agreement and notwithstanding whether and for how long any Employee remains employed by the Corporations after the Closing, the foregoing amounts shall continue to be reflected as liabilities in the Canadian Final Net Working Capital and the US Final Net Working Capital, respectively, and shall not be subject to any adjustment after the Closing.

(iii) The Sellers and the Purchaser acknowledge that US $369,273.00 is included as a liability in the US Estimated Net Working Capital and that, notwithstanding the adjustment procedures set forth in Section 2.11 of the Agreement, such amount shall continue to be reflected as a liability in the US Final Net Working Capital and shall not be subject to any adjustment after the Closing.

(iv) The employees listed on Schedule A and Schedule B will, for so long as they are employees of the Business, continue to be paid by the payroll provider that administered such employee’s payroll payment as of immediately prior to Closing (and located in the country in which such employee resides), notwithstanding whether such employees are parties to employment agreements with Superior LP or one of its Affiliates in Canada. The employees listed on Schedule C will not be Transferred Employees under the Transfer Agreements and their names will be deleted from the applicable schedules to the Transfer Agreements.

(v) The Sellers and the Purchaser agree that, notwithstanding the fact that Mike Farrell’s employment agreement is with Superior Plus Corp., Mike Farrell shall be deemed an “Employee” under the Newco 1 Transfer Agreement, as defined therein.

(vi) The Purchaser has indicated to the Sellers that immediately following Closing, the Purchaser intends to cause the Corporations to terminate the employment of the individuals set forth on Schedule A. In connection with such termination, the Purchaser shall pay, or cause to be paid, as promptly as practicable after such termination (A) to such individuals the amounts set forth opposite their name under the headings “Severance,” “Vacation,” and “Other,” and (B) the employer’s share of any employment Taxes payable in connection with this paragraph. The Purchaser shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amounts paid pursuant to this paragraph such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of applicable Law with respect to Taxes. Any amounts paid pursuant to this paragraph shall not be allocated to a tax period (or any portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date.

(vii) Exchange Rate means CDN $1.3164 to US $1.00.

(viii) The Sellers shall pay, or cause to be paid, all amounts, if any, payable or due by any of the Corporations, in whole or in part, under Long Term Incentive

 

2


Plans, including the Superior Plus Corp. CPD Long Term Incentive Plan and the Superior Plus Corp. Long Term Incentive Plan, in connection with the transaction contemplated by the Agreement and resulting from any event occurring at or prior to the Closing, including any Taxes payable in connection therewith.

(ix) All references in the Agreement to Superior Plus General Partner Inc. shall be replaced with references to Superior General Partner Inc.

(x) The Effective Time as defined in and for purposes of the Transfer Agreements shall be 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Closing Date (as defined in the Transfer Agreements and not the Agreement).

 

2. Representations and Warranties of Sellers. Sellers have all the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by Sellers have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Sellers. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of Sellers, and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Sellers enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser has all the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment. The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by Purchaser have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Purchaser, and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

4. No Other Modification . Except as set forth in this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

6. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Agreement, all exhibits and schedules thereto and all other documents and instruments delivered in connection therewith, including the Ancillary Agreements, constitute the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

3


8. Captions . All captions contained in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only, do not form a part of this Amendment and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.

 

9. Conflicts. In the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of this Amendment and any provision of the Agreement, then the provisions of this Amendment shall control.

[Signature pages to follow.]

 

4


EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be duly executed on its behalf by its representative thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

SELLERS:
SUPERIOR PLUS U.S. HOLDINGS INC.
By:   /s/ Beth Summers
Name:   Beth Summers
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

SUPERIOR PLUS LP

by its general partner

SUPERIOR GENERAL PARTNER INC.

SUPERIOR PLUS U.S. HOLDINGS INC.
By:   /s/ Beth Summers
Name:   Beth Summers
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PURCHASER:
CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITION, LLC
By:   /s/ Ruben D. Mendoza
Name:   Ruben D. Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

5

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

 

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC,

FBM FINANCE, INC.,

EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,

AND

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and as Collateral Agent

8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 9, 2016

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Collateral Agent, pursuant to the Collateral Documents in any Collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Collateral Agent, with respect to any Collateral hereunder are subject to the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ ABL Intercreditor Agreemen t”), among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Junior Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) from time to time party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall control.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

SECTION 1.1.

 

Definitions

     1   

SECTION 1.2.

 

Other Definitions

     58   

SECTION 1.3.

 

Rules of Construction

     59   
ARTICLE II   
THE NOTES   

SECTION 2.1.

 

Form, Dating and Terms

     60   

SECTION 2.2.

 

Execution and Authentication

     67   

SECTION 2.3.

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     68   

SECTION 2.4.

 

Duties of Paying Agent

     68   

SECTION 2.5.

 

Holder Lists

     69   

SECTION 2.6.

 

Transfer and Exchange

     69   

SECTION 2.7.

 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period

     73   

SECTION 2.8.

 

[Reserved]

     74   

SECTION 2.9.

 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

     74   

SECTION 2.10.

 

[Reserved]

     76   

SECTION 2.11.

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

     76   

SECTION 2.12.

 

Outstanding Notes

     77   

SECTION 2.13.

 

Temporary Notes

     77   

SECTION 2.14.

 

Cancellation

     78   

SECTION 2.15.

 

Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest

     78   

SECTION 2.16.

 

CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Numbers

     79   
ARTICLE III   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 3.1.

 

Payment of Notes

     80   

SECTION 3.2.

 

Limitation on Indebtedness

     80   

SECTION 3.3.

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     86   

SECTION 3.4.

 

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

     94   

SECTION 3.5.

 

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

     97   

SECTION 3.6.

 

Limitation on Liens

     103   

SECTION 3.7.

 

Additional Guarantees

     104   

SECTION 3.8.

 

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

     104   

SECTION 3.9.

 

Change of Control

     108   

SECTION 3.10.

 

Reports

     110   

SECTION 3.11.

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     113   

SECTION 3.12.

 

Corporate Existence

     113   

SECTION 3.13.

 

Payment of Taxes

     114   

SECTION 3.14.

 

Payments for Consent

     114   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

SECTION 3.15.

 

Compliance Certificate

     114   

SECTION 3.16.

 

Further Instruments and Acts

     114   

SECTION 3.17.

 

[Reserved]

     114   

SECTION 3.18.

 

Statement by Officers as to Default

     115   

SECTION 3.19.

 

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     115   

SECTION 3.20.

 

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     115   

SECTION 3.21.

 

Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status

     116   

SECTION 3.22.

 

Amendment of Collateral Documents

     116   

SECTION 3.23.

 

After-Acquired Property

     117   

SECTION 3.24.

 

Limitation on Activities of Parent, Intermediate Parents and the Co-Issuer.

     117   
ARTICLE IV   
SUCCESSOR COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON   

SECTION 4.1.

 

Merger and Consolidation

     118   
ARTICLE V   
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES   

SECTION 5.1.

 

Notices to Trustee

     120   

SECTION 5.2.

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

     121   

SECTION 5.3.

 

Notice of Redemption

     121   

SECTION 5.4.

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     123   

SECTION 5.5.

 

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

     123   

SECTION 5.6.

 

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

     123   

SECTION 5.7.

 

Optional Redemption

     123   

SECTION 5.8.

 

Mandatory Redemption

     125   
ARTICLE VI   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.1.

 

Events of Default

     125   

SECTION 6.2.

 

Acceleration

     128   

SECTION 6.3.

 

Other Remedies

     128   

SECTION 6.4.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     129   

SECTION 6.5.

 

Control by Majority

     129   

SECTION 6.6.

 

Limitation on Suits

     129   

SECTION 6.7.

 

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     130   

SECTION 6.8.

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     130   

SECTION 6.9.

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     130   

SECTION 6.10.

 

Priorities

     131   

SECTION 6.11.

 

Undertaking for Costs

     131   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE VII   
TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.1.

 

Duties of Trustee

     131   

SECTION 7.2.

 

Rights of Trustee

     133   

SECTION 7.3.

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     134   

SECTION 7.4.

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     135   

SECTION 7.5.

 

Notice of Defaults

     135   

SECTION 7.6.

 

[Reserved]

     135   

SECTION 7.7.

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     135   

SECTION 7.8.

 

Replacement of Trustee

     136   

SECTION 7.9.

 

Successor Trustee by Merger

     137   

SECTION 7.10.

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     137   

SECTION 7.11.

 

[Reserved]

     138   

SECTION 7.12.

 

Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers

     138   

SECTION 7.13.

 

Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees

     138   

SECTION 7.14.

 

Collateral Documents; Intercreditor Agreement

     139   
ARTICLE VIII   
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.1.

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance

     139   

SECTION 8.2.

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     140   

SECTION 8.3.

 

Covenant Defeasance

     140   

SECTION 8.4.

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     141   

SECTION 8.5.

 

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     142   

SECTION 8.6.

 

Repayment to the Issuer

     142   

SECTION 8.7.

 

Reinstatement

     143   
ARTICLE IX   
AMENDMENTS   

SECTION 9.1.

 

Without Consent of Holders

     143   

SECTION 9.2.

 

With Consent of Holders

     145   

SECTION 9.3.

 

[Reserved]

     147   

SECTION 9.4.

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

     147   

SECTION 9.5.

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     147   

SECTION 9.6.

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments

     148   
ARTICLE X   
GUARANTEE   

SECTION 10.1.

 

Guarantee

     148   

SECTION 10.2.

 

Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge

     150   

SECTION 10.3.

 

Right of Contribution

     151   

SECTION 10.4.

 

No Subrogation

     151   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE XI   
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

SECTION 11.1.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

     151   

SECTION 11.2.

 

Application of Trust Money

     152   
ARTICLE XII   
COLLATERAL   

SECTION 12.1.

 

Collateral Documents

     153   

SECTION 12.2.

 

Limited Conditionality Provision

     153   

SECTION 12.3.

 

Release of Collateral

     154   

SECTION 12.4.

 

Suits to Protect the Collateral

     156   

SECTION 12.5.

 

Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents

     156   

SECTION 12.6.

 

Purchaser Protected

     156   

SECTION 12.7.

 

Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee

     157   

SECTION 12.8.

 

Release Upon Termination of the Issuers’ Obligations

     157   

SECTION 12.9.

 

Collateral Agent

     157   

SECTION 12.10.

 

Designations

     165   

SECTION 12.11.

 

No Impairment of the Security Interests

     165   
ARTICLE XIII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 13.1.

 

[Reserved]

     165   

SECTION 13.2.

 

Notices

     165   

SECTION 13.3.

 

[Reserved]

     167   

SECTION 13.4.

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     167   

SECTION 13.5.

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     167   

SECTION 13.6.

 

When Notes Disregarded

     168   

SECTION 13.7.

 

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

     168   

SECTION 13.8.

 

Legal Holidays

     168   

SECTION 13.9.

 

Governing Law

     168   

SECTION 13.10.

 

Jurisdiction

     168   

SECTION 13.11.

 

Waivers of Jury Trial

     168   

SECTION 13.12.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

     169   

SECTION 13.13.

 

No Recourse Against Others

     169   

SECTION 13.14.

 

Successors

     169   

SECTION 13.15.

 

Multiple Originals

     169   

SECTION 13.16.

 

Table of Contents; Headings

     169   

SECTION 13.17.

 

Force Majeure

     169   

SECTION 13.18.

 

Severability

     170   

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

EXHIBIT A Form of Global Restricted Note

  

EXHIBIT B Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors

  

EXHIBIT C Form of Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement

  

 

v


INDENTURE dated as of August 9, 2016, among LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Issuer ” or the “ Company ”), FBM Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ” and, together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), each of the Guarantors party hereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) $575,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 on the date hereof (the “ Initial Notes ”) and (ii) any additional Notes that may be issued after the Issue Date (“ Additional Notes ” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for its Guarantee of the Notes;

WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed and duly issued by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuers, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuers has been done;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

ABL Administrative Agent ” means Goldman Sachs Bank USA and any successor thereto, acting in its capacity as administrative agent under the ABL Credit Facility, or any other Person that acts as an “ABL Administrative Agent” under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

ABL Agent ” means the ABL Administrative Agent or the ABL Collateral Agent, as applicable.

ABL Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A. and any successor thereto, acting in its capacity as collateral agent under the ABL Credit Facility, or any other Person that acts as “ABL Collateral Agent” under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

ABL Collateral Documents ” means all agreements, documents or instruments pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted on any assets of the Issuers or any Guarantor to secure any ABL Obligation or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed.


ABL Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among the Company, Parent, certain of Parent’s Subsidiaries party thereto from time to time, the senior lenders (as named therein), the ABL Administrative Agent, and the ABL Collateral Agent, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements.

ABL Credit Facility ” means the revolving asset-based credit facility provided or to be provided pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” means the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, among the Collateral Agent, the ABL Agent, any Other Pari Passu Agent party thereto and any authorized representative for the holders of Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness party thereto, acknowledged by the Issuers and the Guarantors, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed from time to time.

ABL Liens ” means all Liens on the Collateral securing the ABL Obligations, whether created under the ABL Collateral Documents or acquired by possession, statute (including any judgment lien), operation of law, subrogation or otherwise and whether or not created following the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, on the date of this Indenture or thereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Agent or any other ABL Secured Parties, or any agent or trustee therefor.

ABL Loan Documents ” means the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any ABL Obligations.

ABL Obligations ” means, collectively, the “Obligations”, as such term is defined in the ABL Credit Agreement, whether now existing or arising hereafter, including (a) all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorney’s fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit; and obligations, indemnities, guarantees, and all other amounts payable under or secured by any ABL Loan Document (including, in each case, all post-petition interest accruing on or after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding at the rate provided in the relevant ABL Loan Document, whether or not a claim for such post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding) and (b) all bank product Obligations and ABL Secured Hedging Obligations to the extent constituting such Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter.

 

2


ABL Priority Collateral ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Revolving Priority Collateral” in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

ABL Secured Hedging Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary of Parent shall be a “ABL Secured Hedging Agreement”.

ABL Secured Hedging Obligations ” means any and all obligations of Parent, the Company and each Subsidiary of Parent arising under each ABL Secured Hedging Agreement.

ABL Secured Parties ” means the ABL Agent, ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Lenders and the ABL Issuing Banks (in the case of ABL Lenders and ABL Issuing Banks, as each such term is defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and the other holders of ABL Obligations.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition, or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (4) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) or (4) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

 

3


Additional Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

After-Acquired Property ” means property (other than an Excluded Asset) that is intended to be Collateral acquired by the Issuers or a Guarantor, or is property of a Person that becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date, in each case that is not automatically subject to a perfected security interest under the Collateral Documents, over which the Issuers or such Guarantor will provide a Notes Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, all as and to the extent required by this Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Alternative Currency ” means any currency (other than Dollars) that is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars.

Applicable Premium ” means the greater of (A) 1% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any Redemption Date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(1) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 15, 2018 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in Section 5.7 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any), computed upon the Redemption Date using a discount rate equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate at such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

(2) the outstanding principal amount of such Note;

in each case, as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate. The Trustee shall not have any duty to calculate or verify the Company’s calculation of the Applicable Premium.

Applicable Treasury Rate ” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to August 15, 2018; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to August 15, 2018 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Applicable Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given,

 

4


except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Asset Disposition ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company (other than Capital Stock of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registrations of any intellectual property rights to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice);

(4) a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged or surplus property, equipment or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions permitted under Section 4.1 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of less than $10.0 million;

 

5


(8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 3.5(a)(3), asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments;

(9) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(11) foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets (including any settlement of, or payment in respect of, any property or casualty insurance claim);

(12) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(13) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(14) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(15) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(16) any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

6


(17) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

(18) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(19) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind;

(20) the partial or total unwinding of any Cash Management Services or Hedging Obligations pursuant to its terms;

(21) any lending or disposition of samples, including time-limited evaluation software, provided to customers or prospective customers;

(22) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals, in each case, as required by applicable law;

(23) dispositions of real property or tangible personal property (and any related intangible property) in Sale and Leaseback Transactions, provided that to the extent a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith) in excess of $20.0 million in the aggregate: (a) the sale of such property is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith) of such property, (b) such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is consummated within 180 days after the date on which such property is disposed, (c) any related Liens are permitted under this Indenture and (d) either (i) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, determined on a pro forma basis at the time of and after giving effect to such transaction (but without netting the cash proceeds from such transaction), is equal to or less than 6.00:1.00 or (ii) the Net Available Cash of such transaction shall be applied to prepay Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that if applied to any revolving credit facility, the commitments thereunder are not required to be reduced; provided, further, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in respect of the Specified Real Properties of the Company and the Guarantors, the Net Available Cash from such Sale and Leaseback Transaction may be applied in accordance with Section 3.3(b)(18); and

(24) other dispositions, or a series of related dispositions, which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other dispositions made pursuant to this clause, will not exceed the greater of (a) $5.0 million and (b) 3.5% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of such dispositions.

 

7


Associate ” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Authentication Agent ” means an institution, reasonably acceptable to the Issuers, appointed by the Trustee to authenticate the Notes.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means (1) with respect to the Company or any limited liability company or corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation or limited liability company, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, United States or in the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) (a) Dollars, Canadian dollars, euro, or any national currency of any current or former member state of the European Union; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a member state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

 

8


(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100 million;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (7) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Person referenced in clause (3) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least (A) “A-1” or higher by S&P or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) maturing within two years after the date of creation thereof or (B) “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof, or, in each case, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least “P-2” or “A-2” from either S&P or Moody’s, respectively (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) and in each case with maturities of not more than two years from the date of creation or acquisition;

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any member of the European Union or any political subdivision, taxing authority or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of creation or acquisition;

 

9


(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision, taxing authority or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest ratings categories obtainable by S&P or Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated within the three highest ratings categories by S&P or Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Company);

(11) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary: (i) obligations of the national government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing within one year after the date of investment therein, (ii) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptance of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition and (iii) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank;

(12) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuers) with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition;

(13) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the European Union or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

(14) Cash Equivalents or instruments similar to those referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency;

(15) interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (14) above or the following paragraph; and

(16) any of the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

 

10


In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) and clauses (11) through (14) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (14) and in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, any items identified as Cash Equivalents under this definition (other than clause (16) above) will be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for all purposes under this Indenture regardless of the treatment of such items under GAAP.

Cash Management Services ” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default): automated clearing house transactions, treasury, depository, credit or debit card, purchasing card, stored value card, electronic fund transfer services and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services or other cash management arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code and any subsidiary thereof.

Change of Control ” means:

(1) Parent ceases to directly, or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries of Parent that are Guarantors (the “ Intermediate Parents ”), own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company; or

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Parent shall become the wholly-owned subsidiary of a Parent Entity of which no person or group, as noted above, holds 50% or more of the total voting power (other than a Permitted Holder); or

(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or one or more Permitted Holders.

 

11


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Company becoming a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company if (A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of our Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all the assets and properties subject to the Liens created by the Collateral Documents; provided , that the term “Collateral” shall not include any margin or collateral posted by the Issuers or any counterparty to a Hedge Agreement with respect to such Hedge Agreement as a result of any regulatory requirement, swap clearing organizational rule, or other similar regulation, rule, or requirement and shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Collateral Agent ” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as “Collateral Agent” under this Indenture and as “Collateral Agent” under the Collateral Documents or any successor or assign thereto in such capacity.

Collateral Agreement ” means the Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Collateral Agreement and any other security agreements, hypothecs, intellectual property security agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments, security agreement supplements, pledge agreements, bonds or any similar agreements, guarantees and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or guarantee in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed from time to time.

Collateral Foreign Subsidiary ” means (w) any CFC, (x) any subsidiary, substantially all the assets of which constitute equity interests in or debt of a CFC, (y) any subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that owns (or is treated as owning for U.S. federal income tax purposes) more than 65% of the voting stock of a subsidiary described in clauses (w) or (x) above, or (z) any other subsidiary whose provision of a Guarantee or the pledge of 66 2/3% or more of the voting equity interests of which could constitute an investment in “United States property” by a CFC with respect to which the Company or the Co-Issuer is a “United States Shareholder” within the meaning of section 956 of

 

12


the Code (or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) or otherwise result in a material adverse tax consequence to Parent or one of its subsidiaries, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company.

Consolidated EBITDA ” for any period means, with respect to any Person, the Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication of each other, and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period (except with respect to clauses (h), (j) and (t) below)), by:

(a) provision for Taxes based on income, profits or capital of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including Federal, state, provincial, franchise and similar taxes attributable to such period; plus

(b) total interest expense (net of interest income to the extent not already included in total interest expense for such period) and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, payments made in respect of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk (minus any payments received in respect of such hedging obligations or other derivative instruments), amortization or write off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions and discounts and other fees and charges (including bank fees, agency fees, fees and charges relating to surety bonds in connection with any financing activities and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance or any similar facilities) associated with Indebtedness (including the Notes); plus

(c) depreciation and amortization expense (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, including the amortization of original issue discount); plus

(d) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill); plus

(e) (A) Transaction Expenses, (B) any transaction fees, costs and expenses (including upfront fees, commissions, premiums or charges) incurred in connection with, to the extent permitted under the Note Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification of the Notes), equity issuances (including any Equity Offering and any initial public offering), investments (including Investments), acquisitions, Asset Dispositions, recapitalizations, mergers, amalgamations, option buyouts or the incurrence, refinancing or repayment of Indebtedness or any amendments, waivers or other modifications under the agreements relating to such Indebtedness or similar transactions in each case whether or not consummated and (C) costs incurred in connection with strategic initiatives, transition costs and other business optimization and information systems-related costs (including non-recurring employee bonuses in connection therewith and non-recurring product and intellectual property development costs); plus

 

13


(f) non-cash compensation expense, including deferred compensation, and any other non-cash losses, charges and expenses, including write-offs or write-downs (but not including any write-off or write-down of inventory or accounts receivable) and, if applicable, including the excess of rent expense over actual cash rent paid during the relevant period due to the use of straight line rent for GAAP purposes ( provided , that, to the extent any non-cash charge represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (i) the Company may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period or (ii) to the extent the Company decides to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payable in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA); plus

(g) any permitted management fees paid or accrued during such period and any other monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities, charges and expenses paid to or on behalf of any Parent Entity or any of the Permitted Holders, to the extent permitted to be paid under Section 3.8 (and any accruals in respect thereof) ( provided , that any amounts that are added back to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause (g) in respect of items accrued during such period shall not be added back to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause in any subsequent period); plus

(h) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not included in Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such cash receipts or netting arrangement were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause 2 below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(i) (A) any non-cash costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan, share-based incentive compensation plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, pension plan, any stock subscription or stockholders agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement, and (B) any charges, costs, expenses, accruals or reserves in connection with the rollover, acceleration or payout of equity interests held by management in each case; to the extent that such charges, costs, expenses, accruals or reserves are funded with Net Cash Proceeds contributed to the Company as a capital contribution or Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from issuances of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided, however, that any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed and applied pursuant to this clause (i)(B) shall (a) be excluded from the calculation of the amount available for making Restricted Payments set forth in Section 3.3(a)(iii) and (b) be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness; plus

(j) (A) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, pro forma adjustments, operating expense reductions and synergies related to the Transactions that are reasonably quantifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Company in good faith to

 

14


result from actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) within 24 months after the Issue Date; (B) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to acquisitions, dispositions and other specified transactions, restructurings, cost savings initiatives, operating changes and other initiatives that are reasonably quantifiable and projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) within 24 months after such acquisition, disposition or other specified transaction, restructuring, cost savings initiative, operating change or other initiative; and (C) costs and expenses relating to achieving pro forma “run rate” cost savings, pro forma adjustments, operating expense reductions and synergies described in the preceding clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (j); plus

(k) restructuring and similar charges (including severance, relocation costs, entry into new markets, integration and facilities opening costs and other business optimization expenses, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities)); plus

(l) all losses (x) upon any sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (y) from disposed, abandoned, divested and/or discontinued assets, properties or operations and/or discontinued operations (other than, at the option of the Company, assets or properties pending the divestiture or termination thereof); plus

(m) earn-out obligation expense incurred in connection with any acquisition or other Investment (including any acquisition or other investment consummated prior to the Issue Date) and paid or accrued during the applicable period; plus

(n) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(o) unrealized net losses resulting from changes in the fair market value of any non-speculative Hedge Agreements and losses, charges and expenses attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness, Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing expenses written off and premiums paid); plus

 

15


(p) non-controlling or minority interest expense consisting of income attributable to third parties in respect of their Capital Stock in non-wholly owned Subsidiaries; plus

(q) losses or discounts on sales of receivables and related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financings; plus

(r) losses attributable to, and payments of, legal settlements, fines, judgments or orders; plus

(s) losses, expenses or other charges associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and losses, expenses or other charges relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, charges and losses relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors’ and officer’s insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees and listing fees; plus

(t) proceeds of business interruption insurance in an amount representing the earnings for the applicable period that such proceeds are intended to replace (whether or not then received so long as the Company in good faith expects to receive such proceeds within the next four fiscal quarters (it being understood that to the extent not actually received within such fiscal quarters, to the extent previously added back to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA for a prior fiscal quarter such reimbursement amounts shall be deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter)); plus

(u) other adjustments and add-backs reflected in the presentation of “Adjusted EBITDA” set forth in the “Offering Circular Summary—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data” section of the Offering Circular;

(2) decreased (without duplication) by, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(a) interest income on cash and Cash Equivalents and other similar securities (except to the extent deducted in determining total interest expense); plus

(b) any other non-cash gains or income (other than amounts accrued in the ordinary course of business consistent under accrual-based revenue recognition procedures in accordance with GAAP), excluding any such income that represents the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than such cash charges that have not increased Consolidated EBITDA); plus

 

16


(c) any income or gain realized (A) upon any sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company) or (B) from disposed, abandoned, divested and/or discontinued assets, properties or operations and/or discontinued operations (other than, at the option of the Company, assets or properties pending the divestiture or termination thereof); plus

(d) unrealized net income or gains resulting from changes in the fair market value of any non-speculative Hedge Agreements, and gains attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing expenses written off and premiums paid); plus

(e) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(f) any non-controlling or minority interest income consisting of loss attributable to third parties in respect of their Capital Stock in non-wholly owned Subsidiaries;

(3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (u) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (v) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (w) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the

 

17


application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided , however , that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income (or loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or could have been distributed, as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below);

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(iii)(A) hereof, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Notes or this Indenture, and (c) restrictions specified in Section 3.4(b)(14)(i)), except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

 

18


(3) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company);

(4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense (including Transaction Expenses) or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense;

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, including any impact resulting from an election by the Company to apply IFRS at any time following the Issue Date;

(6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-evaluation of any benefit plan obligation and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(9) any unrealized foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk), and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

(10) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

 

19


(11) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge or write-off;

(12) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

(13) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve (12) months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP;

(14) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Topic 815 and related pronouncements; and

(15) any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable payor in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days) and (ii) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

Consolidated Pari Passu Lien Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien (other than a Lien that is junior to the Lien securing the Notes) as of such date to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such date of the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” disregarding the first proviso set forth in the first paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

20


Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Services and intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” disregarding the first proviso set forth in the first paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall exclude Indebtedness in respect of any Receivables Facility or Securitization Facility.

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such date of determination for which internal financial statements of the Company are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” disregarding the first proviso set forth in the first paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

provided, however, that Contingent Obligations shall not include standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice.

Controlling Collateral Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

 

21


Credit Facilities Obligations ” means (1) Obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of a Credit Facility, the Indebtedness in respect of which is incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1), which will include, for the avoidance of doubt, the ABL Obligations, (2) “Bank Product Obligations” (which is defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement to include certain cash management obligations), and (3) Hedging Obligations that are permitted to be secured pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

Credit Facility ” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the ABL Credit Agreement or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original ABL Credit Agreement or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Definitive Notes ” means certificated Notes.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 3.5 hereof.

 

22


Designated Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to the Company, Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) (a) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or such Subsidiary) and (b) that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company at or prior to the issuance thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(iii)(B) hereof.

Disinterested Director ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

(2) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided , however , that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.3 hereof ; provided, however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dollar ” or “$”means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

23


DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

Equity Contribution ” means the sale of common stock of the Company to Parent, or the contribution by Parent to the common equity capital of the Company, on or prior to the Issue Date, in connection with the consummation of the Winroc Acquisition and the other Transactions (in each case, as defined in this offering circular).

Equity Offering ” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company; in each case, other than the Equity Contribution.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Excluded Assets ” means the following:

 

  (1) any fee interest in real property (with all required mortgages being permitted to be delivered after the Issue Date) (x) located outside of the United States or (y) if the fair market value of such fee interest (together with improvements, other than personal property), as determined by the Company on, or, if subsequently acquired, by the later of the Issue Date and the date of acquisition thereof, is less than $5.0 million;

 

  (2) any leasehold interests in real property) (with no requirement to deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels, bailee letters or collateral access letters);

 

  (3) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (other than the proceeds thereof), letter of credit rights (other than to the extent such rights can be perfected by filing a UCC financing statement) and any commercial tort claim with a value not exceeding $1,000,000;

 

  (4) “margin stock” (within the meaning of Regulation U);

 

  (5) any asset if the granting of a security interest or pledge in such asset would be prohibited by any law, rule or regulation or agreements with any governmental authority or would require the consent, approval, license or authorization of any governmental authority unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received (except to the extent such prohibition or restriction is ineffective under the UCC or any similar applicable law in any relevant jurisdiction and other than proceeds thereof, to the extent the assignment of such proceeds is effective under the UCC or any similar applicable law in any relevant jurisdiction notwithstanding any such prohibition or restriction);

 

24


  (6) equity interests in any entities other than wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such entity’s organizational or joint venture documents;

 

  (7) any property of the Issuers or a Guarantor pledged or deposited to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, insurance, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, to the extent the terms of such documents (or the applicable statute) prohibit the Liens granted under the Collateral Documents (it being understood and agreed that such property will cease to be excluded, and will become subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents, immediately and automatically at such time as such prohibitions cease to exist);

 

  (8) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets could result in an investment in “United States property” by a CFC (or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) or otherwise result in material adverse tax consequences to Parent or one of its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company, it being understood that no more than 65% of the outstanding voting equity interests and 100% of the outstanding non-voting equity interests of any Collateral Foreign Subsidiary shall be included in the Collateral;

 

  (9) deposit accounts, securities accounts, commodities accounts, and other similar accounts (A) for the sole purpose of funding payroll obligations, employee benefit or health benefit obligations, tax obligations, escrow arrangements or holding funds owned by persons other than the Issuers or a Guarantor, (B) that are zero-balance accounts, (C) that are accounts in jurisdictions other than in the jurisdiction of organization of the applicable granting Issuer or Guarantor, the United States or any state thereof, or (D) that are with respect to which the average daily balance of the funds maintained on deposit therein for the three month period ending on the date of determination does not exceed individually, $1,500,000 (“ Excluded Accounts ”); provided that if on the last day of any three month period ending on the date of determination the average daily balance of funds for the three months then ended on deposit in all deposit accounts or securities accounts that are Excluded Accounts pursuant to this subclause (E) at that time exceeds $3,000,000, the Company shall select which of such accounts shall cease to be Excluded Accounts;

 

  (10) any lease, license or other agreement related to any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement, purchase money or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Issuers or a Guarantor) after giving effect to the applicable anti assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, other than proceeds and products thereof, to the extent the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC and any applicable law in any relevant jurisdiction notwithstanding any such restriction;

 

25


  (11) those assets as to which the Company reasonably determines that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Noteholder Secured Parties of the security to be afforded thereby;

 

  (12) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications or intent-to-use service mark applications to the extent and for so long as the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of, or render void or voidable or result in the cancellation of, the Issuers’ or a Guarantor’s right, title or interest therein or any trademark or service mark issued as a result of such application under applicable Federal law;

 

  (13) any property of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and any property of any Person that is not a Subsidiary which, if a Subsidiary would constitute a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

 

  (14) receivables and related assets sold to any receivables subsidiary or otherwise pledged in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

  (15) equity interests in Immaterial Subsidiaries (or any person that is not a Subsidiary which, if a Subsidiary would constitute an Immaterial Subsidiary), captive insurance subsidiaries, not-for-profit subsidiaries, special purpose entities in connection with Qualified Securitization Financings and Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (16) intercompany loans, indebtedness or receivables owed by any CFC or any other Collateral Foreign Subsidiary referred to in clause (8) above;

 

  (17) intellectual property requiring filing in a jurisdiction outside of the United States; and

 

  (18) any margin or collateral posted by the Issuers or any Grantor or any counterparty to a Hedge Agreement with respect to such Hedge Agreement as a result of any regulatory requirement, swap clearing organizational rule, or other similar regulation, rule, or requirement;

except, in each case, to the extent any such asset in the foregoing clauses (1) through (18) (other than clauses (8) and (16)) is pledged in respect of obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under the ABL Loan Documents and any such asset in clauses (8) and (16) is pledged in respect of obligations of the U.S. Borrowers (as such term is defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) under the ABL Loan Documents and provided that assets described above that were deemed “Excluded Assets” as a result of a prohibition or restriction described above shall no longer be “Excluded Assets” upon termination of the applicable prohibition or restriction that caused such assets to be excluded.

Excluded Contribution ” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the Equity Contribution, or

 

26


the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means any (a) Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) Unrestricted Subsidiary, (c) Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any contractual obligation existing on the Issue Date (or, if later, the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary), and not created in contemplation hereof or of such Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, from guaranteeing the Notes or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to provide a Guarantee unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (d) Collateral Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Collateral Foreign Subsidiary that is described solely in prong (y) of the definition of Collateral Foreign Subsidiary), (e) any subsidiary whose provision of a Guarantee would constitute an investment in “United States property” by a CFC with respect to which the Issuer or the Co-Issuer is a “United States shareholder” within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code or otherwise result in an adverse tax consequence to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, as the Issuer reasonably determines, (f) not-for-profit Subsidiaries, (g) any Subsidiary that is not Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, (h) captive insurance Subsidiaries or (i) special purpose entities in connection with Securitization Facilities or Receivables Facilities.

fair market value ” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such determination date for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available to the Fixed Charges of such Person for four consecutive quarters. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires, amends or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period; provided, however , that for purposes of the pro forma calculation under Section 3.2(a) such calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 3.2(b) (other than clause (5)(ii) thereof).

 

27


For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investment, equity offering, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations, disposed or discontinued operations (including the Transactions) and designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, equity offering, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (including the Transactions) and designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, equity offering, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed, discontinued operation or designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition or anything else to the contrary, when calculating the Consolidated Pari Passu Lien Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio and of any default or event of default blocker shall, at the option of the Company, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided , that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Total Assets or Consolidated Net Income for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such Limited Condition Acquisition) shall not reflect such Limited Condition Acquisition until it is closed.

 

28


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company (including cost savings and synergies provided that any such cost savings and synergies are reasonably quantifiable and projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) within 24 months after such transaction). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided , that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided , that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided , further , that any

 

29


calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , further , that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Company, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and Section 3.10 hereof. The Company shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank, stock exchange or other entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Grantors ” means the Issuers and each Guarantor.

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided, however , that the term “Guarantee” will not include (x) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (y) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary course of business, and provided further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and (ii) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means Parent and each existing and future Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Co-Issuer and any Excluded Subsidiary (unless such Excluded Subsidiary is designated as a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture)), until such Guarantee is released pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

30


Hedge Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreement.

Holder ” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the nominee of DTC.

IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as in effect from time to time.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Co-Issuer) (a) the Total Assets of which equal 2.50% or less of the Total Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered and (b) the gross revenues, of which constitute 2.50% or less of the total gross revenues of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered; provided , however , that if at any time the aggregate amount of Total Assets as of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements have been delivered represented by all Immaterial Subsidiaries would, but for this proviso, exceed 5.00% of Total Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date, or the total gross revenues represented by all Immaterial Subsidiaries would not, but for this proviso, exceed 5.00% of the total gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, in each case as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered, then the Company shall designate sufficient Immaterial Subsidiaries to no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries so as to eliminate such excess, and each such designated Subsidiary shall thereupon cease to be an Immaterial Subsidiary (or, if the Company shall make no such designation by the next date on which financial statements are delivered, one or more of such Immaterial Subsidiaries selected in descending order based on their respective contributions to the Total Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall cease to be considered to be Immaterial Subsidiaries until such excess is eliminated). For purposes of this definition, Total Assets shall be calculated eliminating all intercompany items.

Incur ” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

 

31


Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement);

with respect to clauses (1), (2), (4) and (5) above, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided , that Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing upon the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded.

 

32


The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

(i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, other than Guarantees or other assumptions of Indebtedness;

(ii) Cash Management Services;

(iii) any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date or any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(iv) obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(v) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any “earnout” or other post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided , however , that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner;

(vi) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or

(vii) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock).

 

33


Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an investment banking or accounting firm of national standing or any third party appraiser of national standing; provided , however , that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

Initial Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Jefferies Finance LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

Intercreditor Agreements ” means, collectively, such of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as are in effect at the date of determination.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) prepared on the basis of GAAP to the extent such items involve the transfer of cash or other property to another Person; provided , however , that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

For purposes of Sections 3.3 and 3.19 hereof:

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent

 

34


“Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by a member of the European Union, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(3) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and

(4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

Investment Grade Status ” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following:

(1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P;

(2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; or

(3) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch,

or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization.

Issue Date ” means August 9, 2016.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Person acting as the

 

35


collateral agent for any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral that has Junior Lien Priority, in customary form consistent with the description thereof in the “Security—Junior Lien Intercreditor” section of the Offering Circular, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed from time to time.

Junior Lien Priority ” means a Lien on Collateral that ranks junior in priority to the Notes Liens and the Guarantees pursuant to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness ” means other Indebtedness of the Company and/or the Guarantors that is secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking junior in priority to the Notes Liens as permitted by this Indenture and is designated by the Company as Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any proposed acquisition, including by means of a merger or consolidation, by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing; provided that for purposes of determining compliance with Section 3.3 hereof, the Consolidated Net Income (and any other financial defined term derived therefrom) shall not include any Consolidated Net Income of or attributable to the target company or assets associated with any such Limited Condition Acquisition unless and until the closing of such Limited Condition Acquisition shall have actually occurred.

Lone Star ” means Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and each of its Affiliates, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Management Advances ” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent Entity, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of (i) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) Parent or any other Parent Entity with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors; provided that, in the case of clause (b)(ii), the net proceeds of such purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or applied to purchase common stock of the Company;

(2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

(3) not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 

36


Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization ” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act.

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and (without duplication) all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to Company, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions), by Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, and including distributions for Related Taxes attributable to such Asset Disposition;

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and

(5) any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds to the Company, after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes).

 

37


Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not the Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

Note Documents ” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture.

Note Guarantee ” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

Noteholder Secured Parties ” means each Holder of Notes, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Notes Obligations.

Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Notes Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

Notes Liens ” means Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes Obligations, whether created under the Collateral Documents or acquired by possession, statute (including any judgment lien), operation of law, subrogation or otherwise and whether or not created following the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Noteholder Secured Party, or any agent or trustee therefor.

Notes Obligations ” means all Obligations of the Grantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents.

Notes Priority Collateral ” has the meaning ascribed to the term “Fixed Asset Priority Collateral” in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular, dated August 2, 2016 relating to the offering by the Issuers of the Initial Notes.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

38


Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Other Pari Passu Agent ” means any trustee, administrative agent or collateral agent under any indenture, credit agreement or other instrument evidencing Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness or other Obligations (other than the Notes and other Notes Obligations related thereto) secured pursuant to clause (31)(a) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” on a first-priority basis by Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral and a second-priority basis by Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral and not secured by any other assets and, in the case of Indebtedness for borrowed money, having a stated maturity that is equal to or later than the stated maturity of the Notes; provided that an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have executed a joinder to (a) the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (b) the ABL Intercreditor Agreement (unless no Credit Facilities Obligations remain outstanding and all commitments thereunder have been terminated).

Parent ” means LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors.

Parent Entity ” means Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Parent.

Parent Entity Expenses ” means:

(1) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to the Notes, the Guarantees or any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed or delivered with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(2) customary indemnification obligations of any Parent Entity owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its articles, charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or other constituent documents or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

39


(3) obligations of any Parent Entity in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees and expenses and other operational expenses of any Parent Entity related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, employees and directors of any Parent Entity);

(5) expenses Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with any offering or other sale, conversion or exchange of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, whether or not successful;

(6) amounts to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof if made by the Company; provided , that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or equity interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 4.1 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture and such consideration or other payment is included as a Restricted Payment under this Indenture, (D) any property received by the Company shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(iii) hereof and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this definition or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment;” and

(7) amounts that would be permitted to be paid by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries under Section 3.8.

Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Person acting as the collateral agent for any Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, acknowledged by the Issuers and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed from time to time.

Pari Passu Obligations ” means the Notes Obligations and each class of Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness.

 

40


Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Company.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof; and provided further that, to the extent the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries disposed of in such transaction constitute Note Priority Collateral or the Sale of a Subsidiary Guarantor, such transaction will constitute a Permitted Asset Swap to the extent that the assets so received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) would constitute Note Priority Collateral or (b) consist of Capital Stock of another Similar Business if, after giving effect to such investment, the Similar Business becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or is merged with or consolidated into an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor.

Permitted Holders ” means, collectively, (1) Lone Star, (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, (3) Senior Management, (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity or the Company, acting in such capacity, and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Lone Star and Senior Management , collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by such group.

Permitted Investment ” means (in each case, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries):

(1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(4) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

41


(5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(6) Management Advances;

(7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;

(9) Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(10) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof;

(11) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 3.6 hereof;

(12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration;

(13) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 3.8(b) hereof (except those described in Sections 3.8(b)(l), (3), (6), (7), (8), (9), (12) and (14));

(14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture;

(15) (i) Guarantees not prohibited by Section 3.2 hereof and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations that are permitted by this Indenture;

 

42


(16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(17) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Company or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(18) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(20) Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20) that are at the time outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million and (b) 25% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(21) Investments in joint ventures consisting of the transfer to such joint venture of a going concern business relating to the commercial and industrial insulation division, which, when taken together with the aggregate fair market value (the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) of all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) and then outstanding, will not exceed 15.0% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of such Investment; provided that, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio (calculated net of up to $45 million of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall not exceed 5.00 to 1.00;

(22) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (22) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million and (b) 25% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(4)(iii)); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (22);

 

43


(23) (i) Investments in any Receivables Facility or any Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

(24) to the extent constituting an Investment, repurchases or acquisitions of (a) Notes or (b) other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that would not constitute a Restricted Payment; and

(25) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of Section 3.19 hereof; provided that such Investment was not entered into in contemplation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

In the event that a Permitted Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Investments (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Investment in any manner that complies with this definition and such Permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Investment to which such Permitted Investment has been classified or reclassified.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor;

(2) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

44


(4) Liens for Taxes which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

(5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) Liens (a) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Indenture (including with respect to any Hedge Agreement, Liens on any margin or collateral posted by the Issuers under a Hedge Agreement as a result of any regulatory requirement, swap clearing organizations, or other similar regulations, rule, or requirement); (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 3.2(b)(8)(c) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii)in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness;

(7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

45


(8) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as (a) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated, (b) the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired or (c) no more than 60 days have passed after (i) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (ii) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired;

(9) (i) Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and (b) any such Lien may not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(10) Liens perfected or evidenced by Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(11) Liens existing on the Issue Date with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding ABL Liens;

(12) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided , further , that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(13) Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on assets or property of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor

 

46


securing Indebtedness owing to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary), or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on assets or property of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor securing Indebtedness owing to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary);

(14) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness (other than Liens securing Pari Passu Obligations) that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured, with the same rights and priorities as (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure), the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder; provided, further, that the holders of such Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, shall become a party to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable;

(15) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(16) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(17) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(18) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(l); provided that (A) in the case of Liens securing any Indebtedness constituting ABL Obligations, the holders of such Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, shall become party to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and (B) in the case of any other Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (19), such Liens only secure Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness, and the holders of such Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, shall become a party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

 

47


(20) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 3.2(b)(7);

(21) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary permitted by Section 3.2(b)(11) or other obligations of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, in each case covering only the assets of such Subsidiary;

(22) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(23) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (16) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

(24) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(25) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in the ordinary course of business;

(26) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(27) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(28) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(29) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under Section 3.5, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(30) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and other obligations secured pursuant to this clause (30) and then outstanding, will not to exceed the greater of (a) $55.0 million and (b) 40% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of the granting of such Lien; provided that such Indebtedness either (a) is not secured by any Liens on the Collateral or (b) constitutes

 

48


Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness and the holders of such Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness, as applicable, or their duly appointed agent, shall have become a party to the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable;

(31) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 3.2; provided that (a) in the case of Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause securing any Indebtedness constituting Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, either (i) at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Pari Passu Lien Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 5.25 to 1.00 or (ii) such Indebtedness Refinanced Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, and, in each case, and the holders of such Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, shall become a party to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (b) in the case of Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause securing any Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness, the holders of such Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness, or their duly appointed agent, shall become a party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(32) Liens on (i) the Securitization Assets arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) the Receivables Assets arising in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(33) Liens securing any Obligations in respect of the Notes issued on the Issue Date, this Indenture or the Collateral Documents, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Additional Notes;

(34) Liens on the Collateral in favor of any Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders relating to such Collateral Agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Collateral; and

(35) Liens on the real property and tangible personal property (and any related intangible property) that has been sold or transferred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person to secure Obligations in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction permitted under this Indenture, provided that any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith is permitted by Section 3.2(b)(7) or (16).

In the event that a Permitted Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Company in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien in any manner that complies with this covenant and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or reclassified.

 

49


Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

Preferred Stock ,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), whether incurred prior to or within 270 days after such purchase or lease or completion of such construction or improvement, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any Securitization Facility of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by any Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the ABL Credit Agreement prior to engaging in any securitization financing shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

QIB ” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

Receivables Assets ” means (a) any accounts receivable owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by the Company to a commercial bank or other investor thereof in connection with a Receivables Facility.

 

50


Receivables Facility ” means an arrangement between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and a commercial bank or other investor thereof pursuant to which (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) to such investor accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto, at a maximum discount, for each such account receivable, not to exceed 5.0% of the face value thereof and (b) the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements.

Refinance ” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “ refinances ,” “ refinanced ” and “ refinancing ” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that:

(1) (a) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness (including Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) being refunded or refinanced; and (b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Notes on terms that are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(2) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor; or

(ii) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less

 

51


than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

Regulation   S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation   S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

Related Taxes ” means:

(1) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem , value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid ( provided such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its:

(a) being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintaining its existence or good standing under applicable law;

(b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

(c) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; or

(d) having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 3.3.

(2) if and for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined or similar tax return with any Parent Entity, an amount not to exceed the amount of any Taxes that the Company and/or its domestic Subsidiaries that are part of such consolidated or combined or similar tax return (as applicable) would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a separate consolidated or combined or similar basis if the Company and/or such domestic Subsidiaries had paid such Tax on a separate company basis or on a separate consolidated or combined or similar basis with respect to all applicable taxable periods ending after the date hereof. The amount that the Company and/or its domestic Subsidiaries would pay on a separate company basis or on a separate consolidated or combined or similar basis shall be determined by taking into account their net operating losses, and any prior use by the consolidated or combined group that includes a Parent Entity of net operating losses generated by the Company and/or its domestic Subsidiaries.

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

52


Restricted Notes ” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of the restrictive legends described in Section 2.1(d).

Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(l) and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2).

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of a Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule   144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Run Rate EBITDA ” means, as of any date on which any Indebtedness or Lien is incurred or any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment is made, as the case may be, Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to such determination date for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property (and any related intangible property), which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

Sale of a Subsidiary Guarantor ” means (1) any Asset Disposition to the extent involving a sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor or (2) the issuance of equity interests by a Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case, other than (a) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary Guarantor to the Issuers or another Subsidiary Guarantor and (b) an issuance of directors’ qualifying shares.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Securitization Asset ” means (a) any accounts receivable, real estate asset, mortgage receivables or related assets and the proceeds thereof, in each case subject to a Securitization Facility and (b) all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guaranties or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted), together with accounts or assets in each case subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing and related proceeds.

Securitization Facility ” means any of one or more securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time,

 

53


pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility.

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Securitization Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another Person formed for this purpose.

Senior Management ” means the officers, directors and other members of senior management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, who on the Issue Date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Share Purchase Agreement ” means the Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 4, 2016, by and among Construction Products Acquisition, LLC, Superior Plus LP and Superior Plus U.S. Holdings Inc., as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including Winroc) or any Associates on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

Specified Real Properties ” means the real properties located at the following addresses (and any associated personal property and fixtures):

 

  (1) 55 43rd Ave SW, Cedar Rapids, IA 52404

 

  (2) 198 Plaza Dr., Waterloo, IA 50707

 

  (3) 5252 State St, PO Box 640, Bettendorf, IA 52722

 

54


  (4) 4140 S Racine Ave., Chicago, IL 60609

 

  (5) 1926 S Lydia Ave., Peoria, IL 61605

 

  (6) 1125 Harrison Ave., FL 1, Rockford, IL 61104

 

  (7) 724 Parkwood Ave., Romeoville, IL 60446

 

  (8) 195 Porter Dr., Round Lake Park, IL 60073

 

  (9) 3920 E Endeavor Dr., Appleton WI 54915

 

  (10) 976 Proctor Dr., Elkhorn WI 53121

 

  (11) 8840 W Flagg Ave., Milwaukee WI 53225

 

  (12) 1717 Grand Ave. Pkwy, Pflugerville, TX 78660

 

  (13) 4414 Terminal Dr., McFarland, WI 53558

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any Contingent Obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable, pursuant to a written agreement.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

 

55


(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

(b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means each Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent.

Taxes ” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Total Assets ” mean, as of any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is internally available determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, disregarding the first proviso set forth in the first paragraph of the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions.

Transactions ” means the Winroc Acquisition, the effectiveness of the ABL Credit Facility, the Equity Contribution, the issuance of the Notes and all other transactions contemplated by the Offering Circular.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Trust Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law,

 

56


any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” of a Person means:

(1) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Unless otherwise specified, “Unrestricted Subsidiary” refers to an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company. The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(2) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3 hereof.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities denominated and payable in Dollars that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Company thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

57


Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” of a Person means a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, all of the Capital Stock of which is directly or indirectly owned by the Parent, the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor. Unless otherwise specified, “Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” refers to a Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Winroc ” means the Construction Products Distribution business division of Superior Plus Corp. known as Winroc.

Winroc Acquisition ” means the transactions contemplated by the Share Purchase Agreement.

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions

 

Term

  

Defined in Section

Action    12.9(w)
Additional Restricted Notes    2.1(b)
Additional Notes    Recitals
Affiliate Transaction    3.8(a)
Agent Members    2.1(e)(2)
Asset Disposition Offer    3.5(c)
Automatic Exchange Date    2.6.(e)
Automatic Exchange Notice Date    2.6(e)
Automatic Exchange Notice    2.6(e)
Automatic Exchange    2.6(e)
Change of Control Offer    3.9(a)
Change of Control Payment    3.9(a)
Change of Control Payment Date    3.9(a)
Clearstream    2.1(b)
Co-Issuer    Recitals
Collateral Document Order    12.9(s)
Covenant Defeasance    8.3
Defaulted Interest    2.15
Euroclear    2.1(b)
Event of Default    6.1

 

58


Term    Defined in Section
Excess Proceeds    3.5(c)
Global Notes    2.1(b)
Guaranteed Obligations    10.1
Initial Lien    3.6
Initial Notes    3.6
Issuer    Recitals
Issuers    Recitals
Issuers’ Order    2.2
Legal Defeasance    8.2
Legal Holiday    13.8
Notes Register    2.3
Permanent Regulation S Global Note    2.1(b)
Permitted Payments    3.3(b)
protected purchaser    2.11
Registrar    2.3
Regulation S Global Note    2.1(b)
Regulation S Notes    2.1(b)
Related Person    12.9(b)
Restricted Global Note    2.6(e)
Restricted Payment    3.3(a)(4)
Reversion Date    3.21(b)
Rule 144A Global Note    2.1(b)
Rule 144A Notes    2.1(b)
Special Interest Payment Date    2.15(a)
Special Record Date    2.15(a)
Successor Company    4.1.(a)(1)
Suspended Covenants    3.21(a)
Suspension Period    3.21(b)
Temporary Regulation S Global Note    2.1(b)
Unrestricted Global Note    2.6(e)

SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) A term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) “including” means including without limitation;

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

59


(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(7) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(8) the principal amount of any preferred stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such preferred stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such preferred stock, whichever is greater;

(9) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

(10) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

(11) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms .

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $575,000,000. In addition, the Issuers may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5, in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuers may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Sections 3.2 and 3.6.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in an Officer’s Certificate or one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

(A) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

60


(B) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and

(C) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes.

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 13.4, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes.

(b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a purchase agreement, dated August 2, 2016, among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “ Additional Restricted Notes ”) will be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case, in accordance with the procedures described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “ Rule   144A Notes ”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit   A , which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.l(d) (the “ Rule   144A Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Notes Custodian, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “ Regulation   S Notes ”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “ Temporary Regulation   S Global Note ”). Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit   A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “ Permanent Regulation   S Global Note ” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “ Regulation   S Global Note ”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee, as Notes Custodian in the manner described in this Article   II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including indirectly accounts at Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“ Euroclear ”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“ Clearstream ”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such

 

61


period through and including such 40th day, the “ Restricted Period ”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to Non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein.

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable.

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Notes Custodian, as hereinafter provided.

The Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Global Notes .”

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however , that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit   A and in Section 2.1(d). The Issuers shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit   A are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

 

62


(c) Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Restrictive Legends . Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) each of the Issuers and Registrar receives an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act:

(1) the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO EITHER OF THE ISSUERS, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) AND (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER SUCH INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $250,000, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY SUBSEQUENT PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

63


IN THE CASE OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE:

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(2) the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(e) Book-Entry Provisions . (i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the DTC:

(1) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(e)(4) and 2.1(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be

 

64


subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(2) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of the DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC or under such Global Notes, and DTC may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(3) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

(4) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

(5) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(6) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(f) Definitive Notes . (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note

 

65


if (A) DTC notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, (B) the Issuers in their sole discretion execute and deliver to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. In addition, any Note transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or evidencing a Note that has been acquired by an affiliate in a transaction or series of transactions not involving any public offering must, until one year after the last date on which either of the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was an owner of the Note, be in the form of a Definitive Note and bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions in Section 2.1(d). If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may also obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with the procedures of DTC and the Registrar.

(1) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Note set forth in Section 2.1(d).

(2) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder anew Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

(3) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall a Definitive Note be delivered upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period.

 

66


SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication . One Officer shall sign the Notes for each of the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $575,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount and (3) under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.6(e), Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer of each of the Issuer and the Co-Issuer (the “ Issuers’ Order ”). Such Issuers’ Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an Authentication Agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a trust officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authentication Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authentication Agent. An Authentication Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

In case the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuers’ Order of the successor Person, shall

 

67


authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where the Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Notes Register ”). The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. Either of the Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by the procedures of DTC or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee.

SECTION 2.4. Duties of Paying Agent . By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds in Dollars to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by any of the Issuers or Guarantors in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together

 

68


with a full accounting thereof. If the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than one of the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or the Co-Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists . The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, each of the Issuers, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Registrar a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.6. The Registrar will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the Notes Register maintained by the Registrar for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such Notes Register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(e) and Section 2.l(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Registrar shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph.

(b) Transfers of Rule   144A Notes . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which any of the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto), as notified to the Trustee by the Issuers in writing:

(1) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the

 

69


undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC; and

(2) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it.

(c) Transfers of Regulation   S Notes . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

(1) A transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

(2) A transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and receipt by the Registrar or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

After the expiration of the Restricted Period as notified to the Trustee by the Issuers in writing, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.9 or any additional certification.

(d) Restricted Notes Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (1) an Initial Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement, (2) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes

 

70


Legend in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (3) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it and the Issuers stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note Bearing Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend . Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (a “ Restricted Global Note ”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an “ Unrestricted Global Note ”) without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “ Automatic Exchange ”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (2) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “ Automatic Exchange Date ”). Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuers shall (i) provide written notice to DTC and the Registrar at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuers shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “ Automatic Exchange Notice ”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “ Automatic Exchange Notice Date ”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “ISIN”, “CUSIP” and “Common Code” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (z) the “ISIN”, “CUSIP” and “Common Code” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuers, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged into such Unrestricted Global Notes. At the Issuers’ written request on no less than five (5) calendar days’ notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuers names and at the Issuers’ expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders; provided that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee the information required to be included in such Automatic Exchange Notice.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6(e), during the fifteen (15) calendar day period prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuers. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuers shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Issuers to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no

 

71


longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.6(e), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be cancelled following the Automatic Exchange.

(f) Retention of Written Communications . The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

(g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes . To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Issuers’ and Registrar’s written request.

No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5).

The Issuers (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 calendar days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 calendar days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit   A ) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d).

 

72


All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee . (1) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, Agent Member, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant, member or Agent Member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner, Agent Member or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants, Agent Members and any beneficial owners.

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among the DTC participants, members, Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.

SECTION 2.7. Form   of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period .

[Date]

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

FBM Finance, Inc.

c/o Foundation Building Materials

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

 

73


Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: FBM Finance/LSF9 Cypress Secured Notes Administrator

Facsimile: (302) 636-4145

 

Re: LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC and FBM Finance, Inc. (together, the “ Issuers ”)

8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary global Note (the “ Temporary Regulation   S Global Note ”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of August 9, 2016 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of $[        ] principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s interest in the principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers.

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Authorized Signature

SECTION 2.8. [Reserved]

SECTION 2.9. Form   of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation   S .

[Date]

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

FBM Finance, Inc.

c/o Foundation Building Materials

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

 

74


Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: FBM Finance/LSF9 Cypress Secured Notes Administrator

Facsimile: (302) 636-4145

 

Re: LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC and FBM Finance, Inc. (together, the “ Issuers ”)

8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[         ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(l) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is][is not] an Affiliate of the Issuers, and a Definitive Note ☐ is / ☐ is not required.

 

75


The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Authorized Signature

SECTION 2.10. [Reserved]

SECTION 2.11. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers and the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”), (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and (d) provides an indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee, as more fully described below; provided , however , if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuers shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuers or the Trustee in connection therewith. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or security sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee, Registrar and any agents and (ii) the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuers shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

76


Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.11, the Issuers may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.11, every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.11, in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.11 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event any of the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; provided, however , that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 13.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has been notified in writing are held by the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers shall not be considered outstanding.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.11.

If the Paying Agent segregates to the extent required by law and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.13. Temporary Notes . In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be

 

77


substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuers for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.14. Cancellation . The Issuers may, at any time, deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). If any of the Issuers or Guarantors acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 2.15. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest . Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3.

 

78


Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

(a) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.15(a). Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 20 calendar days and not less than 15 calendar days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuers, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 13.2, not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b).

(b) The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were earned by such other Note.

SECTION 2.16. CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Numbers . The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” or” “Common Code” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers.

 

79


ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes . The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if by 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on such date the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent they are required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided , however , that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than 2.00 to 1.00; provided , further , that Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries may not Incur Indebtedness under this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate principal amount equal to the greater of (a) $45.0 million and (b) an amount of Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries equal to 32.5% of Run Rate EBITDA would be outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.

(b) Section 3.2(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the greater of (a) $300.0 million and (b) the sum of 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on deposit in accounts subject to Liens securing Credit Facilities Obligations, plus 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than credit card account receivable of

 

80


the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus 90% of the face amount of all credit card account receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus 75% of the book value of all inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as of the date of such Incurrence (after giving effect to any change in such components resulting from any acquisition or other transaction occurring substantially contemporaneously), plus in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause (1) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including, without limitation, tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including, without limitation, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(2) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture;

(3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that:

(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

(4) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Guarantee thereof, (b) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (3)) outstanding on the Issue Date with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) or clauses (5), (6), (9) or (10) of this paragraph or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a), and (d) Management Advances;

(5) Indebtedness of (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

(i) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a),

 

81


(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or

(iii) such Indebtedness constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(6) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(7) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations (including Indebtedness incurred in connection with any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) or Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $40.0 million and (b) 30% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(8) Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, statutory obligations, supply chain financing transactions, trade contracts, governmental contracts (other than for borrowed money), performance, tender, bid, release, stay, documentary letters of credit, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (c) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (d) Guarantees, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, indemnities (including through cash collateralization), surety bonds, performance bonds or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; and (e) any customary treasury, depositary, cash

 

82


management, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(10) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than the Equity Contribution, Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date (and, for absence of doubt, excluding the Equity Contribution), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided , however , that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have been applied to make Restricted Payments;

(11) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $45.0 million and (b) 30% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(12) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity that is permitted by Section 3.3;

 

83


(13) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(14) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (14) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $55.0 million and (b) 40% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of Incurrence, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(15) Indebtedness of (a) any Securitization Subsidiary arising under any Securitization Facility or (b) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising under any Receivables Facility;

(16) Indebtedness constituting Capitalized Lease Obligations arising under any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, to the extent the underlying Sale and Leaseback Transaction giving rise to such Capitalized Lease Obligations is permitted under clause (23) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”; and

(17) Guarantees of Indebtedness of any joint venture involving the commercial and industrial insulation division of the Issuers and the Guarantors; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Guaranteed thereby at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (17) shall not exceed $30.0 million.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.2:

(1) in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) or (b), the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the clauses of Section 3.2(a) or (b);

(2) additionally, except as set forth in clause (3) below, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision and any related Liens are permitted to be Incurred at the time of reclassification;

(3) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the ABL Credit Agreement shall be deemed initially Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 3.2(b)(1) and may not later be reclassified;

 

84


(4) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, such Indebtedness shall not include the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including, without limitation, tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including, without limitation, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(5) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(6) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(7) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

(8) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and

(9) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, the Company shall be in default of this Section 3.2).

 

85


For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided , that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including, without limitation, tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including, without limitation, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Company will not, and will not permit the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.

For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral or because it is guaranteed by different obligors.

SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

(i) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock; and

(ii) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis);

 

86


(2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (a) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(3)); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment;

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to herein as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom);

(ii) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

(iii) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)(1) (without duplication), (10) and (18), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

(A) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from July 1, 2016 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for

 

87


which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than the Equity Contribution, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or as the result of a merger or consolidation with another Person subsequent to the Issue Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the Equity Contribution, the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date (other than (w) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Sections 3.3(b)(2) or (6), (y) the Equity Contribution and (z) Excluded Contributions);

(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange;

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of: (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case subsequent to the Issue Date; or (ii) the sale

 

88


(other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment and will increase the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment”) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date; and

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith of the Company at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b) The foregoing provisions of Section 3.3(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “ Permitted Payments ”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice;

(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, in each case, occurring after the Issue Date (and, for absence of doubt, excluding the Equity Contribution); provided, however , that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 3.3(a)(iii) and Section 3.3(b)(6);

 

89


(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2;

(4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2;

(5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 3.5, but only if the Company shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.5 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(ii) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Company shall have first complied with Section 3.9 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

(iii) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);

(6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee,

 

90


director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (6) do not exceed (x) $2.5 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year, commencing with the 2017 calendar year, being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $5.0 million in any calendar year) or (y) subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock of the Company or any Parent Entity, $15.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $25.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution), Capital Stock of any Parent Entity of the Company, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Issue Date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the Equity Contribution), to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(iii) or Section 3.3(b)(2); plus

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (6);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with Section 3.2;

 

91


(8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication):

(i) the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes; provided that the amount of any dividend or distribution under this clause (9)(i) shall reduce the Consolidated Net Income of the Company to the extent, if any, that such payment would have reduced Consolidated Net Income of the Company if such payment had been made directly by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and increase (or, without duplication of any reduction of Consolidated Net Income, decrease) Consolidated EBITDA to the extent, if any, that Consolidated Net Income is reduced under this clause (9)(i) and such payment would have been added back to (or would have been deducted from) Consolidated EBITDA if such payment had been made directly by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, in the period such payment is made; or

(ii) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Sections 3.8(b)(2), (3), (5), (11), (12) and (20);

(10) the declaration and payment by the Company of, dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or any Parent Entity (and any equivalent declaration and payment of a distribution of any security exchangeable for such common stock or common equity interests to the extent required by the terms of any such exchangeable securities) following a public offering of such common stock or common equity interests (or such exchangeable securities, as applicable), in an amount not to exceed 6% of the aggregate proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering in any fiscal year;

(11) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Entity to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, provided, however , that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(12) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions;

 

92


(13) (i) the declaration and payment of dividends on Designated Preferred Stock of the Company issued after the Issue Date; and (ii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided, however , that, in the case of clause (i), the amount of all dividends declared or paid pursuant to this clause shall not exceed the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or the aggregate amount contributed in cash to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Company, from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; provided further , in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), that for the most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements of the Company are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or declaration of such dividends on such Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 3.2(a);

(14) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash or Cash Equivalents);

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility;

(16) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), (i) Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (16)(i) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 20% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of such payment, and (ii) any Restricted Payments, so long as, immediately after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the Incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 3.85 to 1.00;

(17) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment; and

(18) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount up to 59% of the Net Available Cash from Sale and Leaseback Transactions in respect of the Specified Real Properties of the Company and the Guarantors.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.3, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in this Section 3.3(b), or is permitted under Section 3.3(a), the Company will be

 

93


entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be their face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Company acting in good faith.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries may use value transferred from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment to purchase or otherwise acquire Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company, any Parent Entity or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, and to transfer value to the holders of the Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Entity and to Affiliates thereof, and such purchase, acquisition or transfer will not be deemed to be a “direct or indirect” action by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) The provisions of Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit:

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facility or (b) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

 

94


(2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Documents;

(3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause (4), if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

(5) any encumbrance or restriction: (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement, including in each case with respect to intellectual property; (ii) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents or securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or (iii) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

95


(8) customary provisions in leases, licenses, shareholder agreements, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements, organizational documents and instruments;

(9) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

(10) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 that impose restrictions solely on the Non-Guarantor Subsidiary party thereto or its Subsidiaries;

(13) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility;

(14) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than (i) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date, (ii) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Note Documents, or (iii) the encumbrances and restrictions contained in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and where, in the case of clause (iii), either (a) the Company determines at the time of entry into such agreement or instrument that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (b) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such agreement or instrument;

(15) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 3.6;

(16) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary

 

96


course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement or the payment rights arising thereunder (and any accessions and additions thereto and any improvements, proceeds and products thereof) and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(17) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that was previously an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to or by reason of an agreement that such Subsidiary is a party to or entered into before the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in anticipation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any such encumbrance or restriction does not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property of such Subsidiary; or

(18) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (17) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (18) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (17) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (18); provided, however , that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Company).

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

 

97


(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied:

(i) to the extent such Net Available Cash is not attributable to Notes Priority Collateral:

(A) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), (i) to prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary or any Secured Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness), including Indebtedness under the ABL Credit Agreement (or any Refinancing Indebtedness secured by ABL Liens) within 450 days from the later of (X) the date of such Asset Disposition and (Y) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (A, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or (ii) to prepay, repay or purchase Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness; provided that, to the extent the Company redeems, repays or repurchases Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (ii), the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; and

(B) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary equal to the amount of such Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition and (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash;

 

98


(ii) to the extent such Net Available Cash is attributable to Notes Priority Collateral:

(A) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness secured by a Lien that that has priority over the Notes Liens on such assets or any Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness (in each case, other than Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of (X) the date of such Asset Disposition and (Y) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided , that (i) in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (A, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased and (ii) to the extent the Company redeems, repays or repurchases Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (A), the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; and

(B) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets that (a) would constitute Notes Priority Collateral (it being understood that capital expenditures on Notes Priority Collateral already used in a Similar Business shall constitute such an investment in Notes Priority Collateral) or (b) consist of Capital Stock of another Similar Business if, after giving effect to such investment, the Similar Business becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or is merged with or consolidated into the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (including by means of an investment in such Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary equal to the amount of such Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition and (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash;

provided, however, that in each of clause (i)(B) and (ii)(B), a binding agreement shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment with the good faith expectation that an amount equal to Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event of any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such amount is applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such amount is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall

 

99


constitute Excess Proceeds; provided , that pending the final application of the amount of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or clause (b) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(b) The Company shall determine in good faith whether, and to what extent, the Net Available Cash of an Asset Disposition is attributable to Notes Priority Collateral or ABL Priority Collateral and to what extent the Net Available Cash in respect of an Asset Disposition of Notes Priority Collateral is used to acquire or is invested in Notes Priority Collateral, in each case taking into account all relevant factors, including without limitation, the existence of structurally senior claims against the Notes Priority Collateral and in the case of any Sale of a Subsidiary Guarantor or the purchase of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor with Net Available Cash, the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor whose Capital Stock is being disposed of or purchased with Net Available Cash (and such Capital Stock by itself shall be disregarded for purposes of such determination). In the event that ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral is disposed of (or Net Available Cash is invested) in a single transaction or series of related transactions in which the aggregate sales price (or purchase price) is not allocated between the ABL Priority Collateral, on the one hand, and the Notes Priority Collateral, on the other hand, including in connection with or as a result of the Sale of a Subsidiary Guarantor (or the investment in the Capital Stock of a an entity that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor) which Subsidiary Guarantor owns assets constituting both ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral, then, solely for purposes of this Indenture, the portion of the aggregate sales price deemed to be Net Available Cash from the ABL Priority Collateral, on the one hand, and Notes Priority Collateral, on the other hand (or the portion of the purchase price deemed to be invested in ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral, as the case may be), shall be allocated to the ABL Priority Collateral or the Notes Priority Collateral in accordance with their respective fair market values (provided, in any event, the portion thereof allocated to the ABL Priority Collateral shall not be less than the value thereof that such assets contribute to the borrowing base under the ABL Credit Agreement or other Credit Facility).

(c) The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds ” under this Indenture. On the 451st day after the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition or (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Indenture exceeds $10.0 million, the Issuers will within 10 Business Days be required to make an offer (“ Asset Disposition Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes issued under such Indenture and, to the extent the Issuers elect, to all holders of other outstanding Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, as applicable, and, with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer

 

100


electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee and each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuers may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds.

(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall allocate the Excess Proceeds among the Notes and Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness provided that no Notes or Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness will be selected and purchased in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Additionally, the Issuers may, at their option, make an Asset Disposition Offer using proceeds from any Asset Disposition at any time after the consummation of such Asset Disposition. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Disposition Offer, any remaining Net Available Cash shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the Issuers may use such Net Available Cash for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture.

(e) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in Dollars that is actually received by the Company upon converting such portion into Dollars.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this covenant, (i) to the extent that any of or all the Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary (a “ Foreign Disposition ”) is (x) prohibited or delayed by applicable local law, (y) restricted by applicable organizational documents or any agreement or (z) subject to other onerous organizational or administrative impediments from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Available Cash so affected will not be required to be applied in compliance with this covenant, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law, documents or agreements will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Company hereby agreeing to use reasonable efforts (as determined in the Company’s reasonable business judgment) to otherwise cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable local law, applicable organizational impediments or other impediment to permit such repatriation), and if

 

101


within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, such repatriation of any of such affected Net Available Cash is permitted under the applicable local law, applicable organizational impediment or other impediment, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Available Cash will be promptly (and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such repatriation could be made) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) (whether or not repatriation actually occurs) in compliance with this covenant and (ii) to the extent that the Company has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Available Cash of any Foreign Disposition would have a material adverse Tax consequence (which for the avoidance of doubt, includes, but is not limited to, any prepayment whereby doing so Parent, its Subsidiaries or their Affiliates would incur a material tax liability, including a tax dividend, deemed dividend pursuant to Code Section 956 or a withholding tax), the Net Available Cash so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary. The non-application of any prepayment amounts as a consequence of the foregoing provisions will not, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

(f) For the purposes of Section 3.5(a)(2) hereof, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities (or the extinguishment thereof in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Disposition), contingent or otherwise, of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(5) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 17.5% of Run Rate EBITDA at the time of such Asset Disposition (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

102


(g) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws, rules and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws, rules and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) (each, an “ Initial Lien ”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, unless:

(a) in the case of Liens securing Collateral, (i) such Lien expressly has Junior Lien Priority on the Collateral relative to the Notes and related Guarantees or (ii) such Lien is a Permitted Lien; or

(b) in the case of Liens on any asset or property that is not Collateral, (i) the Notes (or a Guarantee in the case of Liens on assets of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured, with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “ Increased Amount ” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

Any reference to a “Permitted Lien” is not intended to subordinate or postpone, and shall not be interpreted as subordinating or postponing, or as any agreement to subordinate or postpone, any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent in respect of the Collateral.

If the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor incurs any Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Notes, the Note Guarantees and Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, the Collateral Agent, the Person acting as representative for

 

103


the holders of Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, the Person acting as collateral agent with respect to the ABL Obligations or the Credit Facilities Obligations, as applicable, and the Person acting as collateral agent with respect to any Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness will enter into the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement simultaneous with any such incurrence of Indebtedness.

SECTION 3.7. Additional Guarantees .

(a) If Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire or create a Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) after the date of this Indenture, within 30 days thereafter, Parent will cause such Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, Collateral Documents (or supplements or counterparts thereto) and an acknowledgment to any Intercreditor Agreement then in effect pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary will (A) guarantee payment of the Notes and all other Notes Obligations on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Indenture, (B) grant a Lien on such of its assets (other than Excluded Assets) of the type that would constitute Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholder Secured Parties as security for the Notes and all other Notes Obligations on terms and conditions similar to those set forth in the other Collateral Documents then existing and (C) agree to acknowledge, and agree to comply with, the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements then in effect. If any Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, such Wholly Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor within 30 days after the date on which financial statements showing that such Restricted Subsidiary has ceased to be an Excluded Subsidiary are first required to be delivered to the Holders under Section 3.10.

(b) Parent may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall only be required to comply with the 30-day period described in Section 3.7(a).

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of $10.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

104


Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 3.8(a)(2) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, if any.

(b) The provisions of Section 3.8(a) above shall not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3, or any Permitted Investment;

(2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

(4) any transaction between or among the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the payment of compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees);

(6) the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect;

 

105


(7) any customary transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility and any disposition of Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing and any repurchase of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation;

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9) any transaction between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company or an Associate or similar entity solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity;

(10) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) (i) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly) of annual customary management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and expenses and indemnitees in connection therewith and (ii) customary payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, in each case, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith;

(12) payment to any Permitted Holder of all out of pocket expenses Incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

106


(13) the Transactions and the payment of all costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transactions;

(14) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(l);

(15) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respects;

(16) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates;

(17) (i) investments by Affiliates in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities;

(18) payments by any Parent Entity, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among any such Parent Entity, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(19) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 3.19 so long as such transaction is not entered into in contemplation of such redesignation; and

 

107


(20) payments to or the receipt of payments from, and the entry into of and the consummation of transactions with, joint ventures (to the extent any such joint venture is only an Affiliate as a result of Investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such joint venture) in the ordinary course of business to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture, so long as such payments or transactions are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction.

SECTION 3.9. Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered an unconditional (or conditional solely on the consummation of the applicable Change of Control) redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.7(e), the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”), which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9(f).

(b) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws, rules and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws, rules or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws, rules or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

108


(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

(d) The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of the Notes tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(e) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

(f) The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture in accordance with Section 5.7 unless and until there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable Redemption Date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

(g) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers as described in Section 3.9(f), purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

(h) While the Notes are in global form and the Issuers make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations.

 

109


SECTION 3.10. Reports .

(a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), from and after the Issue Date, the Company will furnish to the Holders and the Trustee, within 15 days after the time periods specified below:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (except with respect to the first fiscal year ended after the Issue Date, in which case within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year), (i) a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, cash flows and owners’ equity showing the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the consolidated results of its operations during such fiscal year and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the prior fiscal year, (ii) a narrative discussion of results for such fiscal year (which need not be compliance with Regulation S-K of the Securities Act) and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding discussion of results for the prior fiscal year and (iii) a calculation (and reconciliation) of Adjusted EBITDA of the Company (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in this offering circular), as well as a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants;

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (except with respect to the first fiscal quarter ended after the Issue Date, in which case within 60 days after the end of such fiscal quarter), (i) a consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, cash flows and owners’ equity showing the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and the consolidated results of its operations for such fiscal quarter and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year, (ii) a narrative discussion of results for such fiscal quarter (which need not be compliant with Regulation S-K of the Securities Act) and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding discussion of results for the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year and (iii) a calculation (and reconciliation) of Adjusted EBITDA of the Company (all of the foregoing financial information to be prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the corresponding financial information included in this offering circular), including unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(3) within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (pursuant to applicable rules and regulations in effect on the Issue Date), current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required

 

110


to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (pursuant to applicable rules and regulations in effect on the Issue Date); provided, however , that such reports will not be required to contain information required by Items 1.04, 2.02, 2.05, 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 (other than with respect to the Notes), 5.02(e), 5.04, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, 6.01, 6.02 (other than with respect to the Notes), 6.03, 6.04, 6.05, 7.01 and 8.01 of Form 8-K or Items 5.02(c), (d) or (e) (except to the extent similar information is contained in this offering circular, without giving effect to the items incorporated by reference therein, under the caption “Management”) of Form 8-K; provided, further , that such reports will not be required to contain, in connection with any acquisition, (a) pro forma financial statements giving effect to an acquired business required by Item 9.01 of Form 8-K in connection with an acquisition or (b) historical financial statements other than those (in whatever form) that the Company receives in connection with such acquisition, whether or not audited; provided, further , that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to noteholders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, further , that instead of providing such information pursuant to this clause (3), the Company will be deemed to have satisfied this requirement by providing the information in its subsequent annual or quarterly report delivered pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) within the time period required in this clause (3).

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(1) Sarbanes-Oxley . No certifications or attestations concerning the financial statements or disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls that would otherwise be required pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will be required ( provided further, however , that nothing contained in this Indenture shall otherwise require the Company to comply with the terms of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 at any time when it would not otherwise be subject to such statute);

(2) Financial Statements of Unconsolidated Entities.  No financial statements of unconsolidated entities will be required;

(3) Segment Reporting . The Company will not be required to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 280 (Segment Reporting);

(4) Mezzanine Securities . The Company will not be required to comply with guidance regarding accounting for financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity in respect of any period prior to the date of this Indenture;

(5) Supplemental Schedules . The schedules identified in Section 5-04 of Regulation S-X will not be required;

 

111


(6) No Affiliate Financials . No separate financial statements of any Affiliate of the Company shall be required pursuant to Rule 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X (except for customary qualitative capsule financial statements and financial information);

(7) Non-GAAP . The Company will not be required to comply with Regulation G of Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K with respect to any non-GAAP financial information; provided however , that the Company will be required to provide a reconciliation of any non-GAAP financial information to the nearest comparable GAAP measure; provided further , that, for the avoidance of doubt, a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the form in which such measures are presented in this offering circular shall be deemed to comply with this requirement;

(8) Financial Statement Footnotes . Regulation S-X footnote disclosures will not be required, other than those required by GAAP; and

(9) Exhibits . The Company will not be required to include any exhibits that would have been required to be filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

(b) At any time that any of the Subsidiaries of the Company are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, unless the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such presentation is not material to noteholders, then the quarterly and annual reports required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in the narrative discussion of results, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

(c) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will also:

(1) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three (3) Business Days prior to the first public disclosure of the annual and quarterly reports required by Sections 3.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof announcing the date on which such reports will become publicly available and directing Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain copies of such reports;

(2) within 10 Business Days after furnishing to the Trustee the annual and quarterly reports required by Sections 3.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof, hold a conference call to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period;

(3) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at the Company to obtain such information to inform Holders of such calls; and

 

112


(4) maintain a website (which may be password protected) to which Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given access and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this “Reports” covenant are posted; provided , that prior to providing access to such information the Company may require reasonable customary certifications from such persons, including as to such person’s status as a person authorized to access the website.

(d) In addition, the Company shall furnish to noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

(e) The Company may satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to a Parent Entity; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Entity, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. For the avoidance of doubt, the consolidating information referred to in the proviso in the preceding sentence need not be audited.

SECTION 3.11. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, shall be such office or agency of the Issuers, unless the Issuers shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuers hereby appoint the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 3.12. Corporate Existence . Except as otherwise provided in this Article III, Article IV and Section 10.2(b), the Issuers will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their respective corporate existences and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and the

 

113


rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the each of the Issuers and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective Board of Directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior management of the Issuers determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 3.13. Payment of Taxes . The Issuers shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuers or any Subsidiary; provided, however , that the Issuers shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuers), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders.

SECTION 3.14. Payments for Consent . The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 3.15. Compliance Certificate . The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuers an Officer’s Certificate, one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year and is continuing; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.16. Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or requirements, the Issuers will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.17. [Reserved]

 

114


SECTION 3.18. Statement by Officers as to Default . The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Issuers become aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default that is continuing, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.19. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries . The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company unless such Investment is otherwise permissible by Section 3.3(b)(16)(ii). That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 3.3. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 3.2, the Company will be in default of such covenant.

The Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 3.2, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 3.3.

SECTION 3.20. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws . Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuers and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or

 

115


advantage of any such law, and covenants that they will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 3.21. Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status .

(a) Following the first day that the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) If, at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “ Reversion Date ”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status); provided, however , that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or omitted or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken or omitted at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .”

(c) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under Section 3.2(b)(4)(ii). On and after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a). No Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by Parent, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the rating of the Notes or to notify Holders of the occurrence of any Suspension Period or Reversion Date.

SECTION 3.22. Amendment of Collateral Documents . The Issuers shall not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Collateral Documents in any way that would be adverse to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, except as provided under Articles IX and XII .

 

116


SECTION 3.23. After-Acquired Property . From and after the Issue Date, upon the acquisition by the Issuers or any Guarantor (including any Guarantor that becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date) of any After-Acquired Property, the Issuers or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments and financing statements as shall be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property (but only to the extent such actions are otherwise required by the Collateral Documents and subject to the limitations set forth herein, if applicable, including under Article XII) added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.

SECTION 3.24. Limitation on Activities of Parent, Intermediate Parents and the Co-Issuer .

(a) Neither Parent nor any Intermediate Parent may own any material Investment (other than cash or Cash Equivalents, Investments in its Subsidiaries and in any Person that is a Subsidiary of Parent and of which the Company is a Subsidiary), or engage in any trade or business or conduct any business activity, other than:

(1) the issuance of its Capital Stock, holding the capital stock of the Company, any Person that is a Subsidiary of Parent and of which the Company is a Subsidiary or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) the incurrence of Indebtedness (as a guarantor or otherwise);

(3) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance);

(4) the performance of its obligations with respect to any management agreement with a Parent Entity, the Share Purchase Agreement and the other agreements contemplated by the Share Purchase Agreement;

(5) any transaction that Parent is expressly permitted or contemplated to enter into or consummate under the other covenants described under this Article III as if Parent were subject to such covenants;

(6) the issuance of Capital Stock, payment of dividends, making of loans and contributions to the capital of its Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of its Subsidiaries and making Investments;

(7) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of a consolidated group of companies;

 

117


(8) holding any cash or property received in connection with Restricted Payments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 3.3 pending application thereof;

(9) providing indemnification to officers and directors; and

(10) activities incidental to the business or activities described in clauses (1) through (9).

(b) The Co-Issuer may not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business or conduct any business activity, other than:

(1) the issuance of its Capital Stock to the Company or any Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor of the Notes or other Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be; provided that the net proceeds thereof may not be retained by the Co-Issuer; and

(3) activities incidental thereto to the business or activities described in clauses (1) and (2).

ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON

SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation .

(a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements ( provided that, if the Successor Company is not a corporation, a wholly-owned direct Restricted Subsidiary of the Successor Company that is a corporation under the laws of a State of the United States (which may be the Co-Issuer) will co-issue the Notes);

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

118


(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (a) the Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) hereof or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would not be lower than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental indenture (if any) is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the applicable Successor Company; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

(b) For purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(c) The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from its obligations under such Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements.

(d) Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (a)(2) and (a)(3) (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Company, reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Company.

(e) The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of clause (a)(2)) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

(f) Neither the Co-Issuer nor any Guarantor may:

(1) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person; or

 

119


(2) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person; or

(3) permit any Person to merge with or into the Co-Issuer or the Guarantor, unless

(i) the other Person is the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or such other Person becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction and becomes a party to the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements; or

(ii) either (x) the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Co-Issuer under the Notes and of the Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes, this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements (and, in the case of a transaction where another Person is expressly assuming all of the obligations of the Co-Issuer, such Person is a corporation formed under the laws of a State of the United States); and

(B) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or

(iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Co-Issuer or the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Co-Issuer or the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture (including Section 3.5).

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 4.1(f), any such Guarantor may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of such Guarantor, reincorporating such Guarantor in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of such Guarantor.

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Notices to Trustee .

(a) If the Issuers elect or are required to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 3.5, 3.9 or 5.7 hereof, they must furnish to the Trustee, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the Redemption Date;

 

120


(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

(b) Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be canceled by the Issuers at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void.

SECTION 5.2. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

(a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee by the Company, and subject to the requirements and applicable procedures of DTC, or if Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and such Notes are not held through DTC or DTC prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata or by lot basis or any other method deemed fair and appropriate by the Trustee; provided, however , that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

(b) In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 20 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

(c) The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

SECTION 5.3. Notice of Redemption .

(a) Notices of redemption will be delivered electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or XI hereof, as applicable.

(b) The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN numbers) to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

 

121


(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

(c) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption payment interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

(d) For Notes which are represented by global certificates held on behalf of DTC, notice may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to DTC in accordance with its applicable procedures for communications to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing.

(e) At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 25 days prior to the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree but in no event less than 20 days), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

122


SECTION 5.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. Notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering (in the case of redemption pursuant to Section 5.7(b) hereof) or Change of Control (in the case of purchase pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof), as the case may be.

SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

(a) Prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent money in U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

(b) If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1 hereof.

SECTION 5.6. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part . Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided , that each such new Dollar Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 5.7. Optional Redemption .

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 5.7, the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuers.

(b) At any time prior to August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”).

 

123


(c) At any time and from time to time on or after August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2018

     104.125

2019

     102.063

2020 and thereafter

     100.000

(d) At any time and from time to time prior to August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem the Notes with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from any Equity Offering occurring after the Issue Date (and, for absence of doubt, excluding the Equity Contribution), at a redemption price equal to 108.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that:

(1) in each case, the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and

(2) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries).

(e) Notice of any redemption of the Notes in connection with a corporate transaction (including an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness or a Change of Control) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction. If such redemption is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

(f) If the optional Redemption Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuers.

 

124


(g) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(h) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6.

SECTION 5.8. Mandatory Redemption . The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided , however , under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 3.5 and 3.9. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default .

(a) Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

(1) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

(2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(3) failure to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in this Indenture or the Collateral Documents; provided that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 3.10 such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this Section 6.1(a)(3) has been given;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

(i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

(ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity;

 

125


and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $30.0 million or more;

(5) failure by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $30.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) any Guarantee of the Notes by Parent, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, a Guarantor that is Parent, a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any such group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture or in connection with the bankruptcy of a Guarantor that is Parent, a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

(7) the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor that is Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

(c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property;

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

126


(e) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or

(f) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

(b) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially all of its property;

(c) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, the Co-Issuer, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(d) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

(9) unless such Liens have been released in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, Notes Liens with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral, taken as a whole (it being understood that Collateral having a fair market value of less than $30.0 million shall not be considered material), cease to be valid or enforceable, or the Company or any Guarantor shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such Guarantor, the Company fails to cause such Guarantor to rescind such assertions within 30 days after the Company has actual knowledge of such assertions; or

(10) the failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Collateral Documents except for a failure that would not be material to the Holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole.

However, a Default under clause (3), (4), (5), (9) or (10) of this Section 6.1 will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and, with respect to clauses (3), (5), (9) and (10), the Company does not cure such Default within the time, if any, specified in clauses (3), (5), (9) and (10), as applicable, of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.

 

127


If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “ Initial Default ”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action and (ii) any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 3.18 or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in this Indenture.

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration .

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(7) or (8) above with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately.

(b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(4) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) above shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

(c) If an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(7) or (8) above occurs and is continuing with respect to the Company, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

 

128


SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (4) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.l(a)(4), the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Collateral Agent. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to indemnity or security satisfactory to each of them against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits .

(a) Subject to Section 6.7, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

129


(3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, no amendment to, suspension or deletion of any of the covenants in Article III or action taken in compliance with the covenants in effect at the time of such action, shall be deemed to impair or affect any rights of any Holders of the Notes to receive payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of or interest on such Holder’s Notes.

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in clauses (a)(l) or (a)(2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest, if any, to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.

SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or their or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

 

130


No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities .

(a) If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article   VI it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee and Collateral Agent for amounts due to each of them under Sections 7.7 and 12.9;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal of, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuers, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuers shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuers, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default, of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or written notice of, has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

131


(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or written notice of:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and

(4) No provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest or investment income on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

132


SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee . Subject to Section 7.1:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuers as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuers, as to which the Trustee may conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly by or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 3.11, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to the Collateral Agent, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

133


(h) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee or has been notified in writing to a Trust Officer of the Trustee.

(j) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.

(k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(m) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes.

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

(o) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of the Issuers.

(p) The grant of permissive rights or powers to the Collateral Agent or Trustee shall not be construed to impose duties to act.

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any

 

134


Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers, provided, however , that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

SECTION 7.4. Trustee s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuers pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, shall not be responsible for the actions of any Authentication Agent or Registrar other than the Trustee, and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of such occurrence or written notice thereof by the Company, on behalf of the Issuers, the Trustee must give written notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Company. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Company, on behalf of the Issuers, is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year and is continuing. The Company, on behalf of the Issuers, is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which it is aware which would constitute certain Defaults its status and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take in respect thereof

SECTION 7.6. [Reserved] .

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee. The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, on its part in connection with the administration

 

135


of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7), the Notes, the Guarantees and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if they assume the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense.

To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee. The Trustee’s respective right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuers.

The Issuers’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.8. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs fees, expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (a)(7) and clause (a)(8) of Section 6.1, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and agents) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor

 

136


Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.

Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Issuers, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuers’ expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided, however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of either of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(l) are met.

 

137


SECTION 7.11. [Reserved]

SECTION 7.12. Trustee s Application for Instruction from the Issuer s . Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuers may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any Officer of either of the Issuers is deemed to receive such application in accordance with the notice provisions of Section 13.2, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

SECTION 7.13. Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction, each of the Issuers and the Trustee shall have the power to appoint one or more Persons to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustees, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section 7.13. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 7.10 except as may be required under applicable law and no notice to Holders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 7.8.

(b) Every co-trustee or separate trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms, namely:

(i) The Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised solely, by the Trustee.

(ii) The rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee, jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee or separate trustee, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be

 

138


performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee or separate trustee.

(iii) The Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Issuers, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed under this Section 7.13, and, in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee or separate trustee without the concurrence of the Issuers. Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Issuers shall join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal. A successor to any co-trustee or separate trustee so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 7.13.

(iv) No trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder.

(v) Any notice, request, other writing or act of Holders delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.

SECTION 7.14. Collateral Documents; Intercreditor Agreement . By their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders hereby authorize and direct the Trustee and Collateral Agent, as the case may be, to execute and deliver any Intercreditor Agreement and any other Collateral Documents in which the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, is named as a party, including any Collateral Documents executed after the Issue Date. It is hereby expressly acknowledged and agreed that, in doing so, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are (a) expressly authorized to make the representations attributed to Holders in any such agreements and (b) not responsible for the terms or contents of such agreements, or for the validity or enforceability thereof, or the sufficiency thereof for any purpose. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under, any Intercreditor Agreement or any other Collateral Documents, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements).

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance . The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article   VIII .

 

139


SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by such outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments reasonably requested by the Issuers acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4 hereof;

(b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes under Article   II concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.11 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, immunities and indemnities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith;

(d) the rights, immunities and indemnities of the Collateral Agent and the Issuers’ or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(e) this Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to Legal Defeasance.

Subject to compliance with this Section 8.2, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof.

SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10, 3.22, 3.23 and 3.24 and Section 4.1 (except Sections 4.l(a)(l) and (a)(2)) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and such Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such

 

140


covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.l(a)(3), 6.l(a)(4), 6.1(a)(5), 6.1(a)(6), 6.l(a)(7) (with respect only to the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company), 6.1(a)(8) (with respect only to the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company) and 6.1(a)(10) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance . In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof:

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit in trust for the benefit of the Holders with the Trustee cash in Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay without consideration of reinvestment the principal of and premium, if any, interest, if any, due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; provided that money so deposited need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law;

(b) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes, in their capacity as Holders of the Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, had not occurred, and in the case of Legal Defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on:

(1) a ruling of the United States Internal Revenue Service; or

(2) a change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes;

(c) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

141


(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Company; and

(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or the Co-Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article   VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Issuer s . Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on the written request of either of the Issuers unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by either of the Issuers) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice

 

142


that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.

SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money, Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders .

(a) Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to its Guarantee or this Indenture), the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may amend, supplement or modify any Note Documents and the Issuers may direct the Trustee or Collateral Agent, and the Trustee or Collateral Agent shall, enter into an Intercreditor Agreement or an amendment to any Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of any Holder to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to any provision under the heading “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Circular or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company under any Note Document, Collateral Document or Intercreditor Agreement;

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

143


(6) at the Company’s election, comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, if such qualification is required;

(7) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) for the issuance of Additional Notes;

(8) to provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 3.2, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture, any other Note Document, the Collateral Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable;

(9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee or under the Collateral Documents or Intercreditor Agreements of a successor Collateral Agent pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee or Collateral Agent to any Note Document, Collateral Document or Intercreditor Agreement;

(10) to provide for the accession of any parties to any Note Document, Collateral Document or Intercreditor Agreement (and other amendments or enter into any Intercreditor Agreement) in connection with the incurrence of any Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness or Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness to the extent permitted under this Indenture;

(11) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes in any material respect;

(12) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Notes Obligations or Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, as applicable, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any other Note Document, any of the Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral Documents or otherwise;

 

144


(13) provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien pursuant to, or subordinate the Lien as may be permitted under, this Indenture, any other Note Document, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements when permitted or required by the Collateral Documents, this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements; or

(14) secure any Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness or Notes Obligations to the extent permitted under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and any Intercreditor Agreement.

Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request of the Issuers and upon receipt by the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 13.4 hereof, the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors, if applicable, in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents unless such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents affects the Trustee’s or Collateral Agent, if applicable, own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1.

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders .

(a) Except as provided in this Section 9.2, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and Collateral Agent may amend or supplement any Note Document with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and issued under this Indenture, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes, and, subject to Section 6.4 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such Notes). Section 2.12 hereof and Section 13.6 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2.

Upon the request of the Issuers and upon the filing with the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee and Collateral Agent , if applicable, of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 13.4 hereof, the Trustee and Collateral Agent , if applicable, will join with the Issuers and

 

145


the Guarantors, if applicable, in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents unless such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents affects the Trustee’s or the Collateral Agent’s, if applicable, own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents.

Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes issued hereunder and held by a nonconsenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.5 and Section 3.9);

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note (other than provisions relating to Change of Control and Asset Dispositions);

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as set forth in Section 5.7;

(5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor;

(7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section 9.2; or

(9) make any change in the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture dealing with the application of proceeds of Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes in any material respect.

For the avoidance of doubt, no amendment to, or deletion of any of the covenants in Article III or action taken in compliance with the covenants in effect at the time of such action, shall be deemed to impair or affect any rights of any Holders of the Notes to receive payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of or interest on such Holder’s Notes.

 

146


Without the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, no amendment or waiver may release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents with respect to the Notes (except as permitted by this Indenture).

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement.

SECTION 9.3. [Reserved] .

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers . Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

147


Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee and Collateral Agent shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents authorized pursuant to this Article   IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or Collateral Agent. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents, the Trustee and Collateral Agent will be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.4 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.1. Guarantee . Subject to the provisions of this Article   X , each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, the Trustee and Collateral Agent the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuers under this Indenture and Notes (including without limitation interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

148


Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article   X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Except as set forth in Section   10.2 , the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuers, (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.2, Article   VIII or Article   XI . Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, interest, if any, on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise.

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash in Dollars, to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of

 

149


(i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding).

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all fees, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge .

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal, foreign or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) Any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, a sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor or the sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor) otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(2) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

150


(3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes pursuant to Article   VIII or Article   XI ; or

(4) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Excluded Subsidiary;

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any of the Issuers or other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder against the any of the Issuers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge . This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(a) either:

(1) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity

 

151


or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

(b) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and

(d) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes issued hereunder at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent under this Article XI relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including compliance with Section 11.l (a), (b) and (c)).

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the provisions of Section 7.7 hereof will survive and if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(2) of this Section 11.1, the provisions of Sections 11.2 and 8.6 hereof will survive.

SECTION 11.2. Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or the Co-Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

152


ARTICLE XII

COLLATERAL

SECTION 12.1. Collateral Documents . The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium and interest on the Notes and performance of all other Obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Collateral Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements. The Trustee and the Issuers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee and pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release, foreclosure or other enforcement in relation to the Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreements as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreements, and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuers shall deliver to the Collateral Agent copies of all documents required to be filed pursuant to the Collateral Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section   12.1 , to assure and confirm to the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Collateral Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Issuers shall, and shall cause the Subsidiaries of the Issuers to, take any and all actions and make all filings (including the filing of UCC financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto) required to cause the Collateral Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors to the Noteholder Secured Parties under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien and security interest in and on all of the Collateral (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 12.2. Limited Conditionality Provision . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or in the other Note Documents or otherwise, to the extent any Collateral (including the perfection of any security interest therein) is not or cannot be provided on the Issue Date (other than (A) the pledge and perfection of security interests, to the extent required under this Indenture, in the Capital Stock of the Issuers and the Subsidiaries of Parent organized under the laws of the United States, or any state or other sub-division thereof with

 

153


respect to which a Lien may be perfected by the delivery of a certificate representing such Capital Stock, if any, and which have been delivered to Parent under the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, (B) the pledge and perfection of security interests in Collateral with respect to which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the UCC in the office of the Secretary of State (or equivalent filing office of the relevant state of the respective jurisdiction of organization of the Issuers or any Guarantor) and (C) the pledge and perfection of security interests in Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) held by the Issuers or any Guarantor, with respect to which IP Security Agreements (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) are required to be filed under this Indenture and the Collateral Agreement), in each case after the Issuers’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, then such Collateral may instead be provided as promptly as reasonably practicable after the Issue Date.

SECTION 12.3. Release of Collateral .

(a) Subject to Sections   12.3(b) and (c) hereof, Collateral may be released from the Liens and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and this Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Note Documents, the Liens on the Collateral, to the extent that such Liens secure the Notes Obligations, shall be automatically released, and the Trustee (subject to its receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as provided below) shall execute documents evidencing such release, or instruct the Collateral Agent to execute, as applicable, the same at the Issuers’ sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances:

(i) in whole upon:

(A) payment in full of the principal of, together with any premium and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, are paid;

(B) satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as set forth under Article   XI ; or

(C) a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of this Indenture as set forth under Article   VIII ;

(ii) in whole or in part, with the consent of Holders of the Notes in accordance with Article   IX of this Indenture;

(iii) in part, as to any asset constituting Collateral:

(A) that is sold or otherwise disposed of:

 

154


(I) by any of the Issuers or the Guarantors to any Person that is not the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor organized in the same jurisdiction in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture at the time of such transfer or disposition, including, without limitation, as a result of a transaction of the type permitted under Section   3.5  and by the Collateral Documents ( to the extent of the interest sold or disposed of) or otherwise permitted by this Indenture of the Collateral Documents ( provided that in the event of a transfer of assets from the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor to a the Issuer, the Co-Issuer or another Guarantor organized in a different jurisdiction, the Trustee shall release, or instruct the Collateral Agent to release, such Lien if such transferee Issuer, Co-Issuer or Guarantor takes all actions reasonably necessary to grant a Lien in such transferred assets to the Collateral Agent (to the extent required by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents)), or

(II) if all other Liens on that asset that constitutes ABL Priority Collateral then secured are released; or

(III) in connection with the taking of an enforcement action by the Controlling Collateral Agent in respect of the ABL Obligations or Pari Passu Obligations in accordance with the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, respectively,

(B) that is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Note Guarantee, concurrently with the release of such Note Guarantee,

(C) that is or becomes an Excluded Asset, or

(D) that is otherwise released in accordance with, and as expressly provided for by the terms of, this Indenture, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Documents;

provided that on the date of the repayment in full of the Credit Facilities Obligations, the Notes Liens will not be released, except to the extent that such Collateral or any portion thereof was disposed of in compliance with the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in order to repay Credit Facilities Obligations secured by such Collateral or except to the extent such release is otherwise permitted by this Section   12.3(a) other than by clause (iii)(A)(II) above.

 

155


(b) With respect to any release of Collateral permitted by this Section 12.3, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, as applicable, to such release have been met and that it is proper for the Trustee or Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the documents requested by the Issuers in connection with such release, and any instruments of termination, satisfaction, discharge or release prepared by the Issuers, the Trustee shall, or shall cause the Collateral Agent to, execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Issuers’ expense) such instruments or releases to evidence the release and discharge of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in reliance upon any such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Collateral Document or in any Intercreditor Agreement to the contrary, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of release, satisfaction, discharge or termination, unless and until it receives such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel.

SECTION 12.4. Suits to Protect the Collateral . Subject to the provisions of Article   VII hereof and the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Collateral Agent to take all actions it determines in order to:

(a) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents; and

(b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations hereunder.

Subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may determine to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may determine to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral. Nothing in this Section   12.4 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 12.5. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents . Subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 12.6. Purchaser Protected . In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the

 

156


application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article   XII to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuers or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.

SECTION 12.7. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee . In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article   XII upon the Issuers or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuers or a Guarantor or of any Officer or Officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article   XII ; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.

SECTION 12.8. Release Upon Termination of the Issuers Obligations . In the event that the Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, are paid, (ii) this Indenture shall have been satisfied and discharged in compliance with the provisions of Article XI or (iii) the Issuers shall have exercised their Legal Defeasance option or their Covenant Defeasance option, in each case in compliance with the provisions of Article   VIII , and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such notice by the Trustee have been satisfied, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuers and the Collateral Agent a notice, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than with respect to funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article   VIII ), and any rights it has under the Collateral Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall do or cause to be done (at the expense of the Issuers) all acts reasonably requested by the Issuers to release and discharge such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable.

SECTION 12.9. Collateral Agent .

(a) Each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints (and directs the Trustee to designate and appoint) and the Trustee hereby designates and appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes (and directs the Trustee to authorize) and the Trustee hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, and consents and agrees to the terms of each Intercreditor Agreement and each Collateral Document, as the same may be in effect or may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with their respective terms. The Collateral Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions

 

157


contained in this Section   12.9 . The provisions of this Section   12.9 are solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and none of the Holders nor any of the Grantors shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein other than as expressly provided in Section   12.4 . Each Holder agrees that any action taken by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provision of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents, and the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies set forth herein and therein shall be authorized and binding upon all Holders. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, the duties of the Collateral Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Note Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party, nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any trust or other fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or any Grantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements by or through receivers, agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact or with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates, (a “ Related Person ”) and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in taking action in reliance upon any advice or opinion given by legal counsel. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or willful misconduct of any receiver, agent, employee, attorney-in-fact or Related Person that it selects as long as such selection was made in good faith.

(c) None of the Collateral Agent or any of its respective Related Persons shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or under or in connection with any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Issuers or any other Grantor or Affiliate of any Grantor, or any Officer or Related Person thereof, contained in this Indenture, or any other Note Documents, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, or for any failure of any Grantor or any other party to this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor

 

158


Agreements to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Collateral Agent or any of its respective Related Persons shall be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements or to inspect the properties, books, or records of any Grantor or any Grantor’s Affiliates.

(d) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, certification, telephone message, statement, or other communication, document or conversation (including those by telephone or e-mail) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Issuers or any other Grantor), independent accountants and other experts and advisors selected by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document. The Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes as it determines and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Holders against any and all liability, loss and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements in accordance with a request, direction, instruction or consent of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Holders.

(e) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless a Trust Officer of the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee or the Issuers referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee in accordance with Article   VI or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (subject to this Section   12.9 ).

(f) The Collateral Agent may resign at any time by notice to the Trustee and the Issuers, such resignation to be effective upon the acceptance of a successor agent to its appointment as Collateral Agent. If the Collateral Agent resigns under this Indenture, the Issuers shall appoint a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed prior to the intended effective date of the resignation of the Collateral Agent (as stated in the notice of resignation), the Collateral Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Issuers (which shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed and consented to by the Issuers pursuant to the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after the intended effective date of resignation (as stated in the notice of

 

159


resignation) the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor collateral agent hereunder, such successor collateral agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent, and the term “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor collateral agent, and the retiring Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section   12.9 (and Section   7.7 ) shall continue to inure to its benefit and the retiring Collateral Agent shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be released from liability as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Collateral Agent under this Indenture.

(g) The Trustee shall initially act as Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements, neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents or other Related Persons shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(h) The Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Collateral Documents to which it is party, whether executed on or after the Issue Date, (ii) enter into the Intercreditor Agreements, (iii) make the representations of the Holders set forth in the Collateral Documents and Intercreditor Agreements, (iv) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements and (v) perform and observe its obligations under the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

(i) If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, realization, set-off or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the Trustee from the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments from the Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to Article   VI , the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Collateral Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Collateral Agent such proceeds to be applied by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements.

(j) The Collateral Agent is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the Issuers, the Trustee shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof and promptly shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.

 

160


(k) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Grantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Collateral Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to determine whether all or the Grantor’s property constituting collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the Collateral Documents has been properly and completely listed or delivered, as the case may be, or the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any Collateral Document or any Intercreditor Agreement other than pursuant to the instructions of the Trustee or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes or as otherwise provided in the Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing.

(l) If the Issuers or any Guarantor (i) incurs any obligations in respect of Credit Facilities Obligations or Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness at any time when no ABL Intercreditor Agreement or Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Credit Facilities Obligations or Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, as applicable, entitled to the benefit of an existing ABL Intercreditor Agreement or Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, is concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers to the Trustee and Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the Trustee and Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the Credit Facilities Obligations or Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, as applicable, so incurred, the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such intercreditor agreement (at the sole expense and cost of the Issuers, including legal fees and expenses of the Collateral Agent), bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.

(m) If the Issuers or any Guarantor (i) incurs any obligations in respect of Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness at any time when no Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness entitled to the benefit of an existing Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is concurrently retired and delivers to the Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness so incurred, the Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such intercreditor agreement (at the sole expense and cost of the Issuers, including legal fees and expenses of the Collateral Agent), bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.

(n) No provision of this Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement or any Collateral Document shall require the Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own

 

161


funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Collateral Agent) if it shall not have received indemnity satisfactory to the Collateral Agent against potential costs and liabilities incurred by the Collateral Agent relating thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents, in the event the Collateral Agent is entitled or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action or exercise any remedy or to inspect or conduct any studies of any property under the mortgages or take any such other action if the Collateral Agent has determined that the Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Collateral or such property, of any hazardous substances unless the Collateral Agent has received security or indemnity from the Holders in an amount and in a form all satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, protecting the Collateral Agent from all such liability. The Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action described in this paragraph (n) if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Issuers or the Holders to be sufficient.

(o) The Collateral Agent (i) shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in connection with this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents or instrument referred to herein or therein, except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, (ii) shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Issuers (and money held in trust by the Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law) and (iii) may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The grant of permissive rights or powers to the Collateral Agent or Trustee shall not be construed to impose duties to act.

(p) Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control. Such acts shall include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages (including but not limited to lost profits) whatsoever, even if it has been informed of the likelihood thereof and regardless of the form of action.

(q) The Collateral Agent does not assume any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or any breach by the Issuers or any other Grantor under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible to the Holders or any other Person for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in any Note Documents or in any certificate, report, statement, or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Collateral Agent

 

162


under or in connection with, this Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement or any Collateral Document; the execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness or enforceability of any Intercreditor Agreement and any Collateral Documents of any other party thereto; the genuineness, enforceability, collectability, value, sufficiency, location or existence of any Collateral, or the validity, effectiveness, enforceability, sufficiency, extent, perfection or priority of any Lien therein; the validity, enforceability or collectability of any Obligations; the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of any obligor; or for any failure of any obligor to perform its Obligations under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to any Holder or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into the existence of any Default or Event of Default, the observance or performance by any obligor of any terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents, or the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in this Indenture, any Intercreditor Agreement and any Collateral Documents. The Collateral Agent shall not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection or other proceeding under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents unless expressly set forth hereunder or thereunder. The Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to seek instructions from the Holders with respect to the administration of the Note Documents.

(r) The parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that the Collateral Agent shall not assume, be responsible for or otherwise be obligated for any liabilities, claims, causes of action, suits, losses, allegations, requests, demands, penalties, fines, settlements, damages (including foreseeable and unforeseeable), judgments, expenses and costs (including but not limited to, any remediation, corrective action, response, removal or remedial action, or investigation, operations and maintenance or monitoring costs, for personal injury or property damages, real or personal) of any kind whatsoever, pursuant to any environmental law as a result of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements, the Collateral Documents or any actions taken pursuant hereto or thereto. Further, the parties hereto and the Holders hereby agree and acknowledge that in the exercise of its rights under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents, the Collateral Agent may hold or obtain indicia of ownership primarily to protect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and that any such actions taken by the Collateral Agent shall not be construed as or otherwise constitute any participation in the management of such Collateral.

(s) Upon the receipt by the Collateral Agent of a written request of the Issuers signed by one Officer of each of the Issuer and the Co-Issuer (a “ Collateral Document Order ”), the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to execute and enter into, and shall execute and enter into, without the further consent of any Holder or the Trustee, any Collateral Document to be executed after the Issue Date. Such Collateral Document Order shall (i) state that it is being delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to, and is a Collateral Document Order referred to in, this Section   12.9(s) , and (ii) instruct the Collateral Agent to execute and enter into such Collateral Document. Any such execution of a Collateral Document shall be at the direction and expense of the Issuers, upon delivery to the Collateral Agent of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of the Collateral Document have been satisfied. The Holders, by their acceptance of the Notes, hereby authorize and direct the Collateral Agent to execute such Collateral Documents.

 

163


(t) Subject to the provisions of the applicable Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, each Holder, by acceptance of the Notes, agrees that the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents to which it is a party and all agreements, documents and instruments incidental thereto, and act in accordance with the terms thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent shall have no discretion under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements or the Collateral Documents and shall not be required to make or give any determination, consent, approval, request or direction without the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or the Trustee, as applicable.

(u) After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee or, to the extent required by the Security Agreement, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, may direct the Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements.

(v) The Collateral Agent is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements and to the extent not prohibited under the Intercreditor Agreements, for turnover to the Trustee to make further distributions of such funds to itself, the Trustee and the Holders in accordance with the provisions of Section   6.10 hereof and the other provisions of this Indenture.

(w) Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents, in each case that the Collateral Agent may or is required hereunder or under any other Note Document to take any action (an “ Action ”), including without limitation to make any determination, to give consents, to exercise rights, powers or remedies, to release or sell Collateral or otherwise to act hereunder or under any other Note Document, the Collateral Agent may seek direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable with respect to any Action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents, if the Collateral Agent shall request direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to any Action, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such Action unless and until the Collateral Agent shall have received direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and the Collateral Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.

(x) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or any other Note Document, in no event shall the Collateral Agent or the Trustee be responsible for, or have any duty or obligation with respect to, the recording, filing, registering, perfection, protection or maintenance of the security interests or Liens intended to be created by this Indenture or the other Note Documents, including without limitation the filing or continuation of any UCC financing or continuation statements or similar documents or instruments, nor shall the Collateral Agent or the Trustee be responsible for, and neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee makes any representation regarding, the validity, effectiveness or priority of any of the Collateral Documents or the security interests or Liens intended to be created thereby.

 

164


(y) Before the Collateral Agent acts or refrains from acting in each case at the request or direction of the Issuers or the Guarantors, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section   13.4 . The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

(z) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Collateral Agent shall act pursuant to the instructions of the Holders and the Trustee solely with respect to the Collateral Documents and the Collateral.

(aa) The Issuers shall pay compensation to, reimburse expenses of and indemnify the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section   7.7 .

SECTION 12.10. Designations . For purposes of the provisions hereof and the Intercreditor Agreements requiring the Issuers to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the term “Credit Facilities Obligations,” “Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness,” “Junior Lien Priority Indebtedness” or any other such designations hereunder or under any Intercreditor Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation is set forth in writing, signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent.

SECTION 12.11. No Impairment of the Security Interests . Except as otherwise permitted under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreements and the Collateral Documents, neither the Issuers nor any of the Guarantors will be permitted to take any action, or knowingly omit to take any action, which action or omission would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1. [Reserved] .

SECTION 13.2. Notices . Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in pdf format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers or to any Guarantor:

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

c/o Foundation Building Materials

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: John Gorey

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

E-mail: john.gorey@fbmsales.com

 

165


with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lone Star Americas Acquisitions LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 214-515-6924

Telephone: 214-515-6824

and

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Ave

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Joerg H. Esdorn

Facsimile: (212) 351-5276

E-mail: JEsdorn@gibsondunn.com

if to the Trustee or Collateral Agent, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof located at:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: FBM Finance/LSF9 Cypress Secured Notes Administrator

Facsimile: (302) 636-4145

The Issuers, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to the Issuers or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically, in pdf format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and seven calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee or Collateral Agent shall be deemed delivered upon receipt.

Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed.

 

166


Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC or its designee.

SECTION 13.3. [Reserved] .

SECTION 13.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by any of the Issuers or the Guarantors to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, such Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with.

SECTION 13.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

167


SECTION 13.6. When Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 13.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 13.8. Legal Holidays . A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or the state of the place of payment. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 13.9. Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, INCLUDING ANY NOTE GUARANTEES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 13.10. Jurisdiction . The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against any of the Issuers or Guarantors brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuers and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment.

SECTION 13.11. Waivers of Jury Trial EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

168


SECTION 13.12. USA PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Collateral Agent with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 13.13. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 13.14. Successors . All agreements of each of the Issuers and Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 13.15. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 13.16. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 13.17. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee or the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

169


SECTION 13.18. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

[Signature on following pages]

 

170


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC , as issuer
By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   Vice President
FBM FINANCE, INC. , as issuer
By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President

 

S-1


LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM AIV Blocker LLC
FBM AIV Blocker II LLC
FBM Intermediate LLC
Home Acres Holdings LLC
FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC
Foundation Building Materials, LLC
FBM Michigan LLC
FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC
FBM BAV LLC
FBM Wholesale Builders Supply LLC
FBM Wagner Distribution LLC
FBM Ohio LLC
FBM Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc.
Construction Products Acquisition, LLC
FBM HABS/KBS LLC
FBM Southwest LLC
FBM/W&S LLC
FBM Gypsum Supply LLC
FBM GWBM Inc.
Oxnard Building Materials, Inc.
Great Western Building Materials, Inc.
ProWall Building Products, Inc.
Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC
Kobrin Builders’ Supply Holdings, LLC
FBM Logistics, LLC
Kobrin Builders Supply, LLC
FBM Washington LLC
FBM Columbus LLC
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.
The Winroc Corporation (Midwest),
as Guarantors
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

S-2


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, as Trustee and as Collateral Agent

By:  

/s/ John T. Needham, Jr.

Name:   John T. Needham, Jr.
Title:   Vice President

 

S-3


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED NOTE]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

[Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable]

 

No.    [            ] Principal Amount $[        ] [as revised by the
   Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]
   CUSIP NO.                                         

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC

FBM FINANCE, INC.

8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Issuer ”), and FBM Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ” and, together with the Issuer, the “ Issuers ”), promise to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of              Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on August 15, 2021.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

A-1


Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
FBM FINANCE, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Note is one of the 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

 

A-3


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC

FBM FINANCE, INC.

8.25% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2021

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

 

1. Interest

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (such limited liability company, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Issuer ”) and FBM Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Co-Issuer ” and, together with the Issuer, the “ Issuers ”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.25% per annum from August 9, 2016 (or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for) until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2017, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 15, 2017. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

[Until this Temporary Regulation S Global Note is exchanged for one or more Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.]

 

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 11:00 am. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding February 1 and August 1 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided , however , that, at the option of the

 

A-4


Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the third to last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

 

4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 9, 2016 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall prevail. The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Issuers.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Notes by certain subsidiaries.

 

5. Mandatory Redemption

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

A-5


6. Guarantees

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest), on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, each Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with each Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

7. Redemption

(a) At any time prior to August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(b) At any time and from time to time prior to August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.25% plus accrued and unpaid interest, thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that (i) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and (ii) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries).

(c) Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 7, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to August 15, 2018.

(d) At any time and from time to time on or after August 15, 2018, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

2018

     104.125

2019

     102.063

2020 and thereafter

     100.000

 

A-6


(f) Notice of any redemption of the Notes in connection with a corporate transaction (including an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness or a Change of Control) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction. If such redemption is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

(g) If the optional Redemption Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption on and after by the Issuers.

(h) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(i) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

Except as set forth in paragraph 5 above, the Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

8. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered an unconditional (or conditional solely on the consummation of the applicable Change of Control) redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.7(e) of the Indenture, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9(f) of the Indenture.

 

A-7


Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuers may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (that is $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuers’ option, Other Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article   V of the Indenture.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

[This Temporary Regulation S Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the expiration of the Restricted Period and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article II of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Temporary Regulation S Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Temporary Regulation S Global Note.]

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

A-8


13. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes, the Notes Documents may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, if applicable, may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection of Parent, the Company, the Co-Issuer or certain subsidiaries of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection of Parent, the Company or certain subsidiaries of the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Indenture shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers, provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

A-9


16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or the Co-Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

The Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20. Governing Law

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

c/o Foundation Building Materials

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: John Gorey

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

E-mail: john.gorey@fbmsales.com

 

A-10


with copies (which shall not constitute a request) to:

Lone Star Americas Acquisitions LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 214-515-6924

Telephone: 214-515-6824

 

A-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:    Your signature  

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

The undersigned hereby certifies that it ☐ is / ☐ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee ☐ is / ☐ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers, and a Definitive Note ☐ is / ☐ is not required.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

(1)       acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
(2)       transferred to the Issuers; or
(3)       transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

 

A-12


(4)       transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
(5)       transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
(6)       transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5) or (6) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

   

 

    Signature
Signature Guarantee:    

 

   

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)     Signature

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

 

Dated

 

A-13


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
     Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
     Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
     Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian
 
           
           
           

 

A-14


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

Section 3.5                                 Section 3.9☐

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $         and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):             .

 

Date:  

 

    Your signature  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

A-15


EXHIBIT B

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [            ], 20[    ], by and among [ ● ] (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC (the “ Issuer ”), FBM Finance, Inc. (the “ Co-Issuer ” and, together with the Issuer, the “ Issuers ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S ET H :

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the Issuers’ 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuers and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1.  Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof

ARTICLE II

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE

SECTION 2.1.  Agreement to be Bound . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

B-1


SECTION 2.2.  Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.1.  Notices . All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at the address set forth in the Indenture.

SECTION 3.2.  Merger and Consolidation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with Sections 3.5 and 4.1(f) of the Indenture.

SECTION 3.3.  Release of Guarantee . This Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Indenture.

SECTION 3.4.  Parties . Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

SECTION 3.5.  Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 3.6.  Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 3.7.  Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 3.8.  Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

SECTION 3.9.  The Trustee . The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other patties hereto.

 

B-2


SECTION 3.10.  Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the patties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the patties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 3.11.  Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee.

SECTION 3.12.  Headings . The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
FBM FINANCE, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY),
as a Guarantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-3


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee and Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-4


Exhibit C

FORM OF

PARI PASSU LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of [            ], 20[    ],

among

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee,

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Notes Collateral Agent for the Notes Secured Parties,

[            ],

as the Initial Additional Authorized Representative,

[            ],

as the Initial Additional Collateral Agent,

each ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE from time to time party hereto

and

each ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AGENT from time to time party hereto

 

C-1


   TABLE OF CONTENTS   
          Page  
   ARTICLE I   
   Definitions   
SECTION 1.01   

Certain Defined Terms

     C-5   
SECTION 1.02   

Terms Generally

     C-11   
   ARTICLE II   
   Priorities and Agreements with Respect to Shared Collateral   
SECTION 2.01   

Equal Priority of Claims

     C-12   
SECTION 2.02   

Impairments

     C-13   
SECTION 2.03   

Actions with Respect to Shared Collateral; Prohibition on Contesting Liens

     C-14   
SECTION 2.04   

No Interference; Payment Over

     C-15   
SECTION 2.05   

Automatic Release of Liens

     C-16   
SECTION 2.06   

Certain Agreements with Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings

     C-17   
SECTION 2.07   

Reinstatement

     C-18   
SECTION 2.08   

Insurance and Condemnation Awards

     C-18   
SECTION 2.09   

Refinancings, Etc.

     C-18   
SECTION 2.10   

Control Collateral Agent as Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection

     C-18   
SECTION 2.11   

Amendments to Collateral Documents

     C-20   
   ARTICLE III   
   Existence and Amounts of Liens and Obligations   
SECTION 3.01   

Determinations with Respect to Amounts of Liens and Obligations

     C-20   
   ARTICLE IV   
   The Controlling Collateral Agent; the Applicable Authorized Representative   
SECTION 4.01   

Authority

     C-20   
SECTION 4.02   

Rights as a Pari Passu Secured Party

     C-21   
SECTION 4.03   

Exculpatory Provisions

     C-22   
SECTION 4.04   

Reliance

     C-23   
SECTION 4.05   

Delegation of Duties

     C-24   

 

C-2


   ARTICLE V   
   Miscellaneous   
SECTION 5.01   

Notices

     C-24   
SECTION 5.02   

Waivers; Amendment; Joinder Agreements

     C-25   
SECTION 5.03   

Non-Reliance; Information

     C-26   
SECTION 5.04   

No Warranties or Liability

     C-26   
SECTION 5.05   

Parties in Interest

     C-27   
SECTION 5.06   

Survival of Agreement

     C-27   
SECTION 5.07   

Counterparts

     C-27   
SECTION 5.08   

Severability

     C-27   
SECTION 5.09   

GOVERNING LAW

     C-27   
SECTION 5.10   

Submission to Jurisdiction Waivers; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of Consequential Damages

     C-27   
SECTION 5.11   

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     C-28   
SECTION 5.12   

Headings

     C-28   
SECTION 5.13   

Conflicts

     C-28   
SECTION 5.14   

Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights

     C-29   
SECTION 5.15   

New Pari Passu Indebtedness

     C-29   
SECTION 5.16   

Agent Capacities

     C-30   
SECTION 5.17   

Integration

     C-30   
SECTION 5.18   

Administrative Agent and Representative

     C-30   

 

Annexes:   
Annex I    Grantors
Annex II    Form of Joinder Agreement
Annex III    Form of Acknowledgement

 

C-3


PARI PASSU LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee for the holders of the Notes (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”), WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as collateral agent for the Notes Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Notes Collateral Agent ”), [                    ], as Authorized Representative for the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Additional Authorized Representative ”), [                    ], as collateral agent for the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Additional Collateral Agent ”), and each ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE and ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AGENT from time to time party hereto.

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, (a) the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent (in each case, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties), (b) the Initial Additional Authorized Representative and the Initial Additional Collateral Agent (in each case, for itself and on behalf of the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties) and (c) each Additional Authorized Representative and Additional Collateral Agent (in each case, for itself and on behalf of the Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties of the applicable Series) agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture (whether or not then in effect) or, if defined in the New York UCC, the meanings specified therein. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Additional Authorized Representative ” means, with respect to any Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties, the administrative agent, trustee or other similar representative serving and named as the “Authorized Agent” for such Series in the applicable Joinder Agreement, together with its successors from time to time in such capacity.

Additional Collateral Agent ” means, with respect to any Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties, the collateral agent or other similar representative serving and named as the “Collateral Agent” for such Series in the applicable Joinder Agreement, together with its successors from time to time in such capacity.

Additional Pari Passu Collateral Documents ” means, with respect to any Additional Pari Passu Obligations of any Series, each collateral agreement, security agreement, mortgage or other document now existing or entered into after the date hereof that creates, or purports to create, Liens on any assets of any Grantor to secure the Additional Pari Passu Obligations of such Series.

 

C-4


Additional Pari Passu Documents ” means, with respect to any Additional Pari Passu Obligations of any Series, the credit agreements, notes, indentures, security documents or other agreements, documents or instruments evidencing or governing such Additional Pari Passu Obligations or the Liens securing such Additional Pari Passu Obligations, including the Additional Pari Passu Collateral Documents of such Series.

Additional Pari Passu Obligations ” means, collectively, all amounts owing pursuant to the terms of any Series of New Pari Passu Indebtedness, including the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest (including interest that accrues after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under such Bankruptcy Case), premiums (including premiums that accrue after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case, regardless of whether such premiums is an allowed claim under such Bankruptcy Case), letter of credit commissions, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by a Grantor under any Additional Pari Passu Document of such Series.

Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties ” means, with respect to any Additional Pari Passu Obligations of any Series, the holders of any Additional Pari Passu Obligations of such Series and the Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent with respect thereto.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Applicable Authorized Representative ” means, with respect to any Shared Collateral, (a) until the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date, the Authorized Representative of the Series of Pari Passu Obligations that constitutes the largest outstanding principal amount of any then outstanding Series of Pari Passu Obligations with respect to such Shared Collateral, and (b) from and after the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date, the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative. As of the date hereof, the Applicable Authorized Representative is [                    ].

Authorized Representative ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any Notes Obligations or the Notes Secured Parties, the Trustee, (b) with respect to any Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations or the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties, the Initial Additional Authorized Representative and (c) with respect to any Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties, the Additional Authorized Representative for such Series.

Bankruptcy Case ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(b).

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

C-5


Co-Issuer ” means FBM Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

Collateral ” means all assets subject to, or purported to be subject to, Liens securing any Pari Passu Obligations of any Series.

Collateral Agent ” means (a) with respect to any Notes Obligations or the Notes Secured Parties, the Notes Collateral Agent, (b) with respect to the Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations or the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties, the Initial Additional Collateral Agent and (c) with respect to any Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties, the Additional Collateral Agent for such Series.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, (a) the Notes Collateral Documents, (b) the Initial Additional Pari Passu Collateral Documents and (c) the Additional Pari Passu Collateral Documents.

Company ” means LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control Collateral ” means any Shared Collateral in the possession of, or controlled by, a Collateral Agent (or its agents or bailees), to the extent that possession or control thereof perfects a Lien thereon under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction. Control Collateral includes any Certificated Securities, Instruments, Investment Property, Deposit Accounts and Chattel Paper, in each case, delivered to, in the possession of or controlled by any Collateral Agent (or its agents or bailees) under the terms of any Collateral Document.

Controlling Collateral Agent ” means, at any time with respect to any Shared Collateral, the Collateral Agent of the same Series as the Authorized Representative that is the Applicable Authorized Representative for such Shared Collateral at such time. As of the date hereof, the Controlling Collateral Agent is [                    ]. Unless and until delivery of an officer’s certificate by the Company referred to in Section 2 of the Acknowledgement executed by the Company in respect of this Agreement (the form of such Acknowledgement being attached as Annex III to this Agreement), or delivery of a notice of such change by any Collateral Agent or any Authorized Representative, the Collateral Agents and the Authorized Representatives shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any change in the identity of the Controlling Collateral Agent.

Controlling Secured Parties ” means, at any time with respect to any Shared Collateral, the Pari Passu Secured Parties of the same Series as the Authorized Representative that is the Applicable Authorized Representative for such Shared Collateral at such time.

Default ” means, with respect to any Series of Pari Passu Obligations, a “Default” (or similarly defined term) with respect to such Series of Pari Passu Obligations as defined in the applicable Pari Passu Document for such Series.

DIP Financing ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(b).

DIP Financing Liens ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(b).

 

C-6


DIP Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.06(b).

Discharge ” means, with respect to any Shared Collateral and any Series of Pari Passu Obligations, the date on which such Series of Pari Passu Obligations is no longer secured by and no longer required to be secured by such Shared Collateral. The term “ Discharged ” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Event of Default ” means, with respect to any Series of Pari Passu Obligations, an “Event of Default” (or similarly defined term) with respect to such Series of Pari Passu Obligations as defined in the applicable Pari Passu Document for such Series.

Grantors ” means Holdings, the Company and each of the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) which has granted, or purported to have granted, a Lien pursuant to any Collateral Document to secure any Series of Pari Passu Obligations. The Grantors existing on the date hereof are set forth in Annex I hereto.

Holdings ” means LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Impairment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of August 9, 2016, among Holdings, the Company, the Co-Issuer, each of the Note Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent.

Initial Additional Authorized Representative ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Initial Additional Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Initial Additional Pari Passu Agreement ” mean [the [Credit Agreement/Indenture] dated as of the date hereof, among [                    ],] as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Initial Additional Pari Passu Collateral Documents ” means the Initial Additional Pari Passu Security Agreement and each other collateral agreement, security agreement, mortgage or other document now existing or entered into after the date hereof that creates, or purports to create, Liens on any assets of any Grantor to secure the Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

Initial Additional Pari Passu Documents ” means the Initial Additional Pari Passu Agreement, the Initial Additional Pari Passu Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto, and all other agreements, documents or instruments evidencing or governing any Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations or the Liens securing any Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations ” means the [“Obligations”] as such term is defined in the [Initial Additional Pari Passu Security Agreement], whether now existing or

 

C-7


arising hereafter, including the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest (including interest that accrues after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under such Bankruptcy Case), premiums (including premiums that accrue after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case, regardless of whether such premiums are an allowed claim under such Bankruptcy Case), letter of credit commissions, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by a Grantor under any Initial Additional Pari Passu Document.

Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties ” means the Initial Additional Authorized Representative, the Initial Additional Collateral Agent and the holders from time to time of any Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations outstanding at such time.

Initial Additional Pari Passu Security Agreement ” means [the Pledge and Security Agreement] dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the other Grantors and the Initial Additional Collateral Agent, as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means:

(a) any case commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relating to the Company or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(b) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(c) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

Intervening Creditor ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

Intervening Lien ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02.

Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder to this Agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto.

Lien ” means any lien (statutory or otherwise), mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, hypothecation, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof) and any option, trust, or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing.

 

C-8


Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative ” means, with respect to any Shared Collateral, the Authorized Representative of the Series of Pari Passu Obligations that constitutes the largest outstanding principal amount of any then outstanding Series of Pari Passu Obligations with respect to such Shared Collateral (other than, in each case, the Pari Passu Obligations of the Controlling Secured Parties).

Mortgaged Property ” means any parcel of real property and improvements thereto that constitute Shared Collateral.

New Agent ” means a New Authorized Representative or a New Collateral Agent.

New Authorized Representative ” means the administrative agent, trustee or other similar representative for any New Pari Passu Indebtedness.

New Collateral Agent ” means the collateral agent or other similar representative for any New Pari Passu Indebtedness.

New Pari Passu Indebtedness ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.15.

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Non-Controlling Authorized Representative ” means, at any time with respect to any Shared Collateral, any Authorized Representative that is not the Applicable Authorized Representative at such time with respect to such Shared Collateral.

Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date ” means, with respect to any Non-Controlling Authorized Representative in respect of any Shared Collateral, the date that is 180 days after the occurrence of both (a) an Event of Default (under and as defined in the Pari Passu Document under which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative) and (b) each Collateral Agent’s and each other Authorized Representative’s receipt of written notice from such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative certifying that (i) as of the date of such notice, such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative with respect to such Shared Collateral and that an Event of Default (under and as defined in the Pari Passu Document under which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative) has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the Pari Passu Obligations of the Series with respect to which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative are currently due and payable in full (whether as a result of acceleration thereof or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of the applicable Pari Passu Document; provided that the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date shall be stayed and shall not occur (and shall be deemed not to have occurred) with respect to any Shared Collateral (1) at any time the Applicable Authorized Representative or the Controlling Collateral Agent has commenced and is diligently pursuing any enforcement action with respect to a material portion of such Shared Collateral (or the Applicable Authorized Representative shall have instructed the Controlling Collateral Agent to do the same) or (2) at any time the Grantor that has granted a security interest in such Shared Collateral is then a debtor under or with respect to (or otherwise subject to) any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

 

C-9


Non-Controlling Secured Parties ” means, with respect to any Shared Collateral, the Pari Passu Secured Parties that are not Controlling Secured Parties with respect to such Shared Collateral.

Notes ” means (a) the 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued by the Company and Co-Issuer under the Indenture in an aggregate principal amount of $575,000,000 and (b) any additional notes issued by the Company under the Indenture in accordance with the terms thereof.

Notes Collateral Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

Notes Collateral Documents ” means the Notes Security Agreement and each other collateral agreement, security agreement, mortgage or any other document now existing or entered into after the date hereof that creates, or purports to create, Liens on any assets of any Grantor to secure the Notes Obligations.

Notes Documents ” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Notes Collateral Documents[, Note Guarantees] and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto, and all other agreements, documents or instruments evidencing or governing any Notes Obligations or the Liens securing any Notes Obligations.

Notes Obligations ” means the “Notes Obligations” as such term is defined in the Indenture, whether now existing or arising hereafter, including the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest (including interest that accrues after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under such Bankruptcy Case), premiums (including premiums that accrue after the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case, regardless of whether such premiums are an allowed claim under such Bankruptcy Case), reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by a Grantor under any Notes Document.

Notes Secured Parties ” means the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the holders from time to time of any of the Notes and the holders from time to time of any other Notes Obligations outstanding at such time.

Notes Security Agreement ” means the Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, among the Company, the other Grantors and the Notes Collateral Agent, as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Pari Passu Documents ” means, collectively, (a) the Note Documents, (b) the Initial Additional Pari Passu Documents and (c) each Additional Pari Passu Document.

Pari Passu Obligations ” means, collectively, (a) the Notes Obligations, (b) the Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (c) each Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

 

C-10


Pari Passu Secured Parties ” means (a) the Notes Secured Parties, (b) the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties and (c) each Series of the Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties.

Proceeds ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

Refinance ” means, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance or replace, or issue other indebtedness or enter into alternative financing arrangements in exchange or replacement for, such indebtedness (in whole or in part), including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” have correlative meanings.

Related Pari Passu Secured Parties ” means, with respect to the Authorized Representative or the Collateral Agent of any Series, the Pari Passu Secured Parties of the same Series.

Series ” means (a) when used with respect to the Pari Passu Secured Parties, each of (i) the Notes Secured Parties, (ii) the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties and (iii) the Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties that become subject to this Agreement after the date hereof that are represented by a common Authorized Representative and a common Collateral Agent, (b) when used with respect to any Pari Passu Obligations, each of (i) the Notes Obligations, (ii) the Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (iii) the Additional Pari Passu Obligations incurred after the date hereof which pursuant to any Joinder Agreement are represented hereunder by a common Authorized Representative and a common Collateral Agent, and (c) when used with respect to the Authorized Representatives or the Collateral Agent, each of (i) the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, (ii) the Initial Additional Authorized Representative or the Initial Additional Collateral Agent and (iii) the Additional Authorized Representative or the Additional Collateral Agent that shall have become a party hereto after the date hereof pursuant to the same Joinder Agreement.

Shared Collateral ” means, at any time, Collateral on which the Pari Passu Secured Parties of two or more Series, or the applicable Collateral Agent on their behalf, hold or purport to hold a Lien at such time. If more than two Series of Pari Passu Obligations are outstanding at any time and not all of the Series of Pari Passu Secured Parties, or the applicable Collateral Agent on their behalf, hold or purport to hold a Lien in any Collateral at such time, then such Collateral shall constitute Shared Collateral only for those Series of Pari Passu Secured Parties that hold or purport to hold, or the applicable Collateral Agent on behalf of which holds or purports to hold, a Lien on such Collateral at such time and shall not constitute Shared Collateral for any Series of Pari Passu Secured Parties that do not, and the applicable Collateral Agent for which does not, hold or purport to hold a Lien on such Collateral at such time.

Trustee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

SECTION 1.02 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The word

 

C-11


“including” is by way of example and not limitation. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified and, with respect to any statute or regulation, all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, replacing or interpreting such statute or regulation, (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the subsidiaries of such Person unless express reference is made to such subsidiaries, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections and Annexes of this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (f) the term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

ARTICLE II

Priorities and Agreements with Respect to Shared Collateral

SECTION 2.01 Equal Priority of Claims . (a) Notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens on any Shared Collateral securing any Series of Pari Passu Obligations, and notwithstanding any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, any other applicable law or any Pari Passu Documents or any other circumstance whatsoever (but, in each case, subject to Section 2.02), each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that Liens on any Shared Collateral securing any Series of Pari Passu Obligations shall be of equal priority with Liens on such Shared Collateral securing any other Series of Pari Passu Obligations.

(b) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that notwithstanding anything contained herein or in any of the other Pari Passu Documents to the contrary (but, in each case, subject to Section 2.02), if (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such Authorized Representative or such Collateral Agent, or any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, is taking action to enforce rights or exercise remedies in respect of any Shared Collateral, (ii) any distribution is made in respect of any Shared Collateral in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or (iii) such Authorized Representative or such Collateral Agent, or any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, receives any payment pursuant to any intercreditor agreement (other than this Agreement) with respect to any Shared Collateral, then the proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation of any such Shared Collateral obtained by such Authorized Representative or such Collateral Agent, or any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, on account of such enforcement of rights or exercise of remedies, any such distribution

 

C-12


and any such payment received by such Authorized Representative or such Collateral Agent, or any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties (all such proceeds, distributions and payments being collectively referred to as “ Proceeds ”), shall be applied as follows:

(i) FIRST , to the payment of all amounts owing to each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative (each in its capacity as such) and their respective agents pursuant to the terms of any Pari Passu Document;

(ii) SECOND , subject to Section 2.02, to the payment in full of the Pari Passu Obligations of each Series secured by a Lien on such Shared Collateral at the time due and payable (the amounts so applied to be distributed ratably in accordance with the amounts of the Pari Passu Obligations of each such Series on the date of such application), with such Proceeds allocated to any Series of Pari Passu Obligations to be applied to the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series in accordance with the terms of the applicable Pari Passu Documents of such Series; provided that amounts applied under this clause SECOND during any period when the Pari Passu Obligations of any such Series shall not be due and payable in full shall be allocated to the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series as if such Pari Passu Obligations were at the time due and payable in full, and any amounts allocated to the payment of the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series that are not yet due and payable shall be transferred to, and held by, the Collateral Agent of such Series solely as collateral for the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series (and shall not constitute Shared Collateral for purposes hereof) until the date on which the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series shall have become due and payable in full (at which time such amounts shall be applied to the payment thereof in accordance with the terms of the applicable Pari Passu Documents of such Series); and

(iii) THIRD , after (A) payment in full of all Pari Passu Obligations, (B) the cash collateralization or back-stopping of any letters of credit constituting Pari Passu Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Collateral Agent and (C) termination or expiration of all commitments to lend or issue letters of credit under any Pari Passu Documents, to the Company and the other Grantors or their successors or assigns, as their interests may appear, or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

SECTION 2.02 Impairments . Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that it is the intention of the Pari Passu Secured Parties of each Series that the Pari Passu Secured Parties of such Series (and not the Pari Passu Secured Parties of any other Series) bear the risk of (a) any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that (i) any of the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series are unenforceable under applicable law or are subordinated to any other obligations (other than another Series of Pari Passu Obligations), (ii) any of the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series do not have a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral securing any other Series of Pari Passu Obligations or (iii) any Person (other than any Authorized Representative, any Collateral Agent or any Pari Passu Secured Party) has a Lien on any Shared Collateral that is senior in priority to the Lien on such Shared Collateral securing Pari Passu Obligations of such Series, but junior to the Lien on such Shared Collateral securing any

 

C-13


Pari Passu Obligations of any other Series (any such Lien being referred to as an “ Intervening Lien ”, and any such Person being referred to as an “ Intervening Creditor ”), or (b) the existence of any Collateral for any other Series of Pari Passu Obligations that does not constitute Shared Collateral with respect to the Pari Passu Obligations of such Series (any such condition referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) with respect to any Series of Pari Passu Obligations, an “ Impairment ” of such Series); provided that the existence of any limitation on the maximum claim that may be made against any Mortgaged Property that applies to Pari Passu Obligations of all Series shall not be deemed to be an Impairment of Pari Passu Obligations of any Series. In the event any Impairment exists with respect to any Series of Pari Passu Obligations, the results of such Impairment shall be borne solely by the Pari Passu Secured Parties of such Series, and the rights of the Pari Passu Secured Parties of such Series (including the right to receive distributions in respect of such Series of Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to Section 2.01) set forth herein shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the effects of such Impairment are borne solely by the Pari Passu Secured Parties of such Series. In furtherance of the foregoing, in the event Pari Passu Obligations of any Series shall be subject to an Impairment in the form of an Intervening Lien of any Intervening Creditor, the value of any Shared Collateral or Proceeds that are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted solely from the Shared Collateral or Proceeds to be distributed in respect of Pari Passu Obligations of such Series. Additionally, in the event the Pari Passu Obligations of any Series are modified pursuant to applicable law (including pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code), any reference to Pari Passu Obligations of such Series or the Pari Passu Documents of such Series shall refer to such obligations or such documents as so modified.

SECTION 2.03 Actions with Respect to Shared Collateral; Prohibition on Contesting Liens . (a) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, hereby agrees that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Pari Passu Document (other than this Agreement), (i) only the Controlling Collateral Agent shall, and shall have the right to, exercise, or refrain from exercising, any rights, remedies and powers with respect to the Shared Collateral, including any action to enforce any security interest in or realize upon any Shared Collateral and any right, remedy or power with respect to any Shared Collateral under any intercreditor agreement (other than this Agreement), (ii) the Controlling Collateral Agent shall act only on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative, it being understood and agreed that, notwithstanding any such instruction by the Applicable Authorized Representative, the Controlling Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion, could expose the Controlling Collateral Agent to liability or be contrary to any Pari Passu Document or applicable law, (iii) the Controlling Collateral Agent shall not be required to, and shall not, follow any instructions with respect to such Shared Collateral (including with respect to any intercreditor agreement with respect to any Shared Collateral) from any Non-Controlling Authorized Representative (or any other Pari Passu Secured Party, other than the Applicable Authorized Representative) and (iv) no Non-Controlling Authorized Representative or any other Pari Passu Secured Party (other than the Applicable Authorized Representative) shall, or shall instruct the Controlling Collateral Agent to, commence any judicial or non-judicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or

 

C-14


power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its security interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, any Shared Collateral (including with respect to any intercreditor agreement with respect to any Shared Collateral), whether under any Pari Passu Document, applicable law or otherwise, it being agreed that only the Controlling Collateral Agent, acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative and in accordance with the applicable Collateral Documents, shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such rights, remedies or powers with respect to Shared Collateral.

(b) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that notwithstanding the equal priority of the Liens securing each Series of Pari Passu Obligations, the Controlling Collateral Agent may deal with any Shared Collateral as if the Controlling Collateral Agent had a senior Lien on such Shared Collateral. No Non-Controlling Authorized Representative or Non-Controlling Secured Party will contest, protest or object (or support the challenge of any other Person) to any foreclosure proceeding or action brought by the Controlling Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or the Controlling Secured Parties or any other exercise by the Controlling Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or the Controlling Secured Parties of any rights and remedies relating to the Shared Collateral, or seek to cause the Controlling Collateral Agent to do so. The foregoing shall not be construed to limit the rights and priorities of any Pari Passu Secured Party, any Collateral Agent or any Authorized Representative with respect to any Collateral not constituting Shared Collateral.

(c) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that neither it nor any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties will (and each hereby waives any right to) challenge or contest, or support any other Person in challenging or contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), (i) the perfection, priority, validity, attachment or enforceability of any Lien held by or on behalf of any of the Pari Passu Secured Parties on all or any part of the Collateral, (ii) the validity, enforceability or effectiveness of any Pari Passu Obligations of any Series or any Pari Passu Document of any Series or (iii) the validity, enforceability or effectiveness of the priorities, rights or duties established by, or other provisions of, this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any Authorized Representative, any Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party to enforce this Agreement.

SECTION 2.04 No Interference; Payment Over . (a) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that (i) neither it nor any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties will take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is, or could reasonably be expected to be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Shared Collateral by the Controlling Collateral Agent, (ii) except as provided in Section 2.03, neither it nor any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties shall have any right to (A) direct the Controlling Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to any Shared Collateral (including pursuant to any intercreditor agreement) or (B) consent to the exercise by

 

C-15


the Controlling Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to any Shared Collateral, (iii) neither it nor any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties will institute any suit or proceeding, or assert in any suit, bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding any claim, against the Controlling Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to any Shared Collateral, and none of the Controlling Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or any other Pari Passu Secured Party shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Controlling Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or any other Pari Passu Secured Party with respect to any Shared Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and (iv) neither it nor any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties will seek, and each hereby waives any right, to have any Shared Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such Shared Collateral; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any Authorized Representative, any Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party to enforce this Agreement.

(b) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that if it or any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties shall obtain possession of any Shared Collateral or shall realize any Proceeds in respect of any Shared Collateral (other than as a result of any application of Proceeds pursuant to Section 2.01(b)), pursuant to any Collateral Document, by the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under applicable law or in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (including pursuant to any intercreditor agreement), at any time prior to the Discharge of the Pari Passu Obligations of each other Series, (i) it or such Related Pari Passu Secured Party, as the case may be, shall promptly inform the Applicable Authorized Representative and the Controlling Collateral Agent thereof and (ii) it or such Related Pari Passu Secured Party, as the case may be, shall hold such Shared Collateral or Proceeds in trust for the Pari Passu Secured Parties of each other Series entitled thereto pursuant to Section 2.01(b) and shall promptly transfer such Shared Collateral or such Proceeds, as the case may be, to the Controlling Collateral Agent in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct, for distribution in accordance with Section 2.01(b).

SECTION 2.05 Automatic Release of Liens . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Pari Passu Documents, if, at any time the Controlling Collateral Agent forecloses upon or otherwise exercises remedies against any Shared Collateral resulting in a sale or disposition thereof, then (whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding is pending at the time) the Liens in favor of each other Collateral Agent for the benefit of each Series of Pari Passu Secured Parties upon such Shared Collateral will automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously be released and discharged as and when, but only to the extent, such Liens of the Controlling Collateral Agent on such Shared Collateral are released and discharged; provided that any Proceeds of any Shared Collateral realized therefrom shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

(b) Each Collateral Agent and Authorized Representative agrees to execute and deliver to the Controlling Collateral Agent all such authorizations, termination or amendment

 

C-16


statements, releases and other instruments as shall reasonably be requested by the Controlling Collateral Agent (it being understood that the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make such request) to evidence and confirm any release of Shared Collateral provided for in this Section, at the cost and expense of the Company and without the consent or direction of any other Pari Passu Secured Parties; provided that the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to prepare any authorizations, termination or amendment statements, releases or other instruments pursuant to this Section 2.05.

SECTION 2.06 Certain Agreements with Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . (a) This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. The parties hereto acknowledge that the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be enforceable as contemplated by Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(b) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that if the Company or any other Grantor shall become subject to a case (a “ Bankruptcy Case ”) under the Bankruptcy Code and shall, as debtor(s)-in-possession, move for approval of financing (“ DIP Financing ”) to be provided by one or more lenders (the “ DIP Lenders ”) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any equivalent provision of any other Bankruptcy Law or the use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any equivalent provision of any other Bankruptcy Law, neither it (if it is not the Applicable Authorized Representative or the Controlling Collateral Agent) nor any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties (other than Controlling Secured Parties) will raise any objection to any such financing or to the Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the same (“ DIP Financing Liens ”) or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes Shared Collateral, in each case unless the Applicable Authorized Representative or the Controlling Collateral Agent (acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative) shall then oppose or object to such DIP Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or use of cash collateral (and (i) to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens are senior to the Liens on any such Shared Collateral for the benefit of the Controlling Secured Parties, each Non-Controlling Secured Party will subordinate its Liens with respect to such Shared Collateral on the same terms as the Liens of the Controlling Secured Parties (other than any Liens of any Pari Passu Secured Parties constituting DIP Financing Liens) are subordinated thereto, and (ii) to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens rank pari passu with the Liens on any such Shared Collateral granted to secure the Pari Passu Obligations of the Controlling Secured Parties, each Non-Controlling Secured Party will confirm the priorities with respect to such Shared Collateral as set forth herein), in each case so long as (A) the Pari Passu Secured Parties of each Series retain the benefit of their Liens on all such Shared Collateral pledged to the DIP Lenders, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of such proceeding, with the same priority vis-à-vis Liens of the Pari Passu Secured Parties of any other Series (other than any Liens of the Pari Passu Secured Parties constituting DIP Financing Liens) as existed prior to the commencement of the Bankruptcy Case, (B) the Pari Passu Secured Parties of each Series are granted Liens on any additional collateral provided to any Pari Passu Secured Parties of any other Series as adequate protection or otherwise in connection with such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral, with the same priority vis-à-vis Liens of the Pari Passu Secured Parties of any other Series as set

 

C-17


forth in this Agreement (other than any Liens of the Pari Passu Secured Parties constituting DIP Financing Liens), (C) if any amount of such DIP Financing or cash collateral is applied to repay any of the Pari Passu Obligations, such amount is applied in accordance with Section 2.01(b), and (D) if any Pari Passu Secured Parties of any Series are granted adequate protection, including in the form of periodic payments, in connection with such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral, the Proceeds of such adequate protection are applied in accordance with Section 2.01(b); provided , however , that this Agreement shall not limit the right of the Pari Passu Secured Parties of any Series to object to the grant of a Lien to secure the DIP Financing over any Collateral subject to Liens in favor of the Pari Passu Secured Parties of such Series that shall not constitute Shared Collateral; and provided further that the Pari Passu Secured Parties of any Series receiving adequate protection shall not object to any Pari Passu Secured Party of any other Series receiving adequate protection comparable to any adequate protection granted to such Pari Passu Secured Parties in connection with a DIP Financing or use of cash collateral.

SECTION 2.07 Reinstatement . In the event that any of the Pari Passu Obligations shall be paid in full and such payment or any part thereof shall subsequently, for whatever reason (including an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar law, or the settlement of any claim in respect thereof), be required to be returned or repaid, the terms and conditions of this Article II shall be fully applicable thereto until all such Pari Passu Obligations shall again have been paid in full in cash. This Section 2.07 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.08 Insurance and Condemnation Awards . As between the Pari Passu Secured Parties, the Controlling Collateral Agent shall have the exclusive right (but not the obligation) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting Shared Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting any Shared Collateral; provided that, to the extent applicable, any Proceeds arising therefrom shall be subject to Section 2.01(b).

SECTION 2.09 Refinancings, Etc . The Pari Passu Obligations of any Series may, subject to the limitations set forth in the then existing Pari Passu Documents, be Refinanced (in whole or in part), increased, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the Refinancing transaction under any Pari Passu Document) of any Pari Passu Secured Party of any other Series, all without affecting the priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof; provided that, in the case of a Refinancing (if the resulting obligations are intended to be (and under the then existing Pari Passu Documents are permitted to be) secured by any Collateral on a basis that is equal in priority to the Liens on such Collateral securing Pari Passu Obligations of any other Series), the Authorized Representative and the Collateral Agent for the holders of such obligations shall have, on behalf of themselves and such holders, executed a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.02.

SECTION 2.10 Control Collateral Agent as Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection . (a) Each Collateral Agent agrees that any Shared Collateral constituting Control Collateral in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) shall be delivered,

 

C-18


or control thereof shall be transferred, to the Controlling Collateral Agent, together with any necessary endorsements (or otherwise allow the Controlling Collateral Agent to obtain possession or control of such Control Collateral), and the Controlling Collateral Agent agrees to hold (and, pending delivery or transfer of control of any such Control Collateral to the Controlling Collateral Agent, each other Collateral Agent agrees to hold) any Shared Collateral constituting Control Collateral that is in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other Pari Passu Secured Party solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Control Collateral, if any, pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.10; provided that at any time any Collateral Agent shall cease to be the Controlling Collateral Agent with respect to any Control Collateral, it shall promptly deliver or transfer control of any such Control Collateral in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) to the new Controlling Collateral Agent, together with any necessary endorsements (or otherwise allow the new Controlling Collateral Agent to obtain possession or control of such Control Collateral). The Company shall take such further action as is required to effectuate the transfer contemplated hereby and shall indemnify each Collateral Agent for loss or damage suffered by such Collateral Agent as a result of such transfer except for loss or damage suffered by such Collateral Agent as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence by such Collateral Agent or any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Collateral Agent (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment).

(b) Pending delivery or transfer of control of any Control Collateral to the new Controlling Collateral Agent as provided in Section 2.10(a), each Collateral Agent agrees to hold or maintain control of any Shared Collateral constituting Control Collateral, from time to time in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees), as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other Pari Passu Secured Party, solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Control Collateral, if any, pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.10.

(c) The duties or responsibilities of each Collateral Agent under this Section 2.10 shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of any Shared Collateral constituting Control Collateral as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other Pari Passu Secured Party for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by such Pari Passu Secured Parties thereon.

(d) No Collateral Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to any Pari Passu Secured Party to ensure that the Control Collateral is genuine or owned by any of the Grantors or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person except as expressly set forth in this Section 2.10. The duties or responsibilities of each Collateral Agent under this Section 2.10 shall be limited solely to holding any Control Collateral constituting Shared Collateral or any other Shared Collateral in its possession or control as gratuitous bailee (and with respect to Deposit Accounts as gratuitous agent) in accordance with Section 2.10.

(e) None of the Collateral Agents or any of the Pari Passu Secured Parties shall have by reason of the Pari Passu Documents, this Agreement or any other document a fiduciary relationship in respect of the other Collateral Agents or any other Pari Passu Secured Parties, and

 

C-19


each Collateral Agent and each Pari Passu Secured Party hereby waives and releases the other Collateral Agents and Pari Passu Secured Parties from all claims and liabilities arising pursuant to any Collateral Agent’s role under this Section 2.10 as gratuitous bailee with respect to Control Collateral constituting Shared Collateral or any other Shared Collateral in its possession or control.

SECTION 2.11 Amendments to Collateral Documents . Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that no Collateral Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or entered into to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of any new Collateral Document, would be prohibited by, or would require any Grantor to act or refrain from acting in a manner that would violate, any of the terms of this Agreement. In making determinations required by this Section 2.11, any Authorized Representative, Collateral Agent or other Pari Passu Secured Party may conclusively rely on a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company stating that such amendment, supplement or other modification, or such new Collateral Document, is permitted by this Section 2.11.

ARTICLE III

Existence and Amounts of Liens and Obligations

SECTION 3.01 Determinations with Respect to Amounts of Liens and Obligations . Whenever any Authorized Representative or Collateral Agent shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any Pari Passu Obligations of any Series, or the Shared Collateral subject to any Lien securing the Pari Passu Obligations of any Series, it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by each other Authorized Representative or Collateral Agent and shall be entitled to make such determination or not make any determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided , however , that if an Authorized Representative or a Collateral Agent shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the requesting Authorized Representative or Collateral Agent shall be entitled to make any such determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of the Company. Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent may rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to any Grantor, any Pari Passu Secured Party or any other Person as a result of such determination or any action taken or not taken pursuant thereto.

ARTICLE IV

The Controlling Collateral Agent; the Applicable Authorized Representative

SECTION 4.01 Authority . (a) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that the Controlling Collateral Agent shall be entitled, for the benefit of

 

C-20


the Pari Passu Secured Parties, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any Shared Collateral as provided herein and in Collateral Documents, as applicable, pursuant to which the Controlling Collateral Agent is the collateral agent for such Shared Collateral, without regard to any rights, remedies or powers to which the Non-Controlling Secured Parties would otherwise be entitled as a result of the Pari Passu Obligations held by such Non-Controlling Secured Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, agrees that none of the Controlling Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or any other Pari Passu Secured Party shall have any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon any type of Shared Collateral (or any other Collateral securing any of the Pari Passu Obligations), or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of such Shared Collateral (or any other Collateral securing any Pari Passu Obligations), in any manner that would maximize the return to the Non-Controlling Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Non-Controlling Secured Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. Except with respect to any actions expressly prohibited or required to be taken by this Agreement, each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, waives any claim it or any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties may now or hereafter have against any Collateral Agent, any Authorized Representative or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any other Series arising out of (i) any actions which any such Collateral Agent, Authorized Representative or other Pari Passu Secured Party takes or omits to take (including actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the Pari Passu Obligations from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) in accordance with the Collateral Documents or any other agreement related thereto or to the collection of any Pari Passu Obligations or the valuation, use, protection or release of any security for any Pari Passu Obligations, (ii) any election by any such Collateral Agent, Authorized Representative or other Pari Passu Secured Party, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or (iii) subject to Section 2.06, any borrowing by, or grant of a security interest or administrative expense priority under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any equivalent provision of any other Bankruptcy Law, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as debtor-in-possession. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Controlling Collateral Agent shall not accept (and the Applicable Authorized Representative shall not instruct the Controlling Collateral Agent to accept) any Shared Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of any Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to Section 9-620 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, without the consent of each other Collateral Agent representing holders of Pari Passu Obligations for whom such Collateral constitutes Shared Collateral.

SECTION 4.02 Rights as a Pari Passu Secured Party . (a) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that the Person serving as the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative hereunder shall have the same

 

C-21


rights and powers in its capacity as a Pari Passu Secured Party under any Series of Pari Passu Obligations that it holds as any other Pari Passu Secured Party of such Series and may exercise the same as though it were not the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be, and the term “Pari Passu Secured Party”, “Notes Secured Party”, “Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Party” and “Additional Pari Passu Secured Party” (and the plural thereof) shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be, its individual capacity. The Person serving as the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative hereunder, and any of its Affiliates, may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be, hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to any other Pari Passu Secured Party. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee is entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits and indemnities provided to it under the Notes Documents, all of which are incorporated by reference herein mutatis mutandis .

SECTION 4.03 Exculpatory Provisions . (a) Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that neither the Controlling Collateral Agent nor the Applicable Authorized Representative shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Controlling Collateral Agent and the Applicable Authorized Representative:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties of any kind or nature to any Person, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that it is required to exercise (in the case of the Controlling Collateral Agent, as directed in writing by the Applicable Authorized Representative); provided that the Controlling Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Controlling Collateral Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Collateral Document or applicable law;

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be, or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(iv) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) in the case of the Controlling Collateral Agent, with the consent or at the request of the Applicable Authorized Representative, (ii) in the absence of the willful misconduct or gross

 

C-22


negligence by the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment, or (iii) in reliance on a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company stating that such action is permitted by the terms of this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that each of the Controlling Collateral Agent and the Applicable Authorized Representative shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default under any Series of Pari Passu Obligations unless and until notice describing such Event Default is given to the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be (and, in the case of the Notes Collateral Agent, to one of its Responsible Officers (as defined in the Indenture)), by the Collateral Agent or the Authorized Representative for such Series of Pari Passu Obligations or by the Company);

(v) shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Collateral Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any default, (iv) the sufficiency, validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Collateral Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the validity, attachment, creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral for any Series of Pari Passu Obligations, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in any Pari Passu Document; and

(vi) with respect to any Pari Passu Document, may conclusively assume that the Grantors have complied with all of their obligations thereunder unless advised in writing by the Collateral Agent or the Authorized Representative of the applicable Series or by the Company to the contrary, specifically setting forth the alleged violation.

SECTION 4.04 Reliance . Each of the Controlling Collateral Agent and the Applicable Authorized Representative shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each of the Controlling Collateral Agent and the Applicable Authorized Representative also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each of the Controlling Collateral Agent and the Applicable Authorized Representative may consult with legal counsel (who may include, but shall not be limited to, counsel for the Company or counsel for any Authorized Representative), independent accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

C-23


SECTION 4.05 Delegation of Duties . Each of the Controlling Collateral Agent and the Applicable Authorized Representative may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Collateral Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it, and shall not be responsible for the misconduct of such sub-agent appointed with due care. The Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be, and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Applicable Authorized Representative, as the case may be, and any such sub-agent. Each Non-Controlling Authorized Representative and Collateral Agent that is not the Controlling Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of each other Pari Passu Secured Parties of the Series for whom it is acting, hereby irrevocably appoints the Controlling Collateral Agent and any officer or agent of the Applicable Collateral Agent, which appointment is coupled with an interest with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Non-Controlling Representative, Collateral Agent or Pari Passu Secured Parties, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including the exercise of any and all remedies under each Pari Passu Document with respect to Shared Collateral and the execution of releases in connection therewith.

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

SECTION 5.01 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or electronic mail, as follows:

(a) if to the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, to it at:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: FBM Finance/LSF9 Cypress Secured Notes Administrator

Fax: (302) 636-4145

Email: tmorris@wilmingtontrust.com; and

(b) if to the Initial Additional Authorized Representative, to it at:

[                    ];

(c) if to the Initial Additional Collateral Agent, to it at:

[                    ]; and

(d) if to any other Authorized Representative or Collateral Agent, to it at the address set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

 

C-24


Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, faxed, electronically mailed or sent by courier service or U.S. mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a fax or electronic mail or upon receipt via U.S. mail (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto shall be as set forth above or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.

SECTION 5.02 Waivers; Amendment; Joinder Agreements . (a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 5.02(b), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or otherwise modified, except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent then party hereto (and with respect to any such termination, waiver, amendment or modification which by the terms of this Agreement requires the Company’s consent or which directly and adversely affects the rights, interests, liabilities or privileges of, or impose additional duties and obligations on, the Company or any other Grantor, with the consent of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Pari Passu Secured Party, (i) any Authorized Representative and any Collateral Agent may become a party hereto by execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.15, and upon such execution and delivery, such Authorized Representative and such Collateral Agent, and the Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties and Additional Pari Passu Obligations of the Series for which such Authorized Representative and such Collateral Agent is acting, shall be subject to the terms hereof and (ii) in connection with any Refinancing of Pari Passu Obligations of any Series, or the incurrence of Additional Pari Passu Obligations of any Series, the Authorized Representatives and the Collateral Agents then party hereto shall enter (and are hereby authorized to enter without the consent of any other Pari Passu Secured Party), at the request of any Collateral Agent then party hereto, any Authorized Representative then party hereto or the Company (without any obligation by the Notes Collateral Agent to make such request), into such amendments or modifications of this Agreement as are reasonably necessary to reflect such Refinancing or such incurrence, provided that any Authorized Representative and any Collateral Agent may condition its execution and delivery of

 

C-25


any such amendment or modification on a receipt of a certificate from an authorized officer of the Company to the effect that such Refinancing or incurrence is permitted by the then existing Pari Passu Documents.

SECTION 5.03 Non-Reliance; Information . Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, acknowledges that it and its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties have, independently and without reliance upon the Controlling Collateral Agent, any other Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative, any other Authorized Representative or any other Pari Passu Secured Party or any of their Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Pari Passu Documents. Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, also acknowledges that it and its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties will, independently and without reliance upon the Controlling Collateral Agent, any other Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative, any other Authorized Representative or any other Pari Passu Secured Party or any of their Affiliates and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Pari Passu Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. No Authorized Representative, Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any Series shall have any duty to disclose to any Pari Passu Secured Party of any other Series any information relating to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or any other circumstance bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any of the Pari Passu Obligations, that is known or becomes known to any of them or any of their Affiliates. If the Authorized Representative, the Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any Series, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to, as the case may be, the Authorized Representative, the Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any other Series, it shall be under no obligation (i) to make, and shall be deemed not to have made, any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the accuracy, completeness, truthfulness or validity of the information so provided, (ii) to provide any additional information or to provide any such information on any subsequent occasion or (iii) to undertake any investigation. Nothing in this Section 5.03 shall be construed to impose any duty or obligation on the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee to make any credit analyses or determinations bearing on the risk of non-payment beyond that which may be required by the Notes Documents.

SECTION 5.04 No Warranties or Liability . Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that none of the Authorized Representative, the Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any other Series has made any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any of the Pari Passu Documents, the ownership of any Shared Collateral or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. The Authorized Representative, the Collateral Agent and the other Pari Passu Secured Parties of any Series, to the extent applicable, will be entitled to manage and supervise their loans and other extensions of

 

C-26


credit in the manner determined by them. No Authorized Representative, Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any Series shall have any express or implied duty to the Authorized Representative, the Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party of any other Series to act or refrain from acting in a manner that allows, or results in, the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default under any Pari Passu Document (other than, in each case, this Agreement), regardless of any knowledge thereof that they may have or be charged with.

SECTION 5.05 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, as well as the other Pari Passu Secured Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Agreement. Other than with respect to Section 5.02(b), which shall also inure to the benefit of the Company, in no event shall any Grantor be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.06 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.07 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile, .pdf or other electronic imaging means of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart hereof.

SECTION 5.08 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 5.09 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 5.10 Submission to Jurisdiction Waivers; Consent to Service of Process; Waiver of Consequential Damages . Each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent, in each case for itself and on behalf of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties, irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property (and for its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties and their property) in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York City in the Borough of Manhattan and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of

 

C-27


New York, and appellate courts from any thereof and agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law;

(b) consents and agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be brought exclusively in such courts and waives any objection that it or any of its Related Pari Passu Secured Parties may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person (or its Authorized Representative) at the address set forth in Section 5.01;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Pari Passu Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 5.10 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

SECTION 5.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE AND EACH COLLATERAL AGENT, IN EACH CASE FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS RELATED PARI PASSU SECURED PARTIES, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 5.11 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 5.12 Headings . Article, Section and Annex headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 5.13 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any of the Collateral Documents or any of the other Pari Passu Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

 

C-28


SECTION 5.14 Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Pari Passu Secured Parties in relation to one another ( provided that the Company shall be an intended third party beneficiary under Section 5.02(b)). Other than Section 5.02(b), which shall also inure to the benefit of the Company, none of the Company, any other Grantor or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, except as expressly provided in this Agreement ( provided that nothing in this Agreement (other than Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.08, 2.09 and 2.10 and Article V) is intended to or will amend, waive or otherwise modify the provisions of the Indenture or any other Pari Passu Document), and none of the Company or any other Grantor may rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of any Grantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Pari Passu Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

SECTION 5.15 New Pari Passu Indebtedness . To the extent, but only to the extent permitted by the provisions of the then existing Pari Passu Documents, the Company and the other Grantors may incur additional indebtedness after the date hereof that is secured on an equal and ratable basis by the Liens securing the Notes Obligations and the Initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations (such indebtedness referred to as “ New Pari Passu Indebtedness ”); provided that each of the New Authorized Representative of and the New Collateral Agent for any such New Pari Passu Indebtedness, acting on behalf of the holders of such New Pari Passu Indebtedness, becomes a party to this Agreement as an “Additional Authorized Representative” and an “Authorized Representative”, or an “Additional Collateral Agent” and a “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, by satisfying the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) of the immediately succeeding paragraph.

In order for a New Authorized Representative and a New Collateral Agent to become a party to this Agreement:

(i) such New Agent shall have executed and delivered to each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative then party hereto a Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such New Agent becomes an “Additional Authorized Representative” and an “Authorized Representative”, or an “Additional Collateral Agent” and a “Collateral Agent”, as applicable, hereunder, upon which the amounts owing pursuant to the terms of such New Pari Passu Indebtedness shall constitute “Additional Pari Passu Obligations” and “Pari Passu Obligations” and the New Authorized Representative, the New Collateral Agent and the holders of the New Pari Passu Indebtedness (collectively, the “ New Secured Parties ”) shall become subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement as “Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties” and “Pari Passu Secured Parties”;

(ii) the Company shall have (x) delivered to each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative then party hereto true and complete copies of each of the Additional Pari Passu Documents relating to such New Pari Passu Indebtedness, certified as being true and correct by an authorized officer of the Company, and (y) identified in a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company the obligations to be designated as New Pari Passu Indebtedness and the initial aggregate principal amount or face amount

 

C-29


thereof and certified that such obligations are permitted to be incurred and secured on a pari passu basis with the then existing Pari Passu Obligations by the terms of the then existing Pari Passu Documents;

(iii) all filings, recordations and/or amendments or supplements to the Collateral Documents necessary or desirable in the reasonable judgment of the New Collateral Agent to confirm and perfect the Liens securing the relevant obligations relating to such New Pari Passu Indebtedness shall have been made, executed and/or delivered (or, with respect to any such filings or recordations, acceptable provisions to perform such filings or recordations shall have been taken in the reasonable judgment of the New Collateral Agent), and all fees and taxes in connection therewith shall have been paid (or acceptable provisions to make such payments have been taken in the reasonable judgment of the New Collateral Agent); and

(iv) the Additional Pari Passu Documents relating to such New Pari Passu Indebtedness shall provide that each New Pari Passu Secured Party will be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in its capacity as an Additional Pari Passu Secured Party.

SECTION 5.16 Agent Capacities . Except as expressly provided herein or in the Notes Documents, Wilmington Trust, National Association is acting in the capacities of Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent solely for the Notes Secured Parties. Except as expressly provided herein or in the Initial Additional Pari Passu Documents, [    ] is acting in the capacity of Initial Additional Authorized Representative and [    ] is acting in the capacity of Initial Additional Collateral Agent solely for the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties. 1 Except as expressly set forth herein, none of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Initial Additional Authorized Representative, the Initial Additional Collateral Agent or any other Additional Authorized Representative or Additional Collateral Agent shall have any duties or obligations in respect of any of the Collateral, all of such duties and obligations, if any, being subject to and governed by the applicable Pari Passu Documents.

SECTION 5.17 Integration . This Agreement, together with any Joinders and the other Pari Passu Documents, represents the agreement of the Pari Passu Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Initial Additional Authorized Representative, the Initial Additional Collateral Agent or any other Pari Passu Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Pari Passu Documents.

SECTION 5.18 Administrative Agent and Representative . It is understood and agreed that (a) the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are entering into this Agreement in their capacities as trustee and collateral agent under the Indenture and the provisions of Article VII and Section 12.9 of the Indenture applicable to the Trustee and “Collateral Agent” (as defined therein) thereunder shall also apply to it hereunder and (b) [    ] is entering into this

 

1  

Include similar acknowledgement for each Additional Collateral Agent and Additional Authorized Representative.

 

C-30


Agreement in its capacity as [Administrative Agent] [Trustee] under [credit agreement] [indenture] and the provisions of Article [    ] of such [credit agreement] [indenture] applicable to [    ] (as defined therein) thereunder shall also apply to it hereunder 2 .

 

2   Include similar acknowledgements for the Initial Additional Authorized Representative and each Additional Authorized Representative and Additional Collateral Agent.

 

C-31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Notes Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
[                            ],
as Initial Additional Authorized Representative
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
[                            ],
as Initial Additional Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

C-32


ANNEX I

Initial Grantors

[●]

[●]

 

ANNEX I-1


ANNEX II

[FORM OF] JOINDER NO. [            ] dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (this “ Joinder ”), to the PARI PASSU LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement ”), among WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee for the holders of the Notes (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”), WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as collateral agent for the Notes Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Notes Collateral Agent ”), [                    ], as Authorized Representative for the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Additional Authorized Representative ”), [                    ], as Collateral Agent for the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Additional Collateral Agent ”), and each ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE and ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AGENT from time to time party thereto. 1

A. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

B. As a condition to the ability of the Company or the other Grantors, as applicable, to incur New Pari Passu Indebtedness and to secure such New Pari Passu Indebtedness with the Liens created by the Collateral Documents relating thereto, (1) the New Authorized Representative in respect of such New Pari Passu Indebtedness is required to become an “Additional Authorized Representative” and an “Authorized Representative” under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (2) the New Collateral Agent in respect of such New Pari Passu Indebtedness is required to become an “Additional Collateral Agent” and a “Collateral Agent” under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (3) all amounts owing pursuant to the terms of such New Pari Passu Indebtedness are required to be designated as “Additional Pari Passu Obligations” and “Pari Passu Obligations” under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (4) the New Authorized Representative, the New Collateral Agent and the holders of the New Pari Passu Indebtedness (collectively, the “ New Pari Passu Secured Parties ”) are required to become subject to and agree to be bound by the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement as “Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties” and “Pari Passu Secured Parties” thereunder. Section 5.15 of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement provides that each of the foregoing shall be effected by the execution and delivery by the New Authorized Representative and the New Collateral Agent of an instrument in the form of this Joinder and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 5.15 of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned New Authorized Representative and New Collateral Agent are executing this Joinder in accordance with the requirements of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Documents.

 

1   In the event of the Refinancing of the Notes Obligations, revise to reflect joinder by a new Notes Collateral Agent.

 

ANNEX II-1


Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 5.15 of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (a) the New Authorized Representative, by its signature below, becomes an “Additional Authorized Representative” and an “Authorized Representative” under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (b) the New Collateral Agent, by its signature below, becomes an “Additional Collateral Agent” and a “Collateral Agent” under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (c) all amounts owing pursuant to the terms of such New Pari Passu Indebtedness are being designated as “Additional Pari Passu Obligations” and “Pari Passu Obligations” under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (d) the New Pari Passu Secured Parties shall be subject to and bound the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement as “Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties” and “Pari Passu Secured Parties” thereunder, in each case with the same force and effect as if originally a party to the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement or originally named as such in the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable. Each of the New Authorized Representative and the New Collateral Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the New Pari Passu Secured Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it, and acknowledges and agrees that that New Pari Passu Indebtedness and the Liens on any Collateral securing the same shall be subject to the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement. The Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. Each of the New Authorized Representative and the New Collateral Agent represents and warrants to each Collateral Agent, each Authorized Representative and the other Pari Passu Secured Parties that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Joinder, in its capacity as [trustee/administrative agent] [collateral agent], (b) this Joinder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and (c) the Additional Pari Passu Documents relating to such New Pari Passu Indebtedness provide that, upon the New Authorized Representative’s and the New Collateral Agent’s execution of this Joinder, the New Pari Passu Secured Parties will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement as Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties, and such New Pari Passu Indebtedness and the Liens on the Collateral securing such New Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be subject to the provisions of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 3. This Joinder shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, as well as the other Pari Passu Secured Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Joinder.

SECTION 4. This Joinder may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Joinder shall become effective when each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Joinder that bears the signatures of the

 

ANNEX II-2


New Authorized Representative and the New Collateral Agent. Delivery by facsimile, .pdf or other electronic imaging means of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Joinder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart hereof.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. If any provision of this Joinder is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Joinder shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Authorized Representative and the New Collateral Agent shall be given to it at its address set forth below its signature hereto.

 

ANNEX II-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the New Authorized Representative and the New Collateral Agent has duly executed this Joinder as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE], as
[                            ],
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF NEW COLLATERAL AGENT], as
[                            ],
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Address for notices:

 

 

Attention of:  

 

Fax:  

 


ANNEX III

PARI PASSU LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

1. Acknowledgement . Each of LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and FBM Finance, Inc. (the “ Co-Issuer ”), and each of the undersigned subsidiaries of the Company (together with the Company and Holdings, collectively, the “ Grantors ”) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement dated as of [                    ] (the “ Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement ”), among WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee for the holders of the Notes (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”), WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as collateral agent for the Notes Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Notes Collateral Agent ”), [                    ], as Authorized Representative for the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Additional Authorized Representative ”), [                    ], as Collateral Agent for the Initial Additional Pari Passu Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Additional Collateral Agent ”), and each ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE and ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL AGENT from time to time party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof, and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the Authorized Representatives, the Collateral Agents and the Pari Passu Secured Parties, and agrees that it shall not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the date hereof (and, to the extent such Grantor has been notified of the terms of any amendment, as amended or otherwise modified pursuant thereto). Each of the Grantors further acknowledges and agrees that (a) other than with respect to Section 5.02(b) of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, under which the Company is a third party beneficiary, no Grantor is a beneficiary or third party beneficiary of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (b) no Grantor has any rights under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and no Grantor may rely on the terms of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, in each case other than Section 5.02(b) of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement, which also inures to the benefit of the Company, and (c) nothing in the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall impair, as between the Grantors and any Authorized Representative, Collateral Agent or other Pari Passu Secured Party the obligations of the Grantors to pay principal, interest, fees and other amounts as provided in applicable Pari Passu Documents.

2. Controlling Collateral Agent.  The Company shall provide a certificate of a responsible officer of the Company to each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative party to the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement of any change in the identity of the Controlling Collateral Agent promptly upon becoming aware thereof (but in no event later than 10 Business Days following obtaining knowledge of such change).

3. Additional Grantors . The Company agrees that, if any Subsidiary shall become a Grantor after the date hereof, it will promptly cause such Subsidiary to acknowledge the terms of the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement by executing and delivering an instrument in the form hereof. The rights and obligations of each Grantor party hereto under this Acknowledgment shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the execution of a similar acknowledgment by any other Grantor.

 

ANNEX III-I


4. Notices . The address of the Grantors for purposes of all notices and other communications hereunder and under the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement is:

[ ● ]

With a copy to:

[ ● ]

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and, may be personally served, faxed, electronically mailed or sent by courier service or U.S. mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a fax or electronic mail or upon receipt via U.S. mail (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto shall be as set forth above or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.

5. Counterparts . This Acknowledgement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one document. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Acknowledgement by facsimile transmission or by email as a “.pdf” or “.tif” attachment shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Acknowledgement.

6. Governing Law . THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7. Miscellaneous . Each Authorized Representative, each Collateral Agent and each other Pari Passu Secured Party is an intended beneficiary of this Acknowledgement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Pari Passu Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

ANNEX III-2


ACKNOWLEDGED AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE:

 

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[                             ]

By:  

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

 

 

ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

August 9, 2016

Among

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC,

as Holdings,

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC,

as the Initial Borrower,

THE ADDITIONAL US BORROWERS PARTY HERETO,

THE CANADIAN BORROWERS PARTY HERETO,

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent,

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Collateral Agent,

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

And

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

and

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS 1

as Joint Bookrunner

 

 

 

Reference is made to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent (as defined therein), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the Notes Collateral Agent, any Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent and any other Additional Junior Obligations Agent or other Persons from time to time party thereto, and acknowledged and agreed by LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC and each other party from time to time party thereto. Each Lender hereunder (a)

 

1  

RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.


acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (c) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (d) authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Administrative Agent and on behalf of such Lender. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under this Agreement to permit the incurrence of Indebtedness under this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted in the Security Documents to the Revolving Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement in any Collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Revolving Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral hereunder, are subject to the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     1   

1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     59   

1.3

 

Interpretation (Quebec)

     60   

1.4

 

Accounting Terms; GAAP

     61   

1.5

 

Pro Forma Calculations

     61   

1.6

 

Classification of Permitted Items

     62   

1.7

 

Rounding

     63   

1.8

 

Currency Equivalents Generally

     63   

SECTION 2.     AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

     64   

2.1

 

Revolving Credit Commitments

     64   

2.2

 

Loans and Borrowings

     65   

2.3

 

Requests for Revolving Credit Borrowing

     66   

2.4

 

Letters of Credit

     67   

2.5

 

Funding of Borrowings

     75   

2.6

 

Interest Elections

     75   

2.7

 

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

     77   

2.8

 

Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans; Evidence of Debt

     77   

2.9

 

Prepayment of Loans

     78   

2.10

 

Facility Fees

     78   

2.11

 

Mandatory Prepayments

     79   

2.12

 

Interest

     80   

2.13

 

Alternate Rate of Interest

     81   

2.14

 

Increased Costs

     81   

2.15

 

Break Funding Payments

     83   

2.16

 

Taxes

     83   

2.17

 

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

     87   

2.18

 

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     88   

2.19

 

Defaulting Lenders

     90   

2.20

 

Incremental Facilities

     92   

2.21

 

Cash Management

     95   

2.22

 

Extensions of Revolving Credit Commitments

     96   

SECTION 3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     99   

3.1

 

Financial Condition

     99   

3.2

 

No Change

     100   

3.3

 

Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law

     100   

3.4

 

Organizational Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

     100   

3.5

 

No Legal Bar

     100   

3.6

 

No Material Litigation

     101   

3.7

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

     101   

3.8

 

Intellectual Property

     101   

3.9

 

Taxes

     101   

3.10

 

Federal Reserve Board Regulations

     101   

3.11

 

ERISA; Canadian Pension Plans

     102   

3.12

 

Investment Company Act

     103   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

3.13

 

Restricted Subsidiaries

     103   

3.14

 

Use of Proceeds

     103   

3.15

 

Environmental Matters

     103   

3.16

 

Accuracy of Information, Etc

     104   

3.17

 

Security Documents

     104   

3.18

 

Solvency

     105   

3.19

 

Anti-Terrorism, -Money Laundering and -Corruption Laws

     105   

3.20

 

Broker’s or Finder’s Commissions

     105   

3.21

 

Labor Matters

     106   

3.22

 

Borrowing Base Calculation

     106   

3.23

 

Insurance

     106   

3.24

 

Status as Senior Debt

     106   

SECTION 4.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     106   

4.1

 

Conditions to Closing Date

     106   

4.2

 

Conditions to Each Post-Closing Extension of Credit

     110   

SECTION 5.     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     111   

5.1

 

Financial Statements

     111   

5.2

 

Certificates; Other Information

     113   

5.3

 

Payment of Obligations

     114   

5.4

 

Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence, Compliance with Laws, Etc

     114   

5.5

 

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

     115   

5.6

 

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

     115   

5.7

 

Notices

     116   

5.8

 

Environmental Laws

     116   

5.9

 

Additional Collateral, Etc

     117   

5.10

 

Use of Proceeds

     119   

5.11

 

Further Assurances

     119   

5.12

 

Canadian Pensions

     119   

5.13

 

Designation of Subsidiaries

     120   

5.14

 

Post-Closing Matters

     120   

SECTION 6.     NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     120   

6.1

 

Financial Covenant

     121   

6.2

 

Limitation on Indebtedness

     121   

6.3

 

Limitation on Liens

     126   

6.4

 

Limitation on Fundamental Changes

     131   

6.5

 

Limitation on Disposition of Property

     132   

6.6

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     135   

6.7

 

Limitation on Investments

     138   

6.8

 

Limitation on Optional Payments of Junior Debt Instruments

     142   

6.9

 

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

     142   

6.10

 

Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks

     144   

6.11

 

Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses

     145   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

6.12

 

Limitation on Restrictions on Restricted Subsidiary Distributions

     145   

6.13

 

Limitation on Lines of Business

     146   

6.14

 

Limitation on Activities of Parent Entities

     146   

6.15

 

Modification of Certain Agreements

     147   

6.16

 

Changes in Fiscal Periods

     147   

6.17

 

Canadian Defined Benefit Plans

     147   

SECTION 7.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     147   

7.1

 

Events of Default

     147   

7.2

 

Right to Cure

     151   

SECTION 8.     THE AGENTS

     152   

8.1

 

Appointment

     152   

8.2

 

Delegation of Duties

     152   

8.3

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     153   

8.4

 

Reliance by Agents

     153   

8.5

 

Notice of Default

     154   

8.6

 

Non-Reliance on the Agents and Other Lenders

     154   

8.7

 

Indemnification

     154   

8.8

 

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

     155   

8.9

 

Successor Administrative Agent

     155   

8.10

 

Successor Collateral Agent

     155   

8.11

 

Initial Borrower as Borrower Agent

     155   

8.12

 

Collateral Matters

     156   

8.13

 

Hypothecary Representative

     156   

SECTION 9.     MISCELLANEOUS

     157   

9.1

 

Notices

     157   

9.2

 

Waivers; Amendments

     159   

9.3

 

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     163   

9.4

 

Successors and Assigns

     165   

9.5

 

Survival

     168   

9.6

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     169   

9.7

 

Severability

     169   

9.8

 

Right of Setoff

     169   

9.9

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     169   

9.10

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     170   

9.11

 

Headings

     171   

9.12

 

Confidentiality

     171   

9.13

 

PATRIOT Act

     172   

9.14

 

Release of Liens and Guarantees; Secured Parties

     172   

9.15

 

No Fiduciary Duty

     174   

9.16

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     174   

9.17

 

Intercreditor Agreements

     174   

9.18

 

Judgment Currency

     175   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

SECTION 10.     ADDITIONAL LOAN PARTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

     175   

10.1

 

Additional Borrowers

     175   

10.2

 

Discretionary Guarantors

     176   

10.3

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     176   

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

SCHEDULES:

 

1.1A    Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments
1.1B    Existing Letters of Credit
1.1C    Mortgaged Property
1.1D    Surviving Debt
2.1    Lenders
2.4    Maximum LC Exposure
3.4    Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices
3.13(a)    Restricted Subsidiaries
3.13(b)    Agreements Related to Capital Stock
4.1(h)    Legal Opinions
5.14    Post-Closing Matters
6.2(d)    Existing Indebtedness
6.3(f)    Existing Liens
6.6(d)    Specified Owned Real Properties
6.7(c)    Existing Investments
6.9(b)    Existing Affiliate Transactions
6.11    Existing Negative Pledges
EXHIBITS:   
A-1    Form of Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
A-2    Form of Canadian NY Law ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
A-3    Form of US ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
B    Form of Compliance Certificate
C    Form of Closing Certificate
D    Form of Perfection Certificate
E    Form of Assignment and Assumption
F    Form of Intercreditor Agreement
G    Form of Revolving Credit Note
H-1 – H-4    Forms of US Tax Compliance Certificates
I    Form of Borrowing Request
J    Form of Solvency Certificate
K-1    Form of Notice of Additional Borrower and Assumption Agreement
K-2    Form of Notice of Additional Guarantor
L    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
M    Form of Collateral Access Agreement

 

v


ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of August 9, 2016, among LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”), the Additional US Borrowers (as defined herein) party to this Agreement, the Canadian Borrowers (as defined herein) party to this Agreement (together with the Initial Borrower and Additional US Borrowers, “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement as lenders and as issuing banks, and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as this and other capitalized terms used in these preliminary statements are defined in Section 1.1 below), Construction Products Acquisition, LLC will acquire (the “ Acquisition ”) the Construction Products Distribution Division of Superior Plus Corp., consisting of all of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of The Winroc Corporation (Midwest), a Minnesota corporation (“ Winroc US ”), Superior Plus Construction Products Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation (“ SPI US ”), Winroc-SPI Corporation, an Alberta corporation (“ Newco 1 ”), and 1974303 Alberta Ltd., an Alberta corporation (collectively with Winroc US, SPI US and Newco 1, the “ Targets ”), on the terms described in the Purchase Agreement.

The Initial Borrower has requested that, substantially simultaneously with the consummation of the Acquisition, the Lenders hereunder extend credit to the Borrowers from time to time on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the Revolving Credit Commitments in an initial aggregate principal amount of up to $250.0 million pursuant to this Agreement (with the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans permitted to be borrowed on the Closing Date not to exceed the amount permitted under Section 2.1).

The proceeds of the Loans made on the Closing Date (if any), together with (i) the proceeds of the issuance by the Initial Borrower on the Closing Date of the $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior secured notes due 2021 and (iii) the proceeds of the Equity Contribution, will be used to finance the Acquisition, to repay Existing Debt and to pay Transaction Costs.

The Lenders have indicated their willingness to extend credit on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

30-Day Excess Availability ”: on a given date, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the sum of each day’s Excess Availability during the thirty (30) consecutive day period immediately preceding such date by (b) thirty (30).


ABR ”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate, in the case of ABR Loans denominated in US Dollars, or the Canadian Prime Rate, in the case of ABR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars.

Account ”: an “account” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, and any and all supporting obligations in respect thereof.

Account Debtor ”: each Person who is obligated on an Account.

Accounting Change ”: as defined in Section 1.4.

Acquired Asset Borrowing Base ”: the US Acquired Asset Borrowing Base plus the Canadian Acquired Asset Borrowing Base.

Acquisition ”: as defined in the preliminary statements hereto.

Additional Lenders ”: any Eligible Assignee that extends commitments to the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to Section 2.20.

Additional Borrower ”: each Subsidiary of Holdings set forth on the signature pages hereto as an Additional US Borrower or a Canadian Borrower and any Person that is added as an additional Borrower hereunder with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 10.1.

Additional US Borrower ”: each Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings set forth on the signature pages hereto as an Additional US Borrower and any other Additional Borrower that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ”: with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided , that the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall in no event be less than 0.00%.

Adjustment Date ”: the last Business Day of each calendar quarter.

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Administrative Agent Deposit Account ”: as defined in Section 2.21(c).

Administrative Questionnaire ”: an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ”: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Agent Advance ”: as defined in Section 2.1(c).

Agent Advance Period ”: as defined in Section 2.1(c).

Agent Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 8.7.

 

2


Agents ”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Aggregate Borrowing Base ”: at any time, the US Borrowing Base at such time plus the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time.

Aggregate Exposure ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding plus (b) the LC Exposure of such Lender at such time.

Aggregate Exposure Percentage ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure (including its share of unfunded Agent Advances) at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

Agreement ”: this ABL Credit Agreement.

Alternate Base Rate ”: for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 2 of 1.00% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would be calculated as of such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, as of the next preceding Business Day) in respect of a proposed Eurodollar Loan denominated in US Dollars with a one-month Interest Period plus 1.00%; provided that for the purpose of clause (c), the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or such other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) LIBO Rate for deposits in US Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or such other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates). If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the immediately preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

Anticipated Cure Deadline ”: as defined in Section 7.2(a).

Applicable Margin ”: for any day the applicable rate per annum set forth below, based upon the Historical Excess Availability as of the most recent Adjustment Date; provided that until the first Adjustment Date occurring after the first full fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date, the “Applicable Margin” shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below in Level II:

 

Level

 

Historical Excess Availability:

  Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans:
    Applicable Margin for
ABR Loans:
 

I

  Equal to or greater than 67.0%     1.25     0.25

II

 

Less than 67.0% and equal to or greater than 33.0%

    1.50     0.50

 

3


Level

 

Historical Excess Availability:

  Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans:
    Applicable Margin for
ABR Loans:
 

III

  Less than 33.0%     1.75     0.75

The Applicable Margin shall be adjusted quarterly on a prospective basis as of each Adjustment Date based upon the Historical Excess Availability in accordance with the table above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition, (i) the Applicable Margins shall be those that correspond to a Historical Excess Availability at Level III above at all times during which there shall exist any Event of Default, (ii) if any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement is at any time restated or otherwise revised to reflect any decreased Borrowing Base, or if the information set forth in any such Borrowing Base Certificate otherwise proves to be false or incorrect, in each case, such that the Applicable Margin would have been higher than was otherwise in effect during any period, without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default arising as a result thereof, interest due under this Agreement shall be recalculated by the Administrative Agent at such higher rate for any applicable periods and shall be due and payable within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such calculation by the Initial Borrower from the Administrative Agent and shall be payable only to the Lenders whose Commitments were outstanding during such period when the Applicable Margin should have been higher (regardless of whether such Lenders remain parties to this Agreement at the time such payment is made) ( provided that any additional interest due as a result of this clause (ii) shall not be due and payable until five (5) Business Days of receipt of such calculation and accordingly, any nonpayment of such interest or fees as a result of any such inaccuracy shall not constitute a Default (whether retroactively or otherwise), and none of such additional amounts shall be deemed overdue or accrue interest at any time prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days of receipt of such calculation), (iii) from and after the most recent Incremental Facility Closing Date for any Incremental Facility Amendment pursuant to which the Applicable Margins have been increased above the Applicable Margins in effect immediately prior to such Incremental Facility Closing Date, the Applicable Margins shall be increased to those respective percentages per annum set forth in the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment and (iv) from and after any Extension, with respect to any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Applicable Margins specified for such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be those specified in the applicable definitive documentation thereof.

Applicable Percentage ”: with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Credit Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. If the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments. The Applicable Percentage shall be adjusted appropriately, as determined by the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 2.19(c) to disregard the Revolving Credit Commitment of Defaulting Lenders.

Approved Currency ”: each of US Dollars and Canadian Dollars.

Approved Fund ”: any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit as its primary activity and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ”: the collective reference to Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as joint lead arrangers for the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

4


Assignment and Assumption ”: an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.4), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and Holdings.

Attributable Indebtedness ”: when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Initial Borrower’s then current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Auto Renewal Letter of Credit ”: as defined in Section 2.4(c).

Availability Period ”: the period from and including, the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments.

Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance ”: for any period, the amount obtained by dividing the Aggregate Exposure at the end of each day for such period by the number of days in such period.

Bail-In Action ”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ”: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Code ”: Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq .).

Bankruptcy Event ”: with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a corporate statutory arrangement proceeding having similar effect, is subject to, or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Person is subject to, a forced liquidation, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, monitor, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it or any substantial part of its assets, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment; provided , that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor thereto).

Board of Directors ”: with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such person or, if there is none, the Board of Directors of the managing member of such Person, (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person, (iv) in any other

 

5


case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing, and (v) in the case of any Person organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, the foreign equivalent of any of the foregoing.

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ”: as defined in the preamble.

Borrower Agent ”: as defined in Section 8.11.

Borrower Group Member ”: any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any such Borrower.

Borrower Loan Party ”: any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor.

Borrower Materials ”: as defined in Section 9.1.

Borrowing ”: Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Base ”: the US Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base or the Aggregate Borrowing Base, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of any Permitted Acquisition, the Borrowing Base shall include amounts attributable to the target or assets acquired in such Permitted Acquisition to the extent set forth in the definitions of US Borrowing Base, Canadian Borrowing Base and Aggregate Borrowing Base and subject to the limits of the Acquired Asset Borrowing Base to the extent applicable.

Borrowing Base Certificate ”: as defined in Section 5.2(c).

Borrowing Request ”: a request by a Borrower for a Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

Business Day ”: any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or Toronto, Ontario are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided , that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Canadian Dollar or US Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Canadian ABL Sublimit ”: $75.0 million as such amount may be increased from time to time in accordance with Section 2.20.

Canadian Acquired Asset Borrowing Base ”: as defined in the definition of Canadian Borrowing Base.

Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”: (as the context requires) (i) the Criminal Code (Canada), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada), including any guidelines or orders thereunder, the Special Economic Measures Act (Canada), Resolutions Implementing the United Nations Resolution on the Suppression of Terrorism, United Nations Al-Qaida and Taliban Regulations, or (ii) any other applicable anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing, sanction and “know your client” laws of Canada

Canadian Borrowers ”: each Canadian Subsidiary of Holdings set forth on the signature pages hereto as a Canadian Borrower and any other Additional Borrower that is a Canadian Subsidiary.

 

6


Canadian Borrowing Base ”: as of any date of calculation, the amount calculated as the “Canadian Borrowing Base” pursuant to the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered to the Agents in accordance with Section 5.2(c) (but as modified as provided below in this definition), equal to, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) 85.0% of the book value of Eligible Trade Accounts of each Canadian Loan Party; plus

(b) 90.0% of the book value of Eligible Credit Card Accounts of each Canadian Loan Party; plus

(c) the lesser of (i) 75.0% of Value of Eligible Inventory of each Canadian Loan Party and (ii) 85.0% of the NOLV of Eligible Inventory for each Canadian Loan Party; plus

(d) 100% of Eligible Cash of each Canadian Loan Party; minus

(e) the Eligible Reserves on the Canadian Borrowing Base.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Inventory (including inventory in transit) and Accounts (i) acquired by any Canadian Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition or (ii) of any Person that becomes a Canadian Loan Party in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, subject to a first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent (subject to First Priority Priming Liens), may be immediately included in a Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrowers in an amount equal to 50.0% of the book value thereof as set forth in the consolidated balance sheet of the relevant acquired entities or sellers (in the case of an asset acquisition) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Canadian Loan Parties for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b), and applying eligibility and reserve criteria consistent with those applied to the calculation of the Canadian Borrowing Base (other than eligibility and reserve criteria based in whole or in part upon the absence of a field examination or inventory appraisal), until the completion by the Collateral Agent of a reasonably satisfactory field examination and inventory appraisal in respect thereof (the “ Canadian Acquired Asset Borrowing Base ”). To the extent that the Collateral Agent has not completed, at the Borrowers’ expense, a field examination and inventory appraisal reasonably satisfactory to each Agent within 90 days of the acquisition of such Inventory and Accounts (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree) such Inventory and Accounts will cease to be eligible for inclusion in the Canadian Borrowing Base.

The Collateral Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to review such computations and if the Collateral Agent shall have reasonably determined in good faith in its Permitted Discretion that such computations have not been calculated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to correct any such errors.

Canadian Defined Benefit Plan ” means any Canadian Pension Plan that is a “registered pension plan” as defined in subsection 248(1) of the ITA and which contains a “defined benefit provision” as defined in subsection 147.1(1) of the ITA, whether existing on the Closing Date or which would be considered a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan if assumed, adopted or otherwise participated in or contributed to by a Group Member for its employees or former employees in Canada thereafter.

Canadian Dollars ”: dollars in lawful currency of Canada.

Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreements ”: each of (i) the Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement among each Canadian Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the

 

7


form of Exhibit A-1 (the “ Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”), and (ii) the Canadian NY Law ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement among each Canadian Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 (the “ Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”).

Canadian IP Security Agreement ”: the Canadian IP Security Agreement to be executed by the Canadian Loan Parties party thereto from time to time with respect to Intellectual Property of the Canadian Loan Parties registered in Canada, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in each case, in substantially the form of Exhibit A to the Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Canadian Letter of Credit ”: any Letter of Credit issued hereunder for the account of a Canadian Borrower.

Canadian Line Cap ”: at any time, the lesser of (i) 100% (or, during an Agent Advance Period, 110%) of the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time and (ii) the Canadian ABL Sublimit in effect at such time.

Canadian Loan Party ”: any Canadian Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor.

Canadian Loans ”: any Loans made hereunder to a Canadian Borrower.

Canadian Multiemployer Plan ”: any Multiemployer Plan that is contributed to by a Group Member in respect of its employees in Canada.

Canadian Pension Plans ”: each pension, superannuation benefit or retirement savings plan, arrangement or scheme including any pension plan, top-up pension or supplemental pension, “registered retirement savings plan” (as defined in the ITA), “registered pension plan” (as defined in the ITA) and “retirement compensation arrangement” (as defined in the ITA) that is maintained or contributed to by any Group Member for its employees or former employees in Canada, but does not include the Canada Pension Plan or the Quebec Pension Plan as maintained by the Government of Canada or the Province of Quebec or any Canadian Multiemployer Plan.

Canadian Prime Rate ”: for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the variable per annum rate of interest most recently announced by Royal Bank of Canada and in effect as its reference rate at its principal office in Toronto, Ontario on such day for determining interest rates on Canadian Dollar-denominated commercial loans in Canada and commonly known as “prime rate” and (b) the rate of interest per annum that is equal to the sum of (i) the CDOR Rate for a one month Interest Period and (ii) 1.00% per annum; provided that in no event shall the Canadian Prime Rate be less than zero.

Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure ”: at any time, with respect to any Lender, the sum of such Lender’s Canadian Loans, participations in Agent Advances to Canadian Borrowers and its LC Exposure in respect of Canadian Letters of Credit at such time.

Canadian Security Documents ”: the collective reference to (a) the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreements, (b) the Canadian IP Security Agreement, (c) the Deed of Hypothec, (d) any Mortgage with respect to owned real property located in Canada and (d) all other security documents governed by the laws of Canada or any province, territory or other political sub-division thereof hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any Property of any Loan Party to secure any Obligations.

 

8


Canadian Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of Holdings organized or existing under the laws of Canada or one of the provinces or territories of Canada.

Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors ”: each Canadian Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Capital Expenditures ”: for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that are required to be capitalized under GAAP on a balance sheet of such Person, it being understood that Capital Expenditures do not include amounts expended to purchase assets constituting an on-going business, including investments that constitute Permitted Acquisitions.

Capital Lease Obligations ”: with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person under GAAP; and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing, including convertible securities but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into any of the foregoing.

Cash Equivalents ”: (a) US Dollars or Canadian Dollars; (b) securities and other obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided , that the full faith and credit of such country is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (c) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurocurrency time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any Lender or with any domestic or foreign bank having, or which is a banking subsidiary of a domestic or foreign bank holding company or any branch of a foreign bank in the US or Canada having, capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); (d) fully collateralized repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) above or clause (f) below entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above; (e) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; (f) marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency); (g) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition; (h) Investments with average maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency); and

 

9


(i) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (h) of this definition.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) Investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (i) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable Canadian rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (i) and in this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, amounts denominated in the local currency of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Foreign Subsidiary in addition to those set forth in clause (a) above; provided , that such amounts are held by such Foreign Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business and not for speculation.

Cash Management Control Agreement ”: a “control agreement” in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agents containing terms regarding the treatment of all cash, Cash Equivalents and other amounts on deposit in the respective deposit account or securities account governed by such Cash Management Control Agreement consistent with the requirements of Section 2.21 and in the case of any deposit account or securities account holding Eligible Cash, the requirements set forth in the definition of such term.

Cash Management Obligations ”: obligations owed by any Loan Party to any Qualified Counterparty in respect of or in connection with Cash Management Services and designated by such Qualified Counterparty and Holdings in writing to the Agents as a “Cash Management Obligation”.

Cash Management Services ”: any treasury, depositary, disbursement, lockbox, funds transfer, pooling, netting, overdraft, stored value card, purchase card (including so-called “procurement cards” or “P-cards”), debit card, credit card, e-payable, cash management and similar services and any automated clearing house transfer of funds.

CDOR Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, the average of the annual rates for bankers’ acceptances having a specified term equal to the Interest Period of such Eurodollar Loan (or a term as closely as possible comparable to such specified term) of the banks that appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR page as of 11:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, as of 11:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the preceding Business Day); provided that if such rate does not appear on the Reuters (or another commercially available source providing quotations of such rate as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) Screen CDOR Page on such date as contemplated, then the CDOR Rate on such date shall be the rate at which Royal Bank of Canada is then offering to purchase Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances quoted by the Royal Bank of Canada as of 11:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such date or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided , further that the CDOR Rate shall, in no event, be less than 0.0%.

CFC ”: a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

CFPOA ”: as defined in Section 3.19.

 

10


Change in Law ”: (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty after the date of this Agreement or, if later, the date on which the applicable Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank becomes a Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or, if later, the date on which the applicable Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank becomes a Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder, or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement or, if later, the date on which the applicable Lender or the applicable Issuing Bank becomes a Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder; provided , that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, in each case shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued.

Change of Control ”: the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) prior to an IPO, the Permitted Investors, taken together, shall cease to beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Holdings measured by voting power rather than number of shares; (b) at any time after an IPO, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) (excluding from any determination of the amount of Capital Stock beneficially owned by such “person” or “group”, where such person or group includes both Permitted Investors and one or more Persons that are not Permitted Investors, any Capital Stock beneficially owned by Permitted Investors), other than any such “person” or “group” comprised solely of Permitted Investors, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Capital Stock representing more than the greater of (i) 35.0% of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Permitted Holding Company that shall have issued or sold Capital Stock in the IPO, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, and (ii) the percentage of such ordinary voting power of such Permitted Holding Company held, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Investors, taken together (unless the Permitted Investors retain the right, by contract or otherwise, to elect or designate a majority of the directors of the Permitted Holding Company); (c) Holdings shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower, free and clear of all Liens (except Permitted Liens); or (d) a Specified Change of Control.

Class ”: (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Revolving Credit Lenders, Incremental Revolving Lenders (of the same tranche) or Extending Revolving Credit Lenders (of the same tranche), (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments, Incremental Revolving Commitments (of the same tranche) or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (of the same tranche) and (c) when used with respect to Loans or Borrowings, refers to whether such Loan or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans or loans in respect of the same Class of Commitments.

Closing Date ”: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.2.

 

11


Closing Date Availability Amount ”: as defined in Section 2.1(a).

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ”: all Property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is created or purported to be created by any Security Document.

Collateral Access Agreement ”: a collateral access agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M (or such other form as may be reasonably satisfactory to each Agent) with such amendments or modifications as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Collateral Foreign Subsidiary ”: (a) any Specified Foreign Subsidiary, (b) any subsidiary of Holdings, substantially all the assets of which constitute equity interests in or debt of one or more Specified Foreign Subsidiaries, (c) any subsidiary of Holdings that is treated as a disregarded entity for US federal income tax purposes and that owns (or is treated as owning for U.S. federal income tax purposes) 65.0% or more of the voting stock of a subsidiary of Holdings described in clause (a) or (b) above, or (d) any other subsidiary of Holdings, the pledge of whose voting equity interests could constitute an investment in “United States property” by a CFC with respect to which any US Borrower is a “United States shareholder” within the meaning of section 956 of the Code (or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) or otherwise result in a material adverse tax consequence to Holdings or one of its subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by Holdings (in consultation with the Administrative Agent).

Collection Banks ”: as defined in Section 2.21(a).

Commingled Inventory ”: Inventory of any Qualified Loan Party that is commingled (whether pursuant to a consignment, a toll manufacturing agreement or otherwise) with Inventory of another Person (other than another Qualified Loan Party) at a location owned, leased or rented by a Qualified Loan Party, but only to the extent that such Inventory of such Qualified Loan Party is not readily identifiable as separate from such Inventory of such other Person.

Commitment ”: with respect to any Lender, the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender. On the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of Commitments is $250.0 million.

Commitment Letter ”: the Commitment Letter, dated as of July 4, 2016, by and between Holdings and the Commitment Parties.

Commitment Parties ”: Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Jefferies Finance LLC, Bank of America, N.A., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Royal Bank of Canada, RBC Capital Markets, Credit Suisse AG and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

Commodity Exchange Act ”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1, et seq .), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Commonly Controlled Entity ”: an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Initial Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Initial Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 or 303 of ERISA and Section 412 or 430 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Communications ”: as defined in Section 9.1.

 

12


Company Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 3.8(i).

Company Material Adverse Effect ”: (a) any event, occurrence, change, result, state of facts or effect that, when considered individually or in the aggregate, is or would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the business, assets, liabilities, conditions (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Corporations (taken as a whole) or the Business, and (b) with respect to the Sellers, any event, occurrence, change, result, state of facts or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with such other events, occurrences, changes, results, states of facts or effects, materially impairs, prevents, or would reasonably be expected to materially impair or prevent, the ability of the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however, that any effect arising out of or in connection with any of the following shall not, either alone or in combination with any other such circumstance, constitute or be deemed to have or contribute to a Material Adverse Effect: (1) changes in the Canadian, United States or foreign economies or securities or financial markets in general, (2) changes in the industries in general in which the Corporations operate, (3) any actual or proposed change to an applicable Law, except for judgments, awards or decrees that relate specifically to the Corporations, or any actual or proposed change in GAAP, IFRS or other applicable accounting principles or standard or, in each case, any official interpretations thereof, (4) the negotiation, execution, announcement, pendency or consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the identity of Purchaser, including any impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, partners or employees, (5) any failure by the Corporations to meet any internal or public projections, forecasts or predictions, provided , however, that the underlying facts giving rise to any such failure shall not be disregarded, subject to the other provisions of this definition, for the purposes of determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred ( provided , further that this clause (5) shall not be construed as implying that Sellers are making any representation or warranty herein with respect to any internal or public projections, forecasts or predictions, and no such representations or warranties are being made), (6) any natural disaster, hostilities, act of terrorism, civil unrest or war (whether or not threatened, pending or declared) or the escalation or material worsening of any such natural disaster, hostilities, acts of terrorism, civil unrest or war; (7) any matter of which the Purchaser has actual knowledge as of the date of this Agreement and in respect of which the material adverse effect on the Business is reasonably apparent; (8) actions agreed to be taken by the Purchaser in connection with obtaining Competition Act Approval and/or HSR Approval; or (9) any action taken or omitted to be taken at the written request of Purchaser ( provided , that any such written request of the Purchaser that is adverse to the Lenders shall require the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent); provided , further that in the case of clauses (1)-(3) and (6) above, such matters shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred if and to the extent that the impact of such matters is materially disproportionately adverse to the Business, taken as a whole, as compared to other businesses similar to the Business. Defined terms used in this definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

Compliance Certificate ”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer, substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Compliance Period ”: any period (a) commencing on the date on which Excess Availability is less than the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap (without giving effect to any increase thereof during an Agent Advance Period) at such time and (ii) $25.0 million and (b) ending on the first date thereafter on which Excess Availability has been equal to or greater than the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap (without giving effect to any increase thereof during an Agent Advance Period) at such time and (ii) $25.0 million for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days.

 

13


Concentration Account ”: any concentration account maintained by any Loan Party (other than any such concentration account constituting an Exempt Account) into which the funds in any collection account are transferred on a periodic basis as provided for in Section 2.21.

Connection Income Taxes ”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated EBITDA ”: for any period means, with respect to the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, the Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication of each other, and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income for such period (except with respect to clauses (h), (j) and (t) below)), by:

(a) provision for Taxes based on income, profits or capital of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including Federal, state, provincial, franchise and similar taxes attributable to such period; plus

(b) total interest expense (net of interest income to the extent not already included in total interest expense for such period) and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, payments made in respect of hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk (minus any payments received in respect of such hedging obligations or other derivative instruments), amortization or write -off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions and discounts and other fees and charges (including bank fees, agency fees, fees and charges relating to surety bonds in connection with any financing activities and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance or any similar facilities) associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans and the Letters of Credit); plus

(c) depreciation and amortization expense (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, including the amortization of original issue discount); plus

(d) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill); plus

(e) (A) costs and expenses in connection with the Transactions, (B) any transaction fees, costs and expenses (including upfront fees, commissions, premiums or charges) incurred in connection with, to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement), equity issuances (including an IPO), Investments, acquisitions, Dispositions, recapitalizations, mergers, amalgamations, option buyouts or the incurrence, refinancing or repayment of Indebtedness or any amendments, waivers or other modifications under the agreements relating to such Indebtedness or similar transactions in each case whether or not consummated and (C) costs incurred in connection with strategic initiatives, transition costs and other business optimization and information systems-related costs (including non-recurring employee bonuses in connection therewith and non-recurring product and Intellectual Property development costs); plus

(f) non-cash compensation expense, including deferred compensation, and any other non-cash losses, charges and expenses, including write-offs or write-downs (but not including any write-off or write-down of inventory or accounts receivable) and, if applicable, including the excess of rent expense over actual cash rent paid during the relevant period due to the use of straight line rent for GAAP purposes ( provided that, to the extent any non-cash charge represents an accrual of or

 

14


reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (i) the Initial Borrower may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period or (ii) to the extent the Initial Borrower decides to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payable in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA); plus

(g) any Permitted Management Fees paid or accrued during such period and any other monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities, charges and expenses paid to or on behalf of any direct or indirect parent company of the Initial Borrower or any of the Permitted Investors, to the extent permitted to be paid under Section 6.9 (and any accruals in respect thereof) ( provided , that any amounts that are added back to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause (g) in respect of items accrued during such period shall not be added back to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause in any subsequent period); plus

(h) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not included in Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such cash receipts or netting arrangement were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

(i) any charges, costs, expenses, accruals or reserves in connection with the rollover, acceleration or payout of equity interests held by management, in each case, to the extent that such charges, costs, expenses, accruals or reserves are funded with the net cash proceeds contributed to Holdings as a capital contribution or net cash proceeds received by Holdings from issuances of Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(j) (A) pro forma ‘‘run rate’’ cost savings, pro forma adjustments, operating expense reductions and synergies related to the Transactions that are reasonably quantifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Initial Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Initial Borrower) within 24 months after the Closing Date; (B) pro forma ‘‘run rate’’ cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to acquisitions, dispositions and other specified transactions, restructurings, cost savings initiatives, operating changes and other initiatives that are reasonably quantifiable and projected by the Initial Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or initiated or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Initial Borrower) within 24 months after such acquisition, disposition or other specified transaction, restructuring, cost savings initiative, operating change or other initiative; and (C) costs and expenses relating to achieving pro forma ‘‘run rate’’ cost savings, pro forma adjustments, operating expense reductions and synergies described in the preceding clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (j); plus

(k) restructuring and similar charges (including severance, relocation costs, entry into new markets, integration and facilities opening costs and other business optimization expenses, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities)); plus

(l) all losses (x) upon any sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset of the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower) and (y) from disposed, abandoned,

 

15


divested and/or discontinued assets, properties or operations and/or discontinued operations (other than, at the option of the Initial Borrower, assets or properties pending the divestiture or termination thereof); plus

(m) earn-out obligation expense incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment (including any acquisition or other investment consummated prior to the Closing Date) and paid or accrued during the applicable period; plus

(m) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(n) unrealized net losses resulting from changes in the fair market value of any non-speculative Hedge Agreements and losses, charges and expenses attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness, Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing expenses written off and premiums paid); plus

(o) non-controlling or minority interest expense consisting of income attributable to third parties in respect of their Capital Stock in non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; plus

(p) losses or discounts on sales of Permitted Receivables Financing Assets in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing; plus

(q) losses attributable to, and payments of, legal settlements, fines, judgments or orders; plus

(r) losses, expenses or other charges associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and losses, expenses or other charges relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, as amended, and the Exchange Act, as amended, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, charges and losses relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors’ and officer’s insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees and listing fees; plus

(s) proceeds of business interruption insurance in an amount representing the earnings for the applicable period that such proceeds are intended to replace (whether or not then received so long as the Initial Borrower in good faith expects to receive such proceeds within the next four fiscal quarters (it being understood that to the extent not actually received within such fiscal quarters, to the extent previously added back to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA for a prior fiscal quarter such reimbursement amounts shall be deducted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter)); plus

(t) the adjustments set forth on Schedule 1.1A;

(2) decreased (without duplication) by, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of:

(a) interest income on cash and Cash Equivalents and other similar securities (except to the extent deducted in determining total interest expense); plus

 

16


(b) any other non-cash gains or income (other than amounts accrued in the ordinary course of business consistent under accrual-based revenue recognition procedures in accordance with GAAP), excluding any such income that represents the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than such cash charges that have not increased Consolidated EBITDA); plus

(c) any income or gain realized (A) upon any sale, abandonment or other disposition of any asset of the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower) or (B) from disposed, abandoned, divested and/or discontinued assets, properties or operations and/or discontinued operations (other than, at the option of the Initial Borrower, assets or properties pending the divestiture or termination thereof); plus

(d) unrealized net income or gains resulting from changes in the fair market value of any non-speculative Hedge Agreements, and gains attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or Hedge Agreements or other derivative instruments, plus

(e) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(f) any non-controlling or minority interest income consisting of loss attributable to third parties in respect of their Capital Stock in non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; and

(3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Consolidated EBITDA of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for (A) the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2016, shall be deemed to be equal to $30,029,000, (B) the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2015, shall be deemed to be equal to $33,267,000, (C) the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2015, shall be deemed to be equal to $42,297,000 and (D) the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2015, shall be deemed to be equal to $39,352,000.

Consolidated First Lien Debt ”: the amount of (x) Consolidated Total Debt under the Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Notes Documents, any Senior Secured Bridge Documents and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, to the extent such debt is secured on a first lien basis with respect to any Collateral and (y) the amount of Consolidated Total Debt that is secured by any Collateral on an equal or senior priority basis with such debt described in clause (x) (but without regard to the control of remedies).

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”: for any period, the ratio of (A)(i) Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period minus (ii) the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Capital Expenditures to the extent financed with the proceeds of any sale or issuance of Capital Stock, the proceeds of any asset sale (other than the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business), any insurance proceeds or the proceeds of any incurrence of Indebtedness (other than the incurrence of any Loans), but including Capital Expenditures to the extent financed with proceeds of Loans) minus (iii) the aggregate amount of all cash payments made by the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of income taxes or income tax liabilities (net of cash income tax refunds) during such period

 

17


(including Restricted Payments paid pursuant to clauses (ii) through (v) of Section 6.6(c)) to (B) Consolidated Fixed Charges of the Initial Borrower for such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ”: with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense plus (ii) scheduled payments of principal on indebtedness plus (iii) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii) of the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments paid in cash by the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Initial Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as permitted under (x) Section 6.6(b), (d), (g), (i), (k), (n) and (o) or (y) solely with respect to any such Restricted Payments by the Initial Borrower for costs, expenses, fees, salaries, bonuses and benefits that are attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower Group Members for such period, Section 6.6(c) (except for, in the case of clauses (x) and (y), Restricted Payments to the extent financed with the proceeds of any sale or issuance of Capital Stock, the proceeds of any asset sale (other than the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business), insurance proceeds or the proceeds of any incurrence of Indebtedness (other than the incurrence of any Loans)), in each case, for such period.

Consolidated Interest Expense ”: with respect to any Person for any period, total cash interest expense for such period (net of any cash interest income for such period) with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness, calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income plus consolidated capitalized interest for such period, whether paid or accrued, plus net payments (positive or negative) under interest rate swap agreements (other than in connection with the early termination thereof).

Consolidated Net Income ”: with respect to the Initial Borrower for any period, the net income (loss) of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) any net income (or loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Initial Borrower’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or could have been distributed, as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower;

(2) [reserved];

(3) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss) realized upon the sale or other Disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer or the Board of Directors of the Initial Borrower);

(4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense (including Transaction Costs) or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense;

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, including any impact resulting from an election by the Initial Borrower to apply IFRS at any time following the Closing Date;

 

18


(6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-evaluation of any benefit plan obligation and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness or hedging obligations and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of hedging obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of hedging obligations;

(9) any unrealized foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedging obligations for currency exchange risk), and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

(10) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

(11) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge or write-off;

(12) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or hedging obligations or other derivative instruments;

(13) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve (12) months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP;

(14) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from hedging obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Topic 815 and related pronouncements; and

(15) any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Initial Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable payor in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact

 

19


reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days) and (ii) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Initial Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption.

Consolidated Total Assets ”: the consolidated total assets of the Borrower Group Members, determined in accordance with GAAP, shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Initial Borrower as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the applicable date of determination for which financial statements have been delivered; provided , that, for purposes of calculating “Consolidated Total Assets” under this Agreement, the consolidated assets of the Borrower Group Members shall be adjusted to reflect any acquisitions and dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business that have occurred during the period from the date of the applicable balance sheet through the applicable date of determination, including giving effect to the transaction being tested under this Agreement.

Consolidated Total Debt ”: as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Services and intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Initial Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, minus (b) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date.

Contractual Obligation ”: with respect to any Person, (i) the Organizational Documents of such Person and (ii) any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

Control Investment Affiliate ”: with respect to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and (b) is organized primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Controlled Account ”: each deposit account or securities account maintained by a Loan Party at a Collection Bank and subject to a Cash Management Control Agreement, including any Concentration Account.

Credit Card Accounts ”: payment intangibles from the proceeds of any Credit Card Processor.

Credit Card Processor ”: Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club, Discover and any other major credit card processor acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

Credit Party ”: the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender.

Cure Amount ”: as defined in Section 7.2(a).

Cure Right ”: as defined in Section 7.2(a).

 

20


Debtor Relief Laws ”: the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-up and Restructuring Act (Canada) and other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, general assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, compromise, arrangement or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, and including the statutory arrangement provisions of any corporations statute having similar effect.

Deed of Hypothec ”: the deed of hypothec to be dated as of the date of this agreement and executed by each of the Canadian Loan Parties hereunder, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 7, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Defaulting Lender ”: any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified Holdings, the Initial Borrower, the Issuing Banks or the Administrative Agent in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit (unless such Lender indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) under this Agreement ( provided , that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon the Administrative Agent’s and the Initial Borrower’s receipt of such certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), or (d) admits that it is insolvent or has (or has a direct or indirect parent that has) become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event or a Bail-in Action. This definition is subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 2.19.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ”: the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower) of non-cash consideration received by a Borrower Group Member in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 6.5(j) that is designated as “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Discretionary Guarantor ”: as defined in Section 10.2.

Disposition ”: with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof (excluding Liens); and the term “ Dispose ” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

21


Disqualified Capital Stock ”: any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Capital Stock into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or condition, (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for the scheduled payments or dividends in cash, or (iv) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the then Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), if as a result of a change of control event or asset sale or other Disposition or casualty event, so long as any rights of the holders thereof to require the redemption thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control event or asset sale or other Disposition or casualty event are subject to the prior payment in full of the Obligations; provided , that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or any Group Member or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or any Group Member in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Disqualified Lender ”: (i) any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender that has been identified in writing to the Arrangers as a Disqualified Lender on or prior to the date of the Commitment Letter, (ii) any other Persons who are competitors of Holdings or any Borrower Group Member that are separately identified in writing by Holdings or the Sponsor to the Arrangers (or, after the Closing Date, to the Administrative Agent) from time to time and (iii) in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), any of such Person’s Affiliates (other than any bona-fide debt funds) that are either (x) identified in writing by Holdings or the Sponsor to the Administrative Agent from time to time or (y) clearly identifiable as an Affiliate on the basis of such Affiliate’s name. The list of Disqualified Lenders shall be made available by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders upon request therefor.

Domestic Subsidiary ”: a Restricted Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Dominion Period ”: any period (a) commencing on the date on which (i) a Specified ABL Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) Excess Availability is less than the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Line Cap (without giving effect to any increase thereof during an Agent Advance Period) as then in effect and (y) $25.0 million, for a period of five (5) consecutive Business Days and (b) ending on the first date thereafter on which (i) no Specified ABL Default is continuing and (ii) Excess Availability has been equal to or greater than the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Line Cap (without giving effect to any increase thereof during an Agent Advance Period) as then in effect and (y) $25.0 million, for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days.

EEA Financial Institution ”: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

22


EEA Resolution Authority ”: any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee ”: (i) any Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender and any Approved Fund, and (ii) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course; provided , that “Eligible Assignee” shall not include (w) any Disqualified Lender, (x) any Lender that is, as of the date of the applicable assignment, a Defaulting Lender, (y) any natural person or (z) the Sponsor, Holdings, any Borrower, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Eligible Cash ”: cash and Cash Equivalents of a Qualified Loan Party held in a deposit account or securities account maintained with (i) the Collateral Agent or (ii) another financial institution in which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to a control agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, subject only to First Priority Priming Liens; provided that in the case of a deposit account or securities account maintained with another financial institution pursuant to clause (ii) above, such account shall be subject to daily balance reporting to or online viewing access for the Agents.

Eligible Credit Card Accounts ”: all of the Credit Card Accounts (other than any Permitted Receivables Financing Assets) owned by any Qualified Loan Party that arise in the ordinary course of business from the sale of goods or rendition of services, except Credit Card Accounts as to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. Eligible Credit Card Accounts shall not include any Accounts of a Qualified Loan Party that:

(a) have been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale;

(b) with respect to which a Qualified Loan Party does not have good, valid and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens);

(c) are not subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties (other than any First Priority Priming Liens);

(d) are disputed, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted, by the related credit card or debit card processor (but only to the extent of such dispute, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);

(e) as to which the Credit Card Processor has the right under certain circumstances to require a Qualified Loan Party to repurchase such Accounts from such Credit Card Processor;

(f) due from Credit Card Processors (other than Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club and Discover) which the Collateral Agent determines, in its Permitted Discretion, to be unlikely to be collected; or

(g) due from Credit Card Processors which are not organized in or do not have their principal offices in the United States or Canada.

 

23


Eligible Inventory ”: all of the Inventory owned by any Qualified Loan Party, except any Inventory as to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. Eligible Inventory shall not include any Inventory of a Qualified Loan Party that:

(a) consists of work-in-process;

(b) is obsolete, unsalable, shopworn, damaged or unfit for sale;

(c) is not of a type held for sale by the applicable Qualified Loan Party in the ordinary course of business as is being conducted by each such Qualified Loan Party;

(d) is not subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, subject only to First Priority Priming Liens;

(e) is not owned by a Qualified Loan Party free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens;

(f) is placed on consignment unless Eligible Reserves have been established with respect thereto;

(g) except as provided in clause (r) below, is covered by a negotiable document of title, unless, at either Agent’s request, such document has been delivered to the Administrative Agent or an agent thereof and the amount of any shipping fees, costs and expenses are reflected in Reserves;

(h) consists of goods that are slow moving (to the extent not included in determining Net Orderly Liquidation Value) or constitute spare parts (not intended for sale), packaging and shipping materials, promotional products (not intended for sale), or supplies used or consumed in a Qualified Loan Party business;

(i) is manufactured, assembled or otherwise produced in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act and subject to the “hot goods” provisions contained in Title 25 U.S.C. 215(a)(i);

(j) is not covered by property or casualty insurance required by the terms of this Agreement (except to the extent of any deductible thereunder);

(k) consists of goods which have been returned or rejected by the buyer and are not in salable condition;

(l) is Inventory with respect to which the representations or warranties pertaining to such Inventory set forth in any Loan Document are untrue in any material respect;

(m) does not conform in all material respects to all standards imposed by any governmental agency, division or department thereof which has regulatory authority over such goods or the use or sale thereof;

(n) is Commingled Inventory;

(o) except as provided in clause (r) below, is located in a jurisdiction (i) other than the United States or Canada unless such Inventory is owned by a Qualified Loan Party and supported by an irrevocable letter of credit payable in an Approved Currency issued by a

 

24


financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and such irrevocable letter of credit is delivered to the Administrative Agent (including any delivery of an electronic letter of credit), or (ii) containing Inventory with an aggregate value of less than $100,000;

(p) is subject to a license agreement or other arrangement with a third party which, in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion, restricts the ability of the Administrative Agent to exercise its rights under the Loan Documents with respect to such Inventory unless such third party has entered into an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent permitting the Administrative Agent to exercise its rights with respect to such Inventory or the Administrative Agent has otherwise agreed to allow such Inventory to be eligible in its Permitted Discretion;

(q) consists of Hazardous Materials or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available;

(r) (i) is not located on premises owned, leased or rented by a Qualified Loan Party unless such Inventory is stored with a bailee or warehouseman and either (x) a reasonably satisfactory and acknowledged bailee or warehouseman letter has been received by the Collateral Agent or (y) Eligible Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent have been established with respect thereto, (ii) is located on leased or rented premises unless either (x) a Collateral Access Agreement has been delivered to the Collateral Agent or (y) Rent Reserves have been established with respect thereto, provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply unless Rent Reserves are permitted to be imposed upon Inventory at the relevant location pursuant to the terms of the definition of such term, or (iii) is located at an owned location subject to a mortgage in favor of a creditor other than the Administrative Agent or the Senior Secured Notes Trustee unless either (x) a Collateral Access Agreement has been delivered to the Collateral Agent or (y) Eligible Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent have been established with respect thereto; provided that in the event any Inventory that would be ineligible under this clause (r) because subclause (x) of any of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) is not satisfied, the Collateral Agent may not unreasonably refuse to impose the Reserves referred to in subclause (y) of such clause to cause such ineligibility; provided further that any such Inventory that is (a) in transit (i) within the United States or Canada and between locations owned, leased or rented by one or more Qualified Loan Parties, or (ii) outside of the United States or Canada and in transit to locations owned, leased or rented by one or more Qualified Loan Parties and (x) supported by an irrevocable letter of credit payable in an Approved Currency issued by a financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and such irrevocable letter of credit is delivered to the Collateral Agent (including any delivery of an electronic letter of credit), or (y) subject to a negotiable bill of lading or title document reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and being handled by a customs broker, freight-forwarder or other handler that has delivered a lien waiver reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, and (b) would otherwise constitute Eligible Inventory (without regard to clause (g) or (o) of the definition thereof) shall constitute Eligible Inventory ( provided that the maximum aggregate amount of such Eligible Inventory in transit included in the Aggregate Borrowing Base shall not exceed $30,000,000).

(s) subject to the Acquired Asset Borrowing Base, is acquired in a Permitted Acquisition unless and until the Collateral Agent has completed or received an appraisal of such Inventory and established Reserves (if applicable) therefor in its Permitted Discretion; or

(t) is Inventory for which any contract relating to such Inventory expressly includes retention of title in favor of the vendor or supplier thereof or a conditional sale; provided that such Inventory shall not be excluded from Eligible Inventory solely pursuant to this clause (t) to

 

25


the extent that either (i) such retention of title or conditional sale is not effective under applicable Law to give such vendor or supplier ownership of such Inventory or a Lien, in each case prior in right to the Lien of the Administrative Agent therein, or (ii) (A) the Collateral Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the full purchase price of such Inventory has, or will have, been paid prior to or upon the delivery of such Inventory to the relevant Qualified Loan Party, or (B) Eligible Reserves reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent have been established with respect thereto (which Reserves the Collateral Agent may not unreasonably refuse to establish if subclauses (i) and (ii)(A) do not apply).

Subject to the limitations in the definition of “Eligible Reserves,” the Collateral Agent shall have the right, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers (which notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Reserve being established, modified or eliminated), to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against Eligible Inventory from time to time in its Permitted Discretion, except that any such Reserves shall not be duplicative of adjustments of the amount of Eligible Inventory pursuant to the other provisions of this definition. During such notice period, the Collateral Agent shall, if requested, discuss any such Reserve or change with the Borrowers and the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Reserve or change no longer exists or exists in a manner that would result in the establishment of a lower Reserve or result in a lesser change, in each case, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Eligible Reserves ”: Reserves against the Canadian Borrowing Base or the US Borrowing Base established or modified in the Permitted Discretion of the Collateral Agent subject to the following: (i) the amount of any Eligible Reserves shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter that is the basis for the establishment of such Reserve or such modification thereto, (ii) except as otherwise expressly provided in the definition of Eligible Trade Account, Eligible Credit Card Account or Eligible Inventory, no Reserves shall be established or modified to the extent they are duplicative of Reserves or modifications already accounted for through eligibility or other criteria (including collection/advance rates), (iii) any rent reserves will be subject to the limitations set forth in the definition of “Rent Reserves,” and (iv) no Reserves will be imposed relating to obligations under any Specified Hedge Agreement without the written consent of the Borrowers (it being understood and agreed that all such obligations in respect of Specified Hedge Agreements will be at least one step junior in the waterfall priority in respect of principal obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement).

Eligible Trade Accounts ”: all of the Accounts (other than any Credit Card Accounts and any Permitted Receivables Financing Assets) owned by any Qualified Loan Party, except any Accounts as to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below applies. Eligible Trade Accounts shall not include any Account of a Qualified Loan Party that:

(a) does not arise from the sale of goods or the performance of services by a Qualified Loan Party in the ordinary course of its business;

(b) (i) upon which any Qualified Loan Party’s right to receive payment is not absolute (other than as a result of rights to return inventory in the ordinary course of business of such Qualified Loan Party) or is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever or (ii) as to which any Qualified Loan Party is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial process, or (iii) if the Account represents a progress billing consisting of an invoice for goods sold or used or services rendered pursuant to a contract under which the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay that invoice is subject to any Qualified Loan Party’s completion of further performance under such contract;

 

26


(c) to the extent any Account Debtor has or has asserted a right of setoff, or has asserted a defense, counterclaim or dispute as to such Account;

(d) is not a true and correct statement of bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Account for merchandise sold to or services rendered and accepted by the applicable Account Debtor;

(e) with respect to which an invoice has not been sent to the applicable Account Debtor;

(f) is not owned by any Qualified Loan Party;

(g) is the obligation of an Account Debtor that is a government or governmental agency but only with respect to such Accounts described in this clause (g) in an aggregate amount at any time in excess of $2.0 million, unless, in each case, the applicable Qualified Loan Party has complied (and delivered to the Collateral Agent evidence of such compliance) with respect to such obligation with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, the Financial Administration Act (Canada) and any similar applicable foreign, state, province, territory, county or municipal law restricting the assignment thereof or the granting of a Lien thereon with respect to such obligation;

(h) is the obligation of an Account Debtor (including any government or governmental agency) located in a jurisdiction other than the United States or Canada (or any other jurisdiction approved by the Required Lenders in their reasonable discretion) unless payment thereof is assured by an irrevocable letter of credit payable in an Approved Currency issued by a financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and such irrevocable letter of credit is delivered to the Administrative Agent (including any delivery of an electronic letter of credit);

(i) to the extent any Qualified Loan Party is liable for goods sold or services rendered by the applicable Account Debtor to the applicable Qualified Loan Party, but only to the extent of the potential offset;

(j) arises with respect to goods that are delivered on a bill-and-hold, cash-on delivery basis or placed on consignment, guaranteed sale or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor is or may be conditional, other than rights to return inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(k) is not paid within the earlier of sixty (60) days following its due date or ninety (90) days following its original invoice date or which has been written off the books of such Qualified Loan Party or otherwise designated as uncollectible by such Qualified Loan Party;

(l) is an Account in respect of which the Account Debtor obligated upon such Account suspends business, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to pay its debts generally as they come due;

(m) a Bankruptcy Event occurs with respect to the Account Debtor obligated upon such account; provided that so long as post-petition financing is being provided to such Account Debtor, post-petition accounts of such Account Debtor may be deemed Eligible Trade Accounts by and to the extent approved by the Collateral Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, on a case-by-case basis;

 

27


(n) is an Account as to which the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties, is not a first priority perfected lien subject only to First Priority Priming Liens;

(o) is an Account with respect to which the representations or warranties pertaining to such Accounts set forth in any Loan Document are untrue in any material respect;

(p) is payable in any currency other than Approved Currency;

(q) is not owned by a Qualified Loan Party free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens;

(r) is the obligation of an Account Debtor if 50% or more of the dollar amount of all Accounts owing by that Account Debtor are ineligible under the other criteria listed in clause (k) of this definition;

(s) is evidenced by a judgment, instrument, note or chattel paper;

(t) is an Account to the extent that such Account, together with all other Accounts owing by such Account Debtor as of any date of determination exceed 20% of all Eligible Trade Accounts of the Qualified Loan Parties but only to the extent of the obligations owing by such Account Debtor in excess of such percentage; provided , however that the amount of Eligible Trade Accounts that are excluded because they exceed the foregoing percentage shall be determined based on all of the otherwise Eligible Trade Accounts prior to giving effect to any eliminations based upon the foregoing concentration limit;

(u) is an Account as to which any check, draft or other items of payment has previously been received which has been returned unpaid or otherwise dishonored;

(v) consists of finance charges as compared to obligations to such Qualified Loan Party for goods sold;

(w) is an Account with respect to which the Account Debtor is (i) subject to any US or Canadian sanctions administered by OFAC, Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any similar applicable law or (ii) a person named on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” maintained by OFAC or which is a designated person under Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws or any similar applicable Law;

(x) is an Account arising out of a sale made or services rendered by any Qualified Loan Party to an Affiliate of any Qualified Loan Party or to a Person controlled by an Affiliate of any Qualified Loan Party (including any employees, officers, directors or stockholders of such); provided that Accounts of other portfolio companies (other than a Loan Party) of the Permitted Investors shall not be excluded by this clause (x);

(y) is an Account that was not paid in full, and a Qualified Loan Party created a new receivable for the unpaid portion of the Account; and

(z) is an Account representing any manufacturer’s or supplier’s credits, discounts, incentive plans or similar arrangements entitling a Qualified Loan Party to discounts on future purchase therefrom.

 

28


Subject to the limitations in the definition of “Eligible Reserves,” the Collateral Agent shall have the right, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrowers (which notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Reserve being established, modified or eliminated), to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves against Eligible Trade Accounts from time to time in its Permitted Discretion, except that any such Reserves shall not be duplicative of adjustments of the amount of Eligible Trade Accounts pursuant to the other provisions of this definition. During such notice period, the Collateral Agent shall, if requested, discuss any such Reserve or change with the Borrowers and the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Reserve or change no longer exists or exists in a manner that would result in the establishment of a lower Reserve or result in a lesser change, in each case, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Environmental Laws ”: any and all laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, enforceable guidelines, policies, codes, decrees, or other legally enforceable requirements of any federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, municipal or other Governmental Authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability associated with or standards of conduct for the protection of the environment or of human health, insofar as it relates to exposure to Hazardous Materials, including those relating to employee health and safety.

Environmental Liability ”: any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation or compliance with orders and directives, fines, penalties or indemnities), resulting from or based upon (a) compliance or non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) human exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permits ”: any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, and other authorizations of a Governmental Authority required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Contribution ”: collectively, the cash contributions to be made on or reasonably prior to the Closing Date (a) by the Sponsor to Holdings as cash common equity and/or preferred equity (in the case of preferred equity, having terms that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) by way of subscription for shares in Holdings, and (b) by Holdings to the Initial Borrower as cash common equity by way of subscription for shares in the Initial Borrower.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any successor thereto.

ERISA Event ”: as defined in Section 3.11.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar ”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to (i) for any Loan or Borrowing denominated in US Dollars, the Adjusted LIBO Rate or, (ii) for any Loan or Borrowing denominated in Canadian Dollars, the CDOR Rate.

Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 7; provided , that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

29


Excess Availability ”: as of any date of determination, the amount by which (a) the Line Cap (without giving effect to any increase thereof during an Agent Advance Period) at such time exceeds (b) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

Exchange Act ”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Exchange Rate ”: on any day, and subject to Section 1.8, with respect to any currency (the “ Initial Currency ”), the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into another currency (the “ Exchange Currency ”), as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such day on the Reuters World Currency Page for the Initial Currency; in the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent (in consultation with Holdings and the Borrowers), or, in the absence of such available service, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the exchange rates of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of the Initial Currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date for the purchase of the Exchange Currency for delivery two Business Days later; provided , that if at the time of any such determination, no such exchange rate can reasonably be quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method as it deems applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Excluded Assets ”: the collective reference to:

(1) any fee interest in real property (x) located outside of the United States or Canada or (y) if the fair market value of such fee interest (together with improvements, other than personal property), as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower on the Closing Date, or, if subsequently acquired, by the date of acquisition thereof, is less than $5.0 million;

(2) any leasehold interests in real property (with no requirement to deliver landlord lien waivers, estoppels, bailee letters or collateral access letters);

(3) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (other than the proceeds thereof), Letter of Credit Rights (other than to the extent such rights can be perfected by filing a UCC-1 financing statement, PPSA financing statement or by a similar filing in any jurisdiction in the United States or Canada) and any Commercial Tort Claim with a value not exceeding $1,000,000;

(4) “margin stock” (within the meaning of Regulation U);

(5) any asset if the granting of a security interest or pledge in such asset under the Security Documents would be prohibited by any law, rule or regulation or agreements with any Governmental Authority or would require the consent, approval, license or authorization of any Governmental Authority unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received (except to the extent such prohibition or restriction is ineffective under the UCC or any similar applicable law in any relevant jurisdiction and other than proceeds thereof, to the extent the assignment of such proceeds is effective under the UCC, PPSA or any similar applicable law in any relevant jurisdiction notwithstanding any such prohibition or restriction);

(6) equity interests in any entities other than Wholly Owned Subsidiaries to the extent not permitted by the terms of such entity’s Organizational Documents or joint venture documents;

 

30


(7) any property of a Group Member pledged or deposited to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, insurance, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, to the extent the terms of such documents (or the applicable statute) prohibit the Liens granted under the Security Documents (it being understood and agreed that such property will cease to be excluded, and will become subject to the Liens under the Security Documents, immediately and automatically at such time as such prohibitions cease to exist);

(8) with respect to the US Borrower Obligations, assets to the extent a security interest in such assets could result in an investment in ‘‘United States property’’ by a CFC (or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) or otherwise result in material adverse tax consequences to Holdings or one of its subsidiaries, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent), it being understood that no more than 65% of the outstanding voting equity interests and 100% of the outstanding non-voting equity interests of any Collateral Foreign Subsidiary shall be included in the Collateral;

(9) Exempt Accounts;

(10) (i) any lease, license or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein under the Loan Documents would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement, purchase money or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than a Loan Party) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC, PPSA or other similar law, other than proceeds and products thereof, to the extent the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC, PPSA and any similar law in any relevant jurisdiction notwithstanding any such restriction;

(11) assets in circumstances where the Administrative Agent and the Initial Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of obtaining or perfecting a security interest under the Loan Documents in such assets is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security to be afforded thereby;

(12) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications or intent-to-use service mark applications prior to the filing of a “statement of use” or an “amendment to allege use” with respect thereto, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of, or render void or voidable or result in the cancellation of, the Issuers’ or a Guarantor’s right, title or interest therein or any trademark or service mark issued as a result of such application under applicable Federal law;

(13) Property of any Excluded Subsidiary (other than any Discretionary Guarantor) and any Property of any Person that is not a Subsidiary which, if a Subsidiary would constitute an Excluded Subsidiary;

(14) Permitted Receivables Financing Assets sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred to a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary or otherwise pledged in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing;

(15) Capital Stock in Immaterial Subsidiaries (or any person that is not a Subsidiary which, if a Subsidiary would constitute an Immaterial Subsidiary), captive insurance Subsidiaries, not-for-profit Subsidiaries, special purpose entities in connection with Permitted Receivables Financings and Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

31


(16) intercompany loans, indebtedness or receivables owed by any CFC or any other Collateral Foreign Subsidiary referred to in clause (8) above;

(17) intellectual property requiring filing in a jurisdiction outside of the United States or Canada; and

(18) any margin or collateral posted by any Group Member or any counterparty to a Hedge Agreement with respect to such Hedge Agreement as a result of any regulatory requirement, swap clearing organizational rule, or other similar regulation, rule, or requirement;

except, in each case, to the extent any such asset in the foregoing clauses (1) through (18) is pledged in respect of obligations under the Senior Secured Notes Documents or Senior Secured Bridge Documents as applicable; provided , that assets described above that were deemed “Excluded Assets” as a result of a prohibition or restriction described above shall no longer be “Excluded Assets” upon termination of the applicable prohibition or restriction that caused such assets to be treated as “Excluded Assets”.

Excluded Contributions ”: the net cash proceeds received by Holdings from (a) capital contributions to its common Capital Stock (other than proceeds from capital contributions constituting a Cure Amount) or (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of Capital Stock of Holdings (other than proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or of any Cure Amount) which proceeds are in turn contributed to the Initial Borrower as common Capital Stock (or used to purchase Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower (other than Disqualified Capital Stock)), calculated as of any date of determination less the aggregate amount of Excluded Contributions applied prior to such date of determination as an addback to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (1)(i) of the definition thereof, a Restricted Payment under Section 6.6(m), an Investment under Section 6.7(dd) or a Specified Prepayment under Section 6.8; provided such net cash proceeds are applied within one year of receipt thereof by Holdings for one of the foregoing purposes.

Excluded Subsidiary ”: (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary (subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to the proviso in the definition thereof), (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (c) any Subsidiary to the extent such Subsidiary’s guaranteeing any of the Obligations or otherwise becoming a Loan Party is prohibited or restricted by any Requirement of Law or requires the consent, approval, license or authorization of any Governmental Authority (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), or is prohibited by any Contractual Obligation existing on (but not arising in contemplation of or in connection with) the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Subsidiary is acquired or formed so long as such Contractual Obligation did not arise in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or formation), (d) with respect to the guarantee of any US Borrower Obligations, any direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings that is a Specified Foreign Subsidiary, and any direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings substantially all the assets of which constitute equity interests in or debt of Specified Foreign Subsidiaries, (e) with respect to any Subsidiary other than a Domestic Subsidiary, any such Subsidiary (A) that does not have the legal capacity to provide a guarantee (whether as a result of financial assistance, corporate benefit, thin capitalization, capital maintenance, liquidity maintenance or similar legal principles) and/or (B) for which the provision of a guarantee would conflict with the fiduciary duties of such person’s directors or result in a material risk of personal or criminal liability for such person or any of its officers of directors, (f) with respect to the guarantee of any US Borrower Obligations, any Subsidiary whose provision of a guarantee would constitute an investment in “United States property” by a CFC with respect to which any US Borrower is a “United States shareholder” within the meaning of section 956 of the Code (or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) or otherwise result in an adverse tax consequence to Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by the Initial Borrower (in consultation with the Agent), (e) any Subsidiary in circumstances where the Initial Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably agree that any of the cost of providing a guarantee of the Revolving Credit Facility is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby, (f) any Subsidiary that

 

32


is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (g) any not-for-profit Subsidiaries, (h) captive insurance Subsidiaries and (i) Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiaries; provided , that any Subsidiary described above shall be deemed not to be an Excluded Subsidiary during any period when such Subsidiary is a Discretionary Guarantor (other than for purposes of determining whether such Subsidiary is required to remain as a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement).

Excluded Swap Obligation ”: with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guaranty of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guaranty of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank or required to be withheld or deducted from any payment to any such recipient (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender or Issuing Bank, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, US Federal withholding Taxes that are imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the applicable Borrower under Section 2.18(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(e), (d) any US Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, (e) Canadian withholding Taxes imposed (i) by reason of such recipient not dealing at arm’s length with the relevant Loan Parties at the time of such payment or (ii) on such recipient by reason of such recipient (A) being a “specified shareholder” (as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) of the relevant Loan Parties, or (B) not dealing at arm’s length with a “specified shareholder” (as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) of the relevant Loan Parties (other than where the non-arm’s length relationship arises, or where the recipient is a “specified shareholder” or does not deal at arm’s length with a “specified shareholder”. in connection with or as a result of the recipient having become party to, received or perfected a security interest under or received or enforced any rights under a Loan Document).

Exempt Accounts ”: deposit accounts, securities accounts or other similar accounts (i) for the sole purpose of funding payroll obligations, employee benefit or health benefit obligations, tax obligations, escrow arrangements or holding funds owned by persons other than a Loan Party, (ii) that are zero-balance accounts, (iii) that are accounts in jurisdictions other than (A) the jurisdiction of organization of the applicable granting Loan Party, (B) the United States or any state thereof or (C) Canada or any province or territory thereof, (iv) only containing cash proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), (v) that are accounts held by any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary, and (vi) that are accounts other than those described in clauses (i) through (v) and are

 

33


accounts held by Loan Parties with respect to which the average daily balance of the funds maintained on deposit therein for the three month period ending on the date of determination does not exceed, individually, $1,500,000; provided that if on the last day of any calendar month the average daily balance of funds for the calendar month then ended on deposit in all deposit accounts or securities accounts that are Exempt Accounts pursuant to this clause (vi) at that time exceeds $3,000,000, the Initial Borrower shall select which of such accounts shall cease to be Exempt Accounts and take all steps necessary to comply with Sections 2.21 and 5.9 in respect thereof, in each case within 30 days after the end of such calendar month (subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to Section 5.9(d)).

Existing ABL Credit Agreement ”: the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of October 9, 2015 by and among Holdings, the Initial Borrower, the Additional Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended and in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Existing Debt ”: all existing Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group Members, including the Targets and their Subsidiaries, if any, outstanding as of the Closing Date other than (a) Surviving Debt, (b) Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility, and (c) Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Secured Notes or any Senior Secured Bridge Debt.

Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ”: as defined in Section 2.22(a)(i).

Extending Revolving Credit Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.22(a)(i).

Extension ”: as defined in Section 2.22(a).

Extension Amendment ”: as defined in Section 2.22(c).

Extension Offer ”: as defined in Section 2.22(a).

Facility ”: as defined in the definition of Revolving Credit Facility.

Facility Fee ”: fees payable on the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.10(a).

Facility Fee Rate ”: with respect to any fiscal quarter, the rate per annum on the undrawn portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments (excluding any Commitments of Defaulting Lenders, except to the extent such Commitments are reallocated to Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders) determined pursuant to the table below:

 

Level

  

Historical Average Utilization:

   Facility Fee Rate:  

I

   Less than 50.0%      0.375

II

   Greater than or equal to 50.0%      0.250

The Facility Fee Rate shall be determined from the grid above based on the Historical Average Utilization as of the last Business Day of each fiscal quarter of the Initial Borrower commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2016. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition, (i) the Facility Fee Rate shall be maintained at Level I above at all times during which there shall exist any Event of Default, (ii) at all times prior to the end of the fiscal quarter of the Initial Borrower during which the Closing Date occurs, the Facility Fee Rate shall be maintained at Level I above, (iii) from and after the most recent Incremental Facility Closing Date for any Incremental Facility

 

34


Amendment pursuant to which the Facility Fee Rate has been increased above the Facility Fee Rate in effect immediately prior to such Incremental Facility Closing Date, the Facility Fee Rate shall be increased to those respective percentages per annum set forth in the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment and (iv) from and after any Extension, with respect to any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Facility Fee Rate specified for such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be those specified in the applicable Extension Amendment.

FATCA ”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any intergovernmental agreements with respect thereto, any law, regulations, or other official guidance enacted in a non-US jurisdiction pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement with respect thereto, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any law, regulation, or other published administrative guidance implementing an intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such section of the Code.

FCPA ”: United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1.00%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1.00%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it; provided that in no event shall the Federal Funds Effective Rate be less than 0.00%.

Fee Letter ”: the Fee Letter, dated as of July 4, 2016, by and between Holdings and the Commitment Parties.

Financial Covenant ”: the covenant set forth in Section 6.1.

First Lien Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated First Lien Debt on such day less (ii) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such day to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the Relevant Reference Period.

First Priority Priming Liens ”: (i) any Permitted Liens applicable to such Collateral (other than any Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes or any Senior Secured Bridge Debt or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) which as a matter of law have priority over the respective Liens on such Collateral created in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the relevant Security Document and (ii) without limitation of clause (i), any Lien on Collateral located on premises subject to a lease or held in a warehouse and in which the landlord or warehouseman thereunder has a first priority perfected security interest in such Collateral.

Fixed Amounts ”: as defined in Section 1.6(b).

Foreign Currency ”: an official national currency (including the Euro) of any nation other than the United States and which constitutes freely-transferable and lawful money under the laws of the country or countries of issuance.

 

35


Foreign Lender ”: any Lender or Issuing Bank that is not a US Person.

Foreign Loan Party ”: any Loan Party that is not a US Loan Party.

Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Initial Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Initial Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof in respect of an Accounting Change (including through the adoption of IFRS) or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Initial Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose, GAAP shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 1.4 until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance with Section 1.4.

Governmental Authority ”: any nation or government, any state, province, territory, municipal or other political subdivision thereof and any other agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, tribunal, central bank or other entity, officer, inspector, investigator or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Group Member ”: any of Holdings, any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings.

Guarantee Obligation ”: with respect to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of the guaranteeing person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any Property constituting direct or indirect security for such primary obligation, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, in each case, so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such primary obligation, (iii) to purchase Property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation (or portion thereof) in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors ”: the collective reference to Holdings, any Intermediate Parent, the Borrowers (other than with respect to a Borrower’s own Obligations) and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

36


Hazardous Materials ”: (i) petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and explosive or radioactive substances or (ii) any chemical, material, waste, substance or pollutant that is proscribed, listed, prohibited, limited or regulated as toxic, hazardous, or as otherwise deleterious to human health and the environment pursuant to any Law.

Hedge Agreements ”: all interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collar agreements, foreign exchange agreements, commodity contracts or similar arrangements (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include any master agreement that governs the terms of one or more interest rate or currency swaps, caps or collar agreements, foreign exchange agreements, commodity contracts or similar arrangements) entered into by any Group Member providing for protection against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity prices or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

Historical Average Utilization ”: for the purposes of the definition of Facility Fee Rate, in the case of any fiscal quarter (or the period from the Closing Date to the end of the fiscal quarter during which it occurs (the “ Stub Period ”)), an amount equal to (x) the sum of each day’s utilization of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments, as determined by the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposure at such time, during such fiscal quarter (or Stub Period) divided by (y) the number of days in such fiscal quarter (or Stub Period), expressed as a percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments.

Historical Excess Availability ”: for the purposes of the definition of Applicable Margin, in the case of each Adjustment Date, an amount equal to (x) the sum of each day’s Excess Availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter divided by (y) the number of days in such fiscal quarter.

Holdings ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Hudson Advisors ”: Hudson Americas L.P. and its Affiliates.

IFRS ”: International Financial Reporting Standards.

Immaterial Subsidiary ”: a Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) (a) the Consolidated Total Assets of which equal 2.50% or less of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered and (b) the gross revenues of which for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been delivered constitute 2.50% or less of the total gross revenues of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period; provided , that if at any time the aggregate amount of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered represented by all Immaterial Subsidiaries would, but for this proviso, exceed 5.00% of Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of such date, or the total gross revenues represented by all Immaterial Subsidiaries would not, but for this proviso, exceed 5.00% of the total gross revenues of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, in each case as of the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter, then Holdings shall designate sufficient Immaterial Subsidiaries to no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries so as to eliminate such excess, and each such designated Subsidiary shall thereupon cease to be an Immaterial Subsidiary (or, if Holdings shall make no such designation by the next date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), one or more of such Immaterial Subsidiaries selected in descending order based on their respective contributions to the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall cease to be considered to be Immaterial Subsidiaries until such excess is eliminated) and any such Subsidiary (if not otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary) shall be required to

 

37


comply with Section 5.9(c) within the time periods set forth therein. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Total Assets shall be calculated eliminating all intercompany items.

Incremental Facility ”: as defined in Section 2.20(a).

Incremental Facility Amendment ”: as defined in Section 2.20(c).

Incremental Facility Closing Date ”: as defined in Section 2.20(c).

Incremental Revolving Commitments ”: as defined in Section 2.20(a).

Incremental Revolving Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.20(c).

Incurrence-Based Amounts ”: as defined in Section 1.6(b).

Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than (i) trade accounts or similar obligations to a trade creditor and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligation unless such obligation is not paid promptly after becoming due and payable and (iii) accruals for payroll or other employee compensation and other liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to Property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property), but limited to the lesser of the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings) of such Property and the principal amount of such Indebtedness if recourse is solely to such Property, (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments (except unsecured and unmatured reimbursement obligations in respect thereof obtained in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of obligations that are not Indebtedness pursuant to another clause of this definition), (g) the liquidation value of all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person, to the extent mandatorily redeemable in cash prior to the date that is the 91st day after the relevant Latest Maturity Date (as determined on the date of issuance thereof) (other than in connection with change of control events and asset sales and other Disposition and casualty events to the extent that the terms of such Capital Stock provide that such Person may not redeem any such Capital Stock in connection with such change of control event or asset sale or other Disposition or casualty event unless such redemption is subject to the prior payment in full of the Obligations), (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above of another Person secured by any Lien on Property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligations (but limited to the lesser of the fair market value of such Property and the principal amount of such obligations) and (j) solely for the purposes of Section 6.2 and Section 7.1(e), the net obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements.

Indemnified Taxes ”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise defined in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 9.3(b).

 

38


Information ”: as defined in Section 9.12(a).

Initial Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble.

Insolvency ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA; and the term “ Insolvent ” shall have a correlative meaning.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, state, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, service marks, technology, know-how and processes, recipes, formulas, trade secrets and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Intercreditor Agreement ”: the ABL Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, among the Administrative Agent, the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, any Senior Secured Bridge Agent and any other Senior Representatives or other Persons from time to time party thereto, and acknowledged by Holdings, the Borrowers and the other Guarantors party thereto from time to time.

Interest Coverage Ratio ”: the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the Relevant Reference Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the Relevant Reference Period.

Interest Election Request ”: a request by a Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.6.

Interest Payment Date ”: (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December commencing the first such date to occur after the Closing Date and the final maturity date of such Loan, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and the final maturity date of such Loan and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period ”: with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or, if made available by all participating Lenders, twelve months) thereafter, as the applicable Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period; provided , further , that the initial Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing on the Closing Date may be for such other period specified in the applicable Borrowing Request that is acceptable to the Administrative Agent. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

39


Intermediate Parent ”: any Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings and of which the Initial Borrower is a Subsidiary.

Interpolated Screen Rate ”: in relation to the LIBO Rate for any Loan, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the rate appearing on ICE Benchmark Administration page (or on any successor or substitute page of such service) for the longest period (for which that rate is available) which is less than the applicable Interest Period and (b) the rate appearing on the ICE Benchmark Administration page (or on any successor or substitute page of such service) for the shortest period (for which that rate is available) which exceeds the applicable Interest Period, each as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Inventory ”: “inventory” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable.

Investments ”: as defined in Section 6.7.

IP Office ”: each of the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office and the Canadian Intellectual Property Office.

IP Security Agreements ”: the collective reference to each Intellectual Property Security Agreement required to be entered into and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

IPO ”: the first underwritten public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) by a Permitted Holding Company of its Capital Stock after the Closing Date pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC.

ISP Rules ” the International Standby Practices 1998 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590) and any subsequent revision thereof adopted by the International Chamber of Commerce and in effect on the date a Letter of Credit is issued.

Issuing Bank ”: as the context may require, (a) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in US Dollars, Wells Fargo, and (B) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars issued to any Canadian Borrower, Royal Bank, in each case, in its respective capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.4(i) and any other Lender reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Initial Borrower, which has agreed to act as Issuing Bank hereunder. An Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate and for all purposes of the Loan Documents. References herein and in the other Loan Documents to Issuing Banks shall be deemed to refer to the Issuing Bank in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Issuing Banks, as the context requires.

ITA ”: the Income Tax Act (Canada), as amended.

Junior Debt ”: any Indebtedness of a Borrower Group Member that constitutes (i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, (ii) unsecured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.2(f) or (iii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 6.2(g).

 

40


Latest Maturity Date ”: at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time.

LC Disbursement ”: a payment made by any Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ”: at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, any and all Letters of Credit for which documents have been presented that have not been honored or dishonored) at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.13 or Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

LC Sublimit ”: $10.0 million, as such amount may be increased from time to time in accordance with Section 2.20 or Section 9.2(g).

Lender Parties ”: as defined in Section 9.16.

Lenders ”: the Persons listed on Schedule 2.1 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto as a lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto as a lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Letter of Credit ”: any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Applications ”: as defined in Section 2.4(b).

Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs ”: as defined in Section 2.4(m).

Letter of Credit Related Person ”: as defined in Section 2.4(m).

LIBO Rate ”: with respect to any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan or Borrowing, denominated in US Dollars the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be (a) the London Interbank Offered Rate (the rate per annum equal to the offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration) for deposits in Eurodollar Loans denominated in US Dollars, in each case for a duration equal to or comparable to the duration of such Interest Period which appear on the relevant Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service page (being currently the page designated as “ICE LIBOR”) (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of the London Interbank Offered Rates for deposits in Dollars as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time and as consented to by the Initial Borrower) at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time) two London Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period or (b) if the rates referenced in the preceding subsection (a) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest, expressed on a basis of 360 days at which deposits in US Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term and amount comparable to such Interest Period and principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan or Borrowing as was offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch to major banks in the offshore Dollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

 

41


Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, security assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), trust, deemed trust, rights of revendication (statutory or otherwise), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided , that in no event shall an operating lease in and of itself constitute a Lien.

Limited Conditionality Transaction ”: as defined in Section 2.20(d).

Limited Conditionality Provision ”: as defined in Section 4.1.

Line Cap ”: at any time, the lesser of (i) 100% (or, during an Agent Advance Period, 110%) of the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time and (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitments in effect at such time.

Loan ”: any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, the Letter of Credit Applications, the Security Documents, any Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Permitted Amendment, the Fee Letter and any other document executed and delivered in conjunction with this Agreement from time to time and designated as a “Loan Document”.

Loan Parties ”: the collective reference to the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Management Agreement ”: the Asset Advisory Agreement effective as of August 10, 2015 by and between Hudson Americas L.P. and Holdings, as may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or replaced in accordance with Section 6.15.

Mandatory Borrowing ”: as defined in Section 2.1(d).

Material Adverse Effect ”: a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition, assets or results of operations, in each case, of the Group Members, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the rights and remedies of the Agents and the Lenders, taken as a whole, under any Loan Document.

Material Debt ”: Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Obligations), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedge Agreements (other than to the extent constituting Obligations), of any one or more of the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $30.0 million. For purposes of determining Material Debt, the “obligations” of the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member in respect of any Hedge Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member would be required to pay if such Hedge Agreement were terminated at such time.

Material Party ”: Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary).

Maturity Date ”: with respect to (a) Revolving Credit Commitments (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Incremental Revolving Commitments) that have not been extended pursuant to Section 2.22, February 9, 2021, and (b) with respect to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the

 

42


final maturity date thereof as specified in the applicable Extension Offer accepted by the respective Revolving Credit Lender or Revolving Credit Lenders.

Maximum Rate ”: as defined in Section 9.16.

MNPI ”: any material Nonpublic Information regarding Holdings and its Subsidiaries or the Loans or securities of any of them that has not been disclosed to the Lenders generally (other than Lenders who elect not to receive such information). For purposes of this definition “material Nonpublic Information” shall mean Nonpublic Information with respect to the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries or that would reasonably be expected to be material to a decision by any Lender to assign or acquire any Revolving Credit Loans or to enter into any of the transactions contemplated thereby or would otherwise be material for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws.

Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

Mortgaged Properties ”: the real properties listed on Schedule 1.1C (if any), as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien in accordance with Section 5.14 pursuant to the Mortgages and such other real properties as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.9(b).

Mortgages ”: each of the mortgages and deeds of trust made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Holdings.

Multiemployer Plan ”: a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 3(37) or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or any “multi-employer pension plan”, “multi-employer plan” or any similar plan or arrangement, as defined under applicable Canadian pension standards or income tax legislation.

NOLV ” or “ Net Orderly Liquidation Value ”: the cash proceeds of Inventory which could be obtained in an orderly liquidation (net of all liquidation expenses, costs of sale, commissions, operating expenses and retrieval and related costs), as determined pursuant to the most recent third-party appraisal of such Inventory delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 5.2(c) by an appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, and in each case expressed as a recovery percentage with respect to each such category of assets. The Net Orderly Liquidation Value for each such category of assets will be increased or reduced promptly upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of each updated appraisal.

Non-Consenting Lender ”: as defined Section 2.18(c).

Non-Loan Party Subsidiary ”: any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Loan Party.

Nonpublic Information ”: information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD.

Note ”: any promissory note evidencing any Loan substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

Notice of Additional Guarantor ”: a Notice of Additional Guarantor, in substantially the form of Exhibit K-2 hereto.

 

43


Notice of Additional Borrower ”: a Notice of Additional Borrower and Assumption Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit K-1 hereto.

Notice of Intent to Cure ”: as defined in Section 7.2(c).

Obligations ”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrowers, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and all other obligations and liabilities of the Loan Parties to the Agents or to any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any Qualified Counterparty, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit or any Specified Hedge Agreement, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs or expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Arrangers, to any Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrowers pursuant hereto), and any Cash Management Obligations; provided , that (i) obligations of the Initial Borrower or any other Loan Party under any Specified Hedge Agreement or any Cash Management Obligations shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed (except as otherwise contemplated by Section 6.4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement or any Security Document shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements or holders of any Cash Management Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Obligations” of any Loan Party shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.

OFAC ”: as defined in Section 3.19(b).

Organizational Documents ”: with respect to any Person and as applicable, the certificate of incorporation or formation, memorandum or articles of association, bylaws, limited liability company agreement, limited partnership agreement or other organizational documents of such Person.

Other Connection Taxes ”: with respect to the Agents, any Lender or any Issuing Bank, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ”: any and all present or future recording, stamp, court or documentary, intangible, filing or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18(b)).

Parent Entity ”: any of Holdings and any Intermediate Parent.

Participant ”: as defined in Section 9.4(c).

Participant Register ”: as defined in Section 9.4(c).

 

44


PATRIOT Act ”: Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT Act of 2001).

Payment Conditions ”: that each of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) there is no Default or Event of Default existing immediately before or immediately after the action or proposed action, (ii) 30-Day Excess Availability and Excess Availability on the date of the action or proposed action (in each case calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the action or proposed action, any increase in any Borrowing Base or Acquired Asset Borrowing Base in connection therewith and the Borrowing of any Loans or issuance of any Letters of Credit in connection therewith (and assuming that such Loans and Letters of Credit had remained outstanding throughout the applicable 30-day period for which 30-Day Excess Availability is to be determined)) exceeds the greater of (A) 15.0% (or solely in the case of Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments (other than the designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under Section 5.13 or an Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary), 12.5%) of the Line Cap at such time and (B) $37.5 million (or solely in the case of Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments (other than the designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under Section 5.13 or an Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary), $31.25 million), (iii) unless the Fixed Charge Condition (as defined below) is satisfied at such time, Holdings shall be in compliance with a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.00:1.00 for the Relevant Reference Period on a Pro Forma Basis as if such action or proposed action had occurred on the first day of such period, and (iv) in the case of Restricted Payments under Section 6.6(n), Investments under Sections 6.7(f) (other than Permitted Acquisitions otherwise permitted without regard to Payment Conditions) and Section 6.7(t), prepayments of Junior Debt under Section 6.8(ii) and any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under Section 5.13, in each case, to the extent only permitted if Payment Conditions are satisfied, the amount of which would exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets, Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Holdings certifying as to compliance with preceding clauses (i) through (iii) and demonstrating (in reasonable detail) the calculations required by preceding clauses (ii) and (iii). “ Fixed Charge Condition ” shall mean 30-Day Excess Availability and Excess Availability on the date of the action or proposed action (in each case calculated after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to any increase in any Borrowing Base or Acquired Asset Borrowing Base in connection therewith and the Borrowing of any Loans or issuance of any Letters of Credit in connection with the action or proposed action) (and assuming that such Loans and Letters of Credit had remained outstanding throughout the applicable 30-Day period for which 30-Day Excess Availability is to be determined) exceeds the greater of (A) 20.0% (or solely in the case of Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments (other than the designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under Section 5.13 or an Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary), 17.5%) of the Line Cap at such time and (B) $50.0 million (or solely in the case of Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments (other than the designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under Section 5.13 or an Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary), $43.75 million).

PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Perfection Certificate ”: a certificate in the form of Exhibit D or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Permitted Acquisition ”: as defined in Section 6.7(f).

Permitted Amendment ”: any Extension Amendment or Incremental Facility Amendment.

Permitted Discretion ”: the reasonable exercise of the applicable Agent’s good faith credit judgment (from the perspective of a reasonable secured asset based lender), exercised in accordance with

 

45


the applicable Agent’s customary and generally applicable credit practices, in consideration of any factor which is reasonably likely to (i) adversely affect the value of any Collateral, the enforceability or priority of the Liens thereon or the amount that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the liquidation thereof, (ii) suggest that any collateral report or financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Lenders by any Person on behalf of any Loan Party is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect, or (iii) increase in any material respect the likelihood that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders would not receive payment in full in cash for all of the Obligations. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may consider (but not make duplicate adjustment for) such factors as are already included in or tested by the definition of Eligible Trade Accounts, Eligible Credit Card Accounts or Eligible Inventory, as well as any of the following (but only to the extent not otherwise adjusted for in the relevant calculations): (i) the changes in collection history and dilution or collectability with respect to the Accounts; (ii) changes in demand for, pricing of, or product mix of Inventory; and (iii) any other objective factors that change the credit risk of lending to any Qualified Loan Party on the security of any Qualified Loan Party’s Accounts or Inventory.

Permitted Holding Company ”: any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that does not hold Capital Stock of any Person other than Holdings or another Permitted Holding Company.

Permitted Investors ”: the collective reference to (i) the Sponsor and its Control Investment Affiliates and (ii) any members of management of any Group Member that own Capital Stock in Holdings, directly or indirectly, on the Closing Date; provided , that to the extent the amount of Capital Stock owned by such members of management constitutes in the aggregate a greater percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power of Holdings than the Capital Stock of Holdings owned by the Sponsor and its Control Investment Affiliates, then such members of management shall not be Permitted Investors.

Permitted Liens ”: the collective reference to (i) in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Capital Stock, Liens permitted by Section 6.3 and (ii) in the case of Collateral consisting of Pledged Capital Stock, non-consensual Liens permitted by Section 6.3 and Liens permitted by Sections 6.3(h), (j), (l), (s), (t), (v) and (w).

Permitted Management Fees ”: management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, oversight, advisory or similar fees payable or reimbursable pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,500,000 per fiscal year; provided that the foregoing limit shall not apply to (i) reimbursements of identifiable third party expenses or (ii) any such management or similar fees accrued and not paid in prior periods.

Permitted Receivables Financing ”: any Receivables Financing of a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (a) such Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) shall be in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Borrower Group Members (other than any Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary), on the one hand, and the Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary, on the other, (b) all sales, transfers and/or participations of Permitted Receivables Financing Assets to the Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary shall be made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by Holdings), (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms for similar transactions and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, in each case as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith and (d) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the execution and delivery of an agreement with the provider or agent of such Permitted Receivables Financing relating to the Permitted Receivables Financing Assets subject to such

 

46


financing, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary.

Permitted Receivables Financing Assets ”: the accounts receivable subject to a Permitted Receivables Financing, and related assets (including contract rights) which are of the type customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitizations of accounts receivables (including the Capital Stock of any Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary), and the proceeds thereof.

Permitted Receivables Financing Fees ”: reasonable and customary distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary in connection with, any Permitted Receivables Financing.

Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary ”: a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Permitted Receivables Financing in which the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries transfers Permitted Receivables Financing Assets) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Permitted Receivables Financing Assets of the Borrower Group Members, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Initial Borrower (as provided below) as a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member, other than another Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member, other than another Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member, other than another Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member, other than another Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (i) with Standard Securitization Undertakings or (ii) on terms no less favorable to the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Initial Borrower and (c) to which none of the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member, other than another Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Initial Borrower shall be evidenced to the Agents by delivery to the Agents of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Initial Borrower giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Permitted Refinancing ”: with respect to any Indebtedness of any Person, any refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, defeasance, discharge or extension of such Indebtedness (each, a “ refinancing ”, with “ refinanced ” having a correlative meaning); provided , that (a) the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) does not exceed the then outstanding aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, except by an amount equal to all unpaid accrued or capitalized interest thereon, any make-whole payments or premium (including tender premium) applicable thereto or paid in connection therewith, any swap breakage costs and other

 

47


termination costs related to Hedge Agreements, plus upfront fees and original issue discount on such refinancing Indebtedness, plus other customary fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing, (b) other than in the case of a refinancing of purchase money Indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations, such refinancing has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being refinanced, (c) the borrower/issuer under such refinancing is the same Person that is the borrower/issuer under the Indebtedness being so refinanced and the other Persons that are (or are required to be) obligors under such refinancing are not more expansive than the Persons that are (or are required to be) obligors under the Indebtedness being so refinanced, except that any Guarantor may be an obligor thereof if otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (d) in the event such Indebtedness being so refinanced is (i) contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such refinancing shall contain subordination provisions that are substantially the same (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) as those in effect prior to such refinancing or are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith), to the Secured Parties than those contained in the Indebtedness being so refinanced or are otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (ii) secured by a junior permitted lien on the Collateral (or portion thereof) and/or subject to intercreditor arrangements for the benefit of the Lenders, in the case of this clause (ii) such refinancing shall be unsecured or secured by a junior permitted lien on the Collateral (or portion thereof), and subject to intercreditor arrangements on substantially the same terms (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) as those in effect prior to such refinancing or on terms not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Secured Parties than those in respect of the Indebtedness being so refinanced or on such other terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (e) such refinancing does not provide for the granting or obtaining of collateral security from, or obtaining any lien on any assets of, any Person, other than collateral security obtained from Persons that provided (or were required to provide) collateral security with respect to Indebtedness being so refinanced (so long as the assets subject to such liens were or would have been required to secure the Indebtedness so refinanced) ( provided , that additional Persons that would have been required to provide collateral security with respect to the Indebtedness being so refinanced may provide collateral security with respect to such refinancing and any Guarantor may provide collateral security otherwise permitted by this Agreement that is junior to the Liens under the Security Documents on terms not materially less favorable to the Lenders (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) than those set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement) and (f) in the event such Indebtedness being so refinanced is Junior Debt or is incurred under Section 6.2(d) or (g), the terms of such refinancing, as compared to the Indebtedness being so refinanced, are, when taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Secured Parties as compared to the Indebtedness being so refinanced (other than (x) with respect to interest rates, fees, funding discounts, liquidation preferences, premiums, no call periods, subordination terms and optional prepayment and optional redemption provisions and (y) terms applicable only to periods after the then Latest Maturity Date (as determined on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness)) (in each case, as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith).

Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ”: any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and in respect of which the Initial Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity sponsors, maintains, or contributes to, is required to contribute to, or has or could reasonably expect to have liability, contingent or otherwise, under ERISA.

Platform ”: as defined in Section 9.1.

Pledged Capital Stock ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

48


PPSA ”: the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario), the Civil Code of Quebec or similar personal property security legislation as in effect from time to time (except as otherwise specified) in any applicable province or territory of Canada.

Prime Rate ”: the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City and notified to the Initial Borrower. The prime rate is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors, including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such rate.

Private Lender Information ”: as defined in Section 9.1.

Pro Forma Basis ”: with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination or calculation of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Pro Forma Transactions) in accordance with Section 1.5.

Pro Forma Transaction ”: (a) the Transactions, (b) any IPO, (c) any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes or in the ordinary course of business), the making of any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 6.6(n), any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary or any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of a Borrower Group Member, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise and (d) any restructuring or cost saving, operational change or business rationalization initiative or other initiative.

Process Agent ”: as defined in Section 9.9(e).

Projections ”: as defined in Section 5.2(b).

Property ”: any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock.

Public Lender ”: as defined in Section 9.1.

Public Lender Information ”: as defined in Section 9.1.

Purchase Agreement ”: the Share Purchase Agreement dated July 4, 2016 between Construction Products Acquisition, LLC, as the purchaser, on the one hand, and Superior Plus LP and Superior Plus U.S. Holdings Inc., as the sellers, on the other hand.

Qualified Capital Stock ”: Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

Qualified Counterparty ”: with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations were entered into or, in the case of a Specified Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations, as the case may be, existing on the Closing Date, on the Closing Date, was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing, regardless of whether any such Person shall thereafter cease to be an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

 

49


Qualified Jurisdiction ”: (a) with respect to the Initial Borrower, the United States, and (b) with respect to any other Loan Party, the United States or Canada, in each case, together with any State, Province, Territory or other political sub-division therein, or such other jurisdiction as shall be consented to by each Lender.

Qualified Loan Party ”: each Loan Party that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings and organized or incorporated under the laws of a Qualified Jurisdiction.

Receivables Financing ”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which Holdings or any Group Member may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any Group Member) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary), or a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary may grant a security interest in, any Permitted Receivables Financing Assets of Holdings or any Group Member.

Recovery Event ”: any settlement of, or payment in respect of, any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

Reference Rate ”: (a) with respect to the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing denominated in US Dollars, for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto, a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto, a rate per annum equal to the CDOR Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing, (c) with respect to any ABR Loan denominated in US Dollars, the Alternate Base Rate and (d) with respect to any ABR Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Canadian Prime Rate.

Refinancing ”: on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the repayment, satisfaction and discharge of all Existing Debt and the release and termination of all security interests and guarantees in respect thereof, if any.

Refinancing Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Indebtedness, any other Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Permitted Refinancing of such Indebtedness.

Register ”: as defined in Section 9.4(b)(iv).

Regulation FD ”: Regulation FD as promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act, as in effect from time to time.

Regulation H ”: Regulation H of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Reimbursement Obligation ”: the obligation of the applicable Borrower to reimburse each Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.4(e) for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

Related Parties ”: with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, partners, members, trustees, managers, controlling persons, agents, advisors and other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates and the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the foregoing.

 

50


Release ”: with respect to Hazardous Materials, any actual or threatened release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Relevant Reference Period ”: the Test Period then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) immediately preceding the date on which the action for which such calculation is being made shall occur (or, prior to the first delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b), the Test Period ended March 31, 2016).

Rent Reserve ”: a reserve established by the Collateral Agent (upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Borrowers) equal to three (3) months’ rent (or a lesser amount reasonably agreed to by the Collateral Agent), in respect of rent payments made by a Qualified Loan Party for each distribution center, warehouse or other location where Inventory of Qualified Loan Parties with a book value in excess of $2.0 million (as reported to the Collateral Agent by the Initial Borrower from time to time as requested by the Collateral Agent) and (a) that is in a jurisdiction providing lessors with statutory or common law Lien rights on personal property located at such location securing payment of rent and other charges that prime a previously perfected security interest, or (b) that is subject to a lease that grants to the landlord a Lien on property that would otherwise constitute Eligible Inventory which has priority over the respective Liens on such Collateral created in favor of the Administrative Agent, unless, in each case, such location is subject to a Collateral Access Agreement.

Repayment ”: as defined in Section 1.5(d).

Reportable Event ”: any of the “reportable events” set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan, other than those events as to which notice is waived pursuant to DOL Reg. Part 4043.

Required Lenders ”: at any time, the holders of more than 50.0% of the Total Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure; provided , that the Revolving Credit Exposure and Revolving Credit Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in making any determination under this definition.

Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

Requirement of Tax Law ”: as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority relating to Taxes, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

Reserves ”: reserves, if any, established by the Collateral Agent from time to time hereunder in its Permitted Discretion against the US Borrowing Base or the Canadian Borrowing Base, including without limitation (but without duplication), (i) Rent Reserves, (ii) potential dilution related to Accounts, (iii) sums that the Qualified Loan Parties are or will be required to pay (such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums) and have not yet paid, (iv) amounts owing by any Qualified Loan Party to any Person to the extent secured by a Lien on, or trust over, any Collateral, (v) amounts reflecting declines in market value or to reflect factors that may negatively impact the value of Inventory, including change in salability, obsolescence, seasonality, change in composition or mix, markdowns and vendor chargebacks, (vi) the full amount of any liabilities or amounts which rank or are capable of ranking in priority to the Administrative Agent’s Liens and/or for amounts which may represent costs relating to the enforcement

 

51


of such Liens including, without limitation, (a) amounts due to employees in respect of unpaid wages, payment in lieu of notice and holiday pay, (b) rebates related to Accounts and purchase rebates related to Inventory, (c) open items relating to completion of Inventory test counts, (d) the expenses and liabilities incurred by any administrator (or other insolvency officer) and any remuneration of such administrator (or other insolvency officer) and (e) amounts subject to First Priority Priming Liens of the type described in clause (i) of the definition thereof, and (vii) such other events, conditions or contingencies as to which the Collateral Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, determines reserves should be established (without duplication of any reserves established pursuant to foregoing clauses (i) through (vi)) from time to time hereunder; provided , however , that the Collateral Agent may not implement reserves with respect to matters which are already specifically reflected as ineligible Accounts or Inventory or criteria deducted in computing the amount of Eligible Trade Accounts or Eligible Credit Card Accounts, the Value of Eligible Inventory or the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory.

Responsible Officer ”: as to any Person, the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer or director of such Person, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer or director of such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Responsible Officer” shall refer to a Responsible Officer of Holdings.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in Section 6.6.

Restricted Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, each Borrower is as of the date hereof and shall remain for all purposes of this Agreement a Restricted Subsidiary.

Returns ”: with respect to any Investment, any dividends, interest, distributions, return of capital and other amounts received or realized in respect of such Investment.

Revolving Credit Borrowing ”: a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Credit Loans.

Revolving Credit Commitments ”: as to any Revolving Credit Lender, the obligation of such Revolving Credit Lender, if any, to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.1, and to participate in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate permitted amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, and in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Credit Commitment” opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1, or, as the case may be, in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Revolving Credit Lender became a party hereto, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The original aggregate amount of the total Revolving Credit Commitments on the Closing Date is $250.0 million.

Revolving Credit Exposure ”: at any time, with respect to any Lender, the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans, participations in Agent Advances and its LC Exposure at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility ” or “ Facility ”: the Revolving Credit Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder, as the same may be increased pursuant to Section 2.20 and/or extended pursuant to Section 2.22.

Revolving Credit Lender ”: each Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment or that is the holder of Revolving Credit Loans.

 

52


Revolving Credit Loan ”: a Loan made by a Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.1. Each Revolving Credit Loan shall be a Eurodollar Loan or an ABR Loan.

Revolving Priority Collateral ”: has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Royal Bank ”: the Royal Bank of Canada.

S&P ”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw Hill Corporation.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ”: as defined in Section 6.10.

Satisfactory Auditor’s Report ”: as defined in Section 5.1(a).

SEC ”: the Securities and Exchange Commission (or successors thereto or an analogous Governmental Authority).

Secured Parties ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Securities Act ”: the Securities Act of 1933.

Security Documents ”: the collective reference to the US Security Documents, the Canadian Security Documents and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any Property of any Loan Party to secure any Obligations.

Seller ”: as defined in the preliminary statements hereto.

Senior Representative ”: with respect to any series of Indebtedness, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Senior Secured Bridge Agent ”: the administrative agent or trustee under the Senior Secured Bridge Documents with respect to any Senior Secured Bridge Debt.

Senior Secured Bridge Debt ”: the Senior Secured Bridge Loans, Senior Secured Extended Term Loans and/or Senior Secured Exchange Securities described in the Commitment Letter or Takeout Securities described in the Fee Letter and outstanding from time to time pursuant to the Senior Secured Bridge Documents.

Senior Secured Bridge Documents ”: the definitive documentation for the Senior Secured Bridge Debt that may be entered into pursuant to the Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter if all or any portion of the Senior Secured Notes are not issued on or prior to the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.

Senior Secured Notes ”: those certain 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued by Initial Borrower, pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

Senior Secured Notes Documents ”: the Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the other Notes Documents, as defined therein, in each case, as may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or replaced in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.

 

53


Senior Secured Notes Indenture ”: that certain Indenture dated as of August 9, 2016 by and among Initial Borrower, as issuer, various of the Guarantors, as guarantors, and the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, relating to the Senior Secured Notes, as may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or replaced in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.

Senior Secured Notes Trustee ”: Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Senior Secured Notes, together with any successor.

Single Employer Plan ”: any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Solvent ”: with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person exceeds the amount of all debts and liabilities of such Person, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the debts and other liabilities of such Person, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe that it will incur, debts or other liabilities, including current obligations, beyond its ability to pay such debts or other liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (d) such Person is not engaged in, and is not about to be engaged in, business for which it has unreasonably small capital and (e) in the case of any Canadian Loan Party, it is not an “insolvent person” for the purposes of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada). For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim”, and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent, unliquidated and disputed claim and any claim that has not been reduced to judgment at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified ABL Default ”: any Event of Default under Section 7.1(a), 7.1(b) (solely as a result of a breach of representations or warranties with respect to any Borrowing Base), 7.1(c)(i) (solely as a result of a failure to timely deliver a Borrowing Base certificate), 7.1(c)(ii), 7.1(c)(iii) (solely as a result of a failure to comply with the Financial Covenant) or 7.1(f).

Specified Change of Control ”: a “Change of Control” or like event as defined in the agreement or agreements governing any Material Debt.

Specified Default ”: any Default or Event of Default under Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(f).

Specified Foreign Subsidiary ”: any direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings that is a CFC and with respect to which any US Borrower is a “United States shareholder” within the meaning of section 951 of the Code and any subsidiary thereof.

Specified Hedge Agreement ”: any Hedge Agreement entered into or assumed by any Loan Party and any Qualified Counterparty and designated by such Qualified Counterparty and Holdings in writing to the Administrative Agent as a “Specified Hedge Agreement”.

Specified Prepayment ”: as defined in Section 6.8.

 

54


Specified Purchase Agreement Representations ”: such of the representations and warranties made by the Seller or on behalf of or with respect to the Targets in the Purchase Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Initial Borrower (or any Affiliate of the Initial Borrower) has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions under the Purchase Agreement) to terminate Initial Borrower’s (or any of its Affiliates’) obligations under the Purchase Agreement or the right to decline to consummate the Acquisition, in each case as a result of the failure of such representations and warranties to be accurate.

Specified Representations ”: the representations and warranties with respect to the Initial Borrower and the Guarantors set forth in this Agreement under (i) Section 3.3(a); (ii) the first two sentences and the last two sentences of Section 3.4; (iii) Section 3.5 (but only in respect of violations or defaults under Organizational Documents of the Loan Parties); (iv) Section 3.10; (v) Section 3.12; (vi) Section 3.17(a) (subject to (x) the Limited Conditionality Provision, (y) Permitted Liens and (z) in the case of priority, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor arrangements required to be entered into pursuant to this Agreement); (vii) Section 3.18; and (viii) the second sentence of Section 3.19.

Sponsor ”: Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. (“ Lone Star ”) or Hudson Advisors and any funds, partnerships or other investment vehicles managed or directly or indirectly controlled by Lone Star or Hudson Advisors, but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ”: reasonable and customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities (including repurchase obligations in the event of a breach of representation and warranty) made or provided, and servicing obligations undertaken, by any Group Member in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing.

Statutory Reserve Rate ”: a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurodollar Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subordinated Intercompany Notes ”: each of (i) the US Subordinated Intercompany Note attached as Exhibit B to the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) the Canadian Subordinated Intercompany Note attached as Exhibit B to each of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreements.

Subsequent Required Guarantor ”: as defined in Section 5.9(c).

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a

 

55


“Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Initial Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ”: each Subsidiary of Holdings, other than an Excluded Subsidiary (but including any Discretionary Guarantor).

Successor Initial Borrower ”: as defined in Section 6.4(g).

Surviving Debt ”: the Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1.1D.

Swap Obligation ”: with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Targets ”: as defined in the preliminary statements hereto.

Taxes ”: any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholdings), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Test Period ”: on any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then most recently ended, taken as one accounting period.

Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders outstanding at such time.

Total Leverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period.

Total Revolving Credit Commitments ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

Total Revolving Credit Exposure ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders outstanding at such time.

Total US Revolving Credit Exposure ”: at any time, the Total Revolving Credit Exposure at such time minus the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

Transaction Costs ”: all fees (including original issue discount), costs and expenses incurred by Holdings or any Group Member in connection with the Transactions.

Transactions ”: the collective reference to (a) the Acquisition, (b) the Equity Contribution, (c) the execution, delivery and performance by the Initial Borrower and each other Loan Party of this Agreement and each other Loan Document required to be delivered hereunder, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, (d) the execution, delivery and performance by the Initial Borrower and each other Loan Party of the Senior Secured Notes Documents or any Senior Secured Bridge Documents required to be delivered thereunder, the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes or the borrowing of any Senior Secured Bridge Debt, and the use of the proceeds thereof, (e) the Refinancing and (f) the payment of the Transaction Costs.

 

56


Type ”: when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the CDOR Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ US ”: the United States of America.

Unrestricted Cash ”: (i) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, and (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents that are restricted in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Senior Secured Notes Trustee (it being agreed that cash and Cash Equivalents (A) subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.3(h), (l), (o), (t) or, if such Liens secure any Consolidated Total Debt, (s), (v) or (w) shall not be deemed to be restricted by virtue of such Liens and (B) shall not be deemed restricted by virtue of the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement) (in each case whether cash or Cash Equivalents are “unrestricted” or “restricted” is to be determined in accordance with GAAP).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Borrower) designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.13 subsequent to the date hereof, until such Person ceases to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Holdings in accordance with Section 5.13.

US Acquired Asset Borrowing Base ”: as defined in the definition of US Borrowing Base.

US Borrower ”: the Initial Borrower and each Additional US Borrower.

US Borrowing Base ”: as of any date of calculation, the amount calculated as the “US Borrowing Base” pursuant to the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered to the Agents in accordance with Section 5.2(c) (but as modified as provided below in this definition), equal to, without duplication, the sum of:

(a) 85.0% of the book value of Eligible Trade Accounts of each US Loan Party; plus

(b) 90.0% of the book value of Eligible Credit Card Accounts of each US Loan Party; plus

(c) the lesser of (i) 75.0% of Value of Eligible Inventory of each US Loan Party and (ii) 85.0% of the NOLV of Eligible Inventory for each US Loan Party; plus

(d) 100% of Eligible Cash of each US Loan Party; minus

(e) the Eligible Reserves on the US Borrowing Base.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Inventory (including inventory in transit) and Accounts (i) acquired by any US Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition or (ii) of any Person that becomes a US Loan Party in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, subject to a first-priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent (subject to First Priority Priming Liens), may be immediately included in a Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrowers in an amount equal to 50.0% of the book value thereof as set forth in the consolidated balance sheet of the relevant acquired entities or sellers (in the case

 

57


of an asset acquisition) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the US Loan Parties for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b), and applying eligibility and reserve criteria consistent with those applied to the calculation of the US Borrowing Base (other than eligibility and reserve criteria based in whole or in part upon the absence of a field examination or inventory appraisal), until the completion by the Collateral Agent of a reasonably satisfactory field examination and inventory appraisal in respect thereof (the “ US Acquired Asset Borrowing Base ”). To the extent that the Collateral Agent has not completed, at the Borrowers’ expense, a field examination and inventory appraisal reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent within 90 days of the acquisition of such Inventory and Accounts (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree) such Inventory and Accounts will cease to be eligible for inclusion in the US Borrowing Base.

The Collateral Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to review such computations and if the Collateral Agent shall have reasonably determined in good faith in its Permitted Discretion that such computations have not been calculated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to correct any such errors.

US Dollar Equivalent ”: on any date of determination, (a) with respect to any amount in US Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent in US Dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent using the Exchange Rate with respect to such Foreign Currency at the time in effect for such amount.

US Dollars ” and “ $ ”: lawful currency of the United States.

US Borrower Obligations ”: the Obligations of the US Borrowers.

US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”: the ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement among Holdings, each US Borrower, each US Subsidiary Guarantor and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.

US Guarantors ”: Holdings, each US Borrower (except with respect to its own Obligations) and each US Subsidiary Guarantor.

US IP Security Agreements ”: the collective reference to each Intellectual Property Security Agreement required to be entered into and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents with respect to Intellectual Property of the Loan Parties registered in the United States, in each case, in substantially the form of Exhibit A to the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

US Line Cap ”: at any time, the lesser of (i) 100% (or, during an Agent Advance Period, 110%) of the US Borrowing Base at such time and (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitments in effect at such time minus the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

US Loan Parties ”: the US Borrowers and US Guarantors.

US Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

US Security Documents ”: the collective reference to (a) the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) any US IP Security Agreements, (c) any Mortgage with respect to owned real property located in the United States and (d) all other security documents governed by the laws of the United

 

58


States or any State or other political sub-division thereof hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any Property of any Loan Party to secure any Obligations.

US Subsidiary Guarantor ”: each Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Subsidiary Guarantor.

US Tax Compliance Certificate ”: as defined in Section 2.16(e)(ii)(B)(3).

Value ”: with respect to Eligible Inventory, the lower of (i) the cost thereof computed on a first-in first-out basis in accordance with GAAP and (ii) the market value thereof.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ”: when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal (excluding nominal amortization), including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Withholding Agent ”: any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, as applicable.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ”: with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(i) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Documents as a whole and not to any particular provision of thereof;

(ii) Section, Schedule and Exhibit references refer to (A) the appropriate Section, Schedule or Exhibit in this Agreement or (B) to the extent such references are not present in this Agreement, to the Loan Document in which such reference appears;

(iii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”;

 

59


(iv) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”;

(v) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume or become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings);

(vi) unless the context requires otherwise, the word “or” shall be construed to mean “and/or”;

(vii) unless the context requires otherwise, (A) any reference to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s legal successors and permitted assigns, (B) any reference to any law or regulation shall refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and any successor law or regulation, (C) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect, and (D) references to agreements (including this Agreement) or other Contractual Obligations shall be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (in each case, to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder); and

(viii) capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein and that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings therein described.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including”.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) The expressions “payment in full”, “paid in full” and any other similar terms or phrases when used herein with respect to the Obligations shall mean the payment in full, in immediately available funds, of all of the Obligations (excluding Obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations and contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations, in each case, that are not then due and payable) and the expiration or termination of all undrawn Letters of Credit (or cash collateralization (in a manner consistent with Section 2.4(j)) or provision of backstop letters of credit (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank) with respect thereto).

1.3 Interpretation (Quebec) . For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Quebec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Loan Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Loan Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, (a) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property,” (b) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property,” (c) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property,” (d) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property,” (e) “security interest,” “mortgage” and “lien” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec,” “prior claim” and a “resolutory clause,” (f) all references to filing, registering or recording under the UCC or the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, (g) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to an “opposable” or “set up” Liens as against third parties, (h) any “right of offset,” “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of

 

60


compensation,” (i) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, (j) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary,” (k) “construction liens” shall be deemed to include “legal hypothecs,” (l) “joint and several” shall be deemed to include “solidary,” (m) “gross negligence or willful misconduct” shall be deemed to be “intentional or gross fault,” (n) “beneficial ownership” shall be deemed to include “ownership on behalf of another as mandatary,” (o) “easement” shall be deemed to include “servitude,” (p) “priority” shall be deemed to include “prior claim,” (q) “survey” shall be deemed to include “certificate of location and plan,” (r) “fee simple title” shall be deemed to include “absolute ownership” and (s) “ground lease” shall be deemed to include “emphyteutic lease.” The parties hereto confirm that it is their wish that this Agreement and any other document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated herein be drawn up in the English language only (except if another language is required under any applicable law) and that all other documents contemplated thereunder or relating thereto, including notices, may also be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties aux présentes confirment que c’est leur volonté que cette convention et les autres documents de crédit soient rédigés en langue anglaise seulement et que tous les documents, y compris tous avis, envisagés par cette convention et les autres documents peuvent être rédigés en langue anglaise seulement (sauf si une autre langue est requise en vertu d’une loi applicable).

1.4 Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time ( provided , that (i) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all accounting or financial terms used herein shall be construed, and all financial computations pursuant hereto shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, and (ii) for purposes of determinations of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, GAAP shall be construed as in effect on the Closing Date). In the event that any Accounting Change shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then upon the written request of Holdings or the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall enter into good faith negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Change with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Holdings’ financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Change as if such Accounting Change had not occurred; provided , that such Accounting Change shall be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement until the effective date of such amendment. “ Accounting Change ” refers to (i) any change in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) the adoption by Holdings of IFRS or (iii) any change in the application of accounting principles adopted by Holdings from time to time which change in application is permitted by GAAP. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above or in the definitions of Capital Lease Obligations or Capital Expenditures, in the event of a change under GAAP (or the application thereof) requiring all or certain operating leases to be capitalized, only those leases that would result in Capital Lease Obligations or Capital Expenditures on the Closing Date (assuming for purposes hereof that they were in existence on the Closing Date) hereunder shall be considered capital leases hereunder and all calculations and deliverables under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in accordance therewith.

1.5 Pro Forma Calculations . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.5; provided , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 1.5, when calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the purposes of determining actual compliance (not compliance on a Pro Forma Basis) with the Financial Covenant, the events described in this Section 1.5

 

61


that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period, other than consummation of the Transactions, shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio, Pro Forma Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event with respect to which the calculation of any such ratio is being made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Pro Forma Transactions (and any increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Pro Forma Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Pro Forma Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.5, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.5.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Pro Forma Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower and shall include, without duplication, (i) the EBITDA (as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower) of any Person or line of business acquired or disposed of, (ii) the Borrowing Base assets (as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower and subject to the limits of the Acquired Asset Borrowing Base) attributable to any Person or line of business acquired or disposed of, and (iii) the adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA under clause (b)(x) of the definition of such term.

(d) In the event that Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs (including by assumption or guarantee) or (ii) repays, redeems, defeases, retires, extinguishes or is released from, or is otherwise no longer obligated in respect of (each, a “ Repayment ”), any Indebtedness included in the calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (x) during the applicable Test Period or (y) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event with respect to which the calculation of any such ratio is being made, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or Repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period (it being understood and agreed that Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness bearing floating interest rates, for which pro forma effect is being given, shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rates that would have been in effect during the period for which pro forma effect is being given had been actually in effect during such periods).

1.6 Classification of Permitted Items .

(a) For purposes of determining compliance at any time with Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.11 or 6.12, in the event that any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Contractual Obligation, encumbrance or restriction or payment, prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or amendment, modification or other change in respect of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of transactions permitted pursuant to any clause of such Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.11 or 6.12, such transaction (or portion thereof) shall be permitted

 

62


under one or more of such clauses as determined by the Initial Borrower in its sole discretion at, or substantially concurrent to, the time at which such transaction is consummated. For purposes of determining compliance at any time with Sections 6.2, 6.3 or 6.7, (i) any Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.2(o) may be reclassified, as the Initial Borrower elects from time to time, as incurred under Section 6.2(f) subject to a compliance with a Total Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis not to exceed 6.00:1.00 as of the date of determination, (ii) any Liens incurred under Section 6.3(v) may be reclassified, as the Initial Borrower elects from time to time, as incurred, with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Liens incurred under Section 6.3(t) above so long as the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis does not exceed 5.25:1.00 as of the date of determination and (iii) Investments made under Section 6.7(s), as the Initial Borrower elects from time to time, as incurred under Section 6.7(t) so long as the Payment Conditions are satisfied as of the date of determination.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that does not require compliance with a financial ratio (any such amounts or transactions, the “ Fixed Amounts ”) substantially concurrently with any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that requires compliance with a financial ratio (including any Total Leverage Ratio or First Lien Leverage Ratio test) (any such amounts, the “ Incurrence-Based Amounts ”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to any substantially concurrent utilization of the Incurrence-Based Amounts.

1.7 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.8 Currency Equivalents Generally .

(a) Unless otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, monetary amounts are in US Dollars. Any amounts denominated or reported under a Loan Document in a currency other than US Dollars, including the Loans and Letters of Credit hereunder denominated in Canadian Dollars, shall, except as otherwise provided, be calculated based upon the US Dollar Equivalent thereof, as of the relevant date of determination. For the purposes of determining any threshold amount forming any part of any representation or warranty, covenant or Event of Default, all relevant amounts denominated in Canadian Dollars shall be calculated, as of such time of determination, at the US Dollar Equivalent thereof. For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.7 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than US Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of currency exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred, made or acquired (so long as such Indebtedness or Investment, at the time incurred, made or acquired, was permitted hereunder).

(b) For purposes of determining the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Interest Coverage Ratio, Excess Availability (to the extent used to calculate 30-Day Excess Availability, Historical Excess Availability and other calculations for prior periods), 30-Day Excess Availability, Historical Excess Availability and Historical Average Utilization, amounts denominated in a currency other than US Dollars will be converted to US Dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the Initial Borrower’s financial statements corresponding to the Test Period with respect to the applicable date of determination and will, in the case

 

63


of Indebtedness, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedge Agreements permitted hereunder for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the US Dollar Equivalent of such Indebtedness.

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 Revolving Credit Commitments . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, including Section 2.1(b) below, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Initial Borrower or Additional Borrowers from time to time during the Availability Period in US Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as selected by the applicable Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding that will not (after giving effect to any concurrent use of the proceeds thereof to repay LC Disbursements in respect of Letters of Credit) result in (i) such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding Total Revolving Credit Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Initial Borrower or applicable Additional Borrower may borrow, repay, prepay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans during the Availability Period. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Revolving Credit Loans may only be borrowed on the Closing Date to (i) pay consideration under the Purchase Agreement, (ii) pay Transaction Costs and/or (iii) fund the amount needed to fund any OID or upfront fees required to be funded on the Closing Date due to the exercise of the “Market Flex” provisions under the Fee Letter; provided that the aggregate amount drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility on the Closing Date shall not exceed $150.0 million (the “ Closing Date Availability Amount ”).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), but subject to Section 2.1(c), Revolving Credit Loans shall not be made (and shall not be required to be made) by any Lender in any instance where the incurrence thereof (after giving effect to the use of the proceeds thereof on the date of the incurrence thereof to repay any amounts theretofore outstanding pursuant to this Agreement) would cause (i) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed the Line Cap at such time, (ii) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed the Canadian Line Cap at such time or (iii) the Total US Revolving Credit Exposure to exceed the US Line Cap at such time.

(c) In the event that (i) any Borrower is unable to comply with the limitation set forth in Section 2.1(b) or (ii) such Borrower is unable to satisfy the conditions precedent to the making of Revolving Credit Loans set forth in Section 4.2, in either case, the Lenders, subject to the immediately succeeding proviso, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, to make Revolving Credit Loans to such Borrower, in either case solely in the event that the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion deems necessary or desirable (A) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (B) to enhance the likelihood of repayment of the Obligations, or (C) to pay any other amount chargeable to any Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, expenses and fees, which Revolving Credit Loans may only be made as ABR Loans (each, an “ Agent Advance ”) for a period commencing on the date the Administrative Agent first receives a Borrowing Request requesting an Agent Advance or otherwise makes an Agent Advance until the earlier of (x) the date such Borrower is again able to comply with the Borrowing Base limitations and the conditions precedent to the making of Revolving Credit Loans, or obtain an amendment or waiver with respect thereto, (y) the date that is 60 days after the funding of the initial Agent Advances and (z) the date the Required Lenders instruct the Administrative Agent to cease making Agent Advances or the Administrative Agent elects to cease making Agent Advances (in each case, the “ Agent Advance Period ”); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not make any Agent Advance to the extent that at the time of the making of such Agent Advance, the amount of such Agent Advance (I) when added to the aggregate outstanding amount of all other Agent Advances made to the Borrowers at such time, would exceed 10% of the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time, or (II) when added to the Total

 

64


Revolving Credit Exposure as then in effect (immediately prior to the incurrence of such Agent Advance), would exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitments at such time. Agent Advances may be made by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion and the Borrowers shall have no right whatsoever to require that any Agent Advances be made.

(d) On any Business Day (but in any event no less frequently than once per week), the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion give notice to the Lenders that the Administrative Agent’s outstanding Agent Advances shall be funded with one or more Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans ( provided that such notice shall be deemed to have been automatically given upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) or upon the exercise of any of the remedies provided in the last paragraph of Section 7.1), in which case one or more Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans constituting ABR Loans (each such Borrowing, a “ Mandatory Borrowing ”) shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by all Lenders pro rata based on each such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 7.1) and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to repay the Administrative Agent for such outstanding Agent Advances. Each Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans upon one (1) Business Day’s notice pursuant to each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified in writing by the Administrative Agent notwithstanding (i) the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum Borrowing amounts otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 4 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default then exists, (iv) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, (v) the amount of any Borrowing Base at such time, and (vi) whether such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated at such time. In the event that any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including, without limitation, as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Borrower), then each Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase (as of the date the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted for any payments received from the Borrowers on or after such date and prior to such purchase) from the Administrative Agent such participations in the outstanding Agent Advances as shall be necessary to cause the Lenders to share in such Agent Advances ratably based upon their respective Revolving Credit Commitments (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 7.1); provided that (x) all interest payable on the Agent Advances shall be for the account of the Administrative Agent until the date as of which the respective participation is required to be purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to the participant from and after the time any purchase of participations is actually made and (y) at the time any purchase of participations pursuant to this sentence is actually made, the purchasing Lender shall be required to pay the Administrative Agent interest on the principal amount of the participation purchased for each day from and including the day upon which the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred to but excluding the date of payment for such participation, at the overnight Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first three (3) days and at the interest rate otherwise applicable to Revolving Credit Loans maintained as ABR Loans hereunder for each day thereafter.

2.2 Loans and Borrowings . (a) Each Revolving Credit Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Credit Loans made by the Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder.

(b) Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the applicable Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan by causing any

 

65


domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided , that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Lender to make such Loan and the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an increment of, in the case of (i) ABR Loans, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 (or with respect to ABR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, CDN $500,000 or a whole multiple of CDN $100,000 in excess thereof) and (ii) Eurodollar Loans, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or with respect to Eurodollar Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, CDN $500,000 or a whole multiple of CDN $500,000 in excess thereof); provided , that a Revolving Credit Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.4(e). Borrowings of more than one Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided , that there shall not, at any time, be more than a total of twelve Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the applicable Maturity Date for such Borrowing.

2.3 Requests for Revolving Credit Borrowing . To request a Revolving Credit Borrowing, the applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing (other than Eurodollar Borrowings to be incurred on the Closing Date which notice may be given not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the Closing Date) or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing (including Agent Advances), not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, facsimile or (subject to Section 9.1) email to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the applicable Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

(i) the Borrower with respect to such Borrowing, including whether such Borrower is a Canadian Borrower or a US Borrower;

(ii) the currency and aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(v) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

(vi) the location and number of the account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.5;

(vii) the US Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time; and

 

66


(viii) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, whether the Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing constitute Agent Advances (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to make such Agent Advance).

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Credit Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. If no currency is specified with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing in US Dollars. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.3, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Revolving Credit Lender of the relevant Facility or Facilities of the details thereof and of the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing. Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to confirm in writing any telephonic notice of any Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, the Administrative Agent may act without liability upon the basis of telephonic notice of such Borrowing or prepayment, as the case may be, believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from a Responsible Officer of the applicable Borrower, prior to receipt of written confirmation. In each such case, each Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent’s record of the terms of such telephonic notice of such Borrowing or prepayment of Loans, as the case may be, absent manifest error.

2.4 Letters of Credit . (a)  General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, any Issuing Bank, in reliance on the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in Section 2.4(d) and otherwise herein, agrees to issue trade, commercial and standby Letters of Credit (which must be, in the case of any Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof, denominated in US Dollars or, in the case of any Letters of Credit issued to any Canadian Borrower by the Issuing Bank referenced in clause (b) of the definition thereof, Canadian Dollars) for the account of the Initial Borrower or an Additional Borrower, or the account of such Borrower for the benefit of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary are co-applicants and jointly and severally liable in respect of such Letter of Credit), on any Business Day during the Availability Period until the day that is five Business Days prior to the expiry of the Maturity Date in such form as may be approved from time to time by such Issuing Bank; provided , that no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the LC Exposure with respect to all Letters of Credit would exceed the LC Sublimit, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Line Cap at such time, (iii) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Canadian Line Cap at such time, (iv) the Total US Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the US Line Cap at such time, or (v) solely with respect to each Lender on the Closing Date, the amount of the LC Exposure attributable to the Letters of Credit issued by such Lender in its capacity as an Issuing Bank would exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.4. Additionally, no Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue or renew any Letter of Credit if the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than US Dollars or Canadian Dollars. Additionally, (I) any Issuing Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, issue a Letter of Credit that supports the obligations of Holdings or any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries in respect of (A) a lease of real property, or (B) an employment contract, and (II) no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if (A) any order, judgment, or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall, by its terms, purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over Issuing Bank shall prohibit or request that such Issuing Bank refrain from the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of general application of such Issuing Bank, now or hereafter applicable to letters of credit generally. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the applicable Borrower may request the

 

67


issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account or for its own account for the benefit of any Restricted Subsidiary, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period (but not later than the date that is five business days prior to the Maturity Date). In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the applicable Borrower to, or entered into by the applicable Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the applicable Borrower shall hand deliver or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent) in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.4), the amount and currency of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by an Issuing Bank, the applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application (a “ Letter of Credit Application ”) on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the LC Exposure with respect to all Letters of Credit shall not exceed the LC Sublimit, (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Line Cap at such time, (iii) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Canadian Line Cap at such time and (iv) the Total US Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the US Line Cap at such time. With respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Letter of Credit Application related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower, when a Letter of Credit is issued, the ISP Rules shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit and as to all matters not governed thereby, the laws of the State of New York.

(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date that is one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, the date that is one year after the date of such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date (unless other provisions or arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made with respect to such Letter of Credit). If the applicable Borrower so requests in any notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto Renewal Letter of Credit ”). Once an Auto Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the earlier of (i) the date that is one year from the date of such renewal (or such longer period as may be agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date (unless other provisions or arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made with respect to such Letter of Credit); provided , that the applicable Issuing Bank shall not permit any such renewal if such Issuing Bank has

 

68


determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 4.2 or otherwise).

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof ) and without any further action on the part of any Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender and each Revolving Credit Lender hereby irrevocably acquires without recourse or warranty (regardless of whether the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 or 4.2 shall have been satisfied) and shall be deemed to have purchased from the applicable Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement with respect to a Letter of Credit made by such Issuing Bank, and, in each case, not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the applicable Borrower for any reason in respect thereof. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit, and such Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations under Section 2.4(e) are absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender may have against the applicable Issuing Bank, the applicable Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 4, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the applicable Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any other Lender or any reduction in or termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

(e) Reimbursement . If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the applicable Issuing Bank an amount and currency equal to such LC Disbursement in the same currency as the LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first Business Day immediately following the day that such Borrower receives notice that such LC Disbursement is made (or, if such Borrower receives such notice after 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately following the day that such Borrower receives such notice); provided, that (if the conditions of Sections 4.2(a), (b) and (d) are satisfied) the applicable Borrower shall have the absolute and unconditional right to require that such payment be financed with an ABR Borrowing, in each case in an equivalent amount and currency (subject to the requirements of set forth in Sections 2.4 through 2.6, as applicable) and, to the extent so financed, the applicable Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Credit Borrowing. If the applicable Borrower fails to make such payment when due, or finance such payment in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence, the applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the applicable LC Disbursement and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the applicable Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the applicable Borrower by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date such notice is received (or, if such Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 noon, New York City time on such day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), and the

 

69


Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the applicable Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Credit Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Credit Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the applicable Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have made its Applicable Percentage of an LC Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Revolving Credit Lender, the Initial Borrower and, in the case of a Letter of Credit obtained by an Additional Borrower, such Additional Borrower severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this Section 2.4(e) to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to ABR Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) in the case of such Revolving Credit Lender, (A) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in US Dollars, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate, and (B) in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Canadian Prime Rate.

(f) Obligations Absolute . Each Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) and each Revolving Credit Lenders obligations under paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Section 2.4 shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit (iv) any Issuing Bank or any of its branches or Affiliates being the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit; (v) any Issuing Bank or any correspondent honoring a drawing against any Letter of Credit or any other document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit up to the amount available under any Letter of Credit even if such drawing document claims an amount in excess of the amount available under the Letter of Credit; (vi) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (vii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that Holdings, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries may have at any time against any beneficiary, any assignee of proceeds, any Issuing Bank or any other Person or (viii) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.4, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, each Borrower’s obligations hereunder, whether against Issuing Bank or the beneficiary, or any other Person. None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, or any of their respective Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the applicable Issuing Bank; provided, that the provisions of this Section 2.4(f) shall not be construed to excuse the applicable Issuing Bank from liability to any Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to indirect, consequential, special and punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by such Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by such Borrower that are caused by such

 

70


Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of any Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the applicable Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank. Each Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower by telephone (confirmed by facsimile or, in accordance with the second paragraph of Section 9.1, email) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided , that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the applicable Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest . If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the applicable Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate (in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in US Dollars) or the Canadian Prime Rate (in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars); provided , that, if the applicable Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement, including by requiring that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Credit Borrowing, pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, then Section 2.12(b) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4 to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Resignation or Replacement of Issuing Bank . An Issuing Bank may resign upon 30 days prior written notice to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent. An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank ( provided , that no consent of the replaced Issuing Bank will be required if it has no Letters of Credit or Reimbursement Obligations with respect thereto outstanding) and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation or replacement of such Issuing Bank. At the time any such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the Initial Borrower and any Additional Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.10(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the resigned or replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to renew existing Letters of Credit or issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

71


(j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default under clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) of Section 7.1 with respect to Holdings or any Borrower shall occur and be continuing or if the Loans have been accelerated pursuant to Section 7 as a result of any Event of Default, on the Business Day that Holdings and the Borrowers receive notice from an Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.0% of the total LC Exposure), in each case, demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the applicable Borrower, shall deliver cash collateral to the Administrative Agent, and the applicable Borrower hereby grants a security interest in such account in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, an amount in cash equal to 103% of the applicable LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Letter of Credit obligations (including related fees and expenses) of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made in Cash Equivalents at the option and reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the applicable Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be released by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and to pay all fees and expenses relating to Letters of Credit that were not otherwise paid when due and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the applicable Borrower for the applicable LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of each Issuing Bank and Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.0% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement. If any Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default specified above, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to such Borrower within two Business Days after such Event of Default has been cured or waived (unless the Commitments have been terminated and the Obligations have been accelerated, in each case in accordance with Section 7.1).

(k) Provisions Related to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments . If the Maturity Date in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments occurs prior to the expiration of any Letter of Credit, then (i) if one or more other tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of which the Maturity Date shall not have occurred are then in effect and such Letter of Credit would otherwise be available under such tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, such Letters of Credit shall automatically be deemed to have been issued (including for purposes of the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders to purchase participations therein and to make payments in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.4(d) and (e)) under (and ratably participated in by Lenders pursuant to) the Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of such non-maturing tranches up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the unutilized Revolving Credit Commitments thereunder at such time (it being understood that no partial face amount of any Letter of Credit may be so reallocated) and (ii) to the extent not reallocated pursuant to immediately preceding clause (i), the applicable Borrower shall cash collateralize any such Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.4(j). For the avoidance of doubt, commencing with the Maturity Date of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, the sublimit for Letters of Credit under any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments that has not so then matured shall be as agreed in the relevant Permitted Amendment with the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders.

(l) Additional Provisions Regarding Letters of Credit . Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, each Issuing Bank and each other Letter of Credit Related Person (if applicable) shall not be responsible to Borrowers for, and such Issuing Bank’s rights and remedies

 

72


against Borrowers and the obligation of Borrowers to reimburse such Issuing Bank for each drawing under each Letter of Credit shall not be impaired by:

(i) honor of a presentation under any Letter of Credit that on its face substantially complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, even if the Letter of Credit requires strict compliance by the beneficiary;

(ii) honor of a presentation of any Letter of Credit or any document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit that appears on its face to have been signed, presented or issued (A) by any purported successor or transferee of any beneficiary or other Person required to sign, present or issue such any Letter of Credit or any document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit or (B) under a new name of the beneficiary;

(iii) acceptance as a draft of any written or electronic demand or request for payment under a Letter of Credit, even if nonnegotiable or not in the form of a draft or notwithstanding any requirement that such draft, demand or request bear any or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit;

(iv) the identity or authority of any presenter or signer of any Letter of Credit or any document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit or the form, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Letter of Credit or any document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit (other than such Issuing Bank’s determination that any document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit appears on its face substantially to comply with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit);

(v) acting upon any instruction or request relative to a Letter of Credit or requested Letter of Credit that such Issuing Bank in good faith believes to have been given by a Person authorized to give such instruction or request;

(vi) any errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any message, advice or document (regardless of how sent or transmitted) or for errors in interpretation of technical terms or in translation or any delay in giving or failing to give notice to Borrowers;

(vii) any acts, omissions or fraud by, or the insolvency of, any beneficiary, any nominated person or entity or any other Person or any breach of contract between any beneficiary and any Borrower or any of the parties to the underlying transaction to which the Letter of Credit relates;

(viii) assertion or waiver of any provision of the ISP or UCP that primarily benefits an issuer of a letter of credit, including any requirement that any any Letter of Credit or any document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit be presented to it at a particular hour or place;

(ix) payment to any paying or negotiating bank (designated or permitted by the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit) claiming that it rightfully honored or is entitled to reimbursement or indemnity under applicable laws or letter of credit practices applicable to it;

(x) acting or failing to act as required or permitted under applicable laws or standard letter of credit practices applicable to where such Issuing Bank has issued, confirmed, advised or negotiated such Letter of Credit, as the case may be;

(xi) honor of a presentation after the expiration date of any Letter of Credit notwithstanding that a presentation was made prior to such expiration date and dishonored by such

 

73


Issuing Bank if subsequently such Issuing Bank or any court or other finder of fact determines such presentation should have been honored;

(xii) dishonor of any presentation that does not strictly comply or that is fraudulent, forged or otherwise not entitled to honor; or

(xiii) honor of a presentation that is subsequently determined by such Issuing Bank to have been made in violation of international, federal, state or local restrictions on the transaction of business with certain prohibited Persons.

(m) Limitation of Liabilities . The liability of any Issuing Bank (or any other Letter of Credit Related Person) under, in connection with or arising out of any Letter of Credit (or pre-advice), regardless of the form or legal grounds of the action or proceeding, shall be limited to direct damages suffered by Borrowers or the account party that are caused directly by such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in (i) honoring a presentation under a Letter of Credit that on its face does not at least substantially comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit; provided that in determining whether to honor any drawing or under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall be responsible only to the examine the documents delivered under such Letter of Credit with reasonable care so as to ascertain whether they appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit, (ii) failing to honor a presentation under a Letter of Credit that strictly complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit or (iii) retaining a document presented for purposes of drawing under a Letter of Credit and which are presented under a Letter of Credit. Each Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have acted with due diligence and reasonable care if such Issuing Bank’s conduct is in accordance with applicable law and its standard letter of credit practices or in accordance with this Agreement. Borrowers’ aggregate remedies against any Issuing Bank and any Letter of Credit Related Person for wrongfully honoring a presentation under any Letter of Credit or wrongfully retaining honored any document presented for drawing under a Letter of Credit shall in no event exceed the aggregate amount paid by Borrowers to such Issuing Bank in respect of the honored presentation in connection with such Letter of Credit under Section 2.4(e), plus interest at the rate then applicable to ABR Loans hereunder. Borrowers shall take action to avoid and mitigate the amount of any damages claimed against any Issuing Bank or any other Letter of Credit Related Person, including by enforcing its rights against the beneficiaries of the Letters of Credit. Any claim by Borrowers under or in connection with any Letter of Credit shall be reduced by an amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount (if any) saved by Borrowers as a result of the breach or alleged wrongful conduct complained of; and (y) the amount (if any) of the loss that would have been avoided had Borrowers taken all reasonable steps to mitigate any loss, and in case of a claim of wrongful dishonor, by specifically and timely authorizing the applicable Issuing Bank to effect a cure.

(m) Special Provisions Regarding Indemnification Relating to Letters of Credit . Each Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Agent and each Lender, any each Issuing Bank (including each Issuing Bank and its branches, Affiliates, and correspondents) and each such Person’s respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents (each, including each Issuing Bank, a “ Letter of Credit Related Person ”) (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), which may be incurred by or awarded against any Letter of Credit Related Person (other than Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 2.16) (the “ Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs ”), and which arise out of or in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any document relating to any Letter of Credit which is executed and delivered or submitted in connection with such Letter of Credit or

 

74


the making of any draw or disbursements thereunder or any document, certificate, or other writing referred to in or related to any Letter of Credit, or any action or proceeding arising out of any of the foregoing (whether administrative, judicial or in connection with arbitration); in each case, including that resulting from the Letter of Credit Related Person’s own negligence; provided, however, that such indemnity shall not be available to any Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnification to the extent that such Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs may be finally determined in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnity. This indemnification provision shall survive termination of this Agreement and all Letters of Credit.

2.5 Funding of Borrowings . (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency by 12:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided , that same-day ABR Revolving Credit Loans will be made by each Lender on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the applicable currency by 2:00 p.m., New York City time; provided, further , that Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Closing Date shall be made not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time (or, if later, promptly following the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the initial extension of credit hereunder set forth in Section 4.1). The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the applicable Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the applicable Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City or such other account reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent, in each case, as is designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided , that ABR Revolving Credit Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.4(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.5 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, (x) in the case of Loans denominated in US Dollars, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (y) in the case of Loans in Canadian Dollars, the rate reasonably determined in accordance with customary practice by the Administrative Agent to be the cost to it of funding such amount, or (ii) in the case of the applicable Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans of the applicable Class. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

2.6 Interest Elections . (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request; provided , that, if the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in the Borrowing Request, then the Loans shall be made as ABR Loans and if the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have requested an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Thereafter, the applicable Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in

 

75


the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.6. The applicable Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.6, the applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.3 if the applicable Borrower were requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, facsimile or other electronic transmission to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the applicable Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.2:

(i) the Borrower with respect to such Borrowing, including whether such Borrower is a Canadian Borrower or a US Borrower;

(ii) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(iii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(v) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein at the end of such Interest Period, such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the applicable Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (x) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (y) unless

 

76


repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

2.7 Termination and Reduction of Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the applicable Maturity Date. The commitments of the Issuing Banks to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letters of Credit shall automatically terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the applicable Maturity Date.

(b) The applicable Borrower may at any time terminate, without premium or penalty, or from time to time reduce, the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (or under any tranche of the Revolving Credit Commitments); provided , that (i) each reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1.0 million (or the remainder of such Revolving Credit Commitments) and (ii) in any event, the applicable Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.9, (x) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Line Cap at such time, (y) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Canadian Line Cap at such time or (z) the Total US Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the US Line Cap at such time.

(c) The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (or any tranche thereof) pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.7 at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the applicable Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be irrevocable; provided , that a notice of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments delivered by the applicable Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or any other financing, sale or other transaction. Any termination or reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permanent (but subject to any increase pursuant to Section 2.20). Each reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility (other than any such reduction resulting from the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 2.18) shall be made ratably among the Revolving Credit Lenders.

2.8 Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) The applicable Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan of such Lender advanced to such Borrower on the applicable Maturity Date.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the applicable Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the applicable Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

77


(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.8 shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request through the Administrative Agent that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in the form of Exhibit G. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.4) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (and its registered assigns).

2.9 Prepayment of Loans . (a) Each Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing made by it in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 2.15), subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.9.

(b) Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment of Borrowings hereunder, the applicable Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.9.

(c) The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by facsimile or other electronic transmission) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment (or such later time and/or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment (or such later time and/or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion). Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided , that any notice of prepayment may be conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or any other financing, Disposition, sale or other transaction. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.2. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12. Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing such that each Revolving Credit Lender holding Loans included in such repaid Borrowing receives its ratable share of such repayment (based upon the respective Revolving Credit Exposures of the Revolving Credit Lenders holding Loans included in such repaid Borrowing at the time of such repayment).

2.10 Facility Fees . (a) The Initial Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender (other than any Defaulting Lenders) in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a Facility Fee for the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the applicable Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or terminated) equal to the Facility Fee Rate divided by three hundred and sixty (360) days and multiplied by the number of days in the fiscal quarter and then multiplied by the amount, if any, by which the Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility for such fiscal quarter (or portion thereof that the Revolving Credit Commitments are in effect) is less than the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that if the Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated

 

78


on a day other than the first day of a fiscal quarter, then any such fee payable for the fiscal quarter in which termination shall occur shall be paid on the effective date of such termination and shall be based upon the number of days that have elapsed during such period. The foregoing notwithstanding, in accordance with Section 2.20(b), the applicable lenders may consent to a different Facility Fee Rate to be paid pursuant to the terms of any applicable Incremental Facility Amendment or Extension Offer. Accrued Facility Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate, commencing on September 30, 2016. All Facility Fees shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) (i) The Initial Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at (x) in the case of standby Letters of Credit, the same Applicable Margin used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans and (y) in the case of trade or commercial Letters of Credit, 50.0% of the Applicable Margin used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans, in each case, on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure. Each Borrower, severally but not jointly, agrees to pay to each Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125%  per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) attributable to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank on account of such Borrower during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure attributable to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued participation fees and fronting fees under this paragraph (b) shall be payable in US Dollars on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments terminate, commencing on September 30, 2016; provided , that any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to any Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 30 days after written demand therefor. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Initial Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account, the administrative agent fees with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility described in the Fee Letter.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Collateral Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of Facility Fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances (except as otherwise expressly agreed).

2.11 Mandatory Prepayments . (a) If for any reason, at any time (i) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Line Cap, (ii) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Canadian Line Cap or (iii) the Total US Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the US Line Cap, the applicable Borrowers shall within one Business Day prepay Revolving Credit Loans and/or cash

 

79


collateralize Letters of Credit (in accordance with Section 2.4(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(b) Amounts to be applied pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be applied first to reduce outstanding ABR Loans of the applicable Class. Any amounts remaining after each such application shall be applied to prepay Eurodollar Loans of such Class. No permanent reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments will be required in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.11.

2.12 Interest . (a) Subject to Section 9.16, each Loan shall bear interest at the Reference Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Following the occurrence and during the continuation of a Specified Default, the applicable Borrower shall pay interest on overdue amounts hereunder at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of, or interest on, any Loan, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.12 or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2.00% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans in the applicable currency as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.12.

(c) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided , that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.12 shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Credit Loan that is not made in connection with the termination or permanent reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(d) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days (or a 365- or 366-day year, as the case may be, in the case of ABR Loans based on the Prime Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate). The applicable Reference Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), and to the extent in compliance with Section 2.20 or 2.22, as applicable, Loans made pursuant to an Incremental Facility or extended in connection with an Extension Offer shall bear interest at the rate set forth in the applicable Permitted Amendment to the extent a different interest rate is specified therein.

(f) For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and disclosure thereunder, whenever any interest or any fee to be paid hereunder or in connection herewith is to be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year or any other period other than a calendar year, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate used in such calculation is equivalent is the rate so used multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 360 or the actual number of days in such period, as applicable. The rates of interest under this Agreement are nominal rates, and not effective rates or yields. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement.

(g) If prohibited by applicable law, any provision of this Agreement that would oblige a Canadian Loan Party to pay any fine, penalty or rate of interest on any arrears of principal or interest secured by a mortgage on real property or hypothec on immovables that has the effect of

 

80


increasing the charge on arrears beyond the rate of interest payable on principal money not in arrears shall not apply to such Canadian Loan Party, which shall be required to pay interest on money in arrears at the same rate of interest payable on principal money not in arrears.

(h) If any provision of this Agreement would oblige a Canadian Loan Party to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Secured Party in an amount or calculated at a rate which would result in a receipt by that Secured Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate” (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then, notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not so result in a receipt by that Secured Party of “interest” at a “criminal rate”, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary (but only to the extent necessary), as follows:

(i) first, by reducing the amount or rate of interest; and

(ii) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, costs, expenses, premiums and other amounts required to be paid which would constitute interest for purposes of section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).

2.13 Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or CDOR Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or CDOR Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the applicable Borrower and the Lenders by telephone, facsimile or other electronic communication as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the applicable Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as, or converted to, an ABR Borrowing.

2.14 Increased Costs . (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) subject the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (f) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

(ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate or CDOR Rate, as applicable) or any Issuing Bank; or

 

81


(iii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (excluding any condition, cost or expense relating to Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender (or in the case of clause (i) above, to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be) of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or in the case of clause (i) above, any Loan) (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), the applicable Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided, in each case, that the Administrative Agent or such Lender or such Issuing Bank has requested such payments from similarly situated borrowers.

(b) If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Agent Advances held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time the applicable Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction; provided , in each case, that the Administrative Agent or such Lender or such Issuing Bank has requested such payments from similarly situated borrowers.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the matters giving rise to a claim under this Section 2.14 by such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.14 shall be delivered to the applicable Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The applicable Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten Business Days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided , that the Initial Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.14 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the applicable Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided , further , that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

82


(e) If any Lender reasonably determines that any Requirement of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable lending office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the CDOR Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the applicable Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the applicable Borrower may at its option revoke any pending request for a borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans and shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the applicable Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise cause economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage to such Lender.

2.15 Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is conditional as contemplated by Section 2.9(c) and such condition is not satisfied) or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18(b) or (c), then, in any such event, the applicable Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall consist of an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate (determined without regard to the proviso in the definition thereof) or the CDOR Rate, in each case, that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits of a comparable amount and in the same currency and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be delivered to the applicable Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Absent manifest error in the determination of such amount, the applicable Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten Business Days after receipt thereof.

2.16 Taxes . (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Requirement of Tax Law. If the applicable Withholding Agent shall be required (as determined by such Withholding Agent in its good faith discretion) by Requirement of Tax Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then (i) in the case of deduction or withholding for Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable shall be increased by the applicable Loan Party as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.16(a)) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received

 

83


had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall make or cause to be made such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable Withholding Agent shall pay or cause to be paid the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Requirement of Tax Law.

(b) In addition, the applicable Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Issuing Bank, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.16) payable or paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing Bank or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Administrative Agent or Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such claim and the calculation of the amount of any such payment or liability shall be delivered to the Initial Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) or an Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Bank for Taxes imposed with respect a US Borrower Obligation, and no assets that constitute Excluded Assets described in clause (8) of such defined term shall be applied to satisfy any such indemnification claim.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.16, the Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) (i) Any Lender or Issuing Bank that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender or Issuing Bank, if reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender or Issuing Bank is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender or Issuing Bank to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender or Issuing Bank.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

84


(A) any Lender or Issuing Bank that is a US Person shall deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender or Issuing Bank becomes a Lender or Issuing Bank under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender or Issuing Bank is exempt from US Federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender or Issuing Bank under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ US Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, a US Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 or Exhibit H-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a US Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender or Issuing Bank under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as

 

85


a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in US Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) If a payment made to a Lender or Issuing Bank under any Loan Document would be subject to US Federal withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA if such Lender or Issuing Bank were to fail to comply with any requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender or Issuing Bank shall deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by any Requirement of Tax Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender or Issuing Bank has or has not complied with such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s obligations under FATCA and to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender and Issuing Bank agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Each Lender or Issuing Bank shall indemnify the Administrative Agent for the full amount of any Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority that are attributable to such Lender or Issuing Bank (but only to the extent that an applicable Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the applicable Loan Parties to do so) and that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, together with all interest, penalties, reasonable costs and expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Should the Administrative Agent not deduct or withhold any Taxes imposed by FATCA from a payment under any Loan Document based on the documentation provided by a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.16(e)(ii), any amounts subsequently determined by a Governmental Authority to be subject to US Federal withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) shall be indemnified by such Lender or Issuing Bank. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender or Issuing Bank by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or such Issuing Bank under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or such Issuing Bank from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.16(f).

(g) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender or Issuing Bank determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Loan Party pursuant to this Section 2.16 or with respect to which a Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16, it shall pay over an amount equal to such refund to the applicable Loan Party within a reasonable period (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or

 

86


additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , that such Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party pursuant to this Section 2.16(g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.19(g), in no event will the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank be required to pay any amount to a Loan Party pursuant to this Section 2.16(g) the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This Section 2.16(g) shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender or Issuing Bank to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(h) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.16 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

2.17 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs . (a) Each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or if no such time is expressly required, prior to 1:00 p.m. New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Section 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 or 9.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient recorded in the Register promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document of principal or interest in respect of any Loan (or of any breakage indemnity in respect of any Loan) shall be made in the currency of such Loan and, except as otherwise set forth in any Loan Document, all other payments under each Loan Document shall be made in US Dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC

 

87


Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided , that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including Sections 2.21(b) or (c), 2.23 and 2.25 or pursuant to the terms of any Permitted Amendment) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant permitted under this Agreement. Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the applicable Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an Issuing Bank hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or an Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or an Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (in the case of an amount denominated in US Dollars) and (ii) the rate reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be the cost to it of funding such amount (in the case of an amount denominated in Canadian Dollars).

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.4(d) or (e), 2.5(b), 2.17(d) or 8.7, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

2.18 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders . (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if a Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amount to any Lender or Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender or Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the

 

88


reasonable judgment of such Lender or Issuing Bank, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender or Issuing Bank to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise cause economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage to such Lender or Issuing Bank. The applicable Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or Issuing Bank in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If any Lender (or any Participant in the Loans held by such Lender) requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if a Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amount to any Lender (or its Participant) or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the applicable Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, either (i) require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.4), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (other than surviving rights to payments pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16) and the related Loan Documents to an assignee (other than a Disqualified Lender) that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided , that (A) the applicable Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank, to the extent consent for an Assignment and Assumption would be required by such Person pursuant to Section 9.4, which consent, in each case, shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (B) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and funded participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the applicable Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (C) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, or (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, terminate the Commitment of such Lender and repay all obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the Loans held by such Lender as of such termination date. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation, or to have its Commitments terminated and its obligations hereunder repaid, if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the applicable Borrower to require such assignment and delegation, or to terminate such Commitments and repay such obligations, cease to apply.

(c) If any Lender (such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination which pursuant to the terms of Section 9.2 requires the consent of all of the Lenders or all affected Lenders or all Lenders or all affected Lenders of a certain Class or Classes or with respect to a certain Class or Classes of the Loans and with respect to which the Required Lenders with respect to the applicable Class or Classes shall have granted their consent, then the applicable Borrower shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to either (i) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign all or the affected portion of its Loans and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (other than a Disqualified Lender); provided , that (A) all Obligations (other than Obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations, contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations, in each case, which are not due and payable) of the Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (B) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (C) in connection with any such assignment the Borrowers, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 9.4 (including obtaining the consent of the Administrative Agent and

 

89


each Issuing Bank if so required thereunder); provided , that, if the required Assignment and Assumption is not executed and delivered by such Non-Consenting Lender, such Non-Consenting Lender will be unconditionally and irrevocably deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption as of the date such Non-Consenting Lender receives payment in full of the Obligations (other than Obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations, contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations, in each case, which are not due and payable) of the Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender, (D) the replacement Lender shall pay any processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.4(b)(ii)(C), if applicable, in accordance with the terms of such Section and (E) the replacement Lender shall grant its consent with respect to the applicable proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination, or (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, terminate the Commitment of such Non-Consenting Lender and repay all obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the Loans held by such Non-Consenting Lender as of such termination date; provided , that such termination shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders) to cause the adoption of the applicable waiver or amendment of the applicable Loan Document or Loan Documents.

(d) Each Lender agrees that if it is replaced pursuant to this Section 2.18, it shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence such sale and purchase and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if the assigning Lender’s Loans are evidenced by Notes) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided , that the failure of any Lender replaced pursuant to this Section 2.18 to execute an Assignment and Assumption or deliver such Notes shall not render such sale and purchase (and the corresponding assignment) invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register and the Notes shall be deemed cancelled upon such failure. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Lender and in the name of such Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, with prior written notice to such Lender, to take any action and to execute any such Assignment and Assumption or other instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of clause (b) or (c) of this Section 2.18.

2.19 Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) Facility Fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a);

(b) the Commitments and Aggregate Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders or other requisite Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.2); provided , that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby if such amendment, waiver or modification would adversely affect such Defaulting Lender compared to other similarly affected Lenders; provided , further , that no amendment, waiver or modification that would require the consent of a Defaulting Lender under clause (A)(1), (A)(2), (A)(3) or (C)(2) of the first proviso of Section 9.2(b) may be made without the consent of such Defaulting Lender;

(c) if any LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

90


(i) all or any part of the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, but only to the extent (A) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposure plus such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments, (B) the Revolving Credit Exposure of each non-Defaulting Lender after giving effect to such reallocation does not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment of such non-Defaulting Lender and (C) the conditions precedent in Sections 4.2(a), (b) and (d) are satisfied at such time;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, each Borrower shall, within three Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent, cash collateralize for the benefit of each applicable Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.4(j) only such Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.1 for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii) if a Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, such Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized except to the extent of such fees that became due and payable by such Borrower prior to the date such Lender became a Defaulting Lender (it being understood that any cash collateral provided pursuant to this Section 2.19(c) shall be released promptly following the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender);

(iv) if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10(a) and Section 2.10(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages;

(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all fees payable under Section 2.10(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to each applicable Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized;

(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is reasonably satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Credit Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the applicable Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(c), and participating interests in any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.19(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein); and

(e) for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit, the Applicable Percentage of

 

91


each non-Defaulting Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, of the Defaulting Lender.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, Holdings, each Borrower and each Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders, if any, as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, and such Lender shall then cease to be a Defaulting Lender with respect to subsequent periods unless such Lender shall thereafter become a Defaulting Lender.

2.20 Incremental Facilities . (a) At any time and from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Initial Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders), request to incur one or more increases in the Revolving Credit Commitments (“ Incremental Revolving Commitments ” or the “ Incremental Facilities ”); provided , that on the date of each such request and except as otherwise provided below in Section 2.20(c), upon the effectiveness of each Incremental Facility Amendment, (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or shall result therefrom, and (ii) the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents being true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date ( provided , that in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, without the consent of the Required Lenders, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Facilities shall not exceed, at any time the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) such amount as would not cause the Total Revolving Credit Commitments to exceed the Aggregate Borrowing Base by more than $50.0 million, in each case, as of the date of effectiveness of such Incremental Facility (after giving effect to any change in any Borrowing Base resulting from any acquisition or other transaction occurring substantially contemporaneously with such Incremental Facility). All Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1.0 million and in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5.0 million (or in such lesser minimum amount agreed by the Administrative Agent); provided , that such amount may be less than the applicable minimum amount if such amount represents all the remaining availability in respect of the Incremental Facilities.

(b) Any Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be on terms identical to the Revolving Credit Commitments, including with respect to having the same Guarantors and being secured by the same Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations, and, for the avoidance of doubt, such Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be deemed a Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to the applicable Incremental Facility Amendment (it being understood that an Incremental Facility establishing Incremental Revolving Commitments will not create a separate Revolving Credit Facility and such Incremental Revolving Commitments be deemed a part of the Revolving Credit Facility); provided , that the Applicable Margin and the Facility Fee Rate, in each case applicable to the Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans of such Revolving Credit Facility, may be increased, without the consent of any Lender, in connection with the incurrence of any Incremental Revolving Commitment such that the Applicable Margin and the Facility Fee Rate of such Revolving Credit Commitments are identical to those of the Incremental Revolving Commitments. With the consent of each applicable Issuing Bank, a portion of any Incremental Revolving Commitment may

 

92


increase the LC Sublimit. A portion designated by the Initial Borrower of up to 30% of any Incremental Revolving Commitment may increase the Canadian ABL Sublimit.

(c) Each notice from any Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.20 shall set forth the requested amount of the relevant Incremental Revolving Commitments. Any Additional Lenders that elect to extend Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be reasonably satisfactory to Holdings and the Initial Borrower, and (unless such Additional Lender is already a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender) the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank (in each case, any approval thereof not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and, if not already a Lender, shall become a Lender under this Agreement pursuant to an Incremental Facility Amendment. Each Incremental Facility shall become effective pursuant to an amendment (each, an “ Incremental Facility Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Holdings, the Borrowers, such Additional Lender or Additional Lenders and the Administrative Agent. No Incremental Facility Amendment shall require the consent of any Lenders or any other Person other than Holdings, the Initial Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Additional Lenders with respect to such Incremental Facility Amendment. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into Incremental Facility Amendments and, as appropriate, amendments to the other Loan Documents as may be necessary in order to establish new tranches or sub-tranches in respect of the existing Revolving Credit Commitments and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the applicable Borrower to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20 (including to provide for class voting provisions applicable to the Additional Lenders on terms comparable to the provisions of Section 9.2(b)). No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Revolving Commitments, unless it so agrees. Commitments in respect of any Incremental Revolving Commitments shall become Commitments under this Agreement. The effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Amendment shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Additional Lenders party thereto, be subject to (i) the payment in full of all fees and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent and the Additional Lenders in respect of such Incremental Facility, to the extent invoiced prior to such date, and (ii) the satisfaction or waiver on the date of the effectiveness of the Incremental Revolving Commitments thereunder (each, an “ Incremental Facility Closing Date ”) of (x) the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents being true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Incremental Facility Closing Date as if made on and as of such date, except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date ( provided , that in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”; provided , further , that, notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.20 or Section 4.2(a) to the contrary, in connection with the effectiveness of any Incremental Revolving Commitments being used to fund all or a portion of a Limited Conditionality Transaction or the funding of Revolving Credit Loans or other extensions of credit to fund such Limited Conditionality Transaction in an amount not to exceed the amount of such Incremental Revolving Commitments (a “ Specified Extension of Credit ”), the only representations and warranties that will be required to be true and correct in all material respects as a condition to effectiveness of such Incremental Revolving Commitments as of the applicable Incremental Facility Closing Date or as a condition to the funding of such Specified Extension of Credit as of the date thereof (the “ Specified Incremental Facility Funding Date ”) shall be (a) the Specified Representations and (b) with respect to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under Section 6.7, such of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of the applicable acquired company or business (or the seller thereof) in the applicable acquisition agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings or the Initial Borrower (or any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Initial Borrower) has the right to terminate the obligations of Holdings, the Initial Borrower or such Subsidiary under such acquisition agreement or not consummate such acquisition as a result of the inaccuracy of such representations or warranties in such acquisition agreement) and (y) no

 

93


Event of Default having occurred and being continuing on the Incremental Facility Closing Date after giving effect to the Incremental Facility requested to be made on such date; provided , that notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.20 or Section 4.2(b) to the contrary, in the case of any Incremental Revolving Commitment being used to fund all or a portion of a Limited Conditionality Transaction, to the extent agreed to by the lenders and other investors providing such Incremental Facilities, the condition under this clause (ii)(y) or Section 2.20(a) to the effectiveness of such Incremental Revolving Commitment or under Section 4.2(b) to the making of any Specified Extension of Credit thereunder shall instead be no Specified Default having occurred and being continuing on the applicable Incremental Facility Closing Date or the applicable Specified Incremental Facility Funding Date, as the case may be, and after giving effect thereto. To the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the effectiveness of an Incremental Facility Amendment may be conditioned on the Administrative Agent’s receipt of customary legal opinions with respect thereto, board resolutions and officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.1, with respect to the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries. Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.20, each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Incremental Revolving Commitment (each an “ Incremental Revolving Lender ”) in respect of such increase, and each such Incremental Revolving Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations hereunder in Letters of Credit held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Incremental Revolving Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may, in consultation with the Initial Borrower, take any and all actions as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that, after giving effect to any Incremental Revolving Commitment, the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans are held by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. The foregoing may be accomplished at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, following consultation with the Initial Borrower, (A) by requiring the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans to be prepaid with the proceeds of a new Revolving Credit Borrowing, (B) by causing non-increasing Revolving Credit Lenders to assign portions of their outstanding Revolving Credit Loans to new or increasing Revolving Credit Lenders, (C) by a combination of the foregoing or (D) by any other means agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Initial Borrower, and any such prepayment or assignment shall be subject to Section 2.15 but shall otherwise be without premium or penalty. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to any of the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to any Incremental Facility the proceeds of which are to be used by the Initial Borrower or any other Borrower Group Member to finance, in whole or in part, a Permitted Acquisition, other Investment permitted under Section 6.7 or a Specified Prepayment permitted under Section 6.8 (a “ Limited Conditionality Transaction ”), for purposes of determining (x) compliance with the Financial Covenant or any financial ratio, (y) accuracy of representations and warranties (other than Specified Representations which shall be accurate in all material respects as of the Incremental Facility Closing Date) or occurrence of a Default or Event of Default (other than a Specified Default), or (z) Excess Availability or availability under baskets (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets or based on the Payment Conditions), in each case, in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, Investment or Specified Prepayment, and any related incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens under Section 6.2, 6.3 or 6.10, the Initial Borrower shall have the option of making the applicable

 

94


determinations under this Agreement as of the date the definitive agreement for such Permitted Acquisition or permitted Investment is executed, or the redemption or prepayment notice is given for such Specified Prepayment (and the applicable financial ratios, Excess Availability or basket shall be calculated as if the Limited Conditionality Transaction and other Pro Forma Transactions in connection therewith, were consummated on such date until consummated or terminated); provided that (i) Excess Availability is subject to the limits of the Acquired Asset Borrowing Base, if applicable, (ii) the foregoing clause (d) shall be not applicable for purposes of Section 4.2 (it being understood that the provisions of Section 2.20(c) shall be applicable to Sections 4.2(a) and (b)) and (iii) if the Initial Borrower elects to have such determinations occur as of the date such definitive agreement or redemption or prepayment notice, any related incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens shall be deemed to have occurred on such date and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this Agreement after such date and before the consummation of such Limited Conditionality Transaction and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Consolidated Total Assets or Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or determining the permissibility of other transactions (not related to such Limited Conditionality Transaction) shall not reflect such Limited Conditionality Transaction until it is closed.

2.21 Cash Management .

(a) Holdings, the Borrowers and each other Loan Party shall, along with the Administrative Agent and certain financial institutions selected by the Loan Parties that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and located in the United States and Canada (the “ Collection Banks ”), enter into within 75 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree), and thereafter maintain, separate Cash Management Control Agreements with respect to all deposit accounts and securities accounts of such Loan Party (other than Exempt Accounts). Each Loan Party shall instruct all Account Debtors of such Loan Party to remit all payments to the applicable “P.O. Boxes” or “Lockbox Addresses” of the applicable Collection Bank (or to remit such payments to the applicable Collection Bank by electronic settlement) with respect to all Accounts of such Account Debtor which remittances shall be collected by the applicable Collection Bank and deposited in the applicable deposit account or securities account of the applicable Loan Party. All amounts received by any Loan Party and any Collection Bank, in respect of any Account, in addition to all other cash received from any other source (other than cash and Cash Equivalents maintained in Exempt Accounts or otherwise by Loan Parties not to exceed $4.5 million in the aggregate at any time), shall promptly upon receipt be deposited or swept into a Controlled Account. The Loan Parties shall instruct each Collection Bank for the applicable deposit accounts or securities accounts of such Loan Party (other than Exempt Accounts) that are not Controlled Accounts that the funds on deposit and available at the close of each Business Day in such account should be swept to a Concentration Account no less frequently than once every Business Day, subject to the procedures of such Collection Bank, such instructions to be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent.

(b) So long as no Dominion Period then exists, the Loan Parties shall be permitted to withdraw cash and Cash Equivalents from Controlled Accounts to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. If a Dominion Period exists, all collected amounts held in the Controlled Accounts shall be applied as provided in Section 2.21(c).

(c) Each Cash Management Control Agreement relating to a Controlled Account shall (unless otherwise reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent) include provisions that allow, during any Dominion Period, for all collected amounts held in such Controlled Account from and after the date requested by the Administrative Agent, to be sent by ACH or wire transfer or similar electronic transfer no less frequently than once per Business Day to one or more accounts maintained with the

 

95


Administrative Agent (each, an “ Administrative Agent Deposit Account ”). Subject to the terms of the respective Security Document, during any Dominion Period, all amounts received in an Administrative Agent Deposit Account shall be applied (and allocated) by the Administrative Agent on a daily basis in the following order: (i)  first , to the payment (on a ratable basis) of any outstanding expenses actually due and payable to the Administrative Agent under any of the Loan Documents and to repay or prepay outstanding Loans advanced by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(c); (ii)  second , to the extent all amounts referred to in preceding clause (i) have been paid in full, to pay (on a ratable basis) all outstanding expenses actually due and payable to each Issuing Bank under any of the Loan Documents and to repay all outstanding unpaid LC Disbursements and all interest thereon; (iii)  third , to the extent all amounts referred to in preceding clauses (i) and (ii) have been paid in full, to pay (on a ratable basis) all accrued and unpaid interest actually due and payable on the Loans and all accrued and unpaid fees actually due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents; (iv)  fourth , to the extent all amounts referred to in preceding clauses (i) through (iii), inclusive, have been paid in full, to repay (on a ratable basis) the outstanding principal of Revolving Credit Loans (whether or not then due and payable); (v)  fifth , to the extent all amounts referred to in preceding clauses (i) through (iv), inclusive, have been paid in full, to the cash collateralization (on a ratable basis) of all LC Exposure in accordance with Section 2.4(j); (vi)  sixth , to the extent all amounts referred to in preceding clauses (i) through (v), inclusive, have been paid in full, to pay (on a ratable basis) all other outstanding Obligations then due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents; and (vii)  seventh , to the extent all amounts referred to in preceding clauses (i) through (vi), inclusive, have been paid in full and so long as no Specified Default then exists, to be returned to the Borrowers for the Borrowers’ own account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the cash collections from any Canadian Subsidiary be applied to any US Borrower Obligations.

(d) All costs and expenses to effect the foregoing (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of counsel) shall be paid by the Loan Parties.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Loan Document, to the extent that any Borrower Group Member or counterparty to a Hedge Agreement is required to post any margin or collateral under a Hedge Agreement as a result of any regulatory requirement, swap clearing organization rule, or other similar regulation, rule, or requirement,

(i) A Borrower Group Member shall be permitted to make payments of such margin or collateral to the counterparty in satisfaction of any such regulation, rule, or requirement; and

(ii) If any such counterparty posts any such margin or collateral with any Borrower Group Member, such margin or collateral shall not be subject to any cash trap, cash sweep, or other cash management provision or restriction in any Loan Document, save and except any pledge or assignment of such hedging agreement, with the express intention that the relevant Borrower Group Member shall be permitted to receive, return (including any return payment), or apply such margin or collateral in accordance with the relevant Hedge Agreement; provided , however , that such Borrower Group Member shall not use any such margin or collateral for any other purpose than in accordance with the relevant Hedge Agreement.

2.22 Extensions of Revolving Credit Commitments . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “ Extension Offer ”) made from time to time by the Initial Borrower to all Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments with a like maturity date on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit

 

96


Commitments with a like maturity date) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Initial Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in such Extension Offers to extend the maturity date of each such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments and otherwise modify the terms of such Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings)) (each, an “ Extension ”, and each group of Revolving Credit Commitments, as so extended, as well as the original Revolving Credit Commitments (not so extended), being a “tranche”; any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall constitute a separate tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments from the tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments from which they were extended), so long as the following terms are satisfied: (i) except as to pricing (including interest rates, fees and funding discounts), conditions precedent and maturity (which shall be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Revolving Credit Lender that agrees to an Extension with respect to such Revolving Credit Commitment (an “ Extending Revolving Credit Lender ”) extended pursuant to an Extension (an “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ”), and the related outstandings, shall be a Revolving Credit Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with the same terms as the original Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings) ( provided , that (1) the borrowing and repayment (except for (A) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the Maturity Date of the non-extending Revolving Credit Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, (2) the permanent repayment of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to, and termination of, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, except that the applicable Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class, (3) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and extended Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans and (4) at no time shall there be Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder (including Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and any original Revolving Credit Commitments) which have more than four different maturity dates), (ii) if the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of which Revolving Credit Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Commitments offered to be extended by the Initial Borrower pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Revolving Credit Loans of such Revolving Credit Lenders shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Revolving Credit Lenders have accepted such Extension Offer and (iii) all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing.

(b) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Initial Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.22, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of this Agreement and (ii) each Extension Offer shall specify the minimum amount of Revolving Credit Commitments to be tendered. The transactions contemplated by this Section 2.22 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest or fees in respect of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) shall not require the consent of any Lender or any other Person (other than as set forth in clause (c) below), and the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 2.9 and 2.17) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.22 shall not apply to any of the transactions effected pursuant to this Section 2.22.

 

97


(c) No consent of any Lender or any other Person shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than the consent of Holdings, the Initial Borrower (and such other Borrower, as applicable) and each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Revolving Credit Commitments (or a portion thereof) and each Issuing Bank, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. All Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (an “ Extension Amendment ”) with the applicable Borrower as may be necessary in order to establish new tranches or sub-tranches in respect of Revolving Credit Commitments so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower to effect the provisions of this Section 2.22 (including in connection with the establishment of such new tranches or sub-tranches, or to provide for class voting provisions applicable to the Additional Lenders on terms comparable to the provisions of Section 9.2(b)). In addition, if so provided in such Extension Amendment and with the consent of the applicable Issuing Banks, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the Maturity Date shall be re-allocated from Lenders holding Revolving Credit Commitments to Lenders holding Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the terms of such Extension Amendment; provided , however , that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly. Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Extension the respective Loan Parties shall (at their expense), within 90 days of the applicable Extension Amendment (or such later date as may be approved by the Administrative Agent), amend (and the Administrative Agent is hereby directed to amend) any Mortgage that has a maturity date prior to the then Latest Maturity Date so that such maturity date is extended to the then Latest Maturity Date (or such later date as may be advised by local counsel to the Administrative Agent).

(d) In connection with any Extension, the Initial Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably, to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.22.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, at any time and from time to time following the establishment of a Class of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Initial Borrower may offer any Lender with Revolving Credit Commitments that had been subject to an Extension Amendment (without being required to make the same offer to any or all other Lenders) who had not elected to participate in such Extension Amendment the right to convert all or any portion of its Revolving Credit Commitments into such Class of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments; provided , that (i) such offer and any related acceptance shall be in accordance with such procedures, if any, as may be reasonably requested by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent; (ii) such additional Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be on identical terms (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared with the relevant Lenders) with the existing Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, (iii) any Lender which elects to participate in an Extension Facility pursuant to this clause (e) shall enter into a joinder agreement to the respective Extension Amendment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and executed by such Lender, the

 

98


Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Initial Borrower, and any applicable Additional Borrowers and (iv) any such additional Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $1.0 million (or, in the case of an outstanding Class with an entire outstanding principal amount of existing Revolving Credit Commitments less than a $1.0 million that is to be refinanced in full, such outstanding principal amount or commitments), unless each of the Initial Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Loans made as provided above shall be treated as part of the Class to which such Loans are added, and shall not constitute a new Class of new Extended Revolving Credit Commitments.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Arrangers, the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and/or issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, Holdings and each Borrower hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant, subject on the Closing Date to the Limited Conditionality Provision, to each Arranger, each Agent and each Lender that:

3.1 Financial Condition . (a) (i) The pro forma combined balance sheet of Holdings as of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2016, in each case, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (including the notes thereto) and (ii) the related pro forma combined statements of income of Holdings for the periods referenced in subclause (x) and (y) of this Section 3.1(a), in each case prepared after giving effect to the Transactions (including the acquisitions referenced in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 3.1(b)) as if the Transactions (and the acquisitions referenced in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 3.1(b)) had occurred at the beginning of such date, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared in good faith based on information available to Holdings as of the date of delivery thereof and assumptions believed by the Initial Borrower to be reasonable when made and at the time so furnished, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis, in the case of (i) above, the estimated financial position of the Initial Borrower (after giving effect to the Transactions as described in clause (i) above) as at March 31, 2016, and, in the case of (ii) above, the estimated results of operations for the period covered thereby (after giving effect to the Transactions the acquisitions referenced in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 3.1(b)) as if the Transactions (and the acquisitions referenced in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 3.1(b)) had occurred at the beginning of such period.

(b) Each of (i) the GAAP (or in the case of the Targets, IFRS with reconciliation to GAAP) audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 for Holdings and December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 for the Targets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of Holdings and the Targets for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (and the related audit reports), (ii) the GAAP (or in the case of the Targets, IFRS) unaudited consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2016 and related statements of income and cash flows of each of Holdings and the Targets and statements of stockholders’ equity for the Targets for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2016 (and the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year), (iii) audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited statements of operations, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, of Oxnard Building Materials, Inc. (Oxnard), Great Western Building Materials, Inc. (GWBM AZ) and ProWall Building Products, Inc. (ProWall), on a combined basis (“ Great Western ”), for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and the period ended March 12, 2015 (and the related audit reports), (iv) audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, of Gypsum Supply Co., an Illinois corporation, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and period ended December 30, 2015 (and the related audit reports) and (v) any financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.1(c), present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of (w) in the case

 

99


of clauses (i) and (ii), Holdings and the Targets, (x) in the case of clause (iii), Great Western, (y) in the case of clause (iv), Gypsum Supply Co. and (z) in the case of clause (v), the Initial Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as at such date and for the period to which they relate, and the results of its operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (unless otherwise noted therein) applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as disclosed therein).

3.2 No Change . Since the Closing Date, there has been no development or event, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . Each of Holdings and each Group Member (a) is duly organized or, as the case may be, incorporated, validly existing and in good standing or in full force and effect under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (to the extent such concepts exist in such jurisdictions), (b) has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) in the case of any Domestic Subsidiary (or any Foreign Subsidiary organized in a jurisdiction where such concept exists), is duly qualified as a foreign organization and in good standing or in full force and effect under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (a) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries other than the Borrowers), (b), (c) and (d), as would not, in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.4 Organizational Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . Each Loan Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to borrow hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. No material consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 3.4, (iii) the filings referred to in Section 3.17, (iv) filings necessary to create or perfect Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties (including the corresponding filings under the Senior Secured Notes Documents and any Senior Secured Bridge Documents) and (v) those consents, authorizations, filings and notices the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party that is a party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

3.5 No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to, or violate or result in a default under, any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any Group Member, except, in each case, as would not have or reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a

 

100


Material Adverse Effect and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective Properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than Permitted Liens).

3.6 No Material Litigation . No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing by or against Holdings or any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (b) that would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (after giving effect to applicable insurance).

3.7 Ownership of Property; Liens . Each of Holdings and each Group Member has good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all real property and other Property material to the conduct of its business except where the failure to have such title or interests would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Pledged Capital Stock is subject to any Lien except Permitted Liens.

3.8 Intellectual Property . Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of Holdings and each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted (“ Company Intellectual Property ”); (ii) no claim has been asserted in writing and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Company Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Company Intellectual Property, nor do any of Holdings or the Borrowers know of any valid basis for any such claim; and (iii) to the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrowers, the use of Company Intellectual Property by Holdings and the Group Members does not infringe on the rights of any Person.

3.9 Taxes . Each of Holdings and each Group Member has timely filed or caused to be filed all Federal and non-US income and all state, provincial, territorial and other tax returns that are required to be filed and has timely paid or caused to be paid all Federal and non-US income and all state, provincial, territorial and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or its Properties or income due and payable by it (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of Holdings or any of the Group Members, as the case may be), except, in each case, where the failure to do so would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrowers, no material written claim has been asserted with respect to any Taxes (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of Holdings or the Group Members, as the case may be).

3.10 Federal Reserve Board Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Loans will be used by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Lender, the applicable Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for delivery to such Lender) a statement to the foregoing effect for the benefit of such Lender in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U 1 referred to in Regulation U. On the Closing Date, “margin stock” (within the meaning of Regulation U) does not constitute more than 25.0% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Group Members.

 

101


3.11 ERISA; Canadian Pension Plans . (a) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Plan and, with respect to each Plan, any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, (ii)each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS indicating that such Plan is so qualified and nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Plan to lose its qualified status, (iii) none of the following events (each, an “ ERISA Event ”) have occurred: (A) a Reportable Event or the failure of any Loan Party or Commonly Controlled Entity to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Single Employer Plan or any failure by any Single Employer Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, whether or not waived, during the five year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and each Plan failing to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, (B) termination of a Single Employer Plan or a Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan, during such five-year period, (C) Holdings or any Commonly Controlled Entity has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a complete or partial withdrawal from any Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, (D) failure by any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Sections 431 or 432 of the Code, (E) there has been a determination that any Single Employer Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), (F) to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, no Multiemployer Plan is Insolvent or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), (G) the receipt by any Loan Party or Commonly Controlled Entity from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Single Employer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Single Employer Plan has not occurred, (H) the adoption of any amendment to a Single Employer Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 436(f) of the Code has not occurred and (I) a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity has not occurred, and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any Commonly Controlled Entity contributes to, or has any liability with respect to, any Multiemployer Plan or has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefit under a Plan that is subject to ERISA, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Title I of ERISA.

(b) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Canadian Pension Plan that is required to be funded is fully funded on a going-concern and solvency basis using actuarial methods and assumptions in accordance with all Applicable Law and the terms of each such Canadian Pension Plan; (ii) no promises of benefit improvements under any Canadian Pension Plan have been made except where such improvement would not increase the liabilities of a Group Member in respect of a Canadian Pension Plan; (iii) all material obligations of each Borrower Group Member (including fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations) required to be performed in connection with the Canadian Pension Plans and the funding agreements therefor have been performed on a timely basis, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all contributions or premiums required to be made or paid by each Group Member to any Canadian Pension Plan have been made or paid in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms of such Canadian Pension Plan and all Requirements of Law; (iv) all employee contributions to all Canadian Pension Plans by way of authorized payroll deduction or otherwise have been properly withheld or collected by and fully paid into such plans in a timely manner. There have been no improper withdrawals or applications of the assets of any Canadian Pension Plan; and (v) each Borrower Group Member’s sole obligation to or in respect of any Canadian Multiemployer Plan is to make monetary

 

102


contributions to such plan in the amounts and in the manner set forth in the applicable collective agreement(s). No Group Member sponsors, maintains, contributes to, or otherwise has any liability or obligation in respect of, a Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

3.12 Investment Company Act . No Loan Party is an “investment company” within the meaning of, or required to register under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

3.13 Restricted Subsidiaries . (a) The Restricted Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.13(a) constitute all the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings as of the Closing Date. Schedule 3.13(a) sets forth as of the Closing Date the exact legal name (as reflected on the certificate of incorporation (or formation)) and jurisdiction of incorporation (or formation) of each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and, as to each such Restricted Subsidiary, the percentage and number of each class of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Group Members.

(b) As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(b), there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees, directors, managers and consultants and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) As of the Closing Date, Holdings has no Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

3.14 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans shall be used (a) on the Closing Date, to (i) pay consideration under the Purchase Agreement, (ii) pay Transaction Costs and/or (iii) fund the amount needed to fund any OID or upfront fees required to be funded on the Closing Date due to the exercise of the “Market Flex” provisions under the Fee Letter; provided that the aggregate amount drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility on the Closing Date shall not exceed Closing Date Availability Amount and (b) from time to time thereafter, for general corporate purposes of the Group Members. The proceeds of any Loans under an Incremental Facility shall be used as specified in the relevant Incremental Facility Amendment. Letters of Credit shall be used solely to support payment and other obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

3.15 Environmental Matters . Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) each of Holdings and each Group Member: (i) is, and for the period of three years immediately preceding the Closing Date has been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) holds all Environmental Permits required for current operations at any property it owns, leases, or otherwise operates; and (iii) is in compliance with all Environmental Permits;

(b) Hazardous Materials have not been Released at, on, under or in any real property now or formerly owned, leased or operated by Holdings or any Group Member, or at any other location (including any location to which Hazardous Materials have been sent by Holdings or any Group Member for re-use, recycling, treatment, storage, or disposal) which would reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to the imposition of Environmental Liabilities on Holdings or any Group Member, or (ii) interfere with Holdings’ or any Group Member’s continued operations, or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by Holdings or any Group Member;

(c) there is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including any notice of violation or alleged violation) pursuant to any Environmental Law to which Holdings or any Group Member is named as a party that is either pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any Group Member, threatened in writing;

 

103


(d) neither Holdings nor any Group Member has received any written request for information, or been notified in writing that it is a potentially responsible party under or relating to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act or any similar Environmental Law;

(e) neither Holdings nor any Group Member has entered or agreed to enter into any consent decree, order, or settlement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, order, or other agreement in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, in each case relating to compliance with Environmental Law or Environmental Liability; and

(f) neither Holdings nor any Group Member has assumed or retained by contract or operation of law any Environmental Liability of any other Person.

3.16 Accuracy of Information, Etc . No written information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of Holdings or any Group Member to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished but excluding projected financial information (including the Projections) and information of a general economic, forward looking or industry-specific nature), when taken as a whole, contained or contains as of the date the same was or is furnished any material misstatement of fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were or are made (after giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto), not materially misleading; provided , that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast, projection or other forward looking statement, each of Holdings and the Borrowers represents only that it acted in good faith based upon assumptions believed by management of Holdings or the Borrowers, as the case may be, to be reasonable at the time made and at the time furnished (it being understood that forecasts and projections by their nature are inherently uncertain, that actual results may differ significantly from the forecasted or projected results and that such differences may be material and no assurances are being given that the results reflected in the forecasts and projections will be achieved).

3.17 Security Documents .

(a) The US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each other US Security Document (other than any Mortgages) executed and delivered by a Loan Party is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid, binding and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law). Subject to the terms of Section 5.9(d) and the delivery requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable intercreditor arrangements and except as otherwise provided under applicable Requirements of Law (including the UCC), in the case of (i) the Pledged Capital Stock described in the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when any stock certificates representing such Pledged Capital Stock (and constituting “certificated securities” within the meaning of the UCC) are delivered to the Administrative Agent, (ii) Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control, upon the taking of possession or control by the Administrative Agent of such Collateral, and (iii) the other personal property Collateral described in the Security Documents, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices, appropriate assignments or notices are filed in each applicable IP Office and such other filings as are specified by the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement have been completed, the Lien on the Collateral created by the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior to the Liens of any other Person (except Permitted Liens).

 

104


(b) Each of the Mortgages executed and delivered by a Loan Party is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid, binding and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein; and when the Mortgages are filed or recorded in the offices designated by Holdings, each Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties described therein, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than Persons holding Liens or other encumbrances or rights permitted by the relevant Mortgage or the Loan Documents, including Permitted Liens).

(c) Each of the Canadian Security Documents (other than any Mortgages) executed and delivered by a Loan Party is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid, binding and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law). Subject to the terms of Section 5.9(d) and except as otherwise provided under applicable Requirements of Law (including the PPSA), when financing statements or equivalent materials in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices, the Lien on the Collateral created by each of the Canadian Security Documents shall constitute a fully perfected or opposable Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral, as security for the Obligations of such Loan Parties, in each case prior to the Liens of any other Person (except Permitted Liens).

3.18 Solvency . As of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions to be consummated on the Closing Date, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

3.19 Anti-Terrorism, -Money Laundering and -Corruption Laws . (a) To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (“ OFAC Regulations ”), (ii) the PATRIOT Act, (iii) the Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (Canada) (“ CFPOA ”), (iv) Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws and (v) other anti-terrorism, -money laundering and -corruption laws promulgated by the federal government of the United States or Canada. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, in material violation of the OFAC Regulations, the PATRIOT Act, the FCPA, CFPOA or Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

(b) Neither Holdings nor any Group Member nor, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Initial Borrower, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of Holdings or any Group Member, (i) is a person on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” or (ii) is currently subject to any US sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”) or Canadian sanctions administered under Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws; and none of Holdings or any Group Member will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or any Letter of Credit or otherwise knowingly make available such proceeds to any person, (x) for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any US sanctions administered by OFAC, Canadian sanctions administered under Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws or (y) in any manner that would result in a violation by any Secured Party or Loan Party of any sanctions administered by the federal government of the United States or Canada.

3.20 Broker’s or Finder’s Commissions . No broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

105


3.21 Labor Matters . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Holdings or any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened, (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of Holdings or any Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign law dealing with such matters and (c) all payments due from Holdings or any Group Member, or for which any claim may be made against Holdings or any Group Member, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Holdings or any such Group Member. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Holdings or any Group Member is bound.

3.22 Borrowing Base Calculation . The calculation by any Borrower of each Borrowing Base in any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and the valuation thereunder is complete and accurate in all material respects as of the date of such delivery.

3.23 Insurance . Each of the Loan Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries and their respective Properties are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of any Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar Properties in localities where such Person operates. A true and complete listing of such insurance, including issuers, coverages and deductibles, in all material respects, has been provided to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date.

3.24 Status as Senior Debt . The Obligations under the Loan Documents are “first lien debt” and “senior debt” or “designated senior debt” (or any comparable terms) under, and as may be defined in, any indenture or document governing any applicable Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to such Obligations.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Conditions to Closing Date . The agreement of each Lender and Issuing Bank to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it hereunder is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 9.2), prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Loan Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement, the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, executed and delivered by each party thereto.

(b) Acquisition Transactions . The following transactions shall have been consummated, or shall be consummated substantially currently with the effectiveness of the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder:

(i) The Acquisition shall have been consummated in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the Purchase Agreement (without any amendments, modifications, or waivers thereof, or consents thereunder, that are materially adverse to the interests of the Initial Borrower, the Lenders or the Arrangers (unless the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers have given their prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided , with respect to any amendment to the Purchase Agreement requiring the consent of the Administrative

 

106


Agent and the Arrangers, such consent shall be deemed given if the Administrative Agent or the Arrangers have not responded to such proposed amendment to the Purchase Agreement within four Business Days of being provided a copy of such amendment by Holdings or its counsel)); provided , that (A) a reduction by less than 15.0% in the consideration payable under the Purchase Agreement shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Initial Borrower, the Lenders or the Arrangers, and (B) any increase in the purchase price shall be deemed to be not materially adverse so long as such increase is funded solely by amounts permitted to be drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility or with proceeds of a contribution of cash to Holdings by way of subscription for shares (which shall in turn be contributed to the Initial Borrower by way of subscription for shares) (otherwise, any change in the purchase price of the Acquisition other than those described in clause (A) or (B) shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the interests of the Initial Borrower, the Lenders and the Arrangers).

(ii) The Equity Contribution shall have been made in an amount not less than the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) such amount as would cause the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions on a pro forma basis, not to exceed 5.30:1.00.

(iii) Either (i) the Initial Borrower shall have issued the Senior Secured Notes in a Rule 144A offering or other private placement in an aggregate principal amount of $575.0 million or (ii) if all or any portion of the Senior Secured Notes are not issued, the Initial Borrower will obtain Senior Secured Bridge Debt on the terms described in the Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter.

(iv) The Refinancing shall have been consummated.

(c) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) GAAP (or in the case of the Targets, IFRS with reconciliation to GAAP) audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of Holdings and the Targets for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (and the related audit reports, which shall not be subject to any “going concern” qualifications), (ii) GAAP (or in the case of the Targets, IFRS with reconciliation to GAAP) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of Holdings and the Targets for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2016 (and the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year), (iii) audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited statements of operations, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, of Great Western for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (and the related audit reports), (iv) audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP, of Gypsum Supply Co. for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 (and the related audit reports) and (v) the pro forma financial statements referred to in Section 3.1(a). The Administrative Agent shall also have received projections for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2016 and for each fiscal year to and including fiscal year 2019.

(d) Fees . All fees and expenses in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility (including reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees and expenses) payable by Holdings or the Borrowers to the Lenders, the Arrangers and the Agents on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid to the extent then due; provided , that all such amounts shall be required to be paid, as a condition precedent to the Closing Date, only to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date.

 

107


(e) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate in the form of Exhibit J from a Responsible Officer of Holdings with respect to the solvency of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transactions.

(f) Closing Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrowers, dated the Closing Date confirming satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (b), (j) and (m) of this Section 4.1, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, and including appropriate insertions and attachments.

(g) Other Certifications . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following:

(i) a copy of the charter or other similar Organizational Document of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto, certified (as of a date reasonably near the date of the initial extension of credit) as being a true and correct copy thereof by the Secretary of State or other applicable Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction in which each such Loan Party is organized or incorporated;

(ii) a copy of a certificate of the Secretary of State or other applicable Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction in which each such Loan Party is organized, dated reasonably near the date of the initial extension of credit, certifying that such Person is in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction; and

(iii) a certificate of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other appropriate Responsible Officer of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, or operating or partnership agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement or other constitutive documents of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date the documents furnished pursuant to clause (i) above were certified, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party;

(h) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the legal opinion of (i) Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties, and (ii) each other legal opinion as set forth on Schedule 4.1(h), in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(i) Pledged Capital Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes . Subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision and to the extent delivery thereof is required under the applicable Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock pledged pursuant to any Security Document (if such shares are certificated), together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof and such other documents as are required by the applicable Security Documents and (ii) each promissory note required to be delivered by the Loan

 

108


Parties pursuant to any Security Document endorsed in blank or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank (in each case to the extent delivery of such endorsements or transfer forms are customary under applicable Requirements of Law) by the pledgor thereof.

(j) No Material Adverse Effect . Since July 4, 2016, there shall not have occurred a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Security Interests . The Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated as of the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings and the Initial Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, the results of a search of the UCC, PPSA and any IP Office filings made with respect to the Loan Parties in the jurisdictions contemplated by the Perfection Certificate and the results of the tax lien searches and copies of the financing statements and any tax and judgment lien statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such searches and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing statements and tax and judgment lien statements (or similar documents) are permitted by Section 6.3. Subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision, each document, notice or acknowledgment (including any UCC or PPSA financing statement or any IP Security Agreement) required by the Security Documents to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Permitted Liens), shall have been filed, registered or recorded or shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(l) Know Your Customer and Other Required Information . The Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received, no later than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties as has been reasonably requested in writing at least ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date by the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers with respect to applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act and Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

(m) Representations and Warranties . The Specified Purchase Agreement Representations and the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representation that is qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of the Closing Date, except in the case of any Specified Purchase Agreement Representation or Specified Representation expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such Specified Purchase Agreement Representation or Specified Representation shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representation that is qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of such earlier date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent any of the Specified Purchase Agreement Representations or the Specified Representations is qualified or subject to “material adverse effect” or “Material Adverse Effect”, the definition thereof shall be “Company Material Adverse Effect” for purposes of any such representations and warranties made or to be made on, or as of, the Closing Date.

(n) Insurance . Subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision, the Administrative Agent shall have received current insurance certificates with respect to the Loan Parties and setting forth the insurance maintained for the benefit of each of the Loan Parties, which shall meet the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 hereof and shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

109


(o) Borrowing Notice . Delivery of a Borrowing Request pursuant to Section 2.3

(p) Borrowing Base Certificate . Delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or otherwise, to the extent any Collateral (including the perfection of any security interest therein) or any insurance certificate or endorsement is not or cannot be provided on the Closing Date (other than (A) the pledge and perfection of security interests, to the extent required hereunder and under the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in the Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower and the Subsidiaries of Holdings organized under the laws of the United States, Canada or any State, Province, Territory or other sub-division thereof with respect to which a Lien may be perfected by the delivery of a certificate representing such Capital Stock, if any, and which have been delivered to Holdings under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, (B) the pledge and perfection of security interests in Collateral with respect to which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code or the Personal Property Security Act in the office of the Secretary of State (or equivalent filing office of the relevant State, Province or Territory of the respective jurisdiction of organization of the Initial Borrower or any Guarantor) and (C) the pledge and perfection of security interests in Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property held by any Loan Party, with respect to which IP Security Agreements are required to be filed under the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case after Holdings’ and the Initial Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, then the providing of any such Collateral (or the perfection of any security interest therein) or such insurance certificate or endorsement shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of the Revolving Credit Facility on the Closing Date, but may instead be provided after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 5.14 (this paragraph, collectively, the “ Limited Conditionality Provision ”).

4.2 Conditions to Each Post-Closing Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender and any Issuing Bank to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it hereunder on any date (other than (w) the initial extensions of credit on the Closing Date (except with respect to the condition precedent specified in clause (d) below), and (x) Agent Advances, (y) a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Loans and (z) at the option of the Issuing Bank, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit which does not increase the face amount of such Letter of Credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.20(c)):

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date ( provided , that, in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”).

(b) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

(c) Borrowing Notice . Delivery of a Borrowing Request pursuant to Section 2.3.

(d) Borrowing Base Limitations . After giving effect thereto (and the use of the proceeds thereof):

 

110


(i) the Total Revolving Credit Exposure would not exceed the Line Cap at such time;

(ii) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure at such time would not exceed the Canadian Line Cap at such time; and

(iii) the Total US Revolving Credit Exposure at such time would not exceed the US Line Cap at such time.

Each Borrowing of a Loan (other than a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Loans) by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of one or more Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and such Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 4.2 have been satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, solely to the extent set forth in Section 2.20(c), in connection with any Limited Conditionality Transaction, (y) accuracy of representations and warranties (other than Specified Representations in connection with an acquisition, which shall be accurate in all material respects as of the closing date of such acquisition) or (y) occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, in each case, in connection with any Specified Extension of Credit may, at the option of the Initial Borrower, be determined as of the date the definitive agreement for such Permitted Acquisition or Investment is signed or the redemption notice is given.

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally agree that, so long as any Commitments remain in effect, any undrawn and unexpired Letter of Credit remains outstanding (unless such Letter of Credit has been cash collateralized in a manner consistent with Section 2.4(j) or otherwise backed by another letter of credit in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) or any Loan or other amount (excluding Obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations and contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations that are not due and payable) is owing to any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Arranger hereunder, each of the Borrowers shall and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

5.1 Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent for further delivery to the Collateral Agent and each Lender:

(a) within 90 days (or 120 days with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016) after the end of each fiscal year of the Initial Borrower, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Initial Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ (or members’) equity and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the previous year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, reported on without a “going concern” qualification, or qualification as to the scope of the audit (other than any such qualification that is solely with respect to, or resulting solely from, (x) an upcoming maturity date under any of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Senior Secured Notes, any Senior Secured Bridge Debt, or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, in each case occurring within one year from the time such report is delivered or (y) any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period), by Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing (such report, a “ Satisfactory Auditor’s Report ”);

(b) within 45 days (or 60 days with respect to the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2016, September 30, 2016 and March 31, 2017) after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods

 

111


of each fiscal year of the Initial Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Initial Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ (or members’) equity and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as of the end of and for the corresponding period in the previous year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Initial Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes);

(c) (i) together with each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) (which may be in footnote form only) from such consolidated financial statements, and (ii) together with each set of audited consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(a) above, a management discussion and analysis report, in reasonable detail, describing the operations and financial condition of the Borrower Group Members for the fiscal year then ended; and

(d) within ten Business Days after the required delivery of the consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(a) above, a conference call (which may be password protected) to discuss such report and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period (with the time and date of such conference call, together with all information necessary to access the call, to be provided to the Administrative Agent no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of such conference call, for posting on the Platform); provided , that if requested by Required Lenders with respect to any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may request that a conference call be held within ten Business Days after the required delivery of the consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(b) above with respect to such fiscal quarter.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 5.1 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Initial Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent company of the Initial Borrower that directly or indirectly owns all of the Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower or (B) the Initial Borrower’s (or such direct or indirect parent’s) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided , that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B),(i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Initial Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Initial Borrower (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand (which consolidating information shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower as fairly presenting such information, unless such consolidating information is contained in the financial statements included in a Form 10-K or 10-Q filed with the SEC), and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 5.1(a), the consolidated financial statements included in the materials provided pursuant to the foregoing clause (A) or (B) are accompanied by a Satisfactory Auditor’s Report.

Any financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Transactions to the extent in the reasonable determination of the Initial Borrower it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such financial statements, so long as the absence of such adjustments in the financial statements would not otherwise cause the Initial Borrower to fail to comply with obligations under the Loan Documents (including, for example, the obligation to deliver financial statements accompanied by an audit opinion meeting the requirements of Section 5.1(a)).

 

112


5.2 Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent in each case for further delivery to each Lender, or, in the case of clause (f) or (g), to the relevant Lender:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) (or the annual or quarterly financial statements or Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, referred to in clause (A) or (B) of the penultimate paragraph of Section 5.1), (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any continuing Default or Event of Default, or if any such Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) a Compliance Certificate (which shall include calculations with respect to the Financial Covenant irrespective of whether a Compliance Period exists at such time) and (iii) solely with respect to the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) (or the annual financial statements or Form 10-K referred to in clause (A) or (B) of the penultimate paragraph of Section 5.1), an updated Perfection Certificate, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower, (A) setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate and indicating any changes in such information from the most recent Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (iii) (or, prior to the first delivery of a Perfection Certificate pursuant to this clause (iii), from the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date) or (B) certifying that there has been no change in such information from the most recent Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (iii) (or, prior to the first delivery of a Perfection Certificate pursuant to this clause (iii), from the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date);

(b) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 90 days (or 120 days with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016) after the end of each fiscal year of the Initial Borrower, a consolidated budget in reasonable detail for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a statement of all material assumptions used in preparation of such budget) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall set forth such information on a quarterly basis and in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions at the time made and at the time delivered (it being understood that the Projections are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Initial Borrower to be reasonable at the time made and at the time delivered, it being recognized that such Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of management, and that no assurance can be given that any particular Projections will be realized and that variances from the Projections and the actual results during the period or periods covered by such Projections may be material);

(c) from and after the Closing Date, (i) unless clause (ii) below applies, not later than 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on or before the fifteenth (15th) Business Day of each fiscal month, (ii) during any period in which a Dominion Period is in effect, not later than 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on or before Friday of each week, (iii) at the Initial Borrower’s discretion, at the time of the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition (subject to the limits of the Acquired Asset Borrowing Base) and (iv) at the time of the consummation of a sale or other Disposition (including a sale of Accounts to a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary) of, or any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which holds, Borrowing Base assets with a value in excess of $10,000,000 (other than any Disposition of cash or Inventory in the ordinary course of business), a borrowing base certificate setting forth the US Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Borrowing Base (in each case with supporting calculations in reasonable detail) substantially in the form of Exhibit L (each, a “ Borrowing Base Certificate ”), which shall be prepared as of the last Business Day of the preceding

 

113


fiscal month in the case of each subsequent Borrowing Base Certificate (or, if any such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered more frequently than monthly, as of the last Business Day of the week preceding such delivery). Each such Borrowing Base Certificate shall include such supporting information as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Collateral Agent;

(d) (i) one (1) time during each fiscal year of the Initial Borrower (or, if Excess Availability is less than the greater of (A) $37.5 million and (B) 15.0% of the Line Cap, up to one (1) additional time during the succeeding twelve-month period), or (ii) at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, as often as the Collateral Agent reasonably requests (x) an appraisal of the Inventory of the Qualified Loan Parties and (y) a collateral examination of the Inventory and Accounts of the Qualified Loan Parties, in each case, in scope and form, and conducted by the Collateral Agent or from a third-party appraiser and a third-party consultant, respectively, reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and at the sole cost and expense of the Initial Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent and each Lender, within five (5) days of receipt thereof, each final report delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause (d);

(e) within ten days after the same are sent or made available, copies of all reports that Holdings or any Group Member sends to the holders of any class of its public equity securities and, promptly after the same are filed, copies of all reports or other materials that Holdings or any Group Member may make to, or file with, the SEC or any national securities exchange (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8), and in any case not otherwise required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 5.2, in each case only to the extent such reports are of a type customarily delivered by borrowers to lenders in syndicated loan financings; provided , that the Initial Borrower shall not be required to deliver copies of any such reports or other materials that have been posted on EDGAR;

(f) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act; and

(g) promptly, such additional financial and other information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Borrower Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance by any such Person with the terms of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request (on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender).

5.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations (other than Indebtedness), including Tax obligations, except (a) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member, as the case may be, or (b) where the failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy the same would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence, Compliance with Laws, Etc . (a) (i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate or other organizational existence (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the foregoing shall not limit any change in form of entity or organization) and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, franchises,

 

114


permits and licenses necessary in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 6.4 and except (other than in the case of the preservation of existence of the Initial Borrower) to the extent that failure to do so would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations (other than any obligations under agreements or instruments relating to Indebtedness), applicable Requirements of Law (including ERISA and the PATRIOT Act, CFPOA and Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance . (a) (i) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, keep all Property and systems necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (ii) maintain with insurance companies the Initial Borrower believes to be financially sound and reputable insurance on all its Property in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same geographic regions by companies of similar size engaged in the same or a similar business.

(b) Within 60 days following the date hereof (subject to Section 5.14) and within 30 days following any date on which a new Grantor (as defined in the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) is added to the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the date the relevant policy is obtained, cause the Administrative Agent to be named as additional insured on all general liability insurance policies (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, directors and officers, worker’s compensation, health and benefit, and vehicle and similar liability policies) of such Grantor, and the Administrative Agent shall be named as loss payee on all property and casualty insurance policies of such Grantor with respect to Collateral (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement). The Grantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such insurance (i) to provide that the relevant insurer shall endeavor to provide the Administrative Agent with at least 30 days prior notice of the cancellation of the relevant policy of insurance and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, include a breach of warranty clause.

(c) If at any time the property upon which a structure is located is identified as a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), the Initial Borrower shall obtain flood insurance covering the improvements and contents in an amount that is necessary to cover the estimated probable maximum loss or such other amount as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably require and which flood insurance shall otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as it may be amended from time to time.

5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions . (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct in all material respects entries in conformity with GAAP and all material applicable Requirements of Law shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business activities and (b) permit representatives of any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and, at the Initial Borrower’s expense, make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired (subject to the immediately succeeding sentence) and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Initial Borrower and the Borrower Group Members with officers and employees of the Initial Borrower and the Borrower Group Members and with their respective independent certified public accountants (subject to such accountants’ policies

 

115


and procedures). Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits, inspections and examinations shall only be conducted by the Agents and shall be limited to one per fiscal year plus any additional visits in connection with Lender meetings (and only one time at the Borrower Loan Parties’ expense so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing). The Agents and the Lenders shall give the Initial Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Initial Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.6, neither the Initial Borrower nor any Borrower Group Member will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes trade secrets or proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to any Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by any Requirement of Law or any binding agreement (and such prohibition is not created in contemplation of this Agreement) or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.6 does not govern field examinations or inventory appraisals, which are governed by Section 5.2(d).

5.7 Notices . Promptly after (or, in the case of clause (c) or (e), within 30 days after) a Responsible Officer acquires knowledge thereof, give notice to each Agent and each Lender of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time, that would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the following events to the extent such events would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in a Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan or Multiemployer Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Initial Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination or Insolvency of, any Single Employer Plan;

(d) notice of the commencement of a Dominion Period or a Compliance Period; and

(e) any other development or event that has or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action (if any) the Initial Borrower or the relevant Borrower Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

5.8 Environmental Laws . (a) Comply in all respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain, maintain and comply with, any and all Environmental Permits, except to the extent the failure to so comply with Environmental Laws or obtain, maintain, or comply with Environmental Permits would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other corrective actions required pursuant to Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding

 

116


any violation of or non-compliance with Environmental Laws and any Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to do so would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Additional Collateral, Etc . (a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), with respect to any personal Property (other than Excluded Assets) acquired or created (including by the filing of any applications for the registration or issuance of any Intellectual Property or by the filing of any “statements of use” or “amendments to allege use” with respect to any intent-to-use trademark or service mark applications) after the Closing Date (i) by any existing US Loan Party, no later than the next date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) covering a period that includes the date of such acquisition or creation of such Property following the date of such acquisition or creation of such Property (subject, in each case, to any specific time frame established in the relevant Loan Documents) (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the US Security Documents (including schedules thereto) or such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such Property and (y) take all actions reasonably necessary (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to First Priority Priming Liens) in such Property to the extent required under the US Security Documents, including the filing of IP Security Agreements, UCC financing statements or PPSA financing statements in such United States or Canadian jurisdictions as may be required by the US Security Documents, or (ii) by any existing Canadian Loan Party, no later than the next date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) covering a period that includes the date of such acquisition or creation of such Property following the date of such acquisition or creation of such Property (subject, in each case, to any specific time frame established in the relevant Loan Documents) (or such later date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent), (x) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Security Documents (including schedules thereto) or such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such Property and (y) take all actions reasonably necessary (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in such Property (and in the case of Property constituting Revolving Priority Collateral, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to First Priority Priming Liens)) to the extent required under the Security Documents, including the filing of UCC financing statements or PPSA financing statements in such United States or Canadian jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Documents.

(b) With respect to any fee interest in any real property (other than Excluded Assets) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case on or prior to 90 days after such acquisition or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree (i) execute and deliver a Mortgage (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and Permitted Liens), in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with (x) a title insurance policy with extended coverage covering such real property in an amount equal to the then-applicable fair market value of such real property ( provided , that if no current ALTA survey is requested by the Administrative Agent, the title policy may contain a general exception for matters that would be shown by a survey), as well as (y) a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a customary surveyor’s certificate if such ALTA survey is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided , that no ALTA survey shall be required in connection with any Mortgage for which the Borrower Loan Parties deliver a title insurance policy that does not contain a general exception for matters that would be shown by a survey, (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions of local counsel in the jurisdiction where the Loan Party that owns such Mortgaged Property is located, in form and substance reasonably

 

117


acceptable to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, and (iv) if such Mortgaged Property is required to be insured pursuant to the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, and the regulations promulgated thereunder because improvements on such Mortgaged Property are located in an area which has been identified by the director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency as a “special flood hazard area”, provide to the Administrative Agent (A) evidence of a policy of flood insurance that (1) covers such improvements and (2) is written in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed 100% of the value of such improvements and the contents thereof as reasonably determined) and (B) a confirmation that the applicable Loan Party has received the notice requested pursuant to Section 208.25(i) of Regulation H of the Board.

(c) With respect to (x) any new Restricted Subsidiary that would constitute a Subsidiary Guarantor within the meaning of that term created or acquired after the Closing Date (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) or (y) any previous Excluded Subsidiary that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of such term (including any Immaterial Subsidiary that ceases to constitute an Immaterial Subsidiary or that has been designated by the Initial Borrower to no longer constitute an Immaterial Subsidiary in order to comply with the proviso to the definition thereof) (each such Person, a “ Subsequent Required Guarantor ”), in each case no later than the next date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) following the date such Person becomes a Subsequent Required Guarantor covering a period that includes such date (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Security Documents (including schedules thereto) as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected third priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Capital Stock of such Subsequent Required Guarantor (other than to the extent constituting Excluded Assets), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock of such Subsequent Required Guarantor constituting certificated securities under the UCC, together with undated stock powers, in blank, to the extent necessary to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interests therein, and (y) any note, instrument or debt security in favor of such Subsequent Required Guarantor, endorsed in blank or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank, in each case executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of such Subsequent Required Guarantor, in each case to the extent required by the Security Documents (in each case to the extent delivery of such endorsements or transfer forms are customary under applicable Requirements of Law), (iii) cause such Subsequent Required Guarantor (A) to become a party to the applicable Security Documents and (B) to take such actions necessary to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral described in the applicable Security Documents with respect to such Subsequent Required Guarantor, including the recording of instruments in the applicable IP Office, if required, and the filing of UCC financing statements or PPSA financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Documents, and (iv) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent customary legal opinions relating to the matters described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.9 or any other provision hereof or of any other Loan Document, (i) no Loan Party shall be required to grant a security interest in any Excluded Assets, (ii) except as set forth in clause (iii) below, no Loan Party shall be required to perfect any pledges, security interests and mortgages in the Collateral by any means other than (A)(1) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code (or PPSA) in the office of the Secretary of State (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State, Province or Territory (or such multiple combination thereof as may be required to achieve perfection), and, and (2) filings in the applicable IP Offices with respect to intellectual property as expressly required in the Security Documents, (B) Mortgages in respect of Mortgaged Properties to be filed in the applicable recording office(s) of the counties or provinces in which the Mortgaged Property is located (and, if required or customary in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Properties are located, fixture filings) and (C) subject to the

 

118


Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement, delivery to the Administrative Agent of all certificates evidencing Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries required to be delivered in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, intercompany notes and other instruments (including the Subordinated Intercompany Notes) to be held in its possession, in each case, as expressly required in the Security Documents, (iii) subject to Section 2.21, no Loan Party shall be required to enter into any control agreement with respect to any deposit account, securities account or commodity account, (iv) no Loan Party shall be required to take any action with respect to any assets located outside of the United States or Canada (other than actions listed in clause (ii)(A) or (C) above), (v) no Loan Party shall be required to take any actions in any jurisdiction other than the United States or Canada (or any political subdivision thereof) in connection with pledging Collateral or enter into any collateral documents governed by the laws of any country (or any political subdivision thereof) other than the United States or Canada (or any political subdivision thereof), (vi) no Subsidiary described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to guarantee, or make any payments in respect of any US Borrower Obligations, notwithstanding that such Subsidiary may be or may be required to become a Loan Party hereunder with respect to Obligations other than the US Borrower Obligations and (vii) no Loan Party shall be required to prepare or deliver any environmental surveys or reports with respect to the real property of any Borrower Group Member.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit only for the purposes specified in Section 3.14 and not in contravention of Section 3.19.

5.11 Further Assurances . From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of more fully perfecting or renewing the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds or products thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by any Loan Party which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto other than any Excluded Assets.

5.12 Canadian Pensions . In the case of any Canadian Subsidiaries (to the extent any Canadian Pension Plans exist):

(a) Ensure that, for each Canadian Pension Plan, each Canadian Subsidiary complies, in a timely fashion, with and perform in all material respects all of its obligations under and in respect of such Canadian Pension Plan, including under any funding agreements and all applicable Requirements of Law (including any fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations);

(b) Ensure that all employer or employee payments, contributions or premiums required to be remitted, paid to or in respect of each Canadian Pension Plan and Canadian Multiemployer Plan are paid or remitted by the Canadian Subsidiaries in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof, any funding agreements, the terms of any applicable collective bargaining agreement, and all Requirements of Law; and

(c) Deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, copies of each annual and other return, report or valuation with respect to each Canadian Pension Plan as filed with any applicable Governmental Authority; (B) promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any direction, order, notice, ruling or opinion that any Canadian Subsidiary may receive from any applicable Governmental Authority with respect to any Canadian Pension Plan; and (C) notification within thirty days of the establishment of any Canadian Pension Plan, or the commencement

 

119


of contributions to any such plan to which such Canadian Subsidiary was not previously contributing, including, for greater certainty, in the event of the acquisition of any Person if such Person sponsors, administers, or participates in, or has any liability or obligation in respect of, a Canadian Pension Plan.

5.13 Designation of Subsidiaries . (a) The Board of Directors of the Initial Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary by written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided , that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) each subsidiary that is a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture or any Senior Secured Bridge Document shall not be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder unless it is designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under (x) the Senior Secured Notes Indenture or any Senior Secured Bridge Document substantially contemporaneously therewith, (y) any Material Debt incurred under Section 6.2(f) and (z) any Permitted Refinancing with respect to the Indebtedness described in clause (x) or (y), (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it was previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and then redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, and (iv) immediately before and after any such designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, either (x) the Payment Conditions shall be satisfied, or (y) the Investment resulting from such designation must otherwise be in compliance with Section 6.7 as provided in clause (b) below.

(b) The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Initial Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Initial Borrower’s Investment therein as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower and the Investment resulting from such designation must otherwise be in compliance with Section 6.7 (as determined at the time of such designation). The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and a return on any Investment by the Initial Borrower in such Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , that (i) solely for the purpose of calculating the outstanding amounts of Investments under Section 6.7 made in respect of any Unrestricted Subsidiary being redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, upon such redesignation the Initial Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have an outstanding Investment in such Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Initial Borrower’s Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation attributable to the Initial Borrower’s ownership of such Subsidiary and (ii) solely for purposes of Section 5.9(c) and the Security Documents, any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been acquired on the date of such designation. Any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower.

5.14 Post-Closing Matters . As promptly as reasonably practicable, and in any event within the time periods specified on Schedule 5.14 (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree), after the Closing Date, (a) provide, or cause the applicable Borrower Loan Party to provide, such Collateral that would have been required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.1(i), 4.1(k) or 4.1(n) but for the Limited Conditionality Provision and (b) complete, or cause the applicable Borrower Loan Party to complete, such undertakings and deliveries, in each case, as are set forth on Schedule 5.14.

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower hereby jointly and severally agrees that, so long as any Commitments remain in effect, any undrawn and unexpired Letter of Credit remains outstanding (unless such Letter of Credit has

 

120


been cash collateralized in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 2.4(j) or backed by another letter of credit in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) or any Loan or other amount (excluding Obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations and contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations, in each case, that are not due and payable) is owing to any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Arranger hereunder, each Borrower shall not (and solely with respect to Section 6.14, Holdings shall not), and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrowers to:

6.1 Financial Covenant . During each Compliance Period, the Initial Borrower shall not permit (i) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the last Test Period ended prior to the beginning of such Compliance Period for which financial statements have been delivered or were required to be delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) to be less than 1.00:1.00, or (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Test Period ending thereafter until termination of such Compliance Period to be less than 1.00:1.00. Within three (3) Business Days after the beginning of a Compliance Period, the Initial Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent a compliance certificate calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Test Period for which financial statements are required to be delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b) ended immediately prior to the beginning of such Compliance Period based on the most recent financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b).

6.2 Limitation on Indebtedness . Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guaranty or suffer to exist any Indebtedness or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness pursuant to any Loan Document (including Indebtedness under any Incremental Facility and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments);

(b) intercompany Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.7;

(c) Indebtedness consisting of (A) (i) Capital Lease Obligations or (ii) purchase money obligations (including obligations in respect of mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings) to finance or refinance (within 270 days of the acquisition or replacement or completion of construction, installation, repair or improvement of such fixed or capital assets, as applicable) the acquisition, replacement, construction, installation, repair or improvement of fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 6.3(g) or (B) any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of $40.0 million and 30.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period;

(d) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 6.2(d); provided , that any such Indebtedness owed by any Borrower Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Borrower Loan Party shall be evidenced by a Subordinated Intercompany Note (or, to the extent customary under applicable Requirements of Law, such other customary note or debt instrument) and subordinated to the Obligations on the terms set forth therein;

(e) Guarantee Obligations, letters of credit, indemnities (including through cash collateralization), surety bonds, performance bonds and similar obligations (i) made in the ordinary course of business by any Borrower Group Member of obligations (other than in respect of Indebtedness for borrowed money) of (x) any Restricted Subsidiaries, (y) any special purpose entities in connection with any construction or development projects relating to the business of the Borrower Group Members or (z) any joint venture involving the commercial and industrial insulation division of any Borrower

 

121


Group Member, (ii) of any Borrower Group Member in respect of Indebtedness of any Borrower Group Member otherwise permitted to be incurred by any such Borrower Group Member, as the case may be, under this Section 6.2 (other than Section 6.2(d)), and (iii) of any Borrower Group Member in respect of Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture; provided , that (A) in the case of clause (ii), if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations such guarantee shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination provisions of such Indebtedness, (B) in the case of clause (ii), no Guarantee Obligations, letter of credit, indemnities (including through cash collateralization), surety bond, performance bonds or similar obligation by any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Indebtedness of any Borrower Loan Party shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall also become a Subsidiary Guarantor, (C) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), any such Guarantee Obligation, letter of credit, indemnities (including through cash collateralization), surety bond, performance bonds or similar obligation of a Borrower Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary or other Person that is not a Borrower Loan Party shall be a permitted Investment in such Person pursuant to Section 6.7, (D) in the case of clause (i)(z) above, the aggregate amount of all obligations at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $30.0 million and (E) in the case of clause (i)(z), such Indebtedness is unsecured;

(f) any Indebtedness so long as either (i) the Total Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis ( provided , that the Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined without netting the proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such proceeds, to the extent constituting cash or Cash Equivalents, may be netted for subsequent determinations of the Total Leverage Ratio)), does not exceed 6.00:1.00 at the time of incurrence thereof or (ii) solely with respect to unsecured Indebtedness, the Interest Coverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis for the Relevant Reference Period is not less than 2.00:1.00, as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided , that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (f) in respect of which any obligor is a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary shall not exceed the greater of $45.0 million and 35.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period;

(g) Indebtedness of any Borrower Group Member or of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case to the extent assumed in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition permitted under Section 6.7 so long as either (i) the Total Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis ( provided , that the Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined without netting the proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such proceeds, to the extent constituting cash or Cash Equivalents, may be netted for subsequent determinations of the Total Leverage Ratio)), does not exceed 6.00:1.00 at the time of incurrence thereof or (ii) solely with respect to unsecured Indebtedness, the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Relevant Reference Period is not less than 2.00:1.00 or (y) no less than the Interest Coverage Ratio in effect immediately prior to such acquisition, in each case, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto; provided , that such Indebtedness exists at the time the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such asset is acquired and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such asset being acquired; provided , further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (g) assumed in connection with a Permitted Acquisition of a Restricted Subsidiary that does not become a Loan Party shall not exceed the greater of $45.0 million and 35.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period;

(h) Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Secured Notes or any Senior Secured Bridge Debt, as applicable (including, in each case, Guarantee Obligations in respect thereof) in an

 

122


aggregate principal amount not to exceed $575.0 million at any time outstanding and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(i) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party or other Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, or their respective estates, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees, distributees, spouses or former spouses, to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) to the extent permitted by Section 6.6(b)(i);

(j) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Services in the ordinary course of business and Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit and the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of instruments or other payments items drawn against insufficient funds;

(k) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, indemnification, deferred purchase price adjustments, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or any Investment permitted to be acquired or made hereunder; provided that the maximum liability in respect of such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(l) Indebtedness of Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount (for all Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries) not to exceed the greater of $45.0 million and 35.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period at any time outstanding;

(m) (A) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business and (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(n) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements or Specified Hedge Agreements entered into not for speculative purposes;

(o) additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $55.0 million and 40.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period at any time outstanding;

(p) [reserved];

(q) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or similar obligations to employees of Holdings, the Initial Borrower and the Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Group Members under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements with employees incurred by such Person in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investments permitted under Section 6.7 constituting acquisitions of Persons or businesses or divisions;

(s) [reserved];

 

123


(t) Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, statutory obligations, supply chain financing transactions, trade contracts, governmental contracts (other than for borrowed money), performance, tender, bid, release, stay, documentary letters of credit, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; (c) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this clause (t) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; and (e) any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(u) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30.0 million at any time incurred by a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary in a Permitted Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member other than (A) one or more Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiaries and (B) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(v) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2(d), (f), (g), (h), (l), (o) and (y) (it being understood and agreed that to the extent that any Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.2(f), (g), (l), (o) or (y) is refinanced with Refinancing Indebtedness under this clause (v), then the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall also be deemed to utilize the related basket under the applicable clause of this Section 6.2 on a dollar-for-dollar basis (it being further understood that a Default shall be deemed not to have occurred solely to the extent that the incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness would cause the permitted amount under such clause of this Section 6.2 to be exceeded and such excess shall be permitted hereunder));

(w) [reserved];

(x) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

(y) additional Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed the amount of capital contributions made to Holdings, or the amount of proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock issued by Holdings, in each case after the Closing Date, so long as such amount (x) is contributed to the Initial Borrower as common Capital Stock, (y) does not constitute a part of any Excluded Contribution and (z) is not applied as an addback to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (1)(i) of the definition thereof;

(z) unsecured Indebtedness owed to a Permitted Investor or Affiliate thereof that is expressly subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to subordination arrangements in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided , that such Indebtedness shall (i) have a final maturity no earlier than the date that is 91 days after the Latest

 

124


Maturity Date at the time of issuance, (ii) not require any payments of interest in cash or other amounts in respect of principal in cash prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance, (iii) not be subject to any amortization prior to the final maturity thereof, or be subject to any mandatory redemption or prepayment provisions or rights (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions) and (iv) not be subject to any financial maintenance covenant;

(aa) Indebtedness constituting Attributable Indebtedness, to the extent the underlying Sale and Leaseback Transaction giving rise to such Attributable Indebtedness is permitted under Section 6.10; and

(bb) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in Section 6.2(a) through (aa) above;

(cc) unsecured guarantees by any Borrower or any other Borrower Group Member of the obligations of any other Borrower Group Member under operating leases or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

provided , that to the extent any Indebtedness incurred in reliance on clause (f), (g), (l), (o) or (y) of this Section 6.2 is used to finance, in whole or in part, any Limited Conditionality Transaction, then for purposes of determining compliance under such clause, the Initial Borrower shall have the option of making the applicable determination as of the date the definitive documentation for such Permitted Acquisition or permitted Investment is executed, or the redemption or prepayment notice is given (and the applicable financial ratios, Excess Availability or basket shall be calculated as if the Limited Conditionality Transaction and other Pro Forma Transactions in connection therewith, were consummated on such date until consummated or terminated); provided that (i) Excess Availability is subject to the limits of the Acquired Asset Borrowing Base, if applicable, (ii) the foregoing proviso shall be not applicable for purposes of Section 4.2 (other than Sections 4.2(a) and (b) to the extent set forth in Section 2.20(c)) and (iii) if the Initial Borrower elects to have such determinations occur as of the date such definitive agreement or redemption or prepayment notice, any related incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens shall be deemed to have occurred on such date and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this Agreement after such date and before the consummation of such Limited Conditionality Transaction and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Consolidated Total Assets or Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or determining the permissibility of other transactions (not related to such Limited Conditionality Transaction) shall not reflect such Limited Conditionality Transaction until it is closed.

For purposes of determining compliance with any US Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness or refinancing of Indebtedness, the US Dollar Equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency Exchange Rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred or refinanced, in the case of term debt, or first committed or refinanced, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided , that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a Foreign Currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable US Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency Exchange Rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such US Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or

 

125


defeased, plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

To the extent otherwise constituting Indebtedness, the accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall be deemed not to be Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.2. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the accreted amount thereof.

6.3 Limitation on Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies, or other statutory obligations, not at the time delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings ( provided , that adequate reserves with respect to such proceedings are maintained on the books of the Initial Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP);

(b) (i) carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’, mechanics’, contractors’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business which secure amounts that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or if more than 60 days overdue, are unfiled and no action has been taken to enforce such Lien, or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings ( provided , that adequate reserves with respect to such proceedings are maintained on the books of the Borrower Group Members in conformity with GAAP), (ii) Liens of customs and revenue authorities to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business and (iii) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or such other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(c) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, performance bonds or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Initial Borrower or any Borrower Group Member;

(d) Liens incurred in connection with, or deposits by or on behalf of any Borrower Group Member to secure, the performance of self-insurance obligations (solely in the case of such self-insurance obligations, if and to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law), supply chain financing arrangements, bids, trade contracts and governmental contracts (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance and/or return of money bonds, completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health and safety or environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

126


(e) easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions and restrictions, trackage rights, restrictions (including zoning restrictions or similar rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property), encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and title defects incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the Property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower Group Members taken as a whole; provided , that none of the foregoing secures Indebtedness for borrowed money;

(f) Liens (i) in existence on the date hereof (or, for title insurance policies issued in accordance with Section 5.9, on the date of such policies) and either (x) listed on Schedule 6.3(f), in the case of Liens in existence on the date hereof, (y) on the applicable Mortgaged Property disclosed on any title insurance policies obtained on Mortgaged Properties in connection with Mortgages executed and delivered after the date hereof or (z) on any real property that would be disclosed by an updated title report for such real property and (ii) any replacement, renewal or extension of any such Lien permitted under subclause (i) of this clause (f); provided , that (I) such replaced, renewed or extended Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.2(c), and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (II) the replacement, renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 6.2;

(g) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.2(c) (and related obligations, including Capital Lease Obligations); provided , that (i) such Liens (other than Liens securing Indebtedness that is Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness originally incurred under Section 6.2(c)) shall be created within 270 days of the acquisition or replacement or completion of construction, installation, repair or improvement or refinancing of such fixed or capital assets, as applicable, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any Property other than the Property acquired, constructed, installed, repaired, improved or financed by such Indebtedness when such Indebtedness was originally incurred, and the proceeds and products of and accessions to such Property, and (iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness initially secured thereby is not more than 100% of the purchase price or cost of construction, installation, repair or improvement of such fixed or capital asset; provided , further , that, in each case, individual financings of equipment and other assets provided by one lender or lessor may be cross collateralized to other outstanding financings of equipment and other assets provided by such lender or lessor;

(h) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents (including Liens securing any Incremental Facility, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, Specified Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations), including with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreements, Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents on any margin or collateral posted by any Borrower Group Member under a Specified Hedge Agreement as a result of any regulatory requirement, swap clearing organizations, or other similar regulations, rule, or requirement;

(i) any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease or sublease or real property license or sub-license entered into by any Borrower Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, subleased, licensed or sub-licensed;

(j) Liens in connection with attachments or judgments or orders in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.1(h);

(k) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower after the date hereof (including any replacements, renewals or extensions thereof); provided , that (i) any Indebtedness secured

 

127


thereby is permitted by Section 6.2(g) or is Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (ii) such Liens cover solely the Property so acquired or the Property of the Person that became a Restricted Subsidiary and are not expanded to cover additional Property (other than proceeds and products thereof and accessions thereto) and (iii) such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition;

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.2(h) or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided , that any such Liens on Revolving Priority Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations under the Security Documents and the relative Lien priority thereof is set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement and/or another intercreditor agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(m) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing insurance premium financing permitted hereunder;

(n) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Borrower Group Member in the ordinary course of business;

(o) (i) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (ii) Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes and (iii) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to accounts and cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in accounts maintained by any Borrower Group Member (including any restriction on the use of such cash and Cash Equivalents or investment property), in each case under this clause (iii) granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the banks or other financial or depositary institution with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such Person with respect to Cash Management Services (including operating account arrangements and those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements); provided , that, in the case of this clause (iii), unless such Liens arise by operation of applicable law, in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) any Indebtedness for borrowed money;

(p) licenses and sublicenses of Intellectual Property granted by any Borrower Group Member in the ordinary course of business;

(q) UCC financing statements, PPSA financing statements or similar public filings that are filed as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens on property rented to, or leased by, any Borrower Group Member pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided , that (i) such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by Section 6.10, (ii) such Liens do not encumber any other property of the Initial Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries and the proceeds and products of and accessions to such property, and (iii) such Liens secure only the Attributable Indebtedness incurred in connection with such Sale and Leaseback Transaction;

(s) Liens on (i) the assets of Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries that secure (A) Indebtedness of Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 (and related obligations) or (B) obligations of Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness and incurred in the ordinary course of business or (ii) the Capital Stock of Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries or joint ventures, securing Indebtedness of such Non-Loan Party Subsidiaries or joint ventures permitted by Section 6.2;

 

128


(t) Liens ranking pari passu with the Senior Secured Notes, any Senior Secured Bridge Debt or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, securing Indebtedness ranking equal in right of payment with the Senior Secured Notes, any Senior Secured Bridge Debt or any such Refinancing Indebtedness, so long as the First Lien Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.25:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis on the date of such incurrence and after giving effect thereto; provided , that any such Liens on Revolving Priority Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations under the Security Documents and the agent or other representative for the holders of such Liens shall have become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement and/or another intercreditor agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(u) good faith earnest money deposits made in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment (other than Investments under Section 6.7(r)) or letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(v) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.3 so long as the aggregate amount of obligations secured thereby does not exceed the greater of $55.0 million and 40.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period at any time outstanding; provided that any such Liens on Revolving Priority Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations under the Security Documents and the agent or other representative for the holders of such Liens shall have become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement and/or another intercreditor agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(w) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2(v) (and related obligations) if such Liens are permitted to secure such Indebtedness in accordance with the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness”;

(x) Liens in favor of the Initial Borrower, any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor securing intercompany Indebtedness permitted hereunder;

(y) Liens (i) on cash advances or deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.7 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 6.5, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(z) (i) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 6.7; provided , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreement, and (ii) reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(aa) Liens that are customary contractual rights of setoff relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of any Borrower Group Member in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower Group Members;

(cc) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by any Borrower Group Member are located;

 

129


(dd) Liens on Permitted Receivables Financing Assets securing any Permitted Receivables Financing;

(ee) Liens securing obligations in respect of trade-related letters of credit permitted under Section 6.2 and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower Group Members and covering the goods (or the documents of title in respect of such goods) financed by such letters of credit and the proceeds and products thereof;

(ff) Liens (i) on cash and Cash Equivalents to secure obligations under Hedge Agreements of the type described in Section 6.2(n) (excluding Specified Hedge Agreements), including Liens on any margin or collateral posted by any Borrower Group Member under any such Hedge Agreement (other than a Specified Hedge Agreement) as a result of any regulatory requirement, swap clearing organizations, or other similar regulations, rule, or requirement, and (ii) securing obligations of the type described in Section 6.2(j) (excluding Cash Management Obligations);

(gg) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(hh) customary provisions in leases, licenses, shareholder agreements, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements, organizational documents and instruments;

(ii) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Initial Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement or the payment rights arising thereunder (and any accessions and additions thereto and any improvements, proceeds and products thereof) and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Initial Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(jj) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that was previously an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to or by reason of an agreement that such Subsidiary is a party to or entered into before the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in anticipation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any such encumbrance or restriction does not extend to any assets or property of the Initial Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property of such Subsidiary;

(kk) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority; and

(ll) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (a) through (kk) of this Section 6.3 or this clause (ll) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (a) through (kk) of this Section 6.3 or this clause (ll); provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to the Initial Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Lenders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or

 

130


Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower).

6.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Consummate any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself, or Dispose of all or substantially all of its Property or business, except that:

(a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (x) any merger, consolidation or amalgamation or other transaction the sole purpose of which is to (i) reincorporate or reorganize the Initial Borrower in any State of the United States or reincorporate or reorganize any other Borrower Group Member in a Qualified Jurisdiction (provided that any Group Member that is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia shall only reincorporate or reorganize in any State of the United States or the District of Columbia) or (ii) change the form of entity shall be permitted and (y) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower may be merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower; provided , that, in each case of clauses (x) and (y), (A) in the case of any merger, consolidation or amalgamation involving the Initial Borrower, the Initial Borrower shall be the continuing, surviving or resulting entity and the Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower shall remain Pledged Capital Stock and (B) in the case of any merger, consolidation or amalgamation involving one or more Subsidiary Guarantors or Additional Borrowers (and not the Initial Borrower), a Subsidiary Guarantor or Additional Borrower shall be the continuing, surviving or resulting entity or substantially simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing, surviving or resulting entity shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor or Additional Borrower and the Initial Borrower shall comply with Section 5.9 in connection therewith;

(b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower may Dispose of all or substantially all of its Property or business, including by way of a merger, amalgamation, dissolution, liquidation or consolidation, (i) to any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 6.5;

(c) any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to any other Non-Loan Party Subsidiary;

(d) any merger, consolidation or amalgamation that is contemplated by, and occurs substantially simultaneously with, the Transactions;

(e) any Investment permitted by Section 6.7 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation; provided , that in the case of any such merger, consolidation or amalgamation of a Borrower Loan Party, the surviving, continuing or resulting legal entity of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is a Borrower Loan Party (or substantially simultaneously with such transaction, the continuing, surviving or resulting entity shall become a Borrower Loan Party) and the Initial Borrower shall comply with Section 5.9 in connection therewith;

(f) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time if the Initial Borrower determines in good faith that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up is in the best interest of the Initial Borrower and the Borrower Group Members, and not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) ( provided , that in the case of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor or an Additional Borrower, such Subsidiary shall at or before the time of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up transfer its assets to any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Disposition of assets is permitted by Section 6.5), and (ii) any Excluded Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time if

 

131


such dissolution, liquidation or winding up would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith);

(g) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, the Initial Borrower may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person; provided , that (A) the Initial Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not the Initial Borrower or is a Person into which the Initial Borrower has been liquidated (any such Person, “ Successor Initial Borrower ”), (A) Successor Initial Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States or any State or political subdivision thereof, (B) the Successor Initial Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Initial Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Initial Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) the Initial Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Loan Document comply with this Agreement and (D) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (x) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis is less than 2.00:1.00 for the Relevant Reference Period or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Relevant Reference Period would not be lower than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Initial Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Initial Borrower under this Agreement; and

(h) a merger, amalgamation, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.5.

Any transaction otherwise permitted by this Section 6.4 that results in any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Additional Borrower becoming a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary (pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of such term after giving effect to such transaction) shall be deemed an Investment in a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary for purposes of (and subject to) Section 6.7 in an amount equal to the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) of such Subsidiary Guarantor or Additional Borrower prior to giving effect to such transaction.

6.5 Limitation on Disposition of Property . Dispose of any of its Property (including receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

(a) the Disposition of obsolete, worn out, uneconomic, damaged or surplus property, equipment, or other assets or property, equipment or other assets that are no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Eligible Trade Accounts, Eligible Credit Card Accounts or Eligible Inventory), whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) the sale of inventory and other assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(c) Dispositions permitted by Section 6.4 (other than Section 6.4(b)(ii));

(d) (i) the sale or issuance of any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (other than the Initial Borrower’s Capital Stock) to any Borrower Loan Party or the sale or issuance of any Excluded

 

132


Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that the Guarantors’ collective ownership interest therein is not diluted; and (ii) the sale or issuance of any Capital Stock of, or any Indebtedness or other securities of, any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(e) Dispositions of receivables, or participations therein, to a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing, in each case so long as the consideration for any such Disposition is in the form of cash or retained Capital Stock or subordinated interests of such Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary or subordinated interests in the Permitted Receivables Financing Assets being sold;

(f) the Disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents or investment grade securities;

(g) (i) the license or sub-license of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the lapse or abandonment in the ordinary course of business of any registrations or applications for registration of any Intellectual Property;

(h) the lease, sublease, license or sublicense of property as described in Section 6.3(i);

(i) the Disposition of surplus or other property no longer used or useful in the business of the Borrower Group Members in the ordinary course of business;

(j) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of closing thereof, the Disposition of other assets (including the issuance or sale of any shares of a Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock) from and after the Closing Date so long as (i) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $10.0 million, at least 75.0% of the consideration is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents or exchanged for other assets of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Borrower Group Members, taken as a whole, and (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $10.0 million such Disposition is made at fair value (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith); provided , that (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Initial Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Initial Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the payment in cash of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations as to which no claim has been asserted by the Person entitled thereto), that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and, in the case of liabilities that constitute Indebtedness, for which the Initial Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Initial Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) that, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that has not been converted into cash, does not exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period at any time outstanding, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed for purposes of clause (j)(i) to be cash;

(k) the Disposition of assets subject to or in connection with any Recovery Event;

(l) Dispositions consisting of Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.6;

 

133


(m) Dispositions consisting of Investments permitted by Section 6.7;

(n) Dispositions consisting of Liens permitted by Section 6.3;

(o) Dispositions of assets pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted by Section 6.10;

(p) Dispositions of property to any Borrower Group Member; provided , that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party (or must become a Subsidiary Guarantor substantially simultaneously with such Disposition) or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Disposition must be a permitted Investment in a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.7;

(q) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(r) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice (and not for financing purposes);

(s) the partial or total unwinding of any Hedge Agreement or any Cash Management Services;

(t) in order to resolve disputes that occur in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, the Borrower Group Members may discount or otherwise compromise for less than the face value thereof (with or without recourse), notes or accounts receivable;

(u) Dispositions in connection with reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and re-organization, so long as after giving effect thereto, the interest of the Secured Parties in the Collateral and the guarantees under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole, is not materially impaired; provided that immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(v) any Borrower Group Member may sell or dispose of shares of Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries in order to qualify members of the governing body of the Subsidiary if and to the extent required by applicable law;

(w) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property, (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property; provided , that to the extent the property being transferred constitutes Collateral, such replacement property shall constitute Collateral or (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a similar business;

(x) foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets (including any settlement of, or payment in respect of, any property or casualty insurance claim);

(y) [reserved];

 

134


(z) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(aa) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including asset securitizations permitted hereunder;

(bb) any lending or disposition of samples, including time-limited evaluation software, provided to customers or prospective customers;

(cc) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort, litigation or other claims of any kind;

(dd) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals, in each case, as required by applicable law; and

(ee) other Dispositions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million;

Any Disposition of Capital Stock of any Borrower Group Member from one Borrower Group Member to another Borrower Group Member otherwise permitted by this Section 6.5 that results in any Subsidiary Guarantor becoming a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary (pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of such term after giving effect to such transaction) shall be deemed an Investment in a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary for purposes of (and subject to) Section 6.7 in an amount equal to the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) of such Subsidiary Guarantor prior to giving effect to such transaction.

6.6 Limitation on Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividend on (other than dividends payable solely in Qualified Capital Stock of the Person making the dividend so long as the ownership interest of any Borrower Loan Party in such Person is not diluted), or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Borrower Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, whether in cash or property (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to any Borrower and any Subsidiary Guarantor, and any Excluded Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to any other Excluded Subsidiary;

(b) the Initial Borrower may pay dividends to permit any Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity to (i) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, purchase (or in the case of a Parent Entity, to pay a dividend to a direct or indirect holding company to enable such holding company to purchase) the Capital Stock of such Parent Entity (or of such holding company) owned by future, present or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of a Parent Entity or a Borrower Group Member or make payments to employees of a Parent Entity or a Borrower Group Member upon termination of employment in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity-based incentives pursuant to

 

135


management incentive plans or other similar agreements or in connection with the death or disability of such employees, in an aggregate amount not to exceed (x) $2.5 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year, commencing with the 2017 calendar year, being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $5.0 million in any calendar year) or (y) subsequent to the consummation of an IPO, $15.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $25.0 million in any calendar year) ( provided , that such amounts set forth in this clause (b)(i) may be increased by an amount equal to the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Initial Borrower and the Borrower Group Members after the Closing Date) and (ii)(x) so long as no Specified Default has occurred and is continuing, pay Permitted Management Fees ( provided , that such amounts accrued but not permitted to be paid due to the continuance of a Specified Default may be paid once such Specified Default is cured or waived in accordance with Section 9.2); and (y) pay expenses, indemnification claims and other amounts (in each case, other than Permitted Management Fees) pursuant to the Management Agreement; provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Initial Borrower or Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(c) the Borrowers may pay dividends to permit any Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity to (i) pay (or in the case of a Parent Entity, to pay a dividend to a direct or indirect holding company to enable such holding company to pay) operating costs and expenses and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including (A) directors’ fees and expenses and administrative, legal, accounting, filing and similar expenses and (B) salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of a Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity), in each case to the extent such costs, expense, fees, salaries, bonuses and benefits are attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower Group Members and are reasonable (as determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) and incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) pay any estimated or final Federal, state and local US or non-US income Taxes due and payable by a Parent Entity or a direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity as a result of such Parent Entity or direct or indirect holding company being required to include (on a pass-through, consolidated, or similar basis) the Initial Borrower’s and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ income on the Parent Entity’s or such direct or indirect holding company’s income tax returns; provided , however, that any such payment in no event exceeds the Initial Borrower’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ liability in respect of such Taxes as computed on a separate entity basis, (iii) pay taxes that are not determined by reference to income, but which are imposed on a Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity as a result of such Parent Entity’s or such holding company’s ownership of the direct or indirect equity of a Parent Entity, but only if and to the extent that such Parent Entity or such holding company has not received cash or other property in connection with the events or transactions giving rise to such Taxes, (iv) to the extent of amounts paid by Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, pay the tax liabilities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries or tax liabilities of a Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (v) pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity that owns no material assets other than such Parent Entity, (vi) finance any Investment permitted to be made hereunder other than Section 6.7(k), and so long as (A) such dividends shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) such Parent Entity and the Initial Borrower shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the merger or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in order to consummate such Investment (and subject to the provisions of Sections 5.9 and 6.4), (vii) pay costs, fees and expenses

 

136


related to any equity or debt offering (other than any such offering intended to benefit Subsidiaries of any such holding company other than a Parent Entity, the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) or any strategic transactions (including Investments or Dispositions) related to its ownership of the Borrower Group Members and (viii) make payments permitted under Section 6.9 (other than Section 6.9(c), and only to the extent such payments have not been and are not expected to be made directly by any Borrower Group Member); provided , that dividends paid pursuant to this Section 6.6(c) (other than dividends paid pursuant to clause (ii) above) are used by such Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity for such purpose within 45 days of the receipt of such dividends or are refunded to the Initial Borrower;

(d) Restricted Payments in an amount up to 59.0% of the net cash proceeds of Sale and Leaseback Transactions in respect of the real properties of the Loan Parties set forth on Schedule 6.6(d), so long as after giving effect to such transactions and such Restricted Payments, the Sponsor’s net equity investment in the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not less than $50.0 million;

(e) any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower may declare and pay cash dividends to its equity holders generally so long as the Initial Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiary that owns the Capital Stock in the Restricted Subsidiary paying such dividends receives at least its proportionate share thereof (based upon the relative holding of the equity interests in the Restricted Subsidiary paying such dividends);

(f) any non-Guarantor Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower may declare and pay cash dividends and make other Restricted Payments to the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower that owns the equity interests in such non-Guarantor Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

(g) the Initial Borrower may pay dividends to permit a Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity to fund the payment or reimbursement of fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and financial advisors but excluding underwriting commissions) incurred by any such Parent Entity or holding company, the Sponsor or their respective affiliates in connection with any proposed IPO (whether or not consummated) of a Parent Entity or any such holding company;

(h) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower Group Members may enter into and consummate transactions permitted by Section 6.4 or Section 6.7(d) or (h);

(i) repurchases of Capital Stock in the Initial Borrower, any other Parent Entity or any Borrower Group Member deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or similar rights if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or similar rights shall be permitted;

(j) any Borrower Group Member may pay cash in lieu of fractional Capital Stock in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof (or may dividend such cash to any Parent Entity to allow any Parent Entity to do the same);

(k) following the consummation of the IPO, dividends may be declared and paid to a Parent Entity to permit any Parent Entity or any direct or indirect holding company of a Parent Entity to pay dividends and make distributions to, or repurchase or redeem its Capital Stock from, its public equity holders, in an amount not to exceed 6.00%  per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Initial Borrower in or from such IPO;

 

137


(l) any dividend or distribution may be paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration (i) such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) no Event of Default had occurred and was continuing;

(m) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions;

(n) so long as the Payment Conditions are satisfied, the Initial Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make unlimited Restricted Payments;

(o) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $30.0 million and 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period, less any amount of Specified Prepayment made in reliance on this clause (o); and

(p) distributions or payments of Permitted Receivables Financing Fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of Permitted Receivables Financing Assets and purchases of Permitted Receivables Financing Assets, in each case, in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; and

(q) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash or Cash Equivalents).

6.7 Limitation on Investments . Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting an ongoing business from, or make any other investment in, any other Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) extensions of trade credit or the holding of receivables in the ordinary course of business and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments existing (or committed to be made) on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 6.7(c) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof ( provided , that the amount of the original Investment (or the committed amount) is not increased except by the terms of such original Investment or commitment or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.7);

(d) loans and advances to employees, officers, directors, managers and consultants of a Parent Entity (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof to the extent relating to the business of the Parent Entities or the Borrower Group Members) or any Borrower Group Member in the ordinary course of business (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in cash in connection with such Person’s purchase of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided , that, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Capital Stock shall be contributed to the Initial Borrower in cash) and (iii) for any other purpose in an aggregate amount outstanding under clauses (i) through (iii) not to exceed $2.5 million at any time;

(e) [reserved];

 

138


(f) Investments by the Borrower Group Members constituting the purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the property and assets or businesses of any Person or all or substantially all of the assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Capital Stock in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be, or will become part of, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower (including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”); provided , that

(i) immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii) all of the applicable provisions of Section 5.9 and the Security Documents have been or will be complied with in respect of such Permitted Acquisition (other than to the extent any Subsidiary purchased or acquired in such Permitted Acquisition is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.13 or is otherwise an Excluded Subsidiary);

(iii) the aggregate amount of such Investments by Borrower Loan Parties in assets that are not (or do not become) owned by a Borrower Loan Party or in Capital Stock of Persons that do not become Borrower Loan Parties shall not exceed $15.0 million, unless the Payment Conditions are satisfied at the time such Investment is made; and

(iv) any Person, property, assets or divisions acquired in accordance with this clause (f) shall be in the same or a generally related or ancillary line of business as the Borrower Group Members.

(g) Investments received in connection with the workout, bankruptcy or reorganization of, insolvency or liquidation of, or settlement of claims against and delinquent accounts of and disputes with, franchisees, customers and suppliers, or as security for any such claims, accounts and disputes, or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment;

(h) advances of payroll payments to employees, officers, directors and managers of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments in joint ventures consisting of the transfer to such joint venture of a going concern business relating to the commercial and industrial insulation division, representing not more than 15.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period; provided that, after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Leverage Ratio (with the denominator calculated net of up to $45.0 million of Indebtedness) shall not exceed 5.00 to 1.00 as of the date of such Investment;

(j) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(k) intercompany Investments by any Borrower Group Member that is (i) a Borrower Loan Party in any other Loan Party, (ii) a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary in any Borrower Group Member, (iii) a Borrower Loan Party in any Non-Loan Party Subsidiary or joint venture, or in a Restricted Subsidiary to enable such Restricted Subsidiary to make Investments in joint ventures ( provided , that the aggregate amount of such Investments under this clause (k)(iii) does not exceed the greater of $35.0 million and 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period), (iv) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business

 

139


( provided , that the aggregate amount of such Investments under this clause (k)(iv) does not exceed the greater of $35.0 million and 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period) and (v) an Excluded Subsidiary in another Excluded Subsidiary;

(l) Investments consisting of promissory notes and other deferred payment obligations and noncash consideration delivered as the purchase consideration for a Disposition permitted by Section 6.5;

(m) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Initial Borrower;

(n) Borrower Group Members may endorse negotiable instruments and other payment items for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or make lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Investments consisting of obligations under Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 6.2;

(p) Investments consisting of Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.6;

(q) Investments of any Person that becomes (or is merged or consolidated or amalgamated with) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower on or after the date hereof on the date such Person becomes (or is merged or consolidated or amalgamated with) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Initial Borrower; provided , that (i) such Investments exist at the time such Person becomes (or is merged or consolidated or amalgamated with) a Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) such Investments are not made in anticipation or contemplation of such Person becoming (or merging or consolidating or amalgamated with) a Restricted Subsidiary;

(r) Investments consisting of deposits made in accordance with clauses (c), (d), (o), (u), (y), (z)(ii) or (ee) of Section 6.3;

(s) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $35.0 million and 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period;

(t) other Investments so long as the Payment Conditions are satisfied;

(u) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of leases or in connection with bidding on government contracts;

(v) advances in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(w) Guarantee Obligations, letters of credit and similar obligations in respect of obligations not constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Investments consisting of Liens permitted under Section 6.3;

(y) Investments consisting of transactions permitted under Section 6.4, except for Section 6.4(e);

 

140


(z) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent company of a Parent Entity;

(aa) (i) Investments in a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary or any Investment by a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Permitted Receivables Financing; provided , however , that any such Investment in a Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary is in the form of a contribution of additional Permitted Receivables Financing Assets and (ii) distributions or payments by such Permitted Receivables Financing Subsidiary of Permitted Receivables Financing Fees;

(bb) Investments made in connection with the Transactions;

(cc) loans and advances to a Parent Entity (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to a Parent Entity (or such direct or indirect parent) in accordance with Section 6.6;

(dd) Investments funded with Excluded Contributions;

(ee) the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may acquire Capital Stock in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or as security for any such Indebtedness or claim;

(ff) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.13 provided that such Investment was not entered into in contemplation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(gg) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business;

provided , that for purposes of covenant compliance, (x) the amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent changes in the value of such Investment, net of all Returns on such Investment up to the original amount of such Investment and (y) the Initial Borrower shall have the option of making the applicable determination required by this Section 6.7, and any related determinations required by Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 or 6.10, as applicable, as of the date the definitive documentation for the relevant Investment is executed (other than any determination with respect to the occurrence of a Specified Default) (and the applicable financial ratios, Excess Availability or basket shall be calculated as if the Investment and other Pro Forma Transactions in connection therewith, were consummated on such date until consummated or terminated); provided that (i) Excess Availability is subject to the limits of the Acquired Asset Borrowing Base, if applicable, (ii) the foregoing proviso shall be not applicable for purposes of Section 4.2 (other than Section 4.2(a) and (b) to the extent set forth in Section 2.20(c)) and (iii) if the Initial Borrower elects to have such determinations occur as of the date such definitive agreement or redemption or prepayment notice, any related incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens shall be deemed to have occurred on such date and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this Agreement after such date and before the consummation of such Investment and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Consolidated Total Assets or Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or

 

141


determining the permissibility of other transactions (not related to such Investment) shall not reflect such Investment until it is closed; provided , further , that any intercompany Investment permitted above that is in the form of a loan or advance owed to (A) a Borrower Loan Party shall be evidenced by an intercompany note (individually or pursuant to a global note (which global note may be a Subordinated Intercompany Note)) and pledged by such Borrower Loan Party as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents, and (B) a Non-Loan Party Subsidiary by a Borrower Loan Party shall be subordinated and subject to and in accordance with the terms of a Subordinated Intercompany Note or such other note in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that, subject to Section 1.6, in the event that a permitted Investment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of permitted Investments (at the time of incurrence), the Initial Borrower in its sole discretion may divide or classify all or any portion of such permitted Investment in any manner that complies with this definition and such permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of the definition of permitted Investment to which such permitted Investment has been classified provided, further, that Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed $35.0 million in the aggregate.

6.8 Limitation on Optional Payments of Junior Debt Instruments . Make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of, or otherwise voluntarily or optionally defease or otherwise satisfy (a “ Specified Prepayment ”), any Junior Debt other than (i) a Specified Prepayment with the net cash proceeds of a Permitted Refinancing in respect of such Junior Debt (which Permitted Refinancing is permitted under Section 6.2), (ii) any Specified Prepayment so long as the Payment Conditions are satisfied, (iii) the conversion of such Junior Debt to Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings or Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, (iv) any Specified Prepayment made within nine (9) months of the final maturity date of such Junior Debt, (v) any Specified Prepayment made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Initial Borrower or (vi) other Specified Prepayments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of (x) the greater of $30.0 million and 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Relevant Reference Period and (y) any unused portion of the basket set forth in Section 6.6(o) at the time of determination; provided , that in the case of clause (i), (ii), (iii), (v) or (vi), the Initial Borrower shall have the option of making the applicable determination, and any related determinations required by Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 or 6.10, as applicable, as of the date the redemption or prepayment notice is given (and the Payment Conditions and any other Pro Forma Transactions in connection therewith shall thereafter be calculated and determined as if such Specified Prepayment were consummated on such date until consummated or terminated). “Specified Prepayment” shall not include regularly scheduled interest payments and payments of fees, expenses and indemnification obligations.

6.9 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) unless such transaction is otherwise permitted under this Agreement and is on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, than could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may:

(a) (x) unless a Specified Default has occurred and is continuing, pay Permitted Management Fees ( provided , that such amounts accrued but not permitted to be paid due to the

 

142


continuance of a Specified Default may be paid once such Specified Default is cured or waived in accordance with Section 9.2); and (y) pay expenses, indemnification claims and other amounts (in each case, other than Permitted Management Fees) pursuant to the Management Agreement;

(b) enter into and consummate the transactions listed on Schedule 6.9(b);

(c) make Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to Section 6.6;

(d) make Investments (i) in Unrestricted Subsidiaries permitted by Section 6.7 and (ii) in any Person to the extent permitted by Section 6.7(a), (c), (d), (h), (w), (cc) or (dd) ( provided , that any Investment in a Person permitted under Section 6.7 shall be permitted under this Section 6.9(d) to the extent such Investment constitutes a transaction with an Affiliate solely because a Borrower Group Member owns any Capital Stock in, or controls such Person);

(e) consummate the Transactions (including the issuance of Capital Stock to any officer, director, employee or consultant of the Initial Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Initial Borrower) and transactions related to or necessary or contemplated in connection with any IPO (whether or not consummated), and, in each case, pay fees and expenses related to thereto;

(f) enter into employment and severance arrangements with officers, directors and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent relating to services performed for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the senior management of the relevant Person), pay director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification and expense reimbursement arrangements; provided , that any purchase of Capital Stock of Holdings (or any direct or indirect holding company of Holdings) in connection with the foregoing shall be subject to Section 6.6;

(g) make customary payments to the Sponsor or another Permitted Investor or any of their respective Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

(h) make payments to or receive payments from, and enter into and consummate transactions with, joint ventures (to the extent any such joint venture is only an Affiliate as a result of Investments by the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such joint venture) in the ordinary course of business to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder;

(i) pay reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to registration rights and indemnities provided to holders of Capital Stock of a Parent Entity or any direct or indirect parent company thereof pursuant to any stockholders agreement or registration and participation rights agreement as in effect on the Closing Date or entered into after the Closing Date in connection with any financing transaction, the net proceeds of which are contributed to the Initial Borrower;

(j) enter into transactions between the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary which would constitute a transaction with an Affiliate solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Initial Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Initial Borrower; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a

 

143


director of the Initial Borrower or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(k) any transaction between or among the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to exist solely because the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Initial Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, any Permitted Investor or any Affiliate of a Permitted Investor owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate;

(l) engage in the non-exclusive licensing of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business to permit the commercial exploitation of Intellectual Property between or among Affiliates of the Initial Borrower;

(m) [reserved];

(n) payment to any Permitted Investor of all out of pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Investor in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Initial Borrower and the Subsidiaries;

(o) (i) investments by Affiliates in securities of the Initial Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Initial Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of the Initial Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities;

(p) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as described in Section 5.13; provided that such Investment was not entered into in contemplation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(q) enter into transactions with respect to which the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, obtains a letter from an independent financial advisory, investment banking or appraisal firm stating that such transaction is fair to the Initial Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 6.9.

6.10 Limitation on Sales and Leasebacks . Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by any Borrower Group Member of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by any Borrower Group Member to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such Borrower Group Member (a “ Sale and Leaseback Transaction ”) to the extent the net cash proceeds of all such Sale and Leaseback Transactions during the term of this Agreement are in excess of $20.0 million in the aggregate; unless (a) the sale of such property is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Initial Borrower in good faith) of such property, (b) such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by Section 6.5 and is consummated within 180 days after the date on which such property is sold or transferred, (c) any Liens arising in connection with such Borrower Group Member’s use of the property are permitted by Section 6.3(r) and (d) either (i) the Total Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma

 

144


Basis at the time of and after giving effect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (but without netting the cash proceeds from such Sale and Leaseback Transaction), is equal to or less than 6.00:1.00 as of the date of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or (ii) the net cash proceeds of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction shall be applied to mandatorily prepay Indebtedness of the Borrower Group Members.

6.11 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Borrower Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations other than (a) this Agreement (including any Permitted Amendment), the other Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Notes Documents, any Senior Secured Bridge Documents, or any Guarantee Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing, (b) any agreements governing any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2(f), (g), (o) or (y), any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any of the foregoing or Guarantee Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing (provided, that in the case of this clause (b), such prohibitions or limitations in documentation evidencing such Indebtedness are no more restrictive, when taken as a whole, than those in effect under the Loan Documents and the Senior Secured Note Documents prior to the relevant incurrence of such Indebtedness), (c) any agreements governing any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2(c) and any other purchase money Indebtedness, Attributable Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof), (d) any agreements governing Indebtedness of any Excluded Subsidiary permitted by Section 6.2 (in which case, any such prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets of such Excluded Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), (e) any agreements governing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2(g) (in which case any such prohibition shall only be effective against the assets permitted to be subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.3(k) and the proceeds thereof), (f) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and similar agreements that restrict transfer of assets of, or equity interests in, joint ventures, (g) licenses or sublicenses by any Borrower Group Member of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business (in which case any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the Intellectual Property subject thereto), (h) customary provisions (including customary net worth provisions) in leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses that restrict the transfer thereof or the transfer of the assets subject thereto by the lessee, sublessee, licensee or sublicensee, (i) prohibitions and limitations arising by operation of law, (j) prohibitions and limitations that are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such prohibitions and limitations were not created in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and apply only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (k) customary restrictions that arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 6.5 applicable pending such Disposition solely to the assets subject to such Disposition, (l) customary provisions contained in an agreement restricting assignment of such agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (m) customary restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (n) agreements existing and as in effect on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.11 or (o) restrictions imposed by any agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Closing Date and permitted under Section 6.2 that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Initial Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to the Initial Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary than the then customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type, so long as the Initial Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such restrictions would not, or would not reasonably be expected to, restrict or impair, in any material respect, the ability of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to make any payments required under the Loan Documents.

6.12 Limitation on Restrictions on Restricted Subsidiary Distributions . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) to make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by any Borrower Loan Party or to Guarantee Obligations of any

 

145


Borrower Loan Party except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) this Agreement (including any Permitted Amendment), the other Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Notes Documents, any Senior Secured Bridge Documents, (ii) any agreements governing any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2(f), (g), (o) or (y) , or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any of the foregoing or Guarantee Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing (provided, that in the case of this clause (ii), such encumbrances or restrictions in documentation evidencing such Indebtedness are no more restrictive in any material respect, when taken as a whole, than those in effect under the Loan Documents or the Senior Secured Notes Documents prior to the relevant incurrence of such Indebtedness), (iii) any agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary, solely with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases, subleases, licenses or permits entered into by any Borrower Group Member so long as such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Loan Parties to comply with their obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (as determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower), (v) any restriction with respect to Excluded Subsidiaries in connection with Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.2, (vi) to the extent not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.12, agreements, restrictions and limitations described in clauses (a) through (o) of Section 6.11, to the extent set forth in such clauses, (vii) restrictions with respect to the transfer of any asset contained in an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the disposition of such asset permitted hereunder and (viii) prohibitions and limitations arising by operation of law; and (ix) restrictions imposed by any agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Closing Date and permitted under Section 6.2 that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Initial Borrower, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary than either (i) Section 6.6 of this Agreement or (ii) the then customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type, so long as, in the case of this clause (ii) only, the Initial Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such restrictions would not, or would not reasonably be expected to, restrict or impair, in any material respect, the ability of the Initial Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to make any payments required under the Loan Documents.

6.13 Limitation on Lines of Business . Enter into any material line of business, either directly or through any Restricted Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which any Borrower Group Member is engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related or ancillary thereto or reasonable extensions thereof.

6.14 Limitation on Activities of Parent Entities . No Parent Entity may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) (i) own any direct Subsidiary other than the Initial Borrower, an Intermediate Parent or a Subsidiary that will promptly be contributed to or merged or amalgamated into a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) own any material Investment (other than cash or Cash Equivalents and Investments in an Intermediate Parent, a Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) unless such Investment will promptly be contributed to a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor or (iii) create any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower (other than Permitted Liens) or (b) conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any business or operations other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Initial Borrower or an Intermediate Parent, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Management Agreement (if any), the Purchase Agreement and the other agreements contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, (iv) [reserved], (v) the issuance of Capital Stock, payment of dividends, making of loans and contributions to the capital of its Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of its Subsidiaries and making Investments, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of a consolidated group of companies, (vii) holding any cash or property received in connection with Restricted Payments made by a Borrower Group Member in accordance with Section 6.6 pending application thereof, (viii) providing

 

146


indemnification to officers and directors, (ix) the incurrence of Indebtedness for any purpose relating to the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or to fund Restricted Payments or Investments relating to the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, in each case without limitations, and (x) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in the foregoing clauses (b)(i) through (b)(ix).

6.15 Modification of Certain Agreements . Amend, modify or change (a) any Organizational Document of any Borrower Loan Party, (b) the terms of the Management Agreement, (c) the terms of the definitive documentation of any Junior Debt constituting Material Debt (other than any such amendment, modification or other change (w) that would extend the maturity or reduce the amount of any payment of principal thereof, reduce the rate or amount or extend the date for payment of interest thereon or relax or eliminate any covenant, event of default or other provision applicable to the Initial Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) that is pursuant to a refinancing permitted by Section 6.8(i), (y) to the extent such amendment, modification or other change is effective, or is to provisions that become applicable, after the then Latest Maturity Date hereunder (as determined as of the time of such amendment, modification or other change is made) or (z) if immediately after giving effect thereto such Junior Debt with such revised terms could be incurred pursuant to Section 6.2 (such determination to be made as if such Junior Debt were incurred at such time and had not previously been incurred)) or (d) the terms of any Senior Secured Notes Document, any Senior Secured Bridge Document to the extent governing any Material Debt (if such amendment, modification or change would be prohibited by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), in each case, in any manner that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, taken as a whole, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Initial Borrower (unless approved by the Administrative Agent); provided , that in the case of clause (a) above, any amendment, modification or change to the Organizational Documents of any Borrower Loan Party to effectuate a change in form of entity or organization or any other transaction permitted by Section 6.5 shall be permitted, subject to the requirements under the Security Documents.

6.16 Changes in Fiscal Periods . Permit the fiscal year of any Borrower Loan Party to end on a day other than December 31 or change the Borrowers’ method of determining fiscal quarters, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), in each case other than if such change is required by GAAP.

6.17 Canadian Defined Benefit Plans . (a) Establish or commence contributing to or otherwise participate in, or assume any liability or obligation in respect of, any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan; or (b) acquire an interest in any Person if such Person sponsors, administers, participates in, or has any liability or obligation in respect of, any Canadian Defined Benefit Plan.

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

7.1 Events of Default . If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) (i) the applicable Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or (ii) the applicable Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation, or any Loan Party shall fail to pay any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement required to be furnished by such Loan Party at any time under this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date

 

147


made or deemed made or furnished ( provided , that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable with respect to any representation or warranty that is qualified or modified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect); or

(c) any Loan Party shall (i) fail to timely deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(c) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) days, (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 2.21(c) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) days or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained clause (i) of Section 5.4(a) (with respect to the Initial Borrower only), Section 5.7(a) ( provided , that the delivery of the notice referred to in such Section 5.7(a) at any time will cure any such Event of Default arising from the failure to timely deliver such notice of default), Section 5.10 or Section 6 (in the case of the Financial Covenant in Section 6.1, subject to Section 7.2); or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 7.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days following delivery of written notice thereof to Holdings and the Initial Borrower by the Administrative Agent; or

(e) Holdings or any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (excluding the Loans and other Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements and not as a result of any default thereunder by Holdings or any such Group Member) or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable ( provided , that this clause (iii) shall not apply to any secured Indebtedness that becomes due or subject to a mandatory offer to purchase as a result of the sale, transfer or other Disposition of assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale, transfer or other Disposition is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not be included in determining whether an Event of Default has occurred under this paragraph (e))); provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness, the outstanding principal amount of which would in the aggregate constitute Material Debt; provided , further , that upon becoming an Event of Default, such Event of Default shall be deemed to have been remedied and shall no longer be continuing if any such defaults, events or conditions are remedied or waived prior to any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to the below provisions of this Section 7.1 by any of the holders or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holders or beneficiaries) and, after giving effect thereto, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of

 

148


the type described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall no longer be continuing with respect to an amount of Indebtedness that would in the aggregate constitute Material Debt; or

(f) (i) any Material Party shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future Debtor Relief Laws, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Material Party shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against or with respect to any Material Party any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or for any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Material Party any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Material Party shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Initial Borrower or any of the Borrowers shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (A) There occurs one or more ERISA Events; or (B) (i) any Person shall fail to comply with and perform in all material respects any of its obligations under and in respect of any Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Multiemployer Plan (to the extent any may exist), including under any funding agreements and any applicable Requirements of Law (including any fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations with respect to a Canadian Pension Plan), or (ii) any Person shall fail to pay or remit any employer or employee payments, contributions or premiums required to be remitted, paid to or in respect of any Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Multiemployer Plan in accordance with the terms thereof, any funding agreements and any Requirements of Law; and in each case, in clause (A) or (B) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) one or more final judgments or decrees for the payment of money shall be entered against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving for Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, a liability (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has not denied coverage in writing) of $30.0 million or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) any Security Document that creates a Lien with respect to a material portion of the Collateral or the Intercreditor Agreement shall cease, for any reason (other than by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents), to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party (or any of its Affiliates that has the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Loan Party) shall so assert in writing, or any Lien with respect to any material portion of the Collateral created by any of the Security Documents or pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, except to the extent that (i) any of the foregoing results from the failure of any Agent or the Senior Secured Notes Trustee to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file UCC or PPSA continuation statements or (ii) such loss is covered by a title insurance policy benefitting any Agent or the Lenders

 

149


and the related insurer has not asserted in writing that such loss is not covered by such title insurance policy and has not denied coverage; or

(j) the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or either Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason (other than by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents), to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party (or any of its Affiliates that has the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Loan Party) shall so assert in writing (other than by reason of the express release thereof pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Documents); or

(k) any Change of Control shall occur;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to one or more of the Borrowers, the Commitments hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of LC Exposure, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to Holdings and the Borrowers declare the Revolving Credit Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Credit Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to Holdings and the Borrowers, (x) declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of LC Exposure, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable and (y) subject to the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor arrangement entered into in connection with this Agreement, commence foreclosure actions with respect to the Collateral in accordance with the terms and procedures set forth in the Security Documents. In the case of all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the applicable Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an amount in immediately available funds equal to 103% of the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit (and the applicable Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in all amounts at any time on deposit in such cash collateral account to secure the undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit and all other Obligations). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held in such cash collateral account are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the applicable Secured Parties or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in such cash collateral account, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held in such cash collateral account that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the applicable Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. After all such Letters of

 

150


Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other Obligations shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the applicable Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto).

7.2 Right to Cure .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.1, in the event the Initial Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of the Financial Covenant on the last day of any fiscal quarter (a “ Test Date ”), during the period beginning on the first day following the Test Date until the expiration of the tenth Business Day (the “ Anticipated Cure Deadline ”) subsequent to the date the Compliance Certificate to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(a) is required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter, Holdings shall have the right to issue Capital Stock or obtain a contribution to its common equity, in each case, for cash and such amount to be contributed by Holdings to the Initial Borrower by way of subscription for shares or capital contribution (the “ Cure Right ”), and upon the receipt by the Initial Borrower of such cash (the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise by Holdings of such Cure Right and request to the Administrative Agent to effect such recalculation, the Financial Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased solely for such fiscal quarter (and any four fiscal quarter-period that includes such fiscal quarter), solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Covenant and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing calculations, the Initial Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenant, the Initial Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Covenant as of the relevant Test Date with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement as of the applicable Test Date and shall be deemed to have never existed.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (i) in each four-consecutive-fiscal-quarter period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters with respect to which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right may be exercised no more than five times, (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of causing the Initial Borrower to comply with the Financial Covenant as of the relevant Test Date, (iv) no Indebtedness repaid with the Cure Amount shall be deemed repaid for purposes of recalculating the Financial Covenant during the period in which the Cure Amount is included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA (it being understood that Indebtedness repaid with the Cure Amount shall be deemed repaid for all other purposes under this Agreement, including for purposes of determining if the Financial Covenant is in effect for subsequent periods), and (v) except to the extent of any reduction in Indebtedness from such proceeds contemplated by the parenthetical in clause (iv), the Cure Amount shall be disregarded for other purposes of this Agreement (including determining financial ratio-based conditions (subject to the terms of clause (iv) above) or basket amounts).

(c) Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a notice from Holdings that it intends to exercise the Cure Right (a “ Notice of Intent to Cure ”), until the Anticipated Cure Deadline to which such Notice of Intent to Cure relates, (x) neither any Agent nor any other Secured Party shall exercise the right to accelerate payment of the Loans or terminate or suspend the Commitments and neither any Agent nor any other Secured Party shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession

 

151


of the Collateral, in each case solely on the basis of an allegation of an Event of Default having occurred and being continuing under Section 7.1 due to failure by the Initial Borrower to comply with the requirements of the Financial Covenant for the applicable period and (y) the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing, and no Lender or Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to make any Loan or issue any Letter of Credit, during such period.

SECTION 8. THE AGENTS

8.1 Appointment . Each Lender and Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent as the administrative agent and collateral agent, respectively, of such Lender and such Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby authorizes the Agents to enter into each Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor or subordination agreements contemplated hereby on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Agents shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Agents. The provisions of this Section 8 are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and no Loan Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of the provisions thereof. Each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any of the Loan Parties. The provisions of this Section 8 are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and no Loan Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of the provisions thereof. Each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any of the Loan Parties.

8.2 Delegation of Duties . The Agents may execute any of their duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agents shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected with reasonable care. Each Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents, employees or sub-agents, and any sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of Sections 8.3, 8.4 and 8.7 shall apply to any of the Affiliates of the Agents. All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of Sections, 8.3, 8.4 and 8.7 shall apply to any such sub-agent and Affiliates where named herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by either Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including any exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent, and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the applicable Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any

 

152


other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent.

8.3 Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable to any other Credit Party for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any other Credit Party for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents or Issuing Banks under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. Neither any Agent nor any Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to any other Credit Party to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party. The Agents shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Agents be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

8.4 Reliance by Agents . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, facsimile or email message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons (including any such any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, facsimile or email message, statement, order or other document or conversation exchanged between the Agents) and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Holdings or the Initial Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent and, with regard to the Administrative Agent, determination or other advice of Collateral Agent regarding any Borrowing Base, Reserves or related matters. The Agents may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all affected Lenders) as it deems appropriate, and upon receipt of such instructions from Required Lenders (or such Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions, including for the avoidance of doubt refraining from any action that, in its opinion of its counsel, may be in violation of termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law, or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all affected Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans. No Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of

 

153


the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give instructions hereunder).

8.5 Notice of Default . Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless such Agent has received written notice from a Lender, Holdings or the Initial Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that any Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Agents shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all affected Lenders); provided , that unless and until the Agents shall have received such directions, each Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

8.6 Non-Reliance on the Agents and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither any Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by an Agent hereunder, neither Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of such Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

8.7 Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent, each Issuing Bank and each of their officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents, advisors and controlling persons (each, an “ Agent Indemnitee ”) (to the extent not reimbursed by Holdings or the Borrowers and without limiting any obligation of Holdings or the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their respective Aggregate Exposure Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 8.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Aggregate Exposure Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs and expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent Indemnitee under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent

 

154


jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent Indemnitee’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 8.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

8.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity . Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent hereunder, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

8.9 Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Borrowers. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be subject to written approval by the Initial Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent has been appointed as Administrative Agent by the date that is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent, shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders, subject to written approval by the Initial Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 and of Section 9.5 shall continue to inure to its benefit.

8.10 Successor Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent may resign as Collateral Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent. If the Collateral Agent shall resign as Collateral Agent, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be subject to written approval by the Initial Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Collateral Agent, and the term “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Collateral Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Collateral Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Collateral Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent has been appointed as Collateral Agent by the date that is 30 days following a retiring Collateral Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders, subject to written approval by the Initial Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 and of Section 9.5 shall continue to inure to its benefit.

8.11 Initial Borrower as Borrower Agent . Each Additional Borrower hereby designates the Initial Borrower as its representative and agent (in such capacity, the “ Borrower Agent ”) for all purposes

 

155


under the Loan Documents, including requests for Loans and Letters of Credit, designation of interest rates, delivery or receipt of communications, preparation and delivery of Borrowing Base Certificates and financial reports, requests for waivers, amendments or other accommodations, actions under the Loan Documents (including in respect of compliance with covenants), and all other dealings with the Agents, the Issuing Banks or any Lender. The Initial Borrower hereby accepts such appointment as Borrower Agent. The Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any notice or communication (including any notice of borrowing) delivered by the Borrower Agent on behalf of any Borrower. The Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may give any notice or communication with a Borrower hereunder to the Borrower Agent on behalf of such Borrower. Each of the Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall have the right, in its discretion, to deal exclusively with the Borrower Agent for any or all purposes under the Loan Documents. Each Borrower agrees that any notice, election, communication, representation, agreement or undertaking made on its behalf by the Borrower Agent shall be binding upon and enforceable against it. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Borrower (other than the Borrower Agent) shall be authorized to request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit hereunder without the prior written consent of the Initial Borrower.

8.12 Collateral Matters . It is understood that different Persons may at any time be named as the Administrative Agent and as the Collateral Agent and in connection therewith, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, in the event that an Agent makes any proposal to the other Agent with respect to the Collateral, Borrowing Base eligibility standards, Reserves, intercreditor and subordination arrangements, collateral information rights, access rights, appraisal rights, audit rights, cash management rights or control agreement rights (each such matter a “ Collateral Matter ”), other than any proposed adjustment or revision or interpretation of Borrowing Base eligibility standards or Reserves (each such matter, a “ Borrowing Base Matter ”), (x) if the Agents do not agree on a determination with respect to a Collateral Matter, the determination shall be made by the Administrative Agent or (y) if the Agents do not agree on a determination with respect to a Borrowing Base Matter, the determination shall be made by the Collateral Agent, and, in each case, as between the Agents and the Lenders its decision shall be final.

8.13 Hypothecary Representative . Without limiting the power of the Agents hereunder or under any other Loan Document, each Agent and each of the Lenders hereby appoints and designates the Administrative Agent as the hypothecary representative (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec ) of each Agent and the Lenders for the purposes of holding any security granted by any Loan Party under the laws of the Province of Québec as security for any indebtedness or other obligations of any Loan Party hereunder or under any Loan Document and, in such capacity, the Administrative Agent shall hold any such security granted under the laws of the Province of Québec as hypothecary representative in the exercise of the rights conferred thereunder. The execution by the Administrative Agent as hypothecary representative of any deeds of hypothec or other security granted by any Loan Party under the laws of the Province of Québec is hereby ratified and confirmed. Any Person who becomes an Agent or a Lender shall be deemed to have ratified and confirmed the appointment of the Administrative Agent as hypothecary representative. The Administrative Agent, acting as hypothecary representative, shall have the same rights, powers, immunities, indemnities and exclusions from liability as are prescribed in favor of the Administrative Agent hereunder, which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Administrative Agent acting as hypothecary representative. In the event of the resignation of the Administrative Agent and appointment of a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall also constitute the successor hypothecary representative of the Agents and the Lenders for the purpose of holding the security referred to above, unless a successor hypothecary representative is otherwise appointed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this provision shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Québec.

 

156


SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile, as follows:

(i) if to any of Holdings or the Borrowers, to it at:

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

c/o Foundation Building Materials

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: John Gorey

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

E-mail: john.gorey@fbmsales.com

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lone Star Americas Acquisitions LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 214-515-6924

Telephone: 214-515-6824

and

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Ave

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Joerg H. Esdorn

Facsimile: (212) 351-5276

E-mail: JEsdorn@gibsondunn.com

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at:

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: SBD Loan Operations

Telephone: 212-902-1099

Facsimile: 917-977-3966 / 646-769-7829

E-mail: gsmmg-operations@gs.com

(iii) if to the Collateral Agent, to it at:

Bank of America Business Capital

Attention: Carlos Gil or Portfolio Management

333 S. Hope Street, 13th Floor

CA9-193-13-33

 

157


Los Angeles, CA 90071

(iv) if to any other Lender or Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or facsimile number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service, or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 9.1, or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 9.1. As agreed to among Holdings, the Initial Borrower, the applicable Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable Person provided from time to time by such Person.

Each of Holdings and the Initial Borrower hereby agrees, unless directed otherwise by the applicable Agent or unless the electronic mail address referred to below has not been provided by the applicable Agent to Holdings and the Initial Borrower, that it will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, provide to the applicable Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the applicable Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents or to the Lenders under Section 5, including all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (a) is or relates to a Borrowing Request, a notice pursuant to Section 2.6, or a notice requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4, (b) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (c) provides notice of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (d) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any Borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder (all such nonexcluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium that is properly identified in a format acceptable to the applicable Agent to an electronic mail address as directed by the applicable Agent. In addition, Holdings and the Initial Borrower agree, and agree to cause its Subsidiaries, to continue to provide the Communications to the applicable Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be, in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the applicable Agent.

Each of Holdings and the Initial Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks materials and/or information provided by, or on behalf of, the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, the “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that wish to receive information and documentation that is (x) of a type that would be publicly available if Holdings and its Subsidiaries were public reporting companies or (y) does not contain MNPI (collectively, “ Public Lender Information ”)) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). Each of Holdings and the Borrowers hereby agrees that (i) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Agents and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any Private Lender Information (as defined below) ( provided , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.12); (iii) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “Public

 

158


Investor”; and (iv) each Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Borrower Materials shall be deemed to be marked “PUBLIC” unless Holdings notifies the Administrative Agent promptly that any such document contains Private Lender Information: (A) the Loan Documents, (B) notification of changes in the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and (C) all information delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 5.2(a). “ Private Lender Information ” means any information and documentation that is not Public Lender Information.

Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States Federal and state securities laws, to make reference to Communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain MNPI.

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED FROM SUCH PERSON’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

Each Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by such Agent at its electronic mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that receipt of notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees to notify each Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s electronic mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address. Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of any Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

9.2 Waivers; Amendments . (a) No failure or delay by any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or

 

159


power. The rights and remedies of each Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by Holdings or the Borrowers therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.2, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) None of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereunder or thereunder may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Initial Borrower (and, if applicable, any other Borrowers) and the Required Lenders or by Holdings, the Initial Borrower (and, if applicable, any other Borrowers) and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided , that, notwithstanding the foregoing:

(A) solely with the written consent of each Lender and Issuing Bank directly and adversely affected thereby (but without the necessity of obtaining the consent of the Required Lenders, other than in the case of clause (1) below, which shall require the consent of each Lender increasing its Commitments and the Required Lenders if such increase is effectuated other than pursuant to the provisions under this Agreement specifically permitting increases of commitments without the further approval of Required Lenders), any such agreement may:

(1) increase the Commitment of any Lender (other than with respect to any Incremental Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.20 in which such Lender has agreed to be an Additional Lender), it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.2 or the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of Commitments shall not constitute an increase of any Commitment of any Lender;

(2) reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees or premiums payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-Default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders) and (y) that any change in Historical Excess Availability, Historical Average Utilization or any other definition used in the calculation of such rate of interest or fees (or any component definition thereof) shall not constitute a reduction in any rate of interest or any fee for purposes of this clause (2)); or

(3) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees or premiums payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment; it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.2 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of Commitments shall not constitute a postponement of the scheduled date of payment of principal of any Loan or expiration of any Commitment of any Lender;

 

160


(B) solely with the written consent of the Lenders (other than a Defaulting Lender) holding 66.7% of the outstanding Revolving Credit Commitments and/or Revolving Credit Exposure, any such agreement may increase advance rates or make other modifications to any Borrowing Base (or any constituent definitions to the extent used therein) that have the effect of increasing availability thereunder;

(C) solely with the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender), any such agreement may:

(1) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) or Section 2.21(c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, or change the application of proceeds provision in either Section 6.4 of the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or either Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or Sections 4.2 and 4.3 of the Intercreditor Agreement (or the corresponding provision in any other intercreditor agreement);

(2) change any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or grant any consent hereunder;

(3) except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 9.15 or in the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or either Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release Guarantors from their guarantee obligations under the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or either Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement representing all or substantially all of the value of such guarantees, taken as a whole;

(4) impose additional restrictions on the ability of any Lender to assign any of its rights and obligations hereunder; or

(5) change the definition of “Qualified Jurisdiction”;

provided , further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any Agent or any Issuing Bank hereunder in a manner adverse to such Agent or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, without the prior written consent of such Agent or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be including any amendment of this Section 9.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amendments, waivers and other modifications to the provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights or obligations of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (but not the rights or obligations of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) will require only the prior written consent of Lenders holding the requisite percentage under this Section 9.2(b) of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of such Class (as if such Class were the only Class of Loans and Commitments then outstanding under this Agreement), Holdings and the Initial Borrower (and, if applicable, any other Borrower).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.2, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Initial Borrower, in their sole discretion and without the consent or approval of any other party, may amend, modify or supplement any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to (i) amend, modify or supplement such provision or cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, error, defect or inconsistency, and such amendment, modification or supplement shall

 

161


become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Documents if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five Business Days following receipt of notice thereof ( provided , that, if the Required Lenders make such objection in writing, such amendment, modification or supplement shall not become effective without the consent of the Required Lenders), and (ii) to permit additional affiliates of Holdings to guarantee the Obligations and/or provide Collateral therefor. Such amendments shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement (i) that is for the purpose of adding the holders of any additional Indebtedness permitted hereunder, including any Refinancing Indebtedness (or a Senior Representative with respect thereto) as parties thereto, as expressly contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any other or any other intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing; provided , that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders) or (ii) that is expressly contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement or any other or any other intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing; provided , that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall directly and adversely amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of such Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, Holdings and the applicable Borrowers may enter into Incremental Facility Amendments in accordance with Section 2.20 and Extension Amendments in accordance with Section 2.22 and joinder agreements with respect thereto in accordance with such sections, and such Incremental Facility Amendments and Extension Amendments and joinder agreements may effect such amendments to the Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Initial Borrower, to give effect to the existence and the terms of the Incremental Facility or Extension, as applicable, and will be effective to amend the terms of this Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents (including to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents with the other Revolving Credit Loans, and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders), in each case, without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.2 or any other Loan Document, guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of Holdings or the Initial Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Requirements of Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement or any other Loan Documents. In addition, if the Administrative Agent and the Initial Borrower shall have jointly

 

162


identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then the Administrative Agent and the Initial Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision without further action or consent by any other party; provided that the Required Lenders shall not have objected to such amendment within 5 Business Days after receiving a copy thereof.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to increase the LC Sublimit with the written consent of the applicable Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.2, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion and without the consent or approval of any other party (but in consultation with Holdings), amend, modify or supplement any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with the provisions under the heading “Market Flex” in the Fee Letter prior to the “Syndication Date” as defined in the Fee Letter.

9.3 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver . (a) The Initial Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of legal counsel for each Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof, , the reasonable fees and expenses of consultants and appraisal firms in connection with inventory appraisals and field examinations required hereunder and the Administrative Agent’s standard charges for examination activities and appraisal reviews, (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of legal counsel for each Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section 9.3(a), including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided , that the Initial Borrower’s obligations under this Section 9.3(a) for fees and expenses of legal counsel shall be limited to fees and expenses of (x) one primary outside legal counsel in each of the United States and Canada for all Persons described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, taken as a whole (provided that reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of legal counsel for the Collateral Agent shall also be paid by the Initial Borrower), (y) in the case of any actual or perceived conflict of interest, one outside legal counsel for each group of affected Persons similarly situated, taken as a whole, in each appropriate jurisdiction and (z) if necessary, one local or foreign legal counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions).

(b) The Initial Borrower shall indemnify each Agent, each institution listed as an arranger or bookrunner on the cover page hereof, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and related expenses (including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of (i) one primary outside legal counsel in each of the United States and Canada to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole, (ii) in the case of any actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional outside legal counsel for each group of affected Indemnitees similarly situated, taken as a whole, in each appropriate jurisdiction and (iii) if necessary, one local or foreign legal counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions)), which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted or awarded against any such Indemnitee arising out of, relating to, in connection with, or as a result of (w) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, the Purchase Agreement, the

 

163


performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (x) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (y) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including any predecessor entities), or any Environmental Liability relating to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (including any predecessor entities), or (z) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto and whether or not such claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding is brought by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates, their respective creditors or any other Person; provided , that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (1) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties or a material breach by any Indemnitee of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (2) arise out of any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding that does not involve an act or omission by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and that is brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee ( provided , that in the event of such a claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding involving a claim or proceeding brought against any Agent or any Arranger (in each case, in its capacity as such) by other Indemnitees, any Agent or any Arranger, as the case may be (in its capacity as such), shall be entitled (subject to the other limitations and exceptions set forth above) to the benefit of the indemnities set forth above), (3) arise from any settlement entered into by any Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties in connection with the foregoing without the Initial Borrower’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (4) are in respect of indemnification payments made pursuant to Section 8.7, to the extent the Initial Borrower would not have been or was not required to make such indemnification payments directly pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3(b); provided , further , that each Indemnitee agrees (by accepting the benefits hereof) to refund and return any and all amounts paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to such Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of such amounts in accordance with any of the foregoing items described in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) occurs. This Section 9.3(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc., arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable law, none of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Indemnitee shall assert, and each of Holdings, the Borrowers and each Indemnitee hereby waives, any claim against Holdings, the Borrowers or any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including any loss of profits, business or anticipated savings) (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Holdings and the Borrowers and each Indemnitee hereby waive, release and agree not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor; provided , that nothing contained in this paragraph shall limit the obligations of the Borrowers under Section 9.3(b) in respect of any such damages claimed against the Indemnitees by Persons other than Indemnitees.

(d) All amounts due under this Section 9.3 shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor.

 

164


9.4 Successors and Assigns . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6.4, no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by a Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 9.4. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section 9.4, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) of:

(A) the Initial Borrower; provided , that no consent of the Initial Borrower shall be required (i) for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or, if a Specified Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Eligible Assignee or (ii) for any assignment during the primary syndication of the Revolving Credit Loans to Persons identified to, and approved by, the Initial Borrower prior to the Syndication Date (as defined in the Fee Letter); provided , further , that (x) the Initial Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless the Initial Borrower shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent not later than the tenth Business Day following the date a written request for such consent is made and (y) the withholding of consent by the Initial Borrower to any assignment to any Disqualified Lender shall be deemed reasonable (for the avoidance of doubt, it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility or obligation to determine or notify the Initial Borrower with respect to whether any Lender or potential Lender is a Disqualified Lender, or have a duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce compliance with the provisions relating to Disqualified Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability with respect to any assignment made to a Disqualified Lender);

(B) the Administrative Agent; and

(C) each Issuing Bank.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class or assignments to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5.0 million unless (x) such assignee shall be an existing Lender or (y) each of the Initial Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent;

 

165


provided , that no such consent of the Initial Borrower shall be required if a Specified Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment with respect to a Class shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Class; provided , that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with (unless waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (treating, for purposes of such fee, multiple, simultaneous assignments by or to two or more Approved Funds as a single assignment); and

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about Holdings, the Borrowers, the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 9.4, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits, and subject to the obligations, of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.3). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.4 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 9.4.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and, as applicable, stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, any Issuing Bank and, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

166


(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless such assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.4 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 9.4, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided , that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.4(d) or (e), 2.5(b), 2.17(d) or 8.7, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, or any Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided , that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided , that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clauses (1) through (3) of the first proviso to Section 9.2(b) and clause (3) of the third proviso to Section 9.2(b) that adversely affects the Participant. The Borrowers agree that, subject to paragraph (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of this Section 9.4, each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 (and subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 9.4. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.8 as though it were a Lender; provided , that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (the “ Participant Register ”); provided , that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, including payments of interest and principal, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as administrative agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining or otherwise administering a Participant Register.

 

167


(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, with respect to any participation sold to such Participant, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive (except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the participation) with respect to the participation sold to such Participant. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply (and actually complies) with Section 2.16(e) as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.16(e) shall be delivered to the participating Lender).

(iii) A Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section 9.4.

(iv) Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrowers’ request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrowers to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.18(b) with respect to any Participant.

(v) No participation may be sold to the Sponsor, Holdings, any Borrower, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 9.4 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided , that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) With respect to any assignment or participation by a Lender, (i) to a Disqualified Lender or (ii) to the extent the Initial Borrower’s consent is required under the terms of Section 9.4(b)(A) and such consent is not granted (or deemed to have been granted), to any other Person, in each case, the Initial Borrower shall be entitled to (A) seek specific performance to unwind any such assignment or participation and/or (B) exercise any other remedy set forth herein or in any other Loan Document available to the Initial Borrower in addition to any other remedy available to the Initial Borrower at law or at equity, except to the extent that (x) the assignee or participant to which such Lender assigned or participated the Loans or Commitments that were the subject of such impermissible assignment or participation (the “Ineligible Assignee”) no longer holds such Loans or Commitments or partitions therein and such Loans or Commitments were subsequently assigned or participated to an Eligible Assignee (it being expressly understood that no Person shall be an Eligible Assignee solely by virtue of its relationship to the Ineligible Assignee ) in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement or (y) the Initial Borrower consents in writing to such assignment or participation, provided that upon inquiry by any Lender to the Administrative Agent as to whether a specified potential assignee or prospective participant is on the list of Disqualified Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to disclose to such Lender whether such specific potential assignee or prospective participant is in the list of Disqualified Lenders.

9.5 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrowers herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding

 

168


that any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.3 and Section 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

9.6 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Agents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (e.g., “PDF” or “TIFF”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

9.7 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.8 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be required in connection with customary set-offs in connection with Cash Management Obligations and Specified Hedge Agreements), to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) (excluding any Exempt Account) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the applicable Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the applicable Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.8 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Initial Borrower promptly after any such setoff. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, no Lender shall exercise any right of set off in respect of any Controlled Account other than any Agent acting in its capacity as such.

9.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) This Agreement and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

169


(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party hereto may bring an action or proceeding in other jurisdictions in respect of its rights under any Security Document governed by a law other than the laws of the State of New York or, with respect to the Collateral, in a jurisdiction where such Collateral is located.

(c) The Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive, to the fullest extent they may legally and effectively do so, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 9.9. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Subject to clause (e) below, each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.1. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Foreign Loan Parties hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers as of the Closing Date, CT Corporation System (the “ Process Agent ”), with an office on the Closing Date at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011, United States, as its authorized designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge on its behalf and for its property, service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof; such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to such Foreign Loan Party, in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and each of the Foreign Loan Parties hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. Each of the Foreign Loan Parties further agree to take any and all such action as may be necessary to maintain the designation and appointment of the Process Agent in full force in effect for a period of three years following the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder (other than contingent amounts not then due and payable); provided, that if the Process Agent shall cease to act as such, each such Foreign Loan Party agrees to promptly designate a new authorized designee, appointee and agent in New York City on the terms and for the purposes reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent hereunder.

9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR

 

170


OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

9.11 Headings . Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

9.12 Confidentiality . (a) Each of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ employees, legal counsel, independent auditors, professionals and other experts or agents (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested or demanded by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulating authority) claiming jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates ( provided , that such Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as applicable, shall notify Holdings and the Initial Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising routine examination or regulatory authority) to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation), (iii) pursuant to the order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory legal process based on the advice of counsel ( provided , that such Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as applicable, shall notify Holdings and the Initial Borrower promptly thereof prior to any such disclosure by such Person (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising routine examination or regulatory authority) to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation), (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) as reasonably determined to be necessary, in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) to bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation of any Loans or any participations therein or by any direct or indirect contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrowers and their obligations ( provided , that such assignees, transferees, participants, counterparties and advisors are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 9.12 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 9.12), (vii) to the extent that such information is independently developed by it, (viii) with the prior written consent of the Initial Borrower, (ix) to the extent such Information (A) becomes available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.12 to the any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates or (B) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than by reason of improper disclosure by any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender or any of their Affiliates or any related parties thereto in violation of any confidentiality obligations owing to Sponsor, the Permitted Investors, the Targets or any of their respective affiliates, (x) on a confidential basis to (A) any rating agency in connection with rating Holdings, the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries or the Revolving Credit Facility or (1) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility or (2) market data collectors, similar services, providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agents in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, (xi) to the extent necessary or customary for inclusion in league table measurement, and (xii) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense. For the purposes of this Section 9.12, “Information” means all information received from Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates

 

171


relating to Holdings or the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries or businesses, other than any such information that is available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.12 to any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by a Borrower; provided, that, in the case of information received from a Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified on or before the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 9.12 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information which shall in no event be less than commercially reasonable care.

(b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MNPI, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL AND TERRITORIAL SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY A BORROWER OR ANY AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MNPI. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO THE BORROWERS AND THE AGENTS THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

9.13 PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of the Borrowers and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrowers in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

9.14 Release of Liens and Guarantees ; Secured Parties. (a) In the event that any Loan Party conveys, sells, leases, assigns, transfers or otherwise Disposes of all or any portion of any of the Capital Stock or assets (including any Mortgaged Property) of any Loan Party to a Person that is not (and is not required hereunder to become) a Loan Party in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, the Liens created by the Loan Documents in respect of such Capital Stock or assets shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents (including Mortgage release documents) as may be reasonably requested by Holdings or the Initial Borrower and at the Initial Borrower’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such Capital Stock or assets. In the event that any Capital Stock or other asset (including any Mortgaged Property) constituting Collateral has become, or is becoming, an Excluded Asset, then, at the request of Holdings or any Borrower, the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute such documents (including mortgage release documents) as may be reasonably requested by Holdings or any Borrower, and at the Borrowers’ expense, to terminate, discharge and release (or to further document and evidence the termination, discharge and release of) the Liens created by any Loan Document in respect of such assets. In the case of a transaction permitted under this Agreement the result of which is that a Loan Party would cease to be a Restricted

 

172


Subsidiary or would become an Excluded Subsidiary (or in case any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or Holdings elects that any Discretionary Guarantor that would otherwise constitute an Excluded Subsidiary cease to be a Discretionary Guarantor), the Guarantee Obligations created by the Loan Documents in respect of such Loan Party (and all security interests granted by such Guarantor under the Loan Documents) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by Holdings or the Initial Borrower and at the Initial Borrower’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of such security interests and such Loan Party’s Guarantee Obligations in respect of the Obligations (including its Guarantee Obligations under the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreements). Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Loan Document relating to any such Capital Stock, asset or subsidiary of any Loan Party shall no longer be deemed to be made with respect thereto once such Capital Stock or asset or Subsidiary is so conveyed, sold, leased, assigned, transferred or disposed of.

(b) Upon the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination or expiration of the Commitments, all Liens created by the Loan Documents shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by Holdings or the Initial Borrower and at the Initial Borrower’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of Liens created by the Loan Documents (including by way of assignment), and the Guarantee Obligations created by the Loan Documents in respect of the Guarantors shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by Holdings or the Initial Borrower and at the Initial Borrower’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of the Guarantors’ Guarantee Obligations in respect of the Obligations (including the Guarantee Obligations under the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreements).

(c) Except with respect to the exercise of setoff rights of any Lender in accordance with Section 9.8 or with respect to a Lender’s right to file a proof of claim in an insolvency proceeding, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any guarantee of the Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof. In the event of a foreclosure by any Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, any Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. In furtherance of the foregoing, no Hedge Agreement the obligations under which constitute Specified Hedge Agreement obligations and no other agreements the obligations under which constitute Cash Management Obligations, in each case will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. By accepting the benefits of the

 

173


Collateral, each Secured Party that is a party to any such Hedge Agreement or such agreement in respect of Cash Management Services shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and the Collateral Agent to serve as collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.

9.15 No Fiduciary Duty . Each Agent, each Issuing Bank each Lender and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lender Parties ”) may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their affiliates. Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender Parties, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lender Parties, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender Parties have assumed any advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender Parties have advised, are currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) the Lender Parties are acting solely as principals and not as the agents or fiduciaries of any Loan Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not claim that the Lender Parties have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe a fiduciary or similar duty to such Loan Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

9.16 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the applicable Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by any Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Bank exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

9.17 Intercreditor Agreements . Each Agent is hereby authorized and directed to, to the extent required or permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents, (x) enter into (i) any Security Document, (ii) the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) or any other intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder or (y) make or consent to any filings or take any other actions in connection therewith (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, such agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness of such Loan Party that is permitted to be incurred and secured pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3, in order to permit such Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien on the Collateral (with such priority as may be designated by such Loan Party, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents)), and the parties hereto acknowledge that the Intercreditor Agreement, any intercreditor agreement contemplated

 

174


hereunder, any Security Document, and any consent, filing or other action will be binding upon them. Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a Lender and Issuing Bank (if applicable)) and each of the Secured Parties (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any intercreditor agreement contemplated hereunder (if entered into) and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs each Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor agreements contemplated hereunder or Security Document (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of or supplements to or other modifications to, such agreements in connection with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness of such Loan Party that is permitted to be incurred and secured pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3, in order to permit such Indebtedness to be secured by a valid, perfected lien on the Collateral (with such priority as may be designated by such Loan Party, to the extent such priority is permitted by the Loan Documents)), and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any other Loan Document, this Agreement is subject to the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

9.18 Judgment Currency . In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due under this Agreement or any other Loan Document that is expressed and paid in a currency (the “judgment currency”) other than US Dollars, the Loan Parties will indemnify Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and any Lender against any loss incurred by them as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the US Dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the rate of exchange, as quoted by Administrative Agent or by a known dealer in the judgment currency that is designated by Administrative Agent, at which Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender is able to purchase US Dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually received by Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Loan Parties and shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into US Dollars.

SECTION 10. ADDITIONAL LOAN PARTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

10.1 Additional Borrowers . At any time after the Closing Date, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Borrower Group Member that is a direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or, with the consent of each Lender, any other jurisdiction, may elect to be added as an Additional Borrower hereunder upon delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Additional Borrower as follows:

(a) such Borrower Group Member shall be deemed a “Borrower” hereunder and under the Loan Documents with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility subject to the receipt by the Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of joinder and any other documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Additional Borrower, including any promissory notes requested by a Lender through the Administrative Agent and written opinions of the Loan Parties’ counsel;

(b) such Additional Borrower shall deliver the documents required by Section 5.9 with respect thereto; and

 

175


(c) as a condition to the effectiveness of any joinder of any Additional Borrower, such Additional Borrower shall deliver all documentation and other information reasonably requested in writing by each Lender within ten Business Days following receipt of such Notice of Additional Borrower to satisfy requirements under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the PATRIOT Act Canadian Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

10.2 Discretionary Guarantors . At any time after the Closing Date, Holdings may elect to add a Group Member that is an Excluded Subsidiary or any other Person reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to be added as an additional guarantor and a Loan Party (a “ Discretionary Guarantor ”) as follows:

(a) Holdings shall provide a Notice of Additional Guarantor to the Administrative Agent of their intention to add any Discretionary Guarantor at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the date of the proposed addition;

(b) consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required to approve any such addition (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but which may be withheld if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that such Discretionary Guarantor is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction where (i) the amount and enforceability of the contemplated guarantee that may be entered into by a Person organized in the relevant jurisdiction is materially and adversely limited by applicable law or contractual limitations, (ii) the security interests (and the enforceability thereof) that may be granted with respect to assets (or various classes of assets) located in the relevant jurisdiction are materially and adversely limited by applicable law or (iii) there is any reasonably identifiable and material adverse political or legal risk to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent associated with such jurisdiction); provided , that no such consent shall be required for the addition of any Discretionary Guarantor organized under the laws of a Qualified Jurisdiction;

(c) Holdings and such Discretionary Guarantor shall deliver the documents required by Section 5.9, at the time such Group Member or other Person becomes a Discretionary Guarantor (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) with respect to each such additional Guarantor (and solely for purposes of Section 5.9(c) and the Security Documents, such Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been acquired at the time such Notice of Additional Guarantor is received by the Administrative Agent); and

(d) as a condition to the effectiveness of any joinder of any Discretionary Guarantor, such Discretionary Guarantor shall deliver opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.1 and all other documentation and other information, in each case as reasonably requested in writing by each Lender within ten Business Days following receipt of such Notice of Additional Guarantor to satisfy requirements under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the PATRIOT Act and the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) (Canada) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada).

It is understood and agreed that, as a condition to the effectiveness of any joinder of any Group Member or other Person as a “Discretionary Guarantor” under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture or any Senior Secured Bridge Document, such Group Member or other Person shall have become a Discretionary Guarantor hereunder, pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.2.

10.3 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement

 

176


or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution;

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority; and

(c) a variation of any term of any Loan Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

(Signature pages follow.)

 

177


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

HOLDINGS:
LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
INITIAL BORROWER:
LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


ADDITIONAL US BORROWERS:
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
FBM BAV LLC
FBM WAGNER DISTRIBUTION LLC
FBM WHOLESALE BUILDERS SUPPLY LLC
FBM SOUTHWEST LLC
OXNARD BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
PROWALL BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.
FBM/W&S LLC
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY LLC
HOME ACRES BUILDING SUPPLY CO. LLC
KOBRIN BUILDERS’ SUPPLY HOLDINGS, LLC
KOBRIN BUILDERS SUPPLY, LLC
FBM LOGISTICS, LLC
FBM WASHINGTON LLC
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY OF ILLINOIS LLC
FBM MICHIGAN LLC
FBM COLUMBUS LLC
FBM OHIO LLC
FBM KENT GYPSUM SUPPLY, INC.
CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITION, LLC
SUPERIOR PLUS CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS CORP.
THE WINROC CORPORATION (MIDWEST)

 

By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


CANADIAN BORROWERS:
WINROC-SPI CORPORATION
1974303 ALBERTA LTD.
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Charles D. Johnston

Name:   Charles D. Johnston
Title:   Authorized Signatory
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Charles D. Johnston

Name:   Charles D. Johnston
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Carlos Gil

Name:   Carlos Gil
Title:   Senior Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Carlos Gil

  Name:   Carlos Gil
  Title:   Senior Vice President
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

(acting through its Canada branch),

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Sylwia Durkiewicz

  Name:   Sylwia Durkiewicz
  Title:   Vice President

Address:

181 Bay Street

Toronto, Ontario

M5J 2V8

Attn: LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC Portfolio Management

Telecopy: (312) 453-4041

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:  

/s/ Krista Mize

  Name:   Krista Mize
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION CANADA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ David G. Phillips

  Name:   David G. Phillips
  Title:   Senior Vice President
    Credit Officer, Canada
    Wells Fargo Capital Finance
    Corporation Canada

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:  

/s/ Philippe Pepin

  Name:   Philippe Pepin
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mikhail Faybusovich

  Name:   Mikhail Faybusovich
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Lorenz Meier

  Name:   Lorenz Meier
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to ABL Credit Agreement]


Schedule 1.1A

Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments 1

Reconciliation of pro forma EBITDA and pro forma Adjusted EBITDA:

 

           Year Ended
December 31,
   

Twelve

Months

Ended

March 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
           2014     2015     2016     2015     2016  
                       (in thousands)              

Pro Forma

            

Net (loss)

     $ (23,908   $ (23,119   $ (9,941   $ (13,615   $ (437

Interest expense, net

       58,320        58,546        58,651        14,545        14,650   

Income tax expense (benefit)

       (22,986     388        732        (1,844     (1,500

Depreciation and amortization

       55,648        55,816        56,363        13,883        14,430   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     $ 67,074      $ 91,631      $ 106,805      $ 12,969      $ 27,143   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unadjusted EBITDA from prior acquisitions

     (a     8,381        1,826        1,636        226        36   

Non-cash, purchase accounting effects

     (b     —          9,059        9,246        803        990   

Unrealized non-cash loss (gain) on derivative financial instruments

     (c     2,700        6,600        —          2,300        (4,300

Non-cash gain (loss) on sale of fixed assets

     (d     145        169        314        (45     100   

Management fees

     (e     80        20        253        —          233   

Third party costs related to software implementation

     (f     1,007        1,855        2,116        652        913   

Contractual reduction in salaries

     (g     563        1,826        2,000        399        573   

(Addition) reduction in headcount costs

     (h     1,997        1,529        835        613        (81

Purchasing cost savings

     (i     5,569        5,228        5,031        1,220        1,023   

Corporate headquarter cost savings

     (j     8,012        7,770        7,971        1,743        1,944   

Branch consolidation cost savings

     (k     8,461        6,945        6,467        1,933        1,455   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     $ 103,989      $ 134,458      $ 141,674      $ 22,813      $ 30,029   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents unadjusted EBITDA from the beginning of the period presented to the date of such acquisition for the following acquisitions: Gypsum Supply Ltd., Central Building Materials, LLC, Wagner Distribution Holding Company, Inc., Wholesale Builders Supply, Inc., BAV, Inc., Commercial Building Materials, LLC, Mid America Drywall Supply, Inc. and Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc. These acquisitions are not otherwise included in historical results prior to their respective dates of acquisition. The pre-acquisition financial statements from which such EBITDA contribution has been calculated have not been audited or reviewed by our external auditors. Actual reported net sales for those acquisitions from the beginning of the period presented to the date of such acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, twelve months ended March 31, 2016 and three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 were $133.4 million, $33.6 million, $35.9 million, $8.7 million and $6.5 million, respectively.
(b) Represents non-cash expense related to purchase accounting effects of the acquisitions of Great Western (March 13, 2015) and Gypsum Supply (December 30, 2015) and the Lone Star Acquisition (October 9, 2015).

 

 

1   Information in this schedule comes from the section entitled “Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data” in that certain offering memorandum dated as of August 2, 2016 relating to the Senior Secured Notes. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in such offering memorandum.

 

Schedule 1.1A – Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments


(c) Represents non-cash expense related to unrealized gains or losses on derivative financial instruments.
(d) Represents non-cash gains (losses) on the sale of assets.
(e) Represents fees paid to the Sponsor and former private equity sponsors for services provided to FBM pursuant to past and present management agreements with FBM.
(f) Represents one-time third-party costs incurred in connection with Winroc’s ERP software implementation process, which is expected to be completed in 2016.
(g) Represents the contractual reduction in post-acquisition compensation paid to management employees at Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc. (acquired May 31, 2016).
(h) Represents (a) (i) historical compensation paid during the applicable period to certain former owners of acquired businesses who remained with FBM during a transition period, which did not continue, or are not anticipated to continue, after the transition period, plus (ii) the historical compensation paid during the applicable period with respect to redundant positions identified by FBM at non-consolidating branch locations during 2015, which positions have been eliminated prior to the date of this offering circular or are anticipated to be eliminated prior to December 31, 2016, net of (b) the anticipated impact of additional compensation expense related to management hires made in 2016.
(i) Due to its greater scale, FBM has generally been able to negotiate greater rebate terms from its suppliers compared to the rebate terms for the businesses which it has acquired. This adjustment represents the estimated impact of the immediate application of FBM’s existing and more favorable contracted supplier rebate terms to the pre-acquisition inventory purchases of the businesses acquired by FBM as if the businesses had received such supplier rebate terms prior to the date on which they were acquired. This adjustment was calculated by comparing existing supplier contract terms at FBM to respective supplier contract terms at each acquired company. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016, the amount of this adjustment associated with Winroc is $3.0 million.
(j) We expect to close the Winroc headquarters in Dallas after the consummation of the Winroc Acquisition. This adjustment represents the estimated cost savings, primarily headcount related but also including rent and lease expense and compensation expense, expected to be realized as a result of the planned consolidation of the corporate overhead infrastructure of Winroc with FBM. We anticipate realizing such cost savings within 12 months of the date of this offering circular, and anticipate incurring approximately $10.0 million of severance and other expenses in connection therewith, which are not reflected in our anticipated financial data or the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA set forth above. We cannot assure you that we will be able to realize such cost savings on the timeline or in the amount we currently anticipate, or that the expenses required to realize such cost savings will not exceed our estimates.
(k) Represents the estimated cost savings, including rent and lease expense and employee compensation expense, expected to be realized as a result of the planned consolidation of operating branch locations identified by management to be duplicative as a result of the acquisitions of Great Western, Gypsum Supply, Mid America Drywall Supply, Inc. and Winroc. We anticipate realizing such cost savings within 12 months of the date of this offering circular and anticipate incurring approximately $5.0 million of severance and other expenses in connection therewith, which are not reflected in our anticipated financial data or the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA set forth above. We cannot assure you that we will be able to realize such cost savings on the timeline or in the amount we currently anticipate, or that the expenses required to realize such cost savings will not exceed our estimates. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2016 period, the amount of this adjustment associated with Winroc is $4.3 million.

 

Schedule 1.1A – Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments


Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA for the pro forma periods set forth below to the underlying EBITDA amounts for such period for the Company and Winroc.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    

Twelve

Months

Ended

March 31,

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2015      2016      2015     2016  
                   (in thousands)               

FBM EBITDA

   $ 20,644       $ 5,488       $ 17,804       $ 3,157      $ 15,473   

Winroc EBITDA

     24,560         24,905         34,826         92        10,013   

Ken API, Gypsum Supply, Great Western EBITDA

     18,271         7,845         12,334         (3,312     1,177   

Pro Forma Adjustments (a)

     3,599         53,393         40,841         13,032        480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma EBITDA

   $ 67,074       $ 91,631       $ 105,805       $ 12,969      $ 27,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

FBM Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 25,609       $ 57,974       $ 65,931       $ 9,658      $ 17,615   

Ken API, Gypsum Supply, Great Western Adjusted EBITDA

     15,948         18,033         14,951         3,943        861   

Unadjusted EBITDA from prior acquisitions

     8,382         1,826         1,636         226        36   

Contractual reduction in salaries from prior acquisitions

     563         1,826         2,000         399        573   

(Addition) reduction in headcount costs

     1,997         1,529         835         613        (81

Purchasing cost savings from prior acquisitions

     2,939         2,286         1,983         565        262   

Branch consolidation cost savings from prior acquisitions

     4,142         2,626         2,148         863        385   

Winroc Adjusted EBITDA

     29,425         33,357         36,939         3,044        6,626   

Purchasing cost savings from Winroc Acquisition

     2,653         2,912         2,961         689        738   

Corporate headquarter cost savings from Winroc Acquisition

     8,012         7,770         7,971         1,743        1,944   

Branch consolidation cost savings from Winroc Acquisition

     4,319         4,319         4,319         1,070        1,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Adj. EBITDA

   $ 103,989       $ 134,458       $ 141,674       $ 22,813      $ 30,029   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents (i) transaction costs incurred as a result of the Lone Star Acquisition, the Winroc Acquisition and the acquisitions of Ken API, Gypsum Supply and Great Western, which amounts were $0, $48.9 million, $39.0 million, $10.8 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, twelve months ended March 31, 2016, and three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively, plus (ii) the contractual reduction in post-acquisition compensation paid to employees at Gypsum Supply, including the elimination of historical expenses incurred from Gypsum Supply’s Employee Stock Option Plan. Such amounts were $2.9 million, $3.3 million, $2.7 million, $0.6 million, $0.0 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, twelve months ended March 31, 2016, and three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively, plus (iii) elimination of long-term incentive compensation expense offered to certain executives at Winroc, as FBM does not intend to incur such costs in the future. Such amounts were $1.0 million, $1.5 million, $(0.5) million, $1.7 million, and $(0.3) million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, twelve months ended March 31, 2016, and three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively, less (iv) the additional rent expense associated with favorable/unfavorable leases related to the Lone Star Acquisition. Such amounts were $(0.3) million for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 and twelve months ended March 31, 2016, and $(0.1) million in each of the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.

 

Schedule 1.1A – Consolidated EBITDA Adjustments


Schedule 1.1B

Existing Letters of Credit

None.

 

Schedule 1.1B – Existing Letters of Credit


Schedule 1.1C

Mortgaged Properties

None.

 

Schedule 1.1C – Mortgaged Properties


Schedule 1.1D

Surviving Debt

None.

 

Schedule 1.1D – Surviving Debt


Schedule 2.1

Commitment Schedule

 

Lender

   Revolving Credit Commitment  

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 50,000,000.00   

Bank of America, N.A. 1

   $ 89,166,666.67   

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 2

   $ 89,166,666.67   

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 16,666,666.66   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 5,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 250,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

 

1   Acting through its Canadian Branch when lending to Canadian Borrowers
2   Acting through Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada when lending to Canadian Borrowers.


Schedule 2.4

Letter of Credit Commitment Schedule

 

Lender

   Commitment to any
Canadaian Borrower
 

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 10,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

 

Lender

   Commitment to any
Canadaian Borrower
 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

   $ 10,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 


Schedule 3.4

Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

None.

 

Schedule 3.4 – Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices


Schedule 3.13(a)

Restricted Subsidiaries

 

Name of Company

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

incorporation

or formation

  

Number and type

of issued equity

interests

  

Holders of the

equity interests

   Percentage owned
by the Group
Members
 

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

   Delaware    N/A    LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC      100

FBM Intermediate LLC

   Delaware    100 shares of Common Stock    FBM AIV Blocker II LLC and FBM AIV Blocker LLC      100

FBM Finance, Inc.

   Delaware    1,000 shares of common stock    LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC      100

Home Acres Holdings LLC

   Delaware    N/A    FBM Intermediate LLC. and FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC (1% Common, 100% Preferred)      100

FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC

   Delaware    N/A    LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, FBM AIV Blocker LLC and FBM AIV Blocker II LLC      100

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   California    N/A    FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC      100

FBM BAV LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Wagner Distribution LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Wholesale Builders Supply LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Southwest LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation      100

 

Schedule 3.13(a) – Restricted Subsidiaries


Name of Company

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

incorporation

or formation

  

Number and type

of issued equity

interests

  

Holders of the

equity interests

   Percentage owned
by the Group
Members
 
         Building Materials, LLC   

FBM GWBM Inc.

   Delaware    100 shares of Common Stock    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

Oxnard Building Materials, Inc.

   California    1,000 shares of Common Stock    FBM GWBM Inc.      100

Great Western Building Materials, Inc.

   Arizona    1,060 shares of Common Stock    FBM GWBM Inc.      100

ProWall Building Products, Inc.

   Arizona    1,000 shares of Common Stock    FBM GWBM Inc.      100

FBM/W&S LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Gypsum Supply LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM HABS/KBS LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC

   Michigan    N/A    FBM HABS/KBS LLC      100

Kobrin Builders Supply Holdings, LLC

   Michigan    N/A    FBM HABS/KBS LLC (45%) and Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC (55%)      100

Kobrin Builders Supply, LLC

   Florida    100,000 Units    Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC (100 Units) and Kobrin Builders Supply Holdings, LLC (99,900 Units)      100

FBM Logistics, LLC

   Indiana    N/A    Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC      100

 

Schedule 3.13(a) – Restricted Subsidiaries


Name of Company

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

incorporation

or formation

  

Number and type

of issued equity

interests

  

Holders of the

equity interests

   Percentage owned
by the Group
Members
 

FBM AIV Blocker LLC

   Delaware    N/A    LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC      100

FBM AIV Blocker II LLC

   Delaware    N/A    LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC      100

Construction Products Acquisition, LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Columbus LLC

   Delaware    N/A    FBM Ohio LLC      100

FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc.

   Washington    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Michigan LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Ohio LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

FBM Washington LLC

   Delaware    N/A    Foundation Building Materials, LLC      100

1974303 Alberta Ltd.

   Canada    1,000 common shares    Construction Products Acquisition LLC      100

Winroc-SPI Corporation

   Canada    1,000 common shares    Construction Products Acquisition LLC      100

The Winroc Corporation (Midwest)

   Nevada    1,000 shares of common stock    Construction Products Acquisition LLC      100

Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.

   Pennsylvania    100 shares of common stock    Construction Products Acquisition LLC      100

 

Schedule 3.13(a) – Restricted Subsidiaries


Schedule 3.13(b)

Agreements Related to Capital Stock

None.

 

Schedule 3.13(b) – Agreements Related to Capital Stock


Schedule 4.1(h)

Legal Opinions

 

1. Legal opinion of Osborn Maledon P.A., Arizona counsel to Great Western Building Materials, Inc. and ProWall Building Products, Inc., each an Arizona corporation.

 

2. Legal opinion of Rogers Towers, P.A., Florida counsel to Kobrin Builders Supply, LLC, a Florida limited liability company.

 

3. Legal opinion of Kotz Sangster Wysocki P.C., Michigan counsel to Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC and Kobrin Builders Supply Holdings, LLC, each a Michigan limited liability company.

 

4. Legal opinion of Ice Miller LLP, Indiana counsel to FBM Logistics, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company.

 

5. Legal opinion of Williams Kastner, Washington counsel to FBM Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc., a Washington corporation.

 

6. Legal opinion of Babst, Calland, Clements and Zomnir, P.C., Pennsylvania counsel to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation.

 

7. Legal opinion of Woodburn & Wedge, Nevada counsel to The Winroc Corporation (Midwest), a Nevada corporation.

 

8. Legal opinion of Lawson Lundell LLP, British Columbia and Alberta counsel to Winroc-SPI Corporation and 1974303 Alberta Ltd.

 

9. Legal opinion of MacPherson Leslie & Tyerman, Saskatchewan counsel to Winroc-SPI Corporation and 1974303 Alberta Ltd.

 

10. Legal opinion of Thompson Dorfman Sweatman LLP, Manitoba counsel to Winroc-SPI Corporation and 1974303 Alberta Ltd.

 

11. Legal opinion of Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP, Ontario counsel to Winroc-SPI Corporation and 1974303 Alberta Ltd.

 

Schedule 4.1(h) – Legal Opinions


Schedule 5.14

Post-Closing Matters

Without limiting the Limited Conditionality Provision, the following undertakings and/or deliveries shall be completed:

On the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may be agree):

 

1) Deliver to the Administrative Agent an Intellectual Property Security Agreement pursuant to the Canada NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

2) Deliver to the Administrative Agent, the legal opinion of Williams Kastner, Washington counsel to FBM Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc., a Washington corporation, in the form previously agreed.

On or prior to the date that is 30 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree):

 

3) Deliver to the Administrative Agent current insurance certificates with respect to the Loan Parties and setting forth the insurance maintained for the benefit of each of the Loan Parties, which shall meet the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 and shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, to the extent not otherwise delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.1(n) after Holdings’ and the Initial Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so.

 

4) Deliver to the Administrative Agent amendments to (or restatements of, at the Loan Parties’ discretion) to the limited liability company agreements of the following Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, unless the Administrative Agent shall agree that such amendments (or restatements) are not needed:

 

  a) 1974303 Alberta LTD
  b) LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC
  c) LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC
  d) FBM AIV Blocker LLC
  e) FBM AIV Blocker II LLC
  f) FBM Intermediate LLC
  g) Construction Products Acquisition, LLC
  h) FBM BAV LLC
  i) FBM Columbus LLC
  j) FBM Gypsum Supply LLC


  k) FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC
  l) FBM HABS/KBS LLC
  m) FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC
  n) FBM Michigan LLC
  o) FBM Ohio LLC
  p) FBM Southwest LLC
  q) FBM/W&S LLC
  r) FBM Wagner Distribution LLC
  s) FBM Washington LLC
  t) FBM Wholesale Builders Supply LLC
  u) Foundation Building Materials, LLC
  v) Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC
  w) Home Acres Holdings LLC
  x) Kobrin Builders’ Supply LLC

 

5) Deliver to the Administrative Agent intellectual property security agreements in substantially the form as that attached to the US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement relating to the following Intellectual Property:

 

Title

  

Status

ABACUS   

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Georgia

CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS   

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Texas

CSI   

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Texas

EXTOL OF TEXAS   

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Texas (TX Filing Number 107852100)

MULLIGAN   

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Texas

PAMROD PRODUCTS   

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Texas


Title

  

Status

LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo
LOGO    Unregistered Trademark & Service Logo


6) Deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of the recording of the name change amendment of Superior Plus Construction Products Corp., formerly known as Specialty Products & Insulation Co., with the United States Patent and Trademark Office relating to the following Intellectual Property:

Patent

 

Loan Party

 

Title

 

Filing Date/Issued

Date

 

Status

 

Application/

Registration No.

Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.   Prefabricated Fixture Protection Cover and Assembly and Method of Use Thereof   December 8, 2009   Registered   United States 7,627,999 B2

Trademarks

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Status

  

Application/Registration

No.

Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)   

SPI Specialty Products & Insulation Co. (design + words)

 

LOGO

   Registered    1279224
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)   

SPI Specialty Products & Insulation Co. (design + words)

 

LOGO

   Registered    1271789
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    SPI SPECIALTY PRODUCTS AND INSULATION CO. (typed drawing)    Registered    1320113


Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    ABSORPTION PLUS (typed drawing)    Registered    2987664
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    FIREPLUG (typed drawing)    Registered    2391212
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    FIRESTRIP (typed drawing)    Registered    2856278
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    HATS (typed drawing)    Registered    2421444
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    RIGIDFLEX (typed drawing)    Registered    939431
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    SAFELITE (standard character mark)    Registered    3656665


Schedule 6.2(d)

Existing Indebtedness

None.

 

Schedule 6.2(d) – Existing Indebtedness


Schedule 6.3(f)

Existing Liens

None.

 

Schedule 6.6(d) – Restricted Payments


Schedule 6.6(d)

Restricted Payments

List of real properties of the Loan Parties:

 

Location

  

Address

  

County

   Total Value  

Cedar Rapids

   55 43 rd Avenue SW, Cedar Rapids, IA    Linn    $ 2,130,000   

Waterloo

   198 Plaza Dr, Elk Run Heights, IA    Black Hawk    $ 970,000   

Quad Cities

   5252 State St, PO Box 640, Bettendorf (Riverdale), IA    Scott    $ 1,200,000   

Chicago

   4140 S Racine Ave, Chicago, IL    Cook    $ 3,520,000   

Peoria

   1926 S Lydia Ave, Peoria, IL    Peoria    $ 840,000   

Rockford IL

   1125 Harrison Ave FL 1, Rockford IL    Winnebago    $ 850,000   

Romeoville

   724 Parkwood Ave, Romeoville, IL    Will    $ 1,390,000   

Round Lake Park

   195 Porter Dr, Round Lake Park, IL    Lake    $ 1,460,000   

Fox Valley

   3920 E Endeavor Dr, Appleton, WI    Clumet    $ 950,000   

Elkhorn

   976 Proctor Dr, Elkhorn, IL    Walworth    $ 1,080,000   

Milwaukee

   8840 W Flagg Ave, Milwaukee, Wisconsin    Milwaukee    $ 670,000   

Austin

   1717 Gand Ave. Pkwy, Austin, TX    Travis    $ 4,900,000   

Madison

   4414 Terminal Dr., McFarland, WI    Dade    $ 3,000,000   

 

Schedule 6.6(d) – Restricted Payments


Schedule 6.7(c)

Existing Investments

None.

 

Schedule 6.7(c) – Existing Investments


Schedule 6.9(b)

Existing Affiliate Transactions

 

1. Asset Advisory Agreement dated as of October 9, 2015, between LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC and Hudson Americas L.P., an affiliate of Lone Star.

 

2. Long-Term Incentive Plan adopted by board of LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC in connection with Lone Star acquisition

 

Schedule 6.9(b) – Existing Affiliate Transactions


Schedule 6.11

Existing Negative Pledges

None.

 

Schedule 6.11 – Existing Negative Pledges


EXHIBIT A-1

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF CANADIAN ABL GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

[Attached]


 

 

CANADIAN ABL GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

August 9, 2016

among

WINROC-SPI CORPORATION,

1974303 ALBERTA LTD.

and THE OTHER GRANTORS referred to herein

in favor of

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

DEFINED TERMS

     2   

1.1.

 

Definitions

     2   

1.2.

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     7   

SECTION 2.

 

GUARANTEE

     7   

2.1.

 

Guarantee

     7   

2.2.

 

Guarantee of Payment

     7   

2.3.

 

No Limitations, Etc.

     7   

2.4.

 

Reinstatement

     8   

2.5.

 

Agreement To Pay; Subrogation

     8   

2.6.

 

Information

     9   

SECTION 3.

 

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

     9   

SECTION 4.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     11   

4.1.

 

Title; No Other Liens

     11   

4.2.

 

Perfected First Priority Liens

     11   

4.3.

 

Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, etc.

     12   

4.4.

 

Investment Property and Pledged Securities

     12   

4.5.

 

Intellectual Property

     13   

4.6.

 

Perfection Certificate

     14   

SECTION 5.

 

COVENANTS

     14   

5.1.

 

Delivery of Pledged Securities; Certificated Securities

     14   

5.2.

 

Maintenance of Insurance

     16   

5.3.

 

Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation

     16   

5.4.

 

Changes in Locations, Name, Jurisdiction of Incorporation, etc.

     17   

5.5.

 

Intellectual Property

     17   

SECTION 6.

 

REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

     18   

6.1.

 

Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable

     18   

6.2.

 

Pledged Securities

     18   

6.3.

 

Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent

     20   

6.4.

 

Application of Proceeds

     20   

6.5.

 

PPSA and Other Remedies

     22   

6.6.

 

Remedies for Intellectual Property

     25   

6.7.

 

Waiver; Deficiency

     25   

SECTION 7.

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     25   


7.1.

 

Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

     25   

7.2.

 

Duty of Administrative Agent

     27   

7.3.

 

Execution of Financing Statements; Intellectual Property Filings

     28   

7.4.

 

Authority of Administrative Agent

     28   

7.5.

 

No Individual Enforcement, Etc.

     29   

7.6.

 

Qualified Counterparties

     29   

SECTION 8.

 

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

     29   

8.1.

 

Indemnity and Subrogation

     29   

8.2.

 

Contribution and Subrogation

     29   

8.3.

 

Subordination

     30   

8.4.

 

Indemnity

     30   

SECTION 9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     30   

9.1.

 

Amendments in Writing

     30   

9.2.

 

Notices

     30   

9.3.

 

No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies

     31   

9.4.

 

Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification

     31   

9.5.

 

Successors and Assigns

     32   

9.6.

 

Set-off

     32   

9.7.

 

Counterparts

     32   

9.8.

 

Severability

     33   

9.9.

 

Section Headings

     33   

9.10.

 

Integration

     33   

9.11.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     33   

9.12.

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Process Agent

     33   

9.13.

 

Acknowledgments

     34   

9.14.

 

Additional Grantors

     34   

9.15.

 

Releases

     35   

9.16.

 

No Fiduciary Duty

     36   

9.17.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     36   

9.18.

 

[Reserved]

     36   

9.19.

 

Keepwell

     36   

9.20.

 

Joint and Several Liability

     37   

9.21.

 

Limitations Act, 2002 (Ontario)

     37   

 

ii


SCHEDULES

  

Schedule 1

  

Notice Addresses of Guarantors

Schedule 2

  

Description of Pledged Investment Property

Schedule 3

  

Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests

Schedule 4

  

Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office

Schedule 5

  

Copyrights, Designs, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

Schedule 6

  

Accounts

EXHIBITS

  

Exhibit A

  

Intellectual Property Security Agreement

Exhibit B

  

Subordinated Intercompany Note

ANNEXES

  

Annex 1

  

Assumption Agreement

 

iii


CANADIAN ABL GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) made by WINROC-SPI CORPORATION, an Alberta corporation and 1974303 ALBERTA LTD., an Alberta corporation (the “ Initial Canadian Borrowers ” and, together with any other Additional Borrower that is a Canadian Subsidiary, the “ Canadian Borrowers ”; the Initial Canadian Borrowers, together with each other Canadian Borrower and any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for (a) the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time parties to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, the other Borrowers (as defined therein) party thereto, including the Initial Canadian Borrowers and any other Canadian Borrowers from time to time, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and issuing banks, the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors in such capacities, the “ Collateral Agent ”), in each case, solely to the extent that such Lender or Issuing Bank holds or is owed Canadian Borrower Obligation s , and (b) the other Secured Parties (as hereinafter defined).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Canadian Borrowers are members of an affiliated group of companies that includes each Grantor;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, certain Lenders and the Issuing Banks have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Canadian Borrowers upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, Qualified Counterparties may from time to time enter into Specified Hedge Agreements with and provide Cash Management Services to the Canadian Borrowers and the other Grantors in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Canadian Borrowers and the other Grantors will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and from such Specified Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Services; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make their respective extensions of credit to the Canadian Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1.1. Definitions . (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement (such meanings to be determined as if such terms were to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario); provided that each capitalized term defined in the PPSA and/or the STA and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the PPSA and/or the STA, as applicable.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

After-Acquired Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 5.6(e).

Agreement ”: this Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Applicable Date ”: means with respect to any Grantor, (i) the date of this Agreement if such Grantor is a party hereto on the Closing Date, (ii) the date on which an Assumption Agreement is executed and delivered by such Grantor if such Grantor is not a party hereto on the Closing Date, and (iii) with respect to a schedule to this Agreement that is amended or updated by a Grantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.9(c) of the Credit Agreement or from time to time, the date on which such Grantor provides such amendments or updates.

Assumption Agreement ”: an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto.

Canadian Borrower Obligations ”: the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of the Canadian Borrowers and including the obligations of each Canadian Borrower arising under this Agreement, provided that for purposes of this Agreement, Excluded Swap Obligations of any Grantor shall at no time constitute Canadian Borrower Obligations of such Grantor. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Canadian Borrower Obligations guaranteed or secured hereunder include any US Borrower Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

Canadian Borrowers ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Canadian Guarantor Obligations ”: with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including Section 2) or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, Swap Obligations, Cash Management Obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to any Secured Party that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party); provided, however, that in no event shall Canadian Guarantor

 

2


Obligations include obligations and liabilities in respect of any US Borrower Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

Canadian Obligations ”: the collective reference to the Canadian Borrower Obligations of each Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantor Obligations of each Guarantor; provided that for purposes of this Agreement, Excluded Swap Obligations of any Grantor shall at no time constitute Canadian Obligations of such Grantor.

CIPO ” means the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and any successor office or agency.

Collateral ”: as defined in Section 3(a).

Collateral Account ”: any collateral deposit account established by the Administrative Agent to hold cash pending application to the Canadian Obligations.

Collateral Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Copyright Licenses ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Copyright.

Copyrights ”: (i) all Canadian copyrights, whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published and whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including but not limited to copyrights in software and databases and all works of authorship, all right, title and interest to make and exploit all derivative works based on or adopted from works covered by such copyrights, and all copyright registrations, copyright applications, mask works registrations and mask works applications, and any renewals or extensions thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), and (ii) the rights to print, publish and distribute any of the foregoing.

Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Design License ”: all written agreements naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to a Design.

Designs ” means any and all and any part of the following: (i) all industrial designs and intangibles of like nature (whether registered or unregistered), all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including all registrations, recordings and applications in CIPO, and (ii) all reissues, extensions or renewals thereof

Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations ”: the payment in full of the Canadian Borrower Obligations of each Canadian Borrower and termination and expiration of the Commitments in respect of the Canadian ABL Sublimit.

Grantors ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

3


Guarantors ”: with respect to the Canadian Guarantor Obligations, the collective reference to each Grantor (other than the Canadian Guarantor Obligations with respect to such Grantor), and with respect to the Canadian Borrower Obligations for each Canadian Borrower, the collective reference to each Grantor other than such Canadian Borrower with respect to its own Canadian Borrower Obligations.

Infringement ”: infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other impairment or violation, and “ Infringe ” shall have a correlative meaning.

Initial Canadian Borrowers ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights relating to intellectual property, including the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Designs, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks, the Trademark Licenses, the Trade Secrets and the Trade Secret Licenses, whether registered or not or the subject of a pending application for registration, and the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation or impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, including without limitation license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit, now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”: an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

Intercompany Note ”: any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, including the subordinated Intercompany Note in the form attached as Exhibit B .

Investment Property ”: the collective reference to (i) all “investment property” as such term is defined in the PPSA including, without limitation, all Certificated Securities and Uncertificated Securities, all Security Entitlements and all Securities Accounts and (ii) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined under clause (i), all Pledged Securities; provided that the term “Investment Property” shall not at any time include Excluded Assets.

Issuers ”: the collective reference to each issuer of a Pledged Security that is pledged by a Grantor hereunder.

License ”: any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License, Design License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party, including those listed on Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time).

Patent License ”: all written agreements naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to a Patent.

Patents ”: (i) all Canadian patents, patent applications and patentable inventions, including each issued patent and patent application identified in Schedule 5 (as such

 

4


schedule may be amended from time to time), all certificates of invention or similar property rights and all registrations, recordings and pending applications thereof, (ii) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, and (iii) all reissues, divisions, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof and all improvements thereon.

Pledged Capital Stock ”: all shares or other equity interests constituting Capital Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including all shares of Capital Stock described on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), and the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such Capital Stock and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Capital Stock and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing, provided that the Pledged Capital Stock shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Debt Securities ”: all debt securities now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including the debt securities listed on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), provided that the Pledged Debt Securities shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Notes ”: all promissory notes and other evidences of Indebtedness that constitute Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including those listed on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) and all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor, provided that the Pledged Notes shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Securities ”: the collective reference to the Pledged Debt Securities, the Pledged Notes and the Pledged Capital Stock.

PPSA ”: the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) or any similar legislation of any other applicable Canadian jurisdiction, as amended from time to time.

Proceeds ”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in the PPSA and, in any event, shall include, all dividends or other income from the Pledged Securities, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ”: in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Grantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Receivable ”: all Accounts and any other right to payment for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed or otherwise disposed of or for services rendered, whether

 

5


or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper or classified as a Payment Intangible and whether or not it has been earned by performance. References to Receivables shall include any collateral securing such Receivables.

Registered Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 4.5(a).

Secured Parties ”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Indemnitees (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and, with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations, any Qualified Counterparty (provided that no Qualified Counterparty shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or the obligations of any Grantor under this Agreement), in each case, solely to the extent that such Secured Party holds or is owed Canadian Obligations.

Security ”: as the context may require, the Liens granted by the Canadian Loan Parties as security for the Canadian Obligations or the Collateral subject to such Liens.

STA ”: the Securities Transfer Act (Ontario) or any similar legislation of any other applicable Canadian jurisdiction, as amended from time to time.

Subordinated Intercompany Note ”: the subordinated Intercompany Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Trade Secret License ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Trade Secret.

Trade Secrets ”: all trade secrets and all confidential and proprietary information, including know-how, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, inventions, research and development information, technical data, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans, and customer and supplier lists and information, formulae, parts, diagrams, drawings, specifications, blue prints, lists of materials, and production manuals.

Trademark License ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Trademark.

Trademarks ”: (i) all Canadian trade-marks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade dress, trade styles, logos, or other indicia of origin or source identification, Internet domain names, trademark and service mark registrations, designs and general intangibles of like nature, and applications for trade-mark or service mark registrations and any renewals thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) and (ii) the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above.

 

6


1.2. Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the rules of construction specified in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

(b) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

(c) All references herein to provisions of the PPSA or STA shall include all regulations made pursuant thereto and, unless otherwise specified, the provisions of any statute or regulation which amends, revises, restates, supplements or supersedes the PPSA or STA or any such regulation or, in each case, any provision thereof.

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE

2.1. Guarantee. Each Guarantor unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Canadian Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Canadian Obligations may be increased, extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any increase, extension or renewal of any Canadian Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to each of the Canadian Borrowers or any other Canadian Loan Party of any Canadian Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable Debtor Relief Laws.

2.2. Guarantee of Payment. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a continuing guarantee of payment and performance when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any Security held for the payment of the Canadian Obligations or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Grantors or any other person.

2.3. No Limitations, Etc . (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 9.15, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Canadian Obligations, or any of the Loan Documents or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, the Canadian Obligations or any Loan Document or any other agreement,

 

7


including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any Security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Canadian Obligations or any of them, (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Canadian Obligations, or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Canadian Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent to take and hold Security for the payment and performance of the Canadian Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such Security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such Security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Canadian Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Canadian Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Canadian Obligations or the release of such Guarantor’s guarantee in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, enforce any Security held by one or more of them for the Canadian Obligations by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such Security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Canadian Obligations, make any other accommodation with a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Canadian Obligations have been paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party, as the case may be, or any Security for the Canadian Obligations.

2.4. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Canadian Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party or otherwise.

2.5. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party to pay any Canadian Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid

 

8


Canadian Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Section 8.

2.6. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Canadian Borrower’s and each other Canadian Loan Party’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Canadian Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

(a) Subject to Section 3(d), each Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the following personal property, in each case, wherever located and whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, but subject to the last sentence of this Section 3(a), and subject to Section 3(d), the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Canadian Obligations:

(i) all Accounts, including all Receivables;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all cash, cash equivalents and Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Futures Accounts;

(iv) all Documents of Title;

(v) all Equipment;

(vi) all Fixtures;

(vii) all Instruments;

(viii) all Intangibles;

(ix) all Intellectual Property;

(x) all Inventory;

(xi) all Investment Property;

 

9


(xii) all Money;

(xiii) all Goods not otherwise described above;

(xiv) any Collateral Account;

(xv) all books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software and similar items that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the Collateral or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon; and

(xvi) to the extent not otherwise included, all other personal property of the Grantor and all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Assets and none of the Excluded Assets shall constitute Collateral; provided , however , that a security interest shall immediately be granted to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and attach to, and Collateral shall immediately include, any asset (or portion thereof) upon such asset (or portion thereof) ceasing to be an Excluded Asset.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required pursuant to this Agreement:

(i) to take any action to perfect the security interests granted by this Agreement by any means other than by (A) (1) filings pursuant to the UCC or the PPSA in the office of the Secretary of State (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State, Province or Territory or elsewhere as required by the UCC or the PPSA (or such multiple combination thereof as may be required to achieve perfection), and (2) filings in CIPO with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required by the Loan Documents, and (B) subject to any intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement, delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments, notes and debt securities, tangible chattel paper and certificated Capital Stock to the extent required by Section 5.1;

(ii) to enter into any control agreement with respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Futures Accounts other than to the extent required under Section 5.1(d) below or Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement;

(iii) to take any actions (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) or (B) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States or Canada; or

 

10


(iv) to take any actions in any jurisdiction other than the United States or Canada (or any political subdivision thereof) or enter into any collateral documents governed by the laws of any country other than Canada (or any political subdivision thereof).

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) each Grantor shall remain liable for all of its obligations in respect of the Collateral and nothing contained herein is intended or shall be a delegation of duties to any Secured Party, (ii) each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for performance under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Collateral, (iii) each Grantor shall remain liable under each of its agreements included in the Collateral, and shall perform all of its obligations undertaken by it thereunder all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any of such agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or any other document related thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party have any obligation to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or have any obligation to take any action to collect or enforce any rights under any agreement included in the Collateral and (iv) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained herein, the Liens granted hereunder by each Grantor shall only secure the Canadian Obligations and shall not secure any (i) US Borrower Obligations or (ii) the Obligations of any other Loan Party that is not a Canadian Loan Party.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to enter into the Credit Agreement with respect to the Canadian Borrower Obligations and to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make their respective extensions of credit to the Canadian Borrowers thereunder, each Grantor hereby, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the Secured Parties that:

4.1. Title; No Other Liens. Such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens except for Permitted Liens. No effective financing statement, fixture filing or other public notice under applicable law with respect to all or any part of the Collateral, is on file or of record in any public office, except those (i) as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement or (ii) for which proper authorized termination statements have been delivered to Administrative Agent (or its designee) for filing.

4.2. Perfected First Priority Liens. The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable and, subject to any Permitted Liens, first lien security interests in all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for

 

11


the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Canadian Obligations, enforceable against each applicable Grantor in accordance with the terms hereof, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought in proceedings in equity or at law) and, other than with respect to Collateral a security interest in which cannot be perfected by taking the actions specified in Section 3(b)(i), as of the most recent Applicable Date, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices, appropriate assignments or notices are filed in CIPO and such other actions as specified on Schedule 3 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) have been completed and upon the payment of all filing fees, will be perfected and are prior to the Liens on the Collateral of any other Person (except for Permitted Liens).

4.3. Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, etc. As of the most recent Applicable Date, such Grantor’s exact legal name (as indicated on the public record of such Grantor’s jurisdiction of formation or organization and the Organizational Documents of such Grantor), jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number, if any, and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time). Except as specified on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), no Person that is a Grantor on the date hereof has changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business (as the case may be) or its corporate structure in any way (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) within the five year period immediately prior to the Applicable Date.

4.4. Investment Property and Pledged Securities . (a) Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of all Pledged Capital Stock pledged by it hereunder which is issued by any Subsidiary of a Grantor, and such Grantor has good title to all such Pledged Capital Stock and (except for such failure to have good title as would not conflict with Section 3.7 of the Credit Agreement) to all other Investment Property pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens, except Permitted Liens.

(b) Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) sets forth as of the most recent Applicable Date with respect to such Grantor under the heading “Pledged Capital Stock” all of the Pledged Capital Stock owned by such Grantor, and such Pledged Capital Stock as of such Applicable Date constitutes the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of stock, percentage of membership interests, percentage of partnership interests or percentage of beneficial interest of the respective issuers thereof indicated on such schedule. Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) sets forth as of the most recent Applicable Date with respect to such Grantor under the heading “Pledged Debt Securities” or “Pledged Notes” all of the Pledged Debt Securities and Pledged Notes, owned by any Grantor that are required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a). Schedule 6 hereto sets forth under the headings “Securities Accounts,” and “Deposit Accounts,” respectively, all of the Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts required to be perfected or subject to a control agreement pursuant to Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor is the sole entitlement holder or customer of each such account, and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person (other than the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto) having “control” (within the meanings of the PPSA and

 

12


the STA) over, or any other interest in, any such Securities Account or Deposit Account or any securities, futures contracts or other property credited thereto.

(c) The shares of Pledged Capital Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer of Capital Stock included in the Collateral owned by such Grantor. All the shares of the Pledged Capital Stock issued by the Grantors or any other Canadian Subsidiary of Holdings have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and no Grantor is in default of its obligations under any Organizational Document.

(d) All the Pledged Debt Securities and Pledged Notes issued by the Grantors and their Subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof.

(e) Each Grantor (i) as of the most recent Applicable Date, is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) as owned by such Grantor and (ii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Securities, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(f) Except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally or otherwise permitted to exist pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Pledged Securities are and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and as of the most recent Applicable Date, none of the Pledged Securities is or will be subject to outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments that might materially prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder.

4.5. Intellectual Property . (a)  Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) lists as of the most recent Applicable Date all issued Patents and pending Patent applications of any Grantor with CIPO, all registered Copyrights and pending Copyright applications of any Grantor with CIPO, all registered Designs and pending Design applications of any Grantor with CIPO, and all registered Trademarks and pending Trademark applications of any Grantor with CIPO (collectively, “ Registered Intellectual Property ”).

(b) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) each Grantor owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property that is material to its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, and takes reasonable actions to protect, preserve and maintain such Intellectual Property;

(ii) on the date hereof, all Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed by such Grantor is valid, unexpired and enforceable, does not Infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person, and to such Grantor’s

 

13


knowledge, is not being Infringed by any other Person, and all Registered Intellectual Property has not expired or been abandoned;

(iii) as of the date hereof, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority or arbitrator which would limit, cancel or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of such Grantor’s rights in any Intellectual Property in any respect, and such Grantor knows of no valid basis for same; and

(iv) no action or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened or imminent, in each case, on the date hereof seeking to limit, cancel or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of any Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s interest therein.

4.6. Perfection Certificate . Each Perfection Certificate delivered by a Grantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein (including (x) the exact legal name of each Grantor and (y) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor) is correct and complete as of the date of such Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Secured Parties that, until the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations, in each case subject to the requirements of any intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement:

5.1. Delivery of Pledged Securities; Certificated Securities . (a) If any of the Collateral consists of an Instrument, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, note or debt security with a principal amount of $3,000,000 or more, such Instrument, note or debt security shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such Collateral owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (ii) promptly after such Collateral is acquired (in the case of any other such Collateral) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank in a manner and form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) If any of the Collateral consisting of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of a Grantor is a “security” within the meaning of the STA and is or shall become evidenced or represented by any certificate, such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such Collateral owned by a Grantor that is evidenced or represented by a certificate on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (ii) in the case of any other such Collateral that is acquired or becomes evidenced or represented by a certificate after the Closing Date, promptly after such Collateral is acquired or becomes so evidenced or represented and in any event no later than the date of delivery of

 

14


financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral or the date on which such Collateral becomes so evidenced or represented (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case accompanied by undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank in a manner and form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) to the extent each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership that is a Subsidiary of a Grantor and pledged hereunder is a “security” within the meaning of the STA, such interest shall be certificated and (ii) each such interest shall at all times hereafter continue to be such a security and represented by such certificate. Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that with respect to any interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership that is a Subsidiary of a Grantor and pledged hereunder that is not a “security” within the meaning of the STA, such Grantor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of the STA, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate, unless such Grantor provides prior written notification to the Administrative Agent of such election and such interest is thereafter represented by a certificate that is delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such certificate owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date), (y) promptly after such Collateral is acquired (in the case of any other such Collateral) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) or (z) promptly after such interest becomes represented by a certificate after the Closing Date (in the case Grantor elects to have such interest certificated after the dates specified in clause (x) or (y), as applicable) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date on which such Collateral becomes so represented (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case pursuant to the terms hereof.

(d) If any of the Collateral is or shall become an Uncertificated Security, such Grantor shall promptly (and, in any event, no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date on which such Collateral is acquired or becomes an Uncertificated Security (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion)) notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent’s request and option upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, cause the Issuer thereof (which Issuer may be another Grantor) either (i) to register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security, upon original issue or registration of transfer or (ii) to agree in writing with such Grantor and the Administrative Agent that such Issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Security originated by the Administrative Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Grantor which is either an Issuer or an owner of any Pledged Security hereby consents to the grant by each other Grantor of the security interest hereunder in favor of the Administrative Agent and to the transfer of any Pledged Security to the Administrative Agent or its nominee following the occurrence and

 

15


during the continuation of an Event of Default and, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its nominee as a partner, member or shareholder of the Issuer of the related Pledged Security that are included in the Collateral.

(e) Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the applicable securities, which schedule shall be deemed attached hereto as part of Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time); provided that failure to attach any such schedule shall not affect the validity of the pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

5.2. Maintenance of Insurance . Such Grantor will maintain insurance on all its property as and to the extent required by Sections 5.5(a)(ii) and 5.5(b) of the Credit Agreement, and furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon reasonable written request by the Administrative Agent, information in reasonable scope and detail as to the insurance carried.

5.3. Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation . (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, and provided that in no event shall any Grantor be required to deliver Pledged Securities not required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement on the Collateral as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4.2 hereof until the Collateral is released from such security interest pursuant to the terms of Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement or by operation of law or by agreement of the requisite Lenders or all Lenders with respect to the Canadian Obligations and shall cause such Collateral to remain free of Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) Each Grantor agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, at its own cost and expense, complete and accurate records in all material respects with respect to the Collateral owned by it, in any event to include complete accounting records in all material respects with respect to all payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Collateral, and, at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, promptly to prepare and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly certified schedule or schedules in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent showing the identity, amount and location of any Collateral.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly authorize, execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests granted hereby, the full benefits of this Agreement and the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the granting and perfecting of the security interests, (ii) the filing of any financing statements or financing change statements under the PPSA in effect in any applicable jurisdiction within the Canada with respect to the security interests created hereby and (iii) the entry into control agreements or delivery of evidence of “control” in accordance with Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor will provide to the Administrative Agent from time to time upon reasonable

 

16


request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection (to the extent required by this Agreement) and priority of the Lien created or intended to be created pursuant to this Agreement.

5.4. Changes in Locations, Name, Jurisdiction of Incorporation, etc. Such Grantor will not, except upon prior or substantially concurrent written notice to the Administrative Agent and prompt delivery to the Administrative Agent of duly authorized and, where required, executed copies of all additional financing statements, financing change statements and any other documents necessary to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests in the Collateral provided for herein, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, (i) change its jurisdiction of organization or the location of its chief executive office or the sole place of business from that referred to on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), (ii) change its name, (iii) change its type of organization or (iv) cause or permit any Collateral having a fair market value of $100,000 or more individually or in the aggregate to be located in any province or territory of Canada that is not set forth in Section II(D) of the Perfection Certificate.

5.5. Intellectual Property . (a) Such Grantor will not (and will not affirmatively permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, except to the extent that such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that the maintenance thereof is no longer necessary to the conduct of such Grantor’s business. Each Grantor shall take all commercially reasonable steps which it (or during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent) deems reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances to preserve and protect each item of its material Intellectual Property.

(b) Whenever such Grantor either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall acquire, become the exclusive licensee of, or file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral with CIPO, such Grantor shall report such filing to the Administrative Agent in accordance with and to the extent required by Section 5.9(a) of the Credit Agreement. Upon request of the Administrative Agent, subject to Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral consisting of any Copyright, Patent, Trademark or other Intellectual Property of such Grantor registered in CIPO.

(c) Such Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps if and to the extent such Grantor shall deem appropriate in its reasonable business judgment under the circumstances, including in any proceeding before CIPO, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of material Intellectual Property included in the Collateral owned by such Grantor (including the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, affidavits of use and incontestability, and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition or cancellation of Infringement proceedings).

 

17


(d) Such Grantor agrees to execute an Intellectual Property Security Agreement, with respect to its Registered Intellectual Property included in the Collateral in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with CIPO, as and when required by Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement or Section 5.5(e) below.

(e) Such Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of Registered Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which is not now a part of the Intellectual Property Collateral (the “ After-Acquired Intellectual Property ”), (i) the provisions of Section 3 hereof shall automatically apply thereto and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property shall automatically become part of the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after notice of any newly acquired, created or developed registered Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor pursuant to Section 5.9(a) of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall promptly execute an Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to its After-Acquired Intellectual Property, in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with CIPO.

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

6.1. Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable . The Administrative Agent may at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing require any Grantor to notify the Account Debtor or counterparty on any Receivable constituting Collateral of the security interest of the Administrative Agent therein. In addition, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may require any Grantor to notify the Account Debtor or counterparty to make all payments under the Receivables constituting Collateral directly to the Administrative Agent.

6.2. Pledged Securities . (a) Unless (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.2(b) (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of the Credit Agreement other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Required Lenders) and in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall be permitted to (x) receive all dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions paid or made in respect of the Pledged Securities, to the extent not prohibited by the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Capital Stock or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding equity interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held for the

 

18


benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment), and (y) exercise all voting and corporate or other ownership rights with respect to the Pledged Securities; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or corporate or other ownership right exercised or other action taken which would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same or which would violate any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) If (i) an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the Initial Borrower and the relevant Grantor(s) of the Administrative Agent’s intent to execute its rights pursuant to this Section 6.2(b) (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of the Credit Agreement other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Required Lenders): (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions paid in respect to the Pledged Securities included in the Collateral and make application thereof to the Canadian Obligations in accordance with Section 6.4, (ii) all rights of each Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent which shall thereupon have the sole right, but shall be under no obligation, to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have the right, without notice to any Grantor, to transfer all or any portion of the Investment Property included in the Collateral to its name or the name of its nominee or agent or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank in favor of the Administrative Agent, and each Grantor will, upon request, promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities included in the Collateral registered in the name of such Grantor. In addition, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time, without notice to any Grantor, to exchange any certificates or instruments representing any Investment Property included in the Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations. In order to permit the Administrative Agent to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions which it may be entitled to receive hereunder if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Administrative Agent all proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, and each Grantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may utilize the power of attorney set forth herein. All dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 6.2(b) shall be held for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent promptly following demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

 

19


(c) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Initial Borrower or any Grantor under this Section 6.2 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6.2 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Securities directly to the Administrative Agent.

6.3. Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, at the written request of the Administrative Agent, all Proceeds of Collateral received by any Grantor consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents and cheques shall be held in trust by such Grantor for the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if reasonably required). All such Proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent under this Section 6.3 shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained by the Administrative Agent or subject to a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. All such Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor for the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Canadian Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.4.

6.4. Application of Proceeds. (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election, the Administrative Agent may, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, apply all or any part of the net Proceeds (after deducting fees and expenses as provided in Section 6.5 below) of Collateral realized through the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its remedies hereunder, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2 hereof, in payment of the Canadian Obligations in the following order ( provided that if the terms of any Permitted Amendment provide for application of such Proceeds to the payment of any Canadian Obligations in a less favorable order, then the terms of such Permitted Amendment shall govern with respect to such Canadian Obligations and the Administrative Agent shall apply such Proceeds in such different order):

First , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including legal fees and disbursements payable under the Credit Agreement and amounts payable

 

20


under Section 2 of this Agreement) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest, Cash Management Obligations, obligations under the Specified Hedge Agreements and, to the extent payable under clause First , legal fees and disbursements) payable to the Secured Parties (including legal fees and disbursements payable under the Credit Agreement and amounts payable under Section 2 of this Agreement), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and LC Disbursements, ratably among the holders of such Canadian Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and LC Disbursements, and, to the extent required under Section 2.7(j) of the Credit Agreement, to cash collateralize the portion of such LC Disbursements comprised of the aggregate undrawn amounts of Letters of Credit, ratably among the holders of such Canadian Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of amounts then due and payable under Canadian Obligations constituting Specified Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations then due and payable and all other Canadian Obligations of the Canadian Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Canadian Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Canadian Obligations have been paid in full, to the relevant Canadian Borrower or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Grantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Grantor. For the avoidance of doubt, no assets that are described in clause (8) of Excluded Assets shall be used to support any US Borrower Obligations.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of proceeds in the amount agreed upon by the Administrative Agent or by the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

21


(c) Amounts used to cash collateralize Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Canadian Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Canadian Obligations arising in connection with Cash Management Services or under Specified Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Qualified Counterparty or applicable Grantor; provided that in no event shall proceeds of any Collateral of any Grantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations.

6.5. PPSA and Other Remedies. (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (ii) the Administrative Agent’s notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Administrative Agent promptly after demand therefor, and it is agreed that the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Canadian Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the PPSA (whether or not the PPSA applies to the affected Collateral) or its rights under any other applicable law or in equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, defense, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, presentments, protests, defenses (other than the defense of payment or performance of the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations), advertisements and notices are hereby waived to the extent permitted by applicable law), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, or consent to the use by any Grantor of any cash collateral arising in respect of the Collateral on such terms as the Administrative Agent deems reasonable, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, license, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver, or acquire by credit bid on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, it being understood that any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards under the PPSA with respect to any disposition of Collateral. Each Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold to it absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or

 

22


may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. The Administrative Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. The Administrative Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for the Administrative Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof by using Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. In the event of a sale of any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale, to use and apply any of the Canadian Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof and the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Canadian Obligations paid in full. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of any of their rights hereunder. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to enter onto the property where any Collateral is located without any obligation to pay

 

23


rent and take possession thereof with or without judicial process. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.5, after deducting all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Secured Parties hereunder, including reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Canadian Obligations in accordance with Section 6.4 and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law with respect to the Canadian Obligations, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. If the Administrative Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the Grantor will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser and received by the Administrative Agent and applied to Indebtedness of the purchaser. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, the Administrative Agent may resell the Collateral and the Grantor shall be credited with proceeds of the sale. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against any Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder.

(c) In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under applicable securities laws (“ Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a prospectus or registration statement in respect of such Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under applicable Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after such a filing as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 6.5 will apply notwithstanding the

 

24


existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

6.6. Remedies for Intellectual Property. (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to take any of or all of the following actions at the same or different times with respect to any Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the security interest granted hereunder to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Collateral by the applicable Grantor to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Collateral on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained).

(b) For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive and assignable license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof, provided that such license shall automatically terminate upon the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations. The use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided , however , that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default or the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations.

6.7. Waiver; Deficiency. Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Canadian Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any legal counsel employed by any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

7.1. Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. (a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, until the termination of this Agreement:

 

25


(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable constituting Collateral or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and record or have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance with respect to such Collateral called for by the terms of the Loan Documents and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents;

(iv) execute, in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy provided for in Section 6 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral and to give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (3) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) send verifications of Receivables to any Account Debtor; (5) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (6) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (7) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (8) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark

 

26


(along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Trademark pertains and subject to the covenant set forth in Section 6.6(b) hereof) included in the Collateral, throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (9) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to, or consent to any use of cash collateral arising in respect of, or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

Anything in this Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that, except as expressly provided in Section 7.1(b), it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given Holdings, the Initial Borrower and the Grantors prior written notice of its intent to exercise remedies under this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that the failure of the Administrative Agent to provide notice pursuant to this paragraph shall not alter the Administrative Agent’s ability to foreclose upon, or any other rights it may have with respect to, any Collateral).

(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement; provided , however , that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or time is of the essence, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise this power without first making demand on the Grantor and the Grantor failing to comply therewith within any applicable period of grace.

(c) The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due ABR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars (regardless of whether ABR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars are then outstanding) under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

(d) Each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, consents to the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any power, right or remedy provided for herein. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until the termination of this Agreement.

7.2. Duty of Administrative Agent. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents,

 

27


attorneys and other advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Administrative Agent has been appointed as administrative agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The rights, duties, privileges, immunities and indemnities of the Administrative Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The powers conferred on the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, attorneys and other advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except to the extent that any such act or failure to act is found by a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted directly from their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (including a material breach of their obligations under the Loan Documents).

7.3. Execution of Financing Statements; Intellectual Property Filings. (a) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record financing statements, financing change statements and amendments thereto, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. Each Grantor agrees that such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described in the Security Documents or as “all assets” or “all personal property” of the undersigned, whether now owned or hereafter existing or acquired by the undersigned or such other description as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines is necessary or advisable. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

(b) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with CIPO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest in each item of Intellectual Property of each Grantor included in the Collateral that is subject to registration or an application to register in CIPO, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party and shall provide written notice to the Grantor prior to filing any such documents.

7.4. Authority of Administrative Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no

 

28


Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

7.5. No Individual Enforcement, Etc. . No Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any guarantee of the Canadian Obligations except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the guarantees of the Canadian Obligations provided hereunder and under any other Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Secured Party authorizes the Administrative Agent to credit bid all or any part of the Canadian Obligations held by it.

7.6. Qualified Counterparties . No Qualified Counterparty that obtains the benefits of the Security Documents or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions of the Credit Agreement or of the Security Documents, shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action under any Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents.

SECTION 8. INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

8.1. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 8.3), each Canadian Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement on behalf of such Canadian Borrower, such Canadian Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party with respect to any Canadian Borrower, such Canadian Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

8.2. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Guarantor ”) agrees (subject to Section 8.3) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Canadian Obligation, or assets of any other Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Loan Document to satisfy any Canadian Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Guarantor ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the relevant Canadian Borrower(s) as provided in Section 8.1, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor

 

29


becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.14 hereof, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 8.2 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 8.1 to the extent of such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any claiming Party’s right to indemnification hereunder arises from a payment or sale of assets made to satisfy secured Canadian Borrower Obligations constituting Swap Obligations, only those Contributing Guarantors for whom such Swap Obligations do not constitute Excluded Swap Obligations shall indemnify such claiming Party with the fraction set forth in the second preceding sentence.

8.3. Subordination . (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation of the Guarantors under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Canadian Obligations. No failure on the part of any Canadian Borrower or any Guarantor to make payments of indemnity, contribution or subrogation (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder.

(b) Each Canadian Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agree that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Canadian Obligations, to the extent required by the second to last proviso in Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement.

8.4. Indemnity . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be a contract of surety and not a primary obligation of any Guarantor. As a separate and distinct obligation to its guarantee hereunder, each Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party from and against all losses and damages suffered or incurred by such Secured Party as a result of any Person failing to make punctual payment of all Canadian Obligations when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise; provided that the amount payable pursuant to this Section 8.5 at any time shall not exceed the Canadian Obligations at such time.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement or pursuant to an Assumption Agreement, provided that the Schedules to this Agreement may be amended or supplemented by any Grantor at any time by delivering such amended or supplemented schedule to the Administrative Agent.

9.2. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor

 

30


shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time).

9.3. No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. No Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 9.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which such Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

9.4. Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse each Lender for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party to the extent any Canadian Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement, including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements and other charges of such legal counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties as any Canadian Borrower would be required to pay or reimburse pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement, in each case, solely with respect to the Canadian Obligations.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to hold each Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral pledged hereunder or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case, to the extent any Canadian Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 2.16(b) of the Credit Agreement.

(c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to hold the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, in each case, to the extent the Canadian Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Canadian Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

31


(e) Each Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and each Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

9.5. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors and assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

9.6. Set-off. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party (other than a Qualified Counterparty) to the extent that such Secured Party holds or is owed Canadian Obligations, at any time and from time to time with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be required in connection with customary set-offs in connection with Canadian Obligations constituting Cash Management Obligations and Specified Hedge Agreements), while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to set-off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) (excluding payroll, tax withholding and trust account maintained in the ordinary course of business) in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Secured Party may elect, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to such Secured Party hereunder and claims of every nature and description of such Secured Party against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, as such Secured Party may elect, whether or not any Secured Party has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured, in each case, to the extent the Canadian Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.8 of the Credit Agreement. If any right of set-off is exercised by any Qualified Counterparty pursuant to the terms of any Specified Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, such Qualified Counterparty hereby agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent the value of the set-off and appropriation permitted by this Section 9.6 for application in accordance with Section 6.4. Each such Secured Party shall notify the Administrative Agent and such Grantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by such Secured Party of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Secured Party may have. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (i) no Secured Party shall exercise any right of set off in respect of any Controlled Account other than the Administrative Agent acting in its capacity as such and (ii) in no event shall the cash collections from any Grantor hereunder be applied to any US Borrower Obligations.

9.7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the

 

32


Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (e.g., “PDF” or “TIFF”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

9.8. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.9. Section Headings. Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

9.10. Integration. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law or any other Loan Document. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent represent the entire agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

9.11. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement (including terms incorporated by reference to any other agreement) and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario.

9.12. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Process Agent. (a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario and the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Agent or Lender may bring an action or proceeding in a jurisdiction where Collateral is located.

 

33


(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.2. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted or required by law.

(d) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Grantors hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers as of the Closing Date, CT Corporation System (the “ Process Agent ”), with an office on the Closing Date at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10011, United States, as its authorized designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge on its behalf and for its property, service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof; such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to such Grantor, in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and each of the Grantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. Each of the Grantors further agrees to take any and all such action as may be necessary to maintain the designation and appointment of the Process Agent in full force in effect for a period of three years following the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder (other than contingent amounts not then due and payable); provided , that if the Process Agent shall cease to act as such, each such Grantor agrees to promptly designate a new authorized designee, appointee and agent in New York City on the terms and for the purposes reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent hereunder.

9.13. Acknowledgments. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) no Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and the Secured Parties.

9.14. Additional Grantors. Each Canadian Subsidiary that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.9(c) of the Credit Agreement shall become a

 

34


Grantor and a Guarantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Canadian Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and such Canadian Subsidiary of a supplement in the form of Annex 1 hereto, such Canadian Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

9.15. Releases. (a) Upon the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations, this Agreement and the Liens granted hereby (including any irrevocable licenses granted to the Administrative Agent granted hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release, and the Canadian Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Guarantor and at such Guarantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of the Canadian Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder.

(b) In the event that any Grantor conveys, sells, leases, assigns, transfers or otherwise Disposes of all or any portion of any of the Capital Stock or assets of any Grantor to a Person that is not (and is not required hereunder to become) a Grantor hereunder in a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement, the Liens created hereunder in respect of such Capital Stock or assets (including any irrevocable licenses granted to the Administrative Agent granted hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of Liens hereunder in respect of such Capital Stock or assets. In the event that any Capital Stock or other asset (including Mortgaged Property) constituting Collateral has become, or is becoming, an Excluded Asset, then, at the request of any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense, the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute such documents (including Mortgage release documents) as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to terminate, discharge and release (or to further document and evidence the termination and release of) the Liens created hereunder in respect of such assets. In the case of a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement the result of which is that a Guarantor would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary or would become an Excluded Subsidiary (or in case any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or

 

35


Holdings elects that any Discretionary Guarantor that would otherwise constitute an Excluded Subsidiary cease to be a Discretionary Guarantor), the Canadian Obligations created hereunder in respect of such Guarantor (and all Liens granted by such Guarantor hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by such Guarantor and at such Guarantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of such Liens and such Guarantor’s Canadian Obligations hereunder. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement relating to any such Capital Stock, asset or Subsidiary of any Grantor shall no longer be deemed to be made with respect thereto once such Capital Stock or asset or Subsidiary is so conveyed, sold, leased, assigned, transferred or disposed of.

(c) Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement, financing change statement or discharge with respect to any financing statement originally filed in connection herewith without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under section 56 of the PPSA of Ontario or any similar provision of any other PPSA.

(d) All releases or other documents delivered by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.15 shall be without recourse to, or warranty by, the Administrative Agent.

9.16. No Fiduciary Duty. Each Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

9.17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

9.18. [Reserved].

9.19. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Grantor hereunder to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations of a Canadian Loan Party (provided,

 

36


however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 9.19 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 9.19, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 9.19 shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 9.19 constitute, and this Section 9.19 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Grantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

9.20. Joint and Several Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if a “secured creditor” (as that term is defined under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)) is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction not to include a Person to whom obligations are owed on a joint or joint and several basis, then the guarantees of Canadian Obligations hereunder, to the extent such guarantees are secured, shall be several obligations of each Grantor.

9.21. Limitations Act, 2002 (Ontario). Each of the parties hereto agree that any and all limitation periods provided for in the Limitations Act, 2002 (Ontario), as amended from time to time, or any other applicable law limiting the time for which an action may be commenced shall be excluded from application to the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder and any undertaking, covenant, indemnity or other agreement of each Guarantor hereunder, in each case to fullest extent permitted by such Act or applicable law.

(signature pages follow)

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

INITIAL CANADIAN BORROWERS:
WINROC-SPI CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
1974303 ALBERTA LTD.
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Canadian ABL Guarantee And Collateral Agreement]


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Charles D. Johnston

Name:   Charles D. Johnston
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


Schedules to

Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 1    Notice Addresses of Guarantors

Schedule 2

  

Description of Pledged Investment Property

Schedule 3

  

Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests

Schedule 4

  

Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office

Schedule 5

  

Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

Schedule 6

  

Accounts


Schedule 1

Notice Addresses of Grantors

To each of the Guarantors:

c/o Foundation Building Materials, LLC

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: John Gorey

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lone Star Americas Acquisitions LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1700

Dallas, TX 75204

Attention: Kyle Volluz

Facsimile: 214-515-6924

Telephone: 214-515-6824

and

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Ave

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Joerg H. Esdorn

Facsimile: 212-351-5276

Telephone: 212-351-3851

 

Schedule 1—Page 1


Schedule 2

Description of Pledged Investment Property

Pledged Capital Stock

None.

Pledged Debt Securities:

None.

Pledged Notes:

 

1) Canadian Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of August 9, 2016 by and among LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries party thereto from time to time.

 

Schedule 2—Page 1


Schedule 3

Filings and other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests

Pledged Investment Property :

 

  Delivery to the Administrative Agent.

PPSA Filings :

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Filing Jurisdiction

Winroc-SPI Corporation

   Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Ontario and Manitoba

1974303 Alberta Ltd.

   Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Ontario and Manitoba

UCC Filings :

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Filing Jurisdiction

Winroc-SPI Corporation

   District of Columbia

1974303 Alberta Ltd.

   District of Columbia

Intellectual Property

 

  Filing of Intellectual Property Security Agreements with CIPO.

Accounts

 

  None

Real Estate

 

  None

 

Schedule 3—Page 1


Schedule 4

Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office

 

Name of Loan Party

 

Jurisdiction of

Organization/

Formation

 

Address of Chief Executive Office (or for

natural persons, residence)

Winroc-SPI Corporation   Alberta  

2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

1974303 Alberta Ltd.   Alberta  

2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

 

Schedule 4—Page 1


Schedule 5

Copyrights, Designs, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

 

  1. Copyrights, Copyright Applications and Copyright Licenses

None.

 

  2. Patents, Patent Applications and Patent Licenses

None.

 

  3. Trademarks, Trademark Applications and Trademark Licenses

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing

Date/Issued

Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

Winroc-SPI Corporation    WINROC       Registered    2207560
Winroc-SPI Corporation    WINROC-SPI (word)       Pending In-Use    TMA935908 (Canada)/ 86343244 (USA)
Winroc-SPI Corporation   

Winroc-SPI (design)

 

US application contains a color

claim:

 

LOGO

      Pending In-Use   

TMA935907 (Canada)/

86343307 (USA)

Winroc-SPI Corporation    WINROC (word)       Registered   

TMA628650 (Canada)/

2207560 (USA)

Winroc-SPI Corporation   

Winroc (design)

 

LOGO

      Registered    TMA628406 (Canada)

 

Schedule 5—Page 1


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing

Date/Issued

Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

Winroc-SPI Corporation    PROLINE PLUS (word)       Registered   

TMA853073(Canada)/

4706070 (USA)

Winroc-SPI Corporation   

Proline Plus (design)

 

LOGO

      Registered    TMA853076(Canada)/4460814 (USA)
Winroc-SPI Corporation    ALLPRO       Registered    TMA435814 (Canada)
Winroc-SPI Corporation    ALLROC (word)       Registered    TMA628649(Canada)/2234931 (USA)
Winroc-SPI Corporation   

Allroc (design)

 

LOGO

      Registered    TMA636,511 (Canada)

Winroc-SPI

Corporation

   FACKOURY’S BUILDING SUPPLIES      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Ontario

  
Winroc-SPI Corporation    LEON’S INSULATION      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Ontario

  

 

Schedule 5—Page 2


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing

Date/Issued

Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

197403 Alberta Ltd.    BURNABY INSULATION      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in British Columbia and Alberta

  
Winroc-SPI Corporation    INTERIOR BUILDING SUPPLIES       Previously acquired company – registered in Windsor, London, and Cambridge, Ontario Canada   

 

  4. Domain Names

 

Domain Name

   Creation
Date
   Expiration
Date
  

Registrant

Name/Organization

  

Registrar

Allrocdsd.ca    7/12/2013    7/12/2016    Not available    Tucows
Allroctool.ca    7/12/2013    7/12/2016    Not available    Tucows
Burnabyinsulation.ca    12/20/2012    12/20/2016    Not available    Tucows
Constructionproductsdistribution.ca    9/6/2011    9/6/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Tucows
Leonsinsulation.ca    1/15/2013    1/15/2017    Not available    Tucows
Marjam.ca    2/22/2011    2/22/2021    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions Canada
Prolineplus.ca    9/7/2011    9/7/2016    Not available    Tucows
spi-co.ca    1/15/2013    1/15/2017    Not available    Tucows
Spiwinroc.ca    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Not available    Tucows
Superiorcpd.ca    9/1/2011    9/1/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions Canada
Superiorplusconstructionproductsdistribution.ca    9/19/2011    9/19/2016    Construction Products Distribution Inc.    Tucows
Superiorpluscpd.ca    9/6/2011    9/6/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions Canada

 

Schedule 5—Page 3


Domain Name

   Creation
Date
   Expiration
Date
  

Registrant

Name/Organization

  

Registrar

Winroc.ca    11/9/2010    11/9/2016    Not available    Tucows
Winrocbc.ca          Available   
Winrock.ca    1/14/2013    1/14/2017    Not available    Tucows
Winrocspi.ca    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Not available    Tucows
winroc-spi.ca    1/3/2014    1/3/2017    Not available    National CA Domains

 

Schedule 5—Page 4


Schedule 6

Accounts

Securities Accounts : None.

Deposit Accounts : None.

 

Schedule 6—Page 1


Exhibit A to

Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF CANADIAN ABL INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, this “ IP Security Agreement ”), is made by each of the signatories hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, “ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and certain subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto have entered into an ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement (such meanings to be determined as if such terms were to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario).

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Canadian Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered that certain Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, in favor of the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Grantors have granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the Grantors’ right, title, and interest in and to certain Collateral, including certain of their Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement with respect to certain of their Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents in order to record the security interests granted therein with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office (or any successor office or other applicable government registry).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the Grantors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

SECTION 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title


and interest in and to the following (the “ IP Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Canadian Obligations (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement):

(a) (i) all Canadian copyrights, whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published and whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including but not limited to copyrights in software and databases and all works of authorship, all right, title and interest to make and exploit all derivative works based on or adopted from works covered by such copyrights, and all copyright registrations, copyright applications, mask works registrations and mask works applications, and any renewals or extensions thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 1 , and (ii) the rights to print, publish and distribute any of the foregoing (“ Copyrights ”);

(b) all Copyright Licenses (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), to the extent such Grantor is not the granting party, including any of the foregoing identified in Schedule 1 ;

(c) (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future Infringements (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and misappropriations of any of the property described in (a) and (b) above, and (ii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the property described in (a) and (b) above (the items described in (a), (b) and (c), collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”);

(d) (i) all Canadian trade-marks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade dress, trade styles, logos, or other indicia of origin or source identification, Internet domain names, trademark and service mark registrations, designs and general intangibles of like nature and applications for trademark or service mark registrations and any renewals thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 2 and (ii) the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above (collectively, the “ Trademarks ”);

(e) all Trademark Licenses (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), to the extent such Grantor is not the granting party, including any of the foregoing identified in Schedule 2 ;

(f) (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future Infringements (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and misappropriations of any of the property described in (d) and (e) above, and (ii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the property described in (d) and (e) above (items described in clauses (d), (e) and (f), collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”);

(g) (i) all Canadian patents, patent applications and patentable inventions, including each issued patent and patent application identified in Schedule 3 , all certificates of invention or similar property rights and all registrations, recordings and pending applications thereof, (ii) all

 

A-2


inventions and improvements described and claimed therein and (iii) all reissues, divisions, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon (collectively, the “ Patents ”);

(h) all Patent Licenses (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), to the extent such Grantor is not the granting party, including any of the foregoing identified in Schedule 3 ; and

(i) (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future Infringements (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and misappropriations of any of the property described in (g) and (h) above, and (ii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the property described in (g) and (h) above (items described in (f), (g) and (h), collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”).

(j) (i) all Canadian industrial designs, including each industrial design identified in Schedule 4 , and all registrations, recordings and pending applications thereof, and (ii) all reissues, divisions, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon (collectively, the “ Patents ”);

(k) all Design Licenses (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), to the extent such Grantor is not the granting party, including any of the foregoing identified in Schedule 4 ; and

(l) (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future Infringements (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and misappropriations of any of the property described in (j) and (k) above, and (ii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the property described in (j) and (k) above (items described in (j), (k) and (l), collectively, the “ Design Collateral ”).

SECTION 2 Excluded Assets . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this IP Security Agreement, none of the Excluded Assets shall constitute IP Collateral.

SECTION 3 Execution in Counterparts . This IP Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by telecopy or other electronic transmission), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 4 GOVERNING LAW . THIS IP SECURITY AGREEMENT (INCLUDING TERMS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE TO ANY OTHER AGREEMENT) AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS IP SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

 

A-3


SECTION 5 Conflict Provision . This IP Security Agreement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The rights and remedies of each party hereto with respect to the security interest granted herein are without prejudice to, and are in addition to those set forth in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement, all terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event that any provisions of this IP Security Agreement are in conflict with the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the provisions of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable, shall govern.

SECTION 6 [Reserved] .

SECTION 7 Notice . Each party to this IP Security Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.2 of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. Nothing in this IP Security Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

[ signature pages follow ]

 

A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this IP Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

WINROC-SPI CORPORATION
1974303 ALBERTA LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ABL IP SECURITY AGREEMENT]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ABL IP SECURITY AGREEMENT]


Schedule 1

COPYRIGHTS


Schedule 2

TRADEMARKS


Schedule 3

PATENTS


Schedule 4

DESIGNS


Exhibit B to

Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF SUBORDINATED INTERCOMPANY NOTE

[To be provided under separate cover]


Annex 1 to

Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

ABL ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [                      ], made by                      , a                      (the “ Additional Grantor ”), in favor of Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for (i) the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below, in each case, solely to the extent that such Lender or Issuing Bank holds or is owed Canadian Borrower Obligations (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), and (ii) the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (as hereinafter defined)). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement or the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

W I T N E S E T H :

WHEREAS, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, “ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and certain subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto have entered into an ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent.

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Canadian Borrowers (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into the Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Grantors have entered into the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, to the Canadian Borrowers. Section 9.14 of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that additional Canadian Subsidiaries may become Guarantors and Grantors under the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Assumption Agreement. The undersigned Canadian Subsidiary (the “ Additional Grantor ”) is executing this Assumption Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor and a Grantor


under the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, in each case, to the Canadian Borrowers.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 9.14 of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly agrees to all terms and provisions of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder and assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules 1 through 5 to the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date (except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

The Additional Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Additional Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Collateral wherever located and whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Additional Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Canadian Obligations. Each reference to a “Grantor” or a “Guarantor” in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the Additional Grantor. The Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

2. Due Authorization . The Additional Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Assumption Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

3. Counterparts . This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Assumption Agreement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have

 

2


received counterparts of this Assumption Agreement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Additional Grantor and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Assumption Agreement by email or facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Assumption Agreement.

4. GOVERNING LAW . THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (INCLUDING TERMS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE TO ANY OTHER AGREEMENT) AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

5. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Assumption Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

6. Communications. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Additional Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Initial Borrower as provided in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement.

7. Expenses . The Additional Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Assumption Agreement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent. The Additional Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 9.4 of the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

[ signature pages follow ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT A-2

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF CANADIAN NY LAW ABL GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

[Attached]


 

 

CANADIAN NY LAW GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

August 9, 2016

among

WINROC-SPI CORPORATION,

1974303 ALBERTA LTD.

and THE OTHER GRANTORS referred to herein

in favor of

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

DEFINED TERMS

     2   

1.1.

 

Definitions

     2   

1.2.

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     7   

SECTION 2.

 

GUARANTEE

     7   

2.1.

 

Guarantee

     7   

2.2.

 

Guarantee of Payment

     7   

2.3.

 

No Limitations, Etc.

     7   

2.4.

 

Reinstatement

     8   

2.5.

 

Agreement To Pay; Subrogation

     8   

2.6.

 

Information

     9   

SECTION 3.

 

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

     9   

SECTION 4.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     11   

4.1.

 

Title; No Other Liens

     11   

4.2.

 

Perfected First Priority Liens

     12   

4.3.

 

Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, etc.

     12   

4.4.

 

Investment Property and Pledged Securities

     12   

4.5.

 

Intellectual Property

     13   

4.6.

 

Commercial Tort Claims

     14   

4.7.

 

Perfection Certificate

     14   

SECTION 5.

 

COVENANTS

     14   

5.1.

 

Delivery of Pledged Securities; Certificated Securities

     14   

5.2.

 

Maintenance of Insurance

     16   

5.3.

 

Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation

     16   

5.4.

 

Changes in Locations, Name, Jurisdiction of Incorporation, etc.

     17   

5.5.

 

Intellectual Property

     17   

5.6.

 

Commercial Tort Claims

     18   

SECTION 6.

 

REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

     19   

6.1.

 

Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable

     19   

6.2.

 

Pledged Securities

     19   

6.3.

 

Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent

     20   

6.4.

 

Application of Proceeds

     21   

6.5.

 

Code and Other Remedies

     22   

6.6.

 

Remedies for Intellectual Property

     25   

6.7.

 

Waiver; Deficiency

     26   

SECTION 7.

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     26   

7.1.

 

Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

     26   


7.2.

 

Duty of Administrative Agent

     28   

7.3.

 

Execution of Financing Statements; Intellectual Property Filings

     28   

7.4.

 

Authority of Administrative Agent

     29   

7.5.

 

No Individual Foreclosure, Etc

     29   

7.6.

 

Qualified Counterparties

     29   

SECTION 8.

 

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

     30   

8.1.

 

Indemnity and Subrogation

     30   

8.2.

 

Contribution and Subrogation

     30   

8.3.

 

Subordination

     30   

SECTION 9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     31   

9.1.

 

Amendments in Writing

     31   

9.2.

 

Notices

     31   

9.3.

 

No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies

     31   

9.4.

 

Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification

     31   

9.5.

 

Successors and Assigns

     32   

9.6.

 

Set-off

     32   

9.7.

 

Counterparts

     33   

9.8.

 

Severability

     33   

9.9.

 

Section Headings

     33   

9.10.

 

Integration

     33   

9.11.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     33   

9.12.

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Process Agent

     33   

9.13.

 

Acknowledgments

     34   

9.14.

 

Additional Grantors

     35   

9.15.

 

Releases

     35   

9.16.

 

No Fiduciary Duty

     36   

9.17.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     36   

9.18.

 

[Reserved]

     36   

9.19.

 

Keepwell

     36   

9.20.

 

Joint and Several Liability

     37   

 

ii


SCHEDULES   

Schedule 1

   Notice Addresses of Guarantors

Schedule 2

   Description of Pledged Investment Property

Schedule 3

   Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests

Schedule 4

   Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office

Schedule 5

   Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

Schedule 6

   Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule 7

   Accounts
ANNEXES

Annex 1

   Assumption Agreement

 

iii


CANADIAN NY LAW GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) made by WINROC-SPI CORPORATION, an Alberta corporation and 1974303 ALBERTA LTD., an Alberta corporation (the “ Initial Canadian Borrowers ” and, together with any other Additional Borrower that is a Canadian Subsidiary, the “ Canadian Borrowers ”; the Initial Canadian Borrowers, together with each other Canadian Borrower and any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for (a) the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time parties to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, the other Borrowers (as defined therein) party thereto, including the Initial Canadian Borrowers and any other Canadian Borrowers from time to time, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and issuing banks, the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors in such capacities, the “ Collateral Agent ”), in each case, solely to the extent that such Lender or Issuing Bank holds or is owed Canadian Borrower Obligation s , and (b) the other Secured Parties (as hereinafter defined).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Canadian Borrowers are members of an affiliated group of companies that includes each Grantor;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, certain Lenders and the Issuing Banks have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Canadian Borrowers upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, Qualified Counterparties may from time to time enter into Specified Hedge Agreements with and provide Cash Management Services to the Canadian Borrowers and the other Grantors in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Canadian Borrowers and the other Grantors will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and from such Specified Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Services; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make their respective extensions of credit to the Canadian Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1.1. Definitions . (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement; provided that each term defined in the New York UCC or the PPSA and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC or the PPSA, as applicable.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

After-Acquired Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 5.6(e).

Agreement ”: this Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Applicable Date ”: means with respect to any Grantor, (i) the date of this Agreement if such Grantor is a party hereto on the Closing Date, (ii) the date on which an Assumption Agreement is executed and delivered by such Grantor if such Grantor is not a party hereto on the Closing Date, and (iii) with respect to a schedule to this Agreement that is amended or updated by a Grantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.9(c) of the Credit Agreement or from time to time, the date on which such Grantor provides such amendments or updates.

Assumption Agreement ”: an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto.

Canadian Borrower Obligations ”: the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of the Canadian Borrowers and including the obligations of each Canadian Borrower arising under this Agreement, provided that for purposes of this Agreement, Excluded Swap Obligations of any Grantor shall at no time constitute Canadian Borrower Obligations of such Grantor. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Canadian Borrower Obligations guaranteed or secured hereunder include any US Borrower Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

Canadian Borrowers ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Canadian Guarantor Obligations ”: with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including Section 2) or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, Swap Obligations, Cash Management Obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to any Secured Party that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party); provided, however, that in no event shall Canadian Guarantor Obligations include obligations and liabilities in respect of any US Borrower Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

2


Canadian Obligations ”: the collective reference to the Canadian Borrower Obligations of each Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Guarantor Obligations of each Guarantor; provided that for purposes of this Agreement, Excluded Swap Obligations of any Grantor shall at no time constitute Canadian Obligations of such Grantor.

Collateral ”: as defined in Section 3(a).

Collateral Account ”: any collateral deposit account established by the Administrative Agent to hold cash pending application to the Canadian Obligations.

Collateral Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

“Commodity Exchange Act”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Copyright Licenses ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Copyright.

Copyrights ”: (i) all United States and foreign copyrights, whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published and whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including but not limited to copyrights in software and databases, all Mask Works (as defined in 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act) and all works of authorship, all right, title and interest to make and exploit all derivative works based on or adopted from works covered by such copyrights, and all copyright registrations, copyright applications, mask works registrations and mask works applications, and any renewals or extensions thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), and (ii) the rights to print, publish and distribute any of the foregoing.

Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations ”: the payment in full of the Canadian Borrower Obligations of each Canadian Borrower and termination and expiration of the Commitments in respect of the Canadian ABL Sublimit.

Grantors ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Guarantors ”: with respect to the Canadian Guarantor Obligations, the collective reference to each Grantor (other than the Canadian Guarantor Obligations with respect to such Grantor), and with respect to the Canadian Borrower Obligations for each Canadian Borrower, the collective reference to each Grantor other than such Canadian Borrower with respect to its own Canadian Borrower Obligations

“Holdings”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Infringement ”: infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other impairment or violation, and “ Infringe ” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

3


Initial Canadian Borrowers ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights relating to intellectual property and industrial designs, whether arising under United States federal or state laws, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks, the Trademark Licenses, the Trade Secrets and the Trade Secret Licenses and the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation or impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, including without limitation license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit, now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”: an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Grantors party thereto.

Intercompany Note ”: any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, including the subordinated Intercompany Note in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Investment Property ”: the collective reference to (i) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC or as such term is defined in the PPSA including, without limitation, all Certificated Securities and Uncertificated Securities, all Security Entitlements and all Securities Accounts, (ii) security entitlements, in the case of any United States Treasury book-entry securities, as defined in 31 C.F.R. section 357.2, or, in the case of any United States federal agency book-entry securities, as defined in the corresponding United States federal regulations governing such book-entry securities, and (iii) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined under clause (i), all Pledged Securities; provided that the term “Investment Property” shall not at any time include Excluded Assets.

Issuers ”: the collective reference to each issuer of a Pledged Security that is pledged by a Grantor hereunder.

License ”: any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party, including those listed on Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time).

“New York UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Patent License ”: all written agreements naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to a Patent.

Patents ”: (i) all United States and foreign patents, patent applications and patentable inventions, including each issued patent and patent application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), all certificates of

 

4


invention or similar property rights and all registrations, recordings and pending applications thereof, (ii) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, and (iii) all reissues, divisions, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof and all improvements thereon.

Pledged Capital Stock ”: all shares or other equity interests constituting Capital Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including all shares of Capital Stock described on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), and the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such Capital Stock and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Capital Stock and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing, provided that the Pledged Capital Stock shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Debt Securities ”: all debt securities now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including the debt securities listed on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), provided that the Pledged Debt Securities shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Notes ”: all promissory notes and other evidences of Indebtedness that constitute Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including those listed on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) and all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor, provided that the Pledged Notes shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Securities ”: the collective reference to the Pledged Debt Securities, the Pledged Notes and the Pledged Capital Stock.

PPSA ”: the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) or any similar legislation of any other applicable Canadian jurisdiction, as amended from time to time.

Proceeds ”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the New York UCC or as such term is defined in the PPSA and, in any event, shall include, all dividends or other income from the Pledged Securities, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ”: in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Grantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Receivable ”: all Accounts, Payment Intangibles and any other right to payment for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed or otherwise disposed of or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper or

 

5


classified as a Payment Intangible and whether or not it has been earned by performance. References to Receivables shall include any Supporting Obligation or collateral securing such Receivables.

Registered Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 4.5(a).

Secured Parties ”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Indemnitees (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and, with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations, any Qualified Counterparty; provided that no Qualified Counterparty shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or the obligations of any Grantor under this Agreement), in each case, solely to the extent that such Secured Party holds or is owed Canadian Obligations.

Security ”: as the context may require, the Liens granted by the Canadian Loan Parties as security for the Canadian Obligations or the Collateral subject to such Liens.

Subordinated Intercompany Note ”: the subordinated Intercompany Note in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Canadian ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Trademark License ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Trademark.

Trademarks ”: (i) all United States, state and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade dress, trade styles, logos, or other indicia of origin or source identification, Internet domain names, trademark and service mark registrations, designs and general intangibles of like nature, and applications for trademark or service mark registrations and any renewals thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) and (ii) the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above.

“Trade Secret License”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Trade Secret.

“Trade Secrets”: all trade secrets and all confidential and proprietary information, including know-how, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, inventions, research and development information, technical data, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans, and customer and supplier lists and information, formulae, parts, diagrams, drawings, specifications, blue prints, lists of materials, and production manuals.

“UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code”: the New York UCC or, where the context requires, the Uniform Commercial Code or any equivalent statute of any other relevant jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies.

 

6


1.2. Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the rules of construction specified in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

(b) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

(c) All references herein to provisions of the UCC shall include all successor provisions under any subsequent version or amendment to any Article of the UCC.

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE

2.1. Guarantee. Each Guarantor unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally the due and punctual payment and performance of the Canadian Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Canadian Obligations may be increased, extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any increase, extension or renewal of any Canadian Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to each of the Canadian Borrowers or any other Canadian Loan Party of any Canadian Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable Debtor Relief Laws (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 8.2).

2.2. Guarantee of Payment. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a continuing guarantee of payment and performance when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any Security held for the payment of the Canadian Obligations or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Grantors or any other person.

2.3. No Limitations, Etc . (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 9.15, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Canadian Obligations, or any of the Loan Documents or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, the Canadian Obligations or any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to

 

7


perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any Security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Canadian Obligations or any of them, (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Canadian Obligations, or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Canadian Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent to take and hold Security for the payment and performance of the Canadian Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such Security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such Security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Canadian Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Canadian Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Canadian Obligations or the release of such Guarantor’s guarantee in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any Security held by one or more of them for the Canadian Obligations by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such Security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Canadian Obligations, make any other accommodation with a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Canadian Obligations have been paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party, as the case may be, or any Security for the Canadian Obligations.

2.4. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Canadian Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party or otherwise.

2.5. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party to pay any Canadian Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Canadian Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against a Canadian Borrower or any other Canadian Loan Party

 

8


arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Section 8.

2.6. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Canadian Borrower’s and each other Canadian Loan Party’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Canadian Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

(a) Subject to Section 3(d), each Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the following personal property, in each case, wherever located and whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, but subject to the last sentence of this Section 3(a), and subject to Section 3(d), the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Canadian Obligations:

(i) all Accounts, including all Receivables;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all cash, cash equivalents and Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts;

(iv) all Documents;

(v) all Equipment;

(vi) all Fixtures;

(vii) all General Intangibles;

(viii) all Instruments;

(ix) all Intellectual Property;

(x) all Inventory;

(xi) all Investment Property;

(xii) all Letter of Credit Rights;

 

9


(xiii) all Money;

(xiv) all Goods not otherwise described above;

(xv) any Collateral Account;

(xvi) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule 6 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time, including pursuant to Section 5.6);

(xvii) all books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software and similar items that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the Collateral or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon; and

(xviii) to the extent not otherwise included, all other personal property of the Grantor and all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security, Supporting Obligations and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Assets and none of the Excluded Assets shall constitute Collateral; provided , however , that a security interest shall immediately be granted to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and attach to, and Collateral shall immediately include, any asset (or portion thereof) upon such asset (or portion thereof) ceasing to be an Excluded Asset.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required pursuant to this Agreement:

(i) to take any action to perfect the security interests granted by this Agreement by any means other than by (A) (1) filings pursuant to the UCC (or, subject to clause (v) below, the PPSA) in the office of the Secretary of State (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State, Province or Territory or elsewhere as required by the UCC or the PPSA (or such multiple combination thereof as may be required to achieve perfection), and (2) filings in United States and Canadian government offices with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required by the Loan Documents, (B) subject to any intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement, delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments, notes and debt securities, tangible chattel paper and certificated Capital Stock to the extent required by Section 5.1 and (C) control agreements with respect to Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts to the extent required under Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement;

(ii) [reserved];

 

10


(iii) to take any actions (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) or (B) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States or, subject to clause (v) below, Canada; or

(iv) to take any actions in any jurisdiction other than the United States or Canada (or any political subdivision thereof) or enter into any collateral documents governed by the laws of any country other than the United States or Canada (or any political subdivision thereof).

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) each Grantor shall remain liable for all of its obligations in respect of the Collateral and nothing contained herein is intended or shall be a delegation of duties to any Secured Party, (ii) each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for performance under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Collateral, (iii) each Grantor shall remain liable under each of its agreements included in the Collateral, and shall perform all of its obligations undertaken by it thereunder all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any of such agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or any other document related thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party have any obligation to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or have any obligation to take any action to collect or enforce any rights under any agreement included in the Collateral and (iv) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained herein, the Liens granted hereunder by each Grantor shall only secure the Canadian Obligations and shall not secure any (i) US Borrower Obligations or (ii) the Obligations of any other Loan Party that is not a Canadian Loan Party.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to enter into the Credit Agreement with respect to the Canadian Borrower Obligations and to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make their respective extensions of credit to the Canadian Borrowers thereunder, each Grantor hereby, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the Secured Parties that:

4.1. Title; No Other Liens. Such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens except for Permitted Liens. No effective financing statement, fixture filing or other public notice under applicable law with respect to all or any part of the Collateral, is on file or of record in any public office, except those (i) as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement or (ii) for which proper authorized termination statements have been delivered to Administrative Agent (or its designee) for filing.

 

11


4.2. Perfected First Priority Liens. The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable and, subject to any Permitted Liens, first lien security interests in all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Canadian Obligations, enforceable against each applicable Grantor in accordance with the terms hereof, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought in proceedings in equity or at law) and, other than with respect to Collateral a security interest in which cannot be perfected by taking the actions specified in Section 3(b)(i), as of the most recent Applicable Date, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices, appropriate assignments or notices are filed in each applicable IP Office and such other actions as specified on Schedule 3 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) have been completed and upon the payment of all filing fees, will be perfected and are prior to the Liens on the Collateral of any other Person (except for Permitted Liens).

4.3. Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, etc. As of the most recent Applicable Date, such Grantor’s exact legal name (as indicated on the public record of such Grantor’s jurisdiction of formation or organization), jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number, if any, and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time). Except as specified on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), no Person that is a Grantor on the date hereof has changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business (as the case may be) or its corporate structure in any way (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) within the five year period immediately prior to the Applicable Date.

4.4. Investment Property and Pledged Securities. (a) Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of all Pledged Capital Stock pledged by it hereunder which is issued by any Subsidiary of a Grantor, and such Grantor has good title to all such Pledged Capital Stock and (except for such failure to have good title as would not conflict with Section 3.7 of the Credit Agreement) to all other Investment Property pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens, except Permitted Liens.

(b) Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) sets forth as of the most recent Applicable Date with respect to such Grantor under the heading “Pledged Capital Stock” all of the Pledged Capital Stock owned by such Grantor, and such Pledged Capital Stock as of such Applicable Date constitutes the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of stock, percentage of membership interests, percentage of partnership interests or percentage of beneficial interest of the respective issuers thereof indicated on such schedule. Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) sets forth as of the most recent Applicable Date with respect to such Grantor under the heading “Pledged Debt Securities” or “Pledged Notes” all of the Pledged Debt Securities and Pledged Notes, owned by any Grantor that are required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a). Schedule 7 hereto sets forth under the headings “Securities Accounts,” and “Deposit Accounts,” respectively, all of the Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts required to be perfected pursuant to Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor is the sole entitlement holder or customer of each such account, and such Grantor has not consented to, and is not otherwise aware of, any Person (other than the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto) having “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8-106,

 

12


9-106 and 9-104 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Securities Account or Deposit Account or any securities, commodities or other property credited thereto.

(c) The shares of Pledged Capital Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer of Capital Stock included in the Collateral owned by such Grantor. All the shares of the Pledged Capital Stock issued by the Grantors or any Subsidiary of Holdings have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and no Grantor is in default of its obligations under any Organizational Document.

(d) All the Pledged Debt Securities and Pledged Notes issued by the Grantors or any Subsidiary of Holdings have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof.

(e) Each Grantor (i) as of the most recent Applicable Date, is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) as owned by such Grantor and (ii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Securities, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(f) Except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally or otherwise permitted to exist pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Pledged Securities are and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and as of the most recent Applicable Date, none of the Pledged Securities is or will be subject to outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments that might materially prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder.

4.5. Intellectual Property. (a)  Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) lists as of the most recent Applicable Date all issued Patents and pending Patent applications of any Grantor with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all registered Copyrights and pending Copyright applications of any Grantor with the United States Copyright Office, and all registered Trademarks and pending Trademark applications of any Grantor with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (collectively, “ Registered Intellectual Property ”).

(b) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) each Grantor owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property that is material to its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, and takes reasonable actions to protect, preserve and maintain such Intellectual Property;

(ii) on the date hereof, all Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed by such Grantor is valid, unexpired and enforceable, does not Infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person, and to such Grantor’s knowledge,

 

13


is not being Infringed by any other Person, and all Registered Intellectual Property has not expired or been abandoned;

(iii) as of the date hereof, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority or arbitrator which would limit, cancel or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of such Grantor’s rights in any Intellectual Property in any respect, and such Grantor knows of no valid basis for same; and

(iv) no action or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened or imminent, in each case, on the date hereof seeking to limit, cancel or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of any Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s interest therein.

4.6. Commercial Tort Claims. Schedule 6 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) lists, as of the most recent Applicable Date, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to any Grantor that, in the reasonable determination of the Initial Borrower, is estimated to be in excess of $3,000,000.

4.7. Perfection Certificate. Each Perfection Certificate delivered by a Grantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein (including (x) the exact legal name of each Grantor and (y) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor) is correct and complete as of the date of such Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Secured Parties that, until the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations, in each case subject to the requirements of any intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement:

5.1. Delivery of Pledged Securities; Certificated Securities. (a) If any of the Collateral consists of an Instrument, Certificated Security, Negotiable Instrument, Tangible Chattel Paper, note or debt security with a principal amount of $3,000,000 or more, such Instrument, note or debt security shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such Collateral owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (ii) promptly after such Collateral is acquired (in the case of any other such Collateral) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank in a manner and form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) If any of the Collateral consisting of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of a Grantor is a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC and is or shall become evidenced or represented by any certificate, such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such Collateral owned by a

 

14


Grantor that is evidenced or represented by a certificate on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (ii) in the case of any other such Collateral that is acquired or becomes evidenced or represented by a certificate after the Closing Date, promptly after such Collateral is acquired or becomes so evidenced or represented and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral or the date on which such Collateral becomes so evidenced or represented (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case accompanied by undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank in a manner and form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) to the extent each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership that is a Subsidiary of a Grantor and pledged hereunder is a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York, such interest shall be certificated and (ii) each such interest shall at all times hereafter continue to be such a security and represented by such certificate. Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that with respect to any interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership that is a Subsidiary of a Grantor and pledged hereunder that is not a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, such Grantor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate, unless such Grantor provides prior written notification to the Administrative Agent of such election and such interest is thereafter represented by a certificate that is delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such certificate owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date), (y) promptly after such Collateral is acquired (in the case of any other such Collateral) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) or (z) promptly after such interest becomes represented by a certificate after the Closing Date (in the case Grantor elects to have such interest certificated after the dates specified in clause (x) or (y), as applicable) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date on which such Collateral becomes so represented (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case pursuant to the terms hereof.

(d) If any of the Collateral is or shall become an Uncertificated Security, such Grantor shall promptly (and, in any event, no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date on which such Collateral is acquired or becomes an Uncertificated Security (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion)) notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent’s request and option upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, cause the Issuer thereof (which Issuer may be another Grantor) either (i) to register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security, upon original issue or registration of transfer or (ii) to agree in writing with such Grantor and the Administrative Agent that such Issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Security originated by the Administrative Agent without

 

15


further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Grantor which is either an Issuer or an owner of any Pledged Security hereby consents to the grant by each other Grantor of the security interest hereunder in favor of the Administrative Agent and to the transfer of any Pledged Security to the Administrative Agent or its nominee following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its nominee as a partner, member or shareholder of the Issuer of the related Pledged Security that are included in the Collateral.

(e) Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the applicable securities, which schedule shall be deemed attached hereto as part of Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time); provided that failure to attach any such schedule shall not affect the validity of the pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

5.2. Maintenance of Insurance. Such Grantor will maintain insurance on all its property as and to the extent required by Sections 5.5(a)(ii) and 5.5(b) of the Credit Agreement, and furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon reasonable written request by the Administrative Agent, information in reasonable scope and detail as to the insurance carried.

5.3. Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, and provided that in no event shall any Grantor be required to deliver Pledged Securities not required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement on the Collateral as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4.2 hereof until the Collateral is released from such security interest pursuant to the terms of Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement or by operation of law or by agreement of the requisite Lenders or all Lenders with respect to the Canadian Obligations and shall cause such Collateral to remain free of Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) Each Grantor agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, at its own cost and expense, complete and accurate records in all material respects with respect to the Collateral owned by it, in any event to include complete accounting records in all material respects with respect to all payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Collateral, and, at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, promptly to prepare and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly certified schedule or schedules in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent showing the identity, amount and location of any Collateral.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly authorize, execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests granted hereby, the full benefits of this Agreement and the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the granting

 

16


and perfecting of the security interests, (ii) the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA (or other similar laws) in effect in any applicable jurisdiction within the United States or, Canada with respect to the security interests created hereby and (iii) the entry into control agreements or delivery of other evidence of “control” in accordance with Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor will provide to the Administrative Agent from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection (to the extent required by this Agreement) and priority of the Lien created or intended to be created pursuant to this Agreement.

5.4. Changes in Locations, Name, Jurisdiction of Incorporation, etc. Such Grantor will not, except upon prior or substantially concurrent written notice to the Administrative Agent and prompt delivery to the Administrative Agent of duly authorized and, where required, executed copies of all additional financing statements and any other documents necessary to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests in the Collateral provided for herein, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, (i) change its jurisdiction of organization or, in the case of Grantors which are not registered organizations (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code), the location of its chief executive office or the sole place of business from that referred to on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), (ii) change its name or (iii) change its type of organization or (iv) cause or permit any Collateral having a fair market value of $100,000 or more individually or in the aggregate to be located in any province or territory of Canada that is not set forth in Section II(D) of the Perfection Certificate.

5.5. Intellectual Property. (a) Such Grantor will not (and will not affirmatively permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, except to the extent that such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that the maintenance thereof is no longer necessary to the conduct of such Grantor’s business. Each Grantor shall take all commercially reasonable steps which it (or during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent) deems reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances to preserve and protect each item of its material Intellectual Property.

(b) Whenever such Grantor either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall acquire, become the exclusive licensee of, or file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property (or file a Statement of Use or an amendment to Alleged Use with respect to any “intent to use” Trademark application) included in the Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, such Grantor shall report such filing to the Administrative Agent in accordance with and to the extent required by Section 5.9(a) of the Credit Agreement. Upon request of the Administrative Agent, subject to Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral consisting of any Copyright, Patent, Trademark or other Intellectual Property of such Grantor registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office.

 

17


(c) Such Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps if and to the extent such Grantor shall deem appropriate in its reasonable business judgment under the circumstances, including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of material Intellectual Property included in the Collateral owned by such Grantor (including the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, affidavits of use and incontestability, and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition or cancellation of Infringement proceedings).

(d) Such Grantor agrees to execute an Intellectual Property Security Agreement, with respect to its Registered Intellectual Property included in the Collateral in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, as and when required by Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement or Section 5.5(e) below.

(e) Such Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of Registered Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which is not now a part of the Intellectual Property Collateral (the “ After-Acquired Intellectual Property ”), (i) the provisions of Section 3 hereof shall automatically apply thereto and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property shall automatically become part of the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after notice of any newly acquired, created or developed registered Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor pursuant to Section 5.9(a) of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall promptly execute an Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to its After-Acquired Intellectual Property, in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

5.6. Commercial Tort Claims. If such Grantor shall obtain an interest in any Commercial Tort Claim with an estimated value in excess of $3,000,000, such Grantor shall (a) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such interest in any Commercial Tort Claims owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (b) promptly after such interest is obtained (in the case of any other such interest in a Commercial Tort Claim) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (in the case of any other such interest in any Commercial Tort Claims) (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) sign and deliver documentation reasonably requested by and acceptable to the Administrative Agent granting a security interest under the terms and provisions of this Agreement in and to such Commercial Tort Claim and the proceeds thereof. In the event an updated Perfection Certificate or an Assumption Agreement shall set forth any Commercial Tort Claim, Schedule 6 shall be deemed to be supplemented to include the reference to such Commercial Tort Claim (and the description thereof), in the same form as such reference and description are set forth on such updated Perfection Certificate or Assumption Agreement.

 

18


SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

6.1. Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable. The Administrative Agent may at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing require any Grantor to notify the Account Debtor or counterparty on any Receivable constituting Collateral of the security interest of the Administrative Agent therein. In addition, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may require any Grantor to notify the Account Debtor or counterparty to make all payments under the Receivables constituting Collateral directly to the Administrative Agent.

6.2. Pledged Securities. (a) Unless (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.2(b) (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of the Credit Agreement other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Required Lenders) and in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall be permitted to (x) receive all dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions paid or made in respect of the Pledged Securities, to the extent not prohibited by the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Capital Stock or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding equity interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment), and (y) exercise all voting and corporate or other ownership rights with respect to the Pledged Securities; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or corporate or other ownership right exercised or other action taken which would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same or which would violate any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) If (i) an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the Initial Borrower and the relevant Grantor(s) of the Administrative Agent’s intent to execute its rights pursuant to this Section 6.2(b) (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of the Credit Agreement other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Required Lenders): (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions paid in respect to the Pledged Securities included in the Collateral and make application thereof to the Canadian Obligations in accordance with Section 6.4, (ii) all rights of each Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the

 

19


Administrative Agent which shall thereupon have the sole right, but shall be under no obligation, to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have the right, without notice to any Grantor, to transfer all or any portion of the Investment Property included in the Collateral to its name or the name of its nominee or agent or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank in favor of the Administrative Agent, and each Grantor will, upon request, promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities included in the Collateral registered in the name of such Grantor. In addition, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time, without notice to any Grantor, to exchange any certificates or instruments representing any Investment Property included in the Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations. In order to permit the Administrative Agent to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions which it may be entitled to receive hereunder if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Administrative Agent all proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, and each Grantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may utilize the power of attorney set forth herein. All dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 6.2(b) shall be held for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent promptly following demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(c) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Initial Borrower or any Grantor under this Section 6.2 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6.2 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Securities directly to the Administrative Agent.

6.3. Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, at the written request of the Administrative Agent, all Proceeds of Collateral received by any Grantor consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents and checks shall be held in trust by such Grantor for the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such

 

20


Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if reasonably required). All such Proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent under this Section 6.3 shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its sole control (as defined in and subject to Section 9-104 of the New York UCC). All such Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor for the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Canadian Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.4.

6.4. Application of Proceeds. (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election, the Administrative Agent may, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, apply all or any part of the net Proceeds (after deducting fees and expenses as provided in Section 6.5 below) of Collateral realized through the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its remedies hereunder, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2 hereof, in payment of the Canadian Obligations in the following order ( provided that if the terms of any Permitted Amendment provide for application of such Proceeds to the payment of any Canadian Obligations in a less favorable order, then the terms of such Permitted Amendment shall govern with respect to such Canadian Obligations and the Administrative Agent shall apply such Proceeds in such different order):

First , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including attorneys’ fees payable under the Credit Agreement and amounts payable under Section 2 of this Agreement) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest, Cash Management Obligations, obligations under the Specified Hedge Agreements and, to the extent payable under clause First , attorneys’ fees) payable to the Secured Parties (including attorneys’ fees payable under the Credit Agreement and amounts payable under Section 2 of this Agreement), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and LC Disbursements, ratably among the holders of such Canadian Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and LC Disbursements, and, to the extent required under Section 2.7(j) of the Credit Agreement, to cash collateralize the portion of the LC Disbursements comprised of the aggregate undrawn amounts of Letters of Credit, ratably among the holders of such Canadian Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

 

21


Fifth , to the payment of amounts then due and payable under Canadian Obligations constituting Specified Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations then due and payable and all other Canadian Obligations of the Canadian Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Canadian Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Canadian Obligations have been paid in full, to the relevant Canadian Borrower or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Grantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Grantor. For the avoidance of doubt, no assets that are described in clause (8) of Excluded Assets shall be used to support any US Borrower Obligations.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of proceeds in the amount agreed upon by the Administrative Agent or by the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

(c) Amounts used to cash collateralize Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Canadian Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Canadian Obligations arising in connection with Cash Management Services or under Specified Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Qualified Counterparty or applicable Grantor; provided that in no event shall proceeds of any Collateral of any Grantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations.

6.5. Code and Other Remedies. (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (ii) the Administrative Agent’s notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Administrative Agent promptly after demand therefor, and it is agreed that the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Canadian Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or the PPSA (whether or not the New York UCC or the PPSA applies to the affected Collateral) or its rights under any other applicable law or in equity. Without

 

22


limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, defense, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, presentments, protests, defenses (other than the defense of payment or performance of the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations), advertisements and notices are hereby waived to the extent permitted by applicable law), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, or consent to the use by any Grantor of any cash collateral arising in respect of the Collateral on such terms as the Administrative Agent deems reasonable, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, license, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver, or acquire by credit bid on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, it being understood that any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards under the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, with respect to any disposition of Collateral. Each Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold to it absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. The Administrative Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. The Administrative Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for the Administrative Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof by using Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. In

 

23


the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Canadian Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof and the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Canadian Obligations paid in full. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of any of their rights hereunder. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to enter onto the property where any Collateral is located without any obligation to pay rent and take possession thereof with or without judicial process. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.5, after deducting all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Secured Parties hereunder, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Canadian Obligations in accordance with Section 6.4 and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law with respect to the Canadian Obligations, including Section 9-615(a) of the New York UCC, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. If the Administrative Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the Grantor will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser and received by the Administrative Agent and applied to Indebtedness of the purchaser. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, the Administrative Agent may resell the Collateral and the Grantor shall be credited with proceeds of the sale. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against any Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder.

(c) In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “ Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Collateral permitted hereunder. Each

 

24


Grantor understands that compliance with the Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 6.5 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

6.6. Remedies for Intellectual Property. (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to take any of or all of the following actions at the same or different times with respect to any Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the security interest granted hereunder to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Collateral by the applicable Grantor to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Collateral on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained).

(b) For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive and assignable license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof, provided that such license shall automatically terminate upon the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations. The use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be

 

25


exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided , however , that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default or the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations.

6.7. Waiver; Deficiency. Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Canadian Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

7.1. Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. (a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, until the termination of this Agreement:

(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable constituting Collateral or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and record or have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance with respect to such Collateral called for by the terms of the Loan Documents and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes,

 

26


assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents;

(iv) execute, in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy provided for in Section 6 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral and to give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (3) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) send verifications of Receivables to any Account Debtor; (5) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (6) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (7) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (8) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Trademark pertains and subject to the covenant set forth in Section 6.6(b) hereof) included in the Collateral, throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (9) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to, or consent to any use of cash collateral arising in respect of, or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

Anything in this Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that, except as expressly provided in Section 7.1(b), it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given Holdings, the Initial Borrower and the Grantors prior written notice of its intent to exercise remedies under this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that the failure of the Administrative Agent to provide notice pursuant to this paragraph shall not alter the Administrative Agent’s ability to foreclose upon, or any other rights it may have with respect to, any Collateral).

 

27


(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement; provided , however , that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or time is of the essence, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise this power without first making demand on the Grantor and the Grantor failing to comply therewith within any applicable period of grace.

(c) The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due ABR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars (regardless of whether ABR Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars are then outstanding) under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

(d) Each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, consents to the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any power, right or remedy provided for herein. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until the termination of this Agreement.

7.2. Duty of Administrative Agent. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, attorneys and other advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Administrative Agent has been appointed as administrative agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The rights, duties, privileges, immunities and indemnities of the Administrative Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The powers conferred on the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, attorneys and other advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except to the extent that any such act or failure to act is found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted directly from their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (including a material breach of their obligations under the Loan Documents).

7.3. Execution of Financing Statements; Intellectual Property Filings. (a) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. Each Grantor agrees that such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described in the Security

 

28


Documents or as “all assets” or “all personal property” of the undersigned, whether now owned or hereafter existing or acquired by the undersigned or such other description as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines is necessary or advisable. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

(b) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with each applicable IP Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest in each item of Intellectual Property of each Grantor included in the Collateral that is subject to registration or an application to register in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party and shall provide written notice to the Grantor prior to filing any such documents.

7.4. Authority of Administrative Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

7.5. No Individual Foreclosure , Etc . No Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any guarantee of the Canadian Obligations except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the guarantees of the Canadian Obligations provided hereunder and under any other Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Secured Party authorizes the Administrative Agent to credit bid all or any part of the Canadian Obligations held by it.

7.6. Qualified Counterparties . No Qualified Counterparty that obtains the benefits of the Security Documents or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions of the Credit Agreement or of the Security Documents, shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action under any Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents.

 

29


SECTION 8. INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

8.1. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 8.3), each Canadian Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement on behalf of such Canadian Borrower, such Canadian Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party with respect to any Canadian Borrower, such Canadian Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

8.2. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Guarantor ”) agrees (subject to Section 8.3) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Canadian Obligation, or assets of any other Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Loan Document to satisfy any Canadian Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Guarantor ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the relevant Canadian Borrower(s) as provided in Section 8.1, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.14 hereof, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 8.2 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 8.1 to the extent of such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any claiming Party’s right to indemnification hereunder arises from a payment or sale of assets made to satisfy secured Canadian Borrower Obligations constituting Swap Obligations, only those Contributing Guarantors for whom such Swap Obligations do not constitute Excluded Swap Obligations shall indemnify such claiming Party with the fraction set forth in the second preceding sentence.

8.3. Subordination. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation of the Guarantors under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Canadian Obligations. No failure on the part of any Canadian Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 8.1 and 8.2 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder.

(b) Each Canadian Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agree that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to any Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Canadian Obligations, to the extent required by the second to last proviso in Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement.

 

30


SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement or pursuant to an Assumption Agreement, provided that the Schedules to this Agreement may be amended or supplemented by any Grantor at any time by delivering such amended or supplemented schedule to the Administrative Agent.

9.2. Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time).

9.3. No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. No Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 9.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which such Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

9.4. Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification. (a) Each Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse each Lender for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party to the extent any Canadian Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement, including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements and other charges of such legal counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties as any Canadian Borrower would be required to pay or reimburse pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement, in each case, solely with respect to the Canadian Obligations.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to hold each Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral pledged hereunder or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case, to the extent any Canadian Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 2.16(b) of the Credit Agreement.

(c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to hold the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses or disbursements

 

31


of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, in each case, to the extent the Canadian Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Canadian Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(e) Each Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and each Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

9.5. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors and assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

9.6. Set-off. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party (other than a Qualified Counterparty) to the extent that such Secured Party holds or is owed Canadian Obligations, at any time and from time to time with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be required in connection with customary set-offs in connection with Canadian Obligations constituting Cash Management Obligations and Specified Hedge Agreements), while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to set-off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) (excluding payroll, tax withholding and trust account maintained in the ordinary course of business) in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Secured Party may elect, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to such Secured Party hereunder and claims of every nature and description of such Secured Party against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, as such Secured Party may elect, whether or not any Secured Party has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured, in each case, to the extent the Canadian Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.8 of the Credit Agreement. If any right of set-off is exercised by any Qualified Counterparty pursuant to the terms of any Specified Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, such Qualified Counterparty hereby agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent the value of the set-off and appropriation permitted by this Section 9.6 for application in accordance with Section 6.4. Each such Secured Party shall notify the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Initial Borrower and such Grantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by such Secured Party of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Secured Party may have. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in

 

32


the foregoing, (i) no Secured Party shall exercise any right of set off in respect of any Controlled Account other than the Administrative Agent acting in its capacity as such and (ii) in no event shall the cash collections from any Grantor hereunder be applied to any US Borrower Obligations.

9.7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (e.g., “PDF” or “TIFF”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

9.8. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.9. Section Headings. Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

9.10. Integration. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law or any other Loan Document. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent represent the entire agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

9.11. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

9.12. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Process Agent. (a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall

 

33


be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Agent or Lender may bring an action or proceeding in a jurisdiction where Collateral is located.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.2. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted or required by law.

(d) Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Grantors hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers as of the Closing Date, CT Corporation System (the “ Process Agent ”), with an office on the Closing Date at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10011, United States, as its authorized designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge on its behalf and for its property, service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof; such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to such Grantor, in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent’s above address, and each of the Grantors hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. Each of the Grantors further agrees to take any and all such action as may be necessary to maintain the designation and appointment of the Process Agent in full force in effect for a period of three years following the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder (other than contingent amounts not then due and payable); provided , that if the Process Agent shall cease to act as such, each such Grantor agrees to promptly designate a new authorized designee, appointee and agent in New York City on the terms and for the purposes reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent hereunder.

9.13. Acknowledgments. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) no Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and the Secured Parties.

 

34


9.14. Additional Grantors. Each Canadian Subsidiary that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.9(c) of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor and a Guarantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Canadian Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and such Canadian Subsidiary of a supplement in the form of Annex 1 hereto, such Canadian Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

9.15. Releases. (a) Upon the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations, this Agreement and the Liens granted hereby (including any irrevocable licenses granted to the Administrative Agent granted hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release, and the Canadian Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Guarantor and at such Guarantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of the Canadian Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder.

(b) In the event that any Grantor conveys, sells, leases, assigns, transfers or otherwise Disposes of all or any portion of any of the Capital Stock or assets of any Grantor to a Person that is not (and is not required hereunder to become) a Grantor hereunder in a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement, the Liens created hereunder in respect of such Capital Stock or assets (including any irrevocable licenses granted to the Administrative Agent granted hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of Liens hereunder in respect of such Capital Stock or assets. In the event that any Capital Stock or other asset (including Mortgaged Property) constituting Collateral has become, or is becoming, an Excluded Asset, then, at the request of any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense, the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute such documents (including Mortgage release documents) as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to terminate, discharge and release (or to further document and evidence the termination and release of) the Liens created hereunder in respect of such assets. In the case of a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement the result of which is that a Guarantor would

 

35


cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary or would become an Excluded Subsidiary (or in case any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or Holdings elects that any Discretionary Guarantor that would otherwise constitute an Excluded Subsidiary cease to be a Discretionary Guarantor), the Canadian Obligations created hereunder in respect of such Guarantor (and all Liens granted by such Guarantor hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by such Guarantor and at such Guarantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of such Liens and such Guarantor’s Canadian Obligations hereunder. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement relating to any such Capital Stock, asset or Subsidiary of any Grantor shall no longer be deemed to be made with respect thereto once such Capital Stock or asset or Subsidiary is so conveyed, sold, leased, assigned, transferred or disposed of.

(c) Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement originally filed in connection herewith without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the UCC.

(d) All releases or other documents delivered by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.15 shall be without recourse to, or warranty by, the Administrative Agent.

9.16. No Fiduciary Duty. Each Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

9.17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

9.18. [Reserved].

9.19. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Grantor hereunder to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations of a Canadian Loan Party (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 9.19 for the

 

36


maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 9.19, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 9.19 shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Canadian Borrower Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 9.19 constitute, and this Section 9.19 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Grantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

9.20. Joint and Several Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if a “secured creditor” (as that term is defined under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)) is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction not to include a Person to whom obligations are owed on a joint or joint and several basis, then the guarantees of Canadian Obligations hereunder, to the extent such guarantees are secured, shall be several obligations of each Grantor.

(signature pages follow)

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

INITIAL CANADIAN BORROWERS:
WINROC-SPI CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
1974303 ALBERTA LTD.
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Charles D. Johnston

Name:   Charles D. Johnston
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


Schedules to

Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 1    Notice Addresses of Guarantors
Schedule 2    Description of Pledged Investment Property
Schedule 3    Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests
Schedule 4    Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office
Schedule 5    Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
Schedule 6    Commercial Tort Claims
Schedule 7    Accounts


Schedule 1

Notice Addresses of Grantors

To each of the Guarantors:

c/o Foundation Building Materials, LLC

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: John Gorey

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lone Star Americas Acquisitions LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1700

Dallas, TX 75204

Attention: Kyle Volluz

Facsimile: 214-515-6924

Telephone: 214-515-6824

and

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Ave

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Joerg H. Esdorn

Facsimile: 212-351-5276

Telephone: 212-351-3851

 

Schedule 1


Schedule 2

Description of Pledged Investment Property

Pledged Capital Stock

None.

Pledged Debt Securities:

None.

Pledged Notes:

 

1) Canadian Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of August 9, 2016 by and among LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries party thereto from time to time.

 

Schedule 2


Schedule 3

Filings and other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests

Pledged Investment Property :

 

  Delivery to the Administrative Agent.

PPSA Filings :

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Filing Jurisdiction

Winroc-SPI Corporation

   Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Ontario and Manitoba

1974303 Alberta Ltd.

   Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Ontario and Manitoba

UCC Filings :

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Filing Jurisdiction

Winroc-SPI Corporation

   District of Columbia

1974303 Alberta Ltd.

   District of Columbia

Intellectual Property

 

  Filing of Intellectual Property Security Agreements with CIPO.

Accounts

 

  None

Real Estate

 

  None

 

Schedule 3


Schedule 4

Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office

 

Name of Loan Party

   Jurisdiction of
Organization/
Formation
   Address of Chief Executive Office (or for
natural persons, residence)

Winroc-SPI Corporation

   Alberta    2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

1974303 Alberta Ltd.

   Alberta    2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

 

Schedule 4


Schedule 5

Copyrights, Designs, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

 

  1. Copyrights, Copyright Applications and Copyright Licenses

None.

 

  2. Patents, Patent Applications and Patent Licenses

None.

 

  3. Trademarks, Trademark Applications and Trademark Licenses

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing

Date/Issued

Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

Winroc-SPI Corporation    WINROC       Registered    2207560
Winroc-SPI Corporation    WINROC-SPI (word)       Pending In-Use    TMA935908 (Canada)/ 86343244 (USA)

 

Winroc-SPI Corporation

  

Winroc-SPI (design)

 

US application contains a color

claim:

 

LOGO

      Pending In-Use   

TMA935907 (Canada)/

86343307 (USA)

Winroc-SPI Corporation    WINROC (word)       Registered   

TMA628650 (Canada)/

2207560 (USA)

Winroc-SPI Corporation   

Winroc (design)

 

LOGO

      Registered    TMA628406 (Canada)

 

Schedule 5—Page 1


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing

Date/Issued

Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

Winroc-SPI Corporation    PROLINE PLUS (word)       Registered   

TMA853073(Canada)/

4706070 (USA)

Winroc-SPI Corporation   

Proline Plus (design)

 

LOGO

      Registered    TMA853076(Canada)/4460814 (USA)
Winroc-SPI Corporation    ALLPRO       Registered    TMA435814 (Canada)
Winroc-SPI Corporation    ALLROC (word)       Registered    TMA628649(Canada)/2234931 (USA)
Winroc-SPI Corporation   

Allroc (design)

 

LOGO

      Registered    TMA636,511 (Canada)
Winroc-SPI Corporation    FACKOURY’S BUILDING SUPPLIES      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Ontario

  
Winroc-SPI Corporation    LEON’S INSULATION      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Ontario

  

 

Schedule 5—Page 2


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing

Date/Issued

Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

197403 Alberta Ltd.    BURNABY INSULATION      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in British Columbia and Alberta

  
Winroc-SPI Corporation    INTERIOR BUILDING SUPPLIES       Previously acquired company – registered in Windsor, London, and Cambridge, Ontario Canada   

 

  4. Domain Names

 

Domain Name

  

Creation

Date

  

Expiration

Date

  

Registrant

Name/Organization

  

Registrar

Allrocdsd.ca    7/12/2013    7/12/2016    Not available    Tucows
Allroctool.ca    7/12/2013    7/12/2016    Not available    Tucows
Burnabyinsulation.ca    12/20/2012    12/20/2016    Not available    Tucows
Constructionproductsdistribution.ca    9/6/2011    9/6/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Tucows
Leonsinsulation.ca    1/15/2013    1/15/2017    Not available    Tucows
Marjam.ca    2/22/2011    2/22/2021    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions Canada
Prolineplus.ca    9/7/2011    9/7/2016    Not available    Tucows
spi-co.ca    1/15/2013    1/15/2017    Not available    Tucows
Spiwinroc.ca    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Not available    Tucows
Superiorcpd.ca    9/1/2011    9/1/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions Canada
Superiorplusconstructionproductsdistribution.ca    9/19/2011    9/19/2016    Construction Products Distribution Inc.    Tucows
Superiorpluscpd.ca    9/6/2011    9/6/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions Canada

 

Schedule 5—Page 3


Domain Name

  

Creation

Date

  

Expiration

Date

  

Registrant

Name/Organization

  

Registrar

Winroc.ca    11/9/2010    11/9/2016    Not available    Tucows
Winrocbc.ca          Available   
Winrock.ca    1/14/2013    1/14/2017    Not available    Tucows
Winrocspi.ca    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Not available    Tucows
winroc-spi.ca    1/3/2014    1/3/2017    Not available    National CA Domains

 

Schedule 5—Page 4


Schedule 6

Commercial Tort Claims

None.

 

Schedule 6


Schedule 7

Accounts

Securities Accounts : None.

Deposit Accounts : None.

 

Schedule 7


Annex 1 to

Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

ABL ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [                      ], made by                      , a                      (the “ Additional Grantor ”), in favor of Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for (i) the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below, in each case, solely to the extent that such Lender or Issuing Bank holds or is owed Canadian Borrower Obligations (as defined in the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), and (ii) the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (as hereinafter defined)). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement or the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, “ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and certain subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto have entered into an ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent.

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Canadian Borrowers (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Grantors have entered into the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, to the Canadian Borrowers. Section 9.14 of the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that additional Canadian Subsidiaries may become Guarantors and Grantors under the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Assumption Agreement. The undersigned Canadian Subsidiary (the “ Additional Grantor ”) is executing this Assumption Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor


and a Grantor under the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, in each case, to the Canadian Borrowers.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 9.14 of the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly agrees to all terms and provisions of the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder and assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder, subject to the limitations contained therein. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules 1 through 6 to the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date (except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

The Additional Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Additional Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Collateral wherever located and whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Additional Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Canadian Obligations. Each reference to a “Grantor” or a “Guarantor” in the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the Additional Grantor. The Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

2. Due Authorization . The Additional Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Assumption Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

3. Counterparts . This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This

 

2


Assumption Agreement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Assumption Agreement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Additional Grantor and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Assumption Agreement by email or facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Assumption Agreement.

4. GOVERNING LAW . THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

5. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Assumption Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

6. Communications. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Additional Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Initial Borrower as provided in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement.

7. Expenses . The Additional Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Assumption Agreement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent. The Additional Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 9.4 of the Canadian NY Law Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

[ signature pages follow ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT A-3

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF US GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

[Attached]


 

 

ABL US GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

dated as of

August 9, 2016

among

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC,

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC,

and THE OTHER GRANTORS referred to herein

in favor of

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement in any Collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral hereunder, are subject to the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ABL Intercreditor Agreement”), among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Junior Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) from time to time party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.

 

DEFINED TERMS

     1   

1.1.

 

Definitions

     1   

1.2.

 

Other Definitional Provisions

     6   

SECTION 2.

 

GUARANTEE

     6   

2.1.

 

Guarantee

     6   

2.2.

 

Guarantee of Payment

     7   

2.3.

 

No Limitations, Etc.

     7   

2.4.

 

Reinstatement

     8   

2.5.

 

Agreement To Pay; Subrogation

     8   

2.6.

 

Information

     8   

SECTION 3.

 

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

     9   

SECTION 4.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     11   

4.1.

 

Title; No Other Liens

     11   

4.2.

 

Perfected First Priority Liens

     12   

4.3.

 

Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, etc.

     12   

4.4.

 

Investment Property and Pledged Securities

     12   

4.5.

 

Intellectual Property

     13   

4.6.

 

Commercial Tort Claims

     14   

4.7.

 

Perfection Certificate

     14   

SECTION 5.

 

COVENANTS

     14   

5.1.

 

Delivery of Pledged Securities; Certificated Securities

     14   

5.2.

 

Maintenance of Insurance

     16   

5.3.

 

Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation

     16   

5.4.

 

Changes in Locations, Name, Jurisdiction of Incorporation, etc.

     17   

5.5.

 

Intellectual Property

     17   

5.6.

 

Commercial Tort Claims

     18   

SECTION 6.

 

REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

     19   

6.1.

 

Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable

     19   

6.2.

 

Pledged Securities

     19   

6.3.

 

Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent

     21   

6.4.

 

Application of Proceeds

     21   

6.5.

 

Code and Other Remedies

     23   

6.6.

 

Remedies for Intellectual Property

     25   

6.7.

 

Waiver; Deficiency

     26   


SECTION 7.

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     26   

7.1.

 

Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

     26   

7.2.

 

Duty of Administrative Agent

     28   

7.3.

 

Execution of Financing Statements; Intellectual Property Filings

     29   

7.4.

 

Authority of Administrative Agent

     29   

7.5.

 

No Individual Foreclosure, Etc

     29   

7.6.

 

Qualified Counterparties

     30   

SECTION 8.

 

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

     30   

8.1.

 

Indemnity and Subrogation

     30   

8.2.

 

Contribution and Subrogation

     30   

8.3.

 

Subordination

     31   

SECTION 9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     31   

9.1.

 

Amendments in Writing

     31   

9.2.

 

Notices

     31   

9.3.

 

No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies

     31   

9.4.

 

Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification

     31   

9.5.

 

Successors and Assigns

     32   

9.6.

 

Set-off

     32   

9.7.

 

Counterparts

     33   

9.8.

 

Severability

     33   

9.9.

 

Section Headings

     33   

9.10.

 

Integration

     34   

9.11.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     34   

9.12.

 

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     34   

9.13.

 

Acknowledgments

     34   

9.14.

 

Additional Grantors

     35   

9.15.

 

Releases

     35   

9.16.

 

No Fiduciary Duty

     36   

9.17.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     36   

9.18.

 

Intercreditor Agreement Governs

     37   

9.19.

 

Keepwell

     37   

 

ii


SCHEDULES
Schedule 1   Notice Addresses of Guarantors
Schedule 2   Description of Pledged Investment Property
Schedule 3   Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests
Schedule 4   Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office
Schedule 5   Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
Schedule 6   Commercial Tort Claims
Schedule 7   Accounts
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A   Intellectual Property Security Agreement
Exhibit B   US Subordinated Intercompany Note
ANNEXES
Annex 1   Assumption Agreement

 

iii


ABL US GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) made by LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”), the Additional US Borrowers (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (together with the Initial Borrower, the “ US Borrowers ”) and the other subsidiaries of Holdings party hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for (a) the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time parties to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and issuing banks, the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A. as collateral agent (together with its successors in such capacities, the “ Collateral Agent ”) and (b) the other Secured Parties (as hereinafter defined).

W I T N E S E T H :

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Borrowers are members of an affiliated group of companies that includes each Grantor;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrowers upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, Qualified Counterparties may from time to time enter into Specified Hedge Agreements with and provide Cash Management Services to the Initial Borrower and the other Grantors in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, Holdings, the Borrowers and the other Grantors will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and from such Specified Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Services; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1.1. Definitions . (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement; provided that each term defined in the New York UCC or the PPSA and not defined


in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the New York UCC or the PPSA, as applicable.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

After-Acquired Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 5.6(e).

Agreement ”: this ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Applicable Date ”: means with respect to any Grantor, (i) the date of this Agreement if such Grantor is a party hereto on the Closing Date, (ii) the date on which an Assumption Agreement is executed and delivered by such Grantor if such Grantor is not a party hereto on the Closing Date, and (iii) with respect to a schedule to this Agreement that is amended or updated by a Grantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.9(c) of the Credit Agreement or from time to time, the date on which such Grantor provides such amendments or updates.

Assumption Agreement ”: an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1 hereto.

Borrowers ”: means the Initial Borrower, the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers.

Borrower Obligations ”: for each Borrower, the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of each such Borrower and including the obligations of each Borrower arising under this Agreement.

Collateral ”: as defined in Section 3(a).

Collateral Account ”: any collateral deposit account established by the Administrative Agent to hold cash pending application to the Obligations.

Collateral Agent ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Commodity Exchange Act ”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Copyright Licenses ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Copyright.

Copyrights ”: (i) all United States and foreign copyrights, whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published and whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including but not limited to copyrights in software and databases, all Mask Works (as defined in 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act) and all works of authorship, all right, title and interest to make and exploit all derivative works based on

 

2


or adopted from works covered by such copyrights, and all copyright registrations, copyright applications, mask works registrations and mask works applications, and any renewals or extensions thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), and (ii) the rights to print, publish and distribute any of the foregoing.

Credit Agreement ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Discharge of Obligations ”: the payment in full of the Borrower Obligations of each Borrower and termination and expiration of the Commitments.

Grantors ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Guarantor Obligations ”: with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including Section 2) or any other Loan Document or any Specified Hedge Agreement to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, Swap Obligations, Cash Management Obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to any Secured Party that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document).

Guarantors ”: with respect to the Guarantor Obligations, the collective reference to each Grantor (other than the Guarantor Obligations with respect to such Grantor), and with respect to the Borrower Obligations for each Borrower, the collective reference to each Grantor other than such Borrower.

Holdings ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Infringement ”: infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other impairment or violation, and “ Infringe ” shall have a correlative meaning.

Initial Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights relating to intellectual property and industrial designs, whether arising under United States federal or state laws, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks, the Trademark Licenses, the Trade Secrets and the Trade Secret Licenses and the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation or impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, including without limitation license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit, now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”: an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

3


Intercompany Note ”: any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, including the subordinated Intercompany Note in the form attached as Exhibit B .

Investment Property ”: the collective reference to (i) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC or as such term is defined in the PPSA including, without limitation, all Certificated Securities and Uncertificated Securities, all Security Entitlements and all Securities Accounts (other than any Excluded Assets), (ii) security entitlements, in the case of any United States Treasury book-entry securities, as defined in 31 C.F.R. section 357.2, or, in the case of any United States federal agency book-entry securities, as defined in the corresponding United States federal regulations governing such book-entry securities, and (iii) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined under clause (i), all Pledged Securities; provided that the term “Investment Property” shall not at any time include Excluded Assets.

Issuers ”: the collective reference to each issuer of a Pledged Security that is pledged by a Grantor hereunder.

License ”: any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party, including those listed on Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time).

New York UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Obligations ”: the collective reference to the Borrower Obligations of each Borrower and the Guarantor Obligations of each Guarantor, provided that for purposes of this Agreement, Excluded Swap Obligations of any Grantor shall at no time constitute Obligations of such Grantor.

Patent License ”: all written agreements naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to a Patent.

Patents ”: (i) all United States and foreign patents, patent applications and patentable inventions, including each issued patent and patent application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), all certificates of invention or similar property rights and all registrations, recordings and pending applications thereof, (ii) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, and (iii) all reissues, divisions, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof and all improvements thereon.

Pledged Capital Stock ”: all shares or other equity interests constituting Capital Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including all shares of Capital Stock described on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), and the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such Capital Stock and all dividends,

 

4


distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Capital Stock and any other warrant, right or option to acquire any of the foregoing, provided that the Pledged Capital Stock shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Debt Securities ”: all debt securities now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including the debt securities listed on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), provided that the Pledged Debt Securities shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Notes ”: all promissory notes and other evidences of Indebtedness that constitute Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including those listed on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) and all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor, provided that the Pledged Notes shall not include any Excluded Asset.

Pledged Securities ”: the collective reference to the Pledged Debt Securities, the Pledged Notes and the Pledged Capital Stock.

Proceeds ”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the New York UCC or as such term is defined in the PPSA and, in any event, shall include, all dividends or other income from the Pledged Securities, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ”: in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Receivable ”: all Accounts, Payment Intangibles and any other right to payment for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed or otherwise disposed of or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper or classified as a Payment Intangible and whether or not it has been earned by performance. References to Receivables shall include any Supporting Obligation or collateral securing such Receivables.

Registered Intellectual Property ”: as defined in Section 4.5(a).

Secured Parties ”: collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Indemnitees (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and, with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Obligations, any Qualified Counterparty; provided that no Qualified Counterparty shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or the obligations of any Grantor under this Agreement.

 

5


Subordinated Intercompany Note ”: the subordinated Intercompany Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Trademark License ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Trademark.

Trademarks ”: (i) all United States, state and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade dress, trade styles, logos, or other indicia of origin or source identification, Internet domain names, trademark and service mark registrations, designs and general intangibles of like nature, and applications for trademark or service mark registrations and any renewals thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) and (ii) the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above.

Trade Secret License ”: any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, providing for the granting by or to any Grantor of any right in or to any Trade Secret.

Trade Secrets ”: all trade secrets and all confidential and proprietary information, including know-how, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, inventions, research and development information, technical data, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans, and customer and supplier lists and information, formulae, parts, diagrams, drawings, specifications, blue prints, lists of materials, and production manuals.

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ”: the New York UCC or, where the context requires, the Uniform Commercial Code or any equivalent statute of any other relevant jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies.

1.2. Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the rules of construction specified in Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

(b) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

(c) All references herein to provisions of the UCC shall include all successor provisions under any subsequent version or amendment to any Article of the UCC.

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE

2.1. Guarantee. Each Guarantor unconditionally, absolutely and irrevocably guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations (as defined in the

 

6


Credit Agreement); provided, however, that no Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to guarantee or make any payments in respect of any US Borrower Obligations, and provided further, that no assets that are described in clause (8) of Excluded Assets shall be used to support any US Borrower Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Obligations may be increased, extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any increase, extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to each of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party of any Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable Debtor Relief Laws (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 8.2).

2.2. Guarantee of Payment . Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a continuing guarantee of payment and performance when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of each of the Borrowers or any other person.

2.3. No Limitations, Etc . (a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 9.15, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or any of the Loan Documents or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, the Obligations or any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or security interest in, any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations or any of them, (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

 

7


(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of a Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of a Borrower or any other Loan Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations or the release of such Guarantor’s guarantee in accordance with Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with a Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against a Borrower or any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against a Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security for the Obligations.

2.4. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise.

2.5. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of a Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation; provided, however, that no Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to make any payments in respect of any US Borrower Obligations. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against a Borrower or any other Guarantor arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Section 8.

2.6. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

 

8


SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

(a) Subject to Section 3(d), each Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the following personal property, in each case, wherever located and whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, but subject to the last sentence of this Section 3(a) and subject to Section 3(d), the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations:

(i) all Accounts, including all Receivables;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all cash, cash equivalents and Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts;

(iv) all Documents;

(v) all Equipment;

(vi) all Fixtures;

(vii) all General Intangibles;

(viii) all Instruments;

(ix) all Intellectual Property;

(x) all Inventory;

(xi) all Investment Property;

(xii) all Letter of Credit Rights;

(xiii) all Money;

(xiv) all Goods not otherwise described above;

(xv) any Collateral Account;

(xvi) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule 6 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time, including pursuant to Section 5.6);

(xvii) all books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data

 

9


processing software and similar items that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the Collateral or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon; and

(xviii) to the extent not otherwise included, all other personal property of the Grantor and all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security, Supporting Obligations and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Assets and none of the Excluded Assets shall constitute Collateral; provided , however , that a security interest shall immediately be granted to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and attach to, and Collateral shall immediately include, any asset (or portion thereof) upon such asset (or portion thereof) ceasing to be an Excluded Asset.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required pursuant to this Agreement:

(i) to take any action to perfect the security interests granted by this Agreement by any means other than by (A) (1) filings pursuant to the UCC (or, subject to clause (v) below, the PPSA) in the office of the Secretary of State (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State, Province or Territory or elsewhere as required by the UCC or the PPSA (or such multiple combination thereof as may be required to achieve perfection), and (2) filings in United States and Canadian government offices with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required by the Loan Documents, (B) subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement, delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments, notes and debt securities, tangible chattel paper and certificated Capital Stock to the extent required by Section 5.1 and (C) control agreements with respect to Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts to the extent required under Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement;

(ii) [reserved];

(iii) to take any actions (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A) or (B) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States or, subject to clause (v) below, Canada;

(iv) to take any actions in any jurisdiction other than the United States or, subject to clause (v) below, Canada (or any political subdivision thereof) or enter into any collateral documents governed by the laws of any country other than the United States or, subject to clause (v) below, Canada (or any political subdivision thereof); or

 

10


(v) to take any actions in Canada (or any political subdivision thereof) or enter into any collateral documents governed by the laws of Canada (or any political subdivision thereof), except with respect to Collateral of the type included in the Borrowing Base for which perfection under the laws of Canada (or any political subdivision thereof) is necessary for such inclusion in the Borrowing Base.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) each Grantor shall remain liable for all of its obligations in respect of the Collateral and nothing contained herein is intended or shall be a delegation of duties to any Secured Party, (ii) each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for performance under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Collateral; provided, however, that no Grantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to make an indemnity payment in respect of any US Borrower Obligation, (iii) each Grantor shall remain liable under each of its agreements included in the Collateral, and shall perform all of its obligations undertaken by it thereunder all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any of such agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or any other document related thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party have any obligation to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or have any obligation to take any action to collect or enforce any rights under any agreement included in the Collateral and (iv) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained herein, the Liens granted hereunder by each Grantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall not secure any US Borrower Obligation.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Banks to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers thereunder, each Grantor hereby, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the Secured Parties that:

4.1. Title; No Other Liens. Such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens except for Permitted Liens. No effective financing statement, fixture filing or other public notice under applicable law with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except those (i) as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement or (ii) for which proper authorized termination statements have been delivered to Administrative Agent (or its designee) for filing.

 

11


4.2. Perfected First Priority Liens. The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute legal, valid, binding and enforceable and, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Permitted Liens, first lien security interests in all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Obligations, enforceable against each applicable Grantor in accordance with the terms hereof, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought in proceedings in equity or at law) and, other than with respect to Collateral a security interest in which cannot be perfected by taking the actions specified in Section 3(b)(i), as of the most recent Applicable Date, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices, appropriate assignments or notices are filed in each applicable IP Office and such other actions as specified on Schedule 3 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) have been completed and upon the payment of all filing fees, will be perfected and, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, are prior to the Liens on the Collateral of any other Person (except for Permitted Liens).

4.3. Name; Jurisdiction of Organization, etc. As of the most recent Applicable Date, such Grantor’s exact legal name (as indicated on the public record of such Grantor’s jurisdiction of formation or organization), jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number, if any, and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time). Except as specified on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), no Person that is a Grantor on the date hereof has changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business (as the case may be) or its corporate structure in any way (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) within the five year period immediately prior to the Applicable Date.

4.4. Investment Property and Pledged Securities. (a) Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of all Pledged Capital Stock pledged by it hereunder which is issued by any Subsidiary of a Grantor, and such Grantor has good title to all such Pledged Capital Stock and (except for such failure to have good title as would not conflict with Section 3.7 of the Credit Agreement) to all other Investment Property pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens, except Permitted Liens.

(b) Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) sets forth as of the most recent Applicable Date with respect to such Grantor under the heading “Pledged Capital Stock” all of the Pledged Capital Stock owned by such Grantor, and such Pledged Capital Stock as of such Applicable Date constitutes the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of stock, percentage of membership interests, percentage of partnership interests or percentage of beneficial interest of the respective issuers thereof indicated on such schedule. Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) sets forth as of the most recent Applicable Date with respect to such Grantor under the heading “Pledged Debt Securities” or “Pledged Notes” all of the Pledged Debt Securities and Pledged Notes owned by any Grantor that are required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a). Schedule 7 hereto sets forth under the headings “Securities Accounts,” and “Deposit Accounts,” respectively, all of the Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts required to be perfected pursuant to Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor is the sole entitlement holder or customer of each such account, and such Grantor has not consented to, and

 

12


is not otherwise aware of, any Person (other than the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto) having “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8-106, 9-106 and 9-104 of the UCC) over, or any other interest in, any such Securities Account or Deposit Account or any securities, commodities or other property credited thereto.

(c) The shares of Pledged Capital Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer of Capital Stock included in the Collateral owned by such Grantor. All the shares of the Pledged Capital Stock issued by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary of Holdings have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and no Grantor is in default of its obligations under any Organizational Document.

(d) All the Pledged Debt Securities and Pledged Notes issued by the Initial Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof.

(e) Each Grantor (i) as of the most recent Applicable Date, is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) as owned by such Grantor and (ii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Securities, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(f) Except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents, the Senior Secured Notes Documents, any Senior Secured Bridge Documents and the security documents related to any of the foregoing, or securities laws generally or otherwise permitted to exist pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Pledged Securities are and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and as of the most recent Applicable Date, none of the Pledged Securities is or will be subject to outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments that might materially prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder.

4.5. Intellectual Property. (a)  Schedule 5 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) lists as of the most recent Applicable Date all issued Patents and pending Patent applications of any Grantor with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, all registered Copyrights and pending Copyright applications of any Grantor with the United States Copyright Office, and all registered Trademarks and pending Trademark applications of any Grantor with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (collectively, “ Registered Intellectual Property ”).

(b) Except as would not have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) each Grantor owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property that is material to its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be

 

13


conducted, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, and takes reasonable actions to protect, preserve and maintain such Intellectual Property;

(ii) on the date hereof, all Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed by such Grantor is valid, unexpired and enforceable does not Infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person, and to such Grantor’s knowledge, is not being Infringed by any other Person, and all Registered Intellectual Property has not expired or been abandoned;

(iii) as of the date hereof, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority or arbitrator which would limit, cancel or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of such Grantor’s rights in any Intellectual Property in any respect, and such Grantor knows of no valid basis for same; and

(iv) no action or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened or imminent, in each case, on the date hereof seeking to limit, cancel or challenge the validity, enforceability, ownership or use of any Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s interest therein.

4.6. Commercial Tort Claims. Schedule 6 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) lists, as of the most recent Applicable Date, each Commercial Tort Claim with respect to any Grantor that, in the reasonable determination of the Initial Borrower, is estimated to be in excess of $3,000,000.

4.7. Perfection Certificate. Each Perfection Certificate delivered by a Grantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein (including (x) the exact legal name of each Grantor and (y) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor) is correct and complete as of the date of such Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Secured Parties that, until the Discharge of Obligations, in each case subject to the requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor arrangements entered into pursuant to this Agreement:

5.1. Delivery of Pledged Securities; Certificated Securities. (a) If any of the Collateral consists of an Instrument, Certificated Security, Negotiable Instrument, Tangible Chattel Paper, Note or debt security with a principal amount of $3,000,000 or more, such Instrument, note or debt security shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such Collateral owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (ii) promptly after such Collateral is acquired (in the case of any other such Collateral) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank in a manner

 

14


and form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) If any of the Collateral consisting of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of a Grantor is a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC and is or shall become evidenced or represented by any certificate, such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent (i) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such Collateral owned by a Grantor that is evidenced or represented by a certificate on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (ii) in the case of any other such Collateral that is acquired or becomes evidenced or represented by a certificate after the Closing Date, promptly after such Collateral is acquired or becomes so evidenced or represented and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral or the date on which such Collateral becomes so evidenced or represented (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case accompanied by undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed by the applicable Grantor in blank in a manner and form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) to the extent each interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership that is a Subsidiary of a Grantor and pledged hereunder is a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York, such interest shall be certificated and (ii) each such interest shall at all times hereafter continue to be such a security and represented by such certificate. Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that with respect to any interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership that is a Subsidiary of a Grantor and pledged hereunder that is not a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, such Grantor shall at no time elect to treat any such interest as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the New York UCC, nor shall such interest be represented by a certificate, unless such Grantor provides prior written notification to the Administrative Agent of such election and such interest is thereafter represented by a certificate that is delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such certificate owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date), (y) promptly after such Collateral is acquired (in the case of any other such Collateral) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) or (z) promptly after such interest becomes represented by a certificate after the Closing Date (in the case Grantor elects to have such interest certificated after the dates specified in clause (x) or (y), as applicable) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date on which such Collateral becomes so represented (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), in each case pursuant to the terms hereof.

(d) If any of the Collateral is or shall become an Uncertificated Security, such Grantor shall promptly (and, in any event, no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date on which such Collateral is acquired or becomes an Uncertificated Security (or

 

15


such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion)) notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the Administrative Agent’s request and option upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, cause the Issuer thereof (which Issuer may be another Grantor) either (i) to register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security, upon original issue or registration of transfer or (ii) to agree in writing with such Grantor and the Administrative Agent that such Issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Security originated by the Administrative Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Grantor which is either an Issuer or an owner of any Pledged Security hereby consents to the grant by each other Grantor of the security interest hereunder in favor of the Administrative Agent and to the transfer of any Pledged Security to the Administrative Agent or its nominee following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its nominee as a partner, member or shareholder of the Issuer of the related Pledged Security that are included in the Collateral.

(e) Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the applicable securities, which schedule shall be deemed attached hereto as part of Schedule 2 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time); provided that failure to attach any such schedule shall not affect the validity of the pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

5.2. Maintenance of Insurance. Such Grantor will maintain insurance on all its property as and to the extent required by Sections 5.5(a)(ii) and 5.5(b) of the Credit Agreement, and furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon reasonable written request by the Administrative Agent, information in reasonable scope and detail as to the insurance carried.

5.3. Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, and provided that in no event shall any Grantor be required to deliver Pledged Securities not required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement on the Collateral as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4.2 hereof until the Collateral is released from such security interest pursuant to the terms of Section 9.14 of the Credit Agreement or by operation of law or by agreement of the requisite Lenders or all Lenders and shall cause such Collateral to remain free of Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(b) Each Grantor agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, at its own cost and expense, complete and accurate records in all material respects with respect to the Collateral owned by it, in any event to include complete accounting records in all material respects with respect to all payments and proceeds received with respect to any part of the Collateral, and, at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, promptly to prepare and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly certified schedule or schedules in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent showing the identity, amount and location of any Collateral.

 

16


(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly authorize, execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests granted hereby, the full benefits of this Agreement and the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the granting and perfecting of the security interests, (ii) the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA (or other similar laws) in effect in any applicable jurisdiction within the United States or, subject to Section 3(b)(v), Canada with respect to the security interests created hereby and (iii) the entry into control agreements or delivery of other evidence of “control” in accordance with Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor will provide to the Administrative Agent from time to time upon reasonable request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection (to the extent required by this Agreement) and priority of the Lien created or intended to be created pursuant to this Agreement.

5.4. Changes in Locations, Name, Jurisdiction of Incorporation, etc. Such Grantor will not, except upon prior or substantially concurrent written notice to the Administrative Agent and prompt delivery to the Administrative Agent of duly authorized and, where required, executed copies of all additional financing statements and any other documents necessary to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests in the Collateral provided for herein, subject to the provisions of Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, (i) change its jurisdiction of organization or, in the case of Grantors which are not registered organizations (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code), the location of its chief executive office or the sole place of business from that referred to on Schedule 4 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time), (ii) change its name or (iii) change its type of organization.

5.5. Intellectual Property . (a) Such Grantor will not (and will not affirmatively permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any material Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, except to the extent that such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that the maintenance thereof is no longer necessary to the conduct of such Grantor’s business. Each Grantor shall take all commercially reasonable steps which it (or during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent) deems reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances to preserve and protect each item of its material Intellectual Property.

(b) Whenever such Grantor either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall acquire, become the exclusive licensee of, or file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property (or file a Statement of Use or an amendment to Alleged Use with respect to any “intent to use” Trademark application) included in the Collateral with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, such Grantor shall report such filing to the Administrative Agent in accordance with and to the extent required by Section 5.9(a) of the Credit Agreement. Upon request of the Administrative Agent, subject to

 

17


Section 5.9(d) of the Credit Agreement and Section 3(b) hereof, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral consisting of any Copyright, Patent, Trademark or other Intellectual Property of such Grantor registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office.

(c) Such Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps if and to the extent such Grantor shall deem appropriate in its reasonable business judgment under the circumstances, including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of material Intellectual Property included in the Collateral owned by such Grantor (including the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, affidavits of use and incontestability, and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition or cancellation of Infringement proceedings).

(d) Such Grantor agrees to execute an Intellectual Property Security Agreement, with respect to its Registered Intellectual Property included in the Collateral in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, as and when required by Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement or Section 5.5(e) below.

(e) Such Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership interest in any item of Registered Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which is not now a part of the Intellectual Property Collateral (the “ After-Acquired Intellectual Property ”), (i) the provisions of Section 3 hereof shall automatically apply thereto and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property shall automatically become part of the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after notice of any newly acquired, created or developed registered Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor pursuant to Section 5.9(a) of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall promptly execute an Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to its After-Acquired Intellectual Property, in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

5.6. Commercial Tort Claims. If such Grantor shall obtain an interest in any Commercial Tort Claim with an estimated value in excess of $3,000,000, such Grantor shall (a) on the Closing Date (in the case of any such interest in any Commercial Tort Claims owned by a Grantor on the Closing Date, but subject to the Limited Conditionality Provision) or (b) promptly after such interest is obtained (in the case of any other such interest in a Commercial Tort Claim) and in any event no later than the date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement covering a period that includes the date of acquisition or creation of such Collateral (in the case of any other such interest in any Commercial Tort Claims) (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) sign and deliver documentation reasonably requested by and acceptable to the Administrative Agent granting a security interest under the terms and provisions of this Agreement in and to

 

18


such Commercial Tort Claim and the proceeds thereof. In the event an updated Perfection Certificate or an Assumption Agreement shall set forth any Commercial Tort Claim, Schedule 6 shall be deemed to be supplemented to include the reference to such Commercial Tort Claim (and the description thereof), in the same form as such reference and description are set forth on such updated Perfection Certificate or Assumption Agreement.

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

6.1. Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable . The Administrative Agent may at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing require any Grantor to notify the Account Debtor or counterparty on any Receivable constituting Collateral of the security interest of the Administrative Agent therein. In addition, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may require any Grantor to notify the Account Debtor or counterparty to make all payments under the Receivables constituting Collateral directly to the Administrative Agent.

6.2. Pledged Securities. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.2(b) (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of the Credit Agreement other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Required Lenders) and in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall be permitted to (i) receive all dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions paid or made in respect of the Pledged Securities, to the extent not prohibited by the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Capital Stock or Pledged Debt Securities, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding equity interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment), and (ii) exercise all voting and corporate or other ownership rights with respect to the Pledged Securities; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or corporate or other ownership right exercised or other action taken which would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same or which would violate any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given written notice to the Initial Borrower and the relevant Grantor(s) of the Administrative Agent’s intent to execute its rights pursuant to this Section 6.2(b) (which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of an

 

19


Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of the Credit Agreement other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Required Lenders): (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions paid in respect to the Pledged Securities included in the Collateral and make application thereof to the Obligations in accordance with Section 6.4, (ii) all rights of each Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent which shall thereupon have the sole right, but shall be under no obligation, to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have the right, without notice to any Grantor, to transfer all or any portion of the Investment Property included in the Collateral to its name or the name of its nominee or agent or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank in favor of the Administrative Agent, and each Grantor will, upon request, promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities included in the Collateral registered in the name of such Grantor. In addition, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time, without notice to any Grantor, to exchange any certificates or instruments representing any Investment Property included in the Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations. In order to permit the Administrative Agent to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions which it may be entitled to receive hereunder if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Administrative Agent all proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, and each Grantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may utilize the power of attorney set forth herein. All dividends, interest, principal or other payments or distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 6.2(b) shall be held for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent promptly following demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(c) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Initial Borrower or any other Grantor under this Section 6.2 (i) may be given by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6.2 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby,

 

20


pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Securities directly to the Administrative Agent.

6.3. Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, at the written request of the Administrative Agent, all Proceeds of Collateral received by any Grantor consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents and checks shall be held in trust by such Grantor for the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if reasonably required). All such Proceeds of Collateral received by the Administrative Agent under this Section 6.3 shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its sole control (as defined in and subject to Section 9-104 of the New York UCC). All such Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor for the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.4.

6.4. Application of Proceeds . (a) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election, the Administrative Agent may, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, apply all or any part of the net Proceeds (after deducting fees and expenses as provided in Section 6.5 below) of Collateral realized through the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its remedies hereunder, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2 hereof, in payment of the Obligations in the following order ( provided that if the terms of any Permitted Amendment provide for application of such Proceeds to the payment of any Obligations in a less favorable order, then the terms of such Permitted Amendment shall govern with respect to such Obligations and the Administrative Agent shall apply such Proceeds in such different order):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including attorneys’ fees payable under the Credit Agreement and amounts payable under Section 2 of this Agreement) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest, Cash Management Obligations, obligations under the Specified Hedge Agreements and, to the extent payable under clause First , attorneys’ fees) payable to the Secured Parties (including attorneys’ fees payable under the Credit Agreement and amounts payable under Section 2 of this Agreement), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and LC Disbursements, ratably among the holders of such Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

21


Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and LC Disbursements, and, to the extent required under Section 2.7(j) of the Credit Agreement, to cash collateralize the portion of the LC Disbursements comprised of the aggregate undrawn amounts of Letters of Credit, ratably among the holders of such Obligations in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of amounts then due and payable under Specified Hedge Agreements and Cash Management Obligations then due and payable and all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the relevant Borrower or as otherwise required by applicable law;

provided, however, that in no event shall (i) the net Proceeds of Collateral that constitutes assets that are described in clause (8) of Excluded Assets or (ii) the proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2 hereof of a Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary be applied to the payment of any amounts with respect to US Borrower Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Loan Party that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of proceeds in the amount agreed upon by the Administrative Agent or by the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

(c) Amounts used to cash collateralize Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising in connection with Cash Management Services or under Specified Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Qualified Counterparty or applicable Grantor; provided that in no event shall proceeds of any Collateral of any Grantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

22


6.5. Code and Other Remedies . (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (ii) the Administrative Agent’s notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Administrative Agent promptly after demand therefor, and it is agreed that the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or the PPSA (whether or not the New York UCC or the PPSA applies to the affected Collateral) or its rights under any other applicable law or in equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, defense, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, presentments, protests, defenses (other than the defense of payment or performance of the Discharge of Obligations), advertisements and notices are hereby waived to the extent permitted by applicable law), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, or consent to the use by any Grantor of any cash collateral arising in respect of the Collateral on such terms as the Administrative Agent deems reasonable, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, license, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver, or acquire by credit bid on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, it being understood that any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards under the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, with respect to any disposition of Collateral. Each Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold to it absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. The Administrative Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. The Administrative Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. Each Grantor agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for the Administrative Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof by using Internet sites that provide for the auction

 

23


of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof and the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of any of their rights hereunder. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to enter onto the property where any Collateral is located without any obligation to pay rent and take possession thereof with or without judicial process. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.5, after deducting all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Secured Parties hereunder, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations in accordance with Section 6.4 and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9-615(a) of the New York UCC, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. If the Administrative Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, the Grantor will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser and received by the Administrative Agent and applied to Indebtedness of the purchaser. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the

 

24


Collateral, the Administrative Agent may resell the Collateral and the Grantor shall be credited with proceeds of the sale. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against any Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder.

(c) In view of the position of the Grantors in relation to the Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “ Securities Laws ”) with respect to any disposition of the Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor understands that compliance with the Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, and might also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Administrative Agent in any attempt to dispose of all or part of the Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that in light of such restrictions and limitations the Administrative Agent may, with respect to any sale of the Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Collateral for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in light of such restrictions and limitations, the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Securities Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Administrative Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Collateral at a price that the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 6.5 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Administrative Agent sells.

6.6. Remedies for Intellectual Property . (a) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to take any of or all of the following actions at the same or different times with respect to any Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on demand, to cause the security interest granted hereunder to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Collateral by the applicable Grantor to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Collateral on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall determine (other than

 

25


in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements to the extent that waivers cannot be obtained).

(b) For the purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive and assignable license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Grantors), to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof, provided that such license shall automatically terminate upon the Discharge of Obligations. The use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided , however , that any license, sublicense or other transaction entered into by the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default or the Discharge of Obligations.

6.7. Waiver; Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by any Secured Party to collect such deficiency; provided, however, that no Grantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall have any liability in respect of a US Borrower Obligation.

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

7.1. Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. (a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, until the termination of this Agreement:

(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable constituting Collateral or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

 

26


(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and record or have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of the Loan Documents and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof; provided , however , that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents;

(iv) execute, in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy provided for in Section 6 hereof, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral and to give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (3) sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) send verifications of Receivables to any Account Debtor; (5) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (6) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (7) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (8) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Trademark pertains and subject to the covenant set forth in Section 6.6(b) hereof) included in the Collateral, throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (9) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to, or consent to any use of cash collateral arising in respect of, or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from

 

27


time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

Anything in this Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that, except as expressly provided in Section 7.1(b), it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given Holdings and the Initial Borrower prior written notice of its intent to exercise remedies under this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that the failure of the Administrative Agent to provide notice pursuant to this paragraph shall not alter the Administrative Agent’s ability to foreclose upon, or any other rights it may have with respect to, any Collateral).

(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement; provided , however , that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or time is of the essence, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise this power without first making demand on the Grantor and the Grantor failing to comply therewith within any applicable period of grace.

(c) The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due ABR Loans denominated in US Dollars (regardless of whether ABR Loans denominated in US Dollars are then outstanding) under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

(d) Each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, consents to the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any power, right or remedy provided for herein. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until the termination of this Agreement.

7.2. Duty of Administrative Agent . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, attorneys and other advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Administrative Agent has been appointed as administrative agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The rights, duties, privileges, immunities and indemnities of the Administrative Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The powers conferred on the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Party to exercise any

 

28


such powers. The Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, attorneys and other advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except to the extent that any such act or failure to act is found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted directly from their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (including a material breach of their obligations under the Loan Documents).

7.3. Execution of Financing Statements; Intellectual Property Filings . (a) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. Each Grantor agrees that such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described in the Security Documents or as “all assets” or “all personal property” of the undersigned, whether now owned or hereafter existing or acquired by the undersigned or such other description as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines is necessary or advisable. Each Grantor also ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

(b) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with each applicable IP Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest in each item of Intellectual Property of each Grantor included in the Collateral that is subject to registration or an application to register in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party and shall provide written notice to the Grantor prior to filing any such documents.

7.4. Authority of Administrative Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

7.5. No Individual Foreclosure, Etc . No Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any guarantee of the Secured Obligations except to the extent expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured

 

29


Parties in accordance with the terms thereof. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the guarantees of the Secured Obligations provided hereunder and under any other Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Secured Party authorizes the Administrative Agent to credit bid all or any part of the Secured Obligations held by it.

7.6. Qualified Counterparties . No Qualified Counterparty that obtains the benefits of the Security Documents or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions of the Credit Agreement or of the Security Documents, shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action under any Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents.

SECTION 8. INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

8.1. Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 8.3), each Borrower agrees that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement on behalf of such Borrower, such Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party, such Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

8.2. Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Guarantor ”) agrees (subject to Section 8.3) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation, or assets of any other Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Loan Document to satisfy any Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Guarantor ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the relevant Borrower(s) as provided in Section 8.1, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.14 hereof, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 8.2 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 8.1 to the extent of such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any claiming Party’s right to indemnification hereunder arises from a payment or sale of assets made to satisfy secured Obligations (i) of a U.S. Borrower, no Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall indemnify such claiming Party and no assets that constitute Excluded Assets described in clause (8) of such defined term shall be applied to satisfy such indemnification claim, and (ii) constituting Swap Obligations, only those Contributing

 

30


Guarantors for whom such Swap Obligations do not constitute Excluded Swap Obligations shall indemnify such claiming Party with the fraction set forth in the second preceding sentence.

8.3. Subordination . (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Borrower Obligations. No failure on the part of any Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 8.1 and 8.2 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder.

(b) Each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby agree that all Indebtedness and other monetary obligations owed by it to any Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Borrower Obligations, to the extent required by the second to last proviso in Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement or pursuant to an Assumption Agreement, provided that the Schedules to this Agreement may be amended or supplemented by any Grantor at any time by delivering such amended or supplemented schedule to the Administrative Agent.

9.2. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor (other than Holdings or the Initial Borrower) shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 (as such schedule may be amended from time to time).

9.3. No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . No Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 9.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which such Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

9.4. Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification . (a) Each Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse each Lender for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise

 

31


enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party to the extent any Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement, including the reasonable out-of-pocket fees and disbursements and other charges of such legal counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties as any Borrower would be required to pay or reimburse pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that no Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to make a payment under this Section 9.4(a) in respect of any US Borrower Obligations.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to hold each Secured Party harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case, to the extent any Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 2.16(b) of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that no Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to make a payment under this Section 9.4(b) in respect of any US Borrower Obligations.

(c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to hold the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, in each case, to the extent the Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that no Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to make a payment under this Section 9.4(c) in respect of any US Borrower Obligations.

(d) The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(e) Each Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and each Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

9.5. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors and assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

9.6. Set-off . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party (other than a Qualified Counterparty) at any time and from time to time with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be required in connection with customary set-offs in connection with Cash Management Obligations and Specified Hedge Agreements), while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to

 

32


set-off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) (excluding payroll, tax withholding and trust account maintained in the ordinary course of business) in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Secured Party may elect, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to such Secured Party hereunder and claims of every nature and description of such Secured Party against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, as such Secured Party may elect, whether or not any Secured Party has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured, in each case, to the extent the Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 9.8 of the Credit Agreement. If any right of set-off is exercised by any Qualified Counterparty pursuant to the terms of any Specified Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, such Qualified Counterparty hereby agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent the value of the set-off and appropriation permitted by this Section 9.6 for application in accordance with Section 6.4. Each such Secured Party shall notify the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Initial Borrower and such Grantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by such Secured Party of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Secured Party may have. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (i) no Secured Party shall exercise any right of set off in respect of any Controlled Account other than the Administrative Agent acting in its capacity as such and (ii) in no event shall the cash collections from any Grantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary be applied to any US Borrower Obligations.

9.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (e.g., “PDF” or “TIFF”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

9.8. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.9. Section Headings . Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

33


9.10. Integration . The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law or any other Loan Document. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent represent the entire agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

9.11. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

9.12. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . (a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Agent or Lender may bring an action or proceeding in a jurisdiction where Collateral is located.

(b) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.2. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted or required by law.

9.13. Acknowledgments . Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) no Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

34


(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and the Secured Parties.

9.14. Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.9(c) of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor and a Guarantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement; provided, however, that no Subsidiary described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to guarantee or make any payments in respect of any US Borrower Obligations, and provided further, that no assets that are described in clause (8) of Excluded Assets shall be used to support any US Borrower Obligations. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and such Subsidiary of a supplement in the form of Annex 1 hereto, such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor herein, subject to the provisos in the preceding sentence. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

9.15. Releases . (a) Upon the Discharge of Obligations, this Agreement and the Liens granted hereby (including any irrevocable licenses granted to the Administrative Agent granted hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release, and the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and each Secured Party, by its authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Guarantor and at such Guarantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantors hereunder.

(b) In the event that any Grantor conveys, sells, leases, assigns, transfers or otherwise Disposes of all or any portion of any of the Capital Stock or assets of any Grantor to a Person that is not (and is not required hereunder to become) a Grantor hereunder in a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement, the Liens created hereunder in respect of such Capital Stock or assets (including any irrevocable licenses granted to the Administrative Agent granted hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of Liens hereunder in respect of such Capital Stock or

 

35


assets. In the event that any Capital Stock or other asset (including Mortgaged Property) constituting Collateral has become, or is becoming, an Excluded Asset, then, at the request of any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense, the Administrative Agent agrees to promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such action and execute such documents (including Mortgage release documents) as may be reasonably requested by any Grantor and at such Grantor’s expense to terminate, discharge and release (or to further document and evidence the termination and release of) the Liens created hereunder in respect of such assets. In the case of a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement the result of which is that a Guarantor would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary or would become an Excluded Subsidiary (or in case any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or Holdings elects that any Discretionary Guarantor that would otherwise constitute an Excluded Subsidiary cease to be a Discretionary Guarantor), the Guarantee Obligations created hereunder in respect of such Guarantor (and all Liens granted by such Guarantor hereunder) shall automatically terminate and be released, without the requirement for any further action by any Person and the Administrative Agent shall promptly (and the Secured Parties, by their authorization of the Administrative Agent’s entering into this Agreement, hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to) take such actions and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by such Guarantor and at such Guarantor’s expense to further document and evidence such termination and release of such Liens and such Guarantor’s Guarantee Obligations hereunder. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement relating to any such Capital Stock, asset or Subsidiary of any Grantor shall no longer be deemed to be made with respect thereto once such Capital Stock or asset or Subsidiary is so conveyed, sold, leased, assigned, transferred or disposed of.

(c) Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement originally filed in connection herewith without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the UCC.

(d) All releases or other documents delivered by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.15 shall be without recourse to, or warranty by, the Administrative Agent.

9.16. No Fiduciary Duty. Each Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 9.15 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

9.17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER

 

36


PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

9.18. Intercreditor Agreement Governs. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement, and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, in each case, with respect to the Collateral and Liens securing any Revolving Obligations are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the Collateral and Liens securing any Revolving Obligations, as applicable, including with respect to (i) any obligation to deliver Pledged Securities or provide control with respect to any Collateral and (ii) any representation, warranty or covenant herein relating to the priority of any security interest in the Collateral, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail. As used in this Section 9.18, “Revolving Obligations” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

9.19. Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that (i) each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 9.19 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 9.19, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount and (ii) no Qualified ECP Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to provide funds or other support in respect of any Swap Obligations of a US Borrower). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section 9.19 shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 9.19 constitute, and this Section 9.19 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

(signature pages follow)

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

HOLDINGS:
LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
INITIAL BORROWER:
LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


ADDITIONAL US BORROWERS:
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
FBM BAV LLC
FBM WAGNER DISTRIBUTION LLC
FBM WHOLESALE BUILDERS SUPPLY LLC
FBM SOUTHWEST LLC
OXNARD BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
PROWALL BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.
FBM/W&S LLC
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY LLC
HOME ACRES BUILDING SUPPLY CO. LLC
KOBRIN BUILDERS’ SUPPLY HOLDINGS, LLC
KOBRIN BUILDERS SUPPLY, LLC
FBM LOGISTICS, LLC
FBM WASHINGTON LLC
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY OF ILLINOIS LLC
FBM MICHIGAN LLC
FBM COLUMBUS LLC
FBM OHIO LLC
FBM KENT GYPSUM SUPPLY, INC.
CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITIONS, LLC
SUPERIOR PLUS CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS CORP.
THE WINROC CORPORATION (MIDWEST)
FBM FINANCE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


GUARANTORS:
FBM AIV BLOCKER LLC.
FBM AIV BLOCKER II LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM INTERMEDIATE LLC
HOME ACRES HOLDINGS LLC
FBM INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS LLC
FBM GWBM INC.
FBM HABS/KBS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement]


Schedules to

ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

 

Schedule 1    Notice Addresses of Guarantors
Schedule 2    Description of Pledged Investment Property
Schedule 3    Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests
Schedule 4    Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office
Schedule 5    Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
Schedule 6    Commercial Tort Claims
Schedule 7    Accounts


Schedule 1

Notice Addresses of Grantors

To LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC and LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC:

c/o LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1700

Dallas, TX 75204

Attention: Kyle Volluz

Facsimile: 214-515-6924

Telephone: 214-515-6824

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Ave

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Joerg H. Esdorn

Facsimile: 212-351-5276

Telephone: 212-351-3851

To each of the other Guarantors:

c/o Foundation Building Materials, LLC

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attention: John Gorey

Facsimile: 714-734-3974

Telephone: 714-380-3127

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Lone Star Americas Acquisitions LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1700

Dallas, TX 75204

Attention: Kyle Volluz

Facsimile: 214-515-6924

Telephone: 214-515-6824

and

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Ave

New York, NY 10166

Attention: Joerg H. Esdorn

Facsimile: 212-351-5276

Telephone: 212-351-3851

 

Schedule 1—Page 1


Schedule 2

Description of Pledge Investment Property

Pledged Capital Stock

 

Pledgor

   Issuer    # of
Shares
Owned
   Total Shares
Outstanding
   % of
Interest
Pledged
     Certificate No.
(if uncertificated,
please indicate so)

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

   LSF9
CYPRESS
HOLDINGS
LLC
   100
Units
   100 Units      100       1

FBM Intermediate LLC

   Home Acres
Holdings LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC

   FBM
Intermediate
Holdings LLC
   63.478%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

Home Acres Holding LLC

   FBM
Intermediate
Holdings LLC
   1%
Common

 

100%
Preferred

   N/A      100       No Certificate

FBM AIV Blocker LLC

   FBM
Intermediate
Holdings LLC
   21.610%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

FBM AIV Blocker II LLC

   FBM
Intermediate
Holdings LLC
   3.763%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC

   Foundation
Building
Materials, LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      65       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM BAV
LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Wagner
Distribution
LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

 

Schedule 2—Page 1


Pledgor

   Issuer    # of
Shares
Owned
   Total Shares
Outstanding
   % of
Interest
Pledged
     Certificate No.
(if uncertificated,
please indicate so)

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Wholesale
Builders Supply
LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Southwest
LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM GWBM
Inc.
   100
Common
   100
Common
     100       1

FBM GWBM Inc.

   Oxnard Building
Materials, Inc.
   1000
Common
   1000
Common
     100       8

FBM GWBM Inc.

   GREAT
WESTERN
BUILDING
MATERIALS,
INC.
   1,060
Common
   1,060
Common
     100       23

FBM GWBM Inc.

   ProWall Building
Products, Inc.
   1,000
Common
   1,000
Common
     100       7

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM/W&S LLC    100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Gypsum
Supply LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM HABS/KBS
LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

FBM HABS/KBS LLC

   Home Acres
Building Supply
Co. LLC
   100%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

FBM HABS/ KBS LLC

   Kobrin Builders’
Supply
Holdings, LLC
   45%
Interest
   N/A      100       No Certificate

 

Schedule 2—Page 2


Pledgor

   Issuer    # of
Shares
Owned
  Total Shares
Outstanding
   % of
Interest
Pledged
     Certificate No.
(if uncertificated,
please indicate so)

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC

   Kobrin
Builders’
Supply
Holdings, LLC
   55%
Interest
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Kobrin Builders’ Supply Holdings, LLC

   Kobrin
Builders
Supply, LLC
   99,900
Units
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC

   Kobrin
Builders
Supply, LLC
   100
Units
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC

   FBM
Logistics, LLC
   100%
Interest
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Gypsum
Supply of
Illinois, Inc.
   100%
Membership
Interest
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Michigan
LLC
   100%
Membership
Interest
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Ohio
LLC
   100%
Interest
  N/A      100       No Certificate

FBM Ohio LLC

   FBM
Columbus
LLC
   100%
Interest
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   FBM Kent
Gypsum
Supply, Inc.
   100%
Interest
  N/A      100       No Certificate

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   Construction
Products
Acquisition,
LLC
   100%
Interest
  N/A      65       No Certificate

Construction Products Acquisition, LLC

   Winroc-SPI
Corporation
   100%
Interest
  1,000      65       C-3

 

Schedule 2—Page 3


Pledgor

   Issuer   # of
Shares
Owned
  Total Shares
Outstanding
   % of
Interest
Pledged
   Certificate No.
(if uncertificated,
please indicate so)

Construction Products Acquisition, LLC

   1974303
Alberta Ltd
  100%
Interest
  1,000    65    C-3

Construction Products Acquisition, LLC

   The Winroc
Corporation
(Midwest)
  100%
Interest
  1,000    100    2

Construction Products Acquisition, LLC

   Superior Plus
Construction
Products
Corp.
  100%
Interest
  100    100    03

LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC

   FBM
Finance, Inc.
  100%
Interest
  1,000    100    1

Pledged Debt Securities:

None.

Pledged Notes:

 

1) US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of August 9, 2016 by and among LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries party thereto from time to time.

 

Schedule 2—Page 4


Schedule 3

Filings and other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests 1

Pledged Investment Property :

 

  Delivery to (i) the Notes Collateral Agent, in the case of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, and (ii) the Revolving Administrative Agent, in the case of Revolving Priority Collateral (each term, as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

UCC Filings :

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Filing Jurisdiction

LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC

   Delaware

LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC

   Delaware

FBM AIV Blocker LLC

   Delaware

FBM AIV Blocker II LLC

   Delaware

FBM Intermediate LLC

   Delaware

Home Acres Holdings LLC

   Delaware

FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC

   Delaware

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   California

FBM Michigan LLC

   Delaware

FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC

   Delaware

FBM BAV LLC

   Delaware

FBM Wholesale Builders Supply LLC

   Delaware

FBM Wagner Distribution LLC

   Delaware

FBM Ohio LLC

   Delaware

FBM Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc.

   Washington

Construction Products Acquisition, LLC

   Delaware

FBM HABS/KBS LLC

   Delaware

 

1   Except where otherwise noted or required, to be filed in favor of each of Notes Collateral Agent and the Revolving Administrative Agent.

 

Schedule 3—Page 1


Name of Loan Party

  

Filing Jurisdiction

FBM Southwest LLC

   Delaware

FBM/W&S LLC

   Delaware

FBM Gypsum Supply LLC

   Delaware

FBM GWBM Inc.

   Delaware

Oxnard Building Materials, Inc.

   California

Great Western Building Materials, Inc.

   Arizona

ProWall Building Products, Inc.

   Arizona

The Winroc Corporation (Midwest)

   Nevada

Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.

   Pennsylvania

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC

   Michigan

Kobrin Builders’ Supply

Holdings, LLC

   Michigan

FBM Logistics, LLC

   Indiana

Kobrin Builders Supply, LLC

   Florida

FBM Finance, Inc.

   Delaware

FBM Washington LLC

   Delaware

FBM Columbus LLC

   Delaware

Intellectual Property

 

  Filing of Intellectual Property Security Agreements with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

Accounts

 

  In accordance with Section 5.3(c) of the ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement, execution and delivery of control agreements.

Real Estate

 

  None

 

Schedule 3—Page 2


Schedule 4

Exact Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization and Chief Executive Office

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization/

Formation

  

Address of Chief Executive Office (or for

natural persons, residence)

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

   Delaware   

2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC

   Delaware   

2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

FBM AIV Blocker LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM AIV Blocker II LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Intermediate LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Home Acres Holdings LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Foundation Building Materials, LLC

   California   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Michigan LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM BAV LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Wholesale Builders Supply LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Wagner Distribution LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Ohio LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc.

   Washington   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Construction Products Acquisition, LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM HABS/KBS LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

 

Schedule 4—Page 1


Name of Loan Party

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization/

Formation

  

Address of Chief Executive Office (or for

natural persons, residence)

FBM Southwest LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM/W&S LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Gypsum Supply LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM GWBM Inc.

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Oxnard Building Materials, Inc.

   California   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Great Western Building Materials, Inc.

   Arizona   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

ProWall Building Products, Inc.

   Arizona   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

The Winroc Corporation (Midwest)

   Nevada   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.

   Pennsylvania   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC

   Michigan   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Kobrin Builders’ Supply

Holdings, LLC

   Michigan   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Logistics, LLC

   Indiana   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Kobrin Builders Supply, LLC

   Florida   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Finance, Inc.

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Washington LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

FBM Columbus LLC

   Delaware   

2552 Walnut Avenue, Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

 

Schedule 4—Page 2


Schedule 5

Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

 

  1. Copyrights, Copyright Applications and Copyright Licenses

None.

 

  2. Patents, Patent Applications and Patent Licenses

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing Date/Issued Date

   Status     

Application/ Registration

No.

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC    DRYWALL RETAINING DEVICE          7,543,789
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    Prefabricated Fixture Protection Cover and Assembly and Method of Use Thereof    December 8, 2009      Registered       United States 7,627,999 B2

 

  3. Trademarks, Trademark Applications and Trademark Licenses

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing
Date/Issued
Date

  

Status

   Application/
Registration No.
Great Western Building Materials, Inc.    PROWALL       Registered    2080126
Great Western Building Materials, Inc.    PROSHAPE       Registered    2343950
ProWall Building Products, Inc.    FOAMPREP       Registered    2181417
Foundation Building Materials, LLC    FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS    July 1, 2016   

Pending

In-Use

   87091460
Foundation Building Materials, LLC    FBM    July 1, 2016   

Pending

In-Use

   87091464

 

Schedule 5—Page 1


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing
Date/Issued
Date

  

Status

   Application/
Registration No.
Foundation Building Materials, LLC   

FBM (stylized and/or with design)

 

LOGO

   July 1, 2016   

Pending

In-Use

   87091469
Foundation Building Materials, LLC   

FBM (stylized with design)

 

LOGO

   July 15, 2016    Applied    1791598
(Canadian
Trademarks)
Foundation Building Materials, LLC    FBM    July 15, 2016    Applied    1791604

(Canadian
Trademarks)

Foundation Building Materials, LLC    FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS    July 15, 2016    Applied    1791605

(Canadian
Trademarks)

FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC    GYPSUM SUPPLY CO.       Registered    2677093
FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC   

GSC GYPSUM SUPPLY CO. & Design

 

LOGO

      Registered    2677094

 

Schedule 5—Page 2


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing
Date/Issued
Date

  

Status

   Application/
Registration No.
FBM Gypsum Supply of Illinois LLC   

Gypsum Supply Co.

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Quad Cities

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Cedar Rapids

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Waterloo

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Des Moines

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Fox Valley

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Milwaukee

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Elkhorn

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Madison

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Rockford

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Chicago Area South

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Chicago Area North

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Machesney Park

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Chicago

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Bloomington

 

Gypsum Supply Co. of Peoria

 

      Common Law Trademark   
FBM BAV LLC   

BAV

 

Brown’s Applied Vinyl

      Common Law Trademark   
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)   

SPI Specialty Products & Insulation Co. (design + words)

 

LOGO

      Registered    1279224
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)   

SPI Specialty Products & Insulation Co. (design + words)

 

LOGO

      Registered    1271789

 

Schedule 5—Page 3


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing
Date/Issued
Date

  

Status

   Application/
Registration No.
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    SPI SPECIALTY PRODUCTS AND INSULATION CO. (typed drawing)       Registered    1320113
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    ABSORPTION PLUS (typed drawing)       Registered    2987664
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    FIREPLUG (typed drawing)       Registered    2391212
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    FIRESTRIP (typed drawing)       Registered    2856278
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    HATS (typed drawing)       Registered    2421444
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    RIGIDFLEX (typed drawing)       Registered    939431
Specialty Products and Insulation Co. (name changed to Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.)    SAFELITE (standard character mark)       Registered    3656665
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    INTERNATIONAL TECHNIFAB       Registered in Wyoming    2010-00578855
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    WINROC       Registered in Wyoming    2011-000595401

 

Schedule 5—Page 4


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing
Date/Issued
Date

  

Status

   Application/
Registration No.
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    SPI       Registered in Wyoming    2011-000595400
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    WINROC-SPI       Registered in Wyoming    2014-000657791
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    SPECIALTY PRODUCTS & INSULATION       Registered in Wyoming    2011-000596196
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    SPECIALTY PRODUCTS & INSULATION       Registered in Louisiana    62-6939
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    SPI       Registered in Louisiana    62-6944
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    WINROC-SPI       Registered in Louisiana    64-9580
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    WINROC-SPI       Registered in Nebraska    10188398
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    WINROC-SPI       Registered in North Dakota    36159600
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    Paragon Pacific SPI      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Idaho

   D135856
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    PARAGON PACIFIC INSULATION      

Common law mark (not registered)

Previously acquired company – registered in Idaho

   D135856

 

Schedule 5—Page 5


Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing
Date/Issued
Date

  

Status

   Application/
Registration No.
Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    PRESNELL INSULATION CO. INC.       Previously acquired company – registered in North Carolina    0117557

 

  4. Domain Names

 

Domain

   Creation
Date
   Expiration
Date
  

Registrant

Name/Organization

  

Registrar

Allroc.com    8/25/1998    8/24/2016    Private registration    Network Solutions
allroc1.com    9/19/2012    9/19/2016    Keith Bellingham/Superior CPD    Fast Domain
Allrocdsd.com    12/5/2006    12/5/2016    Keith Bellingham    Fast Domain
Allrocdsd.us    7/12/2013    7/11/2016    Keith Bellingham/CPD    Fast Domain
Allroctool.com    10/12/2006    10/12/2016    Keith Bellingham    Fast Domain
Allroctool.us    7/12/2013    7/11/2016    Keith Bellingham/CPD    Fast Domain
Burnabyinsulation.com    8/22/2003    8/22/2016    Keith Bellingham    Fast Domain
Constructionproductscorp.com    12/20/2010    12/20/2016    Cherie May/Specialty Products & Insulation Co.    GoDaddy.com
Constructionproductsdistribution.com    9/6/2011    9/6/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions
Cpdonlineu.com    7/21/2011    7/21/2017    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions
Howtowinrocspi.com    10/1/2014    10/1/2016    Keith Bellingham/CDP    Domain.com
Interiorbuild.com    2/5/1998    2/4/2017    Not available    Tucows
Leonsinsulation.com    10/15/2004    10/15/2016    Keith Bellingham    Fast Domain
Prolineplus.us    7/12/2013    7/11/2016    Keith    Fast Domain

 

Schedule 5—Page 6


Domain

   Creation
Date
   Expiration
Date
  

Registrant

Name/Organization

  

Registrar

         Bellingham/CPD   
Spcpc.info    12/20/2010    12/20/2016    Cherie May/Specialty Products & Insulation Co.    GoDaddy.com
sp-cpc.info          Record not available   
Spcpc.us    12/20/2010    12/19/2016    Cherie May/Specialty Products & Insulation Co.    GoDaddy.com
sp-cpc.us    12/20/2010    12/19/2016    Cherie May/Specialty Products & Insulation Co.    GoDaddy.com
Specialtyproducts.com    1/30/1997    1/31/2017    Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    Network Solutions
spi1-co.com    9/24/2007    9/24/2016    Cheri May/Specialty products & Insulation Co.    easyDNS Technologies
Spi-co.com    1/30/1997    1/31/2017    Superior Plus Construction Products Corp./Superior Plus Construction Products Corp.    Network Solutions
Spiwinroc.com    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Private registration    Domain.com
spi-winroc.com    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Private registration    Domain.com
Spiwinroc.us    9/9/2013    9/8/2016    Keith Bellingham/Winroc SPI    Fast Domain
Superiorconstructionproductsdistribution.com    9/7/2011    9/7/2016    Private registration    Fast Domain
Superiorcpd.com    9/1/2011    9/1/2017    The Winroc Corporation/The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions
Superiorcpd.com    9/1/2011    9/1/2017    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions
Superiorplusconstructionproducts.com    12/20/2010    12/20/2016    Cherie May/Specialty Products & Insulation Co.    GoDaddy.com
Superiorplusconstructionproductsdistribution.com    9/7/2011    9/7/2016    Private registration    Fast Domain
Superiorpluscpd.com    9/6/2011    9/6/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions
Winroc.com    10/31/1996    10/30/2016    Private registration    Network

 

Schedule 5—Page 7


Domain

   Creation
Date
   Expiration
Date
  

Registrant

Name/Organization

  

Registrar

            Solutions
Winroc.us    7/12/2013    7/11/2016    Keith Bellingham/CPD    Fast Domain
winroc1.com    9/13/2012    9/13/2016    Private registration    Fast Domain
Winrocspi.com    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Private registration    Domain.com
winroc-spi.com    9/6/2013    9/6/2016    Private registration    Domain.com
Winrocspi.us    9/9/2013    9/8/2016    Keith Bellingham/Winroc SPI    Fast Domain
winroc-spi.us    1/6/2014    1/5/2017    Keith Bellingham/CPD    Fast Domain
Winrocspiu.com    10/2/2014    10/2/2016    Keith Bellingham/Winroc-SPI    Domain.com
Winrocspiuniversity.com    10/1/2014    10/1/2016    The Winroc Corporation    Network Solutions
Winrocu.com    1/28/2009    1/28/2017    Not available    Tucows

 

Schedule 5—Page 8


Schedule 6

Commercial Tort Claims

None.

 

Schedule 6


Schedule 7

Accounts

Securities Accounts : None.

Deposit Accounts :

 

Loan Party

  

Type of Account

  

Name & Address of

Financial Institutions

Foundation Building Materials, LLC    Master Operating Account   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

Foundation Building Materials, LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

FBM Gypsum Supply LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

FBM/W&S LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

FBM Southwest LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

Home Acres Building Supply Co. LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

Kobrin Builders Supply LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

FBM Wagner Distribution LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

FBM Wholesale Builders Supply LLC    Collection   

Bank of America

600 Anton Blvd, Ste 150

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

 

Schedule 7


Exhibit A to

ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF ABL INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [                      ] (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, this “ IP Security Agreement ”), is made by each of the signatories hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

WHEREAS, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, “ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, the “ Initial Borrower ”) and certain subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto (together with the Initial Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”) have entered into an ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, the Administrative Agent, and Bank of America, N.A. as collateral agent. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered that certain ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, in favor of the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, under the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and subject to the limitations contained therein, the Grantors have granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the Grantors’ right, title, and interest in and to certain Collateral, including certain of their Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this IP Security Agreement with respect to certain of their Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents in order to record the security interests granted therein with the United States Copyright Office or United States Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable (or any successor office or other applicable government registry).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the Grantors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

SECTION 1 Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, to the extent provided in Section 2.1 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following (the “ IP Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete


payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement):

(a) (i) all United States and foreign copyrights, whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published and whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, including but not limited to copyrights in software and databases, all Mask Works (as defined in 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act) and all works of authorship, all right, title and interest to make and exploit all derivative works based on or adopted from works covered by such copyrights, and all copyright registrations, copyright applications, mask works registrations and mask works applications, and any renewals or extensions thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 1 , and (ii) the rights to print, publish and distribute any of the foregoing (“ Copyrights ”);

(b) all Copyright Licenses (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), to the extent such Grantor is not the granting party, including any of the foregoing identified in Schedule 1 ;

(c) (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future Infringements (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and misappropriations of any of the property described in (a) and (b) above, and (ii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the property described in (a) and (b) above (the items described in (a), (b) and (c), collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”);

(d) (i) all United States, state and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade dress, trade styles, logos, or other indicia of origin or source identification, Internet domain names, trademark and service mark registrations, designs and general intangibles of like nature and applications for trademark or service mark registrations and any renewals thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 2 (but excluding in all cases all intent-to-use United States trademark applications for which an amendment to allege use or statement of use has not been filed under 15 U.S.C. § 1051(c) or 15 U.S.C. § 1051(d), respectively, or if filed, has not been deemed in conformance with 15 U.S.C. § 1051(a) or examined and accepted, respectively, by the United States Patent and Trademark Office provided that upon such filing and acceptance, such intent-to-use applications shall be included in the definition of Trademarks) and (ii) the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above (collectively, the “ Trademarks ”);

(e) all Trademark Licenses (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), to the extent such Grantor is not the granting party, including any of the foregoing identified in Schedule 2 ;

(f) (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future Infringements (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and misappropriations of any of the property described in (d) and (e) above, and (ii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the property

 

A-2


described in (d) and (e) above (items described in clauses (d), (e) and (f), collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”);

(g) (i) all United States and foreign patents, patent applications and patentable inventions, including each issued patent and patent application identified in Schedule 3 , all certificates of invention or similar property rights and all registrations, recordings and pending applications thereof, (ii) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein and (iii) all reissues, divisions, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon (collectively, the “ Patents ”);

(h) all Patent Licenses (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), to the extent such Grantor is not the granting party, including any of the foregoing identified in Schedule 3 ; and

(i) (i) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future Infringements (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and misappropriations of any of the property described in (g) and (h) above, and (ii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect to any of the property described in (g) and (h) above (items described in (f), (g) and (h), collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”).

SECTION 2 Excluded Assets . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this IP Security Agreement, none of the Excluded Assets shall constitute IP Collateral.

SECTION 3 Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the Register of Copyrights and Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks, as applicable, and any other applicable United States government officer record this IP Security Agreement.

SECTION 4 Execution in Counterparts . This IP Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by telecopy or other electronic transmission), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 5 GOVERNING LAW . THIS IP SECURITY AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS IP SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6 Conflict Provision . This IP Security Agreement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The rights and remedies of each party hereto with respect to the security interest granted herein are without prejudice to, and are in addition to those set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement, all terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event that any provisions of this IP Security Agreement are in conflict with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the

 

A-3


provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable, shall govern.

SECTION 7 Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement, and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, in each case, with respect to the Collateral and Liens securing any Revolving Obligations are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the Collateral and Liens securing any Revolving Obligations, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail. As used in this Section 7, “Revolving Obligations,” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 8 Notice . Each party to this IP Security Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. Nothing in this IP Security Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

[ signature pages follow ]

 

A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this IP Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ABL IP SECURITY AGREEMENT]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[ABL IP SECURITY AGREEMENT]


Schedule 1

COPYRIGHTS


Schedule 2

TRADEMARKS


Schedule 3

PATENTS


Exhibit B to

ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

FORM OF US SUBORDINATED INTERCOMPANY NOTE

[Attached.]


US INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Note Number: 1

Dated: August 9, 2016

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, the “ Company ”), and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Borrower Group Members ” and each, a “ Borrower Group Member ”) which is a party to this intercompany subordinated promissory note (this “ Promissory Note ”) promises to pay to the order of such other Borrower Group Member as makes loans to such Borrower Group Member (each Borrower Group Member which borrows money pursuant to this Promissory Note is referred to herein as a “ Payor ” and each Borrower Group Member which makes loans and advances pursuant to this Promissory Note is referred to herein as a “ Payee ”), in immediately available funds, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all loans and advances heretofore and hereafter made by such Payee to such Payor and any other Indebtedness for borrowed money now or hereafter owing by such Payor to such Payee in the books and records of such Payee, including as shown on Schedule A (and any continuation thereof). The failure to show any such Indebtedness or any error in showing such Indebtedness shall not affect the obligations of any Payor hereunder. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in (i) the Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, FBM Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, “ Holdings ”), as a guarantor, the other guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Notes Agent ”), relating to those certain 8.25% senior secured notes of the Issuers due 2021 (the “ Notes ”), or (ii) the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”, and collectively with the Indenture, the “ Debt Agreements ”), among Holdings, the Company, the Additional US Borrowers (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) party thereto, the Canadian Borrowers (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders and as Issuing Banks (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (in such capacity and including its successors and assigns, the “ ABL Agent ”, and collectively with the Notes Agent, the “ Agents ” and each, an “ Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent, as applicable.

The unpaid principal amount from time to time outstanding of all such loans, advances and other Indebtedness owed by each Payor to the relevant Payee shall be payable at the times, in the locations and in the currency specified in the documents and records relating thereto; provided that, if any of the time, location or currency of payment shall not be so specified elsewhere, such amounts shall be payable on demand, in immediately available funds at the chief executive office of the relevant Payee and in the lawful currency of the United States; and provided further that, at any time that an Event of Default (as defined in either of the Debt Agreements) has occurred and is continuing and following a written instruction to such effect to the applicable Borrower Group Member from the applicable Agent pursuant to the terms of the

 

1


Collateral Agreement described in the Indenture (the “ Notes Collateral Agreement ”) or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreements described in the ABL Credit Agreement (the “ABL Collateral Agreements” and together with the Notes Collateral Agreement, the “Collateral Agreements”) (and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) any such Indebtedness shall thereafter be payable on demand. Each Payor promises also to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of all such Indebtedness in like money at said location from the date of the incurrence thereof until paid at such rate per annum as shall be agreed upon from time to time by such Payor and such Payee (provided that such rate shall not exceed the maximum lawful interest rate then in effect).

Each Payor and any endorser of this Promissory Note hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.

This Promissory Note has been pledged by each Payee that is (x) a US Loan Party under the ABL Credit Agreement or (y) an Issuer or a Guarantor under the Indenture (each such Payee, a “ Pledgor Payee ”) to (i) the Notes Agent for the benefit of the Notes Secured Parties (as defined in the Indenture) as security for such Pledgor Payee’s Obligations (as defined in the Notes Collateral Agreement) (such Obligations for purposes of this Promissory Note are referred to as “ Notes Obligations ”), if any, under the Indenture, the Notes, the Notes Collateral Agreement and the other Note Documents (as defined in the Indenture), and (ii) the ABL Agent for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties (as defined below) as security for such Pledgor Payee’s Obligations (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) (such Obligations for purposes of this Promissory Note are referred to as “ ABL Obligations ” and collectively with the Notes Obligations, the “ Secured Obligations ”), if any, under the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agreements and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement). During the continuation of an Event of Default, the Notes Agent or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full (as defined below), the ABL Agent, may, subject to the terms set forth in the applicable Collateral Agreements and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the applicable Debt Agreement), exercise all rights of the respective Pledgor Payees hereunder. For purposes of this Promissory Note, “applicable Secured Parties” shall mean (x) with respect to the Notes Agent, the Noteholder Secured Parties (as defined in the Indenture), and (y) with respect to the ABL Agent, the ABL Secured Parties. Each Payor acknowledges and agrees that each of the Agents and the other Secured Parties may exercise all the rights of each Pledgor Payee under this Promissory Note and will not be subject to any abatement, reduction, recoupment, defense, setoff or counterclaim available to such Payor. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained herein, in no event shall the pledge of this Promissory Note by a US Loan Party described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) serve as security for the Notes Obligations or the portion of the ABL Obligations that constitute US Borrower Obligations.

As used herein, “ ABL Secured Parties ” shall have the meaning given to the term “ Secured Parties ” in the ABL Credit Agreement, and “ Secured Parties ” shall mean the Noteholder Secured Parties and ABL Secured Parties, collectively.

 

2


Each Payee that is not a Pledgor Payee (each, a “ Subordinated Payee ”) agrees that any and all obligations evidenced by this Promissory Note that are owed by any Payor that is a (x) a Loan Party under the ABL Credit Agreement or (y) the Company or a Guarantor under the Indenture (each subsidiary a “ Subordinated Payor ”) to such Subordinated Payee shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Notes Obligations and the ABL Obligations until (i) with respect to Notes Obligations, the Issuers have paid all principal, premium (if any) and interest on all outstanding Notes, and (ii) with respect to the ABL Obligations, the ABL Obligations have been paid in full in immediately available funds (excluding ABL Obligations in respect of any Specified Hedge Agreements (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and contingent reimbursement and indemnification obligations, in each case, that are not then due and payable) and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated or been cash collateralized (in a manner consistent with Section 2.4(j) of the ABL Credit Agreement) or backed (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank) with other letters of credit and the Commitments under the ABL Credit Agreement have expired or been terminated (in each case (and as applicable), “ Paid in Full ”); provided , that each Subordinated Payor may make payments to the applicable Subordinated Payee so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and none of the Agents shall have given written notice to the Company of such Agent’s intent to execute its rights pursuant to Section 6.2(b) of any of the Collateral Agreements; which notice shall be deemed to have been given immediately upon the occurrence of (i) an Event of Default under Section 6.1(a)(8) of the Indenture, other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (ii) an Event of Default under Section 7.1(f) of the ABL Credit Agreement, other than to the extent such right is waived or revoked in writing by the Required Lenders (as defined therein); and provided, further, that all loans and advances made by a Subordinated Payee pursuant to this Promissory Note shall be received by the applicable Subordinated Payor subject to the provisions of the Indenture and the other Note Documents and the ABL Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any right of any Subordinated Payee to ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any payment from any Subordinated Payor, all rights, Liens and security interests of such Subordinated Payee, whether now or hereafter arising and howsoever existing, in any assets of any Subordinated Payor (whether constituting part of the security or collateral given to any of the Agents or any other Secured Party to secure payment of all or any part of the Secured Obligations or otherwise) shall be and hereby are subordinated to the rights of each of the Agents and any other Secured Party in such assets (to the extent arising under the Note Documents or the Loan Documents). Except as expressly permitted by the Note Documents and the Loan Documents, the Subordinated Payees shall have no right to possession of any such asset or to foreclose upon, or exercise any other remedy in respect of, any such asset, whether by judicial action or otherwise, until the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full.

If all or any part of the assets of any Subordinated Payor, or the proceeds thereof, are subject to any distribution, division or application to the creditors of any Subordinated Payor, whether partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, and whether by reason of liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding, or if the business of any Subordinated Payor is dissolved or if all or substantially all of the assets of any Subordinated Payor are sold (except, in each case, in a transaction permitted by the Note Documents (until the Notes Obligations are Paid in Full) and the Loan

 

3


Documents (until the ABL Obligations are Paid in Full)) then, and in any such event, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities or other investment property or otherwise, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to any obligation of such Subordinated Payor evidenced by this Promissory Note to any Subordinated Payee (“Payor Indebtedness”) at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be paid or delivered directly to the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent) for application in accordance with the Note Documents or the Loan Documents, as applicable, until the date on which the Notes Obligations (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Obligations) shall have been Paid in Full. Each Subordinated Payee irrevocably authorizes, empowers and appoints the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent) as such Subordinated Payee’s attorney-in-fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable) to, at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, demand, sue for, collect and receive every such payment or distribution and give acquittance therefor and to make and present for and on behalf of such Subordinated Payee such proofs of claim and take such other action, in the Notes Agent’s (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent’s) own name or in the name of such Subordinated Payee or otherwise, as the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent) may reasonably deem necessary or advisable for the enforcement of this Promissory Note. Each Subordinated Payee also agrees to execute, verify, deliver and file any such proofs of claim in respect of the Payor Indebtedness requested by the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent). After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent) may vote such proofs of claim in any such proceeding (and the applicable Subordinated Payee shall not be entitled to withdraw such vote), receive and collect any and all dividends or other payments or disbursements made on Payor Indebtedness in whatever form the same may be paid or issued and apply the same on account of any of the Notes Obligations (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Obligations). Except as otherwise expressly permitted under the Note Documents and the Loan Documents, should any payment, distribution, security or other investment property or instrument or any proceeds thereof be received by any Subordinated Payee upon or with respect to Payor Indebtedness owing to such Subordinated Payee at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior to such time as the Notes Obligations or the ABL Obligations have been Paid in Full, such Subordinated Payee shall receive and hold the same for the benefit of the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent) and the applicable Secured Parties, and shall forthwith upon written demand by the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent) deliver the same to the Notes Agent or the ABL Agent, as applicable, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, in the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment of such Subordinated Payee where necessary or advisable in the Notes Agent’s judgment, or if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent’s judgment), for application to the Notes Obligations (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Obligations) and, until so delivered, the same shall be segregated from the other assets of such Subordinated Payee as the property of the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent) for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties. If such Subordinated Payee fails to make any such endorsement or assignment to the Notes Agent (or, if the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, the ABL Agent), the Notes Agent or the ABL Agent, as applicable, or

 

4


any of its officers, employees or representatives are hereby irrevocably authorized to make the same. Each Payee and Payor agrees that, until (i) the Notes Obligations have been Paid in Full, it will not amend, modify or supplement this Promissory Note in a manner adverse to the Noteholder Secured Parties (as defined in the Indenture) without the consent of the Notes Agent, and/or (ii) the ABL Obligations have been Paid in Full, it will not amend, modify or supplement this Promissory Note in a manner adverse to the ABL Secured Parties without the consent of the ABL Agent. The Secured Parties shall be third party beneficiaries hereof and shall be entitled to enforce the subordination and other parties hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in any other Note Document or in any other Loan Document or in any such promissory note or other instrument, this Promissory Note (i) replaces and supersedes any and all promissory notes or other instruments which create or evidence any loans or advances made on or before the date hereof by any Payee to any Payor, other than each intercompany note that expressly recites that it is a “Specified Note” for purposes of this Promissory Note (collectively, the “Specified Notes”) and (ii) shall not be deemed replaced, superseded or in any way modified by any agreement, promissory note, document or other instrument entered into on or after the date hereof (other than any Specified Note)] which purports to create or evidence any loan or advance by any Borrower Group Member to any other Borrower Group Member until the Secured Obligations are Paid in Full. To the extent that the terms of any such other agreements, promissory notes, documents or instruments (other than any Specified Note) are inconsistent with this Promissory Note, this Promissory Note shall govern.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, reference is made to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ABL Intercreditor Agreement”) among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Junior Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) from time to time party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS PROMISSORY NOTE AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

From time to time after the date hereof, additional Borrower Group Members may become parties hereto by executing a counterpart signature page to this Promissory Note (each such additional Borrower Group Member, an “Additional Party”). Upon delivery of such counterpart signature page to the other signatories hereto, notice of which is hereby waived by

 

5


the other signatories hereto, each Additional Party shall be a Payor and/or a Payee, as applicable, and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such Additional Party were an original signatory hereof. Each Payor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Payor hereunder. This Promissory Note shall be fully effective as to any Payor that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Payor hereunder.

This Promissory Note may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts (including by telecopy or other electronic transmission), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Payor and Payee has caused this Promissory Note to be executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

PAYORS :
LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM AIV BLOCKER LLC.
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM AIV BLOCKER II LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM INTERMEDIATE LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
HOME ACRES HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM BAV LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM WAGNER DISTRIBUTION LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM WHOLESALE BUILDERS SUPPLY LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM SOUTHWEST LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM GWBM INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
OXNARD BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
PROWALL BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM/W&S LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM HABS/KBS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
HOME ACRES BUILDING SUPPLY CO. LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
KOBRIN BUILDERS’ SUPPLY HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
KOBRIN BUILDERS SUPPLY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM LOGISTICS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITIONS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
THE WINROC CORPORATION (MIDWEST)
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
SUPERIOR PLUS CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS CORP.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM WASHINGTON LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
WINROC-SPI CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


1974303 ALBERTA LTD.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM FINANCE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY OF ILLINOIS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM MICHIGAN LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM COLUMBUS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM OHIO LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM KENT GYPSUM SUPPLY, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


PAYEES :
LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM AIV BLOCKER LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM AIV BLOCKER II LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM INTERMEDIATE LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
HOME ACRES HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM BAV LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM WAGNER DISTRIBUTION LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM WHOLESALE BUILDERS SUPPLY LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM SOUTHWEST LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM GWBM INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


OXNARD BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
PROWALL BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM/W&S LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM HABS/KBS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


HOME ACRES BUILDING SUPPLY CO. LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KOBRIN BUILDERS’ SUPPLY HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KOBRIN BUILDERS SUPPLY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM LOGISTICS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITIONS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
THE WINROC CORPORATION (MIDWEST)
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


SUPERIOR PLUS CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS CORP.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM WASHINGTON LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM FINANCE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY OF ILLINOIS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM MICHIGAN LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM COLUMBUS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM OHIO LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM KENT GYPSUM SUPPLY, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


SCHEDULE A

TRANSACTIONS

ON

US INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Date

 

Name of

Payor

 

Name of

Payee

   Amount of
Advance

This Date
   Amount of
Principal

Paid This
Date
   Outstanding
Principal
Balance

from Payor
to Payee
This Date
   Notation
Made By
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               


ENDORSEMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned Pledgor Payees (as defined in the Promissory Note) does hereby sell, assign and transfer to                      all of its right, title and interest in and to the US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note, dated               , 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Promissory Note ”), made by LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, the “ Company ”), and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries party thereto, and payable to the undersigned. This endorsement is intended to be attached to the Promissory Note and, when so attached, shall constitute an endorsement thereof.

The initial undersigned shall be the Pledgor Payees party to the Note Documents and the Loan Documents on the date of the Promissory Note. From time to time after the date thereof, additional Restricted Subsidiaries that are (x) a Loan Party under the ABL Credit Agreement or (y) a Guarantor under the Indenture shall become parties to the Promissory Note (each, an “ Additional Pledgor Payee ”) and a signatory to this endorsement by executing a counterpart signature page to the Promissory Note and to this endorsement. Upon delivery of such counterpart signature page to the Payors, notice of which is hereby waived by the other Pledgor Payees, each Additional Pledgor Payee shall be a Pledgor Payee and shall be as fully a Pledgor Payee under the Promissory Note and a signatory to this endorsement as if such Additional Payee were an original Pledgor Payee under the Promissory Note and an original signatory hereof. Each Pledgor Payee expressly agrees that its obligations arising under the Promissory Note and hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Plegdor Payee under the Promissory Note or hereunder. This endorsement shall be fully effective as to any Pledgor Payee that is or becomes a signatory hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Pledgor Payee to the Promissory Note or hereunder.

Dated:                     

[Signature page follows]


LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM AIV BLOCKER LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM AIV BLOCKER II LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President
FBM INTERMEDIATE LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
HOME ACRES HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note Endorsement


FBM INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM BAV LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM WAGNER DISTRIBUTION LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM WHOLESALE BUILDERS SUPPLY LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM SOUTHWEST LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM GWBM INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
OXNARD BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
PROWALL BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM/W&S LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM HABS/KBS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
HOME ACRES BUILDING SUPPLY CO. LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KOBRIN BUILDERS’ SUPPLY HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KOBRIN BUILDERS SUPPLY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
FBM LOGISTICS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITIONS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


THE WINROC CORPORATION (MIDWEST)
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
SUPERIOR PLUS CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS CORP.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM WASHINGTON LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM FINANCE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY OF ILLINOIS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM MICHIGAN LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


FBM COLUMBUS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM OHIO LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
FBM KENT GYPSUM SUPPLY, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[US Intercompany Subordinated Promissory Note]


Annex 1 to

ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

ABL ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [                      ], made by                      , a                      (the “ Additional Grantor ”), in favor of Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for (i) the Lenders and the Issuing Banks from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below, and (ii) the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (as hereinafter defined)). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, “ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including its permitted successors, the “ Initial Borrower ”) and certain subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto (together with the Initial Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”) have entered into an ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A. as collateral agent.

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Initial Borrower and certain of its Affiliates (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into the ABL US Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Grantors have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that additional Subsidiaries of the Initial Borrower may become Subsidiary Guarantors and Grantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Assumption Agreement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “ Additional Grantor ”) is executing this Assumption Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of


Credit previously issued; provided, however, that no Additional Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to guarantee or make any payments in respect of any US Borrower Obligations, and provided further, that no assets that are described in clause (8) of Excluded Assets shall be used to support any US Borrower Obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 9.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly agrees to all terms and provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder and assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor and Guarantor thereunder, subject to the limitations contained therein. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules 1 through 6 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date (except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

The Additional Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Additional Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Collateral wherever located and whether now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Additional Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations; provided, however, that no Additional Guarantor described in clause (d) or (f) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary shall be required to guarantee or make any payments in respect of any US Borrower Obligations, and provided further, that no assets that are described in clause (8) of Excluded Assets shall be used to support any US Borrower Obligations. Each reference to a “Grantor” or a “Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the Additional Grantor. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

2. Due Authorization . The Additional Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Assumption Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

2


3. Counterparts . This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Assumption Agreement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Assumption Agreement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Additional Grantor and the Administrative Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Assumption Agreement by email or facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Assumption Agreement.

4. GOVERNING LAW . THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

5. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Assumption Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

6. Communications. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Additional Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Initial Borrower as provided in Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement.

7. Expenses . The Additional Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Assumption Agreement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent. The Additional Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 9.4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis .

[ signature pages follow ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT B

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

This Compliance Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is delivered to you pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

1. I am the duly elected, qualified and acting [                      ] 1 of each of the Borrowers.

2. I have reviewed and am familiar with the contents of this Certificate.

3. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents and have made, or caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of the Borrowers and the Borrowers’ Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “ Financial Statements ”). [Except as specified on Attachment 2,] 2 [S]uch review did not disclose the existence during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the Financial Statements, and I have no knowledge of the existence, as of the date of this Certificate, of any continuing Default or Event of Default.

4. Attached hereto as Attachment 3 are the computations showing compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.1.

5. [Attached hereto as Attachment 4 is an updated Perfection Certificate, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower, (A) setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate and indicating any changes in such information from the most recent Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(iii) of the Credit Agreement (or, prior to the first delivery of a Perfection Certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, from the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date) or (B) certifying that

 

1   Insert title of Responsible Officer.
2  

Attachment 2 should be included if there is any Default or Event of Default.

 

B-1


there has been no change in such information from the most recent Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(iii) of the Credit Agreement (or, prior to the first delivery of a Perfection Certificate pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, from the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date).] 3

[ Signature page follows ]

 

 

3   To be included solely with respect to the concurrent delivery of annual audited financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of the date first written above in the name of and on behalf of the Borrowers.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[ADDITIONAL US BORROWER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[CANADIAN BORROWER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-3


Attachment 1

of Exhibit B

The information described herein pertains to the [fiscal quarter / fiscal year] ended               , 20      .

[Attach Financial Statements.]

 

B

Attachment 1


Attachment 2

of Exhibit B

[Description of Default or Event of Default, if applicable]

[Specify the nature and extent thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto]

 

B

Attachment 2


Attachment 3

of Exhibit B

The information described herein pertains to the [fiscal quarter / fiscal year] ended               , 20      .

[Set forth Covenant Calculations.]

 

B

Attachment 3


Attachment 4

of Exhibit B

[Attach updated perfection certificate]

 

B

Attachment 4


EXHIBIT C

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF CLOSING CERTIFICATE

FOR

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC

dated [            ], 2016

Pursuant to subsection 4.1(f) of the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), the undersigned [                      ], the [title] of each of the Borrowers, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The Specified Purchase Agreement Representations and the Specified Representations are true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representation that is qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of the date hereof, except in the case of any Specified Purchase Agreement Representation or Specified Representation expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such Specified Purchase Agreement Representation or Specified Representation is true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representation that is qualified by materiality, in all respects) as of such earlier date.

2. As of the date hereof, all of the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.1 (b), (j) and (m) of the Credit Agreement were satisfied or waived (in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement) as of the Closing Date.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

C-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his name as of the date first set forth above.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ADDITIONAL US BORROWERS:
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
FBM BAV LLC
FBM WAGNER DISTRIBUTION LLC
FBM WHOLESALE
BUILDERS SUPPLY LLC
FBM SOUTHWEST LLC
OXNARD BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.
PROWALL BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.
FBM/W&S LLC
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY LLC
HOME ACRES BUILDING SUPPLY CO. LLC
KOBRIN BUILDERS’ SUPPLY HOLDINGS, LLC
KOBRIN BUILDERS SUPPLY, LLC
FBM LOGISTICS, LLC
FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY OF ILLINOIS LLC
FBM MICHIGAN LLC
FBM COLUMBUS LLC
FBM OHIO LLC
KENT GYPSUM SUPPLY, INC.
CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITION, LLC
THE WINROC CORPORATION (MIDWEST)
SUPERIOR PLUS CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS CORP.
CANADIAN BORROWERS:
WINROC-SPI CORPORATION
1974303 ALBERTA LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

[Attached]

 

D-1


PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

In connection with the proposed Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”), the lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. as the collateral agent, the Initial Borrower (on behalf of itself and each of the other Loan Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement)) hereby certifies as follows:

 

I. CURRENT INFORMATION

A. Legal Names, Organizations, Jurisdictions of Organization and Organizational Identification Numbers . The full and exact legal name (as it appears in each respective certificate or articles of incorporation, limited liability membership agreement or similar organizational documents, in each case as amended to date or, for natural persons, the name as set forth on their valid driver’s license issued by their state of residence), the type of organization (or if the Loan Party is a natural person, please indicate so), the jurisdiction of organization (or formation, as applicable), and the organizational identification number (not tax i.d. number) of each Loan Party are as follows:

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Type of Organization (e.g.
corporation, limited liability
company, limited partnership)

  

Jurisdiction of

Organization/

Formation

  

Organizational

Identification Number

        

B. Chief Executive Offices and Mailing Addresses . The chief executive office address (or the principal residence if the Loan Party is a natural person) and the preferred mailing address (if different than chief executive office or residence) of each Loan Party are as follows:

 

Name of Loan Party

  

Address of Chief Executive Office

(or for natural persons, residence)

  

Mailing Address (if different than

CEO or residence)

C. Special Debtors and Former Article 9 Debtors . Except as specifically identified below none of the Loan Parties is: (i) a transmitting utility (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(80)), (ii) primarily engaged in farming operations (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(35)), (iii) a trust, (iv) a foreign air carrier within the meaning of the federal aviation act of 1958, as amended, (v) a branch or agency of a bank which bank is not organized under the law of the United States or any state thereof or (vi) located (within the meaning of Section 9-307) in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

D-2


Name of Loan Party

  

Type of Special Grantor

  
  
  

 

  D. Trade Names/Assumed Names .

Current Trade Names. Set forth below is each trade name or assumed name currently used by any Loan Party or by which any Loan Party is known or is transacting any business:

 

Loan Party

  

Trade/Assumed Name

  
  
  

 

D-3


  E. Changes in Names, Jurisdiction of Organization or Corporate Structure .

Except as set forth below, no Loan Party has changed its name, jurisdiction of organization or its corporate structure in any way (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form, change in jurisdiction of organization or otherwise) within the past five (5) years:

 

Loan Party

  

Date of Change

  

Description of Change

     
     

 

  F. Prior Addresses .

Except as set forth below, no Loan Party has changed its chief executive office, or principal residence if the Loan Party is a natural person, within the past five (5) years:

 

Loan Party

  

Prior Address/City/State/Zip Code

  
  

 

  G. Acquisitions of Equity Interests or Assets .

Except as set forth below, no Loan Party has acquired the equity interests of another entity or substantially all the assets of another entity within the past five (5) years:

 

Loan Party

  

Date of Acquisition

  

Description of Acquisition including full

legal name of seller and seller’s jurisdiction of
organization and seller’s chief executive office

     
     
     

 

  H . Corporate Ownership and Organizational Structure .

Attached as Exhibit A hereto is a true and correct chart showing the ownership relationship of all the Loan Parties and their affiliates.

 

D-4


  II. INFORMATION REGARDING CERTAIN COLLATERAL

 

  A. Investment Related Property

1. Equity Interests . Set forth below is a list of all equity interests owned by each Loan Party together with the type of organization which issued such equity interests (e.g. corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust):

 

Loan Party

  

Issuer

  

Type of
Organization

  

# of
Shares
Owned

  

Total
Shares
Outstanding

  

% of
Interest
Pledged

  

Certificate No.

(if uncertificated,
please indicate so)

  

Par Value

                    
                    
                    

2. Securities Accounts . Set forth below is a list of all securities accounts in which any Loan Party customarily maintains securities or other assets having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000:

 

Loan Party

  

Type of Account

  

Name & Address of

Financial Institutions

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

3. Deposit Accounts . Set forth below is a list of all bank accounts (checking, savings, money market or the like) in which any Loan Party customarily maintains in excess of $100,000:

 

Loan Party

  

Type of Account

  

Name & Address of

Financial Institutions

     
     

 

D-5


4. Debt Securities & Instruments . Set forth below is a list of all debt securities and instruments owed to any Loan Party in the principal amount of greater than $25,000:

 

Loan Party

  

Issuer of Instrument

  

Principal Amount of Instrument

  

Maturity Date

        
        

B. Intellectual Property . Set forth below is a list of all copyrights, patents, and trademark, all applications and licenses thereof and other intellectual property owned or used, or hereafter adopted, held or used, by any Loan Party:

1. Copyrights, Copyright Applications and Copyright Licenses

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing Date/Issued Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

           
           

2. Patents, Patent Applications and Patent Licenses

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing Date/Issued Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

           
           

3. Trademarks, Trademark Applications and Trademark Licenses

 

Loan Party

  

Title

  

Filing Date/Issued Date

  

Status

  

Application/

Registration No.

           
           

C. Tangible Personal Property in Possession of Warehousemen, Bailees and Other Third Parties . Except as set forth below, no persons (including, without limitation, warehousemen and bailees) other than any Loan Party have possession of any material amount (fair market value of $25,000 or more) of tangible personal property of any Loan Party:

 

D-6


Loan Party

  

Address/City/State/Zip Code

  

County

  

Description of Assets and Value

        
        

D. Real Estate Related UCC Collateral

1. Fixtures . Set forth below are all the locations where any Loan Party owns or leases any real property:

 

Loan Party

  

Address/City/State/Zip Code

  

County

  

Owned or Leased

        
        
        

2. “As Extracted” Collateral . Set forth below are all the locations where any Loan Party owns, leases or has an interest in any wellhead or minehead:

 

Loan Party

  

Address/City/State/Zip Code

  

County

     
     
     

3. Timber to be Cut . Set forth below are all locations where any Loan Party owns goods that are timber to be cut:

 

Loan Party

  

Address/City/State/Zip Code

  

County

     
     
     

 

D-7


III. AUTHORITY TO FILE FINANCING STATEMENTS

The undersigned, on behalf of the Initial Borrower and each other Loan Party, hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, in all jurisdictions and with all filing offices as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect the security interest granted or to be granted to the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents. Such financing statements may describe the collateral in the same manner as described in the Security Documents or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the collateral granted to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereto has caused this Perfection Certificate to be executed as of this 9th day of August, 2016 by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

 

[LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

D-8


Exhibit A

[Organizational Chart]

 

D-9


EXHIBIT E

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into between the Assignor named below (the “ Assignor ”) and the Assignee named below (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the ABL Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, and guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.   Assignor:  

 

 
2.   Assignee:  

 

 
    [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ] 1 ]
3.   Borrowers:   LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, [Additional US Borrowers], [Canadian Borrowers]
4.   Administrative Agent:   Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement

 

 

1   Select as applicable.

 

E-1


5.   Credit Agreement:   The ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC (“ Holdings ”), a Delaware limited liability company, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited Liability company (including its permitted successors, the “ Initial Borrower ”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as the Collateral Agent.
6.   Assigned Interest:    

 

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans for all

Lenders

   Amount of Commitment/Loans
Assigned 2
     Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans 3
 
$                $                          
$                $                          
$                $                          

Effective Date:              , 201    [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

 

7.   Notice and Wire Instructions:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]     [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
Notices :       Notices :  
 

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

  Attention:       Attention:
  Telecopier:       Telecopier:
with a copy to:     with a copy to:
 

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

2   Except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the Assignor’s Commitment, the assignment of an amount less than $5,000,000 will require the consent of the Initial Borrower and the Administrative Agent; provided , that no such consent of the Initial Borrower shall be required if a Specified Default has occurred and is continuing.
3   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders.

 

E-2


 

 

     

 

  Attention:       Attention:
  Telecopier:       Telecopier:
Wire Instructions :     Wire Instructions :
   
   
   

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent the documentation required by Section 2.16(e) of the Credit Agreement and a completed administrative questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about Holdings, the Borrowers, the Loan Parties and their Affiliates or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

E-3


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR

 

NAME OF ASSIGNOR
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ASSIGNEE

 

NAME OF ASSIGNEE
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Consented to and Accepted:
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
  as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Consented to and Accepted:
[Issuing Bank], as an Issuing Bank
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-4


[Consented to:] 4

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

4   To be added only if the consent of the Initial Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

E-5


ANNEX 1

ABL CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF AUGUST 9, 2016 AMONG LSF9 CYPRESS

PARENT LLC, LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, THE LENDERS AND THE ISSUERS

PARTY THERETO AND GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

AND BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1. Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrowers, any of the Borrowers’ Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrowers, any of the Borrowers’ Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or documents furnished pursuant hereto or thereto.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 or delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (vi) it is not a Disqualified Lender or an Affiliate of a Disqualified Lender and (vii) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, (ii) that it appoints and authorizes the Agents to take such action on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agents by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto

 

Annex 1 page 1


and (iii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Each of the Assignor and the Assignee acknowledge that in the case of any assignment (i) to a Disqualified Lender or (ii) to the extent the Initial Borrower’s consent is required under the terms of Section 9.4(b)(A) of the Credit Agreement and such consent is not granted (or deemed to have been granted), to any other Person, in each case, the Initial Borrower shall be entitled to seek specific performance to unwind any such assignment, transfer or participation in addition to any other remedies available to the Initial Borrower at law or at equity, except to the extent that (a) the assignee, transferee or participant to which such Lender assigned, transferred or participated the Loans or Commitments that were the subject of such impermissible assignment, transfer or participation no longer holds such Loans or Commitments and such Loans or Commitments were subsequently assigned to an Eligible Assignee (it being expressly understood that no Person shall be an Eligible Assignee solely by virtue of its relationship to such assignee, transferee or participant of such Lender or the Affiliates of such assignee, transferee or participant) in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement or (b) the Initial Borrower consents in writing to such assignment, transfer or participation, provided that upon inquiry by any Lender to the Administrative Agent as to whether a specified potential assignee or prospective participant is on the list of Disqualified Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to disclose to such Lender whether such specific potential assignee or prospective participant is in the list of Disqualified Lenders.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Administrative Agent shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to the Assignee.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by email or telecopy or other electronic method shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Annex 1 page 2


EXHIBIT F

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

[Attached]

 

F-1


ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of

August 9, 2016,

among

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Revolving Administrative Agent,

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Notes Collateral Agent,

EACH ADDITIONAL JUNIOR OBLIGATIONS AGENT

and

EACH ADDITIONAL PARI PASSU OBLIGATIONS AGENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION. 1.

 

Definitions

     2   

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     2   

1.2

 

Construction

     20   

1.3

 

Terms Defined in UCC

     20   

SECTION. 2.

 

Lien Priorities

     21   

2.1

 

Relative Priorities

     21   

2.2

 

Prohibition on Contesting Liens or Obligations

     22   

2.3

 

No New Liens

     22   

2.4

 

Cooperation in Designating Collateral

     23   

SECTION. 3.

 

Exercise of Remedies

     24   

3.1

 

Exercise of Remedies by Fixed Asset Collateral Agent

     24   

3.2

 

Exercise of Remedies by Revolving Administrative Agent

     25   

3.3

 

Exclusive Enforcement Rights

     26   

3.4

 

Claimholders Permitted Actions

     27   

3.5

 

Retention of Proceeds

     29   

3.6

 

Non-Interference

     29   

3.7

 

Inspection and Access Rights

     30   

3.8

 

Sharing of Information and Access

     33   

3.9

 

Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds

     33   

3.10

 

Consent to License to Use Intellectual Property

     34   

SECTION. 4.

 

Proceeds

     35   

4.1

 

Application of Proceeds

     35   

4.2

 

Turnover

     36   

4.3

 

No Subordination of the Relative Priority of Claims

     37   

SECTION. 5.

 

Releases; Dispositions; Other Agreements

     37   

5.1

 

Releases

     37   

5.2

 

Insurance

     40   

5.3

 

Amendments; Refinancings

     41   

5.4

 

Bailee for Perfection

     43   

5.5

 

When Discharge of Obligations Deemed to Not Have Occurred

     45   

5.6

 

Injunctive Relief

     46   

SECTION. 6.

 

Insolvency Proceedings

     46   

6.1

 

Financing

     46   

6.2

 

Sales

     49   

6.3

 

Relief from the Automatic Stay

     50   

6.4

 

Adequate Protection

     50   

6.5

 

Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

     52   

6.6

 

Avoidance Issues

     52   

6.7

 

Plan of Reorganization

     52   

6.8

 

Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification

     53   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

6.9

 

Post-Petition Interest

     54   

SECTION. 7.

 

Reliance; Waivers; Etc.

     54   

7.1

 

Reliance

     54   

7.2

 

No Warranties or Liability

     55   

7.3

 

No Waiver of Lien Priorities

     55   

7.4

 

Obligations Unconditional

     59   

SECTION. 8.

 

Representations and Warranties

     60   

8.1

 

Representations and Warranties of Each Collateral Agent

     60   

SECTION. 9.

 

Miscellaneous

     60   

9.1

 

Conflicts

     60   

9.2

 

Effectiveness; Continuing Nature of this Agreement; Severability

     60   

9.3

 

Amendments; Waivers

     61   

9.4

 

Information Concerning Financial Condition of Certain Entities

     62   

9.5

 

Subrogation

     63   

9.6

 

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS

     63   

9.7

 

Notices

     65   

9.8

 

Further Assurances

     65   

9.9

 

APPLICABLE LAW

     65   

9.10

 

Binding on Successors and Assign

     65   

9.11

 

Headings

     65   

9.12

 

Counterparts

     65   

9.13

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     66   

9.14

 

Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights

     66   

9.15

 

Specific Performance

     66   

9.16

 

Indenture Protections and Rights

     66   

9.17

 

ABL Intercreditor Agreement Acknowledgement

     66   

 

ii


This ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT is dated as of [              ], 2016, and entered into by and among GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA (“Goldman Sachs”) in its capacity as administrative agent under the Revolving Loan Documents (as defined below), including its successors and assigns in such capacity from time to time (the “ Revolving Administrative Agent ”), on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders (as defined below), WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , in its capacity as collateral agent under the Notes Documents (as defined below), including its successors and assigns in such capacity from time to time (the “ Notes Collateral Agent ”) on behalf of itself and the other Notes Claimholders (as defined below), and each ADDITIONAL JUNIOR OBLIGATIONS AGENT and each ADDITIONAL PARI PASSU OBLIGATIONS AGENT that, in each case, shall have become a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.3(b).

RECITALS

LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ” and together with its subsidiaries party to the Revolving Credit Agreement referenced below as Additional Revolving Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders from time to time party thereto, the issuing banks party thereto from time to time, the Revolving Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A. as collateral agent under the Revolving Loan Documents (the “ Revolving Collateral Agent ”), and the other agents and arrangers party thereto, have entered into that certain Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of [the date hereof] (the “ Revolving Credit Agreement ”), providing for a revolving credit facility;

Parent, the Borrowers and certain Subsidiaries of Parent party thereto as grantors (Parent, together with such Subsidiaries, the “ Revolving Guarantors ”) and the Revolving Administrative Agent have entered into that certain ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Revolving Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Revolving Guarantors provided one or more guarantees and granted collateral in favor of the Revolving Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined therein);

Parent, the Company and FBM Finance, Inc. as co-issuers, certain of Parent’s Subsidiaries from time to time party thereto as guarantors (such Subsidiaries, together with Parent, collectively, the “ Notes Guarantors ”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and the Notes Collateral Agent, have entered into that certain Indenture dated as of [the date hereof] (the “ Indenture ”), pursuant to which the Initial Notes (as defined below) were issued on the date hereof;

The obligations of the Borrowers and the Revolving Guarantors under the Revolving Credit Agreement and Revolving Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are to be secured (i) on a senior priority basis, by Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral of the Borrowers and the Revolving Guarantors and (ii) on a junior priority basis, by Liens on all other Collateral of the Company and the Revolving Guarantors;

The obligations of the Borrowers and the Notes Guarantors under the Indenture and the other Fixed Asset Documents are to be secured (i) on a senior priority basis, by Liens on the

 

1


Fixed Asset Priority Collateral of the Company and the Notes Guarantors and (ii) on a junior priority basis, by Liens on all other Collateral of the Company and the Notes Guarantors;

The Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents provide, among other things, that the Revolving Claimholders and the Fixed Asset Claimholders shall set forth in this Agreement their respective rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral and certain other matters; and

The Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Notes Claimholders, the Additional Junior Obligations Agent, on behalf of itself and the Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it and the Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent, on behalf of itself and the Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, have agreed to the intercreditor and other provisions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION. 1. Definitions.

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Junior Obligations ” means Indebtedness of the Grantors incurred following the date of this Agreement (together with all obligations in respect of such Indebtedness, including all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorney’s fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, indemnities, guarantees, and all other amounts payable under or secured by any Additional Junior Obligations Agreement (including, in each case, all Post-Petition Interest accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided in the relevant Additional Junior Obligations Agreement, whether or not a claim for such Post-Petition Interest is allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding)) to the extent (a) such Indebtedness and such obligations in respect of such Indebtedness are permitted by the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Indenture, each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement then in effect and each other Additional Junior Obligations Agreement then in effect to be secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking junior in priority to the Notes Liens and to the Liens on the Collateral securing Additional Pari Passu Obligations and, with respect to any such Collateral constituting Revolving Priority Collateral, junior in priority to the Revolving Liens and (b) the Grantors have granted Liens on the Collateral to secure such Indebtedness and such obligations in respect of such Indebtedness. If such Additional Junior Obligations will be the initial Additional Junior Obligations incurred by the Company or any other Grantor after the date hereof, then the Grantors, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Additional Junior Obligations Agent for such Additional Junior Obligations shall have executed and delivered the Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement and each of the other requirements of Section 9.3(b) shall have been complied with.

 

2


Additional Junior Obligations Agent ” means any Person appointed to act as trustee, collateral agent or a similar representative for the holders of Additional Junior Obligations pursuant to any Additional Junior Obligations Agreement.

Additional Junior Obligations Agreement ” means the indenture, credit agreement, designation, joinder or other definitive agreement under which any Additional Junior Obligations are incurred.

Additional Pari Passu Obligations ” means Indebtedness of the Grantors incurred following the date of this Agreement (together with all obligations in respect of such Indebtedness, including all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorney’s fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, indemnities, guarantees, and all other amounts payable under or secured by any Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement (including, in each case, all Post-Petition Interest accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided in the relevant Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement, whether or not a claim for such Post-Petition Interest is allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding)) to the extent (a) such Indebtedness and such obligations in respect of such Indebtedness are permitted by the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Indenture, each Additional Junior Obligations Agreement then in effect and each other Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement then in effect to be secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking pari passu in priority with the Notes Liens and the Liens on the Collateral securing other Additional Pari Passu Obligations (without regard to the control of remedies) and, with respect to any Collateral constituting Revolving Priority Collateral, ranking junior in priority to the Revolving Liens and (b) the Grantors have granted Liens on the Collateral to secure such Indebtedness and such obligations in respect of such Indebtedness (it being agreed that Notes issued after the date hereof shall not constitute Additional Pari Passu Obligations but shall constitute Notes Obligations). If such Additional Pari Passu Obligations will be the initial Additional Pari Passu Obligations incurred by the Company or any other Grantor after the date hereof, then the Grantors, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent for such Additional Pari Passu Obligations shall have executed and delivered the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and each of the other requirements of Section 9.3(b) shall have been complied with.

Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent ” means any Person appointed to act as trustee, collateral agent or a similar representative for the holders of Additional Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to any Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement.

Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement ” means the indenture, credit agreement, designation, joinder or other definitive agreement under which any Additional Pari Passu Obligations are incurred.

Agreement ” means this Intercreditor Agreement.

Bank Product Agreement ” means each agreement for the provision of Bank Product Services which evidences any Bank Product Obligations or under which any Bank Product Obligations arise.

 

3


Bank Product Creditor ” means each Person to whom any Bank Product Obligations are owed.

Bank Product Obligations ” means any and all obligations of the Company and any Subsidiary of Parent (whether absolute or contingent and however and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor)) arising in respect of Bank Product Services, including all “Cash Management Obligations” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Bank Product Services ” cash management and related services, including purchase card (including so-called “procurement cards” or “P-cards”), debit card, credit card, treasury, depository, controlled disbursements, zero balance arrangements, cash sweeps, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts, temporary advances, merchant stored value cards, e-payables, electronic funds transfer, interest and fees and interstate depository network service, provided to Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary of Parent.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any other federal, state or foreign law relating to liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or otherwise for the relief of debtors, including, without limitation, the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada) and the Canada Business Corporations Act .

Business Day ” any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be in New York, New York or the place of payment, a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Canadian Borrowers ”: has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Canadian Loan Party ”: has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in on 6.1.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code and any subsidiary thereof.

 

4


Claimholders ” means the Revolving Claimholders and the Fixed Asset Claimholders, or any of them, as the context may require. Any references herein to “related” Claimholders of any Collateral Agent shall mean, with respect to the Revolving Administrative Agent, the Revolving Claimholders and, with respect to any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, the Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it.

Class ” refers to either (a) the Revolving Administrative Agent, the Revolving Claimholders, the Revolving Obligations, the Revolving Priority Collateral, the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Revolving Collateral Documents and the Revolving Loan Documents, on the one hand, as opposed to (b) the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, the Fixed Asset Claimholders, the Fixed Asset Obligations, the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Fixed Asset Debt Documents, the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents, on the other hand.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all of the assets of any Grantor, now existing or hereafter acquired, whether real, personal or mixed, that constitute Revolving Collateral or Fixed Asset Collateral; provided that Collateral shall not include Excluded Collateral.

Collateral Agent ” means a Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or the Revolving Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

Collateral Documents ” means the Revolving Collateral Documents and the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents, or any of them, as the context may require.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Copyright Licenses ” means any and all agreements providing for the granting of any right in or to Copyrights (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder).

Copyrights ” means all United States and foreign copyrights (including community designs), whether now or hereafter owned by or exclusively licensed to any Grantor, including copyrights in Software and databases, and all Mask Works (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act), whether registered or not registered, and, with respect to any and all of the foregoing (a) all extensions and renewals thereof, (b) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, (c) all rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (d) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

Credit Documents ” means the Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents, or any of them, as the context may require.

Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent ” means (a) if there is only one Fixed Asset Collateral Agent party hereto, such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and (b) where clause (a) does not apply, (i) if there are no Additional Junior Obligations outstanding at such time, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent designated as the “Controlling Collateral Agent” under the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) if there are no Notes Obligations or Additional Pari Passu Obligations outstanding at such time, the Additional Junior Obligations Agent with respect

 

5


to the Fixed Asset Claimholders holding the largest outstanding principal amount of any then-outstanding Series of Additional Junior Obligations and (iii) if neither of clauses (b)(i) nor (b)(ii) apply, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent designated as the Controlling Collateral Agent (or similar concept) under the Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement.

DIP Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

Discharge ” means, with respect to any Series of Fixed Asset Obligations, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in Sections 5.5 and 6.6:

(a) (i) the payment in full in cash of all Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series (other than inchoate or contingent indemnification obligations), including any interest, fees and other charges accruing during any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided for in the Fixed Asset Debt Documents of such Series (whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in such Insolvency Proceeding), (ii) the satisfaction and discharge of the Fixed Asset Debt Documents in respect of such Series in accordance with its terms (other than obligations that expressly survive such satisfaction and discharge in accordance with the terms of such Fixed Asset Debt Document) or (iii) if applicable, the legal or covenant defeasance of each Fixed Asset Debt Document in respect of such Series in accordance with its terms (other than obligations that expressly survive such legal or covenant defeasance in accordance with the terms of such Fixed Asset Debt Document);

(b) the termination or expiration of all commitments, if any, to extend credit that would (prior to such termination or expiration) constitute Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series; and

(c) the cash collateralization or back-stopping of (or letter of credit support for) any inchoate or contingent Fixed Asset Obligations in respect of such Series (including indemnification obligations) not yet due and payable but for which a claim has been asserted in writing under any Fixed Asset Documents of such Series, in each case on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent of such Series.

Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations ” means, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in Sections 5.5 and 6.6, the Discharge of Notes Obligations and the Discharge of each additional Series of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred.

Discharge of Revolving Obligations ” means, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in Sections 5.5 and 6.6:

(a) the payment in full in cash of all the Revolving Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations and Revolving Secured Hedging Obligations, undrawn amounts in respect of outstanding Letters of Credit and inchoate or contingent indemnification obligations), including any interest, fees and other charges accruing during any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided for in the Revolving Loan Documents (whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in such Insolvency Proceeding);

(b) the termination or expiration of all commitments, if any, to extend credit that would constitute (prior to such termination or expiration) Revolving Obligations;

 

6


(c) the termination or cash collateralization (in an amount equal to not more than 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount and in the manner required by the Revolving Credit Agreement or otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Revolving Administrative Agent and the applicable Revolving Issuing Banks) of all outstanding Letters of Credit (or backstopping of such Letters of Credit by delivery of a standby letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to (and issued by a financial institution reasonably satisfactory to) the Revolving Administrative Agent and the applicable Revolving Issuing Banks, in the amount of required cash collateral);

(d) the payment in full (giving effect to any netting arrangements) in cash of the Bank Product Obligations constituting Revolving Obligations, to the extent due and payable, including any interest, fees and other charges accruing during any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided for in the applicable documentation (whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in such Insolvency Proceeding), and the termination or expiration of all commitments, if any, in respect of Bank Product Obligations that would constitute Revolving Obligations;

(e) the payment in full (giving effect to any netting arrangements) in cash of the Revolving Secured Hedging Obligations constituting Revolving Obligations, to the extent due and payable, including any interest, fees and other charges accruing during any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided for in the applicable documentation (whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), and the termination or expiration of all related Revolving Secured Hedging Agreements; and

(f) the cash collateralization or back-stopping of (or letter of credit support for) any inchoate or contingent Revolving Obligations (including indemnification obligations) not yet due and payable but for which a claim has been asserted in writing under any Revolving Loan Documents, in each case on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Revolving Administrative Agent.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, assignment, transfer, license, lease (as lessor), exchange, or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any Collateral.

Eligible Credit Card Accounts ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Enforcement Notice ” means a written notice delivered by any Collateral Agent to the other Collateral Agent stating that a Revolving Default or a Fixed Asset Default, as applicable, has occurred and is continuing and that an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies has commenced or is about to be commenced with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral or the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, as applicable.

Enforcement Period ” means the period of time following the receipt by any Collateral Agent of an Enforcement Notice from the other Collateral Agent and continuing until the earliest of (a) (i) in case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations and (ii) in the case of an Enforcement Period commenced by the Revolving Administrative Agent, the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, (b) the Revolving Administrative Agent or the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, as

 

7


applicable, agreeing in writing to terminate the Enforcement Period initiated by such Collateral Agent and (c) the date on which the Revolving Default or the Fixed Asset Default, as applicable, that was the subject of the Enforcement Notice relating to such Enforcement Period has been cured to the satisfaction of the Revolving Administrative Agent or the applicable Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, as applicable, or waived in writing in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Credit Documents.

Excluded Collateral ”: other than with respect to any Obligations of any Canadian Loan Party, assets to the extent a security interest in such assets could result in an investment in “United States property” by a CFC (or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) or otherwise result in material adverse tax consequences to Parent or one of its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company (in consultation with the Administrative Agent), including more than 65% of the outstanding voting equity interests of any Collateral Foreign Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture).

Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies ” or “ Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies ” means (a) the taking of any action (or joining with any other Person (other than the Collateral Agent of another Class to the extent provided in Section 3.4(i)) in taking any action) to enforce any Lien in respect of the Collateral, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings, the giving of notice of any public or private sale or other Disposition pursuant to Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC or other applicable law or any action to vacate, obtain relief from or modify a stay or other injunction restricting any such enforcement or any other exercise of rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral described in this definition, (b) the exercise of (or joining with any other Person (other than the Collateral Agent of another Class to the extent provided in Section 3.4(i)) in exercising) any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor under the Revolving Loan Documents or the Fixed Asset Documents (including, in either case, any delivery of any notice to otherwise seek to obtain payment directly from any account debtor of any Grantor or the taking of any action or the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the set off or recoupment against any Collateral or proceeds of any Collateral), under applicable law, at equity, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including credit bidding or otherwise the acceptance of any Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of a Lien, (c) the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, or other Disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, by private or public sale or any other means, (d) the solicitation of bids from third parties to conduct the liquidation of any Collateral, (e) the engagement or retention of sales brokers, marketing agents, investment bankers, accountants, appraisers, auctioneers, or other third parties for the purposes of valuing, marketing, or Disposing of, any Collateral, or (f) the exercise of any other enforcement right relating to any Collateral (including the exercise of any voting rights relating to any Capital Stock constituting Collateral) whether under the Revolving Loan Documents, the Fixed Asset Documents, under applicable law, in equity, in an Insolvency Proceeding, or otherwise, including without limitation the appointment of an interim receiver, receiver or receiver-manager in respect of any Grantor or all or part of its Collateral; it being acknowledged and agreed that none of the following will constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies for purposes of this Agreement: (i) the exercise of cash dominion by the Revolving Administrative Agent over the Deposit Accounts of any Grantor that constitute Revolving Priority Collateral and application of funds in connection therewith against the Revolving Obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Revolving Loan Documents, (ii) the imposition of a default rate or late fee, (iii) the collection and application of monies deposited from time to time in any Fixed Asset Priority Account, to

 

8


the extent constituting Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, against the Fixed Asset Obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Fixed Asset Documents, (iv) the filing of a proof of claim or a statement of interest in any Insolvency Proceeding, (v) the consent by the Revolving Administrative Agent to Disposition by any Grantor of any of the Revolving Priority Collateral, (vi) the consent of any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to Disposition by any Grantor of any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and (vii) the acceleration of the Fixed Asset Obligations or the Revolving Obligations.

Fixed Asset Claimholders ” means, at any relevant time, the holders of any Fixed Asset Obligations, including the Notes Claimholders and the agents, lenders and holders under the Fixed Asset Documents.

Fixed Asset Collateral ” means any and all assets of any Grantor, now existing or hereafter acquired, whether real, personal or mixed, subject, or purported under the terms of any Fixed Asset Collateral Document to be subject, to any Lien securing any Fixed Asset Obligations; provided that Fixed Asset Collateral shall not include Excluded Collateral.

Fixed Asset Collateral Agent ” means the Notes Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the other Notes Claimholders, any other Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent on behalf of itself and as a representative for the Claimholders of Additional Pari Passu Obligations and any other Additional Junior Obligations Agent on behalf of itself and as a representative for the Claimholders of Additional Junior Obligations.

Fixed Asset Collateral Documents ” means the Notes Collateral Documents, the Security Documents or Collateral Documents (as defined in the respective Fixed Asset Debt Document), the Mortgages granted to any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and any other agreement now existing or entered into after the date hereof pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted on any assets of any Grantor to secure any Fixed Asset Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed.

Fixed Asset Debt Document ” means, collectively, the Indenture, the Notes, any Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement and any Additional Junior Obligations Agreement.

Fixed Asset Default ” means any “Event of Default”, as such term is defined in the Indenture or any similar event or condition set forth in any other Fixed Asset Debt Document which causes, or permits holders of the applicable Fixed Asset Obligations outstanding thereunder to cause, the Fixed Asset Obligations thereunder to become immediately due and payable.

Fixed Asset DIP Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).

Fixed Asset Documents ” means the Notes Documents and the “Loan Documents”, “Notes Documents”, “Credit Documents” or similar term (as defined in the respective Fixed Asset Debt Document) and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Fixed Asset Obligations.

Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement ” means any agreement (other than this Agreement) among the Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent (if any) and

 

9


each Additional Junior Obligations Agent that defines the relative rights and priorities as among the Notes Collateral Agent, the Notes Claimholders, the Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agents and the Claimholders of each Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations on the one hand, and each Additional Junior Obligations Agent and the Claimholders of each Series of Additional Junior Obligations on the other hand, with respect to the Fixed Asset Collateral.

Fixed Asset Lien ” means all Liens on the Collateral securing the Fixed Asset Obligations, whether created under the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents or acquired by possession, statute (including any judgment lien), operation of law, subrogation or otherwise and whether or not created following the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders, or any agent or trustee therefor.

Fixed Asset Obligations ” means, collectively, the Notes Obligations, any Additional Pari Passu Obligations and any Additional Junior Obligations.

Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement ” means any agreement (other than this Agreement) among the Notes Collateral Agent and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent that defines the relative rights and priorities as among the Notes Collateral Agent, the Notes Claimholders, the Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agents and the Claimholders of each Series of Additional Pari Passu Obligations with respect to the Fixed Asset Collateral.

Fixed Asset Priority Accounts ” means any Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts that are required to be established pursuant to the Fixed Asset Documents for purposes of exclusively holding identifiable Proceeds of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral.

Fixed Asset Priority Collateral ” means all of the following assets that constitute Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (including any of the following assets acquired or created after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding) and wherever located:

(a) all Equipment and all real property and interests therein (including both fee and leasehold interests) and all Fixtures;

(b) all Intellectual Property (other than Intellectual Property subject to the rights of the Revolving Collateral Agent under Section 3.10 and clause (g) of the definition of Revolving Priority Collateral);

(c) all Capital Stock and other Investment Property (other than Investment Property constituting Revolving Priority Collateral under clause (e) of the definition of such term);

(d) except to the extent constituting Revolving Priority Collateral under clause (f) of the definition of such term, all Instruments, Documents and General Intangibles (including all Indebtedness between or among Parent and any of its Subsidiaries);

(e) all Fixed Asset Priority Accounts and all Money, Financial Assets, Securities Entitlements or other assets contained in, or credited to, or arising from any such Fixed Asset

 

10


Priority Account (in each case, except to the extent constituting identifiable Proceeds of Revolving Priority Collateral);

(f) all other Collateral not constituting Revolving Priority Collateral;

(g) all insurance policies relating to Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (regardless of whether any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof), but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding business interruption insurance;

(h) all collateral and guarantees given by any other Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

(i) subject to Section 3.9, all Supporting Obligations (including Letter-of-Credit Rights) and all Proceeds of any of the foregoing; 1 and

(j) all books and Records to the extent relating to any of the foregoing.

Fixed Asset Standstill Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank, or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory, or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Grantors ” means the Company, the Revolving Guarantors, the Notes Guarantors, and each other Subsidiary of the Company that may from time to time have created or purported to create any Lien on all or any part of its assets to secure any Revolving Obligation or any Fixed Asset Obligation; provided that for the purposes of this definition Revolving Guarantors shall not include any Person that is not a Notes Guarantor.

Indebtedness ” means all obligations that constitute “Indebtedness” within the meaning of the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable.

Indenture ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Notes”.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means:

(a) any voluntary or involuntary petition, case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Grantor;

 

 

1   NTD: We have made the tracing provision more fulsome to capture the appropriate items.

 

11


(b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency or bankruptcy petition, case or proceeding, or any similar petition, case or proceeding (including receiverships, liquidations, reorganizations or recapitalizations) under any Bankruptcy Law with respect to any Grantor or with respect to all or a material portion of its assets or the claims of its creditors or seeking the appointment of a monitor, receiver, liquidator, trustee, custodian or other similar official for such Grantor or all or a material portion of such Grantor’s assets;

(c) the appointment of a monitor, receiver, liquidator, trustee, custodian or other similar official for any Grantor or all or a material portion of such Grantor’s assets;

(d) the admission in writing by any Grantor of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

(e) any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of any Grantor whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy; or

(f) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets and liabilities for creditors of any Grantor or other similar arrangement in respect of such Grantor’s creditors generally.

Intellectual Property ” means, collectively, the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Software, the Trademarks, the Trademark Licenses, the Trade Secrets and the Trade Secret Licenses.

Junior Claimholders ” means, as to any Collateral, the Claimholders whose Liens on such Collateral are junior and subordinate to the Liens of the other Claimholders on such Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Revolving Claimholders are the Junior Claimholders with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and the Fixed Asset Claimholders are the Junior Claimholders with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral, and that, accordingly, any reference herein to the “Junior Claimholders” shall be construed as a reference to the Revolving Claimholders insofar as the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral is concerned and to the Fixed Asset Claimholders insofar as the Revolving Priority Collateral is concerned.

Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit issued (or deemed issued) and outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Lien ” means any lien (statutory, judgment or otherwise), mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, hypothecation, charge, or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof) and any option, trust, or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing.

Mortgage ” means each mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt pursuant to which a Grantor grants to (a) the Revolving Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Claimholders, Liens upon the real estate Collateral owned or leased by such Grantor, as security for the Revolving Obligations or (b) any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the

 

12


Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, Liens upon the real estate Collateral owned or leased by such Grantor, as security for the Fixed Asset Obligations.

Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization ” means any Plan of Reorganization the provisions of which are inconsistent with, or are in contravention of, the relative Lien priorities or the other provisions of this Agreement, including any Plan of Reorganization that purports to re-order (whether by subordination, invalidation or otherwise) or otherwise disregard, in whole or part, the provisions of Section 2 (including the relative Lien priorities of Section 2.1), 4 or 6.

Notes ” means (a) the 8.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2021 issued by the Company under the Indenture in an aggregate principal amount of $575,000,000 (the “ Initial Notes ”) and (b) any additional notes from time to time issued by the Company under the Indenture to the extent such issuance is permitted by the Indenture.

Notes Claimholders ” means the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the holders from time to time of any of the Notes and the holders from time to time of any other Notes Obligations outstanding at such time.

Notes Collateral Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Notes Collateral Documents ” means the Notes Security Agreement, the Mortgages granted to the Notes Collateral Agent and any other agreement now existing or entered into after the date hereof pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted on any assets of any Grantor to secure any Notes Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed.

Notes Documents ” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Notes Collateral Documents, and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Notes Obligations.

Notes Guarantors ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Notes Liens ” means all Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes Obligations, whether created under the Notes Collateral Documents or acquired by possession, statute (including any judgment lien), operation of law, subrogation or otherwise and whether or not created following the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Claimholders, or any agent or trustee therefor.

Notes Obligations ” means the “Notes Obligations” as that term is defined in the Indenture, whether now existing or arising hereafter, including all principal, interest, fees, indemnities, guarantees, and all other amounts payable under or secured by any Notes Document (including, in each case, all Post-Petition Interest accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided in the relevant Notes Document, whether or not a claim for such Post-Petition Interest is allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding).

Notes Security Agreement ” means the Collateral Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Notes Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent.

 

13


Obligations ” means the Revolving Obligations and the Fixed Asset Obligations, or any of them, as the context requires.

Patent Licenses ” means all agreements providing for the granting of any right in or to Patents (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder).

Patents ” means all patents (whether United States or foreign) in or to which any Grantor now has or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein and certificates of invention, or similar industrial property rights, and applications for any of the foregoing, including (a) all reissues, divisions, continuations (including continuations-in-part and improvements thereof), extensions, renewals, and reexaminations thereof, (b) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, (c) all inventions, discoveries, designs and improvements described therein, (d) all rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, (e) all licenses, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit arising therefrom, and (f) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, trust, business trust, joint venture, joint stock company, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority, or any other entity.

Plan of Reorganization ” means any plan of organization, compromise or reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of dispositive plan of arrangement proposed in or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding.

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(a).

Post-Petition Interest ” means interest (including interest accruing at the default rate specified in the applicable Credit Documents), fees, expenses and other charges that pursuant to the Revolving Collateral Documents or the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents, as the case may be, continue to accrue after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not such interest, fees, expenses and other charges are allowed or allowable under any Bankruptcy Law or in any such Insolvency Proceeding.

Recovery ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness or other Obligations, to refinance or replace, or to issue other Indebtedness or Obligations in exchange or replacement for such Indebtedness or such Obligations, in whole or in part, whether with the same or different lenders, arrangers and/or agents. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” shall have correlative meanings. “ Refinancing Indebtedness ” means the Indebtedness or other Obligations resulting from the Refinancing of any other Indebtedness or other Obligations.

Revolving Administrative Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Revolving Claimholders ” means the Revolving Administrative Agent, the Revolving Collateral Agent, the Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Issuing Banks and the other holders of

 

14


Revolving Obligations (including any such holders that are Bank Product Creditors or Revolving Secured Hedging Creditors).

Revolving Collateral ” means any and all assets of any Grantor, now existing or hereafter acquired, whether real, personal or mixed, subject, or purported under the terms of any Revolving Collateral Document to be subject, to any Lien securing any Revolving Obligations; provided that Revolving Collateral shall not include Excluded Collateral.

Revolving Collateral Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Revolving Collateral Documents ” means the Revolving Security Agreement, the Mortgages granted to the Revolving Administrative Agent and any other agreement, document, or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted on any assets of any Grantor to secure any Revolving Obligation or under which rights or remedies with respect to any such Lien are governed.

Revolving Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, restated or replaced.

Revolving Default ” means any “Event of Default”, as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Guarantors ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Revolving Issuing Banks ” means the Persons that shall have issued Letters of Credit under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Lenders ” means the “Lenders”, as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Revolving Lien ” means all Liens on the Collateral securing the Revolving Obligations, whether created under the Revolving Collateral Documents or acquired by possession, statute (including any judgment lien), operation of law, subrogation or otherwise and whether or not created following the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders, or any agent or trustee therefor.

Revolving Loan Documents ” means the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Revolving Collateral Documents and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant thereto, and any other document or instrument (including any Bank Product Agreement or any Revolving Secured Hedging Agreement) executed or delivered at any time in connection with any Revolving Obligations.

Revolving Obligations ” means, collectively, the “Obligations”, as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, whether now existing or arising hereafter, including (a) all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorney’s fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, and obligations, indemnities, guarantees, and all other

 

15


amounts payable under or secured by any Revolving Loan Document (including, in each case, all Post-Petition Interest accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding at the rate provided in the relevant Revolving Loan Document, whether or not a claim for such Post-Petition Interest is allowed or allowable in any such Insolvency Proceeding) and (b) all Bank Product Obligations and Revolving Secured Hedging Obligations to the extent constituting such Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. 2

Revolving Priority Collateral 3 means all of the following assets that constitute Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (including any of the following assets acquired or created after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding) and wherever located:

(a) all Accounts and Payment Intangibles constituting Eligible Credit Card Accounts and all other receivables (other than Accounts arising under agreements for the Disposition of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral described in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition of such term);

(b) all Payment Intangibles (including corporate and other tax refunds), other than any Payment Intangibles that represent tax refunds in respect of or otherwise relate to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral described in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of such term (with such exclusion to include Payment Intangibles arising under agreements for the Disposition of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral described in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition of such term);

(c) all Inventory;

(d) all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts and all other demand, deposit, securities, collection, lockbox, cash management or similar accounts (in each case, other than the Fixed Asset Priority Accounts) and all Money, Financial Assets, cash equivalents and other assets contained in, or credited to, and all Securities Entitlements arising from, any such Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts or similar accounts (in each case, except to the extent constituting identifiable Proceeds of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral);

(e) all Chattel Paper (including all Electronic Chattel Paper and all Tangible Chattel Paper);

(f) to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise relating to any of the items constituting Revolving Priority Collateral under clauses (a) through (e) above, Documents, Documents of Title, Commercial Tort Claims, insurance policies (including business interruption insurance and regardless of whether the Revolving Administrative Agent is the loss payee thereof), General Intangibles (including rights to customer lease agreements and other contracts, but excluding Capital Stock and Intellectual Property subject to the rights of the Revolving Administrative Agent under Section 3.10), Payment Intangibles (except to the extent constituting identifiable Proceeds of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral);

 

 

2   NTD: This is how it appears in the DoN.
3   NTD: Changes to conform to DoN.

 

16


(g) Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to Dispose of the foregoing;

(h) all collateral and guarantees given by any other Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

(i) subject to Section 3.9, all Supporting Obligations (including Letter-of-Credit Rights) and all Proceeds of any of the foregoing; and

(j) all books and Records to the extent relating to any of the foregoing (including customer lists, files, correspondence, tapes, computer programs, printouts and computer records).

Revolving Secured Hedging Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that (i) no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary of Parent shall be a “Revolving Secured Hedging Agreement” the obligations under which constitute Revolving Obligations, and (ii) any Specified Hedge Agreement (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) shall in any event be a “Revolving Secured Hedge Agreement.

Revolving Secured Hedging Creditor ” means any counterparty to a Revolving Secured Hedging Agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary of Parent.

Revolving Secured Hedging Obligations ” means any and all obligations of Parent, the Company and each Subsidiary of Parent arising under each Revolving Secured Hedging Agreement.

Revolving Security Agreement ” means each of (i) the ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Company, the Revolving Guarantors party thereto and the Revolving Administrative Agent and (ii) Canadian General Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Canadian Borrower, the Revolving Guarantors party thereto and the Revolving Administrative Agent.

Revolving Standstill Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

Senior Claimholders ” means, as to any Collateral, the Claimholders whose Liens on such Collateral are senior to the Liens of the Claimholders of the other Class on such Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Revolving Claimholders are the Senior Claimholders with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral and the Fixed Asset Claimholders are the Senior Claimholders with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, and that, any reference herein to the “Senior Claimholders” shall be construed as a reference to the Revolving Claimholders insofar as the Revolving Priority Collateral is concerned and to the Fixed Asset Claimholders insofar as the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral is concerned.

 

17


Senior Collateral Agent ” means, as to any Collateral, the Collateral Agent whose Liens on such Collateral, held by it for its benefit and the benefit of its related Claimholders, are senior to the Liens on such Collateral held by the Collateral Agent of the other Class, for its benefit and the benefit of its related Claimholders. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Revolving Administrative Agent is the Senior Collateral Agent with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent is the Senior Collateral Agent with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, and that, accordingly, any reference herein to the “Senior Collateral Agent” shall be construed as a reference to the Revolving Administrative Agent insofar as the Revolving Priority Collateral is concerned and to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent insofar as the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral is concerned.

Senior Liens ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral or the Fixed Asset Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral, the Revolving Liens on such Collateral, and (b) with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral or the Revolving Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Fixed Asset Liens on such Collateral, and, in each case, any Liens incurred in connection with any Refinancing of Senior Obligations that are deemed to be Senior Liens under Section 5.5.

Senior Obligations ” means, with respect to any Collateral or any Liens thereon, any Obligations that are secured by Senior Liens on such Collateral.

Senior Priority Collateral ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Administrative Agent and any other Revolving Claimholders, all Revolving Priority Collateral and (b) with respect to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and any other Fixed Asset Claimholders, Fixed Asset Priority Collateral.

Series ” means (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, all Indebtedness represented by the same Collateral Agent acting in the same capacity and (b) with respect to any Fixed Asset Obligations, all Fixed Asset Obligations secured by the same Fixed Asset Collateral Documents.

Software ” means computer programs, object code, source code and supporting documentation, including “software” as such term is defined in the UCC as in effect on the date hereof in the State of New York, and computer programs that may be construed as included in the definition of “goods” in the UCC, all licensed rights to the foregoing, and all media on which any such programs, code, documentation or associated data may be stored.

Subsidiary of a Person ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the person or persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof; provided that in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding.

 

18


Trade Secret Licenses ” means any and all agreements providing for the granting of any right in or to Trade Secrets (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder).

Trade Secrets ” means all trade secrets and all other confidential or proprietary information and know-how in which any Grantor now has or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, whether or not any of the foregoing has been reduced to a writing or other tangible form, including all documents and things embodying, incorporating, or referring in any way to any of the foregoing, including (a) any secretly held existing engineering or other data, information, production procedures and other know-how relating to the design manufacture, assembly, installation, use, operation, marketing, sale and/or servicing of any products or business of any Grantor worldwide, (b) the right to sue for past, present and future misappropriation or other violation thereof, and (c) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

Trademark Licenses ” means any and all agreements providing for the granting of any right in or to Trademarks (whether a Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder).

Trademarks ” means all United States and foreign trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, Internet domain names, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos, trade dress, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, and all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing in which any Grantor now has or hereafter has any right, title or interest, including (a) all extensions or renewals of any of the foregoing, (b) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing, (c) the right to sue for past, present and future infringement or dilution of or unfair competition with any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill, and (d) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or, when the context implies, the Uniform Commercial Code, personal property security laws and/or laws relating to movable property, in each case, as in effect from time to time in any other applicable jurisdiction, (including, without limitation, any province or territory of Canada).

Use Period ” means, with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the period commencing on the later of (a) the date on which the Revolving Administrative Agent (or any Revolving Claimholder acting with the consent of the Revolving Administrative Agent) commences an Enforcement Period in connection with any Revolving Priority Collateral and (b) the date on which the Revolving Administrative Agent delivers, in accordance with Section 3.7, a written notice to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent electing to exercise its access rights pursuant to Section 3.7 with respect to such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, and ending, with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, on the earliest to occur of (i) the 180 days after the date (the “ Initial Access Date ”) on which the Revolving Administrative Agent, or its designee, initially obtains the ability to take physical possession of, remove, or otherwise control physical access to, or actually uses, the Revolving Priority Collateral located on such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, (ii) the date on which all or substantially all of the Revolving Priority Collateral located on such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral is removed, sold, collected or

 

19


liquidated and (iii) the termination of such Enforcement Period. If any stay or other order that prohibits any of the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders from commencing and continuing to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies or from liquidating or selling the Revolving Priority Collateral has occurred by the operation of law or has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction after the Initial Access Date, the 180-day period referred to in clause (i) above shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order and the Use Period, to the extent the expiration thereof is to be determined by reference to clause (i) above, shall be extended by a corresponding number of days, provided that if, after the lifting of such stay or other order, fewer than 90 days shall remain in the Use Period, then the Use Period shall be extended so that the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders have 90 days remaining in the Use Period upon lifting of the stay or other order.

1.2 Construction . The definitions of terms in this Agreement shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes”, and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” The term “or” shall be construed to have, except where otherwise ted, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” Unless the context requires otherwise:

(a) except as otherwise provided herein, any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified;

(b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns;

(c) the words “herein”, “hereof’, and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof;

(d) all references herein to Sections and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Sections and Annexes of this Agreement;

(e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, real, personal or mixed, including cash, securities, accounts, and contract rights;

(f) any references to a clause shall, unless otherwise identified, refer to the appropriate clause within the same Section in which such reference occurs; and

(g) any references to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

1.3 T erms Defined in UCC . Terms defined in the UCC that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used herein as defined in Articles 8 or 9 of the UCC in effect in the State of New York from time to time, as the context may require (including, as if such terms were

 

20


capitalized in Article 8 or 9 of the UCC, as the context may require, the following terms: “Accounts”, “Chattel Paper”, “Commodity Account”, “Commercial Tort Claims”, “Deposit Account”, “Document”, `Electronic Chattel Paper”, “Equipment”, “Financial Asset”, “Fixtures”, “General Intangible” (except that such term shall include all interest rate or currency protection or hedging arrangements, all licenses, permits, concessions and authorizations and all Intellectual Property (in each case, regardless of whether characterized as General Intangibles under the UCC)), “Goods” (except that such term shall include all Equipment and Inventory (in each case, regardless of whether characterized as Goods under the UCC)), “Instrument”, “Inventory” (except that such term shall include all computer programs embedded in any Inventory that are included in the definition of Goods under the UCC (in each case, regardless of whether characterized as Inventory under the UCC), but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any other Intellectual Property), “Investment Property”, “Letter-of-Credit Right”, “Money”, “Payment Intangibles”, “Proceeds”, “Promissory Notes”, “Records”, “Securities Accounts”, “Securities Entitlement”, “Supporting Obligation”, “Tangible Chattel Paper” and “Uncertificated Securities”).

SECTION. 2. Lien Priorities.

2.1 Relative Priorities . (a) Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner, or order of grant, attachment, or perfection of any Revolving Lien or any Fixed Asset Lien on any Collateral (including, in each case, irrespective of whether any such Revolving Lien or Fixed Asset Lien is granted (or secures Obligations relating to the period) before or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), (ii) any contrary provision of the UCC or any other applicable law or of the Revolving Loan Documents or the Fixed Asset Documents, as applicable, (iii) any defect or deficiencies in, or failure to attach or perfect, any Revolving Lien or any Fixed Asset Lien or (iv) any other circumstance whatsoever, each of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and its related other Claimholders, hereby agree that:

(A) any Revolving Lien on any Revolving Priority Collateral, regardless of how or when acquired, whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be senior in all respects and prior to any Fixed Asset Lien on any Revolving Priority Collateral;

(B) any Fixed Asset Lien on any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, regardless of how or when acquired, whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be senior in all respects and prior to any Revolving Lien on any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral;

(C) any Fixed Asset Lien on any Revolving Priority Collateral, regardless of how or when acquired, whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to any Revolving Lien on any Revolving Priority Collateral; and

(D) any Revolving Lien on any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, regardless of how or when acquired, whether by grant, possession, statute, operation of law,

 

21


subrogation or otherwise, shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to any Fixed Asset Lien on any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral.

(b) The priority and subordination of Liens provided for in this Agreement (i) shall continue to be effective with respect to any part of the Collateral from and after the date hereof whether such Liens are declared, or ruled to be, invalid, unenforceable, void or not allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, and whether as a result of any action taken by the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or the Revolving Administrative Agent, as applicable, or any failure by any such Person to take any action with respect to any financing statement (including any amendment to or continuation thereof), mortgage or other perfection document, or otherwise and (ii) are intended to be effective whether or not such Liens are subordinated to any Lien securing any other obligation of the Company, any other Grantor or any other Person (but, with respect to any voluntary subordination, only to the extent that such subordination is permitted pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Indenture and each Additional Junior Obligations Agreement and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement then in effect or as contemplated in Section 6.1).

2.2 Prohibition on Contesting Liens or Obligations . Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of each other Fixed Asset Claimholder represented by it, and the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of each other Revolving Claimholder, agrees that it and its related Claimholders will not (and hereby waive any right to), directly or indirectly, contest or question the validity or enforceability of, or support any other Person in contesting or questioning the validity or enforceability of, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding): (a) the existence, priority, validity, extent, perfection or enforceability of any Revolving Lien or any Fixed Asset Lien, (b) the priority, validity, extent or enforceability of any Obligations, including the allowability or priority of any Obligations in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) the relative rights and duties of the Claimholders granted and/or established in this Agreement; provided , however that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of the Revolving Administrative Agent, any other Revolving Claimholder, any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder to enforce the terms of this Agreement, including the provisions of this Agreement relating to the priority and subordination of the Liens securing the Revolving Obligations and the Fixed Asset Obligations, as applicable.

2.3 No New Liens . (a) Whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, the parties hereto agree, subject to Section 6, that:

(i) no Grantor shall grant, and no Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall accept from any Grantor, any additional Liens under any Fixed Asset Collateral Document on any asset to secure any Fixed Asset Obligation unless such Grantor also grants a Lien on such asset to secure the Revolving Obligations concurrently with the grant of a Lien thereon in favor of such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent in accordance with the relative Lien priorities set forth in this Agreement, and

(ii) no Grantor shall grant, and the Revolving Administrative Agent shall not accept from any Grantor, any additional Liens under any Revolving Collateral Documents on any asset to secure any Revolving Obligations unless such Grantor grants a Lien

 

22


on such asset to secure the Fixed Asset Obligations of each Series concurrently with the grant of a Lien thereon in favor of the Revolving Administrative Agent in accordance with the relative Lien priorities set forth in this Agreement,

provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) Liens on any asset of any Grantor granted to secure Obligations of any Class or Series if such asset is expressly excluded from the grant of a security interest by such Grantor pursuant to the Collateral Documents of the other Class or Series, (ii) additional Liens on any asset of any Grantor granted to secure Obligations of any Class or Series if, prior to such grant, such Grantor has offered in writing to grant a Lien on such asset to secure Obligations of the other Class and the Collateral Agent of such other Class or Series has affirmatively declined in writing to accept such Lien or has failed to respond to such offer within 30 days thereof, in which case such Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have declined to accept such Lien and (iii) cash collateral and cash equivalents securing reimbursement obligation in respect of the Revolving Obligations in such Letters of Credit; and provided further that the attachment of any previously granted Lien to any after-acquired property of the type covered by such Lien immediately prior thereto shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of an additional Lien for the purposes of this Section 2.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, it is hereby understood and agreed that Liens on the assets of any Grantor or any other Person may be granted to secure obligations of any Canadian Loan Party under the Revolving Credit Agreement without granting any Lien on such assets to secure any Fixed Asset Obligations or any other Revolving Obligations.

(b) To the extent that the provisions of Section 2.3(a) are not complied with for any reason, (i) without limiting any other rights and remedies available to the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that any amounts received by or distributed to any of them pursuant to or as a result of Liens granted and accepted in contravention of Section 2.3(a) shall be subject to Section 4.2 and such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent also shall hold and be deemed to have held such Liens for the benefit of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders subject to the provisions set forth herein, and (ii) without limiting any other rights and remedies available to any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, the Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Revolving Claimholders, agrees that any amounts received by or distributed to any of them pursuant to or as a result of Liens granted and accepted in contravention of Section 2.3(a) shall be subject to Section 4.2 and the Revolving Administrative Agent also shall hold and be deemed to have held such Liens for the benefit of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders subject to the provisions set forth herein.

2.4 Cooperation in Designating Collateral . In furtherance of Section 9.8, each of the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that it and its related Claimholders will, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, upon request by the Revolving Administrative Agent or the applicable Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (without any obligation by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to make any such request), cooperate in good faith (and will direct their counsel to cooperate in good faith) from time to time in order to determine (in the case of the Notes Collateral Agent, only to the extent of the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer (as defined

 

23


in the Indenture) of the Trustee) the specific items included in the Revolving Priority Collateral and the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, as the case may be, and the steps taken to perfect the Revolving Liens or the Fixed Asset Liens, as the case may be, and the identity of the respective parties obligated under the Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents, as the case may be.

SECTION. 3. Exercise of Remedies.

3.1 Exercise of Remedies by Fixed Asset Collateral Agent s. Until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that the Fixed Asset Claimholders:

(a) will not exercise or seek to exercise any rights or remedies with respect to any Revolving Priority Collateral (including any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Revolving Priority Collateral); provided , however , that the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may exercise any or all such rights or remedies (including any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Revolving Priority Collateral) after the passage of a period of at least 180 days after the date on which the Revolving Administrative Agent received written notice from any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent of any Series, acting in accordance with the terms of the applicable Fixed Asset Documents of such Series, that the maturity of the Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series has been accelerated; provided, further, however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event will the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral if, notwithstanding the expiration of such 180-day period, the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder (x) shall have commenced and is diligently pursuing the exercise of its rights or remedies with respect to all or a material portion of the Revolving Priority Collateral (prompt written notice of such exercise to be given to each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent by the Revolving Administrative Agent, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the Revolving Administrative Agent’s or any other Revolving Claimholder’s rights hereunder) or (y) shall have been stayed by operation of law or any court order from pursuing any such exercise of remedies (during which time the 180-day period shall be tolled) (the period during which the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders may not pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral, the “ Fixed Asset Standstill Period ”)

(b) subject to their rights under Section 3.1(a), will not directly or indirectly contest, protest, or object to or hinder any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder with respect to any Revolving Priority Collateral;

(c) will have no right to direct the Revolving Administrative Agent to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Revolving Priority Collateral or to take any other action under the Revolving Loan Documents with respect to any Revolving Priority Collateral; and

 

24


(d) subject to their rights under Section 3.1(a), will not object to (and hereby waive any and all claims with respect to) the forbearance by the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders from Exercising any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Revolving Priority Collateral;

provided, however , that, in each case under this Section 3.1, the Fixed Asset Liens shall remain on any Proceeds (other than those Proceeds properly applied to the Revolving Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(a)) resulting from actions taken by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral (subject to the relative Lien priorities described in Section 2).

3.2 Exercise of Remedies by Revolving Administrative Agent . Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that the Revolving Claimholders:

(a) will not exercise or seek to exercise any rights or remedies with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (including any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral); provided , however , that the Revolving Administrative Agent may exercise any or all such rights or remedies (including any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral) after the passage of a period of at least 180 days after the date on which each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Revolving Administrative Agent, acting in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Documents, that the maturity of the Revolving Obligations has been accelerated; provided , further , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event will the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral if, notwithstanding the expiration of such 180-day period, any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any Fixed Asset Claimholder (x) shall have commenced and is diligently pursuing the exercise of its rights or remedies with respect to all or a material portion of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (prompt written notice of such exercise to be given to the Revolving Administrative Agent by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent), provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents’ or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder’s rights hereunder) or (y) shall have been stayed by operation of law or any court order from pursuing any such exercise of remedies (during which time the 180-day period shall be tolled) (the period during which the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders may not pursuant to this Section 3.2(a) exercise any rights or remedies with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Revolving Standstill Period ”);

(b) subject to their rights under Section 3.2(a), will not directly or indirectly contest, protest, or object to or hinder any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral;

(c) will have no right to direct any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral or to take any

 

25


other action under the Fixed Asset Documents with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral; and

(d) subject to their rights under Section 3.2(a), will not object to (and hereby waives any and all claims with respect to) the forbearance by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder from the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral;

provided , however , that, in each case under this Section 3.2, the Revolving Liens shall remain on any Proceeds (other than those Proceeds properly applied to the Fixed Asset Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(b)) resulting from actions taken by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (subject to the relative Lien priorities described in Section 2).

3.3 Exclusive Enforcement Rights . (a) Until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred and except as provided in Sections 3.1(a) and 3.4, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, the Revolving Administrative Agent shall have the exclusive right to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder; provided , however , that the Fixed Asset Liens shall remain on any Proceeds (other than those properly applied to the Revolving Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(a)) resulting from actions taken by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral (subject to the relative Lien priorities described in Section 2).

(b) Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred and except as provided in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.4, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall have the exclusive right to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder; provided , however , that the Revolving Liens shall remain on any Proceeds (other than those properly applied to the Fixed Asset Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(b)) resulting from actions taken by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (subject to the relative Lien priorities described in Section 2).

(c) In connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any of its Senior Priority Collateral, each of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders may enforce the provisions of the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents or Revolving Collateral Documents, as applicable, and exercise rights, powers and remedies thereunder, all in such order and in such manner as it may determine in the exercise of its sole discretion (in the case of the Notes Collateral Agent, acting at the written direction of the requisite Notes Claimholders). Such exercise and enforcement shall include the rights of an agent appointed by any Senior Claimholder to Dispose of its Senior Priority Collateral upon foreclosure, to incur expenses in connection with such Disposition, and to exercise with respect to its Senior Priority Collateral all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under applicable law.

 

26


3.4 Claimholders Permitted Actions . Anything to the contrary in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 notwithstanding, each of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders may, but shall not be obligated to:

(a) if an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor, file a proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the Fixed Asset Collateral or the Revolving Collateral, as the case may be, or otherwise with respect to the Fixed Asset Obligations or the Revolving Obligations, as the case may be;

(b) take any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens on the Senior Priority Collateral of the Collateral Agent and other Claimholders of the other Class, or the rights of the Collateral Agent or any other Claimholders of the other Class to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies) in order to create, perfect, preserve, protect or prove (but, subject to Section 3.1(a) or 3.2(a), as the case may be, not enforce) its Lien on its Fixed Asset Collateral or Revolving Collateral, as the case may be, in each case, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement;

(c) file any necessary responsive or defensive pleadings in opposition to any motion, claim, adversary proceeding, or other pleading made by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of its claims or any claims of the other Claimholders of its Class or the avoidance of any Liens on any Collateral securing any Obligations of its Class, in each case, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement;

(d) file any pleadings, objections, motions or agreements that assert rights or interests available to unsecured creditors of the Grantors arising under Bankruptcy Law or other applicable law, in each case not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; provided that any judgment Lien obtained in connection therewith shall be subject to the relative Lien priorities set forth in this Agreement;

(e) vote on any Plan of Reorganization, file any proof of claim and make other filings and make any arguments and motions, in each case to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement;

(f) exercise any of its other rights or remedies referred to in Section 3.1(a) or 3.2(a), as the case may be, after the expiration of the Fixed Asset Standstill Period or Revolving Standstill Period, as applicable, or in Section 3.7 or 3.8 to the extent permitted thereby;

(g) make a cash bid on all or any portion of its Fixed Asset Collateral or Revolving Collateral, as applicable, in any foreclosure proceeding or action;

(h) make a credit bid on all or any portion of its Fixed Asset Collateral or Revolving Collateral, as applicable, provided that any Senior Obligations secured by Senior Liens on such Collateral are discharged in cash prior to or in connection with any such credit bid;

(i) join in (but not exercise any control with respect to) any judicial foreclosure proceeding or other judicial lien enforcement proceeding with respect to the Senior Priority Collateral of the other Class initiated by any Claimholder of the other Class to the extent

 

27


that any such action could not reasonably be expected, in any material respect, to restrain, hinder, limit, delay for any material period or otherwise interfere with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Claimholders of other Class (it being understood that (i) with respect to Revolving Priority Collateral, none of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and none of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders shall be entitled to receive any Proceeds thereof unless otherwise expressly permitted herein and (ii) with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, neither the Revolving Administrative Agent nor any other Revolving Claimholder shall be entitled to receive any Proceeds thereof unless otherwise expressly permitted herein);

(j) engage or retain consultants, valuation firms, appraisers, investment bankers and accountants, and perform or engage third parties to perform audits, examinations and appraisals of any Collateral, for the sole purpose of valuing such Collateral and not for the purpose of marketing or conducting a Disposition of such Collateral; provided , however , that the Junior Claimholders with respect to any Collateral shall not take any of the foregoing actions if such actions would interfere in any material respect with the enforcement by the Senior Claimholders with respect to such Collateral of their Senior Liens; and

(k) commence, or join in filing of a petition for the commencement of, any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding of the type described in clause (a), (b) or (d) of the definition of such term or exercise any of its rights during any Insolvency Proceeding to the extent expressly permitted by Section 6.

Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement (including Sections 3.1(a), 3.2(a), 3.4 and 6), each Fixed Asset Claimholder and each Revolving Claimholder shall have any and all rights and remedies it may have as a creditor (including as an unsecured creditor) under any applicable law, including the right to the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies; provided , however , that the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Collateral (and any judgment Lien obtained in connection therewith or otherwise) shall be subject to the Lien priorities set forth herein and to the provisions of this Agreement. The Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders may enforce the provisions of the Revolving Loan Documents, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders may enforce the provisions of their respective Fixed Asset Documents and the Collateral Agents and the other Claimholders may Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole discretion, consistent with the terms of this Agreement (including Sections 2, 3 and 6) and mandatory provisions of applicable law; provided , however , that the Revolving Administrative Agent agrees to provide to each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent agrees to provide to the Revolving Administrative Agent (x) an Enforcement Notice prior to any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by it and (y) copies of any notices that it is required under applicable law to deliver to the Company or any other Grantor; provided further , however , that the Revolving Administrative Agent’s failure to provide copies of any such notices to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents shall not impair any of the Revolving Administrative Agent’s or any other Revolving Claimholder’s rights hereunder or under any of the Revolving Loan Documents and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent’s failure to provide copies of any such notices to the Revolving Administrative Agent shall not impair its or any of the other Fixed Asset Collateral Agents’ or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder’s rights hereunder or under any of the Fixed Asset Documents. Each of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, for itself and on behalf of

 

28


each other Fixed Asset Claimholder represented by it, and the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of each other Revolving Claimholder, agrees that it and its related Claimholders will not institute any suit or other proceeding or assert in any suit, Insolvency Proceeding or other proceeding any claim, in the case of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and each other Fixed Asset Claimholder represented by it, against either the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, and in the case of the Revolving Administrative Agent and each other Revolving Claimholder, against either the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise, with respect to, any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Person with respect to the Collateral which is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and none of such Persons shall be liable for any such action taken or omitted to be taken.

3.5 Retention of Proceeds .

(a) The Fixed Asset Claimholders shall not be permitted to retain any proceeds of Revolving Priority Collateral in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies in any circumstance unless and until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred, and any such proceeds received or retained in any other circumstance will be subject to Section 4.2.

(b) The Revolving Claimholders shall not be permitted to retain any proceeds of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies in any circumstance unless and until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred, and any such proceeds received or retained in any other circumstance will be subject to Section 4.2.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of any Disposition or series of related Dispositions that includes Revolving Priority Collateral and Fixed Asset Priority Collateral where the aggregate sales price is not allocated between the Revolving Priority Collateral and the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral being Disposed (including in connection with or as a result of the sale of the Capital Stock of a Grantor), solely for purposes of this Agreement, the portion of the aggregate sales price determined to be Proceeds of the Revolving Priority Collateral on the one hand and Proceeds of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral on the other hand shall be allocated first to the Revolving Priority Collateral in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the total proceeds of such Disposition and (y) the net book value of such Revolving Priority Collateral recorded on the applicable Grantor books in accordance with GAAP on the date of such Disposition, with the balance, if any, allocated to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral.

3.6 Non-Interference . Subject to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, and 6.4(b), each of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, and the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, hereby:

(a) agrees that it and its related Claimholders will not, directly or indirectly, knowingly take any action that would restrain, hinder, limit, delay, or otherwise interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Claimholders of the other Class with respect

 

29


to any Senior Priority Collateral of such other Class, or that is otherwise prohibited hereunder, including any Disposition of any Senior Priority Collateral of such other Class, whether by foreclosure or otherwise;

(b) waives any and all rights it or its related Claimholders may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object to the manner in which the Claimholders of the other Class seek to enforce or collect any Obligations of such other Class (subject to the terms of this Agreement insofar as any such enforcement or collection relates to the Collateral constituting Junior Priority Collateral of such other Class) or to enforce or realize their Senior Liens on any Senior Priority Collateral of such other Class, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of any Claimholders of such other Class is adverse to the interest of it or its related Claimholders;

(c) agrees that it and its related Claimholders will not knowingly take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or effect of which is to make any Junior Lien that it or any of its related Claimholders has on any Collateral equal with, or to give it or its related Claimholders any preference or priority relative to, any Senior Lien on such Collateral;

(d) agrees it will not seek, and will waive any right, to have any Senior Priority Collateral or any part thereof of the other Class marshaled upon any foreclosure or other Disposition of such Senior Priority Collateral; and

(e) will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings (including in any Insolvency Proceeding) or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of this Agreement.

3.7 Inspection and Access Rights .

(a) If any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, or any of its agents or representatives, shall, after any Fixed Asset Default, obtain possession or physical control of any of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall promptly notify the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (if different) and the Revolving Administrative Agent in writing of that fact, and the Revolving Administrative Agent shall, within thirty (30) Business Days thereafter, notify such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (if different) in writing as to whether the Revolving Administrative Agent desires to exercise its access rights under this Section 3.7 with respect to such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral. Upon delivery of such notice by the Revolving Administrative Agent to such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (if applicable), the parties shall confer in good faith to coordinate with respect to the Revolving Administrative Agent’s exercise of such access rights. Consistent with the definition of “Use Period,” access rights may apply to differing parcels of real properties at differing times, in which case, a differing Use Period will apply to each such property.

(b) Without limiting any rights the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder may otherwise have under applicable law or by agreement and whether or not any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder has commenced and is continuing to Exercise any Secured Creditor Remedies of the Fixed Asset

 

30


Claimholders, in the event any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, or any of its agents or representatives, shall have obtained possession or physical control of any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and the Revolving Administrative Agent shall have delivered the written notice of its intent to exercise its access rights under this Section 3.7 as provided in Section 3.7(a), then the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Person (including any Revolving Claimholder) acting with the consent, or on behalf, of the Revolving Administrative Agent shall have the right, subject to the rights of any landlords under any leased real properties, and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders will reasonably cooperate in connection therewith, at the sole cost and expense of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders and upon reasonable advance written notice to the applicable Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (if different), during the Use Period (i) during normal business hours on any Business Day, to access Revolving Priority Collateral that (A) is stored or located in or on, (B) has become an accession with respect to (within the meaning of Section 9-335 of the UCC), or (C) has been commingled with (within the meaning of Section 9-336 of the UCC) any such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, and (ii) access, on a non-exclusive basis, any such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (including Equipment (including any processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files), Fixtures, Intellectual Property, General Intangibles and real property), for purposes of (A) assembling and storing the Revolving Priority Collateral and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods of any Revolving Priority Collateral consisting of work-in process, (B) selling any or all of the Revolving Priority Collateral located on such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, (C) removing any or all of the Revolving Priority Collateral located on such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, or (D) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure and otherwise enforce the rights of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders in and to the Revolving Priority Collateral, provided that if the Revolving Administrative Agent conducts a public auction or private sale of the Revolving Priority Collateral at any of the real properties subject to a Mortgage that constitutes Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Revolving Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (if different) with two (2) Business Days’ advance written notice and use reasonable efforts to hold such auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents’ or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder’s use of such real properties. No Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may sell, assign or otherwise transfer any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral prior to the expiration of the Use Period unless the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.7.

(c) During the period of actual occupation, use and/or control by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder (or their respective employees, agents, advisers and representatives) of any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 3.7(b), the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall be obligated to promptly repair at their expense any actual physical damage (but not any diminution in value) to such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral or other assets or property on which such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral is located resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. In the event, and only in the event, that in connection with its use of some or all of the premises

 

31


constituting Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Revolving Administrative Agent requires the services of any employees of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, the Revolving Administrative Agent shall pay directly to any such employees the appropriate, allocated wages of such employees, if any, during the time periods that the Revolving Administrative Agent requires their services to the extent not paid for by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders have any liability to any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders pursuant to this Section 3.7 as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral or other assets or property on which such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral is located existing prior to the date of the exercise by the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders of their rights under this Section 3.7 and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall have no duty or liability to maintain the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders, or for any diminution in the value of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral that results from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders in the manner and for the time periods specified under this Section 3.7. Without limiting the rights granted in this Section 3.7, the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Revolving Claimholders shall reasonably cooperate with the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders in connection with any efforts made by the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders to sell the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral.

(d) The Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders (or any Person claiming by, through or under the Fixed Asset Claimholders, including any purchaser of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral) or to Parent or its Subsidiaries for or in respect of the use by the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.7; provided that (i) the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall be obligated to pay any utility, rental, lease or similar charges and payments owed by the applicable Grantor to third parties that accrue during the Use Period in respect of such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, or that arise as a result of such use of such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, in either case to the extent not paid for by the Grantors, and (ii) the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall be obligated to reimburse the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred as a result of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders providing access and use of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder (or any other Person acting with the consent, or on behalf, of any of the foregoing) at the written request of the Revolving Agent as contemplated by Section 3.7(b).

(e) The Revolving Claimholders shall (i) use the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral in accordance with applicable law; (ii) insure for damage to property and liability to Persons, including property and liability insurance for the benefit of the Fixed Asset Claimholders to the extent not covered by existing insurance of the Grantors; and (iii) together

 

32


with the Revolving Administrative Agent, pay, indemnify and hold the Trustee, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, the other Fixed Asset Claimholders and each of their respective officers, agents, directors and employees harmless from and against any third party liability resulting from the agents, representatives or invitees’, occupancy, use or control of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral as set forth in this Section 3.7 (ordinary wear and tear excepted).

(f) The Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not hinder or obstruct the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders from exercising the rights described in Section 3.7(b).

(g) Subject to the terms hereof, the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may advertise and conduct public auctions or private sales of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, without the involvement of or interference by any Revolving Claimholder or liability to any Revolving Claimholder, as long as, in the case of an actual sale, the respective purchaser assumes and agrees to the obligations of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders under this Section 3.7.

3.8 Sharing of Information and Access . Subject to the confidentiality limitations imposed by law or contract (other than any contract to the extent the confidentiality provisions of such contract are for the benefit of any Grantor), in the event that the Revolving Administrative Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the Revolving Collateral Documents or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and records (whether in the form of a writing or stored in any data equipment or data record in the physical possession of the Revolving Administrative Agent) of any Grantor which contain information identifying or pertaining to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Revolving Administrative Agent shall provide prompt written notice to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent of such possession or control and shall, upon written request from the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent such books and records for inspection and duplication or provide to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent copies thereof. Subject to the confidentiality limitations imposed by law or contract (other than any contract to the extent the confidentiality provisions of such contract are for the benefit of any Grantor), in the event that any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall, in the exercise of its rights under the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents or otherwise, receive possession or control of any books and records (whether in the form of a writing or stored in any data equipment or data record in the physical possession of such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent) of any Grantor which contain information identifying or pertaining to any of the Revolving Priority Collateral, such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall provide prompt written notice to the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (if different) of such possession or control and shall, upon written request from the Revolving Administrative Agent and as promptly as practicable thereafter, either make available to the Revolving Administrative Agent such books and records for inspection and duplication or provide the Revolving Administrative Agent copies thereof.

3.9 Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds .

 

33


(a) The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, further agree that until the earlier of an issuance of any Enforcement Notice by such Claimholder or any Insolvency Proceeding constituting a Fixed Asset Default or any Insolvency Proceeding constituting a Revolving Default, as applicable, then exists, any proceeds of Collateral, whether or not deposited under control agreements, which are used by any Grantor to acquire other property which is Collateral shall not (solely as between the Claimholders) be treated as Proceeds of Collateral for purposes of determining the relative Lien priorities in the Collateral which was so acquired.

(b) Each Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Revolving Claimholders represented by it, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that after an issuance of an Enforcement Notice, each such Person shall cooperate in good faith to identify the proceeds of the Revolving Priority Collateral and the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, as the case may be (it being agreed that after an issuance of an Enforcement Notice, unless any Revolving Administrative Agent has actual knowledge to the contrary, all funds deposited under control agreements and then applied to the Revolving Obligations shall be presumed to be Revolving Priority Collateral (a presumption that can be rebutted by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent); provided, however, that neither any Revolving Claimholder nor any Fixed Asset Claimholder shall be liable or in any way responsible for any claims or damages from conversion of the Revolving Priority Collateral or Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that (A) the only obligation of any Revolving Claimholder is to pay over to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, all proceeds that such Revolving Claimholder received that have been identified as proceeds of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and (B) the only obligation of any Fixed Asset Claimholder is to pay over to the Revolving Administrative Agent, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, all proceeds that such Fixed Asset Claimholder received that have been identified as proceeds of the Revolving Priority Collateral). Each of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents may request from the other agents an accounting of the identification of the proceeds of Collateral (and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, as the case may be, upon which such request is made shall deliver such accounting reasonably promptly after such request is made).

3.10 Consent to License to Use Intellectual Property . Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (a) consents to the grant by the Company or any other Grantor to the Revolving Administrative Agent of a nonexclusive royalty-free license to use during the Use Period any Intellectual Property of such Grantor that is subject to a Lien held by the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and (b) grants, in its capacity as a Claimholder and to the extent of its rights and interests therein, to the Revolving Administrative Agent a non-exclusive royalty-free license to use during the Use Period any Intellectual Property constituting Fixed Asset Priority Collateral that is subject to a Senior Lien held by such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, in each case in connection with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies of any Lien held by the Revolving Administrative Agent upon any Inventory or other Revolving Priority Collateral of any Grantor and to the extent the use of such Intellectual Property is necessary or appropriate, in the good faith opinion of the Revolving Administrative Agent, to process, ship, produce, store, complete, supply, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of any such Inventory or other Revolving Priority

 

34


Collateral in any lawful manner in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies. No Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may sell, assign or otherwise transfer any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral prior to the expiration of the Use Period unless the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.10.

SECTION. 4. Proceeds.

4.1 Application of Proceeds .

(a) Prior to the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, any Revolving Priority Collateral received in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies (including as a result of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization or distribution of or in respect of any Revolving Priority Collateral (whether or not expressly characterized as such) or in any Insolvency Proceeding) shall be delivered to the Revolving Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Claimholders, and shall be applied or further distributed by the Revolving Administrative Agent to or on account of the Revolving Obligations in such order, if any, as is specified in the relevant Revolving Collateral Documents or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Upon the occurrence of the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, the Revolving Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Fixed Asset Claimholders, any Revolving Priority Collateral received or delivered to it pursuant to the preceding sentence, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, to be applied by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to the Fixed Asset Obligations in such order as is specified in the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents, the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect) or Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect), or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

(b) Prior to the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral received in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies (including as a result of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization or distribution of or in respect of any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (whether or not expressly characterized as such) or in any Insolvency Proceeding) shall be delivered to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Fixed Asset Claimholders, and shall be applied or further distributed by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to or on account of the Fixed Asset Obligations in such order, if any, as is specified in the relevant Fixed Asset Collateral Documents, the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect) or Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect), or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. Upon the occurrence of Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall deliver to the Revolving Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Claimholders, any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral received or delivered to it pursuant to the preceding sentence, in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, to be applied by the Revolving Administrative Agent to the Revolving Obligations in such order as is specified in the Revolving Collateral Documents or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

35


(c) If any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Collateral produces non-cash proceeds, then such non-cash proceeds shall, subject to Section 4.2, be held by the Collateral Agent that conducted such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies and/or sold for cash prior to the application of the proceeds thereof as additional Collateral and, at such time as such non-cash proceeds are monetized, shall be applied as set forth above.

4.2 Turnover . So long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations with respect to any Collateral has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against any Grantor, if (a) any Junior Claimholder of any Class receives any Collateral that is subject to any Senior Lien or any Proceeds of any such Collateral, or any other payment in connection with or on account of such Collateral, (i) in connection with the enforcement or exercise of any right or remedy (including any right of set-off) relating to such Collateral, the transfer of such Collateral or Proceeds to any Junior Claimholder by any Person holding a Lien on such Collateral that is subordinate to the Junior Lien on such Collateral, or proceeds of any insurance policy claim or of any condemnation or similar proceeding (or any deed in lieu of condemnation) in respect of such Collateral or (ii) as a distribution or recovery in any Insolvency Proceeding or (b) any Junior Claimholder receives any additional Collateral referred to in Section 6.4 that pursuant to such Section is subject to the provisions of this Section 4.2, or any Proceeds of such additional Collateral, or any other payment in connection with or on account of such additional Collateral, then, in each case, such Collateral or Proceeds thereof, or such other payment, shall be segregated and held in trust and forthwith, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, shall be transferred or paid over to the Senior Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Senior Claimholders in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, for application in accordance with Section 4.1 (to the extent required), or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct; provided , however , (x) in the case of any Proceeds of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral received by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder in connection with a Disposition of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral by any Grantor, if neither a Grantor nor any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent provides prior written notice of such Disposition to the Revolving Administrative Agent specifying the amount and source of such Proceeds and the Revolving Administrative Agent does not otherwise have actual knowledge that such Proceeds are proceeds of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, neither the Revolving Administrative Agent nor any other Revolving Claimholder shall have any obligation to transfer or pay over any Proceeds of such Disposition to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and (y) in the case of any Proceeds of Revolving Priority Collateral received by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder in connection with a Disposition of Revolving Priority Collateral by any Grantor, if neither a Grantor nor the Revolving Administrative Agent provides prior written notice of such Disposition to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent specifying the amount and source of such Proceeds and a Responsible Officer (as defined in the applicable Fixed Asset Debt Document) of the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent does not otherwise have actual knowledge that such Proceeds are proceeds of Revolving Priority Collateral, neither such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent nor any other Fixed Asset Claimholder shall have any obligation to pay over any Proceeds of such Disposition to the Revolving Administrative Agent. Until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations occurs, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Revolving Administrative Agent and any officer or agent of the Revolving Administrative Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power and authority in

 

36


the place and stead of such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, as the case may be, or in the Revolving Administrative Agent’s own name, from time to time in the Revolving Administrative Agent’s discretion exercised in good faith, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Section 4.2 with respect to Revolving Priority Collateral, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section 4.2 with respect to Revolving Priority Collateral. Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations occurs, the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and any officer or agent of the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders, as the case may be, or in the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent’s own name, from time to time in the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent’s discretion exercised in good faith, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Section 4.2 with respect to Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section 4.2 with respect to Fixed Asset Priority Collateral.

4.3 No Subordination of the Relative Priority of Claims . Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the subordination of the Liens of Fixed Asset Claimholders to the Liens of Revolving Claimholders and of the Liens of Revolving Claimholders to the Liens of Fixed Asset Claimholders as set forth herein is with respect to the priority of the respective Liens held by or on behalf of them only and shall not constitute a subordination of the Fixed Asset Obligations to the Revolving Obligations or the Revolving Obligations to the Fixed Asset Obligations.

SECTION. 5. Releases; Dispositions; Other Agreements

5.1 Releases .

(a) If, in connection with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Revolving Administrative Agent with respect to Revolving Priority Collateral as provided for in Section 3 (including any Disposition of any Revolving Priority Collateral by any Grantor with the consent of the Revolving Administrative Agent acting in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Documents), the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, releases any of its Revolving Liens on any part of the Revolving Priority Collateral, then the Fixed Asset Liens of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents on such Revolving Priority Collateral shall be automatically, unconditionally, and simultaneously released; provided , however , that, to the extent the Proceeds of such Revolving Priority Collateral are not applied to reduce Revolving Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(a), the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, promptly shall execute and deliver to the Revolving Administrative Agent such termination or amendment statements, releases, and other documents as the Revolving Administrative Agent may reasonably request in writing to effectively confirm

 

37


such release, at the cost and expense of the Company and without the consent or direction of any other Fixed Asset Claimholders.

(b) If, in connection with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent with respect to Fixed Asset Priority Collateral as provided for in Section 3 (including any Disposition of any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral by any Grantor with the consent of the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent acting in accordance with the terms of the Fixed Asset Documents), the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, releases any of its Fixed Asset Liens on any part of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, then the Revolving Liens of the Revolving Administrative Agent on such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral shall be automatically, unconditionally, and simultaneously released; provided , however , that, to the extent the Proceeds of such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral are not applied to reduce Fixed Asset Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(b), the Revolving Administrative Agent shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, promptly shall execute and deliver to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent such termination or amendment statements, releases, and other documents as the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may reasonably request to effectively confirm such release (it being understood that the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to request any such termination or amendment statements, releases or other documents), at the cost and expense of the Company and without the consent or direction of any other Revolving Claimholders.

(c) If, in connection with any Disposition of any Revolving Priority Collateral permitted under the terms of the Revolving Loan Documents and not prohibited under the terms of the Fixed Asset Documents, the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, releases any of its Revolving Liens on the portion of the Revolving Priority Collateral that is the subject of such Disposition, other than (i) in connection with the Discharge of Revolving Obligations or (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Fixed Asset Default, then the Fixed Asset Liens of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents on such Collateral shall be automatically, unconditionally, and simultaneously released; provided , that to the extent the Proceeds of such Revolving Priority Collateral are not applied to reduce Revolving Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(a), the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, promptly shall execute and deliver to the Revolving Administrative Agent such termination or amendment statements, releases, and other documents as the Revolving Administrative Agent may reasonably request to effectively confirm such release, at the cost and expense of the Company and without the consent or direction of any other Fixed Asset Claimholders. The Fixed Asset Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral that otherwise would have been released pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (c) but for the application of subclause (ii) in such sentence will be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released when such Fixed Asset Default and all other Fixed Asset Defaults cease to exist.

(d) If, in connection with any Disposition of any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral permitted under the terms of the Fixed Asset Documents and not prohibited under the terms of the Revolving Loan Documents, the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself

 

38


and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, releases any Fixed Asset Liens on the portion of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral that is the subject of such Disposition, other than (i) in connection with the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations or (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Revolving Default, then the Revolving Liens of the Revolving Administrative Agent on such Collateral shall be automatically, unconditionally, and simultaneously released; provided that to the extent the Proceeds of such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral are not applied to reduce Fixed Asset Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1(b), the Revolving Administrative Agent shall retain a Lien on such Proceeds in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself or on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, promptly shall execute and deliver to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent such termination or amendment statements, releases, and other documents as the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may reasonably request to effectively confirm such release (it being understood that the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to request any such termination or amendment statements, releases or other documents), at the cost and expense of the Company and without the consent or direction of any other Revolving Claimholders. The Revolving Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral that otherwise would have been released pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (d) but for the application of subclause (ii) in such sentence will be automatically, unconditionally and simultaneously released when such Revolving Default and all other Revolving Defaults cease to exist.

(e) Until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations occurs, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Revolving Administrative Agent and any officer or agent of the Revolving Administrative Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, as the case may be, or in the Revolving Administrative Agent’s own name, from time to time as elected by the Revolving Administrative Agent in good faith, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Section 5.1 with respect to Revolving Priority Collateral, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section 5.1 with respect to Revolving Priority Collateral, including any endorsements or other instruments of transfer or release.

(f) Until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations occurs, to the extent that the Revolving Claimholders (i) have released any Lien on Revolving Priority Collateral and any such Lien is later reinstated or (ii) obtain any new Lien on assets constituting Revolving Priority Collateral from Grantors, then, subject to the proviso contained in Section 2.3, the Fixed Asset Claimholders shall be granted a Lien on any such Revolving Priority Collateral, subject to the relative Lien priorities set forth in Section 2.1.

(g) Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations occurs, the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and any officer or agent of the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney in fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders, as the case may be,

 

39


or in the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent’s own name, from time to time as elected by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent in accordance with the Fixed Asset Documents, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Section 5.1 with respect to Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section 5.1 with respect to Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, including any endorsements or other instruments of transfer or release.

(h) Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations occurs, to the extent that the Fixed Asset Claimholders (i) have released any Lien on Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and any such Lien is later reinstated or (ii) obtain any new Liens on assets constituting Fixed Asset Priority Collateral from Grantors, then, subject to the proviso contained in Section 2.3, the Revolving Claimholders shall be granted a Lien on any such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, subject to the relative Lien priorities set forth in Section 2.1.

(i) For the avoidance of doubt, the Notes Collateral Agent will not have any obligation to prepare any releases pursuant to this Section 5.1.

5.2 Insurance .

(a) Unless and until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred: (i) the Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, shall have the sole and exclusive right, subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Revolving Loan Documents, to adjust and settle any claim under any insurance policy covering the Revolving Priority Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding (or any deed in lieu of condemnation) in respect of the Revolving Priority Collateral; and (ii) all proceeds of any such insurance policy and any such award (or any payments with respect to a deed in lieu of condemnation) if in respect of Revolving Priority Collateral, shall be paid, subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Revolving Loan Documents, first , to the Revolving Administrative Agent, until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, second , to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, and third , to the owner of the subject property, such other Person as may be entitled thereto, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

(b) Unless and until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred: (i) the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, shall have the sole and exclusive right, subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Fixed Asset Documents, to adjust and settle any claim under any insurance policy covering the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding (or any deed in lieu of condemnation) in respect of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral; and (ii) all proceeds of any such insurance policy and any such award (or any payments with respect to a deed in lieu of condemnation) if in respect of Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, shall be paid, subject to the rights of Grantors under the Fixed Asset Documents, first , to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, second , to the Revolving Administrative Agent, until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, and third , to the owner of the subject property, such other Person as may be entitled thereto, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

40


Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any proceeds are derived from any insurance policy that covers Revolving Priority Collateral and Fixed Asset Priority Collateral where the allocation of proceeds is not stipulated between Revolving Priority Collateral and Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, then solely for purposes of this Agreement, the portion of the aggregate proceeds determined to be proceeds of the Revolving Priority Collateral on the one hand and Fixed Asset Priority Collateral on the other hand shall first be allocated to the Revolving Priority Collateral in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the total proceeds of such insurance policy and (y) the net book value of such Revolving Priority Collateral recorded on the applicable Grantor’s books in accordance with GAAP on the date of the loss associated with the insurance proceeds, with the balance, if any, allocated to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral. If any insurance claim includes both Revolving Priority Collateral and Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and the insurer will not settle such claim separately with respect to Revolving Priority Collateral and Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, and if the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent are unable after negotiating in good faith to agree on the settlement for such claim, each Collateral Agent may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to make a determination as to the settlement of such claim, and the court’s determination all be binding upon the parties. If the Collateral Agent or any other Claimholder of any Class shall, at any time, receive any proceeds of any such insurance policy or any such award or payment in contravention of this Section 5.2, it shall pay such proceeds over to the Collateral Agent of the other Class in accordance with the terms of Section 4.2.

5.3 Amendments; Refinancings .

(a) Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, acknowledges and agrees that the Revolving Loan Documents may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms (or replaced in connection with a Refinancing of the Revolving Obligations (or portions thereof)) and the Revolving Obligations may be Refinanced, in each case without notice to, or the consent of, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, all without affecting the lien subordination or other provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that, in the case of a Refinancing, (x) the holders of such Refinancing Indebtedness (if such Refinancing Indebtedness is intended to be (and under the Fixed Asset Documents is permitted to be) secured by the Revolving Priority Collateral on a basis that is senior to the Fixed Asset Liens thereon and by the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral on a basis that is junior to the Fixed Asset Liens thereon), and the collateral agent (or similar representative) of such holders, bind themselves to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to an amendment effected in accordance with Section 9.3 and (y) after giving effect to such Refinancing, the existing Revolving Credit Agreement is discharged and thereafter the agreement that Refinances the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be the Revolving Credit Agreement for all purposes hereof; provided further , that any such amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, replacement, supplement, modification, or Refinancing shall not result in a Fixed Asset Default. For the avoidance of doubt, the sale or other transfer of any Revolving Obligations is not restricted by this Agreement but the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on all of the Claimholders.

 

41


(b) The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that the Fixed Asset Documents of any Series may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified in accordance with their terms (or replaced in connection with a Refinancing of the Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series) and the Fixed Asset Obligations of any Series may be Refinanced, in each case without notice to, or the consent of, the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders, all without affecting the lien subordination or other provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that, in the case of a Refinancing, (x) the holders of such Refinancing Indebtedness (if such Refinancing Indebtedness is intended to be (and under the Revolving Loan Documents is permitted to be) secured by the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral on a basis that is senior to the Revolving Liens thereon and by the Revolving Priority Collateral on a basis that is junior to the Revolving Liens thereon), and the collateral agent (or similar representative) of such holders, bind themselves to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to an amendment effected in accordance with Section 9.3 and (y) after giving effect to such Refinancing, the existing Indenture is discharged and thereafter the agreement that Refinances the Indenture shall be the Indenture for all purposes hereof; provided further, however, that any such amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, replacement, supplement, modification, or Refinancing shall not result in a Revolving Default. For the avoidance of doubt, the sale or other transfer of any Fixed Asset Obligations is not restricted by this Agreement but the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on all of the Claimholders.

(c) So long as the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has not occurred, each Fixed Asset Collateral Document shall include the following language (or similar language acceptable to the Revolving Administrative Agent): “Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Liens and security interests granted to the [                      ], as Collateral Agent, pursuant to this Agreement in any Collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by the [                      ], as Collateral Agent, with respect to any Collateral hereunder are subject to the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ ABL Intercreditor Agreement ”) among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Junior Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) from time to time party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.”

(d) So long as the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has not occurred, each Revolving Collateral Document shall include the following language (or similar language acceptable to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent): “Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Revolving Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement in any Collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Revolving Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral hereunder, are subject to the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ ABL Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each

 

42


Additional Junior Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) from time to time party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.”

5.4 Bailee for Perfection .

(a) The Revolving Administrative Agent and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent each agree to hold or control that part of the Collateral that is in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) (such Collateral, which shall include Collateral subject to deposit account control agreements or security account control agreements, being referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”), as gratuitous bailee and as a non-fiduciary agent for the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or the Revolving Administrative Agent, as applicable (such bailment and agency being intended, among other things, to satisfy the requirements of Sections 8-301(a)(2), 9-313(c), 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, and 9-107 of the UCC), solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted under the Fixed Asset Documents or the Revolving Loan Documents, as applicable, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 5.4. Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders hereby appoint the Revolving Administrative Agent as their gratuitous bailee for the purposes of perfecting their security interest in all Pledged Collateral in which the Revolving Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest under the UCC. The Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders hereby appoint each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent as their gratuitous bailee for the purposes of perfecting their security interest in all Pledged Collateral in which such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest under the UCC. Each of the Revolving Administrative Agent and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent hereby accept such appointments pursuant to this Section 5.4(a) and acknowledges and agrees that it shall act for the benefit of the Claimholders of the other Class with respect to any Pledged Collateral and that any proceeds received by the Revolving Administrative Agent or such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, as the case may be, under any Pledged Collateral shall be applied in accordance with Section 4. Unless and until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent agrees to promptly notify the Revolving Administrative Agent of any Pledged Collateral constituting Revolving Priority Collateral held or controlled by it (or its agents or bailees, other than the Revolving Administrative Agent) or actually known by a Responsible Officer (as defined in the applicable Fixed Asset Debt Document) of such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to be held or controlled by any other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, and at any time prior to the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and each other Fixed Asset Claimholder agrees to deliver to the Revolving Administrative Agent any such Pledged Collateral held by it, together with any necessary endorsements (or otherwise allow the Revolving Administrative Agent to obtain control of such Pledged Collateral). Unless and until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred, the Revolving Administrative Agent agrees to promptly notify the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent in writing of any Pledged Collateral constituting Fixed Asset Priority Collateral held or controlled by it (or its agents or bailees, other than the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent) or actually known by it to be held by any other Revolving Claimholders, and at any time prior to the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, the Revolving Administrative Agent and each other Revolving Claimholder agrees to deliver to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent any such Pledged Collateral held by it,

 

43


together with any necessary endorsements (or otherwise allow the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to obtain control of such Pledged Collateral).

(b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred, the Revolving Administrative Agent shall be entitled to deal with the Revolving Priority Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Loan Documents as if the Liens of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents under the Fixed Asset Documents did not exist. The rights of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents in respect of any Revolving Priority Collateral shall at all times be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred, the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall be entitled to deal with the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Fixed Asset Documents as if the Liens of the Revolving Administrative Agent under the Revolving Loan Documents did not exist. The rights of the Revolving Administrative Agent in respect of any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral shall at all times be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(d) The Revolving Administrative Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder to ensure that the Pledged Collateral is genuine or owned by any of Grantors or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person except as expressly set forth in this Section 5.4. The Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder to ensure that the Pledged Collateral is genuine or owned by any of Grantors or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person except as expressly set forth in this Section 5.4. The duties or responsibilities of the Revolving Administrative Agent under this Section 5.4 shall be limited solely to holding or controlling the Pledged Collateral as bailee and agent in accordance with this Section 5.4 and delivering the Pledged Collateral upon a Discharge of Revolving Obligations as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section 5.4. The duties or responsibilities of each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent under this Section 5.4 shall be limited solely to holding or controlling the Pledged Collateral as bailee and agent in accordance with this Section 5.4 and delivering the Pledged Collateral upon a Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations as provided in paragraph (g) of this Section 5.4.

(e) The Revolving Administrative Agent acting pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall not have by reason of the Revolving Collateral Documents, the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents, this Agreement, or any other document a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder. The Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent acting pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall not have by reason of the Revolving Collateral Documents, the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents, this Agreement, or any other document a fiduciary relationship in respect of the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder.

(f) Upon the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, the Revolving Administrative Agent (i) shall deliver or cause to be delivered the remaining Pledged Collateral (if any) in its possession or in the possession of its agents or bailees (other than the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent), together with any necessary endorsements, first , to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to the extent that (x) Fixed Asset Obligations remain outstanding

 

44


and (y) such Fixed Asset Obligations are secured by such Collateral as confirmed in writing by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent acting in accordance with the Fixed Asset Documents, and, to the extent that the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent confirms no Fixed Asset Obligations are outstanding, second , to the applicable Grantor to the extent no Revolving Obligations or Fixed Asset Obligations that are secured by such Pledged Collateral remain outstanding (in each case, so as to allow such Person to obtain possession or control of such Pledged Collateral) or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct and (ii) will cooperate with the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and such Grantor, as the case may be, in assigning (without recourse to or warranty by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder or agent or bailee thereof) control over any other Revolving Priority Collateral under its control. At such time, the Revolving Administrative Agent further agrees to take all other action reasonably requested in writing by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent at the sole cost and expense of the Company (including amending any outstanding control agreements) to enable the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent to obtain a first priority security interest in the Collateral to the extent that the Fixed Asset Claimholders are entitled to such Collateral.

(g) Upon the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (i) shall deliver the remaining Pledged Collateral (if any) in its possession or in the possession of its agents or bailees (other than the Revolving Administrative Agent) together with any necessary endorsements, first , to the Revolving Administrative Agent to the extent the Revolving Obligations remain outstanding as confirmed in writing by the Revolving Administrative Agent acting in accordance with the Revolving Loan Documents, and, to the extent that the Revolving Administrative Agent confirms no Revolving Obligations are outstanding, second , to the applicable Grantor to the extent no Revolving Obligations or Fixed Asset Obligations that are secured by such Pledged Collateral remain outstanding (in each case, so as to allow such Person to obtain possession or control of such Pledged Collateral) or as a court of competent jurisdiction might otherwise direct and (ii) will cooperate with the Revolving Administrative Agent and such Grantor, as the case may be, in assigning (without recourse to or warranty by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder or agent or bailee thereof) control over any other Fixed Asset Priority Collateral under its control. At such time, the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent further agrees to take all other action reasonably requested in writing by the Revolving Administrative Agent at the sole cost and expense of the Company (including amending any outstanding control agreements) to enable the Revolving Administrative Agent to obtain a first priority security interest in the Collateral.

5.5 When Discharge of Obligations Deemed to Not Have Occurred .

(a) If the Grantors enter into any Refinancing of the Revolving Obligations with Indebtedness permitted under the Fixed Asset Documents that is intended to be (and under the Fixed Asset Documents is permitted to be) secured by the Revolving Priority Collateral on a basis that is senior to the Fixed Asset Liens thereon and by the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral on a basis that is junior to the Fixed Asset Liens thereon, then a Discharge of Revolving Obligations shall be deemed not to have occurred for all purposes of this Agreement, and the Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Revolving Obligations shall be treated as Revolving Obligations for all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the relative Lien priorities and

 

45


rights in respect of Collateral set forth herein, and the collateral agent (or similar representative) in respect of the obligations under such Refinancing shall be the Revolving Administrative Agent for all purposes of this Agreement; provided, however, that the holders of such Refinancing Indebtedness, and the collateral agent (or similar representative) of such holders, bind themselves to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to an amendment effected in accordance with Section 9.3.

(b) If the Grantors enter into any Refinancing of any Series of Fixed Asset Obligations with Indebtedness permitted under the Revolving Loan Documents that is intended to be (and under the Revolving Loan Documents is permitted to be) secured by the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral on a basis that is senior to the Revolving Liens thereon and by the Revolving Priority Collateral on a basis that is junior to the Revolving Liens thereon, then a Discharge of such Series of Fixed Asset Obligations shall be deemed not to have occurred for all purposes of this Agreement, and the Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Series of Fixed Asset Obligations shall be treated as Fixed Asset Obligations for all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the relative Lien priorities and rights in respect of Collateral set forth herein, and the collateral agent (or similar representative) in respect of the obligations under such Refinancing shall be the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent in respect of such Series for all purposes of this Agreement; provided , however , that the holders of such Refinancing Indebtedness, and the collateral agent (or similar representative) of such holders, bind themselves to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to an amendment effected in accordance with Section 9.3.

5.6 Injunctive Relief . The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agree that should any Claimholder in any way take, attempt to, or threaten to take any action contrary to terms of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, or fail to take any action required by this Agreement, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Claimholder, as the case may be, may obtain relief against such Claimholder by injunction, specific performance, or other appropriate equitable relief, it being understood and agreed that (a) each Claimholder’s damages from such actions may at that time be difficult to ascertain and may be irreparable, and (b) each Claimholder waives any defense that other Claimholders can demonstrate damage and/or be made whole by the awarding of damages. The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, hereby irrevocably waive any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense which might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action which may be brought by the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders or the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, as the case may be.

SECTION. 6. Insolvency Proceedings

6.1 Financing .

(a) Until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, if any Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding and the Revolving Administrative Agent consents to the

 

46


use of cash collateral (as such term is defined in Section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; herein, “Cash Collateral”) constituting Revolving Priority Collateral or consents to permit any Grantor to obtain financing provided by any one or more Revolving Claimholders or any other Person under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar Bankruptcy Law secured by a Lien on such Revolving Priority Collateral that is (i) senior to or pari passu with the Revolving Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral and (ii) junior to the Fixed Asset Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (such financing, a “ DIP Financing ”), and if the Grantors desire to obtain authorization from the applicable Bankruptcy Court to use such Cash Collateral or to obtain such DIP Financing, then each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that the Fixed Asset Claimholders will consent (and hereby are deemed to have consented to), and will not object to or oppose, or support any other Person objecting to or opposing, such use of such Cash Collateral or such DIP Financing (except to the extent provided in Section 6.4) and, to the extent the Revolving Liens are subordinated to or pari passu with any new Liens securing such DIP Financing, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, will subordinate (and hereby subordinates) its Fixed Asset Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral to the Liens securing such DIP Financing to the extent consistent with the other provisions of this Agreement; provided that (A) the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders shall retain their Fixed Asset Liens on the Collateral and, as to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral only, the Fixed Asset Liens shall have the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the Insolvency Proceeding and any Lien on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral securing such DIP Financing shall be junior and subordinate to the Fixed Asset Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, (B) all Liens on Revolving Priority Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or pari passu with the Revolving Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral, (C) any such Cash Collateral use or DIP Financing does not compel any Grantor to seek confirmation of a specific Plan of Reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms are set forth in the Cash Collateral order or DIP Financing documentation, (D) any Cash Collateral order or DIP Financing documentation does not expressly require the liquidation of the Collateral prior to a default under the Cash Collateral order or DIP Financing documentation, (E) to the extent that the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders are granted adequate protection in the form of a Lien on Collateral arising after the commencement of the Insolvency Proceeding, the Fixed Asset Claimholders are granted a Lien on such additional Collateral with the relative priority set forth in Section 2.1 (and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders will be deemed to have consented to, and will raise no objection to or support any other Person objecting to or contesting, any motion by any Fixed Asset Claimholder to receive, or the granting of, such a Lien), and (F) the terms of such DIP Financing or Cash Collateral order do not require any Fixed Asset Claimholders to extend additional credit pursuant to such DIP Financing or Cash Collateral order. If the Revolving Claimholders or any other Person offer to provide DIP Financing that meets the requirements set forth in clauses (A) through (F) above, and if the Grantors desire to obtain authorization from the applicable Bankruptcy Court to obtain such DIP Financing, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, that no Fixed Asset Claimholder shall, directly or indirectly, provide, offer to provide, or support any financing competing with the DIP Financing, including a Fixed Asset DIP Financing. The foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(a) shall not restrict any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders from objecting

 

47


to or opposing any provision in any Cash Collateral order or DIP Financing documentation relating to any provision or content of a Plan of Reorganization.

(b) Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, if any Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent consents to the use of Cash Collateral constituting Fixed Asset Priority Collateral or consents to permit any Grantor to obtain financing provided by any one or more Fixed Asset Claimholders or any other Person under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar Bankruptcy Law secured by a Lien on such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral that is (i) senior to or pari passu with the Fixed Asset Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and (ii) junior to the Revolving Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral (such financing, a “ Fixed Asset DIP Financing ”), and if the Grantors desire to obtain authorization from the applicable Bankruptcy Court to use such Cash Collateral or to obtain such Fixed Asset DIP Financing, then the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that the Revolving Claimholders will consent (and hereby are deemed to have consented to), and will not object to or oppose, or support any other Person objecting to or opposing, such use of such Cash Collateral or such Fixed Asset DIP Financing (except to the extent provided in Section 6.4) and, to the extent the Fixed Asset Liens are subordinated to or pari passu with any new Liens securing such Fixed Asset DIP Financing, the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, will subordinate (and hereby subordinates) the Revolving Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral to the Liens securing such Fixed Asset DIP Financing to the extent consistent with the other provisions of this Agreement; provided that (A) the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall retain the Revolving Liens on the Collateral and, as to the Revolving Priority Collateral only, the Revolving Liens shall have the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the Insolvency Proceeding and any Lien on the Revolving Priority Collateral securing such Fixed Asset DIP Financing shall be junior and subordinate to the Revolving Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral, (B) all Liens on Fixed Asset Priority Collateral securing any such Fixed Asset DIP Financing shall be senior to or pari passu with the Fixed Asset Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, (C) any such Cash Collateral use or Fixed Asset DIP Financing does not compel any Grantor to seek confirmation of a specific Plan of Reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms are set forth in the Cash Collateral order or Fixed Asset DIP Financing documentation, (D) any Cash Collateral order or Fixed Asset DIP Financing documentation does not expressly require the liquidation of the Collateral prior to a default under the Cash Collateral order or Fixed Asset DIP Financing documentation, (E) to the extent that any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders are granted adequate protection in the form of a Lien on Collateral arising after the commencement of the Insolvency Proceeding, the Revolving Claimholders are granted a Lien on such additional Collateral with the relative priority set forth in Section 2.1 (and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders will be deemed to have consented to, and will raise no objection to or support any other Person objecting to or contesting, any motion by any Revolving Claimholder to receive, or the granting of, such a Lien), and (F) the terms of such Fixed Asset DIP Financing or Cash Collateral order do not require any Revolving Claimholders to extend additional credit pursuant to such Fixed Asset DIP Financing or Cash Collateral order. If the Fixed Asset Claimholders or any other Person offer to provide Fixed Asset DIP Financing that meets the requirements set forth in clauses (A) through (F) above and DIP Financing is not provided as set forth in Section 6.1(a), and if the Grantors desire to obtain authorization from the applicable

 

48


Bankruptcy Court to obtain such Fixed Asset DIP Financing, the Revolving Administrative Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, that no Revolving Claimholder shall, directly or indirectly, provide, offer to provide, or support any financing competing with the Fixed Asset DIP Financing, including a DIP Financing. The foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(b) shall not restrict the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder from objecting to or opposing any provision in any Cash Collateral order or Fixed Asset DIP Financing documentation relating to any provision or content of a Plan of Reorganization.

(c) Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that, with respect to any Cash Collateral use or DIP Financing that meets the requirements of Section 6.1(a), no Fixed Asset Claimholder will request adequate protection in connection with its rights as a holder of Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral, except as expressly agreed by the Revolving Administrative Agent or as permitted by Section 6.4(b)(ii). The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that, with respect to any Cash Collateral use or Fixed Asset DIP Financing that meets the requirements of Section 6.1(b), no Revolving Claimholder will request adequate protection in connection with its rights as a holder of Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, except as expressly agreed by the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or as permitted by Section 6.4(b)(ii).

(d) All Revolving Liens granted to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, and all Fixed Asset Liens granted to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders, in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether as adequate protection or otherwise, are intended by the parties to be and shall be deemed to be subject to the Lien priorities set forth in Section 2.1 and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

6.2 Sales . Subject to Section 3.7, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, and the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that the Fixed Asset Claimholders or the Revolving Claimholders, as the case may be, will consent to (and hereby are deemed to have consented to), and will not object or oppose (or support any Person in objecting to or opposing), a motion to Dispose any Senior Priority Collateral of the other Class free and clear of any Liens under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any comparable provision of any other Bankruptcy Law), including any motion for approval of bidding procedures in connection therewith or any other related or ancillary matters, if the requisite Revolving Claimholders under the Revolving Credit Agreement or the requisite Fixed Asset Claimholders under the applicable Fixed Asset Debt Documents, as the case may be, have consented to such Disposition of such assets, so long as the Liens of the Fixed Asset Claimholders or the Revolving Claimholders, as the case may be, on such assets attach to the proceeds thereof subject to the relative Lien priorities set forth in this Agreement and such motion does not impair the rights of the Fixed Asset Claimholders or the Revolving Claimholders, as the case may be, under Section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code (so long as the right of the Fixed Asset Claimholders to offset their Fixed Asset Obligations against the purchase price for any Revolving Priority Collateral exists only after the Discharge of Revolving Obligations and the right of the Revolving Claimholders to offset their Revolving Obligations against the purchase price for any Fixed

 

49


Asset Priority Collateral exists only after the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders, may raise any objections to such Disposition of the Senior Priority Collateral of the other Class that could be raised by a creditor of Grantors whose claims are not secured by Liens on such Senior Priority Collateral, provided that such objections are not inconsistent with any other term of this Agreement and are not based on their status as secured creditors (without limiting the foregoing, none of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder may, except as provided in Section 6.4(b)(ii), raise any such objections based on rights afforded by Sections 363(e) and 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code to secured creditors (or any comparable provision of any other Bankruptcy Law) with respect to the Liens granted to such Person in respect of such assets).

6.3 Relief from the Automatic Stay .

(a) Until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that the Fixed Asset Claimholders will not seek (or support any other Person seeking) relief from or modification of the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Revolving Priority Collateral without the prior written consent of the Revolving Administrative Agent.

(b) Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations has occurred, the Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that the Revolving Claimholders will not seek (or support any other Person seeking) relief from or modification of the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral without the prior written consent of the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent.

6.4 Adequate Protection .

(a) In any Insolvency Proceeding, the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agree that the Revolving Claimholders or the Fixed Asset Claimholders, as the case may be, will not object to or oppose (or support any other Person objecting to or opposing) (i) any motion or other request for adequate protection by (x) any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, prior to the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations or (y) the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral, prior to the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, as the case may be, or (ii) any objection claiming a lack of adequate protection by (x) any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, prior to the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, or (y) the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral, prior to the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, as the case may be.

 

50


(b) In any Insolvency Proceeding:

(i) The Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders may seek adequate protection with respect to their rights in the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders may seek adequate protection with respect to their rights in the Revolving Priority Collateral.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6 to the contrary, (A) to the extent that any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders are granted adequate protection in the form of an additional or replacement Lien on assets of the same type as the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Revolving Claimholders shall be permitted to seek a Lien on such Collateral subject to the relative Lien priority set forth in Section 2.1 and subject to the proviso in Section 2.3 (and no Fixed Asset Collateral Agent nor any other Fixed Asset Claimholder shall object to or oppose (or support any other Person objecting to or opposing) any motion by any Revolving Claimholder to receive such a Lien), and (b) to the extent that the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders are granted adequate protection in the form of an additional or replacement Lien on assets of the same type as the Revolving Priority Collateral, the Fixed Asset Claimholders shall be permitted to seek a Lien on such Collateral subject to the relative Lien priority set forth in Section 2.1 and subject to the proviso in Section 2.3 (and neither the Revolving Administrative Agent nor any other Revolving Claimholder shall object to or oppose (or support any other Person objecting to or opposing) any motion by any Fixed Asset Claimholder to receive such a Lien).

(iii) If any Revolving Claimholder seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its Revolving Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral in the form of additional or replacement Lien on assets of the same type as the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, then the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Revolving Claimholders, agrees that the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents shall be entitled to be granted an additional or replacement Lien on such assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral subject to the proviso in Section 2.3 and that the additional or replacement Lien thereon of the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder shall be subordinated and junior to the additional or replacement Lien thereon of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents on the same basis as the Revolving Liens are subordinated to the Fixed Asset Liens with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral under Section 2.1; provided that, to the extent any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent is not granted such adequate protection in the applicable form, any such additional or replacement Lien and any amounts recovered by or distributed to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder pursuant to or as a result of such Lien shall be subject to Section 4.2.

(iv) If any Fixed Asset Claimholder seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its Fixed Asset Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral in the form of additional or replacement Lien on assets of the same type as the Revolving Priority Collateral, then each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that the Revolving Administrative Agent shall be entitled to be granted an additional or replacement Lien on such assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the Revolving Priority Collateral and that the additional or replacement Lien

 

51


thereon of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder shall be subordinated and junior to the additional or replacement Lien thereon of the Revolving Administrative Agent on the same basis as the Fixed Asset Liens are subordinated to the Revolving Liens with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral under Section 2.1; provided that, to the extent the Revolving Administrative Agent is not granted such adequate protection in the applicable form, any such additional or replacement Lien and any amounts recovered by or distributed to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder pursuant to or as a result of such Lien shall be subject to Section 4.2.

(v) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 and this Section 6.4, nothing herein shall limit the rights of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, or the rights of the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, (A) to seek adequate protection with respect to their rights in the Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding (including adequate protection in the form of a cash payment, periodic cash payments or otherwise) or (B) to object to any such request for adequate protection by the Collateral Agent or any other Claimholder of the other Class.

6.5 Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code . Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, and the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that neither it nor its related Claimholders shall object to or oppose (or support any other Person objecting to or opposing), or take any other action to impede, in any Insolvency Proceeding, the right of any Claimholder of the other Class to make an election under Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Senior Priority Collateral of such Claimholder of the other Class. Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, and the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, waives any claim it or its related Claimholders may hereafter have against any Claimholder of the other Class arising out of (a) the election by such Claimholder of the other Class of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) any cash collateral or financing arrangement, and any related grant of a security interest in the Senior Priority Collateral of such Claimholder of the other Class, made in accordance with Section 6.1 in any Insolvency Proceeding.

6.6 Avoidance Issues . If any Claimholder is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over, disgorge or otherwise pay to the estate of any Grantor any amount paid in respect of the Revolving Obligations or the Fixed Asset Obligations, as the case may be (a Recovery ”), then such Claimholder shall be entitled to a settlement of the Revolving Obligations or the Fixed Asset Obligations, as the case may be, with respect to all such recovered amounts, and all rights, interests, priorities and privileges recognized in this Agreement shall apply with respect to any such reinstated Revolving Obligations or Fixed Asset Obligations, as the case may be. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto from such date of reinstatement. This Section 6.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

6.7 Plan of Reorganization .

 

52


(a) If, in any Insolvency Proceeding, debt obligations of any reorganized Grantor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized Grantor are distributed or reinstated (in whole or in part) pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization, both on account of the Revolving Obligations and on account of the Fixed Asset Obligations, then, to the extent the debt obligations distributed on account of the Revolving Obligations and on account of the Fixed Asset Obligations are secured by Liens upon the same property, the relative Lien priorities and other provisions of this Agreement will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such Plan of Reorganization and will apply with like effect to the Liens securing such debt obligations.

(b) The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that neither it nor its related Claimholders shall (i) take or support any other Person in taking any action that is inconsistent with the relative Lien priorities or other provisions of this Agreement or (ii) propose, vote for, or otherwise support directly or indirectly any Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization (and, in the event of any such proposal, vote or other support of a Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization by a Claimholder of any Class, the Collateral Agent of the other Class shall be entitled to have any such proposal, vote or support changed or withdrawn).

6.8 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, acknowledges and agrees that (a) the respective grants of Liens pursuant to the Revolving Collateral Documents and the Fixed Asset Collateral Documents constitute at least two separate and distinct grants of Liens and (b) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Collateral, (i) the Fixed Asset Obligations are fundamentally different from the Revolving Obligations and (ii) the Revolving Obligations are fundamentally different from the Fixed Asset Obligations and, in each case, must be separately classified in any Plan of Reorganization proposed or confirmed (or approved) in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the Revolving Claimholders and the Fixed Asset Claimholders in respect of the Collateral constitute claims of the same class (rather than at least two separate classes of secured claims with the relative Lien priorities described in Section 2.1), then the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions from the Collateral shall be made as if such claims were of two separate classes of junior and senior claims (with the effect being that, to the extent that (x) the aggregate value of the Revolving Priority Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Fixed Asset Claimholders thereon), the Revolving Claimholders shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of Post-Petition Interest that is available from the Revolving Priority Collateral, before any distribution is made in respect of the Fixed Asset Obligations with respect to the Revolving Priority Collateral, with each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agreeing to turn over to the Revolving Administrative Agent amounts otherwise received or receivable by any of them with respect to

 

53


the Revolving Priority Collateral to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries on the Fixed Asset Obligations, and (y) the aggregate value of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Revolving Claimholders thereon), the Fixed Asset Claimholders shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of Post-Petition Interest that is available from the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, before any distribution is made in respect of the Revolving Obligations with respect to the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, with the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agreeing to turn over to the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent amounts otherwise received or receivable with respect to such Fixed Asset Priority Collateral by any of them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries on the Revolving Obligations).

6.9 Post-Petition Interest .

(a) The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that none of them shall object to or oppose (or support any other Person objecting to or opposing) any claim by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder for allowance in any Insolvency Proceeding of Fixed Asset Obligations consisting or alleged to consist of Post-Petition Interest to the extent of the value of the Fixed Asset Liens on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (without regard to the existence of the Revolving Liens thereon) or on the Revolving Priority Collateral (after taking into account the Revolving Liens thereon).

(b) Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that none of them shall object to or oppose (or support any other Person objecting to or opposing) any claim by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder for allowance in any Insolvency Proceeding of Revolving Obligations consisting or alleged to consist of Post-Petition Interest to the extent of the value of the Revolving Liens on the Revolving Priority Collateral (without regard to the existence of the Fixed Asset Liens thereon) or on the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral (after taking into account the Fixed Asset Liens thereon).

SECTION. 7. Reliance; Waivers; Etc.

7.1 Reliance . Other than any reliance on the terms of this Agreement, the Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, acknowledges that they have, independently and without reliance on any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, and based on documents and information deemed by them appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into each of the Revolving Loan Documents and be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and that they will continue to make their own credit decision in taking or not taking any action under the Revolving Loan Documents or this Agreement. Other than any reliance on the terms of this Agreement, each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, acknowledges that they have, independently and without reliance on the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, and based on documents and

 

54


information deemed by them appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into each of the Fixed Asset Documents and be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and that they will continue to make their own credit decision in taking or not taking any action under the Fixed Asset Documents or this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Section 7.1 shall give rise to any duty on the part of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to make any credit analyses beyond that which may be required under the Notes Documents.

7.2 No Warranties or Liability . The Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that, except as set forth in Sections 8 and 9.6(b), none of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and none of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders has made any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability, or enforceability of any of the Fixed Asset Documents, the ownership of any Collateral, or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders will be entitled to manage and supervise the Fixed Asset Documents in accordance with applicable law and as they may otherwise, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate. Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, acknowledges and agrees that, except as set forth in Sections 8 and 9.6(b), neither the Revolving Administrative Agent nor any other Revolving Claimholder has made any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability, or enforceability of any of the Revolving Loan Documents, the ownership of any Collateral, or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Revolving Claimholders will be entitled to manage and supervise the Revolving Loan Documents in accordance with applicable law and as they may otherwise, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate. Except as expressly provided herein, none of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and none of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders shall have any duty to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders, and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall have no duty to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, to act or refrain from acting in a manner that allows, or results in, the occurrence or continuance of a default or an event of default under any agreements with any Grantor (including the Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents), regardless of any knowledge thereof which they may have or be charged with. The Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, acknowledges and agrees that each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, take all actions it determines necessary or advisable to perfect or continue the perfection of its Fixed Asset Liens on any Collateral, and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents shall not be liable for any lapse of perfection or for maintaining perfection. Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, acknowledges and agrees that the Revolving Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, take all actions it determines necessary or advisable to perfect or continue the perfection of the Revolving Liens on any Collateral, and the Revolving Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any lapse of perfection or for maintaining perfection.

7.3 No Waiver of Lien Priorities .

 

55


(a) No right of the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder to enforce any provision of this Agreement or any Revolving Loan Document shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Grantor or by any act or failure to act by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder or by any noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, and covenants of this Agreement, any of the Revolving Loan Documents or any of the Fixed Asset Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder may have or be otherwise charged with. No right of any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder to enforce any provision of this Agreement or any Fixed Asset Document shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Grantor or by any act or failure to act by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder or by any noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, and covenants of this Agreement, any of the Fixed Asset Documents or any of the Revolving Loan Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder may have or be otherwise charged with.

(b) Without in any way limiting the generality of Section 7.3(a), but subject to any rights of the Grantors under the Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents and subject to the provisions of Section 5.3(a), the Revolving Administrative Agent and any other Revolving Claimholders may, at any time and from time to time in accordance with the Revolving Loan Documents and/or applicable law, without the consent of, or notice to, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, without incurring any liabilities to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder and without impairing or releasing the relative Lien priorities and other benefits provided in this Agreement (even if any right of subrogation or other right or remedy of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders is affected, impaired, or extinguished thereby) do any one or more of the following:

(i) make loans and advances to the Company or any other Grantor, issue, guaranty or obtain letters of credit for account of the Company or any other Grantor or otherwise extend credit to the Company or any other Grantor, in any amount and on any terms, whether pursuant to a commitment or as a discretionary advance and whether or not any default or event of default or failure of condition is then continuing;

(ii) change the manner, place, or terms of payment of, or change or extend the time of payment of, or amend, renew, exchange, increase, or alter the terms of, any of the Revolving Obligations or any guarantee thereof or any other liability of any Grantor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof (including any increase in or extension of the Revolving Obligations, without any restriction as to the amount, tenor, or terms of any such increase or extension) or otherwise amend, renew, exchange, extend, modify, or supplement in any manner any Revolving Liens, the Revolving Obligations, or any of the Revolving Loan Documents;

(iii) sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon, enforce or otherwise deal with in any manner (subject to the terms hereof) and in any order any part of the

 

56


Revolving Priority Collateral or any liability of any Grantor to the Revolving Claimholders or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof;

(iv) settle or compromise any Revolving Obligation or any other liability of any Grantor or any security therefor or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof and apply any sums by whomsoever paid and however realized to any liability (including the Revolving Obligations) in any manner or order that is not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; and

(v) exercise or delay in or refrain from exercising any right or remedy against any Grantor or any other Person, elect any remedy and otherwise deal freely with any Grantor or any Revolving Priority Collateral and any security and any guarantor or any liability of any Grantor to any Revolving Claimholders or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof;

provided that the foregoing shall not (x) limit or otherwise affect in any way any Grantor’s obligations or liabilities under the Fixed Asset Documents to the extent any of the foregoing constitutes a violation of any of the Fixed Asset Documents or (y) limit the restrictions set forth in Section 5.3(a) or be deemed to be a waiver by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder of any liability of, or any claim against, the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder arising on account of any such violation.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, agrees that the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall have no liability to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders hereby waive any claim against the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, arising out of any and all actions which any Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder may, pursuant to the terms hereof, take, permit or omit to take with respect to:

(i) the Revolving Loan Documents (other than this Agreement);

(ii) the collection of the Revolving Obligations; or

(iii) the foreclosure upon, or sale, liquidation, or other Disposition of, or the failure to foreclose upon, or sell, liquidate, or otherwise Dispose of, any Revolving Priority Collateral.

Each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders have no duty to them in respect of the maintenance or preservation of the Revolving Priority Collateral, the Revolving Obligations, or otherwise (other than the obligations of the Revolving Claimholders under this Agreement).

(d) Without in any way limiting the generality of Section 7.3(a), but subject to any rights of the Grantors under the Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents and subject to the provisions of Section 5.3(b), the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and any other

 

57


Fixed Asset Claimholder of any Series may, at any time and from time to time in accordance with the Fixed Asset Documents of such Series and/or applicable law, without the consent of, or notice to, the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder, without incurring any liabilities to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder and without impairing or releasing the relative Lien priorities and other benefits provided in this Agreement (even if any right of subrogation or other right or remedy of the Revolving Administrative Agent or the other Revolving Claimholders is affected, impaired, or extinguished thereby) do any one or more of the following:

(i) make loans and advances to the Company or any other Grantor, issue, guaranty or obtain letters of credit for account of the Company or any other Grantor or otherwise extend credit to the Company or any other Grantor, in any amount and on any terms, whether pursuant to a commitment or as a discretionary advance and whether or not any default or event of default or failure of condition is then continuing;

(ii) change the manner, place, or terms of payment of, or change or extend the time of payment of, or amend, renew, exchange, increase, or alter, the terms of any of the Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series or any guarantee thereof or any other liability of any Grantor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof (including any increase in or extension of the Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series, without any restriction as to the amount, tenor, or terms of any such increase or extension) or otherwise amend, renew, exchange, extend, modify, or supplement in any manner any Fixed Asset Liens, the Fixed Asset Obligations, or any of the Fixed Asset Documents of such Series;

(iii) subject to the terms of the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect) and the Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect), sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon, enforce or otherwise deal with in any manner (subject to the terms hereof) and in any order any part of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral or any liability of any Grantor to the Fixed Asset Claimholders or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof;

(iv) settle or compromise any Fixed Asset Obligation of such Series or any other liability of any Grantor or any security therefor or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof and apply any sums by whomsoever paid and however realized to any liability (including the Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series) in any manner or order that is not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; and

(v) subject to the terms of the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect) and the Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement (if then in effect), exercise or delay in or refrain from exercising any right or remedy against any Grantor or any other Person, elect any remedy and otherwise deal freely with any Grantor or any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral and any security and any guarantor or any liability of any Grantor to any Fixed Asset Claimholders or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof;

provided that the foregoing shall not (x) limit or otherwise affect in any way any Grantor’s liability under the Revolving Loan Documents to the extent any of the foregoing constitutes a violation of any of the Revolving Loan Documents or (y) limit the restrictions set forth in

 

58


Section 5.3(b) or be deemed to be a waiver by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder of any liability of, or any claim against, any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder arising on account of any such violation.

(e) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that none of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and none of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders shall have any liability to the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders, and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders hereby waive any claim against the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder, arising out of any and all actions which the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder may, pursuant to the terms hereof, take, permit or omit to take with respect to:

(i) the Fixed Asset Documents (other than this Agreement);

(ii) the collection of the Fixed Asset Obligations; or

(iii) the foreclosure upon, or sale, liquidation, or other Disposition of, or the failure to foreclose upon, or sell, liquidate, or otherwise Dispose of, any Fixed Asset Priority Collateral.

The Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the other Revolving Claimholders, agrees that none of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and none of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders have any duty to them in respect of the maintenance or preservation of the Fixed Asset Priority Collateral, the Fixed Asset Obligations, or otherwise (other than the obligations of the Fixed Asset Claimholders under this Agreement).

(f) Until the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations or the Discharge of Revolving Obligations, as the case may be, has occurred, the Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees that neither it nor its related Claimholders shall assert, and hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead, or otherwise assert, or otherwise claim the benefit of, any marshaling, appraisal, valuation, or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the Senior Priority Collateral of the other Class or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.

7.4 Obligations Unconditional . All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, respectively, hereunder shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Revolving Loan Documents or any Fixed Asset Documents;

(b) except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, any change in the time, manner, or place of payment of, or in any other terms of, all or any of the Revolving Obligations or Fixed Asset Obligations, or any amendment or waiver or other modification,

 

59


including any increase in the amount thereof, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of the terms of any Revolving Loan Document or any Fixed Asset Document;

(c) except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, any exchange of any security interest in any Collateral or any other collateral, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of all or any of the Revolving Obligations or Fixed Asset Obligations or any guarantee thereof;

(d) the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding; or

(e) any other circumstances which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Revolving Administrative Agent, any other Revolving Claimholder or any Revolving Obligations or any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, any other Fixed Asset Claimholder or any Fixed Asset Obligations in respect of this Agreement.

SECTION. 8. Representations and Warranties.

8.1 Representations and Warranties of Each Collateral Agent . The Revolving Administrative Agent and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent each represents and warrants to the other that it has been authorized by Revolving Lenders or the holders of Fixed Asset Obligations represented by it, as applicable, under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Indenture, the Additional Junior Obligations Agreement or the Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement, as applicable, to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it.

SECTION. 9. Miscellaneous.

9.1 Conflicts . Except to the extent expressly provided in Section 9.16, as between the Revolving Claimholders on the one hand and the Fixed Asset Claimholders on the other, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any of the Revolving Loan Documents or any of the Fixed Asset Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern and control. Solely as among the Fixed Asset Claimholders, in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and (i) the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, the Fixed Asset Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control or (ii) the Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement, the Fixed Asset Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

9.2 Effectiveness; Continuing Nature of this Agreement; Severability . This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent. This is a continuing agreement of Lien subordination (as opposed to debt or claim subordination), and the Claimholders of any Class may continue, at any time and without notice to the Collateral Agent or the other Claimholders of the other Class, to extend credit and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of any Grantor constituting Revolving Obligations or Fixed Asset Obligations, as the case may be, in reliance hereon. The Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, hereby waive any right any of them may have under

 

60


applicable law to revoke this Agreement or any of the provisions of this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement shall survive, and shall continue in full force and effect, in any Insolvency Proceeding. Consistent with, but not in limitation of, the preceding sentence, the Revolving Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, irrevocably acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes a “subordination agreement” within the meaning of both New York law and Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and is intended to be and shall be interpreted to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted pursuant to applicable non-Bankruptcy Law. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. All references to any Grantor shall include such Grantor as debtor and debtor in possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor in any Insolvency Proceeding. This Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect (a) with respect to the Revolving Administrative Agent, the other Revolving Claimholders, and the Revolving Obligations, on the date that the Discharge of Revolving Obligations has occurred, and (b) with respect to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, the other Fixed Asset Claimholders and the Fixed Asset Obligations of any Series, on the date that the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series has occurred.

9.3 Amendments; Waivers .

(a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 9.3(b), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or otherwise modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Revolving Administrative Agent and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent; provided that no such agreement shall by its terms amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or obligations of any Grantor without the Company’s prior written consent; provided further that:

(i) in connection with any Refinancing contemplated by Section 5.3, the Revolving Administrative Agent and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent shall enter (and are hereby authorized to enter without the consent of any other Claimholder), at the written request and expense of the Company, into such amendments or other modifications of this Agreement as are reasonably necessary to add the new collateral agent (or similar representative) in respect of such Refinancing Indebtedness as a party hereto and to provide such new collateral agent (or similar representative), and the other holders of such Refinancing Indebtedness, the rights and

 

61


obligations hereunder of the Collateral Agent in respect of, or the holders of, the Indebtedness or other Obligations being Refinanced and to otherwise reflect such Refinancing (and in connection therewith to provide for technical modifications to this Agreement to facilitate the foregoing), it being the intent that such amendments or other modifications (x) establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing any Refinancing Indebtedness will have the same priorities relative to the Liens on such Collateral securing Obligations of the other Class as the Liens that secured the Indebtedness being Refinanced had immediately prior to such Refinancing and (y) provide to the parties benefited by the Liens on any Collateral securing such Refinancing Indebtedness the same rights and obligations relative to the parties holding Liens on such Collateral securing Obligations of the other Class as the parties that were benefited by the Liens that secured such Indebtedness or other Obligations being Refinanced had immediately prior to such Refinancing; and

(ii) To the extent, but only to the extent, permitted by the provisions of the Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents, the Company may incur or issue and sell one or more series or classes of Indebtedness under credit agreements, debt facilities, indentures and/or commercial paper facilities that the Company designates as an Additional Junior Obligations Agreement or Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement as applicable. In order to so designate any credit agreements, debt facilities, indentures and/or commercial paper facilities as an Additional Junior Obligations Agreement or an Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement, as applicable, such credit agreements, debt facilities, indentures and/or commercial paper facilities must satisfy the requirements of the definition of Additional Junior Obligations or Additional Pari Passu Obligations, as applicable and the Company must deliver to each Collateral Agent a designation in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto. Additionally the Collateral Agent under such Additional Junior Obligations Agreement or Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement shall have executed and delivered to each other Collateral Agent a joinder agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto whereby such new Collateral Agent agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and represents and warrants that the Additional Junior Obligations Agreement or Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement, as applicable, provides that the Claimholders thereunder will be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

9.4 Information Concerning Financial Condition of Certain Entities . The Revolving Claimholders, on the one hand, and the Fixed Asset Claimholders (other than the Trustee and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents), on the other hand, shall in each case be responsible for keeping themselves informed of (a) the financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries and all endorsers and/or guarantors of the Revolving Obligations or the Fixed Asset Obligations and (b) all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Revolving Obligations or the Fixed Asset Obligations. The Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall have no duty to advise the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholder of information known to it or them regarding such condition or any such circumstances or otherwise. None of the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and none of the other Fixed Asset Claimholders shall have any duty to advise the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholder of information known to it or them regarding such condition or any such circumstances or otherwise. In the event the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders, or any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to

 

62


any other party to this Agreement, it or they shall be under no obligation (i) to make, and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders, or the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, as the case may be, shall not be required to make, any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the accuracy, completeness, truthfulness, or validity of any such information so provided, (ii) to provide any additional information or to provide any such information on any subsequent occasion, (iii) to undertake any investigation or (iv) to disclose any information, which pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial practices, such party wishes to maintain confidential or is otherwise required to maintain confidential.

9.5 Subrogation . (a) With respect to any payments or distributions in cash, property, or other assets that any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders pay over to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders under the terms of this Agreement, such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it shall be subrogated to the rights of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders and (b) with respect to any payments or distributions in cash, property, or other assets that the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders pay over to any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it under the terms of this Agreement, the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders shall be subrogated to the rights of such Fixed Asset Collateral Agent and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it; provided , however , that each of the Revolving Administrative Agent, for itself and the other Revolving Claimholders, and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent, for itself and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders represented by it, agrees not to assert or enforce any such rights of subrogation it or they may acquire as a result of any payment hereunder until the Discharge of Revolving Obligations or Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations, as applicable, has occurred. Any payments or distributions in cash, property or other assets received by the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders that are paid over to any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce any of the Revolving Obligations. Any payments or distributions in cash, property or other assets received by any Fixed Asset Collateral Agent or any other Fixed Asset Claimholders that are paid over to the Revolving Administrative Agent or any other Revolving Claimholders pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce any of the Fixed Asset Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5, none of the Revolving Claimholders shall have any claim against any of the Fixed Asset Claimholders for any impairment of any subrogation rights herein granted to the Revolving Claimholders, and none of the Fixed Asset Claimholders shall have any claim against any of the Revolving Claimholders for any impairment of any subrogation rights herein granted to the Fixed Asset Claimholders.

9.6 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS .

(a) ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL AGENT OR ANY OTHER CLAIMHOLDER OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT EXCLUSIVELY IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN. BY EXECUTING AND

 

63


DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH COLLATERAL AGENT, FOR ITSELF AND ITS RELATED CLAIMHOLDERS, IRREVOCABLY:

(i) AGREES THAT THE ONLY NECESSARY PARTIES TO ANY AND ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE THE PARTIES HERETO, EXCEPT WHERE IN ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDING RELIEF (INCLUDING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF OR THE RECOVERY OF MONEY) IS BEING SOUGHT DIRECTLY AGAINST OR FROM A PERSON THAT IS NOT A PARTY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, AND CONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 9.14 AND 9.16, NONE OF THE REVOLVING CLAIMHOLDERS (OTHER THAN THE REVOLVING ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT) OR THE FIXED ASSET CLAIMHOLDERS (OTHER THAN THE FIXED ASSET COLLATERAL AGENTS) SHALL BE NECESSARY OR OTHERWISE APPROPRIATE PARTIES TO ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS, UNLESS IN SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDING SUMS ARE BEING SOUGHT TO BE RECOVERED DIRECTLY FROM SUCH PERSONS, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.2, OR THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE SOUGHT TO BE ENFORCED DIRECTLY AGAINST SUCH PERSONS.

(ii) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; AND

(iii) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS.

(b) EACH COLLATERAL AGENT, FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS RELATED CLAIMHOLDERS, HEREBY WAIVES ITS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH COLLATERAL AGENT, FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS RELATED CLAIMHOLDERS, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH COLLATERAL AGENT, FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF ITS RELATED CLAIMHOLDERS, FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 9.6(b) AND EXECUTED BY THE REVOLVING ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE FIXED ASSET COLLATERAL AGENTS), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT

 

64


AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

9.7 Notices . All notices to the Revolving Claimholders permitted or required under this Agreement shall also be sent to the Revolving Administrative Agent. All notices to the Fixed Asset Claimholders of any Series permitted or required under this Agreement shall also be sent to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent of such Series. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served or sent by facsimile or United States mail or courier service or electronic mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of facsimile or electronic mail, or 3 Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed. For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto shall be as is set forth on Annex 1. The Fixed Asset Collateral Agent of each Series shall provide written notice to the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (if different) of the Discharge of Fixed Asset Obligations of such Series, and the Revolving Administrative Agent shall provide written notice to the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents of the Discharge of Revolving Obligations.

9.8 Further Assurances . Each of the Revolving Administrative Agent and each Fixed Asset Collateral Agent agrees to take such further action and shall execute (without recourse or warranty) and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested in writing) as the Revolving Administrative Agent or the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, as the case may be, may request, acting in accordance with the Revolving Loan Documents or the Fixed Asset Documents, as applicable, to effectuate the terms of and the relative Lien priorities contemplated by this Agreement, all at the expense of the Grantors.

9.9 APPLICABLE LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

9.10 Binding on Successors and Assign . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Revolving Administrative Agent, the other Revolving Claimholders, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents, the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, and their respective successors and assigns.

9.11 Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

9.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith by facsimile transmission or by email as a “.pdf’ or “.tif’ attachment shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other document or instrument, as applicable.

 

65


9.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement and the rights and benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and its respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and bind each of the Revolving Claimholders and the Fixed Asset Claimholders. Other than with respect to Section 9.3(b), which shall also inure to the benefit of the Company, in no event shall any Grantor be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

9.14 Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders, on the one hand, and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, on the other hand (other than Section 9.3(b), under which the Company shall be a third party beneficiary). Other than Section 9.3(b), which shall also inure to the benefit of the Company, no Grantor or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights hereunder and no Grantor may rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall impair, as between the Grantors and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders, or as between the Grantors and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, the obligations of the Grantors to pay principal, interest, fees and other amounts as provided in the Revolving Loan Documents and the Fixed Asset Documents, respectively.

9.15 Specific Performance . Each of the Revolving Administrative Agent and the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may demand specific performance of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of the other provisions of this Agreement, in seeking specific performance in any Insolvency Proceeding, the Revolving Administrative Agent or the Designated Fixed Asset Collateral Agent may seek such or any other relief as if it were the “holder” of the claims of the Claimholders of the other Class under Section 1126(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise had been granted an irrevocable power of attorney by the Claimholders of the other Class.

9.16 Indenture Protections and Rights . In connection with its execution and acting under this Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent is entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits and indemnities provided to it under the Notes Documents, all of which are incorporated by reference herein mutatis mutandis .

9.17 ABL Intercreditor Agreement Acknowledgement . Reference is made to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement Acknowledgement executed and delivered in respect of this Agreement (i) on the date hereof by Parent, the Company and each other Grantor that is a Grantor on the date hereof and (ii) after the date hereof, pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents, by each Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Grantor after the date hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

66


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Revolving Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[ABL Intercreditor Signature Page]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as Notes Collateral Agent, and as a Fixed Asset Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[ABL Intercreditor Signature Page]


ANNEX 1

Notice Addresses

 

  (a) if to the Revolving Administrative Agent,

Goldman Sachs Bank USA,

as Administrative Agent for the Lenders referred to below

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: SBD Loan Operations

Telephone: 212-902-1099

Facsimile: 917-977-3966 / 646-769-7829

E-mail: gsmmg-operations@gs.com

 

  (b) if to the Notes Collateral Agent,

Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: FBM Finance/LSF9 Cypress Secured Notes Administrator

Fax: (302) 636-4145

Email:tmorris@wilmingtontrust.com.

 

[ABL Intercreditor Signature Page]


ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT ACKNOWLEDGMENT

1. Acknowledgement. Each of LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ” and together with its subsidiaries party to the Revolving Credit Agreement as Additional Revolving Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”) and the other Grantors party hereto, acknowledges that it has received a copy of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016, among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Junior Obligations Agent and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent (the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) as in effect on the date hereof, and consents thereto, agrees to recognize all rights granted thereby to the Revolving Administrative Agent, the other Revolving Claimholders, the Notes Collateral Agent, the other Notes Claimholders, and any other Collateral Agent or Claimholder from time to time party thereto or bound thereby, and agrees that it shall not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the date hereof (and, to the extent such Grantor has been notified of the terms of any amendment, as amended or otherwise modified pursuant thereto). Each of the Grantors further acknowledges and agrees that (a) other than with respect to Section 9.3(b) of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, under which the Company is a third party beneficiary, no Grantor is a beneficiary or third party beneficiary of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, (b) no Grantor has any rights under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, and no Grantor may rely on the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, in each case other than Section 9.3(b) of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, which also inure to the benefit of the Company, and (c) nothing in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall impair, as between the Grantors and the Revolving Administrative Agent and the other Revolving Claimholders, or as between the Grantors and the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders, the obligations of the Grantors to pay principal, interest, fees and other amounts as provided in the Revolving Loan Documents or the Fixed Asset Documents, respectively.

2. Notices. The address of the Grantors for purposes of all notices and other communications hereunder and under the Intercreditor Agreement is:

[●] 4

With a copy to:

[●]

Any notice or other communication hereunder or under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall be in writing and may be personally served or sent by facsimile or United States mail or courier service or electronic mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of facsimile or electronic mail, or three Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed.

 

 

4   To be updated.

 

[ABL Intercreditor Signature Page]


3. Counterparts . This Acknowledgement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one document. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Acknowledgement by facsimile transmission or by email as a “.pdf’ or “.tif’ attachment shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Acknowledgement.

4. Governing Law . THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

5. Credit Document . This Acknowledgement shall constitute a Revolving Loan Document and a Fixed Asset Document.

6. Miscellaneous . The provisions of Section 9.6 of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement will apply with like effect to this Acknowledgement, mutatis mutandis as though the references therein to the Revolving Administrative Agent or the Fixed Asset Collateral Agent(s) refer instead to each Grantor. The Revolving Administrative Agent, the other Revolving Claimholders, the Fixed Asset Collateral Agents and the other Fixed Asset Claimholders are the intended beneficiaries of this Acknowledgement. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.


ACKNOWLEDGED AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE:

 

[●] 5
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

5   To be updated.

 

[ABL Intercreditor Signature Page]


Exhibit A

[FORM OF] FIXED ASSET DEBT DOCUMENT DESIGNATION NO. [                    ] (this “ Designation ”) dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] with respect to the ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [              ], 20[      ] (the “ ABL Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Junior Obligations Agent and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent and acknowledged and agreed to by LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the other Grantors party thereto.

Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

This Designation is being executed and delivered in order to designate the below described credit agreement, debt facility, indenture and/or commercial paper facility as an [Additional Junior Obligations Agreement]/[Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement] entitled to the benefit of and subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

The undersigned, the duly appointed [ specify title of Responsible Officer ] of the Company hereby certifies on behalf of the Company that:

Section 1. [ Insert name of the Company or other Grantor ] intends to enter into [describe new debt facility] (the “New Agreement”) which New Agreement satisfies all requirements of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement to be an [Additional Junior Obligations Agreement]/[Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement] and it hereby designated as such.

Section 2. The incurrence of the Indebtedness under the New Agreement is permitted by each applicable Revolving Document and Fixed Asset Document.

Section 3. The name and address of the Agent for such New Agreement is:

 

[Insert name and all capacities; Address]
Telephone:                                                                                    
Fax:                                                                                     
Email                                                                                   
Email:                                                                                   

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this designation as of the day and year first above written.

 

[                                                                                    ]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

2


Exhibit B

JOINDER AGREEMENT NO. with respect to the ABL INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [              ], 20[      ] (the “ ABL Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Revolving Administrative Agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, each Additional Junior Obligations Agent and each Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agent and acknowledged and agreed to by LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”) LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and the other Grantors party thereto (the “ Grantors ”).

A. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

B. The undersigned (the “ New Agent ”) is the Agent under the [described facility] which has been designated by the Company as an [Additional Junior Obligations Agreement]/[Additional Pari Passu Obligations Agreement entitled to the benefit of and subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

C. The New Agent wishes to become a party to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement as a Fixed Asset Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

Accordingly, the New Agent, and the Grantors agrees as follows, for the benefit of each other party to the Intercreditor Agreement:

Section 1. Accession to the Intercreditor Agreement. The New Agent (a) hereby accedes and becomes a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Fixed Asset Collateral Agent (b) agrees, for itself and on behalf of the holders of the Fixed Asset Obligations represented by it to all the terms and provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and (c) shall have all the rights and obligations of an Agent under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 2. Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgement of the New Agent. The New Agent represents and warrants to each other Collateral Agent and to the Claimholders that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Joinder Agreement, in its capacity as a Fixed Asset Collateral Agent with respect to the Fixed Asset Obligations represented by it (b) this Joinder Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Joinder Agreement and (c) the Fixed Asset Documents relating to such Fixed Asset Obligations provide that, upon the New Agent’s entry into this Joinder Agreement, the Claimholders in respect of such Fixed Asset Obligations will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 3. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Joinder Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith by telecopy or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement or such other document or instrument, as applicable.


Section 4. Section Headings. Section heading used in this Joinder Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or to be taken in consideration in the interpretation hereof.

Section 5. Benefit of Agreement. The agreements set forth herein or undertaken pursuant hereto are for the benefit of, and may be enforced by, any party to the Intercreditor Agreement subject to any limitations set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the Grantors.

Section 6. Governing Law. THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 7. Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Joinder Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, none of the parties hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 8. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.7 of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Agent shall be given to it at the address set forth under its signature hereto, which information supplements Annex I of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Agent has duly executed this Joinder Agreement to the Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW AGENT], as Fixed Asset Collateral Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for notices:

 

 

 

attention of:                                                                     
Telecopy:                                                                       

 

3


EXHIBIT G

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO BELOW. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS REPRESENTED HEREBY MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SUCH CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

$[              ]    New York, New York
   [                      ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned [Borrower, a                       ] (including its permitted successors, the “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to [                      ] (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds, the principal amount of (a) [              ] DOLLARS ($[          ]) or, if less, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) owing by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The principal amount shall be paid on the applicable dates specified in the Credit Agreement. The Borrower further agrees to pay interest in like money at such office on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the applicable rates and on the applicable dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

The holder of this Note is authorized to endorse on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof the date, Type and amount of each Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the date and amount of each payment or prepayment of principal thereof, each continuation thereof, each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the length of each Interest Period with respect thereto. Each such endorsement shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information endorsed absent manifest error. The failure to make any such endorsement or any error in any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of any Revolving Credit Loan.

This Note (a) is one of the Notes referred to in the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among the Borrower, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Additional US Borrowers, the Canadian Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties

 

G-1


to thereto as lenders and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), (b) is subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and (c) is subject to prepayment in whole or in part as provided in the Credit Agreement. This Note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Loan Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Loan Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and the guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interests and each guarantee were granted and the rights of the holder of this Note in respect thereof.

The principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans owing to the Lender, the rates of interest applicable thereto and the date and amount of each payment made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender on its books; provided that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing under the Credit Agreement or this Note.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any one or more Events of Default, all principal and all accrued interest then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable, all as provided in the Credit Agreement.

All parties now and hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether maker, principal, surety, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, hereby waive presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.4 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

G-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereby caused this Note to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

[BORROWER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

G-3


Schedule A

to Revolving Note

LOANS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF ABR LOANS

 

Date

 

Amount of ABR
Loans

 

Amount

Converted to

ABR Loans

 

Amount of

Principal of

ABR Loans

Repaid

 

Amount of ABR
Loans Converted to
Eurodollar Loans

 

Unpaid Principal
Balance of ABR
Loans

 

Notation Made

By

           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

Schedule A


Schedule B

to Revolving Note

LOANS, CONTINUATIONS, CONVERSIONS AND REPAYMENTS OF EURODOLLAR LOANS

 

Date

 

Amount of

Eurodollar

Loans

 

Amount

Converted to

Eurodollar

Loans

 

Interest

Period and

Adjusted

LIBO Rate

with Respect

Thereto

 

Amount of

Principal of

Eurodollar

Loans Repaid

 

Amount of

Eurodollar Loans

Converted to

ABR Loans

 

Unpaid Principal

Balance of

Eurodollar

Loans

 

Notation Made

By

             
             
             
             
             
             
             

 

Schedule B


EXHIBIT H-1

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the applicable Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:               , 20[    ]

 

H-1 – 1


EXHIBIT H-2

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Borrower”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “Borrowers”, and each, a “Borrower), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the applicable Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:               , 20[    ]

 

H-2 – 1


EXHIBIT H-3

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Borrower”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “Borrowers”, and each, a “Borrower), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the applicable Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

H-3 – 1


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:               , 20[    ]

 

H-3 – 2


EXHIBIT H-4

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

[FORM OF]

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Borrower”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “Borrowers”, and each, a “Borrower), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”).

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the applicable Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the applicable Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms for each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

H-4 – 1


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:               , 20[    ]

 

H-4 – 2


EXHIBIT I

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

[Date]

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: SBD Loan Operations

Telephone: 212-902-1099

Facsimile: 917-977-3966 / 646-769-7829

E-mail: gsmmg-operations@gs.com

[LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC][Additional US Borrower][Canadian Borrower]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Section 2.3 of that certain ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement as lenders and as issuing banks and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), the [Initial Borrower][undersigned Additional US Borrower][undersigned Canadian Borrower] hereby requests a Revolving Credit Loan under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Revolving Credit Loan:

1. The Borrower for the proposed Revolving Credit Loan is [                    ], which is a [US][Canadian] Borrower.

2. The currency for the requested Borrowing is [                    ]. 1

3. The requested date for the borrowing of the proposed Revolving Credit Loan is

 

1  

To be US Dollars or Canadian Dollars.

 

I-1


[      ], [20    ] (the “ Borrowing Date ”). 2

4. The Type of the proposed Revolving Credit Loan is a [ABR Loan][Eurodollar Loan].

5. The currency and aggregate amount of the proposed Revolving Credit Loan is $/€[          ].

[6. The initial Interest Period for each Eurodollar Borrowing made as part of the proposed Revolving Credit Loan is      month[s].] 3

7. [Insert location and number of the account to which the funds requested pursuant to this Borrowing Request are to be disbursed.] 4

8. The US Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Borrowing Base at such time (based on the Borrowing Base Certificate last delivered) are $[          ], $[          ] and $[          ], respectively.

[9. The Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to this Borrowing Request [do not] constitute Agent Advances (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to make such Agent Advance).] 5

[The [undersigned Borrower] hereby represents and warrants that [the conditions specified in Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied as of the Borrowing Date] 6 [and that, during the existence of a Compliance Period, the computations showing compliance with the Financial Covenant set forth in Section 6.1 are attached as Annex I hereto] 7 .]

Very truly yours,

[BORROWER]

 

 

2   The Borrowing Request shall be delivered (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing (other than Eurodollar Borrowings to be incurred on the Closing Date which notice may be given not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the Closing Date) or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing (including Agent Advances), not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. The requested date must be a Business Day.
3   To be included only in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing. Interest Periods may be one, two, three or six months (or, if made available by all participating Lenders, 12 months).
4   To comply with Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement.
5   To be included only in the case of an ABR Borrowing.
6   To be included for Borrowings following the Closing Date.
7   To be included for Borrowings following the Closing Date during a Compliance Period.

 

I-2


By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

I-3


Annex 1 to Exhibit I

[Financial Covenant]

 

Annex 1 to Exhibit I


EXHIBIT J

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

August 9, 2016

This Solvency Certificate is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(e) of that certain ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC (“ Holdings ”), a Delaware limited liability company, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), which provides for an asset-based loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of up to $250,000,000 (the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement).

I, [                      ], the [Responsible Officer] of Holdings (after giving effect to the Transactions), in such capacity and not in an individual capacity, hereby certify on behalf of Holdings as follows:

1. The sum of the debt and liabilities (subordinated, contingent or otherwise) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, does not exceed the fair value of the present assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.

2. The capital of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is not unreasonably small in relation to their business as conducted or contemplated to be conducted on the date hereof.

3. The present fair saleable value of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the total amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities (including contingent liabilities), on a consolidated basis, of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as they become absolute and matured.

4. Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have not incurred and do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts or other liabilities, including current obligations, beyond their ability to pay such debts or other liabilities as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise).

5. No Canadian Loan Party is an “insolvent person” for the purposes of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada).

 

J-1


6. For purposes of this Solvency Certificate, the amount of any contingent liability has been computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing as of the date hereof, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

7. In reaching the conclusions set forth in this Solvency Certificate, the undersigned has (i) reviewed the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Senior Secured Notes Documents referred to therein and such other documents deemed relevant and (ii) made such other investigations and inquiries as the undersigned has deemed appropriate. The undersigned is familiar with the financial performance and prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

8. The undersigned confirms and acknowledges that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of this Solvency Certificate in connection with the Commitments and Loans under the Credit Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

J-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Solvency Certificate on the date first written above.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:   [Responsible Officer]

 

J-3


EXHIBIT K-1

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF NOTICE OF ADDITIONAL BORROWER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This NOTICE OF ADDITIONAL BORROWER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated              , 201    made by                      (the “ Additional Borrower ”), in favor of GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the Lenders party to that certain ABL Credit Agreement, dated August 9, 2016, among LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Additional US Borrowers, the Canadian Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Additional Borrower has elected to be added as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Additional Borrower has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to become a party to the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Credit Agreement . By executing and delivering this Agreement, the Additional Borrower, as provided in Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, (a) hereby becomes a party to the Credit Agreement as a Borrower thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Borrower and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Borrower thereunder. The Additional Borrower hereby represents and warrants that (i) each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3 of the Credit Agreement is true, correct and complete in all material respects (or if qualified by materiality therein, in all respects) on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof (after giving effect to this Agreement), except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true, correct and complete in all material respects (or if qualified by materiality therein, in all respects) on and as of such earlier date and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the addition of the Additional Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

K-1-1


2. Loan Document . This Agreement shall constitute a “Loan Document” for purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, whether or not reference is made to this Agreement in the Credit Agreement or in any other Loan Document or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith.

3. Acknowledgment and Consent . Each Additional Borrower hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Agreement and consents hereto. Each Additional Borrower acknowledges and agrees that each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall continue in full force and effect and that all of its obligations thereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or effectiveness of this Agreement.

4. Conditions Precedent . The effectiveness of this Agreement is conditioned on the Administrative Agent receiving (i) documents required by Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement with respect to such Additional Borrower, (ii) such documentation and other information reasonably requested in writing by each Lender within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of this Agreement to satisfy requirements under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the PATRIOT Act and the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) (Canada) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) [and (iii) the consent of each Lender has been obtained] 1 .

5. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Notice of Additional Borrower and Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL BORROWER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

1   To be included for Additional Borrowers organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States.

 

K-1-2


EXHIBIT K-2

to the ABL

Credit Agreement

FORM OF NOTICE OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR

[Date]

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: SBD Loan Operations

Telephone: 212-902-1099

Facsimile: 917-977-3966 / 646-769-7829

E-mail: gsmmg-operations@gs.com

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Notice of Additional Guarantor is delivered pursuant to Section 10.2(a) of that certain ABL Credit Agreement, dated August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), by and among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”, and together with the Additional US Borrowers and the Canadian Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”, and each, a “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) and reference is made thereto for full particulars of the matters described therein.

Holdings hereby provides notice that it hereby elects to add [                      ], effective as of [            ], 20[    ] 1 a [jurisdiction] [type of entity] (the “ Additional Guarantor ”), a Group Member which is currently an Excluded Subsidiary or any other Person reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as a Discretionary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement.

Holdings and the Additional Guarantor shall deliver the documents required by Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement, with respect to the Additional Guarantor.

 

 

1   To be no earlier than 15 Business Days after the date of the notice.

 

K-2-1


[Pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement, Holdings hereby requests that the Administrative Agent consent to the addition of the Additional Guarantor as a Discretionary Guarantor, such consent to be evidenced by the Administrative Agent’s signature hereto.] 2

In accordance with Section 10.2(d) of the Credit Agreement, the effectiveness of this Notice of Additional Guarantor is conditioned upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of (a) opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered to the Administrative Agent under Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement and (b) all other documentation and other information reasonably requested in writing by each Lender within ten Business Days following receipt of this Notice of Additional Guarantor to satisfy requirements under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the PATRIOT Act and the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) (Canada) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada).

This Notice of Additional Guarantor shall constitute a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTICE OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR SHALL BE CONSTRUED BY, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

 

2   To be included only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required; pursuant to Section 10.2, no such consent is required if the Additional Guarantor is organized under the laws of a Qualified Jurisdiction.

 

K-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Notice of Additional Guarantor to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Notice of Additional Guarantor]


[Consented to by:] 1
[GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as Administrative Agent]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

1   To be included only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required.

 

[Notice of Additional Guarantor]


EXHIBIT L

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

as Administrative Agent

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: SBD Loan Operations

Telephone: 212-902-1099

Facsimile: 917-977-3966 / 646-769-7829

E-mail: gsmmg-operations@gs.com

Bank of America Business Capital

as Collateral Agent

Attention: Carlos Gil or Portfolio Management

333 S. Hope Street, 13th Floor

CA9-193-13-33

Los Angeles, CA 90071

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby certifies that:

1. I am the duly elected                      of LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”).

2. In accordance with subsection 5.2(c) of that certain ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement), by and among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Initial Borrower, the Additional US Borrowers, the Canadian Borrowers, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent, attached hereto as Annex 1 is a true and accurate calculation of the US Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Borrowing Base as of               , 20      , determined in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

L-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

L-2


Annex 1 to Exhibit L

[Attach supporting calculations for the US Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Borrowing Base in reasonable detail]

 

Annex 1 to Exhibit L


EXHIBIT M

FORM OF COLLATERAL ACCESS AGREEMENT 1

This COLLATERAL ACCESS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by [NAME OF LANDLORD] (“ Landlord ”), to and for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Bank USA as Administrative Agent for the Secured Creditors (as defined below) (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the ABL Credit Agreement referred to below shall be used herein as therein defined.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS , Landlord is the record title holder and owner of certain real property located at [ADDRESS OF PROPERTY] (the “ Real Property ”);

WHEREAS , [NAME OF TENANT], a [JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION/ FORMATION] (“ Tenant ”), has possession of and occupies all or a portion of the Real Property (the “ Premises ”) in accordance with that certain lease agreement described in Schedule A attached hereto (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”);

WHEREAS , reference is made to that certain ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016 (as it may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, extended, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ ABL Credit Agreement ”), among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”), the Additional US Borrowers (as defined therein), the Canadian Borrowers (as defined therein), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders and as issuing banks (the “ Lenders ”), the Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ” and, together with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the “ Lender Creditors ”), pursuant to which Tenant (an affiliate of the Initial Borrower) has executed one or more guarantee and collateral agreements and other collateral documents in relation to the ABL Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS , Tenant’s repayment of (or guaranty of) the extensions of credit made by the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement will be secured in part by substantially all of the assets of Tenant, including, but not limited to, all of the following now or hereafter located on the Premises, (i) all inventory of Tenant, (ii) all equipment used in Tenant’s business, (iii) all leasehold improvements of Tenant, and (iv) all furniture and all other personal property (the “ Collateral ”); and

 

 

1   Subject to reasonable changes to conform to local laws, as applicable, in the reasonable discretion of the Collateral Agent.

 

Exhibit M


WHEREAS , the Administrative Agent has requested that Landlord execute this Agreement as a requirement under the ABL Credit Agreement.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Collateral Agent as follows:

1. Landlord Lien . (a) Landlord certifies that (i) Landlord is the landlord under the Lease described in Schedule A attached hereto, (ii) the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified or supplemented except as set forth in Schedule A hereto, (iii) Landlord has sent no notice of default to Lessee under the Lease respecting a default which has not been cured by Lessee, and Landlord has no knowledge of the occurrence of any other default under or in connection with the Lease, (iv) to the knowledge of Landlord, there is no defense, offset, claim or counterclaim by or in favor of Landlord against Tenant under the Lease or against the obligations of Landlord under the Lease and (v) except as disclosed to Administrative Agent, no portion of the Premises is encumbered in any way by any deed of trust or mortgage lien or ground or superior lease.

(b) Landlord hereby (i) waives and releases unto the Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns any and all security interests created by statute, contract (including the Lease) or by common law and any and all rights granted by or under any present or future laws to levy, execute or distraint for rent or any other charges which may be due to Landlord against the Collateral, and any and all other claims, liens and demands of every kind which it now has or may hereafter have against the Collateral (including, without limitation, any right to include the Collateral in any secured financing that Landlord may become a party to), and (ii) agrees that any rights, claims or demands it may have in or to the Collateral, no matter how arising (to the extent not effectively waived pursuant to clause (a)(i) of this paragraph 1), shall be subordinate to the rights of the Collateral Agent in respect thereof. Landlord acknowledges that the Collateral is and will remain personal property and not fixtures or part of the underlying real estate even though it may be affixed to or placed on the Premises.

(c) Landlord further agrees not to assert any claim to the Collateral while Tenant is indebted under (or in respect of) the ABL Credit Agreement. Landlord acknowledges that the Collateral Agent shall have a first priority security interest in the Collateral and that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to file and record Uniform Commercial Code or Personal Property Security Act financing statements (or equivalent) against the Collateral.

2. Nature of Collateral . The Collateral may be installed in or located on the Premises and is not and shall not be deemed to be a fixture or part of the underlying real estate but shall at all times be considered personal property.

3. Collateral Agent’s Access . (a) Landlord agrees that while the Lease is in effect (including during any extension or renewal periods) it will not prevent the Administrative Agent or its designees from entering upon the Premises at all reasonable times to inspect, appraise or remove the Collateral.

 

Exhibit M


(b) In the event that Landlord either deems itself entitled to redeem or take possession of the Premises during the term of the Lease or intends to terminate the Lease prior to the expiration of the term thereof due to a default of Tenant thereunder, Landlord will deliver notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent to that effect not less than twenty (20) days before taking such action. Landlord agrees that within the 90-day period after the Administrative Agent receives the Termination Notice (the “ Disposition Period ”), the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter upon and into the Premises for the purpose of assembling, repossessing, appraising, displaying, removing, preparing for sale or lease, repairing, transferring, selling (at public or private sale) or otherwise dealing with the Collateral. Landlord further agrees that during the Disposition Period, Landlord will not interfere with the Administrative Agent’s actions in removing the Collateral from the Premises or such other of the Administrative Agent’s actions in otherwise enforcing its security interest in the Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, Landlord acknowledges that the Administrative Agent shall at no time have any obligation to remove the Collateral from the Premises. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any diminution in value of the Premises caused by the absence of the Collateral actually removed or by the need to replace the Collateral after such removal. For the actual period of occupancy by the Collateral Agent during the Disposition Period, the Collateral Agent will pay to Landlord a fee equal to the basic rent required to be paid under the Lease by tenant as if the Lease were in full force and effect, pro rated on a per diem basis based on a thirty (30) day month (provided, that such rent shall exclude any rent adjustments, indemnity payments, or similar amounts payable under the Lease for default, holdover status or similar charges), to the extent that such amount is not paid by Tenant.

(c) In entering upon or into the Premises under either clause (a) or (b) set forth above of this paragraph 3, the Collateral Agent hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, not as a result of the Landlord’s own gross negligence or breach and caused solely by the Administrative Agent entering upon or into the Premises and taking any of the foregoing actions with respect to the Collateral. Such costs shall include any damage to the Premises made by the Collateral Agent in severing and/or removing the Collateral therefrom and taking any of the foregoing actions with respect to the Collateral. Additionally, the Collateral Agent shall repair, at its sole cost and expense, any physical damage to the Premises actually caused by the Administrative Agent’s taking any of the foregoing actions with respect to the Collateral.

4. Default Notices . Landlord shall send to the Collateral Agent a copy of any notice of default under the Lease sent by Landlord to Tenant (the “ Default Notice ”). In addition, Landlord shall send to Administrative Agent a copy of any notice received by Landlord of a breach or default under any other lease, mortgage, deed of trust, security agreement or other instrument to which Landlord is a party which may affect Landlord’s rights in, or possession of, the Premises. Any Default Notice shall state the nature of the default and shall specify the amounts of rent or other payments provided for that are claimed to be in default.

5. Default and Cure Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, and without thereby assuming Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, in the event of a default by Tenant under the Lease, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure any such default(s) within, and the Landlord shall not exercise any remedies it may have against the Tenant under the Lease, at law or in equity, until the expiry of, the later of

 

Exhibit M


(a) thirty (30) days following receipt of a Default Notice, and (b) the last day of the cure period available to Tenant under the terms of the Lease (except with respect to payment default(s), which cure must be made within the later of (i) fifteen (15) days following receipt of a Default Notice, and (ii) the last day of the cure period available to Tenant under the terms of the Lease with respect to payment default(s)); provided, however, that if a non-monetary default cannot reasonably be cured by the Administrative Agent within such thirty (30) day period, the Administrative Agent shall have, and the Landlord shall not exercise any remedies it may have against the Tenant under the Lease, at law or in equity, until the expiry of, such additional period of time as shall be reasonably necessary (at Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion) to cure such non-monetary default so long as the Administrative Agent commences such curative measures within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter proceeds diligently to complete such curative measures.

6. Delivery of Notices . All notices to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent to the Collateral Agent by e-mail, by facsimile, by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight delivery service at the address set forth on the signature page to this Agreement.

7. Expiration of Agreement . The provisions of this Agreement shall continue in effect until the earlier of (a) the date on which the Lease would otherwise terminate absent a Tenant default, and (b) Landlord shall have received the Administrative Agent’s written certification that the ABL Credit Agreement has been terminated.

8. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

9. Successors and Assigns . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successor and assigns of Landlord (including any successor owner of the Real Property) and the Administrative Agent. Landlord will disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to any purchaser or successor to Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

10. Amendments . This Agreement may not be changed or terminated orally and is binding upon, and inures to the benefit of, the parties hereto, the Secured Parties and each of their respective successors and assigns.

11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but together the counterparts shall constitute one and the same document.

12. ABL Credit Agreement . The parties thereto may, without in any way affecting or limiting this Agreement, and without notice to Landlord, modify, supplement, restate (in whole or in part), replace or refinance the ABL Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents thereunder.

 

Exhibit M


[ Signature page follows ]

 

Exhibit M


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

[NAME OF LANDLORD], as Landlord
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  [Address]

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: SBD Loan Operations

Telephone: 212-902-1099

Facsimile: 917-977-3966 / 646-769-7829

E-mail: gsmmg-operations@gs.com

 

Exhibit M


Schedule A

Description of Lease

 

Lessor

 

Lessee

 

Dated

 

Modification

 

Location/

Property

Address

[●]

  [●]   [●]   [●]   [●]

 

Exhibit M

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

INCREMENTAL FACILITY AMENDMENT, dated as of September 23, 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), to the ABL Credit Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Initial Borrower ”), the Additional US Borrowers party thereto and the Additional Canadian Borrowers party thereto (with the Initial Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the lenders and issuing banks party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”) and GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as administrative agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), with GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION acting as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners and RBC CAPITAL MARKETS 1 acting as a Joint Bookrunner.

A. Pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers have requested that the persons set forth on Schedule I hereto (the “ Incremental Revolving Lenders ”) extend commitments (the “ Incremental Revolving Commitments ”) to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount equal to $50.0 million.

B. The Incremental Revolving Lenders are willing to provide the Incremental Revolving Commitments to the Borrowers on the Incremental Facility Closing Date (as defined below) on the terms set forth herein and in the Credit Agreement and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

C. The Incremental Revolving Commitments shall constitute Revolving Credit Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. After giving effect to the Incremental Revolving Commitments, the amount of the total Revolving Credit Commitments on the Incremental Facility Closing Date shall be $300.0 million.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement. The provisions of Section 1.2 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis . This Agreement shall be an “Incremental Facility Amendment” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 2. Incremental Revolving Commitments . (a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, effective as of the Incremental Facility Closing Date, each Incremental Revolving Lender hereby agrees to provide Incremental Revolving Commitments in the amount set forth opposite its name on Schedule I hereto.

(b) The Incremental Revolving Commitments and the loans and other extensions of credit made thereunder shall have the same terms applicable to the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to giving effect to this Agreement and the Loans and other extensions of credit made thereunder, respectively. From and after the Incremental Facility Closing Date, the Incremental Revolving Lenders shall be a party to the Credit Agreement, have the

 

1  

RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.


rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and shall be an “Incremental Revolving Lender” and a “Lender”, the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall constitute “Revolving Credit Commitments” and the loans made thereunder shall constitute “Revolving Credit Loans” and “Loans”, in each case for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Letters of Credit issued under the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall be used solely to support payment and other obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

(c) The Borrowers may request the making of Loans under the Incremental Revolving Commitments from time to time on or after the Incremental Facility Closing Date for general corporate purposes of the Group Members, including for the consummation of Permitted Acquisitions.

(d) On the Incremental Facility Closing Date, pursuant to Section 2.20(c) of the Credit Agreement, each Revolving Credit Lender (other than Incremental Revolving Lenders, in their capacity as such) immediately prior to the increase in Revolving Credit Commitments provided by this Agreement will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Incremental Revolving Lender providing an Incremental Revolving Commitment, and each such Incremental Revolving Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations under the Credit Agreement in outstanding Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to the Incremental Revolving Commitments and each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations under the Credit Agreement in Letters of Credit held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each Incremental Revolving Lender) will equal such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage.

SECTION 3. Credit Agreement Amendments . In order to effect the Incremental Revolving Commitments, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The last sentence of the definition of “Commitment” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

“On the Incremental No. 1 Effective Date, the aggregate amount of commitments is $300.0 million.”

(b) The definition of “Loan Documents” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, the Letter of Credit Applications, the Security Documents, any Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Incremental Facility Amendment No. 1, any Permitted Amendment, the Fee Letter and any other document executed and delivered in conjunction with this Agreement from time to time and designated as a “Loan Document”.

(c) The last sentence of the definition of “Revolving Credit Commitments” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

“The aggregate amount of the total Revolving Credit Commitments on the Incremental No. 1 Effective Date is $300.0 million.”

(d) The following new terms and their related definitions are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

 

2


Incremental Facility Amendment No. 1 ”: means the Incremental Facility Agreement, dated as of the Incremental No. 1 Effective Date, among the Initial Borrower, Holdings, the other US Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders Party thereto and the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto.

Incremental No. 1 Effective Date ”: means September [23], 2016.

(e) Schedule 2.1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in full, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule II.

SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties . To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Agreement, each of Holdings, each Borrower and each other Loan Party party hereto hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Article 3 of the Credit Agreement and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Incremental Facility Closing Date as if made on and as of such date, except for representations and warranties expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (it being understood and agreed that (x) references therein to Loan Documents shall include this Agreement and the Credit Agreement as amended by this Agreement and (y) the reference in Section 3.18 of the Credit Agreement to “the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions to be consummated on the Closing Date” shall be deemed to refer instead to “the Incremental Facility Closing Date, after giving effect to the transactions consummated on the Incremental Facility Closing Date”); provided , that in each case such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”; and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the Incremental Facility Closing Date or after giving effect to the Incremental Facility.

SECTION 5. Fees. The Initial Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Incremental Revolving Lender an upfront fee (the “ Upfront Fee ”) in an amount equal to 0.20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Revolving Commitments; provided that the Borrowers shall have no liability for the Upfront Fee if this Agreement does not become effective in accordance with Section 6 below. The Upfront Fee shall be earned, due and payable in full in immediately available funds on, and subject to the occurrence of, the Incremental Facility Closing Date.

SECTION 6. Conditions Precedent to the Incremental Revolving Commitments . This Agreement and the Incremental Revolving Commitments shall become effective on the date (the “ Incremental Facility Closing Date ”) and the amendments set forth in Section 3 shall be effective upon the satisfaction (or waiver by the Incremental Revolving Lenders) of each of the following conditions:

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Agreement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of (1) the Initial Borrower, (2) Holdings, (3) each other Borrower, (4) each other Loan Party and (5) each Incremental Revolving Lender.

(b) Each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4.2(a), (b) and (d) of the Credit Agreement (it being understood that all references to “the Closing Date” or similar language in such Sections shall be deemed to refer to the Incremental Facility Closing Date) shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated the Incremental Facility Closing Date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower.

 

3


(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower confirming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of (i) Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, as New York, Delaware and California counsel to the Loan Parties, (ii) Roger Towers, P.A., as Florida counsel to the Loan Parties, (iii) Babst, Calland, Clements and Zomnir, P.C., as Pennsylvania counsel to the Loan Parties and (iv) Lawson Lundell LLP, as Alberta and British Columbia counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case, dated the Incremental Facility Closing Date and addressed to each Agent and the Lenders and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and Holdings and each Borrower hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received, with respect to each Loan Party, (i) a copy of the charter or other similar Organizational Document, including all amendments thereto, of such Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other applicable Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction in which each such Loan Party is organized or incorporated, and, a certificate as to the good standing (to the extent applicable) of such Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other appropriate Responsible Officer of such Loan Party dated the Incremental Facility Closing Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating, management or partnership agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Incremental Facility Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, in the case of the Borrowers, the Borrowings hereunder and under the Credit Agreement, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, partnership agreement or other constitutive document of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date the documents furnished pursuant to clause (i) above were certified, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of any such Loan Party certifying that any certificate or articles of incorporation or organization or certification of formation, or by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement required to be delivered by this paragraph (c) has not been amended, restated or otherwise modified since the version thereof delivered in satisfaction of the conditions precedent to Closing Date, then no copy of such document shall be required to be delivered pursuant to this paragraph (c).

(f) All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Incremental Facility Closing Date) and fees due to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger (including the fees specified in Section 5 hereof) that are required to be paid on the Incremental Facility Closing Date shall have been paid.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the Incremental Facility Closing Date, all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties required by regulatory authorities by applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, as has been requested in writing at least ten Business Days prior to the Incremental Facility Closing Date by the Administrative Agent.

 

4


SECTION 7. Effect of this Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Agreement shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions of the Credit Agreement specifically referred to herein. After the Incremental Facility Closing Date, any reference to the Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement as modified hereby and each reference to the Credit Agreement in any other Loan Document shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby. This Agreement shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 8. Reaffirmation . Each of Holdings, each Borrower and each other Loan Party identified on the signature pages hereto (collectively, Holdings, the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties, the “ Reaffirming Loan Parties ”) hereby acknowledges that it expects to receive substantial direct and indirect benefits as a result of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Reaffirming Loan Party hereby consents to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and hereby ratifies and confirms in all respects its respective guarantees, pledges and grants of security interests (including, without limitation, in respect of the Incremental Revolving Commitments), as applicable, under each of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, such guarantees, pledges and grants of security interests shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall accrue to the benefit of the Secured Parties (including, without limitation, in respect of the Incremental Revolving Lenders). Each of the Reaffirming Loan Parties further agrees to take any action that may be required or that is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to effect the purposes of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and the Loan Documents and hereby reaffirms its obligations under each provision of each Loan Document to which it is party.

SECTION 9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier (or other electronic transmission) of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 10. Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

HOLDINGS
LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
      By:   /s/ Kyle Volluz
  Name: Kyle Volluz
  Title:   President
INITIAL BORROWER
LSF9 CYPRESS HOLDINGS LLC
      By:   /s/ Ruben Mendoza
  Name: Ruben Mendoza
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


ADDITIONAL US BORROWERS

FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC

FBM BAV LLC

FBM WAGNER DISTRIBUTION LLC

FBM WHOLESALE BUILDERS SUPPLY LLC

FBM SOUTHWEST LLC

OXNARD BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.

GREAT WESTERN BUILDING MATERIALS, INC.

PROWALL BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.

FBM/W&S LLC

FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY LLC

HOME ACRES BUILDING SUPPLY CO. LLC

KOBRIN BUILDERS’ SUPPLY HOLDINGS, LLC

KOBRIN BUILDERS SUPPLY, LLC

FBM LOGISTICS, LLC

FBM WASHINGTON LLC

FBM GYPSUM SUPPLY OF ILLINOIS LLC

FBM MICHIGAN LLC

FBM COLUMBUS LLC

FBM OHIO LLC

FBM KENT GYPSUM SUPPLY, INC.

CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS ACQUISITION, LLC

FBM GALAXY, INC.

FBM MINNESOTA, INC.

By:   /s/ Ruben Mendoza
Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


US SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
FBM AIV BLOCKER LLC.
FBM AIV BLOCKER II LLC
FBM INTERMEDIATE LLC
HOME ACRES HOLDINGS LLC
FBM INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS LLC
FBM GWBM INC.
FBM HABS/KBS LLC
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Name:   Ruben Mendoza
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
FBM FINANCE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   President

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


CANADIAN BORROWERS:
FBM CANADA GSD, INC.
FBM CANADA SPI, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

  Name:   Ruben Mendoza
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as Administrative Agent and a Lender
By:  

/s/ Thomas M. Manning

  Name:   Thomas M. Manning
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent and a Lender
By:  

/s/ Carlos Gil

  Name:  

Carlos Gil

  Title:  

Senior Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
(acting through its Canada branch), as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Sylwia Durkiewicz

  Name:  

Sylwia Durkiewicz

  Title:  

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:  

/s/ Krista Mize

  Name:   Krista Mize
  Title:  

Authorized Signatory

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION CANADA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ David G. Phillips

  Name:   David G. Phillips
  Title:  

Senior Vice President

Credit Officer, Canada

Wells Fargo Capital Finance

Corporation Canada

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:  

/s/ Philippe Pepin

  Name:  

Philippe Pepin

  Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS

              BRANCH, as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Mikhail Faybusovich

  Name:  Mikhail Faybusovich
  Title:    Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Warren Van Heyst

  Name:  Warren Van Heyst
  Title:    Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to the Incremental Facility Amendment to the ABL Credit Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

Lenders

Incremental Revolving Commitments

 

Lenders

   Incremental Revolving
Commitment
 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 10,000,000.00   

Bank of America, N.A. 2

   $ 17,833,333.33   

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 3

   $ 17,833,333.33   

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 3,333,333.34   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 1,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

 

2   Acting through its Canadian Branch when lending to Canadian Borrowers.
3   Acting through Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada when lending to Canadian Borrowers.


SCHEDULE II

Schedule 2.1

Lenders

Commitment Schedule

 

Lender

   Revolving Credit
Commitment
 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 60,000,000.00   

Bank of America, N.A. 4

   $ 107,000,000.00   

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 5

   $ 107,000,000.00   

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 20,000,000.00   

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 6,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 300,000,000.00   
  

 

 

 

 

4   Acting through its Canadian Branch when lending to Canadian Borrowers.
5   Acting through Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada when lending to Canadian Borrowers.

Exhibit 10.3

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

by and between

[Lone Star]

and

Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

Dated as of [●], 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     P AGE   
ARTICLE 1   
D EFINITIONS   

Section 1.01.  Definitions

     2   
ARTICLE 2   
D ETERMINATION OF R EALIZED T AX B ENEFIT   

Section 2.01.  Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets

     10   

Section 2.02.  Tax Benefit Schedule

     10   

Section 2.03.  Procedures, Amendments

     11   
ARTICLE 3   
T AX B ENEFIT P AYMENTS   

Section 3.01.  Payments

     12   

Section 3.02.  Offsets

     12   

Section 3.03.  No Duplicative Payments

     13   

Section 3.04.  Change Notices

     13   
ARTICLE 4   
T ERMINATION   

Section 4.01.  Early Termination; Breach of Agreement; Credit Events; Change of Control

     13   

Section 4.02.  Early Termination Notice

     14   

Section 4.03.  Payment upon Early Termination

     15   
ARTICLE 5   
C OMPANY O BLIGATIONS AND L ATE P AYMENTS   

Section 5.01.  Company Obligations

     15   

Section 5.02.  Late Payments by the Company

     15   
ARTICLE 6   
C OMPANY T AX M ATTERS ; C ONSISTENCY ; C OOPERATION   

Section 6.01.  Participation in Company Tax Matters

     16   

Section 6.02.  Consistency

     16   

Section 6.03.  Cooperation

     16   
ARTICLE 7   
M ISCELLANEOUS   

Section 7.01.  Notices

     17   

Section 7.02.  Counterparts

     18   

Section 7.03.  Entire Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries

     18   

Section 7.04.  Governing Law

     18   

Section 7.05.  Severability

     18   

Section 7.06.  Headings

     18   

Section 7.07.  Setoff

     18   

Section 7.08.  Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers

     18   

 

i


Section 7.09.  Titles and Subtitles

     19   

Section 7.10.  Waiver of Jury Trial

     19   

Section 7.11.  Reconciliation

     19   

Section 7.12.  Withholding

     20   

Section 7.13.  Confidentiality

     20   

Section 7.14.  Affiliated Corporations; Admission of the Company into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets

     21   

Section 7.15.  Tax Treatment

     22   

Section 7.16.  TRA Party Representative

     22   

Section 7.17.  Non-Effect of Other Tax Receivable Agreements

     23   

 

ii


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [                    ], 2016, is hereby entered into by and between Foundation Building Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), [Lone Star], a [                    ] (along with any successor as provided in Section 7.08, the “ TRA Party Representative ”), and the stockholders listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time (each, a “ TRA Party ”). Capitalized terms used herein have the respective meanings set forth in Section 1.01.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the TRA Parties as of the date hereof are the record owners of one hundred percent (100%) of the Common Stock on the date hereof;

WHEREAS, the Company intends to effect an initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement (the “ IPO ”);

WHEREAS, the Company and its U.S. Subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income Tax Return and its Canadian Subsidiaries file Canadian income Tax Returns (collectively, the “ Company Group ”);

WHEREAS, the Company Group will be entitled to utilize certain Tax assets that relate to periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to, or arrangements in existence on or prior to, the IPO, as well as certain tax deductions which arise in connection with the IPO (as more fully described herein, the “ Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets ”);

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expenses, deductions and other Tax items of the Company Group may be affected by Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets; and

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to make payments to the TRA Parties in an amount equal to 90% of the aggregate reduction in Taxes payable realized by the Company Group as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets, and to ease administrative burdens, an assumed tax rate shall be used to calculate the Company Group’s state and local liabilities for Taxes.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01.     Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article 1 shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

Acquisitions ” means the acquisition by the Company of: (i) United Drywall on November 30, 2016, (ii) Winroc on August 9, 2016, (iii) Ken API on May 31, 2016, (iv) Kent Gypsum Supply, Inc. on May 31, 2016, (v) Mid America Drywall Supply. Inc. on April 29, 2016, (vi) Gypsum Supply on December 30, 2015 and (vii) Commercial Building Materials, LLC on December 30, 2015.

Actual Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the tax liability for U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local income Taxes of the Company Group, applying the principles in Section 2.02(b) and assuming a state and local income tax rate equal to 5%.

Advisory Firm ” means any law firm or accounting firm mutually selected by the Company and the TRA Party Representative that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters and is not an Affiliate of the Company or the TRA Party Representative.

Advisory Firm Letter ” means a letter from the Advisory Firm stating that the relevant schedule, notice or other information to be provided by the Company to the TRA Parties and all supporting schedules and work papers were prepared in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement and, to the extent not expressly provided in this Agreement, on a reasonable basis in light of the facts and applicable law in existence on the date to which such schedule, notice or other information relates.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with, such first Person.

Agreed Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 300 basis points.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.03(b) of this Agreement.

Applicable Percentage ” with respect to a TRA Party, means the quotient, expressed as a percentage set forth opposite such TRA Party’s name on Schedule A, obtained by dividing (i) the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by such TRA Party immediately prior to the IPO by (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the IPO.

Approved Assignment ” is defined in Section 7.16(d) of this Agreement.

 

2


Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Canadian Basis Assets ” means the financing expenses that are deductible in computing income of a Subsidiary under the Canadian Tax Act, capital cost allowance and cumulative eligible capital, and the reduction of taxable gain attributable to existing tax cost in respect of assets (other than cash, cash equivalents, receivables, inventory and other current assets) owned by the Canadian Subsidiaries on the IPO Date.

Canadian Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in each case, as amended from time to time.

Change Notice ” is defined in Section 3.04 of this Agreement.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)    any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of voting stock of the Company entitling such “person” or “group” to cast more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of directors of the Company;

(b)    the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale; or

(c)    there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (i) the board of directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (ii) all of the Persons who were the respective beneficial owners of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation.

 

3


For the avoidance of doubt, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to occur solely by virtue of the sale by Lone Star of voting stock of the Company making up fifty percent (50%) of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of directors of the Company.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock ” means the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company.

Company ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Company Group ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Confidential Information ” means all information of a confidential or proprietary nature (whether or not specifically labeled or identified as “confidential”), in any form or medium, that relates to the business, products, financial condition, services, or research or development of either party or their respective suppliers, distributors, customers, independent contractors or other business relations. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following: (i) internal business and financial information (including information relating to strategic and staffing plans and practices, business, finances, training, marketing, promotional and sales plans and practices, cost, rate and pricing structures and accounting and business methods); (ii) identities of, individual requirements of, specific contractual arrangements with, and information about, either party’s suppliers, distributors, customers, independent contractors or other business relations and their confidential information; (iii) trade secrets, know-how, compilations of data and analyses, techniques, systems, formulae, recipes, research, records, reports, manuals, documentation, models, data and databases relating thereto; (iv) inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable); and (v) other intellectual property rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” does not include (a) information that either party can demonstrate was or has become generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by such party or its Affiliates, (b) information that is disclosed to a party or its Affiliates, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a third party who had no obligation not to disclose such information to others or (c) information that is independently developed after the date hereof by a party or its Affiliates without the use of the other party’s or its Affiliates’ Confidential Information.

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ” means the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as such term is defined in the Indenture.

Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Covered Tax Benefits ” for any Taxable Year means 90% of the Realized Tax Benefits.

CRA ” means the Canada Revenue Agency.

 

4


Credit Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)    an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or non-U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(b)    the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or non-U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (a) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(c)    the Company or any of its Subsidiaries engages in any other action or fails to take any action that constitutes an ‘event of default’ under any indebtedness or guarantee having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $30 million if such event of default is not waived by the applicable creditor or cured by the Company within 30 days of its occurrence.

Credit Event Notice ” is defined in Section 4.01(c) of this Agreement.

Default Rate ” means a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 625 basis points.

Determination ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or any other event (including the execution of a Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Early Payment Right ” is defined in Section 4.01(e) of this Agreement.

Early Payment Right Notice ” is defined in Section 4.01(e) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

Early Termination Option Notice ” is defined in Section 4.01(d) of this Agreement.

 

5


Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.03(b) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Rate ” means the lesser of (i) 6.50% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.

Excess Payment ” is defined in Section 3.02 of this Agreement.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expert ” is defined in Section 7.11 of this Agreement.

Financing Agreements ” means each of (i) the Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016, among LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, FBM Finance, Inc., each of the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee and collateral agent (the “ Indenture ”), and (ii) the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, among LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC, LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC, the Additional US Borrowers (as defined therein) party thereto, the Canadian Borrowers (as defined therein) party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto as lenders and as issuing banks, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent.

Imputed Interest ” means the portion of any Tax Benefit Payment payable by the Company to a TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement that is to be treated as imputed interest under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code and any similar provision of applicable Tax law.

Indenture ” is defined in the definition of “Financing Agreements.”

Independent Directors ” means the members of the Board other than members of the Board that have been appointed or designated by a TRA Party or its Affiliates.

IPO ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

IPO Date ” means the closing date of the IPO.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Law ” means any U.S. or Canadian federal, state, provincial, local or non-U.S. and non-Canadian statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, injunction, judgment, determination, directive, ruling, decree, requirement or rule of law, or any other provision, decision or requirement having the force and effect of law.

LIBOR ” means, for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate of interest published in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, two Business Days prior to the first day of such month as the “London Interbank Offered Rate” applicable to such month. In the event that The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, is not published or such rate does not appear in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition, LIBOR shall be determined by any other publicly available source of such market rate for London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).

 

6


Lone Star Control ” means the time during which Lone Star and its Affiliates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, voting stock of the Company entitling Lone Star and its Affiliates to cast more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of directors of the Company.

Long-Term Incentive Plan ” means the LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended.

LTIP Party ” means Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. and its Affiliates.

LTIP Trigger Transaction ” is defined in clause (f) of the definition of Valuation Assumptions.

NOLs ” means net operating loss carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards, non-capital losses, net capital losses and disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code for U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes.

Non-Tax Benefit Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the overall liability for Taxes of the Company Group using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the Company Group’s actual Tax Returns, but excluding the use of any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets and calculated assuming a combined state and local income tax rate equal to 5%.    

Non-TRA Portion ” is defined in Section 2.02(b) of this Agreement.

Objection Notice ” is defined in Section 2.03(a) of this Agreement.

Payment Date ” means any date on which a Tax Benefit Payment is required to be made by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Post-IPO Tax Assets ” means (a) any Tax attribute of the Company Group first arising in a Taxable Year or portion thereof beginning after the IPO Date, which shall include the allocation of any Tax attributes arising in a Straddle Year as set forth in the definition of Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets and shall exclude any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets and (b) any Tax attribute of any corporation or other entity acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by purchase, merger, or otherwise (in each case, from a Person or Persons other than the Company and its Subsidiaries and, in each case, whether or not such corporation or other entity survives) after the IPO Date that relates to periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the date of such acquisition; provided that Post-IPO Tax Assets shall not include any NOL of the Company or any Subsidiary arising in a year following the IPO Date as a result of a Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset not being fully utilized, provided , further , that Post IPO Assets shall not include tax basis in or other tax attributes arising from cash, cash equivalents, receivables, inventory, or other current assets.

 

7


Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets ” means, in each case, as applied under U.S. federal, state, local and Canadian federal and provincial law:

(a)     the U.S. Basis Assets;

(b)     the Canadian Basis Assets;

(c)    NOLs and Tax Credits of the Company and (without duplication) any member of the Company Group existing as of the IPO Date;

(d)    deductions in respect of payments made under the Long-Term Incentive Plan;

(e)    deductions in respect of the debt issuance costs and original issue discount associated with the Financing Agreements;

(f)    deductions in respect of transaction expenses attributable to the Acquisitions;

(g)    deductions in respect of IPO-related expenses of the Company; and

(h)    deductions attributable to Imputed Interest.

provided that (i) in order to determine whether any item described in clauses (a)-(c) is a Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset or a Post-IPO Tax Asset, the Taxable Year of the relevant member of the Company Group that includes the IPO Date (the “ Straddle Year ”) shall be deemed to end as of the end of the IPO Date, and, except as otherwise provided below, the Company and the TRA Parties shall, acting reasonably, together determine the amount of any such item arising in the Straddle Year, or any portion thereof, that is included in the amount of Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets; and (ii) Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets shall include any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset that becomes an NOL following the IPO Date as a result of such Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset not being fully utilized in the year in which it arises.

Pre-IPO Reorganization Transactions ” means the transactions undertaken in connection with the formation of the Company.

Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Non-Tax Benefit Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability of the Company Group (as determined based on the principles set forth in Section 2.02(b)). If all or a portion of the liability for Taxes for a Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit or assessment by the IRS or CRA (or other Taxing Authority) of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be reflected in the determination of the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

Reconciliation Dispute ” is defined in Section 7.11 of this Agreement.

Reconciliation Procedures ” means those procedures set forth in Section 7.11 of this Agreement.

 

8


Register ” is defined in Section 7.08(d) of this Agreement.

Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[]) of the Company, as amended.

Schedule ” means (i) any Tax Benefit Schedule and (ii) the Early Termination Schedule.

Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.

Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.

Tax Claim ” is defined in Section 6.01 of this Agreement.

Tax Credit ” means U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local and non-U.S. and non-Canadian tax credits that may be utilized to offset U.S. or Canadian federal, state, provincial, or local or non-U.S. and non-Canadian income or alternative minimum Tax.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year ” means a taxable year as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or any comparable section of state, local or Canadian tax law (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

Taxes ” means any and all U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local and non-U.S. and non-Canadian taxes, assessments or similar charges measured with respect to net income or profits and any interest related to such Taxes.

Taxing Authority ” means any domestic, non-U.S., federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising regulatory authority with respect to Taxes.

TRA Party ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

TRA Party Representative ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

TRA Portion ” is defined in Section 2.02(b) of this Agreement.

 

9


Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

U.S. Basis Assets ” means U.S. federal, state and local amortization and depreciation deductions, and the reduction of taxable income and gain attributable to (i) existing tax basis in the assets (other than cash, cash equivalents, receivables, inventory and other current assets) owned by the Company Group on the IPO Date or (ii) any increase of the tax basis of the Company Group’s assets arising from the Pre-IPO Reorganization Transactions.

Valuation Assumptions ” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (a) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Company Group will generate taxable income sufficient to fully utilize all Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets (in accordance with all applicable limitations) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years, as applicable; (b) the U.S. federal and Canadian federal and provincial income Tax rate that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each Taxable Year by the Code, the Canadian Tax Act, applicable provincial law and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date; (c) the effective state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for such Taxable Year shall be 5%; (d) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the IPO in a fully taxable transaction for U.S. federal, Canadian federal and provincial and non-U.S. and non-Canadian income tax purposes; provided that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale of the relevant asset if earlier than such fifteenth anniversary; (e) any payment obligations pursuant to this Agreement will be satisfied on the date that any Tax Return to which such payment obligation relates is required to be filed excluding any extensions; and (f) to the extent relevant for purposes of determining any amount deemed paid under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, if such Early Termination Date arises by reason of a transaction in which there is a sale of Common Stock to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company (an “ LTIP Trigger Transaction ”), all of the stock then owned by the LTIP Party was sold at the price at which such stock was sold in the LTIP Trigger Transaction on such Early Termination Date (it being understood that if all of the stock held by the LTIP Party prior to such LTIP Trigger Transaction is in fact sold in such LTIP Trigger Transaction, then the amount and price of such stock sold shall be determined entirely by reference to the LTIP Trigger Transaction) and, otherwise, that all stock then owned by the LTIP Party was sold on such Early Termination Date at its fair market value as of such date.

ARTICLE 2

D ETERMINATION OF R EALIZED T AX B ENEFIT

Section 2.01.     Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets.   The Company, on the one hand, and the TRA Parties, on the other hand, acknowledge that the Company Group may, and to the extent permitted by applicable law and consistent with the principles set forth under Section 2.02(b) shall, reduce the amount of Taxes that the Company Group would otherwise be required to pay in the future as a result of the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets.

 

10


Section 2.02.     Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a)     Tax Benefit Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the Company’s U.S. federal income Tax Return for a Taxable Year, the Company shall provide to the TRA Party Representative a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, (i) the calculation of the Covered Tax Benefit (if any) and the Tax Benefit Payment (if any) for such Taxable Year (together, a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”) and (ii) supporting information (including work papers and valuation reports) reasonably necessary to support the calculation of such payment. The Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.03(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.03(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(a)).

(b)     Applicable Principles . For purposes of calculating the Covered Tax Benefit, carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code (or any successor statute) and the Treasury Regulations (and any relevant provisions of the Canadian Tax Act, state, provincial or local tax law) governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type; provided , however , that the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets treated as resulting in a Realized Tax Benefit for one Taxable Year shall not be treated as resulting in a Realized Tax Benefit for any other Taxable Year. In addition, for purposes of determining the Realized Tax Benefit for any Taxable Year, the Company Group shall be assumed (i) to utilize any item of loss, deduction or credit arising in such Taxable Year (and permitted to be utilized in such Taxable Year) before carrying back or carrying forward to such Taxable Year, or otherwise utilizing in such Taxable Year, any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset that is permitted to be so carried back, carried forward or utilized; (ii) to utilize any available Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset that is permitted (or, for the avoidance of doubt, that would be so permitted but for a Post-IPO Tax Asset) to be carried back, carried forward or utilized in such Taxable Year before utilizing any Post-IPO Tax Asset, and (iii) to utilize any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset in the earliest Taxable Year in which such Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset is permitted to be utilized. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax attribute includes a portion that is attributable to the Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets (a “ TRA Portion ”) and another portion that is not (a “ Non-TRA Portion ”), the Company shall be assumed to utilize the TRA Portion before utilizing the Non-TRA Portion.

Section 2.03.     Procedures, Amendments .

(a)     Procedure . Each time the Company delivers an applicable Schedule to the TRA Party Representative under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.03(b) and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule delivered pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 4.02, the Company shall also: (i) deliver supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Company or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative that provide a reasonable level of detail regarding the data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule; (ii) deliver an Advisory Firm Letter supporting such Schedule; (iii) deliver a declaration signed by the chief financial officer of the Company to the effect that the activities underlying the computations reflected in the Schedule have been made without regard to any transaction a significant purpose of which is to reduce or defer any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment; and (iv) allow the TRA Party Representative and its advisors to have reasonable access to the appropriate

 

11


representatives, as determined by the Company or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative at the Company and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Company shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule that is delivered to the TRA Party Representative along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the Actual Tax Liability (the “with” calculation) and the Non-Tax Benefit Tax Liability (the “without” calculation), and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on the Parties thirty calendar days from the date on which the TRA Party Representative first received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless:

(i)    the TRA Party Representative, within thirty calendar days after receiving the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Company with written notice of a material objection to such Schedule that is made in good faith and that sets forth in reasonable detail the TRA Parties’ material objection (an “ Objection Notice ”); or

(ii)    the TRA Party Representative provides a written waiver of its right to deliver an Objection Notice within the time period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver from the TRA Party Representative is received by the Company.

In the event that the TRA Party Representative timely delivers an Objection Notice pursuant to clause (i) above, and if the Parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty calendar days after receipt by the Company of the Objection Notice, the Company and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.11 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”).

(b)     Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Company (i) in connection with a Determination affecting the Schedule; (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the TRA Party Representative; (iii) to reflect a material change (relative to the amounts in the original Schedule) in the Realized Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, in each case with respect to any member of the Company Group; or (iv) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures (such amended Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”); provided , however , that such a change under clause (i) shall not be taken into account on an Amended Schedule unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such change. The Company shall deliver any Amended Schedule to the TRA Party Representative within 30 calendar days of any of the foregoing events described in clauses (i) through (iv) occurring, and any such Amended Schedule shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(a).

 

12


ARTICLE 3

T AX B ENEFIT P AYMENTS

Section 3.01.     Payments .

(a)     Payments .

(i)    Within five Business Days of a Tax Benefit Schedule with respect to a Taxable Year becoming final in accordance with Section 2.03(a) or Section 7.11, the Company shall, subject to clause (ii) below, pay to each of the TRA Parties an amount equal to the TRA Party’s Applicable Percentage multiplied by the Tax Benefit Payment for such Taxable Year determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated to the Company by the applicable TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Company and the applicable TRA Party.

(ii)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, but without limiting Section 5.01(b), it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Company fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment or other payment hereunder when due to the extent that (i) the Company does not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to make such payment, and (ii) the Financing Agreements (including any senior debt documents that may from time to time replace any Financing Agreement) do not permit the Company’s Subsidiaries to distribute sufficient cash or other liquid assets to the Company to make such payment.

(b)     Amount of Payments . A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” shall equal, with respect to any Taxable Year, the amount of Covered Tax Benefits, if any, for the Taxable Year, increased by:

(i)    interest calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date; and

(ii)    any increase in a Covered Tax Benefit that has become final under Section 2.03(b), together with interest calculated at the Agreed Rate from the original Payment Date with respect to the Schedule that was amended;

provided , however , that the amounts described in Section 3.01(b)(ii) above shall not be taken into account in determining a Tax Benefit Payment attributable to any Taxable Year to the extent such amounts were taken into account in determining any Tax Benefit Payment for a preceding Taxable Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a TRA Party elects to terminate this Agreement in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to Section 4.01(d), for each Taxable Year ending on or after a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments shall be calculated by using Valuation Assumptions (a), (c), (d), (e) and (f), substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

Section 3.02.     Offsets .   In the event that a Tax Benefit Schedule is amended pursuant to Section 2.03(b) for any Taxable Year reflecting a decrease in the Tax Benefit Payment for such

 

13


year and payments have previously been made based on the greater Tax Benefit Payment (such excess, an “ Excess Payment ”), any amounts that would otherwise be due to the TRA Parties at any subsequent time under Section 3.01(b) shall be reduced (but not below zero) until the aggregate amount of such reduction equals the amount of such Excess Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, if all future payments are insufficient to repay any Excess Payment, the TRA Parties shall have no obligation to return such Excess Payment to the Company.

Section 3.03.     No Duplicative Payments . It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement.

Section 3.04.     Change Notices . If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries receives a 30-day letter, a final audit report, a statutory notice of deficiency or similar written notice from the IRS, CRA or any Taxing Authority with respect to the Tax treatment of any Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset (a “ Change Notice ”), which, if sustained, would result in (a) a reduction in the amount of Realized Tax Benefit with respect to a Taxable Year preceding the taxable year in which the Change Notice is received or (b) a reduction in the amount of Tax Benefit Payments, the Company will be required to pay to the TRA Parties with respect to Taxable Years after and including the year in which the Change Notice is received, prompt written notice shall be given to the TRA Party Representative.

ARTICLE 4

T ERMINATION

Section 4.01.     Early Termination; Breach of Agreement; Credit Events .

(a)     Company s Early Termination Right . With the written approval of (x) a majority of the Independent Directors of the Board and (y) the TRA Party Representative, the Company may terminate this Agreement by paying to the TRA Parties the Early Termination Payment. Upon the Company’s payment of the Early Termination Payment, the Company shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than with respect to any: (i) prior Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Company and the TRA Party Representative as due and payable but unpaid as of the date the Early Termination Notice is delivered and (ii) current Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment).

(b)     Acceleration upon Breach of Agreement.  In the event that the Company breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payments when due (subject to Section 3.01(a)(ii) above), failure to honor any material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of the breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of the breach; (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Company and the TRA Party Representative as due and payable but unpaid as of such date; and (iii) any Tax Benefit

 

14


Payment due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such date (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment). The parties agree that, subject to Section 3.01(a)(ii) above, the failure to make any material payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due.

(c)     Acceleration upon a Credit Event . In the event that either party becomes aware that an event described in clause (c) in the definition of Credit Event exists with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such party shall provide written notice to the other party (the “ Credit Event Notice ”). In the event that the Credit Event is not cured within ten days of delivery of such Credit Event Notice or upon the occurrence of an event described in clauses (a) and (b) in the definition of Credit Event, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated (subject to Section 3.01(a)(ii) above) and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of the Credit Event and shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of the Credit Event; (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Company and the TRA Party Representative as due and payable but unpaid as of such date; and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such date (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment).

(d)     Change of Control . In connection with a Change of Control, at the election of any TRA Party, all obligations hereunder with respect to such TRA Party shall be accelerated. The Company hereby agrees to provide twenty days prior written notice to each TRA Party of a Change of Control (an “ Early Termination Option Notice ”). Within ten days of receipt of the Early Termination Option Notice, each TRA Party shall provide written notice of its determination of whether to terminate this Agreement. If a TRA Party elects to terminate the Agreement, then all obligations hereunder with respect to such TRA Party shall be accelerated (subject to Section 3.01(a)(ii) above) and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of delivery of such written notice and shall include, but not be limited to, the TRA Party’s Applicable Percentage multiplied by the sum of (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of receipt of the Early Termination Option Notice; (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Company and the TRA Party Representative as due and payable but unpaid as of such date; and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such date (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment).

(e)     Early Payment Right . On or after the fifteenth anniversary of the IPO, each TRA Party shall have the right (the “ Early Payment Right ”) to terminate this Agreement with respect to such TRA Party by providing written notice to the Company (the “ Early Payment Right Notice ”). If a TRA Party elects to exercise its Early Payment Right, then all obligations hereunder with respect to such TRA Party shall be accelerated (subject to Section 3.01(a)(ii) above) and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of delivery of the Early Payment Right Notice and shall include, but not be limited to, the TRA Party’s Applicable Percentage multiplied by the sum of (i) the Early

 

15


Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of receipt of the Early Payment Right Notice; (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Company and the TRA Party Representative as due and payable but unpaid as of such date; and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such date (except to the extent that such amount is included in the Early Termination Payment).

Section 4.02.     Early Termination Notice . If the Company chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01(a) above, the Company shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative notice of the Company’s decision to exercise such right (the “ Early Termination Notice ”). Upon the delivery of the Early Termination Notice or the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.01(b), (c) or (d), the Company shall deliver a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) showing in reasonable detail the information required pursuant to Section 2.02 and the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The delivery and finalization of such Early Termination Schedule shall be governed by Section 2.03.

Section 4.03.     Payment upon Early Termination .

(a)     Timing of Payment . Within ten Business Days after the Early Termination Schedule becomes final and binding on the parties hereto, the Company shall (subject to Section 3.01(a)(ii) above) pay to each of the TRA Parties the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the applicable TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Company and such TRA Party.

(b)     Amount of Payment.   The “ Early Termination Payment ” with respect to any TRA Party means an amount equal to such TRA Party’s Applicable Percentage of the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Company to the TRA Parties beginning from the Early Termination Date applying the Valuation Assumptions. For purposes of calculating the present value pursuant to this Section 4.03(b) of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid, it shall be assumed that absent the Early Termination Notice all Tax Benefit Payments would be paid on the due date (without extensions) for filing the Company’s Tax Return with respect to Taxes for each Taxable Year.

ARTICLE 5

C OMPANY O BLIGATIONS AND L ATE P AYMENTS

Section 5.01.     Company Obligations .

(a)    Any Tax Benefit Payments and Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Company to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Company.

(b)    Following the date on which Lone Star Control ceases, the Company shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to not, without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), amend the terms of any Financing Agreement or enter into any agreement or indenture if the terms of such agreement, indenture or amendment would materially restrict (or in the case of amendments,

 

16


further restrict beyond the restrictions set forth in the Financing Agreements in effect as of the date hereof) the Company’s ability to make the Tax Benefit Payments or the Early Termination Payment under this Agreement, including any agreement that would, directly or indirectly, restrict the ability of the Company’s Subsidiaries to make distributions (by dividend, loan or otherwise) to the Company to fund amounts payable under this Agreement. The Company agrees that any senior debt documents that may from time to time replace any Financing Agreement shall, unless the TRA Party Representative otherwise consents in writing, permit the payment of distributions by the Company’s Subsidiaries to the Company to the extent required to make the Tax Benefit Payments and the Early Termination Payment, including, in each case, any payments previously deferred as a result of the operation of Section 3.01(a)(ii), without any default blockers, financial tests or other conditions.

(c)    For so long as this Agreement remains in effect, without the prior written consent of the TRA Party Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Company shall not incur any indebtedness for borrowed money if, immediately after giving effect to such incurrence and the application of proceeds therefrom, the Company’s Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio pro forma for such indebtedness exceeds [•] to [•], unless the incurrence of such indebtedness is permitted by the Financing Agreements (including any senior debt documents that may from time to time replace any Financing Agreement to the extent that such senior debt document is no less restrictive with respect to the ability of the Company to incur indebtedness than the applicable Financing Agreement replaced by such senior debt document).

Section 5.02.     Late Payments by the Company . The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Company to any TRA Party under this Agreement that is not made to such TRA Party when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such payment was due and payable; provided that, to the extent that any such payment is not made to any TRA Party when due solely as a result of an inability to make such payment as described in Section 3.01(a)(ii) above, any interest thereon shall be computed at the Agreed Rate, rather than the Default Rate.

ARTICLE 6

C OMPANY T AX M ATTERS ; C ONSISTENCY ; C OOPERATION

Section 6.01.     Participation in Company Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Company Group, including, without limitation, the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes (a “ Tax Claim ”), provided that the Company shall act in good faith in connection with its control of any matter which is reasonably expected to affect the TRA Parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided further that the Company shall not enter into any settlement with respect to, or agree to concede, any Tax Claim that could have a material effect on the TRA Parties’ rights (including the right to receive payments) under this Agreement without the consent of the TRA Party Representative (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Company shall notify the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Company Group by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the TRA Parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall give the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and participate (at its own expense) in the applicable portion of such audit.

 

17


Section 6.02.     Consistency . Except upon the written advice of an Advisory Firm, the Company and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial, local and non-U.S. and non-Canadian tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Tax Benefit Payments) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Company in any Schedule or statement required to be provided by or on behalf of the Company under this Agreement or under applicable Tax law. Any dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the Reconciliation Procedures; provided , however , that only the TRA Party Representative shall have the right to object to such advice pursuant to this Section 6.02. In the event that an Advisory Firm is replaced with another firm acceptable to the Company and the TRA Party Representative pursuant to the definition of “ Advisory Firm ,” such replacement Advisory Firm shall be required to perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with those used by the previous Advisory Firm, unless otherwise required by law (or the Company and the TRA Party Representative agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies).

Section 6.03.     Cooperation . Each of the Company, on the one hand, and the TRA Parties, on the other hand, shall (a) furnish to the other party in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other party may reasonably request for purposes of making or approving any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority relating to this Agreement; (b) make itself available to the other party and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the requesting party or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above; and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the requesting party shall reimburse the other party for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.03.

ARTICLE 7

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01.     Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day); (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service; or (c) when sent by electronic mail (with hard copy to follow) during a Business Day (or on the next Business Day if sent after the close of normal business hours or on any non-Business Day). All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Company, to:

 

18


Foundation Building Materials, Inc.

2552 Walnut Ave., Suite 160

Tustin, CA 92780

Attn:    Ric Tilley

E-mail: Ric.Tilley@fbmsales.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) to:

[●]

[Address]

[Address]

Attn:    [●]

E-mail: [●]

If to the TRA Party Representative or any TRA Party, to:

Hudson Advisors L.P.

2711 North Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, TX 75204

Attn: Kyle Volluz

E-mail: kvolluz@hudson-advisors.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the TRA Parties) to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Neil Barr

E-mail: neil.barr@davispolk.com

Any party hereto may change its address or e-mail address by giving the other party hereto written notice in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.02.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.03.     Entire Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

19


Section 7.04.     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

Section 7.05.     Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable Law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 7.06.     Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 7.07.     Setoff.  Except as provided in Section 3.02, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment due under this Agreement shall be paid in full when due, without setoff, recoupment, deduction, adjustment or charge of any kind.

Section 7.08.     Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers .

(a)    Provided that written notice is provided to the Company at least ten Business Days prior to an assignment or transfer, each TRA Party may assign or transfer (including by way of a pledge, rehypothecation, grant of a participation in, or sale) this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of the Company or any other TRA Party.

(b)    No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by the Company and the TRA Party Representative. For the avoidance of doubt, any amendment of this Agreement that is approved in writing by the Company and the TRA Party Representative shall be binding upon the TRA Parties. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the TRA Party Representative may, in its good faith discretion, amend Schedule A without the consent of any other party hereto; provided that such amendment does not materially, adversely and disproportionately affect any TRA Party vis-à-vis any other TRA Party.

(c)    All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(d)    The Company shall maintain at its offices a copy of each notice of assignment or transfer received pursuant to Section 7.08(a) and a register for the recordation of the names,

 

20


addresses and Applicable Percentages of the TRA Parties (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Company and the TRA Parties shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a TRA Party hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no assignment or transfer shall be effective until such assignment or transfer has been recorded in the Register.

Section 7.09.     Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.10.     Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION, ACTION, PROCEEDING, CROSS-CLAIM, OR COUNTERCLAIM IN ANY COURT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH (A) THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, PERFORMANCE, INTERPRETATION, COLLECTION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF OR (B) THE ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES IN THE NEGOTIATION, AUTHORIZATION, EXECUTION, DELIVERY, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

Section 7.11.     Reconciliation . In the event that the Company and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Section 2.03, Section 4.02 and Section 6.02 (which matters, for the avoidance of doubt, may include the calculations of any amounts set forth in any Schedule or Amended Schedule) within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (a “ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm or the preparer of the Advisory Firm Letter), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Company or the TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within 15 days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise, unless the parties mutually agree to extend such 15-day period. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement is due or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be made on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Company, subject to adjustment (by an increase or decrease in the amount of subsequent payments otherwise due under this Agreement) or amendment of such Tax Return upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne inversely based upon the relative success (in terms of percentages) of each party’s claims. For example, if the

 

21


final determination reflects a 60-40 compromise of the parties’ claims, the costs and expenses would be allocated 40% to the party whose claim was determined to be 60% successful and 60% to the party whose claim was determined to be 40% successful. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.11 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.11 shall be final and binding on the Company and all TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction. The determination of the Expert with respect to any dispute that is submitted to it for determination pursuant to this Section 7.11 shall be based solely on presentations and materials provided by the parties hereto that are in accordance with the guidelines and procedures set forth in this Agreement (i.e., such determination shall not be made on the basis of an independent review by the Expert). The Expert shall not assign a value to any Reconciliation Dispute that is greater than the greatest value for such item assigned by the Company, on the one hand, or the TRA Party Representative, on the other hand, or less than the smallest value for such assigned by the Company, on the one hand, and the TRA Party Representative, on the other hand.

Section 7.12.     Withholding . The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amount payable to any TRA Parties pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Company is required to deduct and withhold under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law, with respect to entering into or making payments under this Agreement. To the extent amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate governmental authority by the Company, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the TRA Party in respect of whom such withholding was made. The Company shall provide evidence of such payment to such TRA Party. To the extent the amount of any withholding hereunder cannot be finally determined until after the end of the taxable year in which the amount otherwise payable to such TRA Parties pursuant to this Agreement is required to be paid, the Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold the maximum amount of tax that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, may be required to be remitted to the applicable government authority with respect to such TRA Party, and after the applicable amount of withholding is finally determined, the Company shall promptly pay over any excess withheld amounts to such TRA Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a withholding obligation arises as a result of a Change of Control that causes the Company (or its successor) to become a non-U.S. Person, any amount payable to a TRA Party under this Agreement shall be increased such that after all required deductions and withholdings have been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this sentence) the TRA Party receives an amount equal to the sum that it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made.

Section 7.13.     Confidentiality .

(a)    Each party shall maintain in strict confidence and shall not disclose to any third party (except to its Affiliates in connection with performing any duties as necessary for the other party hereunder) any and all Confidential Information, except as may be necessary in order to comply with a requirement of Law, in which case the receiving party shall, if permissible, promptly notify the disclosing party of any such requirement and such disclosing party shall be permitted to seek confidential treatment for such information; provided that any party hereto or its Affiliates may disclose the terms of this Agreement in any registration statement relating to

 

22


the IPO, provided further that the foregoing shall not prohibit any TRA Party from disclosing such terms and information to (i) its lenders, (ii) prospective purchasers of such TRA Party or its assets and such prospective purchasers’ lenders, and (iii) legal counsel and other representatives of any of the foregoing.

(b)    With respect to any such Confidential Information, each of the parties hereto shall: (i) use the same degree of care in safeguarding the other party’s Confidential Information as it uses to safeguard its own information which is proprietary and/or treated as confidential; and (ii) upon the discovery of any inadvertent disclosure or unauthorized use of the Confidential Information, or upon obtaining notice of such disclosure or use from the other party, take or cause to be taken all necessary actions to prevent any further inadvertent disclosure or unauthorized use.

Section 7.14.     Affiliated Corporations; Admission of the Company into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .

(a)    If the Company or any member or members of the Company Group was, is or becomes a member of an affiliated, combined, unitary or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any comparable provision of applicable state, local or non-U.S. Tax law: (i) the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Company shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole as of any date of determination; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b)    If an entity in the Company Group transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local or non-U.S. law), such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the Company’s affiliated or consolidated group and determining the Realized Tax Benefit) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such transfer. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be determined as if such transfer occurred on an arm’s length basis with an unrelated third party.

(c)    If an entity in the Company Group transfers, directly or indirectly, to a third party in a taxable transaction, stock of any Subsidiary as to which the tax basis of such Subsidiary’s Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Assets exceeds the tax basis of the transferor entity’s stock in such Subsidiary, such tax basis difference shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a Pre-IPO and IPO-Related Tax Asset.

Section 7.15.     Tax Treatment . [To come.] 1

Section 7.16.     TRA Party Representative .

 

1   NTD : To be determined.

 

23


(a)     Appointment . Without further action of any of the Company, the TRA Party Representative or any TRA Party, and as partial consideration of the benefits conferred by this Agreement, the TRA Party Representative is hereby irrevocably constituted and appointed, with full power of substitution, to act in the name, place and stead of each TRA Party with respect to the taking by the TRA Party Representative of any and all actions and the making of any decisions required or permitted to be taken by the TRA Party Representative under this Agreement. The power of attorney granted herein is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable and may be delegated by the TRA Party Representative. No bond shall be required of the TRA Party Representative and it shall receive no compensation for its services. In the event that the TRA Party Representative disposes of its entire interest in this Agreement, a majority of the remaining TRA Parties may elect another TRA Party to act as TRA Party Representative. In the event that the TRA Party Representative wishes to withdraw from its position under this Agreement as TRA Party Representative, a majority of the TRA Parties, including the TRA Party Representative, may elect another TRA Party to act as TRA Party Representative.

(b)     Expenses . If at any time a TRA Party Representative shall incur out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the exercise of its duties hereunder, upon written notice to the Company from the TRA Party Representative of documented costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred by the TRA Party Representative in connection with the performance of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the taking of any and all actions in connection therewith, the Company shall reduce any future payments (if any) due to the TRA Parties hereunder pro rata (based on their respective Applicable Percentages) by the amount of such expenses which it shall instead remit (subject to Section 3.01(a)(ii) above) directly to the requesting TRA Party Representative. In connection with the performance of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the taking of any and all actions in connection therewith, a TRA Party Representative shall not be required to expend any of its own funds (though, for the avoidance of doubt, it may do so at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion).

(c)     Limitation on Liability . The TRA Party Representative shall not be liable to any TRA Party for any act of the TRA Party Representative arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Agreement, except to the extent any liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense is actually incurred by such TRA Party as a proximate result of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the TRA Party Representative (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of legal counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith and reasonable judgment). The TRA Party Representative shall not be liable for, and shall be indemnified by the TRA Parties (on a several but not joint basis) for, any liability, loss, damage, penalty or fine incurred by the TRA Party Representative (and any cost or expense incurred by the TRA Party Representative in connection therewith and herewith and not previously reimbursed pursuant to subsection (b) above) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Agreement, except to the extent that any such liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense is the proximate result of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the TRA Party Representative (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of legal counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith and reasonable judgment); provided , however , that in no event shall any TRA Party be obligated to indemnify the TRA Party Representative hereunder for any liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or

 

24


expense to the extent (and only to the extent) the aggregate amount of all liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, fines, costs and expenses indemnified by such TRA Party hereunder is or would be in excess of the aggregate payments under this Agreement actually remitted to such TRA Parties.

(d)     Actions of the TRA Party Representative . A decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative shall constitute a decision of all TRA Parties and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each TRA Party, and the Company may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each TRA Party. The Company is hereby relieved from any liability to any person for any acts done by the Company in accordance with any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative, including, without limitation, any action taken by the Company in its dealings with the TRA Party Representative pursuant to and consistent with the terms of this Agreement (including, without limitation, complying with expense reimbursement requests pursuant to Section 7.16(b)). Each TRA Party hereby agrees that the TRA Party Representative may, at any time and in its sole discretion, elect to enter into a transaction which is likely to result in the assignment, in whole or in part, of this Agreement to a Person (upon such election, an “ Approved Assignment ”), and each such TRA Party will raise no objections against such Approved Assignment, regardless of the consideration (if any) being paid in such Approved Assignment, so long as such Approved Assignment does not materially and adversely impact such TRA Parties in a manner materially adverse to the other TRA Parties. Each TRA Party will take all actions requested by the TRA Party Representative in connection with the consummation of an Approved Assignment, including the execution of all agreements, documents and instruments in connection therewith requested by the TRA Party Representative of such TRA Party. Upon the consummation of the Approved Assignment, each TRA Party will receive its Applicable Percentage of such consideration, if any, relating to such Approved Assignment. Each TRA Party will bear its Applicable Percentage of the costs of any Approved Assignment to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all TRA Parties.

(e)     Involvement in Company Determinations . In the event that any determination must be made under this Agreement by the TRA Party Representative or any dispute arises hereunder, should any representatives of the TRA Party Representative or its Affiliates then be serving on the Board, such directors shall be excluded from all deliberations and actions of the Board related to such determination or dispute.

Section 7.17.     Non-Effect of Other Tax Receivable Agreements . The TRA Party Representative and the Company agree that if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries enters into any other agreement that obligates the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to make payments to another party in exchange for tax benefits conferred upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such tax benefits and such payments shall be ignored for all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of calculating the Actual Tax Liability and the Non-Tax Benefit Tax Liability.

* * * * * * * * *

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the TRA Party Representative and the TRA Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[FOUNDATION BUILDING

MATERIALS]

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[LONE STAR FUNDS]

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement


Schedule A

TRA Parties

[    ] – [    ]%

[    ] – [    ]%

[    ] – [    ]%

[    ] – [    ]%

 

S-1

Exhibit 10.5

ASSET ADVISORY AGREEMENT

Project Cypress

THIS ASSET ADVISORY AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made effective as of August 10, 2015 by and between HUDSON AMERICAS L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Manager”), and LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “Owner,” and, together with Manager, the “Parties”), and joined herein by LONE STAR FUND IX (U.S.), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Fund”), for the limited purposes set forth in Section 7(a) below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Owner and/or certain of its subsidiaries have acquired or will acquire certain assets and/or equity interests (Owner, such entities, and all of their assets are collectively referred to herein as the “Assets”); and

WHEREAS, Owner desires that Manager undertake the asset management of the Assets, as provided herein, and Manager desires to undertake such management.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. Manager Services . Manager shall provide operating company oversight functions for Owner in connection with the Assets, which services (of any type, nature, character, or underlying purpose, the “Manager Services”) may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

  (a) Manager shall be responsible for the day-to-day communication and coordination with any personnel or other service providers hired by Owner or its subsidiaries with respect to the Assets. Manager shall provide the other management services as are set forth in this Agreement; however, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Owner shall retain the sole right to approve or change the budget for the operation of the Assets, to approve any transactions with respect to the Assets, and to hire and fire the personnel and other service providers for the Assets.

 

  (b) Manager shall assist and advise Owner with respect to the Long Term Plan (as hereafter defined). For purposes hereof, “Long Term Plan” means the Long Term Plan developed or adopted by Owner with respect to the Assets, as may be amended from time to time.

 

  (c) Manager shall, subject to the availability of sufficient funds, work diligently to implement the Long Term Plan and shall have the authority (together with the obligation and responsibility) to manage the Assets in accordance with such Long Term Plan. Any specific action or cost enumerated in any Long Term Plan may be implemented and consummated by Manager for Owner without further approval or participation of Owner; however Owner retains the right to change the Long Term Plan at any time.

 

1


  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if, in order to preserve the rights of Owner with respect to the Assets, certain action not authorized pursuant to the Long Term Plan or the terms of this Agreement that would otherwise require the approval of Owner must be immediately taken in response to an emergency matter concerning the Assets (“Emergency Matter”) in order to protect Owner’s interest therein, then Manager shall be authorized to take such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to so protect the interests of Owner. Manager shall promptly notify Owner of the action taken and the circumstances giving rise to such action (including the reason for the requirement for immediate action). Any such action or expenditure relating to an Emergency Matter that may be consummated by Manager shall be deemed approved by Owner. Manager shall obtain and maintain on behalf of Owner all licenses, permits, certificates, consents, and other approvals required with respect to the Assets (collectively, “Licenses’’). Manager shall provide Owner with copies of all completed initial or renewal License applications for approval, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date such applications are due. All Licenses shall be obtained in the Owner’s name whenever possible. Any Licenses obtained in the name of Manager shall be held on behalf of Owner, and, upon termination of this Agreement, Manager shall transfer or assign all such Licenses to such person as the Owner may direct at no cost, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

  (e) Manager shall not be required to devote its full time and attention to the management of the Assets, but only such time as is reasonably necessary for the proper conduct of its duties under this Agreement.

 

2. Consultation and Communication; Reports .

 

  (a) Manager’s management personnel shall be available at the reasonable request of Owner for consultation and shall provide Owner with all information pertaining to the Assets and Manager’s services related thereto as is reasonably requested and as Manager can reasonably provide.

 

  (b) Owner and Manager shall, upon Owner’s request (such request to be made by written notice to Manager, setting forth the time, date, and location of such meeting), meet (or hold a telephone conference call) to discuss the progress of, and proposals, strategy, operation, and administrative matters relating to, the Assets, and to review actual operating results in relation to the projections set forth in the Long Term Plan. For any of the foregoing meetings that require Manager’s representatives to travel, Owner shall pay all travel, lodging, food and other expenses of such representatives incurred in traveling to, staying at, and returning from the location of any such meeting.

 

  (c) Manager shall prepare and submit to Owner, by no later than the twenty-fifth (25th) day of each month, regular monthly reports for the prior month of its activities on behalf of Owner for examination and review by Owner, which reports shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Owner.

3.       Duty of Care . Manager shall carry out its obligations hereunder in accordance with such asset management standards as are customarily employed by similar asset managers managing comparable portfolios for others under similar terms and conditions.

4.       Expenses . All expenses incurred by Manager on behalf of Owner hereunder shall be paid by Owner, in strict accordance with the applicable Long Term Plan, or as otherwise approved by Owner. In no event shall Manager be obligated to pay any expenses related to the Assets. If Manager, in its sole discretion, shall elect to pay any expenses, Owner shall reimburse Manager promptly therefor.

 

2


5.       Payment for Services . Manager Services will be charged at 110% of the hourly billing rates of individuals performing such services using actual time incurred, as applicable. Owner agrees to pay Manager promptly upon receipt of each invoice or other request for payment submitted by Manager for Manager Services rendered, and for expenses incurred as provided in this Agreement.

 

6. [INTENTIONALLY RESERVED]

 

7. Term; Termination .

 

  (a) This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first above written. This Agreement shall be terminable by Manager or Owner and/or the Fund upon thirty (30) days’ notice from one to the others for any reason or no reason whatsoever.

 

  (b) Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, (i) Manager shall deliver to Owner, or its nominee (A) all books, documents, records, materials, supplies, and funds in its possession belonging to Owner or received by Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (B) a statement of expenses incurred by, and other amounts payable to, Manager pursuant to this Agreement as of the date of termination, and (ii) not later than fifteen (15) days following the date of termination, Owner shall pay to Manager in full all amounts due Manager as of such date of termination.

 

  (c) Termination of this Agreement shall not release Manager or Owner, as the case may be, from liability for failure to perform any of the duties or obligations of Manager or Owner, as the case may be, under this Agreement that have accrued as of the date termination.

8.       Confidentiality . Each Party shall maintain in confidence the facts and terms of this Agreement and all other information received from the other Party that is identified in writing at the time of delivery as being confidential; provided, however, that each Party may disclose such information (a) to its and its affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, or agents (it being understood that they shall be informed by such Party of the confidential nature of such information and that such Party shall cause them to treat such information confidentially); (b) if required to do so by applicable laws, rules, regulations, or orders; (c) if such information becomes part of the public domain; or (d) if such information otherwise was or becomes available to such Party on a non-confidential basis, provided that the source of such information was not known by such Party to be bound by a confidentiality obligation.

9. Representations and Warranties . Each Party represents and warrants to the other that, as of the date hereof:

 

  (a) It is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation. It has all requisite power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (b) Its execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized and do not and will not (i) violate any law, rule, regulation, order, or decree applicable to it or (ii) violate its organizational documents.

 

  (c) This Agreement is a legal and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent enforceability is modified by bankruptcy, reorganization, and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by general principles of equity.

 

3


  (d) There is no litigation pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened to which it is a party that, if adversely determined, would have material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or its financial condition, prospects, or business.

10.       No Assignment . Neither Party may assign any of its rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall be binding upon the successor-by-merger to any Party and that any such merger involving one Party shall not require the prior written consent of, or prior written notice to, the other Party.

11.       Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

(b) The Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever between the Parties or any of their affiliates arising out of or in connection with or in relation to this Agreement, including any claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement, whether in contract, tort, statutory, or otherwise, and including any claims regarding the existence, scope, validity, breach, or termination of this Agreement (each, a “Dispute”), by mutual agreement.

(c) If any Dispute cannot be resolved by mutual agreement, the Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Section 11.

(d) The arbitral tribunal (the “Tribunal”’) shall be composed of three (3) arbitrators. Manager and Owner shal1 each appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the date of a request to initiate arbitration, and the two (2) appointed arbitrators shall then jointly appoint a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, to act as chairman of the Tribunal. Arbitrators not appointed within the time limits set forth in the preceding sentence shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association at the request of either Owner or Manager.

(e) The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration shall take place in Dallas, Texas and be conducted in the English language. The Tribunal shall apply the substantive law of Texas (exclusive of choice of law principles) in resolving the Dispute. Issues relating to the conduct of the arbitration and enforcement of any award shall be governed by the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards (New York Convention) and, to the extent applicable, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16. The American Arbitration Association shall not serve as administrator of the arbitration; its sole function shall be to appoint arbitrators not appointed within the time limits as set forth in Section 11(d).

(f) Any monetary award shall be in United States dollars. The award of the Tribunal shall be kept confidential, and no Party shall disclose the award or the substance of the award or any portion thereof to any other person or entity, except to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or order of any court, agency, or regulatory authority, or to make appropriate filings with any stock exchange or in court proceedings relating to any application concerning the award that is made by any party; provided, however, that the award may be disclosed to any affiliate, shareholder, member, or lender of any Party to the arbitration if such affiliate, shareholder, member, or lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the award to the extent required by this Section 11

 

4


(f). The arbitrator shall not have the authority to award punitive, special, exemplary, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages, regardless of whether a claim is based on contract, tort (including negligence), strict liability, violation of any applicable deceptive trade practices act or similar law, or any other legal or equitable principle.

(g) The award rendered and any arbitration commenced hereunder shall be final and binding upon the Parties, and a judgment thereon may be entered in any court having jurisdiction for its enforcement

(h) The obligation to arbitrate under this Section 11 is binding on the Parties and their affiliates, successors, and assigns. For purposes of appointing arbitrators, any Party and its affiliates, successors, and assigns shall jointly appoint such Party’s arbitrator. Each Party agrees that, failing mutual agreement In accordance with Section 11(b), arbitration under this Section 11 is the exclusive method for resolving any Dispute and that such Party and its affiliates will not commence any action or proceeding concerning a Dispute, except to enforce the award or to compel arbitration.

12.       No Partnership or General Agency . The relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractors solely as set forth herein, and each Party shall be responsible only for its obligations as set forth herein. It is not the intention of the Parties to render the Parties liable as partners, associates, or joint venturers or to create a partnership, joint venture or other association. The liability of the Parties hereunder to third parties shall be several and not joint or collective. Except as specifically otherwise provided herein or agreed in writing, Manager (i) is not an agent or representative of Owner and (ii) shall not have, and shall not represent itself as having or allow any of its employees, officers, directors, agents, or representatives to represent that it or any of them has, any authority to commit Owner by negotiation or otherwise to any contract, agreement., or other legal commitment in the name of, or otherwise binding on, Owner, or to pledge or extend its credit. Notwithstanding the above, Owner authorizes and appoints Manager, or any of its affiliates, to act as servicer of any Asset owned by Owner, and authorizes Manager, or such affiliate, to perform, in accordance with any applicable Plan, such services and functions, including entering into negotiations with any third-party borrower, lender, or agent, as may be desirable to be performed in connection with the resolution or settlement of any such asset.

13.       Employees and Independent Contractors . Manager shall be responsible for its employees and shall use reasonable care in selecting and supervising independent contractors. All matters pertaining to the employment, supervision, compensation, promotion, and discharge of Manager’s employees are the responsibility of Manager, and Manager shall be liable to such employees for their compensation (in whatever form or amount such compensation may be). Owner shall never be the employer of such employees, nor shall Owner ever be directly responsible for their compensation. Manager shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to workmen’s compensation, social security, unemployment insurance, hours of labor, wages, working conditions, and other employer-employee related matters. Manager shall be responsible for negotiating the terms of contracts with and overseeing the performance of contractors.

14.       Compliance with Laws . Manager shall comply with all applicable laws, including but not limited to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in connection with this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Manager agrees not to pay or promise to pay or give or promise to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to any person for the purpose of illegally or improperly inducing that person to take any action or to omit to take any action in connection with this Agreement. Manager warrants and represents to Owner that, prior to the execution of this Agreement; it has not taken or omitted to take any action with respect to this Agreement if such act or omission would have violated the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

 

5


15.       No Consequential Damages . Under no circumstances, whether based on contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, or otherwise, shall either Party be liable for any consequential, indirect, incidental; or punitive damages of any kind or character, including, but not limited to, loss of profits or revenues, loss of product, loss of use, cost of capital, and the like, arising out of or related to any performance under or breach of this Agreement The Parties specifically acknowledge that the benefits each Party contemplates deriving from the provisions of this Agreement reflect such allocation of risk and limitation of liabilities.

16.       Exculpation . Manager and each of its shareholders, consultants, agents, members, officers, directors, partners, and employees (collectively, “Covered Persons”) shall not be liable for any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities arising from any act performed or omitted by any Covered Person in connection with this Agreement, except any such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities that are caused by the fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct of such Covered Person.

17.       Indemnification .

 

  (a) Owner, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever, including legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with the management and disposition of the Assets, any duty of Manager hereunder, or any action taken or omitted by any such Covered Person by or on behalf of Owner pursuant to authority granted by this Agreement, even if any such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities arc caused in whole or in part by the negligence of such Covered Person. This indemnification does not apply to the extent any such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities are caused by the fraud, gross negligence. or willful misconduct of any Covered Person. In the event that any Covered Person becomes involved in any capacity in any suit, action, proceeding, or investigation in connection with any matter arising out of or in connection with the management and disposition of the Assets, any duty of Manager hereunder, or any action taken or omitted by such Covered Person pursuant to authority granted by this Agreement, Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after submission of a request for reimbursement, reimburse such Covered Person for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) incurred in connection therewith.

 

  (b) Promptly after a Covered Person receives notice of the commencement of any action or other proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder, such Covered Person shall notify Owner thereof; provided, that the failure to do so shall not relieve Owner from any obligation hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, such failure results in Owner’s forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses.

18.       Further Assurances . Each Party agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and to take such additional actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the provisions of this Agreement and all transactions contemplated hereby.

19.       Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written or oral understandings or agreements between the Parties.

 

6


20.       Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and, with respect to Sections 16 and 17, the Covered Persons, and their respective successors and assigns, and this Agreement shall not otherwise be deemed to confer upon or give to any other third party any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right.

21.       Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is prohibited by applicable law, the Parties shall amend such provision to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary to comply with such law. Subject to the preceding sentence, if any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to either Party or circumstance shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other parties or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

22.       Notices . All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the respective Parties and the Fund hereto shall be effective in writing (including by facsimile, telex, or cable communication) and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, in the case of facsimile, telex, or cable communication upon being sent (provided that, in the case of facsimile and telex communications, electronic confirmation of delivery of such communication is received by the Party upon sending such communication), two (2) days after having been deposited with a reputable international overnight courier service, or, if sent within the United States, three (3) days after being deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid. Notices shall be sent to the following addresses or such other address as may be substituted by giving the other Party and the Fund, as applicable, not fewer than five (5) days’ advance written notice of such change of address:

If to Owner, to:

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas, 75204

Attention: President

Fax: (214) 754-8401

If to Manager to:

HUDSON AMERICAS L.P.

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1800

Dallas, Texas, 75204

Attention: President

Fax: (214) 754-8401

 

7


If to the Fund:

LONE STAR FUND IX (U.S.), L.P.

2711 N. Haskell Avenue, Suite 1700

Dallas, Texas 75204

Attention: General Partner

Fax: 214-754-8401

23.       Amendment . An amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be effective or binding on a Party only if it is in writing and signed by that Party.

24.       Survival . Any provision that, by its nature, is intended to survive the termination of this Agreement shall survive such termination.

25.       Waiver . Any waiver, express or implied, by a Party of any right under this Agreement or of any breach by the other Party shall not constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other right or any other breach, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature to the right or breach being waived. A waiver of a Party’s rights under this Agreement, including with respect to another party’s breach, shall be effective only if that Party agrees in writing.

26.       Heading . The headings contained in this Agreement is for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement

27.       Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on assignment set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned Parties and their respective legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns. Whenever this Agreement refers to any Party, such reference shall be deemed to include the legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns of such Party.

28.       Intention of Parties to Act Reasonably . Owner and Manager hereby acknowledge and agree that they will act reasonably in implementing the provisions of this Agreement and in the management and disposition of the Assets.

29.       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute and deliver this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

HUDSON AMERICAS L.P.

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   Hudson Advisors GenPar, Inc., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

 

Kyle Volluz

 

Vice President

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kyle Volluz

 

Kyle Volluz

 

President

LONE STAR FUND IX (U.S.), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, hereby joins in the execution of this Agreement to evidence its agreement to the provisions of Section 7(a) hereof.

LONE STAR FUND IX (U.S.), L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:   Lone Star Partners IX, L.P., its general partner
By:   Lone Star Management Co. IX, Ltd., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Steven R. Shearer

 

Steven R. Shearer

 

Vice President

 

9

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 9th day of October, 2015, between Foundation Building Materials, LLC (the “ Company ”) and Ruben Mendoza (the “ Executive ”) (each of the foregoing individually a “ Party ” and collectively the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Executive and the Executive wishes to be employed by the Company, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall commence on the Closing Date (as defined in such agreement) of the transactions contemplated by that certain Transaction Agreement dated as of August 19, 2015, by and among CI (FBM) Holdings LLC, CI FBM AIV Mini-Master L.P., FBM AIV Blocker Inc., FBM AIV Blocker II Inc., FBM Intermediate Inc., FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC, CI Capital Investors II, L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV-A), L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV), L.P., and LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), or such other date as may be mutually agreed between the Parties (the “ Effective Date ”) and end on the date the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”). In the event that the Purchase Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing of the transactions contemplated thereby, this Agreement shall immediately terminate and be null and void and without effect. During the Employment Period, the Executive will devote his full business time and use his best efforts to advance the business and welfare of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and will not engage in (i) any other employment or business activities, or (ii) any other activities for any direct or indirect remuneration that would be harmful or detrimental to the business and affairs of the Company or that would materially interfere with his duties hereunder. The foregoing, however, shall not preclude the Executive from serving on civic or charitable boards or committees, managing personal or family investments, or engaging in such other activities as the Board of Directors of the Company or its equivalent (such entity, the “ Board ”) may approve from time to time, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. The Executive’s primary place of work shall be the Company’s offices in Orange County, California.

2. Position . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall report directly to the Board. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall also serve in such other capacities as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Board consistent with the Executive’s position and shall render such other services for the Company as the Board may from time to time reasonably request and as shall be consistent with the Executive’s position and responsibilities.


3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of $400,000 per annum, which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company, and shall be subject to review on an annual basis as determined by the Board or a committee thereof (the “ Base Salary ”). The Executive’s Base Salary shall not be subject to decrease, other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction approved by the Board affecting other similarly situated employees and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Executive’s then Base Salary when combined with any such prior reductions.

(b) Annual Bonus . With respect to each calendar year ending during the Employment Period, in addition to the Base Salary, the Executive may be eligible to earn an annual cash performance bonus based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the Board (or a committee thereof). The target amount for such annual cash performance bonus shall be no less than 120% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), and any actual bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the annual cash performance bonus plan as in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4, in order to receive payment of any such annual cash performance bonus, the Executive must be continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the date of actual payment.

(c) Long-Term Incentive Plan . The Executive shall receive an award under the LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) in accordance with the plan document and award agreement in substantially the form previously provided to the Executive. Such award shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the LTIP and the award agreement issued thereunder.

(d) Participation in Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive all perquisites and participate in all benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by the Company from time to time that are available generally to its similarly-situated senior executives; provided, however, that the Executive’s right to receive such perquisites and participate in such plans, programs and policies shall not affect the Company’s right to amend or terminate the general applicability of such perquisites, plans, programs and policies. The Company may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, amend, eliminate or establish benefit programs as it deems appropriate.

(e) Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures. Any expenses shall be reimbursed promptly in accordance with such policies and procedures.

(f) Paid Time Off . The Executive shall be entitled to such periods of paid time off (“ PTO ”) each year as provided from time to time under the Company’s PTO policy and as otherwise provided for senior executive officers, but in no event less than four (4) weeks PTO.

 

2


(g) Perquisites . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be reimbursed for all dues and other business related costs required to maintain the Executive’s membership in the Big Canyon Country Club. In addition, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall be furnished a Company vehicle with a lease payment of no more than $2,300.00 per month. All expenses related to the Company vehicle shall be paid by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments or reimbursements shall be made under this Section 3(g) on or after the first date that the Company experiences any material default under the any of the Company’s credit agreements. For these purposes, a “material default” shall include any payment default or any violation of any negative covenant under such agreements.

4. Termination of Employment . Subject to the further provisions of this Section 4, the Employment Period and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either Party at any time and for any or no reason; provided, however, that the Company and the Executive will be required to give written notice of any termination of the Executive’s employment as set forth in this Section 4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall exclusively govern the Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits upon termination of employment with the Company.

(a) Notice of Termination . Any termination or resignation of the Executive’s employment by the Company or by the Executive, as applicable, under this Section 4 (other than termination of employment as a result of the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by a written notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”) to the other Party hereto (i) indicating whether the termination is for or without Cause (as defined below) or the resignation is for or without Good Reason (as defined below), (ii) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, and (iii) specifying a date of termination (the “ Date of Termination ”), which, if submitted by the Executive, shall be thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (or the first business day following the last day of the Cure Period, in the case of Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, or such other date as mutually agreed by the Company and the Executive).

(b) Accrued Rights . Upon a termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of the Executive’s Base Salary through the Date of Termination not theretofore paid (payable as soon as practicable following, but in all events within 30 days of the Date of Termination); any unreimbursed business expenses; and any amount arising from the Executive’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (including without limitation, any disability or life insurance benefit plans, programs or arrangements), which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “ Accrued Rights ”).

(c) Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Company without Cause (and not by reason of Executive’s death or Disability), or by the Executive for Good Reason, then, in addition to the Accrued Rights, the Company shall (subject to the Executive’s execution, within twenty-one (21) days following receipt, of a waiver and general release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), and such Release becoming effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination):

 

3


(i) pay to the Executive any annual bonus earned by the Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) for any calendar year completed prior to the Date of Termination that remains unpaid as of the Date of Termination (payable at the same time as such annual bonuses are paid to executives generally);

(ii) pay to the Executive the annual bonus earned by the Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) for the calendar year that includes the Date of Termination (based on actual performance during such year), which amount shall be pro-rated to reflect the number of days that the Executive was employed by the Company during such calendar year and which shall be payable at the same time as such annual bonuses are paid to executives generally;

(iii) pay to the Executive, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practice following the Date of Termination, the Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination) for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the Date of Termination; and

(iv) for the period beginning on the Date of Termination and ending on the date which is twelve (12) full months following the Date of Termination (or, if earlier, the date the Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment) (such period, the “ COBRA Coverage Period ”), if the Executive and/or his or her eligible dependents who were covered under the Company’s health insurance plans as of the Date of Termination elect coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) and are eligible for such coverage, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the Executive on a monthly basis for an amount equal to (1) the monthly premium the Executive and/or his or her covered dependents, as applicable, are required to pay for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA for the Executive and/or his or her eligible dependents, as applicable, who were covered under the Company’s health plans as of the Date of Termination, less (2) the amount the Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for the Executive and/or his or her covered dependents, as applicable, based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the Date of Termination. If any of the Company’s health benefits are self-funded as of the Executive’s Date of Termination, or if the Company cannot provide the foregoing benefits in a manner that is exempt from Section 409A (as defined below) or that is otherwise compliant with applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), instead of providing the payments or reimbursements as set forth above, the Company shall instead pay to the Executive the foregoing monthly amount as a taxable monthly payment for the COBRA Coverage Period (or any remaining portion thereof). The Executive shall be solely responsible for all matters relating to continuation of coverage pursuant to COBRA, including, without limitation, the election of such coverage and the timely payment of premiums. The Executive shall notify the Company immediately if the Executive becomes eligible to receive the equivalent or increased healthcare coverage by means of subsequent employment or self-employment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) any payments pursuant to this Section 4(c) that would otherwise be payable in the first thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination shall be

 

4


withheld and become payable in a lump sum on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Date of Termination and (y) the Company shall not be obligated to make any such payments described in this Section 4(c) after the date the Executive first violates any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 5.

(v) “ Cause ” shall be deemed to exist if any of the following items shall apply: (i) a material breach of any written agreement between the Executive and the Company or any affiliate, including, without limitation, a breach by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company or an affiliate; (ii) ongoing and repeated non-performance by the Executive of his duties and responsibilities to the Company (other than any such non-performance resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such non-performance after his issuance of a written notice to the Company of his intention to resign for Good Reason), intentional or negligent misconduct by the Executive in the performance of his duties to the Company a material violation by the Executive of any written policies of the Company or the specific written and lawful directions of the Board; (iii) a breach of any fiduciary duty which the Executive owes to the Company or any affiliate in his capacity as an employee or officer; (iv) the conviction or plea of guilty or no contest by the Executive with respect to (A) a felony or (B) embezzlement, dishonesty, a crime involving moral turpitude, or intentional and actual fraud; (v) the use of illicit drugs or other illicit substances or the abuse of licit drugs or other substances on Company premises or during the performance of the Executives duties or that otherwise causes material harm to the Company or any affiliate; or (vi) an unexplained absence from work for more than ten (10) days in any twelve (12) month period (vacation, Company-approved personal leave, Company-approved sick leave, and Disability excepted). The Executive’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated for Cause if it is determined subsequent to his termination of employment that grounds for termination of his employment for Cause existed at the time of his termination of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the determination that “Cause” under clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (v) or (vi) of this paragraph has occurred, the Company shall (A) provide to the Executive in writing, in reasonable detail, the reasons for the determination that such “Cause” exists and (B) if such circumstances are curable, afford Executive a reasonable opportunity to remedy any such breach, but in no event less than ten (10) days.

(vi) “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to exist if, without the Executive’s consent: (A) there is a material diminution in the duties, responsibilities, or authority of the Executive, or the Executive no longer reports directly to the Board; (B) there is a reduction in the Executive’s then Base Salary and Target Bonus, other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction affecting other similarly situated employees and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Executive’s then target base compensation in the aggregate when combined with any such prior reductions; (C) the Executive is required to relocate to a location outside of Orange County, California; or (D) there is a material breach by the Company of any agreement between the Executive and the Company or any affiliate, including, without limitation, a material breach by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company or an affiliate. In each such case of

 

5


Good Reason, the Executive shall provide the Company with written notice of the grounds for a Good Reason termination within ninety (90) days of the initial occurrence thereof, and the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure after receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”). Resignation by the Executive following the Company’s cure or before the expiration of the Cure Period shall constitute a voluntary resignation and not a termination or resignation for Good Reason. If the alleged Good Reason event has not been cured at the end of the Cure Period, the Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason will be effective on the first business day following the last day of the Cure Period.

Following the Executive’s termination of employment by the Company without Cause (and not by reason of Executive’s death or Disability), or by the Executive for Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 4(c), the Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(d) Termination by the Company for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or upon the Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, the Executive shall only be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights. Following the Executive’s termination of employment by the Company for Cause or upon the Executive’s resignation without Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 4(d), the Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(e) Disability or Death . The Employment Period and the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the Executive’s death and may be terminated by the Company if the Executive becomes or is reasonably expected to be (in the good faith judgment of the Board) physically or mentally incapacitated and therefore unable for a period of one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with or without a reasonable accommodation (such incapacity is hereinafter referred to as “ Disability ”), in each case, in a manner consistent with applicable state and federal law. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by reason of his Disability or death, the Executive or the Executive’s estate (as the case may be) shall only be entitled to receive (i) the Accrued Rights and (ii) such additional payments, if any, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion. Following the termination of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s Disability or death, except as set forth in this Section 4(e), the Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(f) Return of Property . Upon cessation of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Executive shall immediately deliver to the Company (i) all physical, computerized, electronic or other types of records, documents, proposals, notes, lists, files and any and all other materials, including computerized and electronic information, that refers, relates or otherwise pertains to the Company or any affiliate of the Company (or business dealings thereof) that are in the Executive’s possession, subject to the Executive’s control or held by the Executive for others; and (ii) all property or equipment that the Executive has been issued by the Company or any affiliate of the Company during the course of his employment or property or equipment thereof that the Executive

 

6


otherwise possesses, including any computers, cellular phones, pagers and other devices. The Executive acknowledges that he is not authorized to retain any physical, computerized, electronic or other types of copies of any such physical, computerized, electronic or other types of records, documents, proposals, notes, lists, files or materials, and is not authorized to retain any other property or equipment of the Company or any affiliate of the Company. The Executive further agrees that the Executive will promptly forward to the Company (and thereafter destroy any physical or electronic copies thereof) any confidential business information relating to the Company or any affiliate of the Company that has been or is inadvertently directed to the Executive following the Executive’s last day of employment. The provisions of this Section 4(f) are in addition to any other written obligations on the subjects covered herein that the Executive may have with the Company and its affiliates, and are not meant to and do not excuse such obligations. Upon the termination of his employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Executive shall, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute and deliver to the Company a certificate (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company) to the effect that the Executive has complied with the provisions of this Section 4(f).

(g) Resignation of Offices . Promptly following any termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (other than by reason of the Executive’s death), the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that the Executive may then hold as an employee or officer of the Company or any affiliate of the Company. The Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company any additional documents reasonably required by the Company to confirm such resignations.

(h) Further Assurances; Cooperation . Following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive shall execute any and all documents to secure the Company’s right to any Work Product (as defined in Section 5(b)), and the Executive agrees to make himself available as reasonably practical with respect to, and to use reasonable efforts to cooperate in conjunction with, any litigation or investigation arising from events that occurred during the Executive’s employment with the Company and its affiliates (whether such litigation or investigation is then pending or subsequently initiated) involving the Company or any affiliate of the Company, including providing testimony and preparing to provide testimony if so requested by the Company. The Company shall pay to the Executive an hourly retainer of $300 for any such assistance and testimony.

5. Restrictive Covenants .

(a) Confidential Information . During the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive will be given access to and receive Confidential Information (as defined below) regarding the business of the Company and its affiliates. The Executive agrees that the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interests of the Company and its affiliates and covenants and agrees that at all times during the Executive’s employment with the Company, and at all times following the Executive’s termination, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Confidential Information ” means any and all confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or an affiliate not within the public domain, whether disclosed, directly or indirectly, verbally, in writing (including electronically) or by any other means in tangible or intangible form, including that which is conceived or developed by the

 

7


Executive, applicable to or in any way related to: (i) the present or future business activities, products and services, and customers of the Company or its affiliates; (ii) the research and development of the Company or its affiliates; or (iii) the business of any client or vendor of the Company or its affiliates. Such Confidential Information includes the following property or information of the Company or its affiliates, by way of example and without limitation, trade secrets, processes, formulas, data, program documentation, customer lists, designs, drawings, algorithms, source code, object code, know-how, improvements, inventions, licenses, techniques, all plans or strategies for marketing, development and pricing, business plans, financial statements, profit margins and all information concerning existing or potential clients, suppliers or vendors. Confidential Information of the Company also means all similar information disclosed to any member of the Company by third parties that is subject to confidentiality obligations. The Company shall not be required to advise the Executive specifically of the confidential nature of any such information, nor shall the Company be required to affix a designation of confidentiality to any tangible item, in order to establish and maintain its confidential nature. Notwithstanding the preceding to the contrary, Confidential Information shall not include general industry information or information that is publicly available or readily discernable from publicly available products or literature; information that the Executive lawfully acquires from a source other than the Company or its affiliates or any client or vendor of the Company or any of its affiliates (provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates); information that is required to be disclosed pursuant to any law, regulation, rule of any governmental body or authority, or stock exchange, or court order; or information that reflects employee’s own skills, knowledge, know-how and experience gained prior to employment or service and outside of any connection to or relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates, or the predecessors of any such entities.

(b) Intellectual Property Ownership . The Executive hereby assigns to the Company all rights, including, without limitation, copyrights, patents, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, works of authorship, Confidential Information or trade secrets (i) developed or created by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, during the course of performing work for or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or the predecessors of any such entities, whether as an employee or independent contractor, (ii) that the Executive conceives, develops, discovers or makes in whole or in part during the Executive’s employment by the Company that relate to the business of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, (iii) that the Executive conceives, develops, discovers or makes in whole or in part during or after the Executive’s employment by the Company that are made through the use of any of the equipment, facilities, supplies, trade secrets or time of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or that result from any work the Executive performs for the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or (iv) developed or created by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, at any time before the Employment Period, that relate to or involve the Company’s businesses (including, but not limited to, the business of the Company Group) (collectively, the “ Work Product ”). Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent possible, all software, compilations and other original works of authorship included in the Work Product will be considered a “work made for hire” as that term is defined in Title 17 of the United States Code. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive for any reason retains any right, title or interest

 

8


in or relating to any Work Product, the Executive agrees promptly to assign, in writing and without any requirement of further consideration, all such right, title, and interest to the Company. Upon request of the Company at any time during or after the Employment Period, the Executive will take such further actions, including execution and delivery of instruments of conveyance, as may be appropriate to evidence, perfect, record or otherwise give full and proper effect to any assignments of rights under or pursuant to this Agreement. The Executive will promptly disclose to the Company any such Work Product in writing.

(c) Agreement Not to Solicit Employees . The Executive agrees that during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination (the “ Restricted Period ”) the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any person who is as of the Date of Termination (or was within twelve (12) months prior to the Date of Termination) an employee of the Company or an affiliate (provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not prohibit solicitations made by the Executive to the general public).

(d) Non-Disparagement . The Executive shall not, while employed by the Company or at any time thereafter, disparage the Company (or any affiliate) in any way that materially and adversely affects the goodwill, reputation or business relationships of the Company or the affiliate with the public generally, or with any of its customers, vendors or employees. The Company shall not (and shall use reasonable efforts to procure that its directors and officers shall not) disparage the Executive in any way that materially and adversely affects him or his reputation or business relationships. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not prohibit either Party from rebutting claims or statements made by any other person.

(e) Enforcement . The Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed upon him pursuant to this Section 5. The Executive agrees that each of the restraints contained herein are necessary for the protection of the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company; that each and every one of these restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area. The Executive further acknowledges that, were he to breach any of the covenants contained in this Section 5, the damage to the Company would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of said covenants.

6. Severability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

7. Mutual Drafting . Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction and construction of the Parties, at arm’s length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance

 

9


with its terms without favor to either Party, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

8. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, amounts payable to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 are intended to be made in reliance upon Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(4) (short-term deferral) or Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9) (involuntary separation pay) or any other applicable exemption under Section 409A of the Code. No amounts payable under this Agreement upon the Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable unless the Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation from Service ”). The Company and the Executive intend that their exercise of authority or discretion under this Agreement shall be consistent with the foregoing exemptions under, or comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, such provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements.

(b) If the Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, on the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service, to the extent that the payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A of the Code and the delayed payment or distribution of all or any portion of such amounts to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then such portion deferred pursuant to this Section 8(b) shall be paid or distributed to the Executive in a lump sum on the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6)-months following the Executive’s Separation from Service, (ii) the date of the Executive’s death or (iii) the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Any remaining payments due under the Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(c) If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company and the Executive shall amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as the Executive and the Company deem reasonably necessary or appropriate, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and any applicable transition relief) while preserving the economic agreement of the parties. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on the Executive under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no particular tax result for the Executive with respect to any income recognized by the Executive in connection with this Agreement is guaranteed. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Executive harmless from any or all such taxes, interest, or penalties, or liability for any damages related thereto. The Executive acknowledges that he has been advised to obtain independent legal, tax or other counsel in connection with Section 409A. Each payment under this Agreement is intended to be a “separate payment” and not a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A. Any payments or reimbursements of any expenses provided for under this

 

10


Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). All references in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Section 409A.

9. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

10. Binding Arbitration .

(a) Generally . The Executive and the Company agree that any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the employment relationship between the Executive and the Company, or the termination thereof, including the arbitrability of any controversy or claim, which cannot be settled by mutual agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Expedited Arbitration Procedures of Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”), as set forth in Section 16.1 et seq. of the JAMS rules, or any successor provision thereto, as follows: Any Party aggrieved will deliver a notice to the other Party setting forth the specific points in dispute. Any points remaining in dispute twenty (20) days after the giving of such notice may, upon ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, be submitted to JAMS arbitration conducted before a single neutral arbitrator in Dallas, Texas. The arbitrator shall be appointed by agreement of the parties hereto or, if no agreement can be reached, by JAMS. The arbitrator may enter a default decision against any Party who fails to participate in the arbitration proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party who seeks equitable relief, including injunctive relief, shall not be obligated to utilize the arbitration proceedings required hereunder and instead may seek such relief in any state or federal court sitting in Dallas, Texas.

(b) Binding Effect . The decision of the arbitrator on the points in dispute will be final, unappealable and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall only be authorized to interpret the provisions of this Agreement, and shall not amend, change or add to any such provisions. The Parties agree that this provision has been adopted by the Parties to rapidly and inexpensively resolve any disputes between them and that this provision will be grounds for dismissal of any court action commenced by either Party with respect to this Agreement, other than post-arbitration actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or proceedings seeking equitable relief as permitted under Section 10(a). In the event that any court determines that this arbitration procedure is not binding, or otherwise allows any litigation regarding a dispute, claim, or controversy covered by this Agreement to proceed, the Parties hereto hereby waive any and all right to a trial by jury in or with respect to such litigation.

(c) Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable law, the arbitrator will be authorized to apportion its fees and expenses as the arbitrator deems appropriate and the arbitrator will be authorized to award the prevailing party its fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees). In the absence of any such apportionment or award, each Party will bear its own expenses and the fees of its own attorney.

 

11


(d) Confidentiality . The Parties and the arbitrator will keep confidential, and will not disclose to any person, except the parties’ advisors and legal representatives, or as may be required by law, the existence of any controversy under this Section 10, the referral of any such controversy to arbitration or the status or resolution thereof.

(e) Waiver . The Executive acknowledges that arbitration pursuant to this Agreement includes all controversies or claims of any kind (e.g., whether in contract or in tort, statutory or common law, legal or equitable) now existing or hereafter arising under any federal, state, local or foreign law, including, but not limited to, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and all similar federal, state and local laws, and the Executive hereby waives all rights thereunder to have a judicial tribunal and/or a jury determine such claims.

(f) Acknowledgment . The Executive acknowledges that before agreeing to participate in this Agreement, the Executive has had the opportunity to consult with any attorney or other advisor of the Executive’s choice, and that this provision constitutes advice from the Company to do so if the Executive chooses. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive has agreed to enter into this Agreement of the Executive’s own free will, and that no promises or representations have been made to the Executive by any person to induce the Executive to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive has read this Agreement and understands all of its terms, including the waiver of rights set forth in this Section 10.

11. Assignment . Neither the Company nor the Executive may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations to any affiliate or a successor to the business of the Company or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company without the consent of the Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Executive, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

12. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving Party. The failure of either Party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either Party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

13. Notices . Any and all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person, consigned to a reputable national courier service or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Executive at his last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its principal place of business, attention of the Legal Department or to such other address as any Party may specify by notice to the other actually received.

 

12


14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the Parties with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation any previous employment agreements entered into between Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates.

15. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by an expressly authorized representative of the Company.

16. Headings . The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank.]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have hereunto set their hands under seal, effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

Ruben Mendoza
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

/s/ John J. Gorey

  Name:   John J. Gorey
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer &
    Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

[ The language in this Release may change based on legal developments and evolving best practices; this form is provided as an example of what will be included in the final Release document. ]

This General Release of Claims (“ Release ”) is entered into as of this      day of              ,          , between                      (“ Executive ”), and Foundation Building Materials, LLC (the “ Company ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of              , 2015 (the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that Executive is entitled to certain severance benefits under the Agreement, subject to Executive’s execution of this Release; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now wish to fully and finally to resolve all matters between them.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of, and subject to, the severance benefits payable to the Executive pursuant to the Agreement, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Executive, and which the Executive acknowledges that he or she would not otherwise be entitled to receive, the Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. General Release of Claims by the Executive .

(a) The Executive, on behalf of himself or herself and his or her executors, heirs, administrators, representatives and assigns, hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Company and all predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present investors, directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives, and the employee benefit plans in which the Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of his or her employment with or service to the Company (collectively, the “ Company Releasees ”), from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected (collectively, “ Claims ”), which the Executive has or may have had against such entities based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof or on or prior to the date hereof, arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever the Executive’s employment by or service to the Company or the termination thereof, including any and all claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, including without limitation claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort, and claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency including, without limitation, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000, et seq .; the

 

1


Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq .; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq .; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991; 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, et seq .; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq . (the “ ADEA ”); the Equal Pay Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 206(d); regulations of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, 41 C.F.R. Section 60, et seq .; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et   seq .; the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 201 et seq .; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq .; and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, California Government Code Section 12940, et seq .

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Executive does not release the following claims:

(i) Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii) Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii) Claims pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA;

(iv) Claims for indemnity under the bylaws of the Company, as provided for by applicable law or under any applicable insurance policy with respect to the Executive’s liability as an employee, director or officer of the Company;

(v) Claims based on any right the Executive may have to enforce the Company’s executory obligations under the Agreement; and

(vi) Claims the Executive may have to vested or earned compensation and benefits.

(b) THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE OR SHE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

[Note: Clauses (c), (d) and (e) apply only if the Executive is age 40 or older at time of termination]

(c) The Executive acknowledges that this Release was presented to him or her on the date indicated above and that the Executive is entitled to have twenty-one (21) days’ time in which to consider it. The Executive further acknowledges that the Company has advised him or her that he or she is waiving his or her rights under the ADEA, and that the Executive should

 

2


consult with an attorney of his or her choice before signing this Release, and the Executive has had sufficient time to consider the terms of this Release. The Executive represents and acknowledges that if Executive executes this Release before twenty-one (21) days have elapsed, the Executive does so knowingly, voluntarily, and upon the advice and with the approval of the Executive’s legal counsel (if any), and that the Executive voluntarily waives any remaining consideration period.

(d) The Executive understands that after executing this Release, the Executive has the right to revoke it within seven (7) days after his or her execution of it. The Executive understands that this Release will not become effective and enforceable unless the seven (7) day revocation period passes and the Executive does not revoke the Release in writing. The Executive understands that this Release may not be revoked after the seven (7) day revocation period has passed. The Executive also understands that any revocation of this Release must be made in writing and delivered to the Company at its principal place of business within the seven (7) day period.

(e) The Executive understands that this Release shall become effective, irrevocable, and binding upon the Executive on the eighth (8 th ) day after his or her execution of it, so long as the Executive has not revoked it within the time period and in the manner specified in clause (d) above.

(f) The Executive further understands that the Executive will not be given any severance benefits under the Agreement unless this Release is effective on or before the date that is thirty (30) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.

2. No Assignment . The Executive represents and warrants to the Company Releasees that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim that the Executive may have against the Company Releasees. The Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company Releasees from any liability, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of any such assignment or transfer from the Executive.

3. Severability . If any portion or provision of this Release shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Release, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

4. Headings . The headings and captions in this Release are for convenience only, and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

5. Mutual Drafting . Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction and construction of the Parties, at arm’s length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms without favor to either Party, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


6. Governing Law . This Release shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

7. Entire Agreement . This Release and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Parties in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and supersede all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral. This Release may be amended or modified only with the written consent of the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

8. Counterparts . This Release may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing Release as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO RELEASE

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 9th day of October, 2015, between Foundation Building Materials, LLC (the “ Company ”) and John Gorey (the “ Employee ”) (each of the foregoing individually a “ Party ” and collectively the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Employee and the Employee wishes to be employed by the Company, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Employee’s employment hereunder shall commence on the Closing Date (as defined in such agreement) of the transactions contemplated by that certain Transaction Agreement dated as of August 19, 2015, by and among CI (FBM) Holdings LLC, CI FBM AIV Mini-Master L.P., FBM AIV Blocker Inc., FBM AIV Blocker II Inc., FBM Intermediate Inc., FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC, CI Capital Investors II, L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV-A), L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV), L.P., and LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), or such other date as may be mutually agreed between the Parties (the “ Effective Date ”) and end on the date the Employee’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”). In the event that the Purchase Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing of the transactions contemplated thereby, this Agreement shall immediately terminate and be null and void and without effect. During the Employment Period, the Employee will devote his full business time and use his best efforts to advance the business and welfare of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and will not engage in (i) any other employment or business activities, or (ii) any other activities for any direct or indirect remuneration that would be harmful or detrimental to the business and affairs of the Company or that would materially interfere with his duties hereunder. The foregoing, however, shall not preclude the Employee from serving on civic or charitable boards or committees, managing personal or family investments, or engaging in such other activities as the Board of Directors of the Company or its equivalent (such entity, the “ Board ”) may approve from time to time, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Employee’s responsibilities hereunder.

2. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Employee shall receive a base salary at a rate of $300,000 per annum, which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company, and shall be subject to review on an annual basis as determined by the Board or a committee thereof (the “ Base Salary ”). The Employee’s Base Salary shall not be subject to decrease, other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction approved by the Board affecting other similarly situated employees and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Employee’s then Base Salary when combined with any such prior reductions.


(b) Annual Bonus . With respect to each calendar year ending during the Employment Period, in addition to the Base Salary, the Employee may be eligible to earn an annual cash performance bonus based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the Board (or a committee thereof). The target amount for such annual cash performance bonus shall be no less than 100% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), and any actual bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the annual cash performance bonus plan as in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3, in order to receive payment of any such annual cash performance bonus, the Employee must be continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the date of actual payment.

(c) Participation in Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, the Employee shall be entitled to receive all perquisites and participate in all benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by the Company from time to time that are available generally to its similarly-situated senior executives; provided, however, that the Employee’s right to receive such perquisites and participate in such plans, programs and policies shall not affect the Company’s right to amend or terminate the general applicability of such perquisites, plans, programs and policies. The Company may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, amend, eliminate or establish benefit programs as it deems appropriate.

(d) Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Employee for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures. Any expenses shall be reimbursed promptly in accordance with such policies and procedures.

(e) Paid Time Off . The Employee shall be entitled to such periods of paid time off (“ PTO ”) each year as provided from time to time under the Company’s PTO policy and as otherwise provided for similarly situated employees.

3. Termination of Employment . Subject to the further provisions of this Section 3, the Employment Period and the Employee’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either Party at any time and for any or no reason; provided, however, that the Company and the Employee will be required to give written notice of any termination of the Employee’s employment as set forth in this Section 3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 3 shall exclusively govern the Employee’s rights to compensation and benefits upon termination of employment with the Company.

(a) Notice of Termination . Any termination or resignation of the Employee’s employment by the Company or by the Employee, as applicable, under this Section 3 (other than termination of employment as a result of the Employee’s death) shall be communicated by a written notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”) to the other Party hereto (i) indicating whether the termination is for or without Cause (as defined below) or the resignation is for or without Good Reason (as defined below), (ii) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, and (iii) specifying a date of termination (the “ Date of Termination ”), which, if submitted by the Employee, shall be thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (or the first business day following the last day of the Cure Period, in the case of Employee’s

 

2


resignation for Good Reason, or such other date as mutually agreed by the Company and the Employee).

(b) Accrued Rights . Upon a termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee (or the Employee’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of the Employee’s Base Salary through the Date of Termination not theretofore paid (payable as soon as practicable following, but in all events within 30 days of the Date of Termination); any unreimbursed business expenses; and any amount arising from the Employee’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (including without limitation, any disability or life insurance benefit plans, programs or arrangements), which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “ Accrued Rights ”).

(c) Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason . If the Employee’s employment shall be terminated by the Company without Cause (and not by reason of Employee’s death or Disability), or by the Employee for Good Reason, then, in addition to the Accrued Rights, the Company shall (subject to the Employee’s execution, within twenty-one (21) days following receipt, of a waiver and general release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), and such Release becoming effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination):

(i) pay to the Employee any annual bonus earned by the Employee pursuant to Section 2(b) for any calendar year completed prior to the Date of Termination that remains unpaid as of the Date of Termination (payable at the same time as such annual bonuses are paid to executives generally);

(ii) pay to the Employee the annual bonus earned by the Employee pursuant to Section 2(b) for the calendar year that includes the Date of Termination (based on actual performance during such year), which amount shall be pro-rated to reflect the number of days that the Employee was employed by the Company during such calendar year and which shall be payable at the same time as such annual bonuses are paid to executives generally; and

(iii) pay to the Employee, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practice following the Date of Termination, the Employee’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) any payments pursuant to this Section 3(c) that would otherwise be payable in the first thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination shall be withheld and become payable in a lump sum on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Date of Termination and (y) the Company shall not be obligated to make any such payments described in this Section 3(c) after the date the Employee first violates any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 4.

 

3


(iv) “ Cause ” shall be deemed to exist if any of the following items shall apply: (i) a material breach of any written agreement between the Employee and the Company or any affiliate, including, without limitation, a breach by the Employee of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Employee and the Company or an affiliate; (ii) ongoing and repeated non-performance by the Employee of his duties and responsibilities to the Company (other than any such non-performance resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such non-performance after his issuance of a written notice to the Company of his intention to resign for Good Reason), intentional or negligent misconduct by the Employee in the performance of his duties to the Company a material violation by the Employee of any written policies of the Company or the specific written and lawful directions of the Board or Employee’s direct supervisor; (iii) a breach of any fiduciary duty which the Employee owes to the Company or any affiliate in his capacity as an employee or officer; (iv) the conviction or plea of guilty or no contest by the Employee with respect to (A) a felony or (B) embezzlement, dishonesty, a crime involving moral turpitude, or intentional and actual fraud; (v) the use of illicit drugs or other illicit substances or the abuse of licit drugs or other substances on Company premises or during the performance of the Employees duties or that otherwise causes material harm to the Company or any affiliate; or (vi) an unexplained absence from work for more than ten (10) days in any twelve (12) month period (vacation, Company-approved personal leave, Company-approved sick leave, and Disability excepted). The Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated for Cause if it is determined subsequent to his termination of employment that grounds for termination of his employment for Cause existed at the time of his termination of employment.

(v) “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to exist if, without the Employee’s consent: (A) there is a material diminution in the duties, responsibilities, or authority of the Employee; (B) there is a reduction in the Employee’s then Base Salary and Target Bonus, other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction affecting other similarly situated employees and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Employee’s then target base compensation in the aggregate when combined with any such prior reductions; or (C) there is a material breach by the Company of any agreement between the Employee and the Company or any affiliate, including, without limitation, a material breach by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Employee and the Company or an affiliate. In each such case of Good Reason, the Employee shall provide the Company with written notice of the grounds for a Good Reason termination within ninety (90) days of the initial occurrence thereof, and the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure after receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”). Resignation by the Employee following the Company’s cure or before the expiration of the Cure Period shall constitute a voluntary resignation and not a termination or resignation for Good Reason. If the alleged Good Reason event has not been cured at the end of the Cure Period, the Employee’s termination of employment for Good Reason will be effective on the first business day following the last day of the Cure Period.

 

4


Following the Employee’s termination of employment by the Company without Cause (and not by reason of Employee’s death or Disability), or by the Employee for Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 3(c), the Employee shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(d) Termination by the Company for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason . If the Employee’s employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or upon the Employee’s resignation without Good Reason, the Employee shall only be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights. Following the Employee’s termination of employment by the Company for Cause or upon the Employee’s resignation without Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 3(d), the Employee shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(e) Disability or Death . The Employment Period and the Employee’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the Employee’s death and may be terminated by the Company if the Employee becomes or is reasonably expected to be (in the good faith judgment of the Board) physically or mentally incapacitated and therefore unable for a period of one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days to perform the essential functions of Employee’s position, with or without a reasonable accommodation (such incapacity is hereinafter referred to as “ Disability ”), in each case, in a manner consistent with applicable state and federal law. Upon termination of the Employee’s employment hereunder by reason of his Disability or death, the Employee or the Employee’s estate (as the case may be) shall only be entitled to receive (i) the Accrued Rights and (ii) such additional payments, if any, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion. Following the termination of the Employee’s employment by reason of the Employee’s Disability or death, except as set forth in this Section 3(e), the Employee shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(f) Return of Property . Upon cessation of the Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Employee shall immediately deliver to the Company (i) all physical, computerized, electronic or other types of records, documents, proposals, notes, lists, files and any and all other materials, including computerized and electronic information, that refers, relates or otherwise pertains to the Company or any affiliate of the Company (or business dealings thereof) that are in the Employee’s possession, subject to the Employee’s control or held by the Employee for others; and (ii) all property or equipment that the Employee has been issued by the Company or any affiliate of the Company during the course of his employment or property or equipment thereof that the Employee otherwise possesses, including any computers, cellular phones, pagers and other devices. The Employee acknowledges that he is not authorized to retain any physical, computerized, electronic or other types of copies of any such physical, computerized, electronic or other types of records, documents, proposals, notes, lists, files or materials, and is not authorized to retain any other property or equipment of the Company or any affiliate of the Company. The Employee further agrees that the Employee will promptly forward to the Company (and thereafter destroy any physical or electronic copies thereof) any confidential business information relating to the Company or any affiliate of the Company that has been or is inadvertently directed to the Employee following the Employee’s last day of employment. The provisions of this Section 3(f) are in addition to any other written obligations on the subjects

 

5


covered herein that the Employee may have with the Company and its affiliates, and are not meant to and do not excuse such obligations. Upon the termination of his employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Employee shall, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute and deliver to the Company a certificate (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company) to the effect that the Employee has complied with the provisions of this Section 3(f).

(g) Resignation of Offices . Promptly following any termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company (other than by reason of the Employee’s death), the Employee shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that the Employee may then hold as an employee or officer of the Company or any affiliate of the Company. The Employee shall promptly deliver to the Company any additional documents reasonably required by the Company to confirm such resignations.

(h) Further Assurances; Cooperation . Following the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall execute any and all documents to secure the Company’s right to any Work Product (as defined in Section 4(b)), and the Employee agrees to make himself available as reasonably practical with respect to, and to use reasonable efforts to cooperate in conjunction with, any litigation or investigation arising from events that occurred during the Employee’s employment with the Company and its affiliates (whether such litigation or investigation is then pending or subsequently initiated) involving the Company or any affiliate of the Company, including providing testimony and preparing to provide testimony if so requested by the Company. The Company shall pay to the Employee an hourly retainer of $300 for any such assistance and testimony.

4. Restrictive Covenants .

(a) Confidential Information . During the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee will be given access to and receive Confidential Information (as defined below) regarding the business of the Company and its affiliates. The Employee agrees that the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interests of the Company and its affiliates and covenants and agrees that at all times during the Employee’s employment with the Company, and at all times following the Employee’s termination, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Confidential Information ” means any and all confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or an affiliate not within the public domain, whether disclosed, directly or indirectly, verbally, in writing (including electronically) or by any other means in tangible or intangible form, including that which is conceived or developed by the Employee, applicable to or in any way related to: (i) the present or future business activities, products and services, and customers of the Company or its affiliates; (ii) the research and development of the Company or its affiliates; or (iii) the business of any client or vendor of the Company or its affiliates. Such Confidential Information includes the following property or information of the Company or its affiliates, by way of example and without limitation, trade secrets, processes, formulas, data, program documentation, customer lists, designs, drawings, algorithms, source code, object code, know-how, improvements, inventions, licenses, techniques, all plans or strategies for marketing, development and pricing, business plans, financial statements, profit margins and all information concerning existing or potential clients, suppliers or vendors. Confidential Information of the Company also means all similar information

 

6


disclosed to any member of the Company by third parties that is subject to confidentiality obligations. The Company shall not be required to advise the Employee specifically of the confidential nature of any such information, nor shall the Company be required to affix a designation of confidentiality to any tangible item, in order to establish and maintain its confidential nature. Notwithstanding the preceding to the contrary, Confidential Information shall not include general industry information or information that is publicly available or readily discernable from publicly available products or literature; information that the Employee lawfully acquires from a source other than the Company or its affiliates or any client or vendor of the Company or any of its affiliates (provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates); information that is required to be disclosed pursuant to any law, regulation, rule of any governmental body or authority, or stock exchange, or court order; or information that reflects employee’s own skills, knowledge, know-how and experience gained prior to employment or service and outside of any connection to or relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates, or the predecessors of any such entities.

(b) Intellectual Property Ownership . The Employee hereby assigns to the Company all rights, including, without limitation, copyrights, patents, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, works of authorship, Confidential Information or trade secrets (i) developed or created by the Employee, solely or jointly with others, during the course of performing work for or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or the predecessors of any such entities, whether as an employee or independent contractor, (ii) that the Employee conceives, develops, discovers or makes in whole or in part during the Employee’s employment by the Company that relate to the business of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, (iii) that the Employee conceives, develops, discovers or makes in whole or in part during or after the Employee’s employment by the Company that are made through the use of any of the equipment, facilities, supplies, trade secrets or time of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or that result from any work the Employee performs for the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or (iv) developed or created by the Employee, solely or jointly with others, at any time before the Employment Period, that relate to or involve the Company’s businesses (including, but not limited to, the business of the Company Group) (collectively, the “ Work Product ”). Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent possible, all software, compilations and other original works of authorship included in the Work Product will be considered a “work made for hire” as that term is defined in Title 17 of the United States Code. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee for any reason retains any right, title or interest in or relating to any Work Product, the Employee agrees promptly to assign, in writing and without any requirement of further consideration, all such right, title, and interest to the Company. Upon request of the Company at any time during or after the Employment Period, the Employee will take such further actions, including execution and delivery of instruments of conveyance, as may be appropriate to evidence, perfect, record or otherwise give full and proper effect to any assignments of rights under or pursuant to this Agreement. The Employee will promptly disclose to the Company any such Work Product in writing.

(c) Agreement Not to Solicit Employees . The Employee agrees that during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months

 

7


after the Date of Termination (the “ Restricted Period ”) the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any person who is as of the Date of Termination (or was within twelve (12) months prior to the Date of Termination) an employee of the Company or an affiliate (provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not prohibit solicitations made by the Employee to the general public).

(d) Non-Disparagement . The Employee shall not, while employed by the Company or at any time thereafter, disparage the Company (or any affiliate) in any way that materially and adversely affects the goodwill, reputation or business relationships of the Company or the affiliate with the public generally, or with any of its customers, vendors or employees. The Company shall not (and shall use reasonable efforts to procure that its directors and officers shall not) disparage the Employee in any way that materially and adversely affects him or his reputation or business relationships. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not prohibit either Party from rebutting claims or statements made by any other person.

(e) Enforcement . The Employee acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed upon him pursuant to this Section 4. The Employee agrees that each of the restraints contained herein are necessary for the protection of the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company; that each and every one of these restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area. The Employee further acknowledges that, were he to breach any of the covenants contained in this Section 4, the damage to the Company would be irreparable. The Employee therefore agrees that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by the Employee of any of said covenants.

5. Severability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

6. Mutual Drafting . Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction and construction of the Parties, at arm’s length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms without favor to either Party, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

7. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, amounts payable to the Employee pursuant to Section 3 are intended to be made in reliance upon Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(4) (short-term deferral) or Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9) (involuntary separation pay) or any other applicable

 

8


exemption under Section 409A of the Code. No amounts payable under this Agreement upon the Employee’s termination of employment shall be payable unless the Employee’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation from Service ”). The Company and the Employee intend that their exercise of authority or discretion under this Agreement shall be consistent with the foregoing exemptions under, or comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, such provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements.

(b) If the Employee is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, on the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, to the extent that the payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A of the Code and the delayed payment or distribution of all or any portion of such amounts to which the Employee is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then such portion deferred pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be paid or distributed to the Employee in a lump sum on the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6)-months following the Employee’s Separation from Service, (ii) the date of the Employee’s death or (iii) the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Any remaining payments due under the Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(c) If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Employee to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company and the Employee shall amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as the Employee and the Company deem reasonably necessary or appropriate, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and any applicable transition relief) while preserving the economic agreement of the parties. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on the Employee under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no particular tax result for the Employee with respect to any income recognized by the Employee in connection with this Agreement is guaranteed. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Employee harmless from any or all such taxes, interest, or penalties, or liability for any damages related thereto. The Employee acknowledges that he has been advised to obtain independent legal, tax or other counsel in connection with Section 409A. Each payment under this Agreement is intended to be a “separate payment” and not a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A. Any payments or reimbursements of any expenses provided for under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). All references in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Section 409A.

8. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

9


9. Binding Arbitration .

(a) Generally . The Employee and the Company agree that any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the employment relationship between the Employee and the Company, or the termination thereof, including the arbitrability of any controversy or claim, which cannot be settled by mutual agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Expedited Arbitration Procedures of Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”), as set forth in Section 16.1 et seq. of the JAMS rules, or any successor provision thereto, as follows: Any Party aggrieved will deliver a notice to the other Party setting forth the specific points in dispute. Any points remaining in dispute twenty (20) days after the giving of such notice may, upon ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, be submitted to JAMS arbitration conducted before a single neutral arbitrator in Dallas, Texas. The arbitrator shall be appointed by agreement of the parties hereto or, if no agreement can be reached, by JAMS. The arbitrator may enter a default decision against any Party who fails to participate in the arbitration proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party who seeks equitable relief, including injunctive relief, shall not be obligated to utilize the arbitration proceedings required hereunder and instead may seek such relief in any state or federal court sitting in Dallas, Texas.

(b) Binding Effect . The decision of the arbitrator on the points in dispute will be final, unappealable and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall only be authorized to interpret the provisions of this Agreement, and shall not amend, change or add to any such provisions. The Parties agree that this provision has been adopted by the Parties to rapidly and inexpensively resolve any disputes between them and that this provision will be grounds for dismissal of any court action commenced by either Party with respect to this Agreement, other than post-arbitration actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or proceedings seeking equitable relief as permitted under Section 9(a). In the event that any court determines that this arbitration procedure is not binding, or otherwise allows any litigation regarding a dispute, claim, or controversy covered by this Agreement to proceed, the Parties hereto hereby waive any and all right to a trial by jury in or with respect to such litigation.

(c) Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable law, the arbitrator will be authorized to apportion its fees and expenses as the arbitrator deems appropriate and the arbitrator will be authorized to award the prevailing party its fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees). In the absence of any such apportionment or award, each Party will bear its own expenses and the fees of its own attorney.

(d) Confidentiality . The Parties and the arbitrator will keep confidential, and will not disclose to any person, except the parties’ advisors and legal representatives, or as may be required by law, the existence of any controversy under this Section 9, the referral of any such controversy to arbitration or the status or resolution thereof.

(e) Waiver . The Employee acknowledges that arbitration pursuant to this Agreement includes all controversies or claims of any kind (e.g., whether in contract or in tort, statutory or common law, legal or equitable) now existing or hereafter arising under any federal, state, local or foreign law, including, but not limited to, the Age Discrimination in Employment

 

10


Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and all similar federal, state and local laws, and the Employee hereby waives all rights thereunder to have a judicial tribunal and/or a jury determine such claims.

(f) Acknowledgment . The Employee acknowledges that before agreeing to participate in this Agreement, the Employee has had the opportunity to consult with any attorney or other advisor of the Employee’s choice, and that this provision constitutes advice from the Company to do so if the Employee chooses. The Employee further acknowledges that the Employee has agreed to enter into this Agreement of the Employee’s own free will, and that no promises or representations have been made to the Employee by any person to induce the Employee to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein. The Employee further acknowledges that the Employee has read this Agreement and understands all of its terms, including the waiver of rights set forth in this Section 9.

10. Assignment . Neither the Company nor the Employee may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations to any affiliate or a successor to the business of the Company or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company without the consent of the Employee. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Employee, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

11. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving Party. The failure of either Party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either Party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

12. Notices . Any and all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person, consigned to a reputable national courier service or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Employee at his last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its principal place of business, attention of the Legal Department or to such other address as any Party may specify by notice to the other actually received.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the Parties with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation any previous employment agreements entered into between Employee and the Company or any of its affiliates.

14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and by an expressly authorized representative of the Company.

 

11


15. Headings . The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank.]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have hereunto set their hands under seal, effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ John Gorey

John Gorey
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

  Name:  Ruben Mendoza
  Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

[ The language in this Release may change based on legal developments and evolving best practices; this form is provided as an example of what will be included in the final Release document. ]

This General Release of Claims (“ Release ”) is entered into as of this      day of              ,          , between                      (“ Employee ”), and Foundation Building Materials, LLC (the “ Company ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Employee and the Company are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of              , 2015 (the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that Employee is entitled to certain severance benefits under the Agreement, subject to Employee’s execution of this Release; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee now wish to fully and finally to resolve all matters between them.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of, and subject to, the severance benefits payable to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Employee, and which the Employee acknowledges that he or she would not otherwise be entitled to receive, the Employee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. General Release of Claims by the Employee .

(a) The Employee, on behalf of himself or herself and his or her executors, heirs, administrators, representatives and assigns, hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Company and all predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present investors, directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives, and the employee benefit plans in which the Employee is or has been a participant by virtue of his or her employment with or service to the Company (collectively, the “ Company Releasees ”), from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected (collectively, “ Claims ”), which the Employee has or may have had against such entities based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof or on or prior to the date hereof, arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever the Employee’s employment by or service to the Company or the termination thereof, including any and all claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, including without limitation claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort, and claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency including, without limitation, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000, et seq .; the

 

1


Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq .; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq .; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991; 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, et seq .; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq . (the “ ADEA ”); the Equal Pay Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 206(d); regulations of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, 41 C.F.R. Section 60, et seq .; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et   seq .; the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 201 et seq .; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq .; and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, California Government Code Section 12940, et seq .

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Employee does not release the following claims:

(i) Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii) Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii) Claims pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA;

(iv) Claims for indemnity under the bylaws of the Company, as provided for by applicable law or under any applicable insurance policy with respect to the Employee’s liability as an employee, director or officer of the Company;

(v) Claims based on any right the Employee may have to enforce the Company’s executory obligations under the Agreement; and

(vi) Claims the Employee may have to vested or earned compensation and benefits.

(b) THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE OR SHE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

[Note: Clauses (c), (d) and (e) apply only if the Employee is age 40 or older at time of termination]

(c) The Employee acknowledges that this Release was presented to him or her on the date indicated above and that the Employee is entitled to have twenty-one (21) days’ time in which to consider it. The Employee further acknowledges that the Company has advised him or her that he or she is waiving his or her rights under the ADEA, and that the Employee should

 

2


consult with an attorney of his or her choice before signing this Release, and the Employee has had sufficient time to consider the terms of this Release. The Employee represents and acknowledges that if Employee executes this Release before twenty-one (21) days have elapsed, the Employee does so knowingly, voluntarily, and upon the advice and with the approval of the Employee’s legal counsel (if any), and that the Employee voluntarily waives any remaining consideration period.

(d) The Employee understands that after executing this Release, the Employee has the right to revoke it within seven (7) days after his or her execution of it. The Employee understands that this Release will not become effective and enforceable unless the seven (7) day revocation period passes and the Employee does not revoke the Release in writing. The Employee understands that this Release may not be revoked after the seven (7) day revocation period has passed. The Employee also understands that any revocation of this Release must be made in writing and delivered to the Company at its principal place of business within the seven (7) day period.

(e) The Employee understands that this Release shall become effective, irrevocable, and binding upon the Employee on the eighth (8 th ) day after his or her execution of it, so long as the Employee has not revoked it within the time period and in the manner specified in clause (d) above.

(f) The Employee further understands that the Employee will not be given any severance benefits under the Agreement unless this Release is effective on or before the date that is thirty (30) days following the date of the Employee’s termination of employment.

2. No Assignment . The Employee represents and warrants to the Company Releasees that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim that the Employee may have against the Company Releasees. The Employee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company Releasees from any liability, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of any such assignment or transfer from the Employee.

3. Severability . If any portion or provision of this Release shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Release, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

4. Headings . The headings and captions in this Release are for convenience only, and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

5. Mutual Drafting . Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction and construction of the Parties, at arm’s length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms without favor to either Party, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


6. Governing Law . This Release shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

7. Entire Agreement . This Release and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Parties in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and supersede all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral. This Release may be amended or modified only with the written consent of the Employee and an authorized representative of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

8. Counterparts . This Release may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing Release as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO RELEASE

Exhibit 10.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 9th day of October, 2015, between Foundation Building Materials, LLC (the “ Company ”) and Pete Welly (the “ Employee ”) (each of the foregoing individually a “ Party ” and collectively the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to employ the Employee and the Employee wishes to be employed by the Company, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises and representations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Employee’s employment hereunder shall commence on the Closing Date (as defined in such agreement) of the transactions contemplated by that certain Transaction Agreement dated as of August 19, 2015, by and among CI (FBM) Holdings LLC, CI FBM AIV Mini-Master L.P., FBM AIV Blocker Inc., FBM AIV Blocker II Inc., FBM Intermediate Inc., FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC, CI Capital Investors II, L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV-A), L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV), L.P., and LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), or such other date as may be mutually agreed between the Parties (the “ Effective Date ”) and end on the date the Employee’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”). In the event that the Purchase Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing of the transactions contemplated thereby, this Agreement shall immediately terminate and be null and void and without effect. During the Employment Period, the Employee will devote his full business time and use his best efforts to advance the business and welfare of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and will not engage in (i) any other employment or business activities, or (ii) any other activities for any direct or indirect remuneration that would be harmful or detrimental to the business and affairs of the Company or that would materially interfere with his duties hereunder. The foregoing, however, shall not preclude the Employee from serving on civic or charitable boards or committees, managing personal or family investments, or engaging in such other activities as the Board of Directors of the Company or its equivalent (such entity, the “ Board ”) may approve from time to time, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the Employee’s responsibilities hereunder.

2. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, the Employee shall receive a base salary at a rate of $300,000 per annum, which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company, and shall be subject to review on an annual basis as determined by the Board or a committee thereof (the “ Base Salary ”). The Employee’s Base Salary shall not be subject to decrease, other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction approved by the Board affecting other similarly situated employees and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Employee’s then Base Salary when combined with any such prior reductions.


(b) Annual Bonus . With respect to each calendar year ending during the Employment Period, in addition to the Base Salary, the Employee may be eligible to earn an annual cash performance bonus based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the Board (or a committee thereof). The target amount for such annual cash performance bonus shall be no less than 100% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), and any actual bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the annual cash performance bonus plan as in effect from time to time. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3, in order to receive payment of any such annual cash performance bonus, the Employee must be continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the date of actual payment.

(c) Participation in Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, the Employee shall be entitled to receive all perquisites and participate in all benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by the Company from time to time that are available generally to its similarly-situated senior executives; provided, however, that the Employee’s right to receive such perquisites and participate in such plans, programs and policies shall not affect the Company’s right to amend or terminate the general applicability of such perquisites, plans, programs and policies. The Company may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, amend, eliminate or establish benefit programs as it deems appropriate.

(d) Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Employee for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures. Any expenses shall be reimbursed promptly in accordance with such policies and procedures.

(e) Paid Time Off . The Employee shall be entitled to such periods of paid time off (“ PTO ”) each year as provided from time to time under the Company’s PTO policy and as otherwise provided for similarly situated employees.

(f) Perquisites . During the Employment Period, the Employee shall be reimbursed for all dues and other business related costs required to maintain the Employee’s membership in the Big Canyon Country Club. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no payments or reimbursements shall be made under this Section 2(f) on or after the first date that the Company experiences any material default under the any of the Company’s credit agreements. For these purposes, a “material default” shall include any payment default or any violation of any negative covenant under such agreements.

3. Termination of Employment . Subject to the further provisions of this Section 3, the Employment Period and the Employee’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either Party at any time and for any or no reason; provided, however, that the Company and the Employee will be required to give written notice of any termination of the Employee’s employment as set forth in this Section 3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 3 shall exclusively govern the Employee’s rights to compensation and benefits upon termination of employment with the Company.

(a) Notice of Termination . Any termination or resignation of the Employee’s employment by the Company or by the Employee, as applicable, under this Section 3 (other than

 

2


termination of employment as a result of the Employee’s death) shall be communicated by a written notice (a “ Notice of Termination ”) to the other Party hereto (i) indicating whether the termination is for or without Cause (as defined below) or the resignation is for or without Good Reason (as defined below), (ii) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, and (iii) specifying a date of termination (the “ Date of Termination ”), which, if submitted by the Employee, shall be thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (or the first business day following the last day of the Cure Period, in the case of Employee’s resignation for Good Reason, or such other date as mutually agreed by the Company and the Employee).

(b) Accrued Rights . Upon a termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason, the Employee (or the Employee’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of the Employee’s Base Salary through the Date of Termination not theretofore paid (payable as soon as practicable following, but in all events within 30 days of the Date of Termination); any unreimbursed business expenses; and any amount arising from the Employee’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (including without limitation, any disability or life insurance benefit plans, programs or arrangements), which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “ Accrued Rights ”).

(c) Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason . If the Employee’s employment shall be terminated by the Company without Cause (and not by reason of Employee’s death or Disability), or by the Employee for Good Reason, then, in addition to the Accrued Rights, the Company shall (subject to the Employee’s execution, within twenty-one (21) days following receipt, of a waiver and general release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), and such Release becoming effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination):

(i) pay to the Employee any annual bonus earned by the Employee pursuant to Section 2(b) for any calendar year completed prior to the Date of Termination that remains unpaid as of the Date of Termination (payable at the same time as such annual bonuses are paid to executives generally);

(ii) pay to the Employee the annual bonus earned by the Employee pursuant to Section 2(b) for the calendar year that includes the Date of Termination (based on actual performance during such year), which amount shall be pro-rated to reflect the number of days that the Employee was employed by the Company during such calendar year and which shall be payable at the same time as such annual bonuses are paid to executives generally; and

(iii) pay to the Employee, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practice following the Date of Termination, the Employee’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Date of Termination.

 

3


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) any payments pursuant to this Section 3(c) that would otherwise be payable in the first thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination shall be withheld and become payable in a lump sum on the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Date of Termination and (y) the Company shall not be obligated to make any such payments described in this Section 3(c) after the date the Employee first violates any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 4.

(iv) “ Cause ” shall be deemed to exist if any of the following items shall apply: (i) a material breach of any written agreement between the Employee and the Company or any affiliate, including, without limitation, a breach by the Employee of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Employee and the Company or an affiliate; (ii) ongoing and repeated non-performance by the Employee of his duties and responsibilities to the Company (other than any such non-performance resulting from the Employee’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such non-performance after his issuance of a written notice to the Company of his intention to resign for Good Reason), intentional or negligent misconduct by the Employee in the performance of his duties to the Company a material violation by the Employee of any written policies of the Company or the specific written and lawful directions of the Board or Employee’s direct supervisor; (iii) a breach of any fiduciary duty which the Employee owes to the Company or any affiliate in his capacity as an employee or officer; (iv) the conviction or plea of guilty or no contest by the Employee with respect to (A) a felony or (B) embezzlement, dishonesty, a crime involving moral turpitude, or intentional and actual fraud; (v) the use of illicit drugs or other illicit substances or the abuse of licit drugs or other substances on Company premises or during the performance of the Employees duties or that otherwise causes material harm to the Company or any affiliate; or (vi) an unexplained absence from work for more than ten (10) days in any twelve (12) month period (vacation, Company-approved personal leave, Company-approved sick leave, and Disability excepted). The Employee’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated for Cause if it is determined subsequent to his termination of employment that grounds for termination of his employment for Cause existed at the time of his termination of employment.

(v) “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to exist if, without the Employee’s consent: (A) there is a material diminution in the duties, responsibilities, or authority of the Employee; (B) there is a reduction in the Employee’s then Base Salary and Target Bonus, other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction affecting other similarly situated employees and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Employee’s then target base compensation in the aggregate when combined with any such prior reductions; or (C) there is a material breach by the Company of any agreement between the Employee and the Company or any affiliate, including, without limitation, a material breach by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Employee and the Company or an affiliate. In each such case of Good Reason, the Employee shall provide the Company with written notice of the grounds for a Good Reason termination within ninety (90) days of the initial occurrence thereof, and the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure after receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”). Resignation by the

 

4


Employee following the Company’s cure or before the expiration of the Cure Period shall constitute a voluntary resignation and not a termination or resignation for Good Reason. If the alleged Good Reason event has not been cured at the end of the Cure Period, the Employee’s termination of employment for Good Reason will be effective on the first business day following the last day of the Cure Period.

Following the Employee’s termination of employment by the Company without Cause (and not by reason of Employee’s death or Disability), or by the Employee for Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 3(c), the Employee shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(d) Termination by the Company for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason . If the Employee’s employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or upon the Employee’s resignation without Good Reason, the Employee shall only be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights. Following the Employee’s termination of employment by the Company for Cause or upon the Employee’s resignation without Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 3(d), the Employee shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(e) Disability or Death . The Employment Period and the Employee’s employment hereunder shall terminate immediately upon the Employee’s death and may be terminated by the Company if the Employee becomes or is reasonably expected to be (in the good faith judgment of the Board) physically or mentally incapacitated and therefore unable for a period of one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days to perform the essential functions of Employee’s position, with or without a reasonable accommodation (such incapacity is hereinafter referred to as “ Disability ”), in each case, in a manner consistent with applicable state and federal law. Upon termination of the Employee’s employment hereunder by reason of his Disability or death, the Employee or the Employee’s estate (as the case may be) shall only be entitled to receive (i) the Accrued Rights and (ii) such additional payments, if any, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion. Following the termination of the Employee’s employment by reason of the Employee’s Disability or death, except as set forth in this Section 3(e), the Employee shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(f) Return of Property . Upon cessation of the Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Employee shall immediately deliver to the Company (i) all physical, computerized, electronic or other types of records, documents, proposals, notes, lists, files and any and all other materials, including computerized and electronic information, that refers, relates or otherwise pertains to the Company or any affiliate of the Company (or business dealings thereof) that are in the Employee’s possession, subject to the Employee’s control or held by the Employee for others; and (ii) all property or equipment that the Employee has been issued by the Company or any affiliate of the Company during the course of his employment or property or equipment thereof that the Employee otherwise possesses, including any computers, cellular phones, pagers and other devices. The Employee acknowledges that he is not authorized to retain any physical, computerized, electronic or other types of copies of any such physical, computerized, electronic or other types of records, documents, proposals, notes, lists, files or materials, and is not authorized to retain

 

5


any other property or equipment of the Company or any affiliate of the Company. The Employee further agrees that the Employee will promptly forward to the Company (and thereafter destroy any physical or electronic copies thereof) any confidential business information relating to the Company or any affiliate of the Company that has been or is inadvertently directed to the Employee following the Employee’s last day of employment. The provisions of this Section 3(f) are in addition to any other written obligations on the subjects covered herein that the Employee may have with the Company and its affiliates, and are not meant to and do not excuse such obligations. Upon the termination of his employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Employee shall, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute and deliver to the Company a certificate (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company) to the effect that the Employee has complied with the provisions of this Section 3(f).

(g) Resignation of Offices . Promptly following any termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company (other than by reason of the Employee’s death), the Employee shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that the Employee may then hold as an employee or officer of the Company or any affiliate of the Company. The Employee shall promptly deliver to the Company any additional documents reasonably required by the Company to confirm such resignations.

(h) Further Assurances; Cooperation . Following the termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee shall execute any and all documents to secure the Company’s right to any Work Product (as defined in Section 4(b)), and the Employee agrees to make himself available as reasonably practical with respect to, and to use reasonable efforts to cooperate in conjunction with, any litigation or investigation arising from events that occurred during the Employee’s employment with the Company and its affiliates (whether such litigation or investigation is then pending or subsequently initiated) involving the Company or any affiliate of the Company, including providing testimony and preparing to provide testimony if so requested by the Company. The Company shall pay to the Employee an hourly retainer of $300 for any such assistance and testimony.

4. Restrictive Covenants .

(a) Confidential Information . During the course of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Employee will be given access to and receive Confidential Information (as defined below) regarding the business of the Company and its affiliates. The Employee agrees that the Confidential Information constitutes a protectable business interests of the Company and its affiliates and covenants and agrees that at all times during the Employee’s employment with the Company, and at all times following the Employee’s termination, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Confidential Information ” means any and all confidential, proprietary or trade secret information of the Company or an affiliate not within the public domain, whether disclosed, directly or indirectly, verbally, in writing (including electronically) or by any other means in tangible or intangible form, including that which is conceived or developed by the Employee, applicable to or in any way related to: (i) the present or future business activities, products and services, and customers of the Company or its affiliates; (ii) the research and development of the Company or its affiliates; or (iii) the business of any client or vendor of the Company or its affiliates. Such Confidential Information includes the following property or

 

6


information of the Company or its affiliates, by way of example and without limitation, trade secrets, processes, formulas, data, program documentation, customer lists, designs, drawings, algorithms, source code, object code, know-how, improvements, inventions, licenses, techniques, all plans or strategies for marketing, development and pricing, business plans, financial statements, profit margins and all information concerning existing or potential clients, suppliers or vendors. Confidential Information of the Company also means all similar information disclosed to any member of the Company by third parties that is subject to confidentiality obligations. The Company shall not be required to advise the Employee specifically of the confidential nature of any such information, nor shall the Company be required to affix a designation of confidentiality to any tangible item, in order to establish and maintain its confidential nature. Notwithstanding the preceding to the contrary, Confidential Information shall not include general industry information or information that is publicly available or readily discernable from publicly available products or literature; information that the Employee lawfully acquires from a source other than the Company or its affiliates or any client or vendor of the Company or any of its affiliates (provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates); information that is required to be disclosed pursuant to any law, regulation, rule of any governmental body or authority, or stock exchange, or court order; or information that reflects employee’s own skills, knowledge, know-how and experience gained prior to employment or service and outside of any connection to or relationship with the Company or any of its affiliates, or the predecessors of any such entities.

(b) Intellectual Property Ownership . The Employee hereby assigns to the Company all rights, including, without limitation, copyrights, patents, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, works of authorship, Confidential Information or trade secrets (i) developed or created by the Employee, solely or jointly with others, during the course of performing work for or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or the predecessors of any such entities, whether as an employee or independent contractor, (ii) that the Employee conceives, develops, discovers or makes in whole or in part during the Employee’s employment by the Company that relate to the business of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or the actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, (iii) that the Employee conceives, develops, discovers or makes in whole or in part during or after the Employee’s employment by the Company that are made through the use of any of the equipment, facilities, supplies, trade secrets or time of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or that result from any work the Employee performs for the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or (iv) developed or created by the Employee, solely or jointly with others, at any time before the Employment Period, that relate to or involve the Company’s businesses (including, but not limited to, the business of the Company Group) (collectively, the “ Work Product ”). Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent possible, all software, compilations and other original works of authorship included in the Work Product will be considered a “work made for hire” as that term is defined in Title 17 of the United States Code. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee for any reason retains any right, title or interest in or relating to any Work Product, the Employee agrees promptly to assign, in writing and without any requirement of further consideration, all such right, title, and interest to the Company. Upon request of the Company at any time during or after the Employment Period, the Employee will take such further actions, including execution and delivery of instruments of

 

7


conveyance, as may be appropriate to evidence, perfect, record or otherwise give full and proper effect to any assignments of rights under or pursuant to this Agreement. The Employee will promptly disclose to the Company any such Work Product in writing.

(c) Agreement Not to Solicit Employees . The Employee agrees that during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination (the “ Restricted Period ”) the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any person who is as of the Date of Termination (or was within twelve (12) months prior to the Date of Termination) an employee of the Company or an affiliate (provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not prohibit solicitations made by the Employee to the general public).

(d) Non-Disparagement . The Employee shall not, while employed by the Company or at any time thereafter, disparage the Company (or any affiliate) in any way that materially and adversely affects the goodwill, reputation or business relationships of the Company or the affiliate with the public generally, or with any of its customers, vendors or employees. The Company shall not (and shall use reasonable efforts to procure that its directors and officers shall not) disparage the Employee in any way that materially and adversely affects him or his reputation or business relationships. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section shall not prohibit either Party from rebutting claims or statements made by any other person.

(e) Enforcement . The Employee acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed upon him pursuant to this Section 4. The Employee agrees that each of the restraints contained herein are necessary for the protection of the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company; that each and every one of these restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area. The Employee further acknowledges that, were he to breach any of the covenants contained in this Section 4, the damage to the Company would be irreparable. The Employee therefore agrees that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by the Employee of any of said covenants.

5. Severability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

6. Mutual Drafting . Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction and construction of the Parties, at arm’s length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms without favor to either Party, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8


7. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, amounts payable to the Employee pursuant to Section 3 are intended to be made in reliance upon Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(4) (short-term deferral) or Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9) (involuntary separation pay) or any other applicable exemption under Section 409A of the Code. No amounts payable under this Agreement upon the Employee’s termination of employment shall be payable unless the Employee’s termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation from Service ”). The Company and the Employee intend that their exercise of authority or discretion under this Agreement shall be consistent with the foregoing exemptions under, or comply with, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). If any provision of this Agreement does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, such provision shall nevertheless be applied in a manner consistent with those requirements.

(b) If the Employee is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, on the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, to the extent that the payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A of the Code and the delayed payment or distribution of all or any portion of such amounts to which the Employee is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then such portion deferred pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be paid or distributed to the Employee in a lump sum on the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6)-months following the Employee’s Separation from Service, (ii) the date of the Employee’s death or (iii) the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code. Any remaining payments due under the Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(c) If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Employee to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company and the Employee shall amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as the Employee and the Company deem reasonably necessary or appropriate, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and any applicable transition relief) while preserving the economic agreement of the parties. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on the Employee under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no particular tax result for the Employee with respect to any income recognized by the Employee in connection with this Agreement is guaranteed. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Employee harmless from any or all such taxes, interest, or penalties, or liability for any damages related thereto. The Employee acknowledges that he has been advised to obtain independent legal, tax or other counsel in connection with Section 409A. Each payment under this Agreement is intended to be a “separate payment” and not a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A. Any payments or reimbursements of any expenses provided for under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). All references in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Section 409A.

 

9


8. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

9. Binding Arbitration .

(a) Generally . The Employee and the Company agree that any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the employment relationship between the Employee and the Company, or the termination thereof, including the arbitrability of any controversy or claim, which cannot be settled by mutual agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Expedited Arbitration Procedures of Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”), as set forth in Section 16.1 et seq. of the JAMS rules, or any successor provision thereto, as follows: Any Party aggrieved will deliver a notice to the other Party setting forth the specific points in dispute. Any points remaining in dispute twenty (20) days after the giving of such notice may, upon ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, be submitted to JAMS arbitration conducted before a single neutral arbitrator in Dallas, Texas. The arbitrator shall be appointed by agreement of the parties hereto or, if no agreement can be reached, by JAMS. The arbitrator may enter a default decision against any Party who fails to participate in the arbitration proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party who seeks equitable relief, including injunctive relief, shall not be obligated to utilize the arbitration proceedings required hereunder and instead may seek such relief in any state or federal court sitting in Dallas, Texas.

(b) Binding Effect . The decision of the arbitrator on the points in dispute will be final, unappealable and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall only be authorized to interpret the provisions of this Agreement, and shall not amend, change or add to any such provisions. The Parties agree that this provision has been adopted by the Parties to rapidly and inexpensively resolve any disputes between them and that this provision will be grounds for dismissal of any court action commenced by either Party with respect to this Agreement, other than post-arbitration actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or proceedings seeking equitable relief as permitted under Section 9(a). In the event that any court determines that this arbitration procedure is not binding, or otherwise allows any litigation regarding a dispute, claim, or controversy covered by this Agreement to proceed, the Parties hereto hereby waive any and all right to a trial by jury in or with respect to such litigation.

(c) Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable law, the arbitrator will be authorized to apportion its fees and expenses as the arbitrator deems appropriate and the arbitrator will be authorized to award the prevailing party its fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees). In the absence of any such apportionment or award, each Party will bear its own expenses and the fees of its own attorney.

(d) Confidentiality . The Parties and the arbitrator will keep confidential, and will not disclose to any person, except the parties’ advisors and legal representatives, or as may be required by law, the existence of any controversy under this Section 9, the referral of any such controversy to arbitration or the status or resolution thereof.

 

10


(e) Waiver . The Employee acknowledges that arbitration pursuant to this Agreement includes all controversies or claims of any kind (e.g., whether in contract or in tort, statutory or common law, legal or equitable) now existing or hereafter arising under any federal, state, local or foreign law, including, but not limited to, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and all similar federal, state and local laws, and the Employee hereby waives all rights thereunder to have a judicial tribunal and/or a jury determine such claims.

(f) Acknowledgment . The Employee acknowledges that before agreeing to participate in this Agreement, the Employee has had the opportunity to consult with any attorney or other advisor of the Employee’s choice, and that this provision constitutes advice from the Company to do so if the Employee chooses. The Employee further acknowledges that the Employee has agreed to enter into this Agreement of the Employee’s own free will, and that no promises or representations have been made to the Employee by any person to induce the Employee to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein. The Employee further acknowledges that the Employee has read this Agreement and understands all of its terms, including the waiver of rights set forth in this Section 9.

10. Assignment . Neither the Company nor the Employee may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations to any affiliate or a successor to the business of the Company or all or substantially all of the assets of the Company without the consent of the Employee. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Employee, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

11. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving Party. The failure of either Party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either Party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

12. Notices . Any and all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person, consigned to a reputable national courier service or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Employee at his last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its principal place of business, attention of the Legal Department or to such other address as any Party may specify by notice to the other actually received.

13. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the Parties with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation any previous employment agreements entered into between Employee and the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

11


14. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and by an expressly authorized representative of the Company.

15. Headings . The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank.]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have hereunto set their hands under seal, effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Pete Welly

Pete Welly
FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Ruben Mendoza

  Name: Ruben Mendoza
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

GENERAL RELEASE OF CLAIMS

[ The language in this Release may change based on legal developments and evolving best practices; this form is provided as an example of what will be included in the final Release document. ]

This General Release of Claims (“ Release ”) is entered into as of this      day of              ,          , between                      (“ Employee ”), and Foundation Building Materials, LLC (the “ Company ”) (collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Employee and the Company are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of              , 2015 (the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that Employee is entitled to certain severance benefits under the Agreement, subject to Employee’s execution of this Release; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee now wish to fully and finally to resolve all matters between them.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of, and subject to, the severance benefits payable to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Employee, and which the Employee acknowledges that he or she would not otherwise be entitled to receive, the Employee and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1. General Release of Claims by the Employee .

(a) The Employee, on behalf of himself or herself and his or her executors, heirs, administrators, representatives and assigns, hereby agrees to release and forever discharge the Company and all predecessors, successors and their respective parent corporations, affiliates, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present investors, directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, attorneys, agents and representatives, and the employee benefit plans in which the Employee is or has been a participant by virtue of his or her employment with or service to the Company (collectively, the “ Company Releasees ”), from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected (collectively, “ Claims ”), which the Employee has or may have had against such entities based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date hereof or on or prior to the date hereof, arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever the Employee’s employment by or service to the Company or the termination thereof, including any and all claims arising under federal, state, or local laws relating to employment, including without limitation claims of wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, or liability in tort, and claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency including, without limitation, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000, et seq .; the

 

1


Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq .; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 701 et seq .; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991; 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, et seq .; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq . (the “ ADEA ”); the Equal Pay Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 206(d); regulations of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, 41 C.F.R. Section 60, et seq .; the Family and Medical Leave Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 2601 et   seq .; the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 201 et seq .; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq .; and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, California Government Code Section 12940, et seq .

Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Employee does not release the following claims:

(i) Claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law;

(ii) Claims for workers’ compensation insurance benefits under the terms of any worker’s compensation insurance policy or fund of the Company;

(iii) Claims pursuant to the terms and conditions of the federal law known as COBRA;

(iv) Claims for indemnity under the bylaws of the Company, as provided for by applicable law or under any applicable insurance policy with respect to the Employee’s liability as an employee, director or officer of the Company;

(v) Claims based on any right the Employee may have to enforce the Company’s executory obligations under the Agreement; and

(vi) Claims the Employee may have to vested or earned compensation and benefits.

(b) THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, THE EXECUTIVE HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE OR SHE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

[Note: Clauses (c), (d) and (e) apply only if the Employee is age 40 or older at time of termination]

(c) The Employee acknowledges that this Release was presented to him or her on the date indicated above and that the Employee is entitled to have twenty-one (21) days’ time in which to consider it. The Employee further acknowledges that the Company has advised him or her that he or she is waiving his or her rights under the ADEA, and that the Employee should

 

2


consult with an attorney of his or her choice before signing this Release, and the Employee has had sufficient time to consider the terms of this Release. The Employee represents and acknowledges that if Employee executes this Release before twenty-one (21) days have elapsed, the Employee does so knowingly, voluntarily, and upon the advice and with the approval of the Employee’s legal counsel (if any), and that the Employee voluntarily waives any remaining consideration period.

(d) The Employee understands that after executing this Release, the Employee has the right to revoke it within seven (7) days after his or her execution of it. The Employee understands that this Release will not become effective and enforceable unless the seven (7) day revocation period passes and the Employee does not revoke the Release in writing. The Employee understands that this Release may not be revoked after the seven (7) day revocation period has passed. The Employee also understands that any revocation of this Release must be made in writing and delivered to the Company at its principal place of business within the seven (7) day period.

(e) The Employee understands that this Release shall become effective, irrevocable, and binding upon the Employee on the eighth (8 th ) day after his or her execution of it, so long as the Employee has not revoked it within the time period and in the manner specified in clause (d) above.

(f) The Employee further understands that the Employee will not be given any severance benefits under the Agreement unless this Release is effective on or before the date that is thirty (30) days following the date of the Employee’s termination of employment.

2. No Assignment . The Employee represents and warrants to the Company Releasees that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim that the Employee may have against the Company Releasees. The Employee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company Releasees from any liability, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred as a result of any such assignment or transfer from the Employee.

3. Severability . If any portion or provision of this Release shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Release, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

4. Headings . The headings and captions in this Release are for convenience only, and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

5. Mutual Drafting . Each Party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction and construction of the Parties, at arm’s length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms without favor to either Party, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


6. Governing Law . This Release shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

7. Entire Agreement . This Release and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Parties in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and supersede all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral. This Release may be amended or modified only with the written consent of the Employee and an authorized representative of the Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

8. Counterparts . This Release may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties have executed the foregoing Release as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

FOUNDATION BUILDING MATERIALS, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO RELEASE

Exhibit 10.15

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

Section 1.1 Establishment and Purpose. LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC (the “ Company ”), hereby establishes the LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) as set forth in this document. The purpose of the Plan is to attract and provide motivation to certain key employees and other service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries to put forth maximum efforts toward the continued growth, profitability and success of the Company by providing incentives to such individuals through cash bonus payments.

Section 1.2 Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of the Closing (as defined in such agreement) of the transactions contemplated by that certain Transaction Agreement dated as of August 19, 2015, by and among CI (FBM) Holdings LLC, CI FBM AIV Mini-Master L.P., FBM AIV Blocker Inc., FBM AIV Blocker II Inc., FBM Intermediate Inc., FBM Intermediate Holdings LLC, CI Capital Investors II, L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV-A), L.P., CI Capital Investors II (AIV), L.P. and LSF9 Cypress Holdings LLC (the “ Effective Date ”).

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1 Administrator. Administrator ” means the individual or individuals from time to time designated by the Board to administer the Plan. At any time no Administrator has been so designated, the term “Administrator” shall mean the Board until such time that no less than one Administrator has been designated by the Board. In the event that more than one Administrator is designated by the Board to administer the Plan, all such Administrators shall be severally and individually authorized to take all actions, and make all determinations, called for hereunder and under any Award Agreement. The initial Administrators shall be Chris Meyer and Kyle Volluz.

Section 2.2 Affiliate. Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. A Person will be deemed to control an entity if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Section 2.3 Award Agreement. Award Agreement ” means a written agreement evidencing a Participant’s participation in this Plan. An Award Agreement shall be in the form of an agreement to be executed by the Participant and the Administrator on behalf of the Company. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and any Award Agreement, the terms of the Award Agreement shall prevail.

Section 2.4 Board. Board ” means the manager(s) of the Company, and if none, the sole member of the Company, or the other governing authority of the Company, as applicable.


Section 2.5 Cause. Cause ” means “Cause” as defined in any employment or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, and if no such definition exists, “Cause” shall be deemed to exist if the Administrator shall determine that any of the following items shall apply: (a) a breach of any agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including, without limitation, a breach by the Participant of the Participant’s obligations under any Award Agreement; (b) non-performance or consistent poor performance by the Participant of his duties and responsibilities to the Company or any Affiliate, intentional or negligent misconduct by the Participant in the performance of his duties to the company or a violation by the Participant of any written policies of the Company or specific written directions of the Board; (c) the Participant engaging in conduct that, in the reasonable determination of the Company, demonstrates unfitness to serve in the Participant’s position with the Company or any Affiliate; (d) a breach of any fiduciary duty which the Participant owes to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; (e) the conviction or plea of guilty or no contest by the Participant with respect to (i) a felony, or (ii) embezzlement, dishonesty, a crime involving moral turpitude, or intentional and actual fraud; (f) the use of illicit drugs or other illicit substances or the abuse of licit drugs or other substances; or (g) an unexplained absence from work for more than ten (10) days in any twelve (12) month period (vacation, reasonable personal leave, reasonable sick leave, and Disability excepted). A Participant’s employment will be deemed to have been terminated for Cause if it is determined subsequent to his termination of employment that grounds for termination of his employment for Cause existed at the time of his termination of employment.

Section 2.6 Code. Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Section 2.7 Cumulative IRR. Cumulative IRR ” means the aggregate cumulative after tax internal rate of return, compounded annually, that is realized by Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. and/or its Affiliates from its direct or indirect investment in the Company from the Effective Date through the date of the applicable Monetization Event, as reported by Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. to its investors.

Section 2.8 Disability. A Participant’s “ Disability ” shall occur if the Participant becomes or is reasonably expected to be (in the good faith judgment of the Board) physically or mentally incapacitated and therefore unable for a period of one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days to perform the essential functions of the Participant’s position, with or without a reasonable accommodation, in each case, in a manner consistent with applicable state and federal law.

Section 2.9 Exit Transaction. Exit Transaction ” means the earlier to occur of: (1) the date of a Monetization Event in which Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. and its Affiliates have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of all or substantially all of their direct or indirect ownership interests in the Company or a respective successor entity to an unrelated third party for cash, including through an initial or follow-on Public Offering of the equity interests of the Company or a respective successor entity; or (2) the date of a Monetization Event in connection with a sale of all of the assets of the Company or a respective successor entity (or all of the Subsidiaries of such entity).

 

2


Section 2.10 Good Reason. Good Reason ” means “Good Reason” as defined in any employment or other agreement between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, and if no such definition exists, “Good reason” shall be deemed to exist if, without the Participant’s consent: (1) there is a material diminution in the duties, responsibilities, or authority of the Participant; (2) there is a reduction in the Participant’s then base salary and target bonus, other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction affecting other similarly situated employees and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s then target base compensation in the aggregate when combined with any such prior reductions; (3) the Participant is required to relocate to a location outside of Orange County, California; or (4) a material breach by the Company of any agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary. In each such case of Good Reason, the Participant shall provide the Company with written notice of the grounds for a Good Reason termination within ninety (90) days of the initial occurrence thereof, and the Company shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure after receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”). Resignation by the Participant following the Company’s cure or before the expiration of the Cure Period shall constitute a voluntary resignation and not a termination or resignation for Good Reason. If the alleged Good Reason event has not been cured at the end of the Cure Period, the Participant’s termination of employment for Good Reason will be effective on the first business day following the last day of the Cure Period.

Section 2.10 Incentive Pool. Incentive Pool ” means the recordkeeping account established and maintained on the books of the Company pursuant to this Plan, as more fully described in Section 3.3.

Section 2.11 Monetization Event. Monetization Event ” means the consummation of one or more of the following transactions:

(a) Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. and/or its Affiliates sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a portion of their direct and indirect ownership interests in the Company or a respective successor entity (whether through a direct sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or other similar transaction) to an unrelated third party for cash;

(b) a firm commitment underwritten public offering (a “ Public Offering ”) of the equity interests of the Company or a respective successor entity that is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. and/or its Affiliates sell all or a portion of their direct and indirect ownership interests in the Company or a respective successor entity, as applicable, in such Public Offering; or

(c) the direct or indirect payment by the Company of any cash distributions to Lone Star Fund IX (U.S.), L.P. and/or its Affiliates (including in connection with a sale of the assets of the Company or a respective successor entity).

Section 2.12 Participant. Participant ” means an individual who is selected by the Administrator to participate in this Plan and executes an Award Agreement evidencing such participation (in his or her individual capacity and not as Administrator).

 

3


Section 2.13 Person. Person ” means an individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization or a government or any department or agency thereof.

Section 2.14 Proceeds. Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds that are actually received (net of transaction costs and expenses) by the Company’s direct and indirect equity holders in connection with all Monetization Events occurring on or prior to the date thereof.

Section 2.15 Subsidiary. “ Subsidiary ” means any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company, if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns equity possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power in one of the other entities in such chain.

ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION AND

INCENTIVE POOL ESTABLISHMENT

Section 3.1 Plan Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have total and exclusive responsibility to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms. The Administrator shall have all the authority and discretion that may be necessary or helpful to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Administrator shall have full discretionary authority and the exclusive right to: (i) interpret this Plan; (ii) determine eligibility for participation in the Plan; (iii) decide all questions concerning eligibility for, and the amount of, amounts payable under this Plan; (iv) construe any ambiguous provision of this Plan; (v) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan; (vi) issue administrative guidelines as an aid to administering the Plan and make changes in such guidelines as the Administrator from time to time deems proper; (vii) make regulations for carrying out this Plan and make changes in such regulations as the Administrator from time to time deems proper; (viii) to the extent permitted under this Plan, grant waivers of Plan terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations; (ix) enter into Award Agreements and grant awards in replacement of awards previously granted under the Plan or awards granted under any other employee benefit plan of the Company or its Affiliates; (x) engage legal or other counsel; and (xi) take any and all other actions the Administrator deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan. The decisions of the Administrator and its actions with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons having or claiming to have any right or interest in or under the Plan, including Participants and their respective estates, beneficiaries and legal representatives.

Section 3.2 Liability and Indemnification. No Administrator shall be personally liable for any action, interpretation or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award Agreement, and the Administrator shall be fully indemnified, defended and otherwise protected by the Company with respect to any liability he or she may incur with respect to any such action, interpretation or determination, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

4


Section 3.3 Incentive Pool. For Plan recordkeeping purposes, the Company shall establish and maintain on its books an account to be known as the Incentive Pool. Amounts shall be credited to the Incentive Pool at the time of any Monetization Event, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) No amounts shall be credited to the Incentive Pool until a 15% Cumulative IRR has been first achieved.

(b) Following a Monetization Event that results in or occurs after at least a 15% Cumulative IRR has been first achieved, the relevant amount set forth in the table below, minus any amounts previously credited to the Incentive Pool, shall be credited to the Incentive Pool based on the Cumulative IRR then achieved.

 

Cumulative IRR

  

Amount to Credit to Incentive Pool

14.99% or less    $0
15% up to 20.0%    9.5% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 15%
20.1% up to 25.0%    12.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 20.1%
25.1% up to 35.0%    14.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 25.1%
35.1% up to 50%    17.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 35.1%
50.1% up to 100.0%    19.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 50.1%
Over 100%    9.5% of marginal Proceeds that result in Cumulative IRR in excess of 100%

(c) Attached at Exhibit A is an example of calculations of the Incentive Pool funding. The example is for illustrative purposes only and all calculations of the Incentive Pool shall be governed by the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3.

Section 3.4 Pool Units . Interests in the Incentive Pool shall be granted in the form of bookkeeping units (each such interest, a “ Pool Unit ”). The maximum aggregate number of Pool Units that may be granted under this Plan is 1,000,000.

ARTICLE 4

GRANT AND FORFEITURE OF POOL UNITS

Section 4.1 Grant. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of any Incentive Bonus(es) (as defined below) to be paid to Participants under this Plan, the Administrator shall enter into an Award Agreement with each Participant which shall grant to such Participant the number of Pool Units that is set forth in such Award Agreement. A form of Award Agreement is attached here as Exhibit B ; provided, however, that the Administrator shall be authorized to make such changes thereto as the Administrator shall deem necessary, advisable, or appropriate.

 

5


Section 4.2 Forfeiture of Participant’s Pool Units. Pool Units granted to Participants shall be subject to forfeiture as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

INCENTIVE POOL PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Amount of Incentive Pool Payments. The value of any incentive bonus (“ Incentive Bonus ”) to be paid to or with respect to any Participant pursuant to this Article 5 shall be determined following each Monetization Event by (a) dividing the number of the Participant’s outstanding Pool Units by the aggregate number of all outstanding Pool Units, and (b) multiplying such quotient by the applicable amount to be credited to the Incentive Pool pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof.

Section 5.2 Time and Form of Payment. Subject to the terms of any applicable Award Agreement, any Incentive Bonus payable under this Article 5 shall be paid to Participant in cash within sixty (60) days following the Monetization Event.

Section 5.3 Beneficiaries. Any amount payable under this Plan after a Participant’s death shall be paid when otherwise due hereunder to the beneficiary or beneficiaries (“ Beneficiary ”) designated in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. Such designation of a Beneficiary shall be made by the Participant in writing on a form prescribed by and filed with the Administrator, and shall remain in effect until changed by the Participant by the filing of a new valid beneficiary designation form with the Administrator. If the Participant fails to so designate a Beneficiary, or in the event all of the individuals designated as the Participant’s Beneficiary are individuals who predecease Participant, any remaining amount payable under this Plan shall be paid to Participant’s estate when otherwise due hereunder.

Section 5.4 Facility of Payment. If the Company shall find that a Participant or a Participant’s Beneficiary is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident or is unable to execute a proper receipt for the payment of any amount payable under this Plan, the Company may make payment to a Participant’s legal representative for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. To the extent permitted by law, the payment to a person in accordance with this paragraph shall fully discharge the Company’s obligation to pay any amount due under this Plan. The decision of the Administrator shall in each case be binding upon all persons in interest, and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be under any duty to see to the proper application of such funds.

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 No Guarantee of Employment. Nothing in this Plan or in a related Award Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate Participant’s employment at any time and for any reason.

Section 6.2 No Joint Venture . This Plan and a related Award Agreement shall not be considered to create a joint venture between any Participant and the Company or to provide a Participant with any ownership interest in the Company or any Affiliate or any right or interest with respect to the earnings and profits or assets of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

6


Section 6.3 Pool Unit Not Salary. Neither the grant of Pool Units nor any payment to be made with respect thereto shall be deemed salary or other compensation or remuneration to a Participant for the purpose of computing benefits to which a Participant may be entitled under any severance arrangement, retirement plan, employment agreement or other similar compensation or remuneration scheme or arrangement that the Company or any Subsidiary may now or hereafter have or adopt.

Section 6.4 No Funding. This Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof, and each Participant shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and any Affiliates. This Plan is unfunded and nothing in this Plan will be construed to set aside any assets of the Company or to give any Participant any rights to any specific assets of the Company or any Affiliate.

Section 6.5 Amendment and Cancellation. The Administrator may amend the terms of this Plan and/or any Award Agreement, but no such amendment shall reduce the aggregate amount reasonably expected to be paid to a Participant under this Plan or impair the economic rights of a Participant under this Plan and/or any Award Agreement without the prior written consent of such Participant. The Administrator may, with a Participant’s written consent, cancel an Award Agreement granted under this Plan in exchange for a new award under the Plan.

Section 6.6 Withholding Taxes. The Company or an Affiliate shall have the right to require a Participant to remit to the Company or such Affiliate, or to withhold from other amounts payable to the Participant, as compensation or otherwise, any amount required to satisfy all federal, state and local employment tax and income tax withholding requirements.

Section 6.7 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Plan shall be in writing (including electronically) and shall be given in person or by either personal delivery, personal email with return receipt requested, facsimile with confirmation of receipt, overnight delivery, or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, with postal or delivery charges prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally, emailed, or three days after mailing first class, certified or registered with return receipt requested.

Section 6.8 Entire Plan. This Plan supersedes any and all other agreements either oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 6.9 Severability and Waiver. If any provision contained in this Plan shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term hereof, such provision shall be fully severable; this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof; and the remaining provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically by the parties as a part hereof a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision

 

7


as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and the parties hereby agree to such provision. Waiver by any party of any breach of this Plan or failure to exercise any right hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach or right. The failure of any party to take action by reason of such breach or to exercise any such right shall not deprive the party of the right to take action at any time while or after such breach or condition giving rise to such rights continues.

Section 6.10 Binding Effect. This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (i) each Participant and each Participant’s executors, administrators, personal representatives and heirs, and (ii) the Company, its successors and assigns.

Section 6.11 Headings and Interpretation. Headings are for convenience only and are not deemed to be part of this Plan. Unless otherwise indicated, any reference to a Section herein is a reference to a Section of this Plan.

Section 6.12 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences. No person connected with this Plan in any capacity, including, but not limited to, the Company or any Affiliate and their respective members, partners, directors, officers, agents and employees, makes any representation, commitment or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state and local income, estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to any award granted to or for the benefit of any Participant or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to a Participant. Each Participant should consult with such Participant’s own tax advisor to determine the tax consequences to such Participant that are associated with participating in the Plan.

Section 6.13 Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas.

Section 6.14 Assignment. No right or interest of any Participant under this Plan and any related Award Agreement may be assigned, transferred or alienated, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law (except by testamentary disposition or intestate succession), and no such right or interest shall be liable for or subject to any debt, obligation or liability of any Participant. The Company shall be permitted to assign this Plan and any related Award Agreement to any Affiliate, provided such Affiliate agrees to be fully bound by the terms of this Plan and any related Award Agreement and to meet all liabilities thereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Plan and the obligations hereunder (and under any Award Agreement) shall be the sole liability of the Company and no Affiliate shall have any liability to any Participant as a result of this Plan or any Award Agreement, unless and until any assignment thereof is effectuated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 6.14, and, upon any such assignment, the Company shall be automatically and totally released from any and all of its obligations hereunder and under the Award Agreements.

Section 6.15 Compliance With Code Section 409A. The compensation payable to or with respect to any Participant pursuant to this Plan is intended to be compensation that is not subject to the tax imposed by Code Section 409A, and this Plan shall be administered and construed to the fullest extent possible to reflect and implement such intent. Each payment under this Plan is intended to be a “separate payment” and not a series of payments for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 

8


Section 6.16 Excess Parachute Payments.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if any payment or benefit by or from the Company or any of its Affiliates to or for the benefit of a Participant, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of the Plan or otherwise (all such payments and benefits being collectively referred to herein as the “ Payments ”), would be subject to the Excise Tax (as defined in Section 6.16(h)), then the following provisions of this Section 6.16 shall apply.

(b) Prior to the consummation of any transaction that would or may result in any of the Payments payable or distributable to a Participant being subject to the Excise Tax, if the Company is or will be a corporation described in Code Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(I) immediately before the consummation of such transaction, then such Participant shall have the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a written agreement with the Company and/or its Affiliates, as applicable (each, a “ Waiver ”), providing that (i) such Participant waives such Participant’s right to receive some or all of such Payments (the “ Waived Payments” ) so that all Payments (other than the Waived Payments) applicable to such Participant shall not be deemed to be an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Code Section 280G(b)(1)) and would not be subject to the Excise Tax, and (ii) such Participant accepts in substitution for such Waived Payments the right to receive such Waived Payments only if approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner that complies with Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B). Each such Waiver shall identify the specific Waived Payments and shall provide that if such stockholder approval is not obtained, such Waived Payments shall not be paid to such Participant and such Participant shall have no right or entitlement with respect thereto. As promptly as practicable after such Waiver is entered into between such Participant and the Company and/or its Affiliates, as applicable, but in any event prior to the consummation of any such transaction, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain such stockholder approval (in a manner that complies with Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B)) of the Waived Payments that have been conditioned in such Waiver on the receipt of such stockholder approval.

(c) If, and to the extent that, such a Participant does not enter into a Waiver, then except as otherwise provided in Section 6.16(d), the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) or eliminated (all as further provided for in Section 6.16(e)) to the extent the Independent Tax Advisor (as defined in Section 6.16(g)) shall reasonably determine is necessary so that no portion of the Payments shall be subject to the Excise Tax.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.16(c), if the Independent Tax Advisor reasonably determines that a Participant would receive, in the aggregate, a greater amount of the Payments on an after-tax basis (including all applicable federal, foreign, state, and local income, employment and other applicable taxes and the Excise Tax) if the Payments were not reduced or eliminated pursuant to Section 6.16(c), then no such reduction shall be made notwithstanding that all or any portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax.

 

9


(e) For purposes of determining which of Section 6.16(c) and Section 6.16(d) shall be given effect, the determination of which Payments shall be reduced or eliminated to avoid the Excise Tax shall be made by the Independent Tax Advisor, provided that the Independent Tax Advisor shall reduce or eliminate, as the case may be, the Payments in the following order (and within the category described in each of the following Section 6.16(e)(i) through (iii), in reverse order beginning with the Payments which are to be paid farthest in time except as otherwise provided in Section 6.16(e)(iii)):

(i) by first reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments otherwise due which are not payable in cash (other than that portion of the Payments subject to Section 6.16(e)(iii));

(ii) then by reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments otherwise due and which are payable in cash (other than that portion of the Payments subject to Section 6.16(e)(iii));

(iii) then by reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments otherwise due that represent equity-based compensation, such reduction or elimination to be made in reverse chronological order with the most recent equity-based compensation awards reduced first.

(f) The Independent Tax Advisor shall provide its determinations with respect to a Participant, together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation, to the Company and such Participant for their review. The determinations of the Independent Tax Advisor under this Section 6.16 shall, after due consideration of the Company’s and such Participant’s comments with respect to such determinations and the interpretation and application of this Section 6.16, be final and binding on the Company and such Participant absent manifest error. The Company and such Participant shall furnish to the Independent Tax Advisor such information and documents as the Independent Tax Advisor may reasonably request in order to make the determinations required under this Section 6.16.

(g) For purposes of this Section 6.16, “ Independent Tax Advisor ” means a lawyer with a nationally recognized law firm, a certified public accountant with a nationally recognized accounting firm, or a compensation consultant with a nationally recognized actuarial and benefits consulting firm, in each case with expertise in the area of executive compensation tax law, who shall be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a Participant (a Participant’s acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and all of whose fees and disbursements shall be paid by the Company.

(h) As used in this Section 6.16, the term “ Excise Tax ” means, collectively, the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999, together with any interest thereon, any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect to such excise tax, and any interest in respect of such penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts.

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long Term Incentive Plan to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
By:   /s/ Kyle Volluz
Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   Manager


EXHIBIT A

Incentive Pool Funding & Payment Example

The table below is for illustrative purposes only, and is not a guarantee of actual Incentive Pool payments. This table sets forth the range of possible payments under the Plan assuming a single Monetization Event occurs that results in a Cumulative IRR as indicated. The “Payments” set forth below assume that a Participant holds 100,000 of the total 1,000,000 Pool Units under the Plan and has received no prior payments under the Plan. Dollar amounts in Columns C through E are in millions.

 

A. Cumulative IRR,
Compounded Over 3
Years

 

B. Marginal
Incremental
Funding %

 

C. Proceeds (at
maximum Cumulative
IRR set forth in
Column A)

 

D. Marginal Incentive
Pool Funding

 

E. Total Pool Funding

 

F. Payout

14.99% or less

  0.0%   < $385     $0.0   $0

15% up to 20.0%

  9.5%   < $437   $17.5   $17.5   $1.75

20.1% up to 25.0%

  12.0%   < $494   $6.8   $24.3   $2.43

25.1% up to 35.0%

  14.0%   < $622   $18.0   $42.3   $4.23

35.1% up to 50%

  17.0%   < $854   $39.3   $81.6   $8.16

50.1% up to 100.0%

  19.0%   < $2,024   $222.4   $304.0   $30.40

Over 100%

  9.5%   $2,024.1+     $304.1+   $30.4+

 

A-1


Exhibit B

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM AWARD AGREEMENT

This AWARD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                      (the “ Grant Date ”), by and between LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, the Administrator has determined that Participant is eligible to participate in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, the Administrator has approved the grant to Participant of an award of Pool Units pursuant to the Plan, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1 . Incorporation of Plan. Participant hereby acknowledges that Participant has been provided with a copy of the Plan. The terms and conditions of the Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Should there be any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. The interpretation and construction by the Administrator of the Plan and this Agreement and such rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Administrator for the purpose of administering the Plan shall be final and binding upon Participant. Unless specifically defined herein, each capitalized term used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

 

2. Grant of Award; Certain Terms and Conditions. The Company hereby grants to Participant, and Participant hereby accepts, as of the date hereof, an award of                      Pool Units (the “ Pool Units ”), which Pool Units shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement (the “ Award ”).

 

3. Forfeiture and Settlement of Pool Units.

 

  (a) Vesting and Forfeiture of Pool Units .

 

  i. Vesting of Units . A total of [                      ] 1 Pool Units shall vest on each of the first three (3) anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary thereof (“ Continuous Service ”) through such vesting date. Notwithstanding the vested status of any Pool Units, payments shall be made with respect to outstanding Pool Units as of any Monetization Event.

 

1   To reflect 10% of the units granted over each of the first 3 years (for an aggregate of 30% vesting after year 3).

 

B-1


  ii. Termination for Cause . Upon a termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause, all Pool Units (whether vested or unvested) shall be immediately forfeited without any payment made in respect thereof.

 

  iii. Termination without Cause, Resignation for Good Reason, Death or Termination due to Disability . Upon a termination of Participant’s Continuous Service without Cause, by reason of Participant’s resignation for Good Reason, or due to Participant’s death or Disability, all Pool Units (whether vested or unvested) shall remain outstanding for a period of six (6) months from the date of such termination. Immediately thereafter, the Participant shall forfeit all Pool Units which were unvested as of the date of termination.

 

  iv. Other Termination . Upon any termination of Participant’s Continuous Service by reason of resignation by the Participant without Good Reason, all unvested Pool Units shall be immediately forfeited.

 

  v. Exit Transaction . All Pool Units granted hereunder shall be immediately forfeited following the occurrence of an Exit Transaction (subject to payment to Participant of all amounts arising under the Plan and this Agreement as a result of such Exit Transaction, if any).

 

  vi. Sunset Provision . In the event any Pool Units remain outstanding on the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date, such Pool Units (whether vested or unvested) shall be immediately forfeited on that date or, if later, upon the date the Participant ceases Continuous Service.

 

  (b) Payment . In the event that a Monetization Event occurs that results in amounts being credited to the Incentive Pool, Participant shall be entitled to payment in respect of his then outstanding Pool Units (whether vested or unvested) in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Section 5 of the Plan.

 

4. Binding Arbitration.

 

  (a)

Generally . Participant and the Company agree that any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the employment relationship between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or the termination thereof, including the arbitrability of any controversy or claim, which cannot be settled by mutual agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Expedited Arbitration Procedures of Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”), as set forth in Section 16.1 et seq. of the JAMS rules, or any successor provision thereto, as follows: Any party aggrieved will deliver a notice to the other party setting forth the specific points in dispute. Any points remaining in dispute twenty (20) days after the giving of such notice may, upon

 

B-2


  ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, be submitted to JAMS arbitration conducted before a single neutral arbitrator in Dallas, Texas. The arbitrator shall be appointed by agreement of the parties hereto or, if no agreement can be reached, by JAMS. The arbitrator may enter a default decision against any party who fails to participate in the arbitration proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party who seeks equitable relief, including injunctive relief, shall not be obligated to utilize the arbitration proceedings required hereunder and instead may seek such relief in any state or federal court sitting in Dallas, Texas.

 

  (b) Binding Effect . The decision of the arbitrator on the points in dispute will be final, unappealable and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall only be authorized to interpret the provisions of this Agreement, and shall not amend, change or add to any such provisions. The parties agree that this provision has been adopted by the parties to rapidly and inexpensively resolve any disputes between them and that this provision will be grounds for dismissal of any court action commenced by either party with respect to this Agreement, other than post-arbitration actions seeking to enforce an arbitration award or proceedings seeking equitable relief as permitted under Section 4(a). In the event that any court determines that this arbitration procedure is not binding, or otherwise allows any litigation regarding a dispute, claim, or controversy covered by this Agreement to proceed, the parties hereto hereby waive any and all right to a trial by jury in or with respect to such litigation.

 

  (c) Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Plan or by applicable law, the arbitrator will be authorized to apportion its fees and expenses as the arbitrator deems appropriate and the arbitrator will be authorized to award the prevailing party its fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees). In the absence of any such apportionment or award, each party will bear its own expenses and the fees of its own attorney.

 

  (d) Confidentiality . The parties and the arbitrator will keep confidential, and will not disclose to any person, except the parties’ advisors and legal representatives, or as may be required by law, the existence of any controversy under this Section 4, the referral of any such controversy to arbitration or the status or resolution thereof.

 

  (e) Waiver . Participant acknowledges that arbitration pursuant to this Agreement includes all controversies or claims of any kind (e.g., whether in contract or in tort, statutory or common law, legal or equitable) now existing or hereafter arising under any federal, state, local or foreign law, including, but not limited to, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and all similar federal, state and local laws, and Participant hereby waives all rights thereunder to have a judicial tribunal and/or a jury determine such claims.

 

B-3


  (f) Acknowledgment . Participant acknowledges that before agreeing to participate in this Agreement, Participant has had the opportunity to consult with any attorney or other advisor of Participant’s choice, and that this provision constitutes advice from the Company to do so if Participant chooses. Participant further acknowledges that Participant has agreed to participate in this Agreement of Participant’s own free will, and that no promises or representations have been made to Participant by any person to induce Participant to participate in this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein. Participant further acknowledges that Participant has read this Agreement and understands all of its terms, including the waiver of rights set forth in this Section 4.

 

5. No Guarantee of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate Participant’s employment at any time and for any reason.

 

6. Pool Unit Not Salary. Neither the grant of Pool Units nor any payment to be made with respect thereto shall be deemed salary or other compensation or remuneration to Participant for the purpose of computing other benefits to which Participant may be entitled under any severance arrangement, retirement plan, employment agreement or other similar compensation or remuneration scheme or arrangement that the Company or any Subsidiary may now or hereafter have or adopt.

 

7. Amendment and Cancellation. The Administrator may amend the terms of this Agreement or the Plan, but no such amendment shall reduce the aggregate amount reasonably expected to be paid to Participant or impair the economic rights of a Participant under this Agreement without the prior written consent of such Participant. The Administrator may, with Participant’s written consent, cancel this Agreement in exchange for a new award under the Plan.

 

8. Withholding Taxes. The Company or an Affiliate shall have the right to require Participant to remit to the Company or such Affiliate, or to withhold from other amounts payable to Participant, as compensation or otherwise, any amount required to satisfy all federal, state and local employment tax and income tax withholding requirements.

 

9. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement and the Plan shall be in writing (including electronically) and shall be given in person or by either personal delivery, personal email with return receipt requested, facsimile with confirmation of receipt, overnight delivery, or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, with postal or delivery charges prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally, emailed, or three days after mailing first class, certified or registered with return receipt requested.

 

10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan supersede any and all other agreements either oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

B-4


11. Severability and Waiver. If any provision contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term hereof, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof; and the remaining provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically by the parties as a part hereof a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and the parties hereby agree to such provision. Waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement or failure to exercise any right hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach or right. The failure of any party to take action by reason of such breach or to exercise any such right shall not deprive the party of the right to take action at any time while or after such breach or condition giving rise to such rights continues.

 

12. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (i) Participant and Participant’s executors, administrators, personal representatives and heirs, and (ii) the Company, its successors and assigns.

 

13. Headings and Interpretation. Headings are for convenience only and are not deemed to be part of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, any reference to a Section herein is a reference to a Section of this Agreement.

 

14. No Guarantee of Tax Consequences. No person connected with this Agreement in any capacity, including, but not limited to, the Company or any Subsidiary and their respective members, partners, directors, officers, agents and employees, makes any representation, commitment or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state and local income, estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to any award granted to or for the benefit of Participant or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to Participant. Participant should consult with Participant’s own tax advisor to determine the tax consequences to Participant that are associated with participating in the Agreement.

 

15. Participant Acknowledgments. Participant acknowledges by accepting this Agreement and the Award that Participant has reviewed this Agreement and the Plan and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been advised to consult with Participant’s own attorney, financial advisor and tax advisor concerning the legal, financial and tax matters associated with participating in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas.

 

17. Assignment. No right or interest of Participant under this Agreement and/or the Plan may be assigned, transferred or alienated, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law (except by testamentary disposition or intestate succession), and no such right or interest shall be liable for or subject to any debt, obligation or liability of Participant.

 

B-5


18. Compliance With Code Section 409A. The compensation payable to or with respect to any Participant pursuant to this Agreement is intended to be compensation that is not subject to the tax imposed by Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be administered and construed to the fullest extent possible to reflect and implement such intent. Each payment under this Agreement and the Plan is intended to be a “separate payment” and not a series of payments for purposes of Section 409A.

[signature page follows]

 

B-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Company, and the Participant have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

PARTICIPANT:
 

 

B-7

Exhibit 10.16

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

LSF9 CYPRESS PARENT LLC

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

WHEREAS, LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC maintains the LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, Section 6.5 of the Plan provides that the Administrator (as defined in the Plan) may amend the terms of the Plan so long as such amendment does not reduce the aggregate amount reasonably expected to be paid to a Participant (as defined in the Plan) under the Plan or impair the economic rights of a Participant under the Plan without such Participant’s prior written consent; and

WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has determined to amend Section 3.3(b) of the Plan, and has determined that such amendment will not adversely affect in any manner the rights of Participants under the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Administrator hereby approves the following:

1. Section 3.3(b) of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

(b) Following a Monetization Event that results in or occurs after at least a 15% Cumulative IRR has been first achieved, the relevant amount set forth in the table below, minus any amounts previously credited to the Incentive Pool, shall be credited to the Incentive Pool based on the Cumulative IRR then achieved.

 

Cumulative IRR

  

Amount to Credit to Incentive Pool

14.99% or less

   $0

15% up to 20.0%

  

9.5% of marginal Proceeds that result in

Cumulative IRR in excess of 0%

20.1% up to 25.0%

  

12.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in

Cumulative IRR in excess of 20.1%

25.1% up to 35.0%

  

14.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in

Cumulative IRR in excess of 25.1%

35.1% up to 50%

  

17.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in

Cumulative IRR in excess of 35.1%

50.1% up to 100.0%

  

19.0% of marginal Proceeds that result in

Cumulative IRR in excess of 50.1%

Over 100%

  

9.5% of marginal Proceeds that result in

Cumulative IRR in excess of 100%

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment to the LSF9 Cypress Parent LLC Long Term Incentive Plan is executed as of this 6 th day of July, 2016.

 

By:   /s/ Kyle Volluz
Name:   Kyle Volluz
Title:   Plan Administrator

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated November 4, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements of LSF9 Cypress Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 (Successor) and 2014 (Predecessor) and for the period from October 9, 2015 to December 31, 2015 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2015 to October 8, 2015 (Predecessor), and for the year ended December 2014 (Predecessor), appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, CA

January 13, 2017

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated June 10, 2016, relating to the combined financial statements of Great Western Building Materials as of March 12, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the period from January 1, 2015 to March 12, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014, appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, CA

January 13, 2017

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated June 8, 2016, relating to the financial statements of Gypsum Supply Company as of December 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and for the period from January 1, 2015 to December 30, 2015, and for the year ended December 31, 2014, appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, CA

January 13, 2017

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated November 4, 2016, relating to the statement of revenues and direct expenses of BAV, Inc. (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an emphasis of matter paragraph regarding the presentation of abbreviated financial statement) for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 5, 2014, appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, CA

January 13, 2017

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated November 4, 2016, relating to the financial statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. as of October 27, 2016, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, CA

January 13, 2017

Exhibit 23.6

Consent of Independent Auditor

We consent to the inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. of our report dated November 2, 2016, relating to the audit of the combined abbreviated financial statements of Millard Drywall Services, Inc., Lincoln Drywall Services, Inc., Wagner Interior Supply of Manhattan, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Kansas City, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Springfield, Inc., Wagner Distribution of Wichita, Inc., and Wagner Distribution of Denver, Inc. (collectively, the Company), which comprise the combined abbreviated statement of revenue and direct expenses for the period January 1, 2014 through May 30, 2014, and the related notes to the combined abbreviated financial statement, which report expresses an unqualified opinion and is included as part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Omaha, Nebraska

January 12, 2017

Exhibit 23.7

 

LOGO

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

We consent to the use in the registration statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. on Form S-1, as it may be amended, of our Independent Auditor’s Report dated June 29, 2016 relating to the balance sheet of Ken Builders Supply, Inc. as of December 31, 2015, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

LOGO

Fort Wright, Kentucky

January 13, 2017

 

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.8

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Foundation Building Materials, Inc. on Form S-1, of our report dated July 20, 2016 related to the combined financial statements of Construction Products Distribution as at and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Calgary, Alberta

January 13, 2017